" _ _ .

S_ _'_ • J

/ ,o...._
,-_ Jsc-o8477

SKYLAB 1/3
-p. ONBOARD VOICE ,
TRANSCRIPTION

r RECORDED ON THE COMMAND MODULE

AND AIRLOCK MODULE RECORDERS
J

PREPARED BY
_ TEST DIVISION
PROGRAM OPERATIONS OFFICE

j , National Aeronautics and Space Administration

?; i=

_, _i_. _ _N B. JOHNSON SPACE CENTER

F OCTOBER 1973
 J

1257

DAY235 (AM)

235 O0 03 17 SPT This is the SPT on channel A with a message for

Story Musgrave - Dr. Musgrave, Dr. Bill Thornton,
Drs. Ru,_el and Michel, I think, would be the four
most interested in it. The message relates to
use of the restraint harness which Story designed
for work with the ergometer and which has not been
very much service to date. Alan Bean rode Just -
with it yesterday and made comments which he trans-
ferred down on the real-time link already to the
extent that it works pretty well for him.

235 00 03 55 SPT In my own case today, I Just got thmough more or

less running my standard protocol, which I've
been doing for the last, oh, l0 - week or i0 days.
I start off with 100 watts for 2 minutes; 125 watts
for 3 minutes ; 150 watts for 25 minutes ; about
4350 watt-minutes over a period of half an hour.
Now I found that using the restraint system, I
could not have delivered that much work without
the use of my arms.

235 00 04 26 SPT But let me go back a step and explain what I nor-
really do. Normally, I sort of divide the upward
force between my head and my arms. And my torso
position, relative to the pedals, is about the
same as in riding a bicycle in one g. In other
words, the line up vertically through the pedals
goes in front of my pelvis and would more or less
intersect my chest if I were bending over the
wheels a little bit. Now on the ergometer, with
the re - harness system the way it is - Al has
already mentioned that somebody put a tripler on
that front strap that goes down in front of the
crotch and attaches right in front of the bicycle
seat, and that tripler makes the material so thick
that it will not fit into the slot.

235 00 05 20 SPT And so, therefore, there is no way to restrain

your waist harness back to the seat. And when
you pedal without your hands on the handlebars
and you pull up that restraint system in the front
and the back, it pulls your pelvis two far for-
ward over the pedals. And as a result, my pelvis
was too far forward and my shoulders were too far
back with respect to the pedals, and I could get
a good angle for the delivery of work into the
"_' pedals.
1258 _

235 00 05 54 SPT So what I ended up having to do, I did not use my

head on the overhead, but I did have to use my
arms forward on the handlebars to pull my chest
forward. And this allowed my pelvis to sort of
pivot back and again place my torso in a - in
sort of a norm_1 relationship to the bicycle
pedals. And I then delivered the standard amount
of work that I've mentioned before, although my
heart rate was a little bit higher, say 3 to
5 beats per minute higher today when I finished
than it was yesterday.

235 00 06 28 SPT A number of times I tried releasing my grip on the

handlebars, and each time I did so, my pelvis ro-
tated forward, my shoulders back, and the load on
my legs became very significantly harder. I -
I don't know whether 50 percent is the right term,
but it was a lot more work for me to deliver - to
deliver the necessary torque to the handlebar - to
the pedals when I released my hands from the han-
dlebars. I wasn't doing _]I that much work with
my arms. They weren't under a lot of tension,
but it was Just enough force to pull my shoulders
forward and get my body at the right angle with
respect of the pedals.

235 O0 07 02 SPT And so I really think that there's nothing basi-

cally wrong with the restraints except that it
can't be used exactly the way you had it designed,
Story. Particularly, it Just doesn't place your
body at the right angle with respect to the - to
the pedals.

235 00 07 22 SPT Now it's been mentioned to me that our heart rates
are a little higher and our respiration was a lit-
tle faster here. I suggested yesterday that that
might be due to the extra compression on the chest
when we put our head on the overhead and pushed
down. Now if that should b e true, then the har-
ness system hasthe same objection, because you
are placing your upper body under compression with
those shoulder harnesses as - as you pedal. So
that's Just sort of a second order thing right
now, I guess. The first thing is to make the har-
ness, to see if it'll work. But it did occur to
me that my shoulders and chest were under some
fair amount of compression as I was pedaling within
 1259

the harness. So perhaps that's of some use to you,

Story, and might shed a little more light on some
of the difficulties the SL-2 crew had discussed
or had when they tried to use the harness system.

235 00 08 12 SPT End of message to Musgrave, Michel, R11_mel, and

Thornton. SPT out.

235 00 09 08 PLT Okay, folks, this is Jack on channel A debriefing

the 23:26 ATM run, which is Just about to be
finished up here. You probably know we had a star
tracker update in the middle of JOP 15A which
changed the ROLL from 10,800 to a minus 10,615.
But verified on the - Not much we can do about
that. He told me to leave it where it was. I did
that for the following JOP 15A, step 2, building
block 33A. And I looked at the XUV MONITOR, and
it looks like we're still well within coronal hold
with that - that offset roll.

235 00 l0 00 PLT The first JOP 15A went as advertised, and so's the
second one. We got them both done. For the
/_ guidance fellows, I have closed the star tracker
door at 23:50 - 23:50. Came down to ... time
there, and I did it as you suggested. And I'm
running a shopping list item 16 right now on active
region 01. I found that by going over the limb
and getting a UP-DOWN of zero. And I mAXimized
DETECTOR 3 at the 2534 GRATING POSITION, and it
turns out the maximum intensity occurred at 9 to
l0 seconds off the limb. And I did do some rolling
about sometime to additionally maximize ...

235 00 ll 0G PLT It tUrned out that the ROLL is minus 10,065. So

we're a little bit off the limb. As suggested in
the shopping list item, running the FILTER 3 on
56 and 82B, WAVE, SHORT, both for l0 minutes. And
one thing neither of us liked very much is that I
inadvertently was starting 56 and 82 together.
Got the 82A switch instead Of the B switch, and
so I ripped off one frame of 82A and - So there's
four remaining. Sorry about that, but that's the
way it goes, I guess.

235 00 ll 52" PLT I'll try to keep my big thumbs off of the wrong
switches as time goes on. It seems like with all
the action I'm getting on the ATM, that I am
1260 _

making fewer mistakes except for when I learn how

to point better and getting the detectors to tweak
up the pointing and so forth. And so the mistakes
should be fewer, and I'm looking forward to work-
ing with you tomorrow.

235 00 12 17 PLT That concludes my big ATMwork today, and we got

one more pass at 00:57.

TIME SKIP

235 01 55 24 PLT Good evening, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A. The subject this evening is S019. We're
setting up to do the run on pad 2630, day 234.
The time is presently 13:55 - 45 -

235 01 55 45 PLT MARK. Correction -That was 155 - 01:55. 01:56

is coming up now. Day 235 it is now, by golly.

235 01 56 00 PLT MARK it. 01:56, day 235. We're going to do this
run at a Nuz of a minus 8.6 which was Just re- F
cently updated by the star tracker. And since the
pad called for a Nu Z of minus 9.0, no correction
is necessary this time to the ROTATION. So we're
going to be ready to begin at our 01:58 time.
ROTATION is set in now and doublechecked at 279.1
to TILT 12.8, 270-second exposure. The lever is
set at 270. The FILM HATCH is OPEN, and we are
Just a marking time right now.

235 01 56 53 PLT All this information goes to our friend, Karl

Henize. And he's probably Just as happy as we
are. We got the SAL in the AMS working again.
Short nights, these nights, Karl. Can't get a
whole lot done, looks like it to me. Seems like
they're _nningaround 30 mSnutes. We're left
20 minutes here - 21 minutes. That's not very
good. They'll get longer. The prism is in, by
the way. No change from the earlier run today.

235 01 57 46 PLT Doublecheck my watch Just to make sure that I'm

coming near the time.

235 01 57 52 SPT Jack, can I work in a brief message here?

 1261

PLT Go ahead, O.

SPT Okay, Here's the frame counter readings for the

ATM PIs and planners. H-ALPHA reads 595. We
think it's probably empty. X-RAY TELE 56 reads
537; 82A reads 2; 82B reads 15; 52 reads 1775; and
54 reads i120. That's the end of the message for
the ATM PIs and planners.

235 01 58 19 PLT Back to S019; we're ready to go.

235 01 58 22 PLT SLIDE RETRACTED. Crank the crank. Stand by to

OPEN the SHUTTER.

235 01 58 32 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Frame number 33; field is

437; a 270-second exposure. Wardroom window is
closed; STS windows are closed. We're all in
good shape and perking along here. And since
we've got to wait a long time, I'm going to turn
off the recorder, but don't go away; we'll be back.

235 02 02 05 PLT Okay, here we are back again with SOl9, ready to
_-'_ terminate frame number 33, field 437, a 270-second
exposure. Stand by.

235 02 02 25 PLT MARK. SHLFI_ER, CLOSED. Gears retracted. Okay,

same field, a 90-second exposure. Winding lever
is now put in 90. Go to SLIDE RETRACTED and crank
the crank. Stand by to OPEN the SHUTTER.

235 02 02 39 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Frame 34, field 437, a

90-second exposure.

235 02 02 47 CC ... 40 seconds from LOS. Be coming up on Madrid

at 07, and we're scheduled for a data recorder
dump there.

PLT Okay, stand by to CLOSE the SHUTTER on frame 34,

field 437, 90-second exposure, ... some new angles.

235 02 04 00 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. SLIDE - CARRIAGE

RETRACTED. Put that widening lever in 270 now
and leave it there for the rest of the time so we
don't forget it. Mark note of ROTATION at 46.2.
Machine is working very well, nice and smoothly.
46.2 is set in; 1h.7 coming up. 14.7. Okay,
doublecheck, Karl. 46.2, 14.7. Here we go. Go
to SLIDE RETRACTED;crank the crank. Stand by to
OPEN the SHUTTER.
235 02 0h 49 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Frame 35, field 612, a
270-second exposure. And we're going off the air
for a little while, but don't go away.

235 02 16 20 PLT We're at 75.4 ROTATION and 10.3 TILT. This will
be the final - the final photograph for today.
And we're going to finish well before the sunrise
time of 02:19; so there's no problem. We're get-
ting them all in. And they should consider this
pad, the 2630 pad, complete. We'll stow this
film this evening, repressurize the instrument,
take the film off, and then VENT it down again,
and then leave it in LOCK.

235 02 17 41 PLT Okay. Stand by to CLOSE the SHUTTER on the final

frame - frame 370, field 57, 270 seconds.

235 02 17 52 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. And we'll Just go to

CARRIAGE RETRACTED. And the time is 02:18; so
we'll get things back in here. ROTATION, TILT -
zero and zero. Okay, there's zero, zero. Those
are in. Eleven, 12, and an easy 13. Okay, there
we are. We got her in, A1 -my friend. And we'll
close that FILM HATCH. Put the lever to STOWAGE.
And she's sitting there in STOWAGE and FILM HATCH
closed, the way you like it. And I think we'll go
off the air in - This is the end of S019 for this
evening, and we'll be back whenever you say.

235 02 19 05 PLT So long.

TIME SKIP

235 12 45 i0 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A, debriefing the first ATM run on day 235.
The run started at 11:48. And Owen got off the
building block 15 Charlie, and we didn't have
enough time to get the 12 Delta done; so that's
going to have to get done some other time. Other-
wise, it came off Just as you hoped it might. And
we'll be seeing you at 13:22.

235 12 52 51 CDR There you go. CDR; S019. Stand by for a mark.

235 12 52 56 CDR MARK. That's the beginning of field h69,

270-second exposure, widened, and frame number 38.
ROTATION, 259.1; TILT, 1.6; pad NUz, minus 8.8.
p_

1263

We did not get a corn - star update this morning,

and so the computer still indicates 8.8. And
that's what we'll use for these runs. And I'll
give you a call here at the end of time of
270 seconds.

235 12 53 26 CDR CDR out.

235 12 56 34 CDR Okay; CDR. Stand by for a mark as I CLOSE the

SHUTTER. This will be the end of field 469,
270-second exposure.

235 12 56 50 CDR MARK. That's it. Now we're going for a 90-second
exposure. Okay, now I go over and pick up a new
picture, come back to the CLOSED position. Stand
by for a mark.

235 12 57 02 CDR MARK. Okay, we're beginning a 90-second exposure.

235 12 57 22 CDR I don't think anybody - Who does this CBRM capac-
ity? I don't see it on here anymore. Say it
again. Okay, that's for Jack. Okay, let me give
_ it to you. Here you are, Jack; here's your 70 Y.
Okay, stand by. We're going to CLOSE the SHUTTER
on the 90-second exposure, frame 39.

235 12 58 22 CDR MARK. CLOSED. Okay, let's go to the new one,

which is about ll0.1. ROTATION, ll0.1; TILT, 30.4.
Okay, it's going to be 270, no doubt; yes.
Field 207; ROTATION, ll0.1; TILT, 30.4. Here I
go. Pick up a new frame and get into position
for the next. Stand by for my m_k.

235 12 59 21 CDR MARK. Field 107, frame 40. Going to be off the
air. By the way, that's a 270-second exposure.

235 13 02 49 CDR Okay, CDR again; SO19. Standing by for a mark to

complete the exposure - 270-second exposure. I'll
be CLOSING the SHUTTER; stand by for my mark.

235 13 03 13 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. We're now going for a

90-second exposure. I'll rewind and then - Now
I'll pick up a new picture, go to the position.
Ready to OPEN the SHUTTER; stand by -

235 13 03 29 CDR MARK. Field 107, 90-second exposure, frame 41.

I'll Just remain on the comm.
1264

235 13 04 43 CDR Okay, stand by. We're going to CLOSE tl_e SHUTTER
on this 90-second exposure.

235 13 04 49 CDR MARK. Notice we pick up a picture now and go

back to CLOSED because we got a 30-second expo-
sure. It doesn't take long for that thing to
travel. Stand by.

235 13 05 01 CDR MARK. SHUTTER's OPEN. Frame 42, field 107,

30-second exposure. Going to a new field in Just
a moment. New field, Just a moment. Stand by
for a mark; SHUTTER, CLOSED.

235 13 05 31 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. Okay, we're going back

for a 270-second exposure. We're going to a
different field; 120.4 ROTATION; 5.6. Okay,
that's it: 120.4, 5.6, field 151. Now l'm going
to pick up a slide, come back to neutral. It will
be frame 43 on field 151, 270 seconds.

235 13 06 16 CDR MARK. I'ii be off the comm.

235 13 09 56 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready to complete _-

a 270-second exposure on field 151, frame 043.
We'll follow it _mmediately by a 90-second
exposure.

235 13 l0 lO CDR MARK. That's that. Okay, I'm going to pick up

a new frame because it's awful fast for 90 seconds.
Okay, stand by. Here we go.

235 13 i0 25 CDR MARK. Frame 44, field 151, 90-second exposure

on the way.

235 13 ii 12 CC Skylab, Houston. One minute to LOS. We'll see

you over Vanguard at 13:34. That's about 23 min-
utes from now. We'll be doing a data voice re-
corder dump there.

235 13 Ii 39 CDR Stand by. We're getting ready to CLOSE the

SHUTTER.

235 13 ii 41 CC And, Skylab, Houston. For your info, on the rate

gyro - -

235 13 ii 45 CDR MARK. Man, we hadn't seen that one. Picking up

a frame. Now we're going to go on to 30 seconds.
Stand by for a mark.
 1265

235 13 12 01 CDR MARK. OPEN. That's a 30-second exposure,

frame 45, on field 151. Sunrise is going to take
place in a minute; so we got it made. Stay on
the comm. Stand by for a mark when I OPEN the
Shutter - CLOSE the SHUTTER, that is.

235 13 12 31 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. CARRIAGE is RETRACTED

and FILM HATCH, CLOSED. And that's it for S019.
That information should go to Karl Henize and
Wally Teague.

235 13 12 42 CDR CDR out.

235 13 18 35 SPT The SPT on channel A with PRD information. The

PLT reads 222; triple 2 for the PLT.

235 13 19 13 SPT 102 is the SPT PRD; 102 for the SPT. And, inci-
dentally, 3 or 4 days ago, we asked for some
feedback as to who is - who was getting these PRD
ratings and whether or not they're useful to any-
body and what's being done with them. I've not
f-_ yet heard from anybody as to whether or not these
PRD values are even being received. Would you
please get some sort of a note up to the SPT on
the teleprinter regarding their use and so on?

235 13 22 36 SPT PRD for the CDR is 252; 252.

235 13 29 28 PLT Hello, space fans. Subject is M509. The charge

of battery 7 was initiated, and that of 6 termi-
nated at 13:15. And the final bottle was topped
off - All three bottles are topped off at around
2500 psi at this time.

235 13 29 44 PLT That's for Lou Ramon; M509 message. Out.

TIME SKIP

235 13 53 58 PLT Okay, space fans, this word is for _che biomeds.
This is Jack speaking on channel A. The subject
is M092/171 run on Owen Garriott, and his legs
measure - Both are 12-1/2 inches. We're using
the blood pressure cuff number 011 and using the
saddle position number 6. His left legband is
Charlie Sierra 3.8, and his right legband is
Alfa Quebec 3.2.
 I

1266 "

235 13 5h 50 PLT And we're going to turn this off now, but we'll
be back; so don't go away.

TIME SKIP

235 14 18 59 CDR ATM science room, this is CDR. I got everything

done except the final 240-second exposure on 12B,
I think it was, and Just cut the other two, the
10-second and 40-second. Just ran out of time.
Owen Garriott will try to get that, or Jack will
try to get that later today.

235 14 19 19 CDR CDR out.

235 14 35 33 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A again. We'll

continue with a - We Just completed the M092 run
on Owen, which came off, of course, ... and no
problem. And we're continuing to give you M171
at this time, and measuring the calibration.

235 14 35 50 PLT The bottle of N2, 02, CO 2 has reached 1433. _--

235 14 49 31 PLT Okay, here we are back with M171 calibration. The
cabinet pressure is 5.426. The PERCENT 02 is
66.67. PERCENT WATER is 2.95 and increasing to
3.0 now, of water.

235 14 50 02 PLT And PERCENT C02 is 2.04.

TIME SKIP

235 15 21 46 CDR Hey, Bruce.

235 15 21 48 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A, back

to M171. The - We're shutting her down now and - -

CDR ...

PLT - - PERCENT 02 is 65.49.

CDR ...

PLT PERCENT WATER is 4.07.

P_ 1267

235 15 22 09 PLT PERCENT C02 is 2.01.

TIME SKIP

235 16 18 27 CDR This is the CDR, and this is information for EGIL.
I performed housekeeping 7D. All three tanks are
as they have been throughout the flight. While I
was at it, I took a look to see if I thought they
had any sort of possible coolant oil within them.
SUS 1 looks a little bit oilier than either SUS 2
or the ATM coolant loop. However, I don't think
that - I don't think that's really a problem, for
the simple reason that you can't get in and look
at SUS 1 tanks as easily as you can the other two.
And so from the angle you're looking at it, I think
it's conducive to making it appear oily filmed.
My opinion would be that it looks oilier but prob-
ably is not or if it is, it's Just a small amount,
to be not critical or not interesting.

235 16 19 23 CDR CDR out. That goes to EGIL.

235 16 32 56 CDR This is the CDR for the ATM science room. I went
back and completed JOP 12D, and just to be sure,
I did exposures i0, 40, and 240 all in the same
spot with the proper motion. And I think that,
combined with the ones I did earlier, will give
us the data they want.

235 16 33 13 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

235 17 29 20 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A, de-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 16:30.
We had A1 go back and pick up that 240-second
exposure - 2minutes and h0-second exposure on
the slew calibration on 82B; so we got off to a
little late start. We went down through JOP 2
Foxtrot, building block 10, and we also did what's
available in building block 19. And we got into -
near the end of the orbit or at the daylight pass -
into the - another building block 10. We started
a little late; so with S054 we got the first two
1268

chips, which were M, i, 0, S, 64 and M, 3, 0, S,

64, but we did not get the M, 6, 0, S, 64. The
MIRROR AUTO RASTER ran into the effective sunset
about line 15. I let it go until 30, and S056
hit effective sunset at frame 5 - correction -
FILTER 5, on its ACTIVE l, LONG. It was still on
FILTER 5 when I came up to sunset; so it got most
of its pictures. So there's a little bit of the
tail end of that we didn't get. We did not get
the - the second - step 4, building block 10. So
we got a little bit left out there, and we'll
start over again at 18:04.

235 17 31 16 PLT Thank you.

235 17 40 16 SPT Here's the SPT with some information on the cal_
ibration of the SMMD in the head. So this is
intended for, first of all, Dr. Bill Thornton and
M074 PIs and anyone interested in that. Crewman
was the SPT, day 212, - No, no, no - Wrong -
wrong - Just a minute. Okay, the day is 235;
day 235. Start time is 16:55; the end time is
17:21. The SMMD in the head. And the first se-
quence is for zero grams. I'll give you six
numbers and then the last three numbers for the
last nine measurements in each weight: 1.96639,
640, 601, 645, 593, 670, 572, 643, 623, 599.
50 grams: 2.04148, 141, 193, 121, 209, 161, 133,
212, 154, 144.

235 17 41 47 SPT At 100 grams: 2.11394, 415, 388, 305, 416, 382,
423, 355, 330, 470. At 150 grams: 2.18420, 402,
366, 432, 465, 426, 373, 411, 405, and 400. At
250 grams: 2.31831, 714, 678, 795, 754, 730, 835,
790, 736, 802. At 350 grams: 2.44370, 345, 451,
493, 486, 511, 401, 373, 399, 421. At 500 grams:
2.62267, 154, 121, 208, 085, 269, 305, 253, 261,
301. At 750 grams: 2.89481, 509, 600, 500, 531,
507, 485, 520, 510, 470 - correction - 471 is my
last number there for 750.

235 17 43 24 SPY 900 grams: 3.04706, 660, 742, 724, 710, 744, 680,
690, 737, 827. At zero grams: 1.96624, 566, 594,
641, 601, 615, 653, 630, 601, 641. That completes
the calibration of the SMMD in the head. And I'd
appreciate comments back, Bill, that the measure-
ments were received and are satisfactory.
 1269

235 17 44 i0 SPT End of message to Bill Thornton, M074 Pls. SPT

out.

TIME SKIP

235 19 01 22 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on cha-nel A, de-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 18:04.
Well, we ran off JOP 6 and J0P 17 Alfa, and I got
a bright spot for J0P 17Alfa that I thought was
a good one. It peaked up very well on the detec-
tor. And the only problem was, it wasn't real
close to the pole; but it was the nearest one to
any pole that I could find. And the coordinates
for that were as follows: ROLL, minus 8427; UP/
DOWN was plus 393; and the LEI_/RIGHTwas.
minus 206.

235 19 02 08 PLT Okay, and then I ran off the TV down-link and the
next JOP 17 Alfa, which was i0 arc seconds to the
F k left of the pointing. Deleted 82B on that one -
doesn't look like there's much left of 82B - and
went to step 6 to wind up 75 arc seconds in this
case because our GRATING-zero position is slipped
in a position of now 1032. And I maximized the
detector again, and I got a good signature on the
detector. So we got pretty well pointed on the
bright spot again, I believe.

235 19 02 47 PLT And the - Ran that building block 36 Alfa; we had
a hangup on ACTIVE l, LONG and in FILTER 5. And
so I turned it off and got you a PATROL, SHORT,
but I didn't have time to get the PATROL, NORMAL
because the ACTIVE l, LONG hangup delayed every-
thing. And the 55 MIRROR AUTO RASTER went into
effective sunset at about line 50, although I ran
it - I let it run out to - out to line 60 during
sundown.

235 19 03 35 PLT So that pretty much completes the pass. The ATM
is set up for a minus 5400 ROLL. As I was rolling
it, it got a little bit off of Sun center; so it's
not exactly in Sun center, but it's within a few
arc seconds of it. And we're set with 54 and M,
3, 0, P, 64, and the rest of the unattended power-
down checklist has been completed. And we'll let
you run it for a while and see you back at 00:33.
z27o

235 19 04 06 PLT Thank you, then.

235 19 04 51 PLT Okay, one more item for the ATM guys. I took a
look at the white light coronagraph display and
made my daily sketch of what's going on there.
And about the only thing different I see from
yesterday is that out there 300 degrees, we're
getting a brighter area. And it looks like there's
a ray extending out there. It was there yesterday,
also, but it wasn't quite as large; and it looks
like it's spread out so the brightness is wider.
It covers a wider area. And we have a longer ray
now than we did yesterday about this same time.

235 19 05 33 PLT And that's the end of the message.

235 19 09 07 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A. (Music) We're

beginning to record the information on M092/171
on the DRC. Our friend AI is in the tank right
now, and he has on the standard legbands that were
prescribed on your up-link pad: Charlie India,
Charlie Queen. (Music) Okay, let me change that.
It's Charlie India and Alfa Queen on his right leg, _
that you specified. And his calf sizes were
13 inches on the left calf, 13-3/8 inches on the
right calf. The serial number on the blood cuff
is still ll, and we'll, from this point on, quit
reporting those things because they're going to
be standard until otherwise changed. And the
saddle is in position number 6. The last time it
was different. It was 5. We decided that was a
little too far out, and we think saddle position 6
most closely approximates the ground - the position
of the body in the tank. So we'll leave it at
saddle position 6 until further - unless otherwise
notified.

235 19 l0 12 SPT And I believe that's all of the information you

need to work on at the moment.

TIME SKIP

235 19 40 03 SPT Okay -

 1271

235 19 h0 09 SPT SPT on channel A, recording the information about

the 171 run Just about to commence on the CDR.
The ambient CABIN AIR pressure is 5.h23; 5.423 psi.
The PERCENT 02 is 66.19. (Music) The PERCENT
WATER is 3.57.

235 19 h0 35 SPT The PERCENT CO 2 is 1.91; 1.91.

TIME SKIP

235 20 h9 55 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with infor-

mation for S063 PIs and Wally Teague and Jack Lew.
I've Just checked out Nikon 02 without any film
in it. I took out BV13 and put it back, I believe,
in M34, wherever it's supposed to be in the film
vault. And I would not try to use that remaining
l0 frames. I don't think it's worth trying to
get at, myself.

235 20 50 26 SPT Now Nikon 02 - When I first plugged it into the

timer, I set the controls on the back as they are
supposed to be, with the - The controls on the
back Of the camera - the S-***C[sic] control, set
it as it is supposed to be. And the timing on top
of the camera set to continue as it's supposed to
be. And plugged in the timer and put it on 1 sec-
ond. And on the first couple of times - I might
have tried it, let's say, five times initially.
On two of those attempts, it took two frames in-
stead of one. I don't know whether that's the
fault of the timer or the camera, but I was using
timer 01 at that point. However, after that,
timer 01 functioned quite normally. And I've
tried it in all the settings that I could manage,
and everything worked Just fine. I put the con-
trol on the back, S-T-C [sic] control, slightly
out of detent, the way I fo_ud it when I took
l0 frames the other night, and it still only took
one frame.

235 20 51 31 SPT So I'm inclined to think now that it was not my

having set the camera up incorrectly the other
night but was a real malfunction probably in the
timer. But I don't know that's true. It simply
behaved very normally today after those first
1272

couple of frames. In the first couple of tes -

attempts, I did apparently get two frames out of
it. But after that, it's worked Just the way -
as advertised. That timer 02 has a dead battery.
in it, and I think it is because at some point,
probahlymyself - probably I was the one who had
left it on instead of off. And it could have
been it was sitting in the film vault for quite a
while in the on position, in the i- or 2-second
exposure position, rather than OFF. So l've
replaced that battery, and I think I only have
one replacement, incidentally; so both of the
timers now have their batteries, only good bat-
teries, in use.

235 20 52 38 SPT I would send up a couple of more batteries on

SL-4. But after putting in a new battery in the
times 02, plugging it into Nikon 02, it all
functions quite normally. So l'm inclined to
think at this point, the timers are working
correctly, and the camera is working correctly.
And we're probably in a good position to go ahead
and use more film. And I'ii Just have to double-
check each setting again before making use of it,
to make sure that it's all exactly right. T on
the top, T on the back, _Ludthe timer where I
want it, in the OFF, normally, and then turn it
to the upper seconds exposure. But it seems to
be working okay now, and so I think we'd be all
set to go ahead and use them again.

235 20 53 21 SPT End of message to the S063 PIs and Wally Teague
and Jack Lew.

###
 DAY236(AM) 1273

236 13 44 31 SPT Okay, PRD reading: Jack, PLT, reads 7237. Let's
make that 7231; 7231 is the PRD for Jack.

236 13 45 04 SPT And the PRD for the SPT is 19111; iii, the last
three digits for the SPT.

TIME SKIP

236 15 44 20 PLT When you're finished with the SUS power activation,
we go on with the PCU activation.

CDR Okay, I'ii stand by.

PLT Okay, I - -

CDR SUS power activation complete.

236 15 44 34 PLT PCU MODE SELECT to ABSOLUTE. Wait a minute, wait

a minute. I had a SUIT PRESS light on. I had a
warning tone. l've got the light on and the REG i
,LOW FLOW light on and the SOP FLOW light on, then
off. Huh!

CDR Yes, I didn't notice it either, but it was ...

236 15 44 53 PLT A LOW VENT FLOW light on, panel lighting on. Okay,
now got to flip the page - Oopsidaisy! Okay, now
where'd you say we are, 0.?

236 15 h5 05 SPT PCU MODE SELECT to ABSOLUTE; verify.

PLT Okay, I believe we have to turn on the DAC here.

SPT All right.

PLT Okay, we're going again.

236 15 45 13 SPT Press SELECT, OFF; verify.

PLT OFF.

f_ SPT Flow selectto IVA.

236 15 45 18 PLT IVA.

1274

SPT Okay, I'm coming to IVA. There it is now. Wrist

disconnect, ENGAGE.

236 15 45 25 PLT It is.

236 15 45 27 SPT Don the EV glove.

PLT Okay.

236 15 45 57 SPT Roll that gauntlet over wrist disconnects; we're

just going to be checking them again in Just a
moment.

PLT Yes.

SPT _dght as _ell leave them un a little ways.

PLT M%vbe my gloves are locked.

236 15 46 LI SPT Okay, diverter valve, vertical.

236 15 46 52 PLT Okay, they're locked on, also. Now diverter valve
is vertical.

236 15 46 54 SPT Okay, don helmet, align, and lock. Do not rotate
a_ter attachment.

236 15 47 44 PLT Okay, mine's on and locked.

SPT Press SELECT to BOTH.

236 15 47 54 PLT BOTH.

SPT And verify flow.

236 15 48 00 PLT I hear flow.

SPT Got a flow? _KEGi LOW FLOW light is off.

236 15 48 05 PLT Off.

SPT L0W VE_ FLOW light is off.

236 15 48 09 PLT Off.

SPT Lower SEVA protective visor. Now it doesn't say _-

anything about that SUIT PRESS light and tone. But
assume we should have it.
 1275

236 15 48 22 PLT Yes.

SPT You have a SUIT PRESS, don't you?

PLT Yes.

SPT Now - now I think our volume in my headset is a bit

low. The V0X works okay, but the volume's a bit low.
Is that easy to change?

236 15 48 38 CDR You bet. Now you're EV-l?

SPT Yes. At the moment, I'm EV-1.

CDR No, you're hooked up for EV-2, 0. Let me think.

I'll work on it.

SPT All right.

CDR They both run through mine any%_a_. So I'll go turn

down the intercomvolumeon mine.

236 15 48 55 PLT Okay, let's go on PTT checkout here, O.

CDR How's your intercom, Jack?

PLT I'm hearing you pretty good, A1. You can turn it
up a little bit. It won't hurt my feelings at all.

236 15 49 02 CDR Well, I can't do that. I think they're both on the

same, so I've either got to turn it down or up.

PLT Well, turn it up. That'll be fine.

CDR Okay.

236 15 49 13 SPT Okay, DAC, off. PC checkout, EV-I and 2, note cuff
gage inaccuracy, 0.15. REG i LOW FLOW and LOW VENT
FLOW lights have 5-second delay. Press SELECT to
REG 2; tone, SUIT PRESS, REG 1 LOW FLOW, possible
LOW VENT FLOW.

CDR How's the volume now?

236 15 49 31 SPT It's still not loud enough for me.

f-
CDR How's it now?
1276

SPT A little more.

CDR How's that?

236 15 49 35 SPT That's great.

CDR Okay, now how's - Can you stand that, Jack?

PLT Yes, I thin/-,that 's fine, AI.

CDR Okeydokey. Everybody' s happy.

236 15 49 43 SPT I think that was my screwup on oanel 6. I was

looking back through the book.

PLT Yes, I thought maybe it was put that way a long

time ago and shouldn't have been, maybe.

CDR Well, I don't know - -

SPT SUIT PRESS, BEG 1 LOW FLOW.

PLT Works now anyway.

CDR Yes.

236 15 49 59 SPT MODE SELECT, DELTA-P, monitor cuff gage, verify

SUIT PRESS light off at 2.8; so we're coming up in
pressure. Okay, now why are we getting that
fe edb ack ?

CDR Because there's a comm box on over here I'm getting

ready to turn off.

SPT Okay.

236 15 50 25 CDR No, you've got your comm box on down there,
probably.

SPT Okay, I'll turn it down.

CDR Need to turn it completely.

236 15 50 52 PLT MARK. The PRESSURE light, off. Okay, I didn't

tighten it, that's why. It was already off before
it - I'm just getting it; it went through 3. f-

236 15 51 12 PLT Okay, I've got 3.3, and - -

 1277

SPT l've- -

PLT - - 4.

SPT - - got 3.4 also.

236 15 51 23 SPT Okay, that's right. Now it's stable.

SPT In next step, cuff gage will decrease and cycle be-
fore stabilizing, 5 psia ambient only.

SPT Okay, press SELECT to REG i.

236 15 51 35 PLT REG i. REG i LOW FLOW, on and off.

236 15 52 02 SPT Okay, pressure SELECT, BOTH; verify no chan_e in

cuff gage or displays.

PLT Okay.

_- 236 15 52 12 PLT Mine went locked at 3.8, and I got no change.

SPT Okay, mine's 3.7, and I have no change.

integrity check. In next sequence, terminate the
02 flow to the PGA. REG 1 LOW FLOW and LOW VENT
FLOW lights will light. Monitor cuff gage for max
decay of 0.8. We're going to go flow select, OFF;
then press SELECT, OFF for 1 minute. And be sure
to mark on the minute there.

PLT Yes.

PLT Okay, flow select and then pressure -

SPT And then the press SELECT.

PLT Okay, I'll stand by for your mark.

SPT Okay -

236 15 52 45 SPT MARK.

236 15 53 04 CDR Looks like we're goin_ to get out just the right
time of day, gentlemen.

_-_ PLT Good.

 4

1278

236 15 53 07 CDR You can -Owen will get out, and then you'll get
outs no TV. You'll go look at the places, come back
and. in that dist - the night, you can get the TV
out and all that other stuff out. You'll be ready
to _o bright and early the next morning. Right now,
we got 50 minutes of daylight, and I'm guessing it's
going to take less than 30 to do what we've got to
do. And even if it took h0, it still gives you
i0 minutes.

SPT Good.

236 15 53 29 PLT Twenty seconds, O.

CDR So I think we're in excellent shape.

PLT Pressure's going up instead of down.

SPT Mine went up slightly.

236 15 53 47 CDR Floating back to the cow,hand module for a minute.

PLT Okay, that's it. Pressure SELECT, BOTH, then it'll

be IVA.

CDR Let me know when you all are ready.

236 15 53 59 SPT Okay, on IVA and BOTH.

PLT Same here.

SPT Change - cuff gage stable again. MODE SELECT to

ABSOLUTE. That is okay.

(Whistling)

236 15 54 33 PLT Okay, A1, we're supposed to notify you that the EMU
integrity check is complete.

CDR Okay - -

PLT Hold on now here; have to read all procedures.

CDR - - okay. Standby then, and we're going to give you

a reg check. You should not get a LOW FLOW, okay?
f_

1279

236 15 54 47 qPT Just a minute; l'm not quite back do_n to ambient.

CDR Got a LOW FLOW down there?

SPT Just a minute.

CDR All right.

236 15 55 05 SPT Okay. I'm at ambient, and I have a SUIT PRESS

light. Okay?

CDR Okay, but no LOW FLOW.

SPT No LOW FLOW.

CDR Okay, let me give you another one here s_nd see how
that works out. Still no LOW FLOW, I bet.

236 15 55 25 SPT No.

_- CDR Okay.

236 15 55 33 CDR Both of those are open. EV-1 would you care to
proceed to the A}_ and enter head first?

236 15 55 _0 SPT Okay, I'm on my way.

236 15 55 42 CDR EV-2, while he's doing that, would you care to turn
off both high - or the hlgh-intensity light?

236 15 55 48 PLT Yes, I'll sure do that, by golly. Do it right away

now.

CDR Okay, now when you're downstairs, I'll tell you the
other things.

PLT Okay.

236 15 56 13 CDR And there he is, fully configured.

CDR I'm supposed to be up there assisting you.

SPT Well, l'm - l'm going to wait here until we get

these entry lights.

f- CDR Okay.
 128o

236 15 56 30 PLT Okay, go ahead and get them, I'm - -

CDR Okay, turn the OWS la - entry lights on, Bin O.

236 15 56 36 SPT They are.

CDR Would you then care to ask Jack to turn off the
THERMAL CONTROL SYSTEM, DUCT FANS, CBs, 12 of them.

236 15 56 46 PLT THERMAL CONTROL - Okay, let me get a little more

umbilical down.

SPT Okay, we'll get you a little more out of here.

PLT Okay.

236 15 56 55 CDR What's your umbilical number, 0.?

SPT I don't know .... - -

CDR Got it up there, Jack?

SPT This is Jack's right here. Looks like.

CDR There you go, Jack.

236 15 57 09 PLT Okay, thank you. This is his umbilical here, I

guess.

CDR Okay.

236 15 57 14 PLT Looks to me like it may be - It's twisted here.

CDR That's you I'm getting in now.

PLT Yes.

CDR Let me know when you've got those, and I'll give
you the next one.

236 15 57 28 PLT Okay, tell me again what they are, would you?

CDR I sure will_ here it comes. The THERMAL CONTROL

SYSTEM, DUCT FANS, - -

PLT Oh- -
 1281

CDR - - CB, 12 of them OPEN. That's on 614.

236 15 57 44 PLT Okay, they're all OPEN.

CDR Okay, now on 618 - 616 LIGHTING switch, 13 of them,

OFF. In other words, darken shio down there.

236 15 57 58 PLT All OFF.

CDE Okay, as long as you're doing that, why not take

panel 630, lighting switches; three of them OFF,
and that's probably the wardroom.

PLT Uh-huh.

CDR And then after he gets up here, Big O., you might
want to turn off the OWS entry light.

SPT Okay.

CDR I've got your thing in at where it belongs, there.

PLT Anything else ?

236 15 58 20 CDR No, that's it. Now, EV-I, rotate to EV - EVA posi-
tion, feet towards MDA.

SPT All right?

CDR While you're doing that, I'ii try to get out of your
way, but - -

236 15 58 30 SPT That's all right.

CDR Some of these umbilicals for the Big Jack get little
... in them maybe.

236 15 58 36 PLT Something floating around inside my suit, and I

caught it in my mouth; it's a little rubber thing.

CDR Oh-oh: Wonder what it is?

PLT (Laughter) I don't know. How do you look at it?

SPT Looks like you -

1282

CDR ***Just like he's going to. We can always run the
suit integrity check, break it, run the int - integ-
rity check again, if you find that you don't like
the taste of that.

PLT ... - -

CDR ***little piece like?

236 15 59 l0 PLT It's - It's rubber. A little piece -

CDR It's about the size of a h_If an aspirin.

PLT I wonder what it came out of?

SPT Let me look at it.

SPT It doesn't look like part of your suit, does it?

CDR I don't know, packing or something. Looks like a

nothing. _-_

SPT ... - -

CDR It doesn't look like a part. It looks like maybe

some of those white things they might pack a helmet
in to keep it from breaking. You know what I'm
talking about - styrofoam things?

SPT Yes.

236 15 59 22 CDR Okay, Jack, let me read you some goodies here.

PLT All right.

CDR Now did anybody turn the lighting OW_ - -

SPT No, I tried to get to it.

CDR All right.

PLT I - I can get it, O.

SPT Okay.
 1283

236 15 59 33 PLT I'm right in front of it.

SPT Go ahead.

PLT Okay, that's - -

CDR Prepare to move - -

PLT - - OFF.

CDR - - OWS hatch, Jack.

236 15 59 41 PLT Here I is.

CDR Let's see_ manage EV-2 LSU. I've done that. Stow
in aft compartment. Okay, move to STS, and then I'ii
give you the hatch closing procedure when you get
there. Owen, slip around here a minute and let me
look at you. I want to see how handsome you look.

._ 236 15 59 54 SPT I know it's in. You want to check these things?

CDR You better believe it.

PLT Did he trim his mustache for this?

SPT Sure I did --

CDR I don 't know.

SPT - - 2 weeks ago.

236 16 00 03 CDR It's locked and it looks so good. And it's Just
incredible a guy can look -

236 16 00 08 PLT 0., you can toss my umbilical this way when you get
a moment.

236 16 00 ii PLT Okay, I'm here.

236 16 00 13 CDR Okay, that's done.

PLT Watch your feet over there, 0., on your left.

SPT All right.

128h

236 16 00 17 CDR You in LOCK there.

PLT Will you roll my cuff hack un then, please?

CDR Yes, I want you all to check them; I'll Just check
them for you - -

SPT Yes, Jack's checked them twice already - -

CDR Okay. We'll Just follow procedures and - and I

think Jack is going to check them again.

CDR Okay, Jack, you ready for me to read that to you?

PLT Sure.

236 16 00 34 CDR Inspect hatch seal for obstruction.

PLT Okay, let me do that.

CDR Jack'll have to pull it down.

236 16 00 44 SPT Well, then let's leave them.

CDR One each way. I want to make sure that you're in

good shade, Owen.

236 16 00 53 SPT Two of them. Proceeding to config.

CDR How's it look, Big Jack?

PLT Well, skipper, it looks like it's ok%¥.

236 16 01 00 CDR Prepare to check the HATCH HANDLE, OPEN.

PLT Well, maybe you can take my umbilical; that's the

only obstruction we got.

236 16 01 05 CDR Okay, I'll stick most of it in here, even though it

says put in aft compartment, I'll stick it in
here - -

PLT Whoops! Wait a minute. Let me have a little bit

back. It went around the - around the hatch.

CDR Okay. _--

 1285

PLT Okay.

236 16 01 16 CDR He can get it out later. It's just some place.
No trouble to stick it in there. You won't have
any trouble sticking your umbilical back in when
you come in.

PLT No, I don't think so either. There, let's get it

on the right side of me; there we go.

236 16 01 BI CDR Okay, - -

PLT ...

CDR - - HATCH HANDLE is OPEN now, okay?

236 16 01 35 PLT It's in OPEN.

236 16 01 36 CDR All right. Release 0WS hatch from wall. Close
hatch while entering aft lock.

PLT Okay.

236 16 01 46 CDR All right. Now HATCH HANDLE to EQUALIZE PRESSURE.

Okay?

PLT There we go.

CDR HATCH HANDLE to EQUALIZE PRESSURE. That done?

236 16 02 05 PLT Done.

CDR RET_ASE HANDLE to UNLOCK.

236 16 02 08 PLT UNLOCK.

CDR HATCH HA_NDLE to CLOSE.

236 16 02 12 PLT CLOSE.

CDR RELEASE HANDLE to LOCK.

236 16 02 14 PLT LOCKED.

1286

CDR Assume EVA position, feet towards MDA. And let

your friendly - Let me scoot back. Stay right
where you are a minute.

SPT Look me over. I didn't do this last time, and I

always felt bad about it. One thing I'd really
like you to check is my helmet all the way around,
because I couldn't see that when I put it on and -

CDR Okay. All these connectors are good.

PLT That's a good boy. I think the helmet is the least

checked item ....

CDR Okay, okay; good. Let me look around. Looks nice

and flat and tight.

236 16 02 55 PLT Okay. Let me roll these cuffs down then.

CDR All right.

PLT Let me look at your ver - DIVERTER valve, Owen, as

I get close by.

SPT Okay.

PLT It's vertical.

SPT Okay.

CDR One thing I didn't check on Jack was his SOP

connection. Let me look at it.

236 16 03 21 CDR All right.

PLT Man, this is living. Okay, 0., I'm going to stay

back here and - you pull your ... so's you don't
kick -

PLT Okay.

PLT Well, you're kicking right now with your knees.

236 16 03 32 SPT Yes. Okay, I can see it there. I think l'm

being careful of it. I didn't hit it, did I?

CDR Okay - -
 1287

PLT No, not quite; I'm just watching it.

CDR - - AM forward hatch close. Check EVA-I and 2

suit - connector. I did. Y'all look at your
connectors on those panels now and make sure you're
happy. The black line should be 90 degrees from -
from the other black line.

236 16 03 53 PLT Black line 90 from the other.

CDR That's where they should be. So think - think

twice before you move anything.

PLT Yes.

CDR Everything should be there, but look it over closely.

PLT Let's keep them all out of the sharp_ angle in the
slot, Owen, when you - yes, rotate it that way.

SPT Yes, I see which black line; now I see what you
mean. That's - Yes.

PLT Yes, see there's a rolled slot right there?

SPT Understand, yes.

CDR Everybody happy with their equipment?

SPT Yes.

236 16 04 21 CDR All right, I've got a little surprise for some-
body here; it's known as a tree.

PLT That' s no surprise.

236 16 04 26 CDR It's got all sorts of film on it.

PLT That's the tree I've been waiting for.

CDR It's - five - four items - one, two, three, four

items there and two there; that's six items, Owen?
Is that all you wanted?

SPT That's all the cameras we can install at one time.

 1288

CDR All right. And - then, let's don't install any

more then. I am now going to release forward
hatch - No, I can't put that in yet. PRESSURE
• EQUALIZATION valve, CLOSED.

236 16 Oh 53 CDR That's it right there. PRESSURE EQUALIZATION

valve, CLOSED. Let me doublecheck all this.

SPT Do we have that cap on the vent valve in here?

CDR I've already screened it for you, Just right.

SPT Okay.

CDR We should have verified something. And it's stowed

and locked. Okay. And it's OPEN. You open the
pressure release valve, which I did, and rotate
this around to the lef - up position. Okay, let
me make sure. Close hatch, and hatch closed. I
don't like that. I didn't inspect it good enough.
I'll inspect it again.

SPT A1, here's a little thread floating by; you might

want to throw that out.

CDR Just hand it to me, and I'll throw it out. Just

float it this way. Thump it. I got you. Thrown
out.

236 16 06 03 CI)R Okay, now I've got to lock your latch - hatch.
Y'all can't come out until you install that
equipment.

PLT Okay.

CDR Got to.

SPT It's a fair deal.

CDR Okay, that looks good. Now let me doublecheck

everything here. Close hatch. HATCH HANDLE, CLOSED.
L It is. Installthe tree and let me - Give me a
call when complete - -

SPT It 's complete.

 1289

CDR All right, that's good news. Okay, is everybody

haooy with their wrist tethers on right arm?

PLT That's right. I have one there with the two in it.

CDR Okay. Verify flow seleetor's IVA.

SPT IVA.

PLT IVA.

236 16 06 46 CDR Pressure SELECT, REG i.

PLT In BOTH.

CDR Take it and put it in EEG i, please.

SPT Okay, in REG 1.

_ PLT REGi.

CDR Pressure SELECT, DELTA-P. And verify SUIT PRESS

light off at 2.8 to 3.1.

SPT In work.

236 16 07 01 CDR We're right on time schedule, gentlemen.

PLT Is this the one they read up last night or a new

one?

CDR It's - What do you mean?

PLT Time schedule you were talking about.

236 16 07 14 CDR We're going to be getting out on the rev they

suggested, only a little bit late, but that's what
we wanted to do. Everything is just perfect.
You'll have enough daylight. We got 35 minutes
of daylight right now. All that Owen's got to do
is get out and get in restraints and get you out
and you go to two - to two places, which I'll read.
And come back and we'll put the rest of the stuff
out, and then we'll be able to take TV of you and
everything when you did it.

236 16 07 36 CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Vanguard for

9-1/2 minutes. Over.
1290

CDR Okay, everything's going just perfect. We've got

35 minutes of daylight ; we're now pressurizing
suits inside the lock compartment. We're going
to depress in a few minutes. That will give us
about 25 minutes to do those reconnecter Jobs.
We'll be back. And in the next daylight paas, we'll
do the Job.

CC 0kay, we'll - -

PLT Okay, where do you want me to break?

CDR Okay.

SPT All right, what else?

CC Okay, Al -

CDR Okay, is everybody ha_py with their suit?

SPT Not yet, Just a minute, l'm not quite fully pres-
surized. Okay, I'm stable at 3.7.

CDR Okay, pressure SELECT to BOTH. Verify no change

in cuff gage or displays.

236 16 08 23 SPT I'm in BOTH; stable at 3.7.

CDR Okay, the - -

PLT BOTH at B.8.

CDR All right. Put SOP 02 valve to OPEN. And verify

valve locked in detent. Both check each other.

CC CDR, Houston.

CDR Go ahead.

236 16 08 B8 CC Roger. We're going to go ahead and force the

contingency sample on momentum now for you based
on your reference to opening the hatch, in the
near future. So if you'll stay off the DAS for
a minute.

CDR Okay,offrightnow.
p_

1291

PLT Okay, Owen, what way you going to turn?

SPT I'ii turn to my right.

PLT All right.

PLT You see mine there; then I'ii have to turn right
the other way to see yours probably.

PLT Okay, you're in the green. You got about 6000.

Let me cheek your valve. It's open and -

CDR In the detent.

PLT In the detent.

236 16 09 09 SPT Okay, I'll turn back to my left to check yours.

PLT Yes. You're going to get wrapped uo if you

don' t.

SPT Okay, that's good. I see it. 6000 in the green

in the detent. Okay, SOPs are checked, A1.

CDR Okay, now we're going to do the flow check. EV-1,

which happens to be Jack, SUS 1 02 SUPPLY valve
on 317, CLOSED. Monitor pressure gage to make
sure 27 to 45 in your medium pressure gage. As
soon as you see that occur, then go ahead and put
the flow to ... - -

236 16 09 58 CC And, A1, we've got that in; the DAS is yours.

CDR Thank you.

SPT You sure that's yours?

PLT I think O.'s EV-I, isn't he?

CDR Well, see 13 is -

SPT Okay, it's looking ...

PLT Okay. That's mine. Right. Okay, I turn the flow

off and do what?

236 16 i0 34 CDR And notice your medium pressure gage on the SOP,
and if it's between 27 and 45, put the flow back
on again.
 t

1292

PLT 0kay. 33, EVA-I.

236 16 i0 46 CC And, CDR, Houston. We have a power reconfiguration

for you.

CDR Jack, were you on 317?

PLT Yes, sir.

CDR Okay, that's good.

PLT And I put it back on, and the SOP FLOW light went
out, and when the SOP was working, it was in the
green.

CDR Okay. Owen, do the same thing on 323.

SPT Okay.

CDR Okay, go ahead, Bruce.

236 16 ll 06 CC Okay, on panel 203, we'd like you to turn the

SIEVE B FAN, OFF; that's SIEVE B FAN POWER switch,
OFF. Over.

CDR FAN, OFF.

236 16 ll 23 CC Okay, on panel 207, we'd like you to inhibit the

following caution and warning switches. _ERGENCY
SENSOR 1 and 2, that's two switches; EMERGENCY
POWER 1 and 2, that's two more switches.

SPT I'm all set, A1.

CDR Okay, just a second.

SPT Yes.

CDR Okay, we've got both of those, Bruce.

236 16 12 23 CC Okay, then down in sort of the lower right-hand

corner there on 207, the three switches associated
with caution and warning; that's CAUTION & WARNING
POWER 1 and 2 and CAUTION & WAKENING SIGNAL CONDI-
TI0NER. 0ve r.
f--
CDR Okay, check your wrist rings.

PLT Wait.
 1293

CDR Okay, got them?

PLT Check.

236 16 12 41 CC And now we'd like to Dower down the number 2 Dart
of the caution and warnina system and the number 2
emergency system by - On panel 202, we've aot a
row of CAUTION and WARNING circuit breakers. We'd
like to OPEN the six circuit breakers associated
with the number 2 systems as you go across the
whole row. Over.

236 16 13 15 CDR Okay, I opened the caution - Here's what I opened,

EMERGENCY 2, CAUTION and WARNING 2, SIGNAL CONDI-
TIONER 2, EMERGENCY 2, CAUTION and WARNING 2, and
CAUTION and WARNING 2.

236 16 13 29 CC Roger; that's it. And while you're out of contact

from us - -

CDR How about --

CC - - If you need to power down a little more, you

can dron 550 watts in the daytime by turning off
the EVA liahts. And that's on panel 202; two
circuit breakers, EVA lights number i to open.
Over.

CDR ... connections in there, gang.

CDR Underst and.

CC That's, of course, in your option; we don't want

you to do it now.

CREW ...

CDR Check your PCU connector. SOP connector - -

236 16 14 09 SPT Just a minute. Jack, your feet are down in there.

PLT I'll pull - I'll come up your way.

SPT Yes. That's a better way to do it.

PLT Okay, 0., your red one is - Key is locked;your

blue one, the key is locked; and your comm connec-
tor is also locked. Your %later is - Key is down.
We already checked the SOP connections. Take a
look at mine here, _¢ould you?
 SPT Okay, it's down.

PLT There' s nothing here.

SPT That's down. That key is down. Those keys are

down. Neck ring is down.

PLT Okay, we checked them, A1.

CDR Okay, ... again ... rings, the SOPs and the wrist
connector. Everybody' s happy?

SPT Everyone 's happy.

236 16 14 50 CDR Okay, I Just closed this valve. If cuff gage drops
below 3.6 during depress, LOCK CO_(PARTMENT DEPRESS
valve, CLOSE; and forward hatch PRESSIFRE EQUALIZA-
TION valve, OPEN. I understand that; do you under-
stand your part?

SPT Yes.

PLT Yes, sir.

CDR Okay, 311. Forward hatch PRESSURE EQUALIZATION

valve, CLOSED. I did. Okay. If LOW VENT FLOW
light comes on before depress complete, take your
flow select and put it in EVA NORM. Okay?

SPT Underst and.

236 16 15 17 CDR Cuff gage may read 4.1 max DELTA-P.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay. LOCK COMPARTMENT DEPRESS valve, OPEN ; EV-1,

on 318.

SPT Okay, coming around to ... handle on it. Okay, we

got to - -

236 16 15 35 CDR Okay, we are now depressing the lock department [sic],
so you can start your time, Houston.

236 16 15 _0 CC Okay, Skylab, this is Houston. One minute and

30 seconds to LOS over the Vanguard. Next station
contact in 7 minutes through Ascension at 16:22.
Out.
 1295

236 16 15 51 CDR Roger. Did you get my call? We're depressing

the lock right now.

CC Roger. We copy.

CDR I'ii monitor the pressure of the forward compart-

ment.

SPT Okay. We're passing 4 psi.

236 16 16 ii CDR That's good. I noticed that you are; I noticed

that everything in here is up. So everybody's
happy.

PLT Think the workshop is staying up.

236 16 16 16 CDR Yes. 0WS 5.3, forward 5.4. Why the OWS is down
a little bit, I don't know. Probably just the
gage.

SPT Yes, we couldn't be - yes, we couldn't be dropping

that fast if there's a very big leak in here.

CDR I know it. Okay, we're getting a little ice on

the screen as usual. When it's .15 you might re-
move the screen.

236 16 16 43 PLT Hey, Owey, Owey, do you feel like this is the first
inning of the second game of a doubleheader?

SPT (Laughter)

CDR I feel like it's the encore, gang. You guys did a
great one last time and this is just the encore,
to show it wasn't a funny.

PLT We will - -

SPT *** it's a fluke; a long time between.

CDR That's okay; you're not rusty. In fact, I think

you've honed down better. Just listen and - Sorry,
I thought you all were the problem in that command
module reconfig. It was my own fault.

SPT We didn't know you thought it was our problem.

236 16 17 15 CDR I did think it was.

1296 ....

PLT I wonder when they'll consider us veterans in this

business, O.

SPT I don't know.

CDR Who is "they?"

PLT I don't know. I never have identified them either.

CDR Okay. Okay, I show you about a 3. - 2.8. Every-

thing else is holding up.

SPT That' s where it is.

236 16 17 33 CDR I'm going to open the window - -

PLT Make sure that valve's all the way open, will you,
please?

236 16 17 37 SPT This one?

PLT My finger there -

SPT Okay.

SPT Yes. Think it is.

PLT Okay.

SPT Yes, I guess they Just look like that ....

PLT ... anyway.

SPT Not quite vertical.

236 16 18 03 CDR (Sigh) (Whistling) Everything looks good.

236 16 18 09 CDR We're out in plenty of time, Jack, in 2h minutes - -

PLT Okay, good.

CDR Over 20 minutes to make the scene.

PLT Oh, ... - -

SPT ...Wait
I f-

CDR Them back in, and we'll get everything else. Be

ready for the next daylight, and you'll be flying
 1297

out like a bunny. I'ii do the mickey mouse in

here. You still can't make the second connection,
remember, until 37. You can make the first con-
nection any time, but I have to do some fooling
around in here to do it.

PLT Is this per instructions?

236 16 18 20 CDR Yes. We'll be having a little wait time; but I guess
that's okay, considering the nice Job that we got
planned.

236 16 18 h8 CDR We're going to get some good EREP after this and
maybe even an occasional JOP 13, if we can.

PLT Sure, if the rate gyros work.

SPT What I'm planning to do on our night passes up

here.

236 16 18 57 CDR That'll be good. Yes, that way we'll fill up

_- everything, and we won't even hear you when we're
asleep.

SPT You're the guy that calls it all.

CDR Doing all this JOP stuff.

236 16 19 16 CDR Everything looks good. Four and a half [psi].

PLT (Yawn) (Whistling)

236 16 19 h8 CDR Boy, it's beautiful out the window today. Nice
bright Sun.

PLT Plus the warm clouds, huh?

CDR Yes. Mainly that's what I was looking at. I need

to set up a chart so I can tell you where we are.

SPT Now that was Just Vanguard we passed, wasn't it?

CDR I don't know.

SPT I think it was.

PLT Yes.
1298

236 16 20 06 SPT Hawaii or Vanguard. They were probably dumping

until Hawaii again or something like that, or
Guam maybe.

CDR These little foot restraints in here are nice.

I recommend bringing them up.

236 16 20 23 CDR Get out my little red book, wherever it floated

to. There it is. You got to have everything up
here or you're in deep trouble.

CDR Let me know when you're ready to hatch open.

236 16 20 50 SPT Well, we are, but the pressure is 0.5.

CDR Okay, the time right now is GMT about 16 something.

At 13:25 we were at 55.7. 1B:25, 55.7.

CDR (Yawn)

CDR Boy, it makes me yawn when the pressure changes _

like that; 55.7, 13:25. 55.7.

236 16 21 29 SPT Now weren't we supposed to take this cap off after
the pressure got so low?

CDR Yes. When the pressure gets down to a very nominal

0.3 or so - -

SPT Okay. Mine 's - -

CDR Wherever you want - -

SPT Okay, it's at 0.5, so I'm going to try to take it

off.

CDR Okay.

PLT ... off there.

CDR Yes.

236 16 22 21 CDR And from 13 - 13:25 - 13:25 to 16:25.

236 16 22 45 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension for

7 minutes. Out.
 1299

CDR Okay, the cabin is - correction - The lock is

almost down to zero press. We're going to
open the hatch in 3 or 4 minutes.

236 16 22 59 CC Okay. Why don't you give us a mark when you do

so we can start some clocks down here along with
you.

CDR Okay. Will do.

236 16 23 16 CDR You gentlemen are going to be flying over Africa

during the first part of the EVA.

236 16 23 20 SPT I'd say that left gage is reading about 0.15 now,
wouldn't you, Jack? Or could you see it.

PLT I can't - the parallax has got me from here, 0.

SPT Well, there's a little difference in the lock and

the aft pressure gages, but the lock's reading
about 0.15, and the aft's reading about - -

236 16 23 35 CDR Okay. Why don't you start watch for beginning of
EVA?

SPT I'll do that.

CDR Now beginning. EV-1, EVA hatch retainer spring

loaded to ENGAGED position. Verify, please.

236 16 23 47 SPT It is.

CDR HATCH HANDLE, LOCK, UNLOCK; and HATCH HANDLE, OPEN.

236 16 23 51 SPT In work.

236 16 23 53 CDR When you open it, make sure that it goes fully
clockwise.

SPT Okay. That a boy; it does.

CDR Okay.

CDR ... I'll give them the mark.

PLT ... give a mark - -

_ 236 16 24 07 CDR Here's a mark for you.

1300
!

236 16 24 08 CDR HATCH is OPEN.

PLT-EVA A few odds and ends are going in that direction.

CDR Okay, verify HATCH HANDLE fully clockwise. Open

hatch; engage hold-open rod.

236 16 24 15 PLT-EVA In work.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) Looks f_m_liar. A few odds and ends

going out:

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT/ (Chuckle )
SPT-EVA

CDR ... it.

SPT-EVA Yes. Few odds and ends go out, too. An

odds and ends is out.

236 16 2h 36 SPT-EVA And the hold-open rod is engaged, and I'm on my way
out.

CDR All right. Would you care to check your MODE SE-
LECT to ABSOLUTE; both of you.

SPT-EVA Okay. Stand by. I 'll put - -

CDR You may have a possible cuff gage decrease.

236 16 24 53 PLT-EVA Okay. I stabilized at 3.6.

CDR Verify that your pressure selector is in BOTH.

SPT-EVA It's in BOTH, and I stabilized at 3.55.

PLT-EVA Verified in BOTH.

CDR Flow select, EVA NORM.

SPT-EVA Stand by.

PLT-EVA EVA NORM.

i

CDR And you should be stable 3.6 to 3.9. So I'm a

little puzzled why you're a little lower than that, /-_
O.
 1301

236 16 25 13 SPT-EVA Well, Just a moment. It's about 3.6 now. It's
coming up slightly.

CDR All right, that's good news. And along with the
other good news, ... - -

SPT-EVA I have an EVA ... over here.

236 16 25 27 CDR Now, let me tell you what to do - -

PLT-EVA Go ahead, 0. Get my umbilical free.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Okay. May I suggest this? The following: EV-I,

egress AM and ingress VF foot restraints.

236 16 25 39 PLT-EVA He just did.

CDR And clamp your own LSU at 9 feet. I know you can
hack it.

PLT-EVA Okay.

SPT-EVA Hey, we might want to get our gold visors down

here; it's a little bright up.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 16 25 53 PLT-EVA There's old 149 sitting out there pretty as you
please, collecting all that sunlight and every-
thing else that's coming in its direction.

PLT-EVA That a boy, O.

236 16 26 05 SPT-EVA Aperture's opened up, okay.

PLT-EVA Now make sure his umbilical is not hung up or any-

thing. And I'm on - You want me to go out now, AI?

CDR Whenever he's done, would you care to go out? But

you may want to pull out some of your umbilical
initially and then translate to the D-7 handrail
with back to MDA, left arm to FAS.

SPT-EVA D-7 is above your head.

PLT-EVAOkay.
1302

236 16 26 42 SPT-EVA Okay. Now you could go either above or below

there.

CDR No, no, he shouldn't go out yet; he should Just

be there a minute.

SPT-EVA Well, okay. I'm at D-7 ...

PLT-EVA *** D-7, left arm to FAS.

CDR Okay, now normally - Next time we go out you'll

connect the box to his _-rist here, but now we don't.
Care to translate now, Jack? Along D-2 handrail,
leading with right shoulder to the AM trunnion
area.

SPT-EVA D-2 or D-77

236 16 27 04 CDR D-2.

SPT-EVA Okay, we don'_ see D-2. It's probably that one

underneaththe limb experiment.

CDR Okay. Not a bad idea.

PLT-EVA Okay.

SPT-EVA I can't verify that that's D-2 but presumably is.

SPT-EVA Watch out for your cable there; yes, that's right.

236 16 27 26 PLT-EVA Oh, boy_ There's the world.

CDR To give you - -

PLT-EVA Well, that says D-2 on it.

SPT-EVA Okay, that's the one.

PLT-EVA l'm going right past Don Lind's experiment.

236 16 27 37 CDR You got 15 minutes to do this caper.

PLT-EVA A]] right. I better get out here, then. You

mind if I Just waltz over to the trunnion?

CDR I wish you would. And be careful because the MDA

panels are thin and could be bent while moving into
position.
 1303

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 16 27 51 CDR Carefully position self between trunnion and MDA.

236 16 28 05 PLT-EVA Okay, I am between the trunnion and MDA.

CDR Okay. And when you get yourself in the proper

position, obser - And when you want me to give you
any more instructions, let me know.

PLT-EVA Let me check my little tool over here and see how
it's going to work. Oh boy! It's just right.

CDR Okay. Let me read some words to you.

PLT-EVA Okay, speak.

236 16 28 25 SPT-EVA You already got the tool on the connector, don't
you?

PLT-EVA Yes. Don't worry, I won't turn it. (Laughter)

CDR Okay. I'll read it; I'll read it, but it doesn't
apply. Observe 8130 connector.

PLT-EVA 8130 Alfa, as it says.

236 16 28 35 CDR Cable plug removal on the t_1_n_on plate. Pry

other cables out with tool if necessary. Will that
be necessary?

PLT-EVA Oh, not to get it off it won't. And it probably

won't to get it on.

CDR And as you know, that's the lower left plug.

PLT-EVA Yes, sir.

CDR Are you still there, Bruce? Connect the EVA cables
blab, blah, blah. Okay, you know what you got to
do there.

236 16 28 58 CC *** that's over _,_, where we'll dump the tape
recorder. Over.

CDR Okay. Jack's out of the - out at the trunnion.

He might want to say a few words about it.
1304

PLT-EVA Okay. I waltzed out here to the trunnion and Just

like we run this in the water tank, I'm facing
connector 8130A and the trunnion box is shading the
Sun from my eyes. And my tool fits on there very
well, and it looks like I'll be able to get in
position and do the Job next daylight pass with no
problem. The wire bundles will not be in - in the
way to get the connector off, although I don't know
if they will be or not to insert the new connec -
connector. But the trunnion situation looks pretty
much as advertised. I got good stability out here.
And I can do the Job, it appears, with no problem.

CDR Okay, Jack. Before you - -

236 16 29 45 CC We copy you. It looks good going over the hill, and
Guam at 17:06. Out.

CDR Okay. Jack - -

PLT-EVA Where's that hill that they were talking about?

Lookslike all cloudsand water.

236 16 29 57 CDR Now before you head back, how about looking around
to see where you think you're going to route that
cable. And then as you just crawl back, you'll be
able to see if you - if it's Just right. So when
you're ready to do, translate to the WCIU area
using D-1 and the dual handrails.

PLT-EVA Yes, it looks like to me that we can go behind some

of these trusses and it won't be exposed to the EVA
trail whatsoever.

236 16 30 20 CDR Okay, when you got it psyched out, well just head on
down that way and think about it as you go.

SPT-EVA What - what were the words that it said; it said

something about over some truss.

CDR Okay.

SPT-EVA What - what are those words you have there?

CDR I'll read them to you. The word's good.

236 16 30 38 CDR Translate to D-1 handrail close to FAS and get

other end of the EVA cable from EV-1 - He gets _-_
 1305

that from you - making sure EVA cable assembly goes

over top of the AM truss - Make that ATM truss -
with the D-1 handrail on it. Would you believe
what the ... zero?

SPT-EVA I'm looking for D-l; there's an obvious straight

line path down there, but it - The words Just don't
make an awful lot of good sense to me Just at the
moment.

CDR Well, he's got to - He's got to come back by you.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 16 31 12 CDR So somewhere D-1 must be, and I think we're coming
up on Africa now, gentlemen.

PLT-EVA Careful with Don 's experiment.

236 16 31 22 SPT-EVA Yes. Now I think D-1 is the one right behind you
here.

PLT-EVA Okay, this is D-T; the one I went out on is D-2.

SPT-EVA Yes. Right down here by your right leg I suppose

is D-l, but I'm not certain.

236 16 31 35 PLT-EVA Okay, now what does it say to do now?

SPT-EVA Make sure that the cable goes over D-1.

PLT-EVA That's over this one, O. Over the top of it.

236 16 31 hl CDR *** want you to translate to D-1 handrail close

to FAS.

PLT-EVA Aq] right.

236 16 31 _5 CDR Get other end of cable, which you don't have, ob-
viously, making sure the EVA cable assembly goes
over top of the A_ truss - -

PLT-EVA I think this is the only - -

CDR - - ...

PLT-EVA - - EVA handrail that's not numbered here, A1.

I thinkit'sD-I.
'3o6

296 16 31 55 CDR Okay, well, anyhow - -

PLT-EVA Won't go over the top of that.

CDR - - think it through, and you might be able to find

out if that's the one that will make a nice clear
shot.

PLT-EVA I'm going to zip you right over like this, 0.

SPT-EVA Yes, that's the way - -

CDR Yes, I'll tell you what to do. Translate to the WCIU
area using D-1 and the dual handrails.

236 16 32 08 PLT-EVA Okay, I'm on my way.

CDR Okay, I'll check Africa for you to see if - that

it's safe enough for you to look. And in my opinion
it would be that it's very safe for you to look at.

SPT-EVA A1, - Jack, I don't know whether you want to go on

that side or the other.

PLT-EVA Well, I want to try to get up head first here, 0.

SPT-EVA Well, -

CDR He wants to have his feet toward the friendly center

workstation and his head toward the CSM, as he
said the other day. But - -

PLT-EVA But I --

CDR And I'm convinced that's right.

236 16 32 37 SPT-EVA Yes, I think somehow or other that cable should not
go over that, Jack. It should have come straight
down.

PLT-EVA I think - yes, it goes over - probably goes over this

thing here.

SPT-EVA Yes, then come right straight down through there,

not the way you went.

PLT-EVA Well, yes; I'll have to feed that through, O. I-_

236 16 32 53 SPT-EVA Okay, that's right.

 1307

236 16 32 54 CDR You're in the right position though because I can

see you.

SPT-EVA That's right. He's in the right position.

PLT-EVA Let me get in from the other direction once.

CDR Why don't you - why? Don't you like that?

PLT-EVA Well, that way I can carry the cable with me. I
won't have to string it.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 16 33 04 CDR May I mention some words to you, when you finally
get there?

PLT-EVA There ain't any other connectors in that area, by

the way; that - that's about the only ones -

236 16 33 16 CDR Okay, let me read what it says here, Just for fun.
DisconnectP-1 from J-3 using cable plug removal
tool on the WCIU; lower connector when in normal
EVA position, feet toward center workstation.

236 16 33 32 SPT-EVA Okay, you're doing fine now, Jack, and the little
prongs on that footplate are at your back now.
You're not rubbing on - against them or anything
yet. You're in good shape.

236 16 33 47 PLT-EVA Okay, here I is.

CDR Get a feel for the problem. When you got a feel,
come on in because we got to get this stuff out,
and there's not a very long night period.

PLT-EVA Well, I ain't got a feel for it at the moment.

CDR All right. Let me read you some good words some
more. Disconnect P-1 from J-3.

236 16 34 09 PLT-EVA Okay, I got J-3. I don't - Yes, here is P-l, too.

CDR Okay, and then it says, connect P-4 of the EVA

cable assembly to J-3. And then connect P-1 to
J-3 of the EVA cable assembly and lock. Notify
EVA-3 to proceed with rate gyro 5 and 6 CB off and
et cetera. And that's what I'll do. We'll be in
good shape, gentlemen. We've got approximately -
1308

to help your thinking - 53 minutes until I can

inhibit momentum, and that means we got 58 minutes
until you can mate that connector you are on at the
moment.

236 16 34 47 PLT-EVA Okay, I got it. I'm going to get it.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Let me see if I can find an even better position;

I'm having a little trouble stabilizing myself.
But I got myself wedged in here pretty nicely now.
Yes, I can grab it and rotate it here with no prob-
lem. I think I'll come in from the top.

SPT-EVA Just like you did then?

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA Okay, that way you won't have to fool with the
cable any.

PLT-EVA Right.

PLT-EVA Oh, is there anything else I can look at while

you're here (laughter)?

236 16 35 27 CDR No. Why don't you come back in and let's get on
with the program.

PLT-EVA Okay. Okay.

CDR Keep you in good prime shape for this job. It's
going to be long. This part won't, but the other
will. Running back that 149.

236 16 35 50 PLT-EVA I can see it's going to get dark after a while.
Boy, it's pretty down there in the terminator, you
know it? Look at that big old solar panel down
there, goll-eee! Earth gets more blue and blue
and blue and Just the tops of the clouds there are
lit. You can see some kind of pinkish - oh, under
some of the clouds, the way the Sun hits them Just
before it gets into the terminator. In here it just
gets pitch black. I guess I got to get back in
there now, huh - -

236 16 36 19 CDR Yes. If you - (laughter).

 1309

CDR Okay.

SPT-EVA Okay, now I get to stick the umbilical inside the

MD area - airlock instead of behind me.

CDR Good.

236 16 36 34 SPT-EVA Probably should have put it behind me.

CDR No, you did the right thing.

PLT-EVA Let me stuff it out of the way, this one here.

CDR Stick it right in that stirrup, now that it's

easy to do.

SPT-EVA Yes, but not too easy ... pressurize the SWS.

CDR Yes, it's even easier. Everything is easier pres-

surized, zero g included.

"_ PLT-EVA Oh.

236 16 36 49 CDR Remember that!

PLT-EVA Yes, (laughter) working from that - -

SPT-EVA Adds new experience and such.

CDR Darn right l My EVA experience will tell me that.

PLT-EVA - - but book learning - morale building stuff he's

working on up here, 0.

SPT-EVA Yes.

MS (Laughter)

236 16 37 02 PLT-EVA I - I read all that crap; don't tell me that stuff.

CDR Well, it works.

SPT-EVA It works on some people, A1.

CDR (Laughter) Works (laughter) works on everybody.

PLT-EVA There you go.

SPT-EVA You want to know what I think of that?

1310

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA I'll tell you later.

PLT/CDR (Laughter)

CDR Okay. Why? We're on record? (Laughter).

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 16 37 15 CDR Okay, now, you ready, Jack?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay, now let's do something like this. Let me go

to the next page. Okay, now, 0wen, would you care
to EXTEND the BOOM, both of them? EXTEND and RE-
TRACT to verify they work.

SPT-EVA Yes. I'll do that.

PLT-EVA Where am I going to get out, Al?

CDR You're going to get - unstow S149 - That's ridic-

ulous; forget it.

PLT-EVA Bet it would work.

236 16 37 47 CDR Here's what you' re going to do. Unstow the VS tree
and pass to EV-1 when he finishes the boom check.

PLT-EVA 0kay.

SPT-EVA It - it checks complete.

CDR Okay, stand by for the VS tree.

SPT-EVA All right. I'm floating by.

236 16 38 00 CDR Okay, float by. So that the little tip light
(laughter) ... Watch your head.

PLT-EVA Okay, now don't let go of this thing.

236 16 38 09 SPT-EVA Okay, I'll try not to, if you will not let go until
I 'm ready.

PLT-EVA I may not let go of it then.

 1311

SPT-EVA And can you reverse it - the handle before you

hand it out?

PLT-EVA Well, let me get around here where there is a little

bit of room.

SPT-EVA Okay .... right here.

CDR Always wanting special treatment. Even after I gave

him that positive mental attitude pitch.

SPT-EVA Well, that's the way your checklist reads, doesn't

it?

CDR No, it doesn't say.

SPT-EVA It doesn't? I have it, Jack.

PLT-EVA You got it, huh?

SPT-EVA I have it.

PLT-EVA I'll do it.

SPT-EVA Okay, okay.

236 16 38 3h PLT-EVA There it goes.

CDR All right, Jack, while he's milling around - or

floating around, why don't you get the VC tree?

PLT-EVA Okay, got it right before me. I'll bet he'll want
the handle on that, too.

SPT-EVA Probably - -

CDR Probably will. Got a bunch of prima donnas _ what

can you do!

SPT-EVA I thought your checklist said that. I was only

trying to follow your checklist. I didn't really
want it that way. You know I wouldn't misread it.
You know me. You know me and mistakes. Never
tolerate them.

CDR Okay, Jack, while you're fooling around - -

PLT-EVA Hold on now.

1312

236 16 39 04 CDR - - with nothing to do, let me know and I'ii tell
you where to find the DAC, after you finish that
job, of course.

236 16 39 16 PLT-EVA Jam it in there, 0.; you got it. Okay, here's an-
other one. The handle to you.

SPT-EVA I have it.

PLT-EVA You got it.

236 16 39 41 CDR Hey, Jack, grab the old DAC, and when you're ready,
I'll tell you how to set it up.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) We're going to go through that again,

huh?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA I've grabbed it.

CDR Okay, f/ll, 500, six frames per second. _

PLT-EVA f/ll, 500, and six.

CDR Okay, infinity -

PLT-EVA Just a minute, just a minute.

236 16 40 01 CDR By the way, when we get to night, we'll have to

change this, but we won't be running this until
daytime starts. But I'ii try to keep up with this
and the TV for you. All of us can try.

PLT-EVA Okay, there's infinity, f/ll -

CDR 500 - 500, and six frames.

PLT-EVA Okay. There's the 500 - 24, 12, 6.

CDR Okay, now, while you're there, why don't you just
float out a little bit, install DAC on F-6 handrail
below clothesline clip and lock. Lock towards EV-1.
Now you Just hand that to O. And I - I read it
wrong.

SPT-EVA I can - Just - just a minute, Jack. I'll get it.

 1313

236 16 40 51 CDR Hand it to the Big O.

SPT-EVA Okay, it goes way down here. I'll have to put it

there.

CDR F-6 below clothesline clip and lock. Lock towards

EV-1.

236 16 41 12 CDE Jack, while you're there, connect the TV power

cable to panel 320.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Let me know when you're ready for the next step.

PLT-EVA Look at him in there smugly reading that checklist.

I see you.

CDR I don't think it's strained. Rest - I think I'll

have a little butterscotch pudding, gentlemen; let
me know how it is out there. No, I'm saving that
_-- for later when you're really sweating. I'll just
cool it right here; maybe have a sip of my cherry
drink. That's a good idea. Sure wish I could pass
it out.

236 16 41 47 SPT-EVA Okay. It's locked and it's set on red.

CDE Okay, that's not a bad place to have it. Now -

PLT-EVA AI, I - I don't know what happened with the - TV

power connector, but it comes off awful hard.

CDR I don't know either, but - we'll stand by until you

do your thing.

CDR You may think - you may want to think about - What's
going on in there? Let me look in, and maybe a pic-
ture's visible there, Jack.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 16 42 23 CDR I'ii tell you one thing you might do to assist your-
self is get ready to put your visors up in a few
moment s.

PLT-EVA 0kay.

CDR Now that's not your protective visor.

1314

PLT-EVA Gold visor.

CDR Now you got to pull out on that one; is that the
problem?

236 16 42 42 PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR That's strange, isn't it?

PLT-EVA Sure is.

PLT-EVA *** that happen? Hope the other connectors aren't

like that.

236 16 42 59 PLT-EVA Took a pretty good tug but it's off.

CDR I'll tell you maybe the vacuum outside and the
pressure inside did it. You probably should have
removed that cap. That's a pressure-sealing cap.
I bet that's what did it. No, that would pop it
off.

CDR Okay, Jack, now that you've done that -

PLT-EVA But I got to hook up this other one.

CDR All right.

236 16 43 18 CDR We're now in night, gentlemen. We have 32 minutes

of nighttime, so we'll get the rest of this done
in 32 minutes.

SPT-EVA Here's a note for Don Lind: On the drum closest

to us, the bands look silver, gold, silver, gold,
silver. On the next drum, they look silver, gold,
purple, then a darker one that sort of looks gray
and then gold. And it's got the two strips that
Jack put on them still there, obviously.

236 16 43 41 PLT-EVA Okay, I got it hooked up there, A1.

CDR Okay, let me mention some things like verify the

F/S is in FC. I know you know how to do that.

PLT-EVA Throw me - unhinge the camera here now and I' ii

take a look at it, right?

CDR But don't point it near the Sun.

 1315

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 16 43 55 CDR Disappearing anyhow. Okay, when it's in FC -

PLT-EVA Wait. I've haven't got it loose yet.

CDR All right. By the way, are your EVA lights on?

PLT-EVA I noticed that they were.

CDR All right. That' s good.

CDR I don't know who has that on their checklist but

somebody must.

SPT-EVA I can see one.

PLT-EVA I had to turn them on last night - or this morning

rather.

CDR 0kay, that's who's got it.

PLT-EVA There's some down there, too.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Ye s.

236 16 44 24 CDR This is such a controlled operation at the moment!

It 's inconceivable.

PLT-EVA Hey, way - (laughter). It's the way we planned it.

CDR I know it. You wait until we pull this entry off
it you think this is smooth.

236 16 44 41 PLT-EVA We did it, O. ! Okay, boy. Now what do you want
on this?

SPT-EVA Hey, Al?

CDR About a full close.

236 16 44 46 PLT-EVA Full closed airlock.

CDR Ha! Ha!

236 16 44 47 PLT-EVA Full closed. All right, go ahead, AI.

1316

CDR Now (laughter) place the TV on the F-8 handrail

6 inches from bottom, lock towards hatch. But
before you do, let me recommend one thing: try
to set it X, 60; Y, 180; Z, 315. 60, 180, 315.

SPT-EVA Pretty light out here for dark, isn't it?

PLT-EVA Yes. Airglow horizon coming though.

SPT-EVA Takes a long time, I've noticed.

236 16 45 30 CDR Wonder why? Maybe the people in Alaska can explain
it.

SPT-EVA Oh, you talking about your time-remaining counter?

CDR No, no, I'm Just - just shooting the crap.

SPT-EVA Watch your language.

CDR Just chattering.

PLT-EVA Have you got one yet?

MS (Laughter)

PLT-EVA What's the limit on it?

MS (Laughter)

PLT-EVA I guess (laughter) - I guess 60 - Do you have to have

a license for that? (Laughter) 60, 180, mud 315,
315.

236 16 h5 56 CDR That's right, and then put it on the F-8 handrail
6 inches from bottom, if you feel like it. If you
don't, well, put it there anyway.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) Oh my.

CDR When does the hard work start?

236 16 h6 26 PLT-EVA I got it right where you want.

CDR Okay, now let me read you a few more tidbits. Tid-
bits say -
 1317

PLT-EVA Let's put it on and get the settings set.

SPT-EVA Getting to it.

CDR Both crewmen verify TV is not looking at Sun. TV

field of view is - TV one-half angle field of view
at 22 degrees.

236 16 46 47 SPT-EVA Well, it's pointed at the center of the ATM. I can-
not verify the half angle.

CDR Sun should not be in this field of view. Okay, TV

power, ON, Jack.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 16 46 57 PLT-EVA There. It's ON.

CDR Okay, now - check your AVERAGE switch to AVERAGE,

0wen.

236 16 47 02 SPT-EVA AVERAGE - okay.

CDR LINEAR to LINEAR.

236 16 47 03 SPT-EVA LINEAR.

CDR ZOOM to 25.

PLT-EVA 0. can get that.

SPT-EVA Okay, just a minute -

236 16 47 16 SPT-EVA ZOOM is on 25.

CDR F0C to 15 ; FOCUS, that is.

236 16 47 21 SPT-EVA FOCUS to 15.

CDR Okay, now, EV-I, slowly move the lever to 22 while

EV-2 observes monitor. If Sun in field of view,
immediately go to - -

PLT-EVA Whoa !

SPT-EVA Is that too much?

_ PLT-EVA Okay, close it down a little bit. Whoop! Wait a

minute. It locked up. Okay, now open it a little
bit. Open a little more - little bit.
1318

SPT-EVA There it is.

236 16 47 49 PLT-EVA Hold it there. Think it's going to compensate. Aw,

it went out!

CDR We're going to hav - we're going to have to turn

this thing - -

PLT-EVA Now it's coming in.

CDR We're going to have to turn this thing off before we

go to free drift. I've got to put that down be-
cause I'm moving further away because we stand an
excellent chance of drifting into the Sun.

236 16 47 58 PLT-EVA Now that don't look too bad, 0.

SPT-EVA Okay, you tell me when it 's there.

PLT-EVA You could tighten it up a little bit, a little - a

little more. Squeeze it open.

SPT-EVA Open. I had this dark - I had this shadow here.

Okay, let that settle.

CDR Give it some margin now.

SPT-EVA I just barely tracked off of FC.

236 16 _8 18 CDR You ought to move it away from the Sun there. It's
too close because we are going to drift a little
bit and it can bomb.

PLT-EVA Well, you can always close it.

SPT-EVA Hey, how do you like - -

CDR Nobody's going to be watching it, see?

SPT-EVA How do like that, Jack?

CDR Don't cut it too thin.

PLT-EVA I think you could open it a smidgen more - -

SPT-EVA We're not - we're not repointing it, A1; we're

Just working on the - -
 1319

CDR I think that ought to be out - -

SPT-EVA - - ...

CDR - - how far you think it is from the Sun, because

it's going to drift around. We'd like to have it
off the Sun some amount.

PLT-EVA Oh, it's off the Sun. It's - in fact, it doesn't

even have the base of the ATM fully in view. Okay,
how's that?

236 16 48 55 SPT-EVA I think that ought to give them something to work

with.

PLT-EVA All right.

SPT-EVA We may have to bump it around a little bit crawling

in and out. That's the end of the sunlight now,
anyway.

_ PLT-EVA Yes. The center of the field of view, AI, is -

you see the dog bone right in front of the sail
mount point?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA Well, it's a little to the right of ... a little

bit toward that triangular handrail.

236 16 49 15 CDR Let's do a little thinking now. Maybe this thing

right now ought to be pointed up. Let's don't put
it that place. Point this thing up where you are
going at the - at the trunnion -

SPT-EVA Okay, just a minute - -

PLT-EVA It - it won't hook up there, AI.

CDR It won't do it? There's no way to do that, huh?

PLT-EVA There's a big - there's a thing on that ECS; I

don't know what it is. There's a big bump out
here - -

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA - - right in between.

1320

236 16 49 42 CDR I'ii be darned.

SPT-EVA Well, he's going to get the other one.

CDR Okay, I was going to say, how about down at the

other place?

SPT-EVA Yes, I think he can see the other one; can't you,
Jack?

CDR Why don't you center in on it and then we'll re-

position this TV when - before you go do the other
thing.

SPT-EVA Yes, I think it's close enough right here, isn't

it, Jack? It looks to me like it's pointed right
there.

PLT-EVA Yes, I think it's about right. It might be pointed

a little bit low.

SPT-EVA
Okay. _-_

CDR Well, let's try to do the best we can and then -

236 16 50 05 SPT-EVA I wouldn't fool with it because I think you're

close enough to the center of the field.

CDR All right. Would you - are you happy with the
universal mount on the DAC?

SPT-EVA It's - it's close there. As long as somebody doesn't

knock it off, it'll stay there.

CDR Okay, now may I suggest that [EV-] 2 unstow the

sail sample clipboard and pass to EV-1.

SPT-EVA What's he going to do with it, by the way?

PLT-EVA He's going to adjust it.

236 16 50 29 SPT-EVA Then what's he going to do with it?

CDR He's going to give it to EV-2, who's going to put

it somewhere.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Now the F-10 handrail, do you see that?

 1321

SPT-EVA S-10 ?

CDR F-10.

SPT-EVA Sugar i0? No, I don't see a sugar -

PLT-EVA Fox i0.

CDR No, it says F-10 handrail on STS - F-10 on STS - -

SPT-EVA Oh, that might be the one that we tied the -

PLT-EVA That's over by the window, there.

CDR ... to the strap, too?

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay, what you want to do is attach the U-mount

to F-10 handrail with lock pointing away from STS
window. Remove the tether and verify sail samples
/- are in the sunlight.

SPT-EVA Remove the tether, huh?

CDR Once it - once it's up there.

236 16 51 15 SPT-EVA Okay, there isn't a tether on it.

PLT-EVA May have to use your own tether there, O.

SPT-EVA I don't have a loose tether; this is the one that's

got my tool on it.

PLT-EVA Uh.,huh.

CDR Well, there is an extra one in the locker.

PLT-EVA Well, let me get that. I'm on my way.

236 16 51 31 PLT-EVA Do you have some settings I need to put on here,

my friend?

CDR Yes, I do. When you get it out, I can tell you
some very interesting settings.

236 16 51 37 PLT-EVA I got it out.

CDR How about 255, 0, and 1807

1322

PLT-EVA 255, 0, and 180, huh?

CDR Thought you might find that amusing.

PLT-EVA Give me a pep talk. 255, O, and 180.

CDR (Laughter) You had your pep talk.

PLT-EVA Yes, but it didn't last very long. It needs re-

inforcing.

CDR (Laughter) They always bite the hand that feeds

them. Well, l've been - -

PLT-EVA ... repeat the setting.

CDR - - making you guys real astronauts, and you're

giving me a hard time. Making you old heads. 255,
O, and 180. You're making me an old head!

236 16 52 22 PLT-EVA Making _ou gra_ haired.

CDR You're not kidding.

SPT-EVA We're going to have to hurry; we're going to have

to hurry.

PLT-EVA We'll _ke A1 gray headed?

SPT-EVA That's the way! (Chuckle)

SPT-EVA Hustle; come on, hm_stle (laughter).

PLT-EVA That's okay. I got them set exactly right; now give
me a tether.

236 16 52 46 CDR You got 22 minutes before you're - you're supposed

to head for the trunnion. No, you got less than
that because you have to hand out that box to the
Big O., which I'll tell you about in a minute.

PLT-EVA Well, the only tether that I got here is this waist
t et he r.

CDR No, no. Don't use that. You got another spare
tether in there somewhere. No, no. It's on the
box.
 1323

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDE Why don't you just hand it out and - 0wen hang onto
it. No, that's a bad idea. Could you disconnect
your wrist tether and use it? And then get Owen
to hand you back your wrist tether?

236 16 53 16 PLT-EVA At the risk of losing my tool.

SPT-EVA I wouldn't do that, A1.

CDR Oh, I thought Jack had two of them on. No, I

wouldn't do that. You're right.

CDR Let's - let's do this. Let's go to the next step

which is this.

PLT-EVA Okay, I got a - No, let's don't do that either.

Go ahead.

236 16 53 32 CDR Okay, why don't you reattach the - the little
bracketto whereverit was. I knew we should have
had even an extra one.

SPT-EVA You know, we could do this by hand as reliably as,

I think - as pulling that tether off out there.

CDR Okay, why don't you do it and -

SPT-EVA All right.

PLT-EVA I'll be able to fasten it right now. Is that what

you're going to do, 0.?

SPT-EVA I don't know whether - Am I going to fasten it or

is Jack going to fasten it?

CDR Either one of you that wants. Which is the better?

SPT-EVA I can slip out there I guess.

236 16 54 02 PLT-EVA Okay, 0. Now do you want the lock toward the MDA
or the trigger?

SPT-EVA Wait for AI.

PLT-EVA Yes.
1324

CDR Okay, may I read it again. Attach to F-10 handrail

with lock pointing away from STS window.

SPT-EVA I've got to find F-10. Apparently that went out

there, Jack.

PLT-EVA Don't put it where we can't take pictures out the

window now. Now you want - you want to stick it
in there like this, 0.? The lock toward you or
away from the window? Okay?

SPT-EVA Yes. Just a minute.

PLT-EVA Just grab underneath it here; hold it.

CDR I'ii look out the window to make sure - Like Jack
said, that's a good point.

236 16 5h 50 PLT-EVA Yes. Okay, I'll give you a little umbilical here,
0.

SPT-EVA
Okay. _-_

CDR ...

PLT-EVA I don't want to drift over against this DAC. There's

the problem. Tell you - You want to get over there
and let me bring it to you?

236 16 55 00 SPT-EVA I think I'm Just about clear now if I can stay
clear of that DAC.

CDR I wonder what STS window they got. I'm looking

out both that's closest to you, I thought.

SPT-EVA Okay, I'm clear of the DAC.

PLT-EVA All right.

CDR Nice lighting out there. Heck, you can go to all

those places in the dungeon [?].

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 16 55 24 SPT-EVA I have a feeling that this one by this window is

F-10, don't you?
 1325

CDR Look and see if you think that area will be in

the Sun.

SPT/PLT Yes.

236 16 55 34 PLT-EVA Recheck the settings on there, 0., when you're out
there.

CDR I can read them to you when you think you're ready.

CDR Yes, that's right by this window, Big O.

SlUr-EVA Yes, well, it's nothing you can do with it, is it?

CDR If I were you l'd move -

PLT-EVA Right, right there is where it's going to be. It's

going to be underneath the - It's going to he shaded
by the ...

236 16 55 49 CDR That's a bad place. Move it further back towards

theFAS if you can.

PLT-EVA Well, I can move it back this far.

CDR That 's it, huh ?

PLT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA Oh, it's going to be underneath that -

CDR It's going to be up under the tools too.

PLT-EVA Yes, it's going to have to go ..., I'm afraid ....

CDR I think - Move it back there as far as you can and

then sort of extend it out.

PLT-EVA A]] right.

SPT-EVA That'll upset the settings.

236 16 56 12 CDR Now those settings aren't going to be too good,

like you point out.

PLT-EVA No, I think on that handrail there is only one set

of settings you can have. Now - -
1326

CDR Well, clamp it in and we'll look at it again.

PLT-EVA Sure that's the one? Now it ain't that one up

there, huh?

CDR Is there - is there one further out of the way?

PLT-EVA Yes, there's another one up here -

236 16 56 37 SPT-EVA That's near the pip pin.

PLT-EVA That's it. He's got the right one.

CDR Well, clamp it on and let's look at it a little

bit. Then I'll ask them for another recommenda-
tion if it's in the way.

PLT-EVA We had a better place for it right - look in here.

So look at it. That's not even directly facing the
Sun.

SPT-EVA I don'tunderstand. _-_

236 16 56 58 CDR Maybe they wanted it at an angle. Somehow -

PLT-EVA ... angle.

CDR What Owen's going to get now is - He's supposed

to have the lock pointing away from the window?

236 16 57 08 SPT-EVA Okay, that's the way I've got it.

PLT-EVA Now, it's not - okay.

236 16 57 18 SPT-EVA There. Get a start right and get it point - -

CDR ... you don't lose it. That could get a bump.

236 16 57 22 PLT-EVA Here, 0. Hand it to me and I'll - and you can get
yourself in position with both hands and then I'll
bring it to you.

CDR Why don't you help 0. position with his hands.

PLT-EVA Don't let go; don't let go.

SPT-EVAOkay,
got it? t-_
 1327

PLT-EVA I got it

236 16 57 33 CDR Grab Owen's feet and Just hold him in position.
There you go. Good positioning.

PLT-EVA Now what's those numbers again, Al?

CDR Okay, let me read them to you once more.

PLT-EVA Don't let that get -

CDR How about 255, O, and 180. Why don't you put your
feet up and let Jack hold your feet?

236 16 58 01 SPT-EVA Crank it down where I can see where it's pointed
and everything better.

CDR Okay, let me tell you, we got 17 more minutes of

night.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA 0kay, 0., you on?

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 16 58 24 PLT-EVA Okay. You have it?

236 16 58 32 SPT-EVA I have it.

PLT-EVA You got it?

236 16 59 29 SPT-EVA Okay, mirror's locked.

CDR Locked, locked. Now is it sli - have you - have

you slid it as far as you can that way?

SPT-EVA Not quite.

CDR Hey, how long is that handrail? Maybe you can

slide it --

SPT-EVA It's in as far as it can go, right there.

236 16 59 52 CDR Okay, it interferes somewhat but not too bad.

SPT-EVA It is not perpendicular to the Sun.

1328

PLT-EVA We'd better ask them about that.

CDR Let's leave it that way and tell them it's not
perpendicular and ask them if that's what they
want. They may want a certain angle on it, O.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Good lock?

236 17 00 01 SPT-EVA Yes, as good as these things ever lock, which isn't
very good.

CDE Have y'all found im - an improved spot?

236 17 00 ii SPT-EVA No, all I can do is slide back and forth along
underneath your window. And none of those spots
are really very good. I think they're all right,
if they don't obstruct too much of your view.

CDR Okay, let's go to the next step.

236 17 00 32 CDR Next step coming up, gentlemen.

PLT-EVA Let's have it.

CDR It's an important step. Perhaps the most important ;

if I could Just read it to you. Okay. Pass the EVA
tern - cable assembly to EV-1. By that I mean, hand
him the box end so that he can tether that box end
to him, using his hook, which he never had. No,
there's a hook - -

SPT-EVA No, there's a hook on it. That's right.

CDR Okay.

236 17 01 15 CDR That's right. He's going to - Jack's going to re-

lease the brass end and hook that brass end to your
other sleeve. That's it. Okay. Then you will have
the hook - He will hand you the box; you will hold
the box.

SPT-EVA That's right.

CDR And you'll only have to hold it for about 13 minutes,

and then it's going to be daytime. And Jack's go-
ing to be on his way.
 1329

236 17 02 00 SPT-EVA Okay. Brass end released. I'ii take it out of the
handhold, here. You want me to float up in there
so you can get it on my wrist?

PLT-EVA Okay, what wrist do you want it on, 0.?

SPT-EVA Have to go on my left wrist.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 17 02 27 PLT-EVA ... attached and secured. Okay.

SPT-EVA l'm going to move back here, and I'ii take the box
if you want me to.

PLT-EVA Yes. Here you go.

CDR Okay, now, Jack, have -We've taken everything out

of the lock compartment that we want to, is that
correct ?

_. 236 17 02 48 PLT-EVA Yes. Let me scan around here to make sure. Every-
thing but the kid.

CDR Okay, when the kid goes out, he's going to go over
and hang on that handrail I mentioned, which was
the friendly D-7 handrail with back to MDA, left
arm towards FAS. And Owen's going to hook the
trunnion end of the loop on ... to your left wrist
or you're going to take it in your hand, whichever
you want. Recommend you grab it in your hand, as
long as Owen's tethered to it and holding the box.

PLT-EVA Hey, I like the idea of unsnarling this thing first

-- m

CDR Not bad thought.

PLT-EVA - - coiled up.

236 17 03 32 SPT-EVA ...

PLT-EVA Okay. Why don't you kind of pull on your end a

little bit -

SPT-EVA All right.

1330

PLT-EVA Very gently, and I will get some of the kinks out
... out of this thing.

236 17 03 58 PLT-EVA ... before you rotate around in this thing in this
end here. It'll ... any cables. I think the prob-
lemwith these things is breaking wires.

CDR What you nLight want to do while you're waiting

is take those little green ends off, if we didn't.

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDB So that you got four fully exposed ends.

236 17 0g 19 SPT-EVA Just had a little cap on it, huh?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA Well, I wonder where you put those. I'll put one
in this pocket over here.

SPT-EVA But we hadn't thought about that. _-_

PLT-EVA Well, we don't have to think very long. If I can

find one of those pockets. There's one.

236 17 04 43 PLT-EVA ... big ...

SPT-EVA Could have done that earlier.

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA Before going EVA.

CDR That's right.

236 17 05 23 PLT-EVA There's one of them. You got the other one, 0.?

SPT-EVA Yes. There's only one cap over here. I brought

it up to you. I've not taken the cap off it yet.

PLT-EVA Here, Owen, I'll get it.

SPT-EVA Right there it is.

236 17 05 42 PLT-EVA Got it off. Okay, A1.

 1331

SPT-EVA Okay, now ... go back down.

CDR When you get that, why don't you go out and -
and we got roughly 22 minutes until we can do this -
Well -

SPT-EVA First connection?

CDR First corm - no, no - first connection can be

done just as soon as Jack can do it.

PLT-EVA Why don't I go up and do it?

CDR Why don't you go out and do it?

236 17 06 33 PLT-EVA See what I can see, anyway.

CDR Okay. Are you ready for me to read that proce-

dure to you?

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

CDR All right. I know you know it, but Just to play
it straight.

236 17 06 47 CC CDR, this is Houston. We'll be dumping a data

voice tape recorder this Guam pass. And I have
a new windowpane time for you. It's 17:26
through 17:36 Zulu. And if you'd like me to
repeat the daylight remaining minus h2-minute
time, I've got it here. Over.

CDR No; 17:26 through 36, is that what you said?

17:26 through 36, is that what you said?

236 17 07 25 CC That's correct, AI.

CDR Okay, and we're going to be ready to go. We

got everything out. All the films standing
around. We put out the little samples - nylon
samples in position. They look good. They're
not perpendicular to the Sun line. If you
want them perpendicular to the Sun line, we
can make it that way. Also, it interferes
slightly with - window number - window number 3,
but not excessively. Now we've got the cable -
EVA cable out and attached to 0wen. Jack is
goingto be readyto go out in a few minutes
1332

and go to the spot where he can - the trunnion

and do the job. We found that the TV does not
show that spot very well, because there's a bump,
an ECS bump between the mount and that point.
But it shows the second connector point, which
is down by the WCIU, so we'll have some good
TV there, but not for the first part.

236 17 08 30 CC Oh; Roger. We understand. And, in fact, I

think that was basically our intent, and it is
• . .

PLT-EVA Want me to go up there, Al?

$PT-EVA I can't very well.

CDR Okay, let 's go.

236 17 08 46 CC Okay, and for Jack, on the way by the sail

samples, if you could square them up perpendicular
to the Sun line, we'd appreciate it. Over.

PLT-EVA 0kay.

CDR Okay, let's - you want to do that now, on the

way or what?

PLT-EVA Well, let me reach over here and -

CDR Okay.

236 17 09 02 PLT-EVA I'll make it parallel to this panel with the

little bump on it.

SPT-EVA I can sort of tell you ... Make it parallel to

the back of the ATM. That's something you got
good reference to.

PLT-EVA Yes, that's what I was looking at earlier.

SPT-EVA Okay. Yes.

PLT-EVA Make sure I don't kick the TV there, O.

236 17 09 22 SPT-EVA Okay, you've got about a foot clearance. Now kick
your foot. You' re ... okay .... That 's pretty
close. That's good. Okay, good.
 1333

PLT-EVA I got big feet, though, so watch it. Now how

do you like that, 0.?

CDR You ready for me to read to you, Jack?

236 17 09 31 PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Would you care to - Okay. Egress the AM, trans-

late to the D-7 handrail with back towards MDA
and left arm towards FAS.

236 17 09 50 PLT-EVA Okay, I'm at D-7. Can you get that from between
my legs there, 0wen?

SPT-EVA It's clear through your legs. Okay. It's out

of your legs.

CDR Okay, get the tether box end. And you can
either tether it to yourself, but just as long
as it's tethered to Owen, you can take it in
your hand, if you like, and -

236 17 i0 01 SPT-EVA Wait a minute. He's got to go up and make the

trunnion connection first.

CDR That's exactly right. You got the box end,

and he's got the other end.

SPT-EVA That's right. And l'm keeping it.

236 17 i0 09 CDR You bet.

$PT-EVA Okay.

CDR Translate along D-2 handrail leading with the

right shoulder to the AM trunnion area, carrying
the other end from the box end.

SPT-EVA Right.

236 17 i0 19 PLT-EVA Okay. I'm doing Just that. Say, look at the
Sun come up. Boy, that's pretty. And there's a
very bright - I bet that's a planet just above
the - -

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA - - the border between the black and blue.

1334

CDR Okay, let me read you another note. It says,

"Caution: MDA panels are very thin and could be
bent while moving into position. Carefully
position self between trunnion and MDA."

236 17 l0 44 PLT-EVA Okay, I'm going past my friend Don Lind's experi-
ment here; another associate, backup pilot,
taking care not to rub on that.

SPT-EVA Hey, you ought to get this kink out of your

umbilical here. Can you stuff some of your
umbilical in?

PLT-EVA A little bit.

SPT-EVA Okay, I got to pull a little more out.

236 17 ii 08 PLT-EVA Okay, here I am at the trunnion. It's dark on

the - my side of the trunnion here, but there -
handle by the trunnion.

CDR Okay.Now- - _-_

PLT-EVA Now I'll locate myself and wedge myself in as

I did before.

CDR Okay, let's wait until you've got good visibility

on the top of that panel and then I'ii read
onward.

PLT-EVA Okay, now I want to take this little hook and kind
of - ... if I can get it out of my hands for a
moment.

236 17 ll 34 CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to LOS at

Guam. Next station contact at 33 minutes
through the Vanguard at 17:_4. Out.

236 17 ll 43 PLT-EVA Okay, Bruce, I'm sitting up here on the side of

the docking adapter. Off to my right is our
trusty command and service module and I'm facing
the Sun. The horizon is - the Earth is upside
down as I face it. The Sun has Just come up
with a beautiful orange glow over the horizon
and a big blue band above that and a darker
blue diffusing into the very gray blacks that is
up here day and night. And I've got the cable
 1335

clipped to the side of this box like Rusty showed

us. And l'm just sitting here waiting for it to
get light to take this connector off.

236 17 12 15 PLT-EVA I can see it very dimly at the moment with the
EVA lights. And I've already been up here and
tried this out on our reconnaissance pass,
and it looks like I can get through the area
and stabilize myself with no problem. In the
meantime, if you don't mind, I'ii just kind of
enjoy the view. It's a beautiful sunset - or
sunrise. And you can see that pencil-thin
sickle or cresent-shaped hori - light on the
horizon spreading out, becoming wider as it
expands around the globe. And - getting more
altitude as the - as the Sun comes up, the black
band gets wider and wider, and - -

236 17 12 58 CC ... you're losing altitude on us, so we'll see

you over the Vanguard.

_- PLT-EVA (Chuckle) Okay. See you later. What time?

CDR 30 minutes.

236 17 13 07 CC 17:44, which is 31 minutes and 32 seconds from

now.

PLT-EVA Okay. Well, better have everything down by

then.

CDR We'd better. Way to do it. Only one way to do

it. That's the way.

CDR How about a little no - PMA over there, Big 0.?

SPT-EVA PMA - positive mental attitude.

CDR/PLT (Whistle) (Laughter)

PLT-EVA Cripe.

MS (Laughter)

PLT-EVA 0wen, golly!

1336

SPT-EVA AI, baby, that's what we got all the time. We

don't need any (laughter) external reinforce-
ment.

236 17 13 48 PLT-EVA Boy, I got a bright shaft of orange light. Is -

is -yes - Sun came - There's the morning looking
at me. Now it went out a little and now it's
coming back again. I'll look to sneak a peek
around here and Just see the top of the Sun
come over the limb.

236 17 14 01 CDR 121 to - of night remaining, of course, with

this friendly little gouge [sic] here.

PLT-EVA Are you going to read on, or do you want me Just

to do this?

CDR I will read on, definitely, when you tell me

the visibility is good.

PLT-EVA It's good. i can see 8130 Alfa.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA I've got it on the site.

CDR Okay. Let me say the words then. Disconnect

the 8130 Alfa connector using the cable plug
removable tool on the trunnion tool plate.

236 17 14 31 PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR You done it?

PLT-EVA No, I got the tool on it ; I'm turning.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA It turns. (Laughter)

CDR You're all right, Jack.

236 17 14 45 PLT-EVA Oh, I got it off - -

CDR 0kay, now - -

PLT-EVA - - without breaking or winding anything.

 1337

CDR Okay, now connect the EVA cable assembly to

8130-A plug and connector and lock. In other
words, mate both connectors, make sure male to
female, and make sure they're tightly locked.

PLT-EVA Okay, does it say which one first, or it doesn't

matter, huh?

CDR Does not say.

236 17 15 07 PLT-EVA Okay. I think I'll elect to do the loose ones

first.

CDR That's a good idea, and that'll prevent you from

accidentally bumping the one rigid one there.

PLT-EVA Okay, now these are pretty stiff. There ain't

much -

CDR Now ... - -

_ PLT-EVA - - Pretty good stiff wire bundles.

236 17 15 22 CDR And you remember they point - when -I mean,

Rusty pointed out that to mate those connectors
sometimes it's easier to use the tool.

236 17 15 28 PLT-EVA Uh-huh. Okay, I got the slot on the - on the

middle. Now let me find the - make sure I
know where the slot is on this one.

236 17 16 07 PLT-EVA Okay, the alignment mark's on the blind side.

236 17 16 12 PLT-EVA But never fear. I've found it. Now I got it
on; now I'll just have to tighten it down.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Snap. (Laughter) It's on. Okay, the little -

the little pin I can see in the hole.

CDR Excellent.

PLT-EVA Okay, now let me get the biggie.

236 17 16 39 CDR We just had a clock failure of our AM panel 212

clock.

PLT-EVA They don't make them like they used to, you know.
1338

CDR I see a connection between external connection

and the internal failure.

PLT-EVA You're using your head again. It's one of those

they hadn't thought about, probably.

CDR Let's look and see where the heck we are relative
to the world. Now I want to have this thing ... - -

236 17 17 07 PLT-EVA Yes, I need another wire if I come over Just a

bit with the lever. And now it's clear.

CDR - - be on safe and I want them all to be zero.

And they are.

PLT-EVA Okay, now the key is mov - located at 3:00, as

I see it, for the biggie. And then I get my
lines all lined up here. I set about to put
this in here.

236 17 17 34 PLT-EVA I got it; I got the key.

PLT-EVA Got a long wrap on this thing you turn.

236 17 18 29 CDR Got approximately 58 minutes of daylight

remaining. Well, there 's 1 hour.

PLT-EVA Approximations - approximations.

236 17 18 42 CDR Uh-huh. Well, it's within about 3-1/2 percent.

PLT-EVA Surprised at you.

236 17 19 06 CDR How're you doing, Jack?

PLT-EVA Oh, I'm working out. I'm going to do all right.

Get a little better position.

CDR It'_ tough going in or what?

PLT-EVA No, when I get it in there, I can't get the

thing rotated before it slips out.

CDR Okay.
t_

236 17 19 28 PLT-EVA Just let me work on it a while.

CDR Okay.
 1339

236 17 21 54 PLT-EVA Get part of the wire bundles out of the way;
wants to - going eattywampus all the time.

PLT-EVA Oh, might have it. Might have it.

236 17 22 53 PLT-EVA I got it.

CDR Is it locked?

PLT-EVA It's locked. I can see the pins, and I felt it

go over the center.

CDR Outstanding.

PLT-EVA My initial problem was whenever I get the slot

lined up with the key, you know - -

CDR Uh-huh.

PLT-EVA - - I'd push it in, and when I went to rotate the

big knurled knob, the whole darned thing'd sllp
_. outallthetime.

CDR Huhl

PLT-EVA So, I got - -

CDR Okay - -

PLT-EVA - - it now and I didn't bend any pins.

236 17 23 22 CDR - - verify that both are locked, and then

precede [sic] back to the - When they verify they
both are locked visually -

236 17 23 44 PLT-EVA Okay, verifying that.

CDR Okay. Now - -

PLT-EVA In fact, they're all - all the pins are in there,

A1.

CDR All right. Now the thing to do is be very care-

ful as you come back to the FAS so that you don't
put loads on the line you're going to be floating
along next to, and pick up the other end from Owen.

PLT-EVA Okay.
13_0

CDR But be careful not to put strain - Owen, watch

Jack - -

SPT-EVA Yes. He's not even touching it.

CDR Excellent.

SPT-EVA He's not touching it.

236 17 2h 17 CDR We got approximately six - -

PLT-EVA Is m_ gold visor up?

SPT-EVA Yes, it's doom. Your gold visor's doom.

PLT-EVA It's awful bright. Okay. Now, 0., let's see where
I'm going to go.

SPT-EVA Okay. Whoops! Stop, your foot is hitting the

DAC. Now, yes, let me rotate your foot over
here, like this. Let's see, we want to go over
this. Now I can give it to you right there, as _-_
a matter of fact, if you - -

236 17 24 h0 CDR Let me read you some words.

SPT-EVA - - want to take it.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Translate to D-1 handrail, close to FAS, and

get other end of EVA cable fr_n EV-1, making sure
EVA cable assembly goes over top of the ATM
truss with a D-1 handrail on it. On - Over
top - -

236 17 25 00 PLT-EVA Okay, that must be this one here.

SPT-EVA Yes. Let me get it.

CDR - - over top of ATMtruss - -

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR - - with the D-1 handrail on it.

PLT-EVA
Okay.

CDR Translate to WCIU area, using D-I and dual

handrails and position self.
 1341

SPT-EVA All right, I'll take this off now if you're

ready for it, Jack.

CDR Are you ready for it?

PLT-EVA Yes. I'm ready.

SPT-EVA Okay, you've got the - Have you got it?

PLT-EVA Yes, I got it.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Yes, it ain't going to go anywhere anyway.

SPT-EVA No, I know it.

236 17 25 24 SPT-EVA Okay. Now I'll watch your feet back here.

PLT-EVA Okay.

_ SPT-EVA Now you can go right on down.

PLT-EVA Now's the time you automatic - you might want

to get the little VTR going.

236 17 25 31 SPT-EVA Okay. That's a good idea. I'm holding your

feet. You all set?

PLT-EVA Okay. You might want to - -

SPT-EVA Okay. You might want to -

SPT-EVA Wait a second - wait a second, let me get this

VTR on. Might as well get the DAC going, I
suppose. Is there any time for the DAC,
particularly?

236 17 25 45 CDR Right Now. Turn her on.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Now when he gets there, he's Just going to

go into hold, so we'll turn it off. But it's
running now.

PLT-EVA D-I to D-4.

1342

CDR Let me road it, if I may. Translato using D-I

and dual handrails.

SPT-EVA Okay. Now you try to come in frc_ the top.

236 17 26 16 CDR When you'ro on the way, you're going to want

to observe the routing, move the box. Now let
me give you a feeling for things. In another -
Let's see, I can - I can inhibit this thing.
I will inhibit this thing at 17:34:36. By the
way, now's the time to go heads down: 17:26 to
36. For ll0 minutes here, try to go heads down.
Okay?

236 17 26 40 PLT-EVA Okay, I'll hold my breath and shut me eyes.

CDR All right. Now at 34, which is about 5 minutes

from now - 6 minutes from now - I'm going to go
to TACS ONLY. Five minutes after that, I'm going
to go to - I'm going to do these other things and
then is when you can connect. So you've got
roughly i0 minutes to get into position. _-_

236 17 27 04 PLT-EVA Yes. I'm there now, A1.

CDR Get all set and ready; and when you're all
tucked in and ready, I'll turn off the re-
corder so we'll have plenty of - None of
you Just sitting there.

236 17 27 15 PLT-EVA Might as well turn it off now.

CDR Okay. You might want to turn off the DAC, Big 0.

SPT-EVA Okay, I'm not sure it's even turned on. I'm
looking for that green light and I can see no
flashing.

236 17 27 23 CDR Okay.

SPT-EVA Now there's supposed to be green light up by

operate? Isn't it? ...

CDR No, it's right on end. Yes. Kind of on the

end you see from the bottom.

SPT-EVA
Front. _

CDR Bottom front.

 1343

SPT-EVA Yes, I've looked there. I've pushed this

button several times and there's no light. Was
it checked before we came out?

236 17 27 42 PLT-EVA Yes. It worked.

CDR Well, you can look at the connectors and things.

PLT-EVA You might not be able to see the light.

236 17 27 51 SPT-EVA I have no idea whether it's running or not.

CDR Can't hear it, huh?

SPT-EVA ...

PLT-EVA Day remaining is 42. We'll get that. We'll

have TACS firings, so be alert for it ; and it's
going to be about 6 minutes 30 seconds from now.

236 17 28 Ii SPT-EVA Okay, I can feel the vibrations.

CDR You might want to turn it off for a while.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 17 28 26 PLT-EVA Light's over on the other side of the lens.

CDR Good place.

CDR You gentlemen have been outside approximately

38 minutes - 34 minutes.

SPT-EVA Got to do something to slow down a bit.

CDR You'll get slowed down when you start fooling

with that 149, back and forth with a ...

SPT-EVA You' re right.

236 17 28 53 SPT-EVA Okay, Jack, now the routing on that cable looks
pretty good.

CDR They're going to be off the EVA pass and under -

Oh, and Rusty had mentioned one time he thought
it might be interesting to kind of put it under
f- a coupleof - It's over there_yes.

PLT-EVA Yes.
 CDR He might want to get that done.

PLT-EVA He's got it done ....

CDR Once again, you're way ahead of the game. Okay,

I'm still standing by, gentlemen, for the B4,
which is about 5 minutes from now. When that
OCCURS --

PLT-EVA I go to work, huh?

CDR No, you got to wait an additional 5. I have to

inhibit the CMG and go to nominal HTS. We get
some firings, and then 5 minutes later, we go
FREE. And that's when you -

236 17 29 40 PLT-EVA I'm not leaning on anything that's going to

stick a hole in me, am I, 0.?

SPT-EVA Okay. Your back is up against the foot of that

sail. But I don't think that there's anything _
too sharp there as long - you know, I don't -
I don't see how you could cut your suit on it.

236 17 29 53 PLT-EVA I haven't made any cuts, have I?

236 17 29 55 SPT-EVA No. Oh, no.

PLT-EVA Okay. I'm going to work right in this position,

I think.

SPT-EVA Okay. It looks like a good spot.

PLT-EVA How about my legs down there - around something -

I got them stabilized so that I can't move...

SPT-EVA I'm looking for your right leg. Your right leg
is on one of those supports around that center
workstation. And it's okay; it's not sharp.

PLT-EVA ...

SPT-EVA Now your left toe, you hadn't ought to kick too
far forward, but I think it's all right.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 17 30 15 CDR Let me read you what you're going to be doing,

although you're not going to do it now. Dis-
 1345

connect P-1 from J-3, using the cable plug

removal tool on the WCIU, lower connector when
in normal EVA position, feet toward center
_-orkstation, which I assume is true. Connect
P-4 of the EVA cable assembly to J-3 on the
WCIU and lock, and P-1 to J-3. In other
words, the same thing you did before, and
then you notify me - -

236 17 30 46 PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR - - to do my thing.

SPT-EVA You know we've not had any problem with con,
but if we should have a loss of comm for any
reason here - What you think? We ought to
wait, say 15 minutes, then make the connec-
tions or come inside?

PLT-EVA We drifting FREE now?

I- CDR No, we won't be drifting FREE for another

l0 minutes.

236 17 31 18 CDR I think maybe you're right, Owen. Let me do

some looking here.

PLT-EVA Where are we, by the way?

SPT-EVA I don't know - -

236 17 31 52 PLT-EVA Must be over the vicinity of Samoa.

SPT-EVA What time is it, Jack? Is it past that window?

CDR Thirty-one. No, you got another 3 or 4 minutes.

CDR May I look out for you. See if I can see

anybody. I can't see anybody.

SPT-EVA Well, I know you're there.

CDR 0ops! Okay, I've got to get ready to do this

job in 12 minutes.

236 17 33 29 PLT-EVA Hey, does the sail look any different, 0.?

SPT-EVA I haven't put my head around to take a look at

it. I'll go do that right now.
1346

SPT-EVA No, looks Just about the same.

CDR Okay, gentlemen, I'm getting ready to do the

job. 52010. Now this isn't the one that you
work on, Jack.

PLT-EVA No, I'm sitting here; I'll wait until you call.

CDR Got another 5 minutes or more.

236 17 34 07 PLT-EVA Kind of a dull view right here though, looking

at this dumb box with these connectors in it.
Can't see much else.

SPT-EVA The guy wires are tight. And the sail booms are
pressing down against the top of the parasol.

PLT-EVA Did the sail ever get completely, you know,

get - Is it still kind of loose up there like it -

SPT-EVA Yes. It's still a little loose, over on the

edge that I can see. It looks like the parasol
extends beyond the sail about a foot and a half,
all the way from the outer tip to the inner tip.
They Just run parallel.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA And the trailing end nearest me, they are Just
about equal in length.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR There'll be some TACS firing, gentlemen.

PLT-EVA Okay, I'm going to watch for that. What's the

right side look ...

SPT-EVA I can't see the right side - -

PLT-EVA Okay.

SPT-EVA - - from here.

PLT-EVA I heard one.

CDR Didn'tsee a lightflash, f-_

 13h7

236 17 35 18 PLT-EVA No, but I heard something - noise if - as if -

I felt something through the spacecraft; it might
have been something else.

CDR It was probably the caging. Just didn't fire

TACS yet.

PLT-EVA Is that one?

CDR Haven't seen any.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR There's ...

PLT-EVA Yes, I see those little - little plumes I see

go out to the side.

CDR Okay.

_ PLT-EVA A little white flash - another one.

CDR Okay. Now this thing should damp out.

236 17 36 09 SPT-EVA And, incidentally, one useful comment perhaps;

those TACS firings did not disturb the parasol
or the sail in any way at all. There was not
the slightest shiver.

CDR Good.

SPT-EVA I wonder what deadbands we're in.

PLT-EVA What thruster fired, 0.?

SPT-EVA It might not have been the one this way. It

was the one that goes out toward the SAS wing.

CDR We don't have any that point this way. They

point out tangentially and then straight out.

SPT-EVA That was a good test.

PLT-EVA What time's the ground coming up?

/-- ° CDR Oh, I'd forgot.

236 17 37 ii CDR Shouldn't be too much longer.

PLT-EVA What did you go to, TACS, ATT HOLD .,.?

1348

CDR Yes. No, no. We're TACS and SI.

PLT-EVA TACS, SI. Yes, TACS only, SI.

236 17 38 00 CDR No, the thing that gave it the kick

though was I went to nominal H cage.

SPT-EVA And you have CMGs inhibited.

CDR That's right.

236 17 38 ii CDR We have to wait until it stabilizes, that's all.

We've got 38 minutes of daylight.

236 17 39 40 CDR J., I'm going to enable CMG control in a minute.

Okay?

236 17 39 50 CDR Give them an extra minute and then I'll do it.
More interested in getting good and stable than
I am in anything else.

236 17 40 ll CDR There's 52011. ENTER, CLEAR, 5000 - 50000.

MG control.

236 17 40 35 CDR Okay. Here comes a slight rate transient,

gentlemen.

CDR Okay, the rates came up.

SPT-EVA Now you notice the shadows changing on the

spacecraft.

236 17 40 54 CDR Wonder why we did that whole big shebang?

SPT-EVA I think we did it to put the CMGs in their

nominal configuration, first of all - -

CDH Ah! So when I do it the next time -

SPT-EVA That's right; then you do it again to damp the

rates good and steady, because it's more steady
in CMG than it is TACS.

CDR Okay.

236 17 41 13 PLT-EVA I can see the shadows moving on the side of the
spacecraft just ever so slightly.

SPT-EVA Yes - -
 1349

PLT-EVA They ought to come back to a true - -

CDR ... 113.

PLT-EVA - - solar inertial now. Yes, it's - They're

stabilizing now. There they go again.

CDR CLEAR, 52013 ENTER, 50010 ENTER, CLEAR, 30113

ENTER, 52013 ENTER; 50010 ENTER .... Allow
ATT to se - settle and rates to stabilize. Okay?
Rates are stabilized very good.

236 17 h2 ii SPT-EVA You're looking at PHIx-dot , Y-dot, Z-dot?

CDR That's right. I'm going to go -

236 17 42 18 CDR Okay, we're going to STANDBY, gentlemen, and

Jack will be in business in a few minutes, but
not yet. Okay?

PLT-EVA Okay.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 17 42 26 CDR We're now on STANDBY. Now I'm going to go to

TNETA-X. Let me see what the rates are in a
minute. I want to see what they do.

236 17 h2 34 CDR Okay, MODE switch to STANDBY, CT,_AR, 52010 ENTER,

CLEAR, 50000 ENTER, CLEAR, 52023 ENTER. Okay, we
should have a slight rate transient now with this
cage. Okay?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR See if I do.

236 17 43 05 CDR Yes, I do. Pretty good one. Okay, now let's
get these things off so you can go to work.
30026 ENTER, 30131 ENTER, 30127 ENTER, 30052 -
30052 ENTER, 30067 ENTER, 30051 ENTER, 30053
ENTER, 30106 ENTER, 30166 ENTER. Okay, Jack,
disconnect P-I from J-3 and all that other
business.

F PLT-EVA Okay. Going to get the TV on?

CDR Get the TV on but you get working. We'll get

the TV on. Get the camera on, 0.
1350

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Sun sensor shows we're out and about.

236 17 44 32 CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Vanguard

for ii minutes. Out.

CDR ... Okay, we just went to STANDBY. We Just

disabled all the rate gyros. Jack is in the
midst of disconnecting and making the connec-
tions at the WCIU.

PLT-EVA Okay, Bruce, l'm down here looking at WCIU with

all these connectors and I just got the victim
loose. And in a few minutes, the good Lord
willing and the creek don't rise, we're going
to have this hooked up.

CDR Say, Jack.

PLT-EVA Yes, sir.

CDR One question for you. No, it wasn't for you,

let me ask the ground.

236 17 45 15 CDR Houston, do you show all our rate gyros off, or
can you see them?

CC That's affirmative. We can see them and we show

them off.

CDR And how's our attitudes and rates, by looking

at the co_nand module? It'll save me going
over there.

CC Looking good, A1.

236 17 45 46 CC Right now you're only off about 2 degrees from

SI, A1.

PLT-EVA I can't believe that went on so easy.

CDR Which axis?

236 17 45 56 CC In the Y-axis.

CDR Okay.
 1351

236 17 46 00 PLT-EVA Okay, I've got P-4 hooked to J-3 and I can
verify that the pins are in; and now let me
get the other. We got three out of four here,
Bruc e.

CC Okay, we want four out of four, though.

PLT-EVA Aw, you guys are never happy.

236 17 46 23 PLT-EVA We got the VTR going down here. You have real
time on the ground?

CC Negative.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 17 46 _h PLT-EVA Okay, we got four out of four, Bruce.

CC Beautiful, Jack; now what?

CDR Now - -

PLT-EVA Say, where are we here, way down there?

CDR Okay, why don't you get back in the FAS now so
that I can run through the rest of the procedure,
please ?

CC ...--

PLT-EVA See if you don't have anything more I can look

at while I'm out here?

236 17 47 05 CC No, you're over South America. On the way back

in you might take a look and make sure the sail
sample isn't blocking the window in respect to
S-230 photos or other photos.

SPT-EVA Well, it 's not blocking the window. It 's looking

right at the Sun and - Is the corner of it shady
there, Jack? I couldn't tell.

PLT-EVA There's about 1 inch. There's a triangle of

the corner shaded and the - the - It's about
1-inch segment. Yes - -

CDR ... - -

SPT-EVA ... - -
1352

CC •• • m m

PLT-EVA - - ... about to break, break - break, break.

CC A1, you don't need to wait until Jack gets back

to the FAS. You can go ahead and press on while
he's moving in.

236 17 47 55 SPT-EVA One thing that might be of interest to you,

Bruce, when we went to TACS control here a little
while ago, we did fire a few mibs, of course.
I could see them - the plumes extend out about
20 feet or so, and there was absolutely no
perturbation near either the sail or the parasol
when the TACS fired.

236 17 48 25 CDR Okay, mud I was, in fact, doing that Job. I

disconnected the CBs, connected the signal cable,
and now I've got the CBs on, and we'll see what
happens.

PLT-EVA The sail --

CC Okay, we're seeing it on telemetry, A1, and you're

1 degree off in X and 4 degrees in Y right now.

236 17 48 43 CDR Thank you.

SPT-EVA Boy, we can see the whole southern part of South

Ameri ca.

PLT-EVA Very - very beautiful bay down there we're

crossing.

236 17 49 00 SPT-EVA Can see clear over to the Andes. And we're
crossing the east coast of South America.

CC For the CDR, on telemetry. Your six pack is

looking good• The gyros are matching each other.

236 17 49 ll CDR Good news. And now I'm going to power up the CMG
again.

PLT-EVA Well, 0., I guess I'll come back and we'll flop•
Okay? Sail is taking on a little tannish color
on the top, I notice• But the lines are still
tight and appears to be in good shape•
 1353

PLT-EVA Oh, there's one little corner of the - that sail

sample which is shaded but the - It's Just a
little triangular section and the altitude or -
on the - the height on that triangle is about
1-1/h inches. And its sides are about equal,
equilateral triangle and the side shaded is
about - use the square root of 2 in that, Bruce,
and you'll have it. (Laughter)

236 17 50 09 CC Okay, Jack. Hey, look; there's no problem on

that. We're GO with it Just like _t is, with
that little bit of the corner shaded. Over.

PLT-EVA Okay, good. And we had to straighten it up a

little bit to get it perpendicular to the Sun.
But it's in good shape now - -

236 17 50 23 CDR Yes, hold on a second - Hold on a second.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Okay, Owen and I have Just got the CMG on. How
does it look? And also I put the X, Y, and
Z rate gyros on the rack on. Are they coming up
to speed now?

CC Okay, AI. We tracked you on telemetry, as they

came on. They're looking beautiful. We're
waiting for the 90-second timeout.

CDR Okay. Give me a call.

236 17 50 h7 CC We'll do Just that.

236 17 50 56 SPT-EVA Okay, Jack. Can you come up to the FAS here?

PLT-EVA Do I have to?

SPT-EVA Yes, you have to.

PLT-EVA Do I have to, Al?

CDR (Laughter)

PLT-EVA Huh?

CDR It's in your blood, huh?

 r_

1354

PLT-EVA We got (laughter) - We were born to fly in

space - -

CC CDR, Houston. We're ready to go ahead with the

redundancy management on the rate gyros. Over.

236 17 51 14 CDR Okay. I'm ready, too.

PLT-EVA This is going to take awhile.

CDR Now I know how Weeb Ewbank felt with one Joe
Namath. I've got a couple of them out there
in operation.

236 17 51 29 SPT-EVA You won't raise our salary though. No wonder

I couldn't stuff any more umbilical in. You
weren't coming any further. Why don't you
forget it for a while and rest.

236 17 51 49 PLT-EVA The poles are bent down real nicely in that - - _-_

CC CDR, Houston. For your information, we are

showing attitude error is now X, minus 2-1/2;
and Y is 6; Z, estimated to be about 3. Over.

PLT-EVA I expect there's 2 to 3 feet overlap there in

the trailing end, O.

236 17 52 06 SPT-EVA On my end here?

PLT-EVA No, the other end.

SPT-EVA Oh, I can't see the other end. Yes. But on

my side, over here, it's about a foot and a half.

PLT-EVA Yes. The - the shadow of the sail is not quite

parallel to the end of the parasol. It widens
out as you go back.

236 17 52 32 CC Okay, AI, we see Sun ... still. CMG controls

enabled. We're going back to the real SOLAR
INERTIAL attitude, and it's looking beautiful.

CDR Good news, Bruce.

236 17 53 03 CDR Okay, all those commands are in and I just

selected SOLAR INERTIAL.
 1355

PLT-EVA This box is all set up the way you wanted it, I
take it, right? I ought to stay out here in case
we have to change box, right? (Laughter)

236 17 53 45 SPT-EVA That must the coast of South America we're

passing there, Jack. I can't recognize that big
bay down there.

PLT-EVA Yes. I think we went around the bottom of it,

and we're coming up parallel to east coast, sort
Of.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 17 53 57 PLT-EVA That's what we're doing.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CC One minute 30 seconds to LOS. Next station

contact is Ascension in h minutes.

236 17 54 07 PLT-EVA Looks like we're in a - in a outer left flank -

left hank, just flying over the east coast of
South America.

SPT-EVA Yes..

PLT-EVA Makes you feel like you're driving an airplane

when you get outside here, doesn't it?

SPT-EVA Except the airplane is not responding to that

left bank ... - -

CDR I'm not sure exactly why, when I selected SI,

that I didn't get the ACQ SUN SENSOR start to
drive to zero. I've got pretty near zero on
the X but not on the Y.

236 17 54 34 PLT-EVA They should're.

CDR Here it comes.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Okay, here it comes.

PLT-EVA Good.

236 17 54 47 SPT-EVA You got a Y-rate, that's in the right direction?

1356

CDR Let me look.

CC Skylab, Houston. The acquisition Sun sensor

takes a fair amount of time to settle down. So
just be patient with it. Over.

236 17 55 02 CDR It's coming now, Bruce. It's real good now.
It was 98 percent and it's now 80 coming in.
X is at zero. So maybe it's working Just right.

236 17 55 17 SPT-EVA I don't know if you can see it, Jack. There's
a new Moon that's got a crescent Just about 5
or i0 degrees of longitude wide, just coming
over the horizon.

PLT-EVA Yes. It's the same way the Earth looks with
that sunrise and sunset, only bigger. O., are
you keeping my umbilical - No, I guess not.

SPT-EVA I stuffed about half of it into the box.

236 17 55 40 PLT-EVA Maybe some of it came out again.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA That's all right ; just leave it.

SPT-EVA There's a strange white line right down the

water, where you're looking.

PLT-EVA That could have been a wake.

236 17 56 09 CDR Maybe it's the tide. Okay, let me tell you what
to do. Let's get on with it.

PLT-EVA Hey -

CDR Okay, are you ready to go out there, Big 0.?

SPT-EVA I've been waiting for Jack to get back here 5,

l0 minutes. He's hard to get back in all right.
But I guess with a job like that, we can't
complain.

PLT-EVA
Okay. _-_

SPT-EVA Nice job, Jack.

CDR Yes.
 L_ 4

1357

236 17 56 25 PLT-EVA Well, had a lot of help.

CDR Let me know when y'all have swapped positions,

and are ready to go.

236 17 56 32 PLT-EVA 0kay_ 0., why don't you Just let me scoot by
and I'll stuff my own umbilical in there.

SPT-EVA Okay. I'll start on out then - -

PLT-EVA Since you already did it once - -

SPT-EVA - - and - -

PLT-EVA Can you loosen yourself?

SPT-EVA Oh, yes. I may not have got enough of my own

out.

PLT-EVA Uh-oh. I've done something there. Hit the VTR.

_--_ What's the status on the VTR there, AI?

CDR VTR is - I'll turn it off as soon as - I want

to get O. going out, unless y'all have got it
out of position.

236 17 56 56 PLT-EVA He's on his way now.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA And I don't think it's out of position.

CDR A] ] right.

PLT-EVA Attabcy, O. !

CDR Okay - -

SPT-EVA ... crawl back in there, Jack. See what we can

do about umbilicals.

CDE We're in SOLAR INERTIAL attitude, gentlemen.

PLT-EVA Okay, I'll try to watch you there.

_ 236 17 57 17 PLT-EVA Okay.

_I
1358

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension with

a 10-1/2 minute pass f_r you. Out.

236 17 57 33 SPT-EVA No. I got to get around your umbilical - -

CDR Okay, we're back in SI, Bruce. Everything's

settled down and we're pressing on with the rest
of the EVA.

PLT-EVA I've got to ... --

CDR ... --

CC ... show a maximum of about 1 degree and you're

settling down nicely. We're dumping the data
voice tape recorder.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Okay, let me get back in here and stuff some of

this stuff back or - -

SPT-EVA ...

PLT-EVA - - it's going to be a big spaghetti bowl, which

A1 don't mind much, but we don't like.

SPT-EVA First good look at the command module I've had.

236 17 58 09 CDR How do the quads look?

SPT-EVA Well, let's see if I can figure out which quad

is which here.

236 17 58 17 CDR If you are on the sunside, which obviously you

are, then that ought to be in the commander's
window, so that ought to be quad D to the command
window's right. If you look - -

SPT-EVA That's right. I'm looking at the - -

CDR - - quad A on the top.

SPT-EVA Quad A is what it is. And some of the insulation

on the outside of the quad is sort of chipped
away, it looks like. But the quads all look to
be in good shape. And down on quad B, the paint
and stuff is chipped away all around the quads.
 1359

The nozzles themselves all look to be in good

shape.

236 17 58 51 CDR I'd say - say, Houston. I think I will float in

the cow,hand module and turn off the PSM helium
and fuel manifold, if that is okay, with you.

236 17 59 l0 CC Roger, A1. That's good with us. Go ahead.

236 17 59 22 PLT-EVA Just a minute, 0., I'll be with you. I want to

get rid of this tool here so it doesn't bang
all over.

236 17 59 27 SPT-EVA Ain't no hurry. Just a straight drop, straight

down into the water from here, from about
235 miles.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) It's a long step down, isn't it?

SPT (Laughter) It sure is.

PLT-EVA Ah - this is tremendous.

CDR Okay, is this the time to turn off the tape re-
corder - VTR?

PLT-EVA I'm - I don't know. 0wen's -

CDR Well, l'm not going ... - -

SPT-EVA ... - -

PLT-EVA ..... workstation end.

CDR Okay. When you tell me, I'll - I -

236 17 59 50 SPT-EVA Okay, can I get more of my own umbilical now,

Jack? And I'll go on down to center workstation.

PLT-EVA Well, let me find it here. Okay, number 9 um-

bilical coming out there.

236 18 00 00 CDR Okay, both those switches are off and talkback's
barber pole in the command module.

PLT-EVA I'm not sure what we're - -

CC Okay, we copy that, AI.

1360

SPT-EVA Hey, A1, what were those settings again on the

TV X, Y, Z?

CDR They were 60, 180, and 315.

236 18 00 40 SPT-EVA Okay. l'm down in the center workstation now,

AI.

CDR Okay, whenever Jack's ready to go, I'Ii start

reading.

PLT-EVA And - -

CDR While you're there, you could - -

CC Jack, this is Houston. Over.

PLT-EVA Yes, go ahead.

236 18 00 52 CC We want the TV settings for the F-8 handrail at

X equals 60, Y equals 180, Z equals 315. Over. _

PLT-EVA Thank you.

CDR Big O., what you can do is clamp own LSU and
verify ATM position at S054.

236 18 0! 16 SPT-EVA Okay, the latter is verified, and l'm clamping it.
Stand by.

CDR Okay. And open 54 handle to open the door, and

lean back to clear boom, and Jack will he in
business in a few minutes.

236 18 01 28 SPT-EVA Okay, now this is the door that was reported to
have not latched.

PLT-EVA Okay, the kid's in the foot restraints.

CDR Okay, kid's in the foot restraints, do this.

PLT-EVA What are we supposed to with the DAC right now?

CDR Run it. Okay, here's what you should do.

SPT-EVA Just a second. Was not the S052 door reported to

have not locked mechanically? And only been tied f-_
in with the magnetic latches?
 136

236 18 02 04 CC That's correa_, Owen.

SPT-EVA Okay. Well, the flag is up and it certainly

doesn't tug open. So it looks to me like it's
locked mechanically, the way it should be.

SPT-EVA We got a white flag on the door and it does not

tug open.

CDR Jack?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR CENTER BOOM, EXTEND to 1 foot, deploy boom hook

and verify boom hook's unlocked.

PLT-EVA There, boom. Get out of the way of it. Put the
rotation collar on now.

236 18 02 40 CDR Unstow 54 from VC TREE by pushing button and turn-

_. ing handle counterclockwise.

PLT-EVA 0., your umbilical came unclasped.

SPT-EVA It did?

CDR Say, Bruce, how about giving our congratulations

to Rusty on a - and the - and the men - and -
that worked with him to develop these procedures,
because they worked out Just perfectly today. We
had no problems. And I guess we ought to thank
Rocco and his boys down there for making sure
all the parts of the wires were connected cor-
rectly, because it looks like - at least from what
I'm looking at, at the moment, they're all run-
ning correctly.

236 18 03 19 CC Okay, we'll do that, A1. Rusty's back there in

the back row and Rocco's sitting in the viewing
room and they're both listening.

PLT-EVA PLT-EVA My regards to Rusty and the Colonel. What

number was that, O. - Al?

CDR S054.

_- PLT-EVA That's the suitcase.

SPT-EVA Yes. And the 54 door was locked normally.

1362

236 18 03 43 CC We copy that, Owen, and we had a problem with it

on the mag latch at the end of SL-2 EVA, the last
EVA - the EVA there, and we don't have a positive
report, one way or the other, after your first
EVA.

SPT-EVA No, we didn't touch the door on our first EVA,

Bruce. That's the reason I was discussing it.

CC ...

CDR And how's the checkout going with the other rate
gyros, down there?

236 18 04 14 CC Now I have a little quote for you that says,

"They're absolutely impeccable." (Laughter)

CDR That's close enou - Good enough.

PLT-EVA That's a pretty big word.

SPT-EVA Yes - -

CDR ... - -

PLT-EVA Okay. I got S054 on here. It's verified to be

locked under the boom.

CDR Okay, well why don't you push it out towards

0wen? So he'll lean back and miss the boom, I
hope.

236 18 04 37 SPT-EVA Yes. Send her down, Jack.

PLT-EVA Look at that go. Right at him.

CDR And, 0wen, when you receive it, would you care to
temporarily stow it on the hook to your immediate
right, which I'm sure is deployed?

SPT-EVA Yes, it is, and I'm ready to do that.

PLT-EVA Just give me the word there, professor.

SPT-EVA Okay, keep her coming.

PLT-EVA I'll drop it right in your strike zone.

SPT-EVA That's Just where I want it.

 1363

236 18 05 05 PLT-EVA Hit him in a bad place, right in the hands.

(Laught er )

SPT-EVA (Laughter )

SPT-EVA Stop her.

236 18 05 16 PLT-EVA Okay, you got her.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Hang on to it.

CDR Got ii minutes of daytime remaining, gentlemen.

236 18 05 29 SPT-EVA Okay, take her back.

PLT-EVA Okay. I'll take her back a little ways.

236 18 05 35 SPT-EVA Just a couple of feet.

PLT-EVA Mm-B_m.

CDR Okay, I won't say any more. Just get out the
old one, attach it to the hook, put in the new
one.

PLT-EVA Bring back the bacon, right?

CDR And then when you've done that, let me know and
I'll talk about latching.

PLT-EVA Okay. Okay, he 's down there. He 's got her

latched on the hook, and he's in the process of
getting the - used one out.

236 18 05 57 PLT-EVA How many pictures are on that, some 4000 to 5000
or what - How many is that?

SPT-EVA How many what? Oh, pictures? About - I think

it's 6000 - -

CDR Six or eight.

SPT-EVA Huh?

CDR 72?

CC Skylab, Houston. Over ...

1364

CDR Go ahead.

236 18 06 15 CC Roger. We'd like to get the computers switched

to AUTO on panel 130 there at the ATM.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Give me the word and I'ii send her down, 0.

236 18 06 42 SPT-EVA Okay, bring her down.

PLT-EVA And when you say, I'ii stop it.

236 18 06 50 SPT-EVA Stop.

PLT-EVA Stopped. There he is, loading about - 7000 to

8000 pictures of the Sun under that boom. Going
to bring them home; that's only a few of them.

236 18 07 07 CC Okay, I minute to LOS. Next station contact in

a minute and a half over the Canaries. Out. f"

PLT-EVA Okay, Owen's hooking on the S05_ - -

SPT-EVA Okay, Jack. Take her back.

PLT-EVA - - film canister - -

SPT-EVA The other way ... - -

PLT-EVA ... work to bring it back, which is what I'm

doing.

PLT-EVA Coming up real nicely on this boom.

CDR Okay, 0., install 5h, verify alignment stripes

at base of mag and receptacle are flush.

PLT-EVA 0kay_ it's in work.

CDR And, of course, you push button and turn handle

clockwise to lock. And there is a mag LATCHED
flag.

236 18 07 55 PLT-EVA Okay, here comes this one up to me, and I'm going
to stow it on this little rack. Owen's getting _-_
a new one and putting it in. No, no. Hang on
to it, you dummy. Okay.
 1365

PLT-EVA I wasn't talking to you, 0.

236 18 08 23 SPT-EVA I figured that.

PLT-EVA I was talking to myself, there.

PLT-EVA Never call an Okie a dummy. You won't last long.

Okay, this one is on the rack and it's verified
to be locked in.

CDR Okay, what did you want to start thinking about

is 56, Jack. Put it on the boom.

SPT-EVA Okay, A1, I've got this one in, latched. I've
got a LATCHED flag on the magazine and double
white showing.

CDR Excellent. Now close the door.

SPT-EVA In work.

236 18 09 04 PLT-EVA Okay, I got the next set of films, S056, loaded
on the boom here and verified to be locked on.
Okay, 54 DOOR is CLOSED.

CDR Okay, your white flag visible?

236 18 09 19 PLT-EVA White flag visible.

236 18 09 20 PLT-EVA Panel 160, POWER, 2, ENABLE is required. They

may be still - already be ENABLED.

236 18 09 27 PLT-EVA ROLL is ENABLED.

CDE Okay, CANISTER ROTATION, RIGHT to S056; and I'd

suggest the LOW rate.

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

236 18 09 h2 CC Canary and Madrid for the next 7 minutes. Out.

CDR Okay, Bruce, are you going to be dumping this

VTR? I want to know whether to just leave it
run or cycle it for the most interesting parts
of the EVA.

CC Cycle it for the most interesting parts, AI.

Looks like you got about 3-1/2 minutes left on
it. Over.
1366

236 18 i0 03 CDR Okay, I'ii turn it off and I'll get him trans-
lating out to the Sun end and some action out
there.

CC Beautiful.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Okay, Owen's rotating the canister around now

so he can get to the next one of the solar
telescopes that's out there. And -

236 18 i0 23 CDR You got 56 on the boom?

PLT-EVA l've got the new load on the boom for the S056
telescope and looks like Owen's just about got
it rotated around front of him where he can get
it out.

SPT-EVA I'm about halfway, Jack. It's a slow rate here

I've gotto. _

CDR Let me look up some numbers for you, Jack.

PLT-EVA I noticed the DAC is running. The way you can

tell it's running is that it wiggles every time
it takes the frame.

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA Little vibrations. (Laughter) And I hope the

pictures come out okay. They did last time -
pictures of B, C. and A came out very nice. Boy,
that - We're out here in broad daylight but that
sky is black as black can be, all over.

PLT-EVA Why don't we add a couple of hours on this EVA,

Bruce.

CC Okay, you're about an hour and 27 minutes into

it at this time. Over.

PLT-EVA We're too fast.

236 18 ll 26 CC Excuse me. Make that an hour and 47 into it.

PLT-EVA Well, we're gettingahead.

CDR Why don't you - -

 1367

CC If we told you we were 4 or 5 hours into it,

would it make you happy?

PLT-EVA Sure. (Laughter) I got a watch too.

236 18 ii 53 SPT-EVA What is the ROLL rate in HIGH position down here,
Bruce? Does somebody have that number handy?

CC We'll have that for you in a second.

SPT-EVA I was just wondering whether there was any

reason to remain in LOW or whether or not HIGH
was an acceptable rate.

CDR Probably is. I Just invented that to you.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CC Okay, 0wen. We're in times 1 with a 3-1/2 degrees

a second. So HIGH rate's acceptable.

237 18 12 31 SPT-EVA Okay, so it does - It is affected by the switch on

the C&D. I wasn't sure of that. Good enough,
I'll use HIGH after this.

CC Roger.

PLT-EVA That cable hookup for the gyros - for the six pack,
worked real good, Bruce. The only one I had to
work on a little bit was the big one up in the
trunnion. It turns out that every time I got the
slot and the key lined up, that when I went to
rotate the - the outer shell - the locking shell,
that it - - it would float out again. It wouldn't
- wouldn't ever hold. So I had to reposition
myself up there a little bit and work on it for
a while and - and then it went in real nicely.

236 18 13 33 CC So it sounds like it wound up working real nice

though.

PLT-EVA Sure did. Boy, the guys did a great job on that;
not only on the procedures but also on the
hardware. We got it strung behind a couple of
trusses here so it won't get in the way.

236 18 14 00 SPT-EVA Okay, I'm at 56 and I'm unlocking the door.

1368

PLT-EVA Okay, Owen's got that telescope rotated around

in front of him. He's unlocking the door and
opening it.

SPT-EVA Okay, l'm ready for your -

PLT-EVA Waiting for AI to give him some more procedural

word.

CDR Okay, shoot it down there to him - -

PLT-EVA Okay, here's comes - -

CDR - - and when Owen's gets it, he leans back, grabs

it, puts it on the hook.

PLT-EVA Okay, I actuated the boom, and here she comes, O.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA 0wen leans way back so that thing can come right _
up in front of his nose.

236 18 14 40 SPT-EVA I wouldn't want to fall off these foot restraints.

It's a long drop.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) Oh, I got your umbilical here. I'Ii

grab you.

SPT-EVA That's very good. Stop her there.

PLT-EVA There you are. You got it.

CDR Okay, put it on the hook. Get out the new - the
used one, stick it on the boom, give it back to
Jack.

PLT-EVA Okay, Owen's taking that new load of film for -

Pull her hack a ways - S056 off, and I'm going
to retract the boom ... - -

SPT-EVA Wrong way again, Jack.

PLT-EVA I'm retracting the boom out of his way a little

bit.

236 18 15 17 CC Skylah, this is Houston. A little over 1 minute

to LOS at Madrid. Next station contact in
 1369

26 minutes through Guam. I'ii be dumping the

data voice tape recorder at Guam. We'll be
dumping the video tape recorder in about
h-l/2 hours when you come up on the States for
the first time. Out.

CDR Okay, thanks, Bruce. That's kind of what I was

wondering. And I appreciated you keeping me in-
formed there when I was punching the DAS to get
those rate gyros back up, on what was going on
as far as attitude was concerned. Thanks, I
just couldn't answer then.

236 18 15 50 CC We - we a_m_red your fancy fingerwork there on

that DAS. You put them in in something like record
time, I think. And we're just keeping you up to
date. I was getting a steady flow of info from
the trench down here.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Who got the upper trench? (Laughter)

236 18 16 18 PLT-EVA Sounds like they got a little status thing going
on down there.

CC You better believe it.

PLT-EVA (Laughter) We don't up here, we just do what-

ever the commander says (laughter).

SPT-EVA Okay, Jack, a couple of feet this way.

236 18 16 36 PLT-EVA Okay, 0.'s got the ... - the exposed film out
now. He's going to load it on that boom. A
little more.

SPT-EVA A little more, he says.

PLT-EVA That's good.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA And I'm going to bring back the used-up film.

He's going to put a new load in S056, so that's
going to be two of them loaded now. Two down
and aboutone,two,three- -

SPT-EVA Okay, bring it back.

1370

PLT-EVA - - four to go. Okay. Two down, four to go. - -

SPT-EVA . .

PLT-EVA - - 6000 or so frames for Jim Milligan. Yes,

here comes about 6000 more frames we found, all
on different wavelengths, frequencies, and
L-band, and so forth. Somebody's going to have
a little bit of work to do.

236 18 17 23 CDR Going to be sunset in a little bit, Jack.

PLT-EVA Coming up on sunset, the boss says. Old

rapid-digit Bean, we call him on the DAS there.

CDR Dazzling digits.

PLT-EVA Dazzling digizs. (Laughter) Sounds like he's

eating in there, the rascal.

236 18 17 46 CDR l'm eating peanut butter.

SPT-EVA Klaagh. You can have it.

CDR Peanut butter and biscuits.

PLT-EVA Okay, I got this off here. Now I carefully put

it back where it goes.

236 18 18 17 PLT-EVA Okay. I got it in place. It's verified to be

locked.

CDR Good show. While you're doing that Jack, if you

want to start daydreaming about something - -

PLT-EVA Again?

CDR - - why don't you think about S052?

PLT-EVA Okay, that's the one that's right in front of

me here.

236 18 18 34 SPT-EVA Okay, S056 is in, white flag was visible, and
the trigger _as latched.

236 18 18 39 CDR Okay, let me read some words here. You engaged
the lock/lock, I gather? _-_

PLT-EVA ...
 1371

SPT-EVA Which lock/lock do you mean? On the handle?

CDR Verify white flag visible and, engage lock/lock

on han- It doesn't say on handle, but - -

SPT-EVA Okay, that's right. I did that.

CDR It was locked and lock/locked, okay? Close the

door and verify white flag.

236 18 18 59 SPT-EVA Verified.

CDR Well, then press on to 52.

SPT-EVA All right.

PLT-EVA Oks_, I got 52 out. And I was very careful with

the exposed optics there, Owen.

SPT-EVA Good.

PLT-EVA And I got it on the boom and it's verified to be

a closed boom and a locked boom. Are you ready
for it?

SPT-EVA In a minute.

CDR Okay, whenever he's ready, shoot it down. He'll

put it on the hook, get out the new, and I'ii talk
about the locks when the time comes.

PLT-EVA What did he say was the next station?

SPT-EVA Well, that was Madrid, so the next one's probably

a long way.

CDR It's going to be Australia.

SPT-EVA Okay, Jack, send her down.

236 18 19 59 PLT-EVA Here she comes, 0.

PLT-EVA And the Big O. is leaning backwards. Fun out

there, isn't it, 0.?

SPT-EVA Yes, it is. You have a lot better view out here
than it is up there. I know it's prettygood
from the FAS, but it's not - not really as good
as it is out here.
1372

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

236 18 20 39 SPT-EVA Okay. Stop.

PLT-EVA Hang on to it.

SPT-EVA I wouldn't think of losing it.

236 18 21 04 SPT-EVA Okay. Pull her back a couple of feet.

SPT-EVA Moving and working well.

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

236 18 21 57 PLT-EVA What did he say about these gyros now? That
they're smoother and better than the ones that
were working.

SPT-EVA Oh, yes. He said that they were perfect. They

used a different word than perfect - -

PLT-EVA Impeccable.

SPT-EVA Impeccable, yes.

PLT-EVA They must be very confident. It's pretty early

in the game to be making a judgment of that sort
which cannot be rescinded. Sun is going down.

SPT-EVA Up with the visor.

PLT-EVA Yes, look at that sunset. Boy, it's pretty.

That crescent' s getting smaller.

236 18 23 02 SPT-EVA Okay, Jack let's send one out a ways.

PLT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Enough?

CDR We 're dumping momentum.

SPT-EVA Good, I didn't want any of that anyway. Okay,

take her back, Jack.

PLT-EVA Locked, huh?

SPT-EVA Yes.
 1373

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Way to check.

236 18 23 43 PLT-EVA Bet you H-alpha is next.

SPT-EVA Bet you're right.

PLT-EVA What a guess.

CDR H-alpha i, it says there.

PLT-EVA The only one left.

SPT-EVA H-alpha i, free - as a matter of fact.

PLT-EVA There it is. Old hands just grabs it.

236 18 24 29 SPT-EVA Okay, 52 is in and the white flag's showing.

CDR Okay. Let me read you some more words. Verify

the white flag visible, which you did. That's all
there is to do. Close 52 door, lock it, verify
flight - white flag visible on the deor.

PLT-EVA Okay. It 's in work.

CDR And then go to H-alpha I, just like you said.

Jack's putting H-alpha i; he's checking; it's
locked to the boom and he's getting ready to
fire it towards you.

236 18 25 07 PLT-EVA Okay, we're rotating. Okay, I got a lock;

verified to be closed and locked.

236 18 25 36 SPT-EVA Okay. We're at H-alpha 1.

CDR Jack will send you a present, maybe.

SPT-EVA Okay, Jack, send it.

PLT-EVA Here it comes.

PLT-EVA Look at all the film we have to burn up now.

SPT-EVA Didn't take long with the last load.

SPT-EVA Okay, when you lean back here, the sail takes
on an unusual color at night, a pale blue.
1374

PLT-EVA Hmm. Looks kind of - probably got a little

blue lJorizon shining on it.

SPT-EVA Uh-huh.

CDR I'm going to see if I can get you on this TV

box here, 0.

SPT-EVA Stand by.

CDR You just keep working. I'll try to get it

set up and if I do before you - -

236 18 26 27 SPT-EVA MARK.

CDR - - travel along, let's see what happens. It may

work and it may not.

PLT-EVA The one up there in your -

CDR Yes. l'm just going to give it a go here. _

PLT-EVA Okay.

CD_ It may - -

PLT-EVA We ain't getting much out here.

SPT-EVA Okay. Take her back, Jack, a couple feet. Take

her back a couple of feet?

PLT-EVA Yes. I'm trying to read the switch.

236 18 26 50 SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Nothing to it, 2 hours. It only took 2 hours.

CDR I can barely see you. It's just - it ain't too

good.

PLT-EVA Not too good, huh? Not enough light?

CDR The light's not - okay. It's the fact that we

can't get - can't get you - really get in the
frame very well. You're over the corner. It's
not - it's better to shoot what we got.

PLT-EVA Okay. Did you - Not in the game, I guess, for

this one.
 1375

SPT-EVA Be nice if it were but it doesn't seem to be.

236 18 28 37 PLT-EVA Are we coming down over the Philippines, AI?

CDR I'll check in a minute for you, Jack. I been

working on other problems, but I'll give it a
check.

SPT-EVA Okay, send it down a ways, Jack. That's good.

PLT-EVA Hey, this DAC is still running. You told me

you'd changed it.

SPT-EVA Yes, I better, hadn't I.

SPT-EVA Okay. Take her back.

SPT-EVA There you go.

SPT-EVA Might just want to turn off the DAC.

PLT-EVA Here, let me get this package off first, and the
boom in.

PLT-EVA Okay, here it is before me.

236 18 29 20 SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Okay, now I'm - Don't let go.

PLT-EVA Okay, I've got them locked to the tree.

CDR Okay. That's good. How are you doing down there,
Owen ?

SPT-EVA I'm about to put it in.

CDR Jack, you may want to check the TV and see what
kind of a picture it has. If it's got a good
one, we can get Owen coming up and out to the Sun
end.

PLT-EVA Aw, it doesn't have much of a picture. I'll have

to change the setting on it a little bit.

236 18 30 03 CDR Okay. And I'll watch the daytime, and we'll close
herdownagain.

PLT-EVA How much daytime do we have?

1376

CDR We've got 19 minutes of night.

PLT-EVA Nineteen? Okay.

SPT-EVA Okay. H-alpha is in and lock/locked.

CDR Okay. Read what I may. Verify white flag visihle;

engage lock/lock.

$PT-EVA I'm looking for a white flag. You don't have much
of a white flag here. I'd better redo it. I don't
see the white flag.

236 18 30 33 CDR It says verify white flag - -

SPT-EVA Oh, yes. There it is. That's right.

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA It's visible.

CDR Close H-alpha door and do all that other stuff,

and then go to Sun end after that's done.

PLT-EVA Okay, I assume we're going to be able to see him.

CDR Okay. Don't start back until when you tell me,
0., and I'ii give - -

SPT-EVA Right.

PLT I can see him working away down there. I'ii have
to replan it though, if we want to get him out -
going out to the Sun end.

CDR Why don't we repoint it? Do you think you can

get some good pictures there?

PLT-EVA Yes, I think so.

SPT-EVA If they're not any good, we could _ait until l'm

out there and Sun's up or something.

236 18 31 ll CDR Whichever you think's best. We don't have that

much film left.

SPT-EVA Yes, well we got the - - _-_

 1377

PLT-EVA About the - No, I'm talking about the DAC. You're
talking about the DAC, huh?

CDR I'm talking about the TV, but the DAC, yes. Here's
an f/stop setting for the DAC, they claim.

PLT-EVA Darn thing ain't running now.

CDR Okay. Might want to crank it up for a transfer,

just see now it works.

SPT-EVA Well, yes. It goes to the white positions on

there, I think.

236 18 31 33 CDR No. There's no DAC night position.

SPT-EVA White, w-h-i-t-e.

CDR Yes. Yes, yellow actually. But we're not there

yet. That comes next. Jack, did you retract
in 1_lly the center boom - and folded the hook?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay. What you may want to do now - -

PLT-EVA The DAC ain't working.

CDR Okay. What you may want to do now is work on the

DAC and let me tell you what to do. Remove it ;
set it at 5, 305, and 0°

PLT-EVA Okay, remove it first.

236 18 32 07 CDR Okay. Then I'll tell you what to put on the
exposure.

PLT-EVA The battery has crapped out.

CDR You got to be kidding. It's brand new. It's a

brand new bat.

PLT-EVA How many did we bring?

CDR One for - one for each EVA and we didn't use the
first one.
1378

236 18 32 21 FLT-EVA So we brought three of them, That's right.

This is a brand new one. Le_ me punch the
button. It says here it's used up.

CDR What do you mean? There's a little indicator

on it?

PLT-EVA Magazine supply. We're in zero percent remaining.

CDR We used up the whole mag at six frames per second,

huh?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR That's okay. That's what it's for.

PLT-EVA Well, we ought to put it somewhere. We put it

back where it was. Sort of in an exposed position
there. I don't know whether there's any better
one that's less exposed or not. I could waltz
back in the airlock .... --

CDR ... got some delayed time, while Owen does his
thing.

236 18 33 28 PLT-EVA Okay. While Owen's doing his thing now and - so
we can get a picture of him coming out of the -
getting up to this little handrail and then I'll
have to repoint.

CDR Okay. You talking TV now?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay.... - -

PLT-EVA Okay. Now if there's no other operations for

me at the control panel, here, I do not - -

236 18 33 45 CDR Yes. ROLL, ENABLE and you align Sun end. ROLL,
INHIBIT; 82 DOORS, OPEN.

PLT-EVA Okay. Just a minute. Let me do that.

CDR Okay. And when that's finished, you just wait

there a minute and I'ii run my checks. But I was
waiting foryou. _--_.

PLT-EVA Okay.
 13T9

236 18 34 22 PLT-EVA Okay. The mag's back In the alrlock,A1.

CDR Okay.

236 18 34 33 PLT-EVA Okay. Sun end is aligned.

CDR Okay. Sun end aligned. How about ROLL, INHIBIT?

236 18 34 40 PLT-EVA ROLL, INHIBIT.

CDR How about 82 DOORS, OPEN?

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR Ten seconds delay until the lights come on. Let
me know when the light's on.

PLT-EVA Okay. I pressed it OPEN. They're in the process,

I assume. Probably see the flags in there.

_- 236 18 34 52 PLT-EVA A is OPEN. B is OPEN.

CDR Okay. That's good news. Why don't you put the
POWER, 2, to INHIBIT?

236 18 35 O1 PLT-EVA POWERS are INHIBIT.

CDR Now if you'll Just wait a minute, I'll do my thing.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 18 35 06 CDR FILM, H-ALPHA 1 to RESET, 16 grand. That's right.

H-ALPHA 1 CAMERA POWER switch, ON. H-ALPHA NIGHT
INTERLOCK s_ritch to OVERRIDE. H-ALPHA switch,
MANUAL for 60 seconds. Okay, it Just took 1.

PLT-EVA It'll take one every 6 seconds.

CDR Okay. I'm holding it in MAN and it took

another one. Seems to be working okay.

236 18 36 23 CDR Well, it didn't do them every 6 seconds but it

did them.

PLT-EVA How many did it take?

CDR Abouteight.

PLT-EVA Oh, well, close to 6. Be about 7-1/2 then.

Z380

CDR Okay, let's Just say it didn't make it. I'm

going to let it go and then give you another one.
I want to get them, okay?

PLT-EVA Supposed to be lO frames?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA That's supposed to be six, wasn't it?

CDR H-ALPHA i, CAMERA POWER switch, OFF.

236 18 36 47 CDR Okay. FILM RE to X-RAY TELESCOPE. Done that.

236 18 36 51 CDR Push RESET. 6000 suddenly appears in the window.

236 18 36 54 CDR CAMERA POWER switch ON.

236 18 37 00 CDR CAMERA INTERLOCK, OPEN.

236 18 37 03 CDR FRAMES REMAINING decreases by i. It did.

236 18 37 05 CDR CAMERA INTERLOCK switch, CLOSED.

236 18 37 06 CDR CAMERA POWER switch, OFF. And that's that one.
Go to next page, where I'ii do some more.

236 18 37 17 CDR FILM RESET to WLC, one of my favorite experiments.

236 18 37 20 CDR RESET, 8025. Done.

236 18 37 24 CDR MAIN POWER switch to STANDBY, then ON.

236 18 37 30 CDR MODE select, FAST SCAN.

236 18 37 34 CDR READY/OPERATE light, OFF.

PLT-EVA It sure is.

236 18 37 37 CDR START, FRAMES REMAINING decreases by i0. Verify

and go to STOP, 8025.

236 18 37 52 CDR Then OPERATE. Hasn't changed a thing in the way

of frames.

PLT-EVA It counts down fairly slowly, I expect.

CDR It hasn't moved.

 1381

PLT-EVA FAST SCAN, it's supposed to take, I think,

43 seconds to get three frames.

236 18 38 14 CDR Okay. It got one, two, three.

PLT-EVA It miF_ht be a long wait again. I get to

27 seconds, first exposure.

CDR It's taking time.

236 18 38 43 CDR Well, I'll just kind of press on.

236 18 38 45 CDE FILM RESET to X-RAY SPECT.

236 18 38 48 CDR RESET, 6 thous.

236 18 38 52 CDR PICTURE RATE select to SINGLE.

236 18 38 57 CDR EXPOSURE RANGE select to 16.

236 18 39 00 CDR STOP/START to START.

236 18 39 01 CDR FRAMES REMAINING decreases by 6.

236 18 39 05 CDR START.

236 18 39 34 CDR It did. That's complete.

CDR You asleep up there, Jack?

PLT-EVA Almost.

CDR Me, too.

CDR Unclamp your own LSU, you're getting ready to

bail out.

PLT-EVA Okay. It's come unclamped quite awhile ago.

CDR Okay.

CDR How's the TV adjusted for the - Owen's exit?

PLT-EVA Okay. I've got O. in the picture now. And I

can get him as he gets up to the door handrail
and then I'll repoint it.

CDR Here we've got 9 minutes. The Sun will probably

come up early.
1382

CDR Okay. That did it, 0. Start off, babe.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 18 40 18 CDR I'm going to stop now. We've got enough frames.
Okay? Let me see what else it says to do. Let
me - -

PLT-EVA Okay, I've got you coming up, O. Just keep going.

SPT-EVA Okay. I don 't know whether - -

CDR Why don't you go back and come up again or did -

or are you too far?

SPT-EVA No, I can go back.

CDR Okay, don't go too far. We've only got a few

minutes, 0.

SPT-EVA You mean you want me out of the center workstation

or what ?

CDR Yes. Come out of the center workstation.

236 18 40 40 PLT-EVA Okay, O. A1, you stay there at the VTR and I'll
tell you when to turn it off, and then I'll re-
point and you turn it back on.

236 18 40 45 CDR Okay. It's on right now.

PLT-EVA Okay. Here he comes.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Okay, Owen's leaving the center workstation.

He's going to crawl underneath the baseplate for
the sail and make his way up to the Sun end .
There he goes!

PLT-EVA Attaboy, 0. Okay. Stop right there and turn

it off, AI.

CDR Okay. Give me a second.

23618 4107 CDR It'soff. _-_

PLT-EVA Okay. Wait a minute there, 0.

 1383

CDR ... - -

PLT-EVA - - ...

CDR Take some good plcturee, maybe.

236 18 hl 13 PLT-EVA Yes, we've got to get some good pictures of O.

getting around it. If I can get over here and
turn - -

CDR Go over top of the twin pole, O.

SPT-EVA Okay. I don't know which the top is, but I went
over the only logical way.

CDR Yes, go over the top.

SPT-EVA Oh, I went over the bottom.

CDR You're supposed to go over the top.

236 18 hl 27 SPT-EVA Okay. I'll come back. I guess I didn't take

the most logical way.

CDR Say when.

PLT-EVA Well, I think it's very well pointed now.

CDR Do you want it on?

PLT-EVA Yes, let me turn it on. Owen's - -

CDR Go ahead, 0. - -

SFT-EVA Okay, I'm going.

CDR - - keep going.

236 18 h2 01 PLT-EVA Okay, 0wen came back and he had to go around the
top of the sail instead. So that's the way he's
going now if you can see him right there in front
of the picture. He's heading out toward the Sun
end of the solar telescope, hand over hand along
the handrail, umbilical trailing behind. There
you see the rear view of an Oke - 0kie, north
end going south. Okay. Now he's out to the
Sun end. Give you a little umbilical there, O.
1384

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR I want to get a couple of pictures of you, Big 0.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR So just kind of mill around. Let me know when

to turn off the thing.

TIME SKIP

236 18 42 50 CDR When you're in the foot restraint, I'll turn off,
then I'll turn off when you start to measuring with
_9 and the boom.

SPT-EVA Okay, I'm in the foot restraints,

236 18 42 55 CDR Okay, it's off.

SPT-EVA VTR is off?

CDR Yes. I Just turned it off,

SPT-EVA Okay,

CDR No_, Jack -

PLT-EVA Let me fix his umbilical wherever it needs to be

now. I'm kind of out of the foot restraints
(chuckling) here. Bad as that TV.

236 18 43 ll CDR Okay, you're going to have to remanage it because

the Sun's coming up in a minute. Why don't you - -

PLT-EVA You're pulling it back then.

CDR Why don't you put - put it where it should be -

yes. Owen, leau the other way.

236 18 43 22 SPT-EVA Back up here?

CDR Yes. I'm not sure I can get this picture.

PLT-EVA I see you over there, now.

s -

1385

CDR Okay. May - may not work, but we're going to give
it a heck of a go.

PLT-_TA Yes.

236 18 43 37 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Guam for 8-1/2 min-

utes. Out.

236 18 43 41 SPT-EVA Okay, Bruce. We're about halfway through with the
film exchange now. We've got a11 the center
workstation exchanged and we've got all the cameras
there checked out and moved out to the Sun end now.
We're Just getting to work on S149.

236 18 43 55 CC Roger. We copy you, and you've got about 2 minutes

left on the VTR. And we'll probably be dumping
the data voice tape recorder this site. Out.

CDR Okay, Jack, let me tell you where to put that TV.
Put it back to the f-setting and pointing like
_-- you did because it's Just about sunrise.

PLT-EVA Okay. Let me get around here and do that.

CDR Okay. We'll get Owen coming back, eventually.

236 18 44 19 PLT-EVA Okay, I'll go all the way closed and a little bit
opened and when the Sun comes up I'll - -

CDR Okay, O., let me read you a few procedures, young

man.

SPT-EVA Okay. Now I'd like to ask Jack a question here.

It looks to me like, to get this 149 crank closed,
you could not do it from these interim foot re-
straints. I had to kick out one of those and get
behind the experiment. Is that the way you did
it, Jack?

236 18 44 35 PLT-EVA Yes, you might have to take one foot loose up there,
O., and reach around there.

SPT-EVA Yes. Looks to me like that's the better - have to

kick both loose.

CDR And, Bruce, all the experiments that we - fi]m_

that we transferred at the center workstation,
the four of those, checked out okay.
1386

CC Okay, we copy that, A1.

236 18 44 55 PLT-EVA Look at the thunderstorms on the horizon, Owen.

SPT-EVA Yes, I saw them. They're really amazing.

PLT-EVA ... weird. Looks like the limb of the Sun with a
bun - with a bunch of prominences - -

SPT-EVA Prominence, that's right. There's a close analogy.

Close comparison.

PLT-EVA How you doing there, 0.? Can you work from that
position?

236 18 45 12 SPT-EVA I'm going to have to scoot back a little bit more
even, I think. Okay, now I'm a little bit better
positioned, I think, to crank this ... machine - -

CDH Okay, let me tell you some good words. Crank slowly
clockwise, but first you have to remove restraint
from the 149 crank. Remember we agreed that you
were going to snap a tether on it.

SPT-EVA That was after I got a ... cranked closed.

CDR That 's true.

236 18 45 54 PLT-EVA Few thunderstorms down there on the Earth; see them
flashing away. Sun is Just about to come up.

SPT-EVA Might get our gold visor down, Jack.

PLT-EVA Good idea, 0wen.

CC 0wen, this is Houston. We noticed there is no

talkback indicating opened or closed on the 52
aperture door. Have you or A1 done anything to the
S052 door?

SPT-EVA Well, I'm not, from out here.

236 18 46 25 CDR Yes, I have. I opened it and closed it. Yes, I

think I did. Let me look at my procedure.

SPT-EVA Hey, Jack, what is that little lock on this handle?

PLT-EVA There should be a little knob sticking right in the

end of the handle that you can pull out.
 1387

SPT-EVA Yes, but not in the crank end. It's up by the shaft,
isn't it, where it rotates?

236 18 46 51 CDR No, according to this, I don't touch the door. Let
me - -

PLT-EVA Right there in the end of it.

CDR The door is indicating open; let me close it.

SPT-EVA You mean over here?

PLT-EVA No. It should be in the end there.

CC Let's leave it alone, A1, the present configuration.

Over.

236 18 47 03 CDR Okay, the door - I put the MAIN POWER back ON.

SPT-EVA Yes, I can turn it.

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR And the door shows gray - which is open - -

PLT-EVA And the other one.

CDR - - and I - I don't think I opened it, and normally

it should go closed anyway when the main power goes
off. So stand by. It's still in FAST SCAN, and I
interrupted it by going to STOP when we used up
I0 frames. And EV [sic] AUTO DOOR, ENABLE [sic]
is in INHIBIT, so - -

CC CDR, this is Houston.

CDR Go ahead.

236 18 47 40 CC Roger. If Owen's clear of the 52 door, we'd like

to have you close it from the panel.

SPT-EVA Okay, I'm clear. That's three turns on S149. Four.

236 18 47 58 CDR Well, I still indicate OPEN here. I'll put - Let
me put the EV [sic] AUTO DOOR, ENABLE. He's clear
of all the doors and we'll get this thing closed.

SPT-EVA Hey, I Just noticed on the - one of the S149 panels -

it's the one that's toward the lower end. There
z388

are four little brown patches. Two of them are

peeling up, right now. One of them is about to pop
off. It's peeled halfway up, right now.

236 18 48 28 CC Okay, we show the S052 DOOR, CLOSED. That is, we

show it closing.

236 18 48 39 CDR Okay, we agree. What I did was go out of EVA AUTO
DOOR, INHIBIT - to ENABLE, close the door, and now
I'm going back to STORAGE.

236 18 48 49 CC Okay, and last pass ... was Vanguard. We showed that
you had a CAUTION AND WARNING, although we couldn't
tell what it was that you reset over Madrid. Was
that ACS MALF or CLUSTER ATT that we expected?
Over.

236 18 49 02 CDR Punched MEMORY RECALL and got no recall on it, so

it must have been one we inhibited. Although, that
should give us a MASTER ALARM. I had no indication
on the panel other than the MASTER ALARM, which I
checked and got no indication as to what it was.

PLT-EVA 10, 10.

236 18 49 21 CDR Does that TV look okay, Jack?

PLT-EVA Well I don't have it on O_en right now, but -

CDR I mean, I want to make sure the Sun isn't on it.

PLT-EVA - - I'm adjusting it right now, and it's pointed

... _ m

CC CDR, Houston.

CDR Go ahead.

236 18 49 35 CC Roger. We need the EVA AUTO DOOR switch to the

INHIBIT position vice the STORAGE position. Over.

CDR Okay. That's where it is. I moved it to ENABLE

and back to INHIBIT.

CC Roger. We saw a CAUTION AND WARNING over Vanguard

that you reset over Madrid, but we couldn't tell
what it was. Was that one of the ACS MALF or _-_
CLUSTER ATT lights? Over.
 1389

236 18 _9 55 CDR It - I don't know which it was, Bruce. I went over

and punched MEMORY RECALL and another o,-_e up, al-
though the MASTER ALARM wam on, no I Ju.t turned
it o_,

CC 0k_v.

CDR So I don't exactly know what it was.

CC Mighty fine. Thank you.

236 18 50 12 CDR Now one of the things that we noticed on our

checklist - It says before we finish closing out,
_e've got to get a GO from you for ingress and
secure to make sure that the da - the rate gyros
are all working. Have we a GO for that?

236 18 50 28 CC Roger. You are GO for that.

CDR Okay. We're not there yet, obviously, but Just

__ wantedto get it out of the way.

236 18 50 33 CC Understand, but the gyros are there.

SPT-EVA Which gyros are we using now?

CC You're still on the rack rate gyros. We're watching

the six-oack ones for a rev or two here to see how
they track during the dump maneuvers.

SPT-EVA I see.

236 18 50 56 CC And actually, they're doing quite well. You've

got a minute to LOS. The next station contact in
half an hour over the Vanguard at 19:22. Out.

SPT-EVA We better be finished by then.

PLT-EVA In a hurry, Al?

CDR No.

236 18 51 12 PLT-EVA Owen's still cranking the S149 closed. He's doing
it very slowly so he don't mess un the gear train.
And I see that the petals are all closed, and he's
Just cranking a little more to make sure the locks
getseton 149.

236 18 51 31 CDR And when you've done that, Jack, you should zoom
out the boom. (>wen will attach tether, and he'll
1390

crank the clamp - crank counterclock_rise - oh, not

clamp.

SPT-EVA Okay. Now that dan K handle is as far as it wants

to go. I never did find the lock on it.

CDR The fact it was flipped over, I think, locked it,

O.

236 18 51 59 SPT-EVA I'm going to see if I can get this thing undone
from my foot restraints. I'm not sure that I can.

CDR First put on the tether.

PLT-EVA That 's right.

PLT-EVA Still there, Bruce?

CC .., we're still here for a couple of seconds. Make

it fast.

PLT-EVA I was Just going to tell you what's going on.

Owen's hooking the S149 to a tether now, and he's -
We're going to bring it back in to get it out of
the way, and then we're going to put it out later.

SPT-EVA ... 04.

236 18 52 32 CC Okay, sounds good. And you got Just a little bit
less than 2 minutes left on the VTR.

PLT-EVA 0kay. We 'ii use it. Thank you.

SPT-EVA Okay, I've got the 149 tethered to me. Now, there
is a lock on this little gem, if I remember how
it works.

PLT-EVA All you got to do is crank it up the ... there, ...

SPT-EVA Oh. It - Crank it counterclock, huh?

PLT-EVA Yes. Yes. Now that - that loosens up the squeezers.

236 18 53 26 SPT-EVA Yes. I see.

TIMESKIP f--
 139_

236 18 53 51 PLT-EVA Here comes a boom at you.

SPT-EVA Okay, now I'm trying to think about this middle

button up here. There is smother middle button
which is a lock for something.

2B6 18 54 00 PLT-EVA That's for locking on the handrail.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 18 54 18 PLT-EVA Key, Owen, if you look at the end of it - it's

not the crank end of the - the back of the 149.

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA See that little disk that's about 2 inches

in diameter?

SPT-EVA Oh, here, yes.

PLT-EVA Yes, that - that comes on and goes on the end of

_ thehandle.

236 18 54 22 SPT-EVA Should it he over there?

PLT-EVA Not now, no. When you put it out again, it should
be.

SPT-EVA Oh, what - okay.

PLT-EVA Yes. I saw it.

236 18 54 33 PLT-EVA Here comes the boom.

SPT-EVA Okay, just hold her there a minute. I - I'm still

figuring out about this other latch that they
mounted on at the last minute.

PLT-EVA That's not got anything to do with the boom.

There's a skinny part above that that you unlock -
lock on the boom with.

236 18 54 46 SPT-EVA Yes, but what's this other lock that I remember
they put on at the last minute for?

236 18 54 50 PLT-EVA That's to hang it on the handrail and around on

here so that it doesn't get loose.

SPT-EVA Oh, okay. Send her on down then.

1392

236 18 54 58 PLT-EVA Here she comes.

SPT-EVA Well, let's see - -

236 18 55 01 PLT-EVA Boy, it's a pretty view with the Sun low. You can
see all the - the shadows that the clouds make on
the water.

SPT-EVA Boy, it is a pretty view. Son of a gun:

PLT-EVA Isn't it though?

SPT-EVA I tell you - -

PLT-EVA You can see the light shining off the water and
kind of reflecting, and - -

236 18 55 18 SPT-EVA I can see the whole horizon reflected on the solar
panel.

CDR Ha,ha;that'sclever.

236 18 55 25 PLT-EVA Here it comes, O.

SPT-EVA Okay, stand by.

SPT-EVA We can make it. Come on.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 18 55 30 SPT-EVA That's good right there.

236 18 55 31 PLT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA As you get closer to the terminator you can see

the Sun just barely touching some of the clouds,
and it makes them sort of pink and orange color
at the top.

236 18 56 08 SPT-EVA Okay, it's locked on the Sun-end boom, and my

tether is released.

PLT-EVA Okay, here she comes. You ready for me to take

it back?

SPT-EVA Yes, ready to take it back.

236 18 56 18 SPT-EVA Now did I connect it in the right orientation, do

you think? I think so.
 13_3

CDR Okay. Let me mention a few items as you bring it

back, Jack, - -

PLT-EVA Okay.

CDR - - where you might want to put it as long as you

brought it back.

236 18 56 41 CDR What you might want to do with it, remove 129 from
boom and place on F-7 handrail. And then you get
out the VS tree and fire it towards the Big O.

PLT-EVA Let me get my tether on this thing.

CDR Okay.

236 18 57 14 CDR Are you satisfied that we're not (yawning) -

you're satisfied that we're not doing anything
bad to the television, huh?

_ PLT-EVA No, it just points down where it was.

CDR Yes, I just wanted to make sure that you'd looked

at it and were satisfied.

236 18 57 25 PLT-EVA Yes, I did.

236 18 57 26 SPT-EVA Hey, I see a little island up here; I wonder if

it's not the Azores.

CDR Let me tell you where we are; we are approaching

South America from the west.

SPT-EVA Oh, no.

CDR And you've Just got a glimDse of the New Hebrides

and perhaps from your vantage point, if you look
to the right at this point, you can see North
Island and South Island of New Zealand.

236 18 57 46 SPT-EVA That's what it is_ I didn't realize we were over

Australia. But you - that's North and South Island
then, yes.

CDR That's right.

_- SPT-EVA Oh, boy.

1394

CDR Just check with your friendly travel guide. He'll

keep you informed.

236 18 58 06 SPT-EVA We're up a lot higher than usual today; much bet-
ter view.

CDR Uh-huh.

SPT-EVA (Chuckle )

236 18 58 13 CDR Taking the high ground. How do the top of those
solar panels look?

SPT-EVA They look very nice. Just as uniform as can be ;

everything in order.

CDR Shiny blue?

SPT-EVA No, they're sort of black.

CDR Shiny
black? _-_

236 18 58 28 SPT-EVA They're shiny black then with light in between

them, and then in every little segment there's
about - about an 18- to 2h-inch square - there's
a little blue - or correction - brown strip that
runs down the middle of each of the segments.

PLT-EVA Okay, what do we want now? The V_q t_?

CDR Why not.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 18 58 48 CDR That's all you got.

236 18 58 51 CDR That's it, unless you want to send him the TV or
something.

CDR That might - might not be a bad stunt.

236 18 59 04 PLT-EVA Okay, I'll unlock it and hang on to it. Now we'll
put the feet down toward the MDA here.

236 18 59 25 PLT-EVA Locked.

236 18 59 31 PLT-EVA Okay, it's in there; it's closed and the handle _-_
is squeezed and the lock is in the lock position.
Here she comes, 0.
 1395

SPT-EVA Okay.

SPT-EVA Stand by. That 's good.

PLT-EVA There you are.

236 19 00 36 SPT-EVA Okay, you can pull it back.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 19 00 53 SPT-EVA This VS tree is perfectly positioned with respect

to the foot restraints.

PLT-EVA Good.

236 19 00 55 SPT-EVA VC tree wasn't quite so good.

SPT-EVA Okay, if you have him locked, you got to pull back
a little out of the way. You might want to pull
it a little bit more so the umbilical doesn't bang
F around on it.

CDR Okay, Big 0., you're supposed to get off your duff
there, remove slack, clarap EV-2 LSU at _%oproximately
35 feet, EV-I.

SPT-EVA 0kay.

CDR And, EV-2, how about egress the VT foot restraints

and egress - ingress the VS foot restraints.

236 19 01 38 SPT-EVA I'm on my way.

236 19 01 39 CDR Okay, see you in a few minutes.

236 19 01 41 PLT-EVA I'ii bring this boom all the way so the Sun doesn't
get on it.

CDR Way to do it.

236 19 01 48 PLT-EVA There he goes, over the edge:

CDR And you're providing him slack no doubt.

PLT-EVA Yes, I've got him clamped off here at 35.

CDR Now when you gentlemen get there I'd prefer that
you give yourselves a quick PCU and suit press
check; you've been out a long time.
1396

2B6 19 02 O0 SPT-EVA Okay. I'm holding 3.6 and I've got no lights.
And I have about the prettiest view conceivable.

CDR That's what Big Jack said.

SPT-EVA I have about a 270-degree view of the horizon from

right here.

CDR Does it look round?

SPT-EVA It looks round as can be. The whole globe - it

looks Just like a - a 270 degrees of a full circle.

PLT-EVA This has got to be the best view of all.

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA You know what I wish?

SPT-EVA I had a fish-eye camera from here.

236 19 02 32 CDR When you're ready to start work, and no hurry,

unlock and open S082A container door. No hurry,
Just let me know when you're ready for your next
instruction.

PLT-EVA All right.

236 19 03 09 PLT-EVA We ought to think of something patriotic to do or

something while we're doing this. When the ground
comes up.

236 19 03 17 SPT-EVA I'd like to be able to remember this; this view

right here is fantastic'

236 19 03 23 SPT-EVA The symmetry, the three solar panels are in the
field of view then 270 degrees of the horizon. Sun
reflecting in the water. Clouds, you can see
whole - whole clumps of -

PLT-EVA 82B, huh?

CDR Did I say 82B?

PLT-EVA I don't know, didn't you?

CDR No, I said 82A.

PLT-EVA 0kay.
 1397

CDR I had to look myself.

236 19 03 52 SPT-EVA Goes to unlock.

CDR Okay. Remove 82A, that's the container door -

remove 82A from container and stow in temp stowage
container.

SPT-EVA Boy, it pops open at you.

2B6 19 04 09 CDR That's right. You've got a little bit of - more

than a vac in there.

SPT-EVA How did you know that?

CDR Life - I know those things. Always had to know

those things.

236 19 04 20 SPT-EVA I wonder if there was any comment about it?

CDR I don't know.

CDR Okay, now are you ready to open the 82A ATM door?

SPT-EVA No.

CDR Okay.

236 19 04 48 PLT-EVA What do we got to do the rest of the day?

CDR Whoo! We've got a heck of a - you're - You've

got to be kidding_

236 19 04 53 CDR Let me tell Jack what's he's doing the rest of
the day.

SPT-EVA *** what PT is.

236 19 04 57 CDR Jack is doing this. Post-EVA, which is a couple

of hours, then he's going to eat. Then he's going
to do a little more of 516 post-EVA, then he's
going to do housekeeping, postsleep activities,
ATM, postsleep activities and SO - no, that's
Owen. All that's Owen, S063. Here comes the Big
Jack. Post-EVA, T003-5 - T003-5, PT and PH, }4074
CAL, PSA. We're going to tell them to get us some
work to do. Heck, tomorrow'sa day off.
1398

CDR Okay. If you guys would quit goofing off we could

get some work done up here. Gosh dog!

236 19 05 30 SPT-EVA Okay. I'm ready to open 82A,

236 19 05 32 CDR Okay. Open 82A ATM door, push button, and rotate
handle to unlock; move locking handle to release
ms_.

236 19 05 40 SPT-EVA Okay, the front door is released and swung open.

CDR Partially remove used mag and fold handle by press-

ing button and complete removal.

SPT-EVA Hey, this won't open all the way. Just a minute;
I want to see why.

236 19 05 57 SPT-EVA I guess that's all the further it's supposed to

come. Ok ay.

CDR Partially remove, fold handle, then completely

remove.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 19 06 07 CDR Now the thing to do is look at the canister you're

going to put it in, see which way the arrow is,
and then look at your hand so that you can see -
You can pull it out and align arrow to arrow with-
out swapoing hands outside the seat.

236 19 06 17 SPT-EVA Not a bad idea.

236 19 06 19 CDR And as I recall you do it palm up or something,

I can't remember. But it works right.

CDR When you stick it in the container you must make

sure that it goes completely below the container
seat. It will go in and feel locked, as you know,
but it must go down to the base of it so that it
is below the level of the seat of the door when
it's going to be closed.

236 19 07 04 SPT-EVA It looks like it's firmly in.

CDR Okay, then, close the door, and as you rotate the _--_
door to lock, and then to lock - lock/lock,
observe that those little bolts don't Just bend the
 1399

can; that they actually go into the cart's holes

themselves.

SPT-EVA Uh-huh.

CDR Okay, then let me tell you what to do. Close and
lock the 82A container, and tell me when it's
complete.

236 19 07 36 SPT-EVA Comolete.

CDR Remove 82A from temp stow container, install par-

tially, extend handle, and push fully into receiver.

236 19 08 02 CDR Verify white flag partially visible as you shove

it home, before you do the locking handle down.
The locking handle inside the ATM, not the locking
handle on the trunnion itself.

CDR Hey, Jack.

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 19 08 21 CDR Why don't you turn around and look at me, and
I'll take your picture there. Let me get out my
camera. Hold on.

CDR See if I can get a picture of you up there.

236 19 08 37 CDR Tried to get s_ne of Owen, but I Just don't think
they did the Job, myself. I was not satisfied
with those pictures. Let's see what I can do
with these.

236 19 08 59 CDR Okay -hey, good show, Jack! That's going to be

great!

PLT-EVA How about this, space fans, ... ?

CDR No, no. Okay, let's get you - This is going to

be good.

236 19 09 I0 PLT-EVA Part of the co, and module there.

CDR It's going to be good, Jack.

236 19 09 19 CDR Okay. Now pull your visor down. I can see the
name "Lousma" on your suit, so that'll hel_. Now,
1400

wait a minute; wait a minute. Just don't go

nowhere. I want to make sure that this is right.
It's a good picture. 0., remind me to get some
pictures of you before you come in.

236 19 09 47 SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Hey, that's good. Wait a minute, Jack. Let me

just get this thing set. Okay, I've got this on
12. I know that ain't the answer. Okay, now
let's see where the lighting should be. Too
much light. Try this. All right. Wait a minute.

CDR *** could try 16.

CDR Maybe this - maybe it Just doesn't work.

236 19 i0 26 PLT-EVA Release the little button so the white thing

shows - on the side, you got that?

CDR I did that; it means you're out of - It shows -

No matter what I do it shows too much Sun. I
don't believe it.

CDR Yes, because it's on time of i second. How'd

that get there?

236 19 l0 44 SPT-EVA That's where the camera was last used.

236 19 l0 46 CDR Su_oosed to always be put back to 500. Same

way with that -

SPT-EVA I used that for 9063 last night and used 1-second
time segment.

PLT-EVA 250 is good enough with that 55-_illimeter lens;

it'll give you a better depth of field.

SPT-EVA I was using the other lens, though. In other

words, configured the way it is - -

PLT-EVA Huh? Oh - I was talking to A1.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay, let me set 250 on here, Jack.

236 19 ll 09 PLT-EVA 125, matter of fact. The only reason we use 500
with that 300-millimeter is to - so that we don't
move the camera.
 1401

CDR Okay. Now I'm going to get you some good pictures
here. You Just don't get carried away. Now how
about - Just a minute; Just stay right there for
a minute.

CDR Now, how about doing this, Jack? How about

floating like you were before with your legs out
behind you?

PLT-EVA About like this?

236 19 ii 35 CDR Yes. But don't kick - yes, sort of - let go

with one hand - let go with your left hand.

CDR Just hold on. Got to kick your feet out to

your left. That's it, More out to your left and
then let go of one - There you go. They still
need to be further out if you can get them and
let them trail behind you.

PLT-EVA Like this?

CDR Behind you is better. No, the other way.

PLT-EVA Okay. Let me kick them up there.

CDR Yes. Yes. Let go of your left hand. No, not

back far enough.

236 19 12 l0 PLT-EVA Where do you want me to go?

236 19 12 ll CDR I want your feet to go back. Your umbilical's

preventing it. See how - there! Like that. Get
your umbilical out some more. There you go,
kind of further back than that.

PLT-EVA Okay. I get you now.

CDR That's it, that's it. Now kind of come down.

PLT-EVA Wait a minute.

CDR Wrong w_y.

PLT-EVA Like this?

CDR Like that. Okay, now back, See if you can back
up a littlemore. I know it's stupidto say that
but - but that's the name of the game, I guess.
1402

PLT-EVA I mustn't hang on to - -

CDR That's left hand - left hand out.

236 19 12 46 CDR Okay, now wait. We'll get a couple of Hasselblasts

[sic] of you. With a new setting 250 at 4,
25o at 4.

CDR I can't believe it's 250 at 4. That's probably

because there's so much black, I _uess.

CDR Okay. Get to that position again, Jack. Let me

get the - let me get the focus.

PLT-EVA Looks to be about 8 feet.

236 19 13 35 CDR 100-millimeter lens. I am not sure we can shoot

it with the Hasselblad.

PLT-EVA Oh, yes. I think so.

CDR I'llbetwe can't.

PLT-EVA 100-millimeter ain't much.

CDR I'ii bet this isn't going to do it.

236 19 13 54 CDR That's good; that's good. Okay, that's enough.

(,kay, 0., you ready?

PLT-EVA _hank you.

SPT-EVA "_
es.

ODE (kay. Did you open the other canister?

236 19 14 02 SPT-EVA _o.

236 19 14 04 CDR (kay. Open the other canister, please.

SPT-EVA Ckeydoke.

CDR _emove from containers; tow - stow in temp

container.

SPT-EVA In work.
_-_
CDR Okay.
pkk

1403

236 19 I_ 44 CDR Shouldn't have had that 100-millimeter lens on

there.

PLT-EVA The only other thing we got's an 80.

CDR That's what I should have had on there. I should

have changed. I didn't change though.

236 19 l_ 58 PLT-EVA Take it from the con_nand module.

CDR Let me know when you're ready, O.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA As a matter of fact that camera's in the command

module, A1.

236 19 15 09 SPT-EVA Okay. It's over in temp stowage.

CDR Okay, open the ATM door.

236 19 15 14 SPT-EVA In work.

2B6 19 15 20 CDR Okay. Move locking handle left to release mag;

partially remove used fil - used mag; fold
handles - two of them.

236 19 15 27 SPT-EVA Hey, Just a minute! It's Jammed - -

CDR Okay, I'm Just reading ahead for you.

SPT-EVA Doesn't - doesn't want to - There's a lot of

stow problems out there.

236 19 15 35 CDR Punch out the buttons and open the doors.

SPT-EVA Well, the handles rotate all right, but that door
is - it's stuck shut. Amazing.

2B6 19 15 48 SPT-EVA Take it aws_V; I unlatch and latched it a couple

of times.

236 19 15 57 SPT-EVA Clear to unlock.

236 19 16 07 SPT-EVA Here it comes.

_ CDR Good.

PLT-EVA Att aboy.

1404

SPT-EVA It was stuck though.

PLT-EVA Gees, I'll be durned.

SPT-EVA Maybe some of the sealing compound or something

stuck to the side.

CDR If you can get a glimose of what might be - stuck

it, Owen, so we can report it.

236 19 16 22 SPT-EVA I third-_it was Just the edge of the door fit very
tightly up against the other edge, and the heat
cycling may have Just sort of glued it together,
and it Just took a hard pull to get it off.

CDR Okay. Now that it's done, remove partially used

mag by folding - No, move locking handle left
to release ma_ first.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay, then you got to pull it out and fold the
handle twice. Then notice the arrows; notice
your hand; and then pull it out. Insert it into
the canister without Juggling it too much.

236 19 16 58 CDR MASTER ALA/KM again. Let's see what we got. ACS
MALF. Now why would we get one of those?

236 19 17 07 CDR How's our attitude? Perfect. I don't know why.

Maybe I'ii Just take a look.

CDR 52003, CLEAR; 52003, ENTER, CLEAR. 50000, ENTER.

Look at the DAS? All 4's. Like a star tracker.
CMG SAT. That CMG SAT is a son of a gun.

236 19 17 46 CDR We don't have CMG SAT. Yes, we do. Huh! Know
why.

236 19 18 06 CDR Didn't dump worth a darn. That's why.

236 19 18 I0 CDR Huh! Let's see where these CMGs are. Ntunber 3
you can't read because it's got that one against
the stop, the other's zero, and the other's
against the stop. The CMGs look like they're in

zero but it says HX,y, Z are.

SPT-EVA What's HT reading?

CDR Zero?
 1405

SPT-EVA _ reads - -

CDR No, HT read 94.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR And it's all in the Y-axis.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 19 18 39 SPT-EVA And how did our attitude look on the ACQ SUN
SENSOR?

CDR Perfect. Everything' s perfect.

SPT-EVA Well, are we - Do we have CMG control enabled?

We presumably did, didn't we?

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA Well, why don't you fire a TACS blip or so then

f--- andletit go?

236 19 18 57 CDR We may have and we just don't even know it. See?

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Maybe it just - I wonder why. Maybe it didn't

have a good momentum. M_%ybe it didn't have the -
one of the axes in plane.

SPT-EVA Well, the Y-axis is the one that you get like in
a Z-LV maneuver.

CDR Yes.

SPT-EVA And -

CDR Just keep working. You got your stuff done out
there ?

SPT-EVA Almost.

CDE Okay.

SPT-EVA I can put the other one in now; I'm not going
_ veryfast.

236 19 19 25 CDR Okay. I've noticed.

14o6

236 19 19 27 SPT-EVA Looks like that meteoroid shield put a great big
dent in one of those -must be the starting
turbine exhaust or something like that. Thing's
back on the aft end of the workshop. Boy, it
really - it smacked it.

CDR You can imagine what it must - the forces that

must have been on when that thing -

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Just heard them on that conmnand module.

236 19 19 51 PLT-EVA Part of the gold is not covered. Part of the gold
on the workshop is not covered now. It's like
a part from - sort of a triangular part.

PLT-EVA That's - next one squared away here.

236 19 20 l0 CDR Maybe they didn't know where the Z-axis was -
X-axis was, and they got out of the plane and _-_
dumped funny. I'll bet that's what happened.

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Didn't dumo right because it wasn't - wasn't

known where it was.

CDR They should have known. They got the command

module right over there to tell them, and then
NOUN 20 - still do have NOUN 20.

236 19 20 58 SPT-EVA Okay, 82B is in there and locked, and I got the
white flag, and I'm reclosing the doors.

CDR Okay, it says here, "Verify handle on mag below

container door seat. Close and lock 82B container
door." You've passed that.

236 19 21 13 SPT-EVA Okay. That - this door is really in.

236 19 21 14 CDR Install partially, extend handles, depress

release buttons, push in firm, verify white flag
partially visible, then move 82B ATM locking
handle right to lock position and verify white
flag completely visible, which you did. Now
you've got to close and lock 82 - - _-_
 1407

236 19 21 27 SPT-EVA Okay. Now I'm trying to find out where this
thing is binding. And it looks like that
the - there's a rubber seal underneath the door
that just is not quite flat enough, and it -
that rubber seal is binding a bit, causing it
to stick.

CDR Are you going to be able to close it?

236 19 21 48 SPT-EVA Well, l've already done it, a couple of times.

CDR Good. All right. Good.

SPT-EVA Okay, that's complete.

236 19 21 54 CDR Reposition clear and standby for check, Big O.

Start hunting for your - -

2B6 19 21 59 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Vanguard for

9-1/2 minutes. Out.

236 19 22 05 CDR Okay. For your information, we got another MASTER

ALARM, which I checked, and the C&W turned out to
be a CMG SAT. I checked - our total momentum is
running around 94 percent, and the Y-momentum is a
high one, up around 96. So I guess somehow during
the night pass, it didn't know exactly where it
was and didn't dump precisely.

236 19 22 38 SPT-EVA Okay. We've got all the film exchanged now,
Bruce. Just waiting for the film checks on
82A and B out at the Sun end.

CC Okay. For the CDR, we see a couple of mibs

fire from CMG SAT. The momentum is running high;
we believe it's from the crew activity associated
with EVA. Over.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Don't move around so much out there, 0.

236 19 23 0B SPT-EVA I can't do it_ it's not my fault. It's all that
oxygen you're pumping overboard, Jack, that's
doing it. If you'd quit breathing, why that'd
solve it.
1408

236 19 23 12 CC Okay, for the CDR again. We want to reemphasize

that this has nothing to do with the gyro pack.
We're very happy with the rate gyro six pack.
We've watched it through two maneuvers, one dump
and one return to SI. At this time we're going
to enable three rate gyro redundancy management
in all three axes using the six-pack gyros as
the two controlling ones and the three good rack
gyros as the ones held in reserve but still
spinning. We're also going to shut down the
unused gyros out on the rack. For your information,
we believe this is the first time since day I
that we've had three rate gyro redundancy manage-
ment in all axes. Over.

CDR That's great!

236 19 23 57 CC Correction, that's 76 days since we've had that

configuration.

CDR Okay. We're glad to be part of it, I'll tell you.

SPT-EVA S_V, Bruce, I just got to make one comment here

because this is absolutely the most beautiful
view that I've ever seen. Sitting uo here on too
of the ATM you can see the horizon through a
full 270-degree arc. There's a Sun reflection
out over the Pacific. And we're Just now crossing
the Andes coming across from the Pacific on the
South American coastline. And the Andes are a
sharp relief down below with some cloud cover.
It's Just an utterly amazing view.

236 19 24 33 CDR Why don't you tell them about - -

CC There's a whole room of people here that wish they

could be up there with you to see it in person.

236 19 24 38 SPT-EVA Well, I thought views out our wardroom window,

or out the STS windows, were something, but it
really cannot compare with the fishbowl view that
you've got sitting up here on too the ATM Sun
end with a visor - a full - essentially 200 -
180 degrees of visor available, and you can see
the horizon Just from 270 all the way around.
One other comment, I guess back to business here
a little bit. The 82B door - the outside door -
 1409

was very sticky when I went to open it. I had to,

after unlocking it, tug on it several times to get
the door to ooen back up. And also on closing it
was pretty sticky. But it did close satisfactorily.
I think it's the little red rubber rin_ that goes
all the w%v around the outside edge, probably
thermally it tended to stick to the canister
itself. It takes a very hard tug to get it loose.

236 19 25 35 CC Okay. We copy all that, 0wen. And I realize

you're not up to it right now, but let me give
you a word right here on the Slh9 handle lock
subject, and then if we're in contact when you
get to it, we can talk it through if there are
any more questions.

236 19 25 49 CDR Where's the 82A door?

236 19 25 50 SPT-EVA The 82A door is open.

_- 236 19 25 52 CDR Okay. It it coming closed?

236 19 25 53 SPT-EVA Not yet.

236 19 25 58 CDR Is it now?

SPT-EVA No.

CDR Oh, that door!

SPT-EVA Looks like 82A door may have hung up here, Bruce.

CC Brin_ up both - -

PLT-EVA .....

236 19 26 ll SPT-EVA If it is hung up, that's the ramp that I'll be

removing a little later, I guess.

PLT-EVA Why don't you nudge it a little?

SPT-EVA Yes, I could, but I hate to.

CDR Hit it one; I'm trying to close it.

1410

236 19 26 25 CDR Let me try to open it. The little talkbacks don't
work when you're in INHIBIT. That doggone
INHIBIT is -

PLT-EVA I sure wish I had a camera here. Look at that

pretty little aqua blue lake down there, 0.
Right in the middle of the Andes, in the middle
of all that snow-covered area.

SPT-EVA I don't see the aqua hlue. I see all those salt
flats up there to Oh, that's the one you're
talking about %1D there.

236 19 26 51 PLT-EVA No, there's one way down to your left a little
more; very, very small area, Just an aqua color.
Look at all the varying shades of browns and
tans in the mountains there.

SPT-EVA That's right. And remember we saw that salt bed

up there, or either it's a glacier; I'm not
sure which. _-_

PLT-EVA Yes, I wonder if that's a glacier; all the varying

shades of brown in the mountainous area there.

CDR How are the doors, 0wen?

236 19 27 17 SPT-EVA 82A is still open; 82B is closed.

PLT-EVA Big fire down there.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CC 82A is open and B is closed, Owen?

SPT-EVA Right.

236 19 27 29 CC And for Jack, we realize we're second-guessing

you here, but looking at the telemetry on your
biomed, looks like your - the temperature across
your water oxygen is up a little. We suggest
that maybe you'd want to increase your coolant
flow. Over - -
F-

1411

PLT-EVA *** I'm going to do that. I'm - I've got out

of the FAS a little bit, and I'm just han_in_
onto the D-2 handrail looking up toward the
command module so I can take advantage of this
good view. You don't pass this way very often.
You might as well get out and look around a little,
and it really is inspiring.

236 19 28 01 CDR Hey, Bruce, do you have any advice on the 82A door?
It doesn't seem to want to go closed.

CC Please stand by. We thought your problem was

getting it open.

SPT-EVA Oh, we're talking about the instrument door now,

the instrument aperture. I've got the EVA doors
fully closed and locked. AI was just going
through the checkout of the instruments, and he
was going to try to - I guess you did open and
close the doors, didn't you, Al?

CDR I opened it; I couldn't close it.

SPT-EVA And now it's - -

CDR It's open.

SPT-EVA That's right. B closed and A - 82A did not.

CDR Right. You sure that you got the right letters?

SPT-EVA I'm positive.

CDR Okay.

236 19 28 44 SPT-EVA Wait a minute, l'm looking at the 82A hatch.

No. l'm glad you mentioned it. The 82A, - the 82B
swings over this way. It is the 82B that's still
open.

CDR Okay. Everything's okay, Bruce. The door is

in fact closed. Okay. Let me get off that one.

SPT-EVA There are two that are labeled 82B up here also,
of course.

f_ CDR No trouble.
lhl_

236 19 29 08 CDR Let's see if we can make this other one work.

PLT-EVA Must be one - -

CC 0., - -

236 19 29 12 CC You copy that?

PLT-EVA Say again.

CDR Reset to re - -

CC Copy the door configuration. We're checking our

telemetry, and I've got a quick word for Owen.

SPT-EVA Go ahead, Bruce.

CC Okay, I was referring to this locking procedure

on 8149 handle. The handle itself turns freely.
However, there is a large, knurled knob which has
a little wire tether on it, and the idea is that
once you get the experiment cranked into the
position you want to leave it, you oull the
knurled knob loose from the supporting silver-
colored bracket. And then you stick it in the
end of the handle and the length of the wire
keeps it from rotating.

SPT-EVA Okay. I think we understand.

236 19 29 55 PLT-EVA We got it inside, Bruce.

SPT-EVA Okay, 82B-1 Just opened and closed, A1.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. We show the 82A door

neither open nor closed. The timer is timed out.
We are going to reset the power from here and
command it. Over.

236 19 30 13 CDR Okay. That's a good idea. We've got the B doors
closed, we think.

CC Terrific.

SPT-EVA B-2 is not. 82B-2 is still open.

 1413

236 19 30 29 cc We have a minute to LOS here at Vanguard. Next

station contact in ii minutes at the Canaries
at 19:41. And for the CDR, the window is closed.
Out.

CDR The window's closed? You mean the door's closed

or the heads-down window or whatever it is?

236 19 30 45 CC Roger; the last.

CDR Okay.

236 19 30 47 SPT-EVA Okay, B-2 just closed.

CDR Okay. That was the UV MON. Now we got everything

closed or what?

SPT-EVA Yes. Everything's closed now.

CDR Geesh! What a pain.

SPT-EVA (Laughter)

SPT-EVA Okay, did you - Have you cycled the experiment?

236 19 31 00 CDR Yes, everything's okay.

CC CDR, this is Houston. We have not yet reenabled

power on A.

CC Okay, CDR, Houston. All the doors are closed.

We show your configuration is satisfactory.
Over.

236 19 31 20 CDR Okay. I think maybe somebody needs to take a look

at these ts]kbacks that are supposed to show up
on these. We've had about three or four time
holder-uppers while we tried to figure out why
the talkbacks didn't do lik_ the checklist. For
example, 82A and B instead of going barber pole
are presently in the white configuration. So
it's probable that we - It was working right
except the checklist suggests it's going to go
some other direction and never gets there. Okay.

_ SPT-EVA Okay.
1414

236 19 31 45 CC *** Houston ***

SPT-EVA Where you going? I ex_pect I remove some latches

next.

CDR Okay, Just cool it.

PLT-EVA You won't get it done during the dark - dark.

SPT-EVA Is that right?

236 19 32 00 CDR He will if the lights are on like they're

supposed to be.

CDR Okay, Owen, I'm going to panel - I'm going to

roll to 3000 arc minutes, so please be careful.

SPT-EVA All right. I mm clear.

236 19 32 12 CDR CANISTER ROLL, plus 3000 arc minutes. I think

I can hack it. Extension's at minus 7; I've
got a long way to go.

SPT-EVA You know, up at the center of this thing there

is a little knob that's all wrapped in silver
aluminum, a couple of them. Did you notice
those, Jack?

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA I wonder what they are.

PLT-EVA I don 't know.

236 19 32 36 CDR They might be vent valves. There's some vent

valves up there.

SPT-EVA They don't look like that.

CDR EVA lights on up there, Owen?

SPT-EVA I don't see any.

CDR I wonder why.

PLT-EVA Mine are on here.

F _

1415

SPT-EVA It may be too bright. I can see where the bulbs

are, and I can't tell whether they're lit or Just
a yellow color, so -

236 19 33 05 PLT-EVA That's the one the ground turned on the last
time.

CDR Yes. However, we - I should have asked them. If

I hear from them again, I will.

PLT-EVA We ought to making - be making Bermuda pretty

soon, aren't we? We make Bermuda on this pass?

CDR I don't know. I haven't been working it. I'll

look and see for you though.

236 19 33 20 PLT-EVA Oh, don't worry about it. I Just thought m_vbe
that's the next chance to tell them. And we
might be able to work in the dark that way.

/_- 236 19 33 35 PLT-EVA You there?

CDR That's it, babe. Okay. Now let me see what I'm
supposed to do. S056 DOOR, OPEN. Here it comes.
Is it coming?

236 19 33 47 PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Co_nent on stalling, binding, and all that other

good stuff, and then I'll open and close it a
couple of times.

SPT-EVA All right. Appears to be no binding.

236 19 33 58 CDR Okay, here it comes closed. Observe any possible

stops. You're going to remove the bolt opposite
the stop, as opposed to the one under the stop.

SPT-EVA Okay, now for about the last 12 inches of travel,

there was a slight amount of jerkiness, but it
was not associated with the rim.

CDR *** bad news.

236 19 34 25 CDR How about opening, same thing?

_ SPT-EVA No, smooth.

1416

CDR We over South America now, gentlemen?

PLT-EVA Yes, sir.

SPT-EVA That' s been passed.

PLT-EVA No, we're still over it.

CDR Okay. I'm going to close it one more time and

then open it, and then you can do the Job.

236 19 34 54 CDR Okay, here it comes open.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 19 34 56 CC Got 15 minutes to flip over.

SPT-EVA Okay, there was a slight amount of drag.

15 minutes! Going to take longer than that on
each.

236 19 35 01 CDR Okay. And in that case we'll have to see what
happens in the dark. My guess is you'll be able
to see even if the lights don't work; it's so
light out there.

SPT-EVA Yes, it is. Almost no Moon.

CDR No Moon but lots of Sun. Let me check our

trajectory filament. You guys didn't give us
any work to do when we finish this thing.

PLT-EVA Where are we going to break the - the east coast

of South America?

236 19 35 26 CDR We should have broken it Just then.

PLT-EVA Whereabout s?

CDR Oh, where. I'm looking on my charts.

PLT-EVA Where are we now?

CDR According to this one, which is about - we should

be coming right over - -
 1417

SPT-EVA Uruguay -

236 19 35 40 CDR Sao Luis - Yes. No. Upper Brazil.

SPT-EVA Oh, up that high, huh?

PLT-EVA Yes, there's the Amazon down there, see 0.? Look
out towards the Sun and down.

236 19 35 48 SPT-EVA Yes. I see the Amazon over there.

PLT-EVA Man, what a big river. Look at that!

SPT-EVA Yes, it's big.

PLT-EVA Wow!

CDR Got to be big to see it from here, doesn't it?

236 19 35 54 PLT-EVA Yes, look out the window. You can see it out
_-- there, A1.

CDR I'm going to.

PLT-EVA The Sun doesn't bother you.

236 19 36 06 CDR Two things are very apt for whoever stays in next
time. You need to get a ruhberband to put around
this book which I've got; that's great. And the
other is this little hook - tether thing. And that
way you don't loose the book. I tether it to me
and this little hook holds on. Then I can move
around with all this other stuff and the book
kind of stays around with me.

SPT-EVA Okay. I'd like for you to rotate it some more in

the direction that you were rotating.

CDR I'ii be glad to do it if you'll stand back.

SPT-EVA I'm back.

236 19 36 31 CDR Okay. Here it comes. If you'll s_v when.

236 19 36 38 SPT-EVA Stop.

1418

236 19 37 20 SPT-EVA Boy, that's taking paint off. You notice that,
Jack? And the paint floats all over.

PLT-EVA Yes, I did.

CDR That thermal paint is very cohesive - adhesive.

PLT-EVA It's very much more brittle now it's been in the
Sun so long, probably.

CDR I'll bet that's true, too ...

SPT-EVA Well, there's paint flying around loose.

CDR Blow it away.

SPT-EVA I wish I could.

236 19 38 08 CDR We're going to go over the Cape Verde Islands

here in about another 2 or 3 minutes, gentlemen.
You may want to observe them. And then we're
going to go right over the Canaries. Right over
Spain, Italy. Unfortunately it's dark. We're
going to go right over Barcelona, Valencia -

SPT-EVA Is that right?

PLT-EVA Where do we come down at?

236 19 38 39 CDR Oh, come right over Hanoi.

236 19 40 45 CDR How you doing, 0.?

SPT-EVA I already got one bolt off and l'm working on

the second one.

CDR Did you get it taped to the plate?

SPT-EVA Can't do any taping until they all come off.

CDR Oh, is that it? Okay.

/

1419

236 19 41 06 PLT-EVA Command module's spotlight is picking up.

SPT-EVA Oh, is that right?

236 19 41 l0 PLT-EVA Yes. Look at this blister too, between the quads.
Around that, the outer layer's peeling, like a
piece of isinglass, on an old stove that's got too
hot. It's a - you know what I mean?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA It's a - looks like layers there, and the outer

layers have broken from the surface and are -
painted up patches about, oh, 4 inches across, are
severed from the surface about, oh, 200 and -
200 to 240 degrees around they've flipped up and
then it's fastened on to the surface of the other
60 degrees, _nd then it's kind of curled up, Just
like that old isinglass used to do on that old
st ore.

CDR Well, you ought to mention that to Houston here

in a minute.

236 19 42 03 CC Through the Canaries/Madrid for 14 minutes. For

the CDR, we're going to be enabling contingency -
forcing a contingency momentum sample, so would
you stay off the DAS for a minute, please.

CDR Sure will.

SPT-EVA Okay, we're Just about to get the first ramp off
S056 pack - package, or experiment, Bruce. And
as far as binding is concerned, on the door, for
about the last 12 to 18 inches of travel, the
motion was slightly Jerky on opening and this has
been associated with the ramp. On one of the open-
ings, I did notice a slight binding coming off the
ramp, but it was pretty slight. And the other,
the only unusual thing noted was a slight Jerkiness
in opening and closing over the last 12 to 18 inches.

CC We copy that, Owen. Thank you.

236 19 42 55 SPT-EVA And the othmr thing is there is - All the paint on
these nuts gets scraped off and floats around.
Now I've not seen any of it floatinginto an in-
strument aperture. But it - it's a little uncom-
fortable to see this paint chip aw_y, and there's
1420

no way to take the bolt out without scra_in_ the

paint off the edges.

CDR How's it going to float in? The doors are closed.

236 19 43 18 CC Okay. We copM. Understand as you are putting the

tools on and manipulating it, the paint's coming
off.

PLT-EVA Really get a beautiful view toward the dark horizon,

where the Sun's going down and all the different hues
of blues in the clouds down there. It's a beautiful,
beautiful view; beautiful sight.

CDR Why don't you tell them about the command module,
Jack?

236 19 43 43 CC Roger. And for the CDR, the DAS is yours.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA We're lucky guys to be living in the land of oppor-

tunity where we can get to do this.

PLT-EVA Had some comments about the command module, Bruce.

Lookin_ at the skin on the command module between
the quads. The guads I have in mind are the one -
What's the one right over the hatch?

CDR A.

236 19 44 09 PLT-EVA A and D, those are ones I can see. The skin appears
to in places look like - I was mentioning to AI -
Remember on those oldtime stoves where you had
isinglass, and - and when it got real hot and old,
some of the layers would peel up? Now the outermost
layer is very thin on the command module and it's
got that appearance. Now there's a little - sort
of almost circular shapes which are completely
broken loose from the skin and curling up. They're
about 4 inches in diameter, or 3 to 4 inches in
diameter, and they're detached for about 200 degrees
of the circumference and then they're held down
by the other i00 or so degrees. And I guess I can
see about - about a dozen of them between those
two quads.
 1421

236 19 45 09 PLT-EVA Doesn't look like a hazardous situation, by any

means, but I Just thought it would be interesting
to note since we don't get very many of these ser-
vice modules back. Notice it particularly toward
the - quad A and the left firing thruster, the one
that fires toward the - that particular VHF antenna.

236 19 45 41 CC Okay, that - command module minus Y, you say?

PLT-EVA Yes. Yes. In the direction of the D quad.

236 19 46 02 CDR D quad would be to the right of the hatch as you

look at it.

PLT-EVA Yes. Well, D quad is on the left now, on your left

elbow. Right?

PLT-EVA D - -

CDR From _V left elbow, B's on your side.

PLT-EVA Yes, well, it's on your side.

CC Okay -

236 19 46 29 CC Okay, Jack. B quad is on the plus Y-side, the

PLT side of the command module. Over.

PLT-EVA Okay. Well, this is on the minus-Y side.

236 19 46 B8 CC Okay. So you were describing the area between the

Alfa and Delta quads to us, and we'll make correc-
tions appropriately.

PLT-EVA Yes. That's correct.

CDR Had it right the first time.

PLT-EVA Yes. I thought I did.

CDR Oh well, don't - why worry.

PLT-EVA All right. I don't care.

2B6 19 46 57 SPT-EVA Okay, I've got one ramp off; I'm tr._ng to get over
here and get it pinned down underneath the taoe -

CDR Excellent, excellent. Let me know when you're out

of the way, and I'll reposition.
1422

236 19 47 06 SPT-EVA It's going to be a_zhile. Got to get this tape

and I - I got two hands full is the problem.

PLT-EVA It's starting to get dark, Bruce. _e're seeing

some stars out there ---

CDR Let me a_k him - Just a second, O. [sic].

236 19 47 18 CDR Have you got our EVA lights commanded on this time,
Houston?

CC No, we haven't touched them, A1.

CDR Well, I remember last time, you know, we didn't

have them at the Sun end, and then you all did
something on the ground and they started working
at the Sun end. We always had them up here at the
FAS area and center workstation.

236 19 47 37 SPT-EVA Okay, there goes some of those little shims.

CDR Bye -bye little shims.

SPT-EVA Lost a shim.

PLT-EVA What's the ... - -

236 19 47 44 CC We haven't touched them, A1; they ought to all be

on. And for TV camera thermal management, we'd
like you to do the following: On panel 202 in the
airloek module, TELEVISION POWER, circuit breaker
AIRLOCK MODULE to OPEN and then allow the TV camera
to cool down for 15 minutes. And after i_'s cooled,
when you desire, reclose that circuit breaker on
202. This lets you inside turn the camera on and
off, and the crew outside need not be bothered with
it. And you still have about 1.9 minutes left on
the VTR at your option. Over.

SPT-EVA Tell him okay, would you, for me? Okay?

PLT-EVA Okay, thR_k you, Bruce.

236 19 48 31 CC Roger.

236 19 48 33 CDR ... in. Okay, I Just kicked OFF the one for the
AM. _-_

CC Okay.
 1423

SPT-EVA How's that!

PLT-EVA (Laughter) How you doing there, 0.?

SPT-EVA See a couple of shims go?

236 19 48 52 PLT-EVA (Laughter) l, 2, 3, 4, and a nut.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR All right, team -

SPT-EVA I had the nut taped down, but the nut came out from
under the tape.

CDR I know it. They're awful hard to manage.

PLT-EVA With clumsy gloves on. They're going the right

direction, though.

236 19 49 25 SPT-EVA Okay. You can close the S056 door, if you want to.

CDR Okay, be careful now; here it comes. Okay, now

let me see what's next. See how it looks now.
Describe anything that you see there, by the way.

SPT-EVA It closed Just the way it did before. Slight amount

of jerkiness the last 12 to 18 inches.

CDR Okay, now I'm going to go -

CC Understand previously you mentioned that was the

last 12 to 18 inches, when it was ooening. Over.

236 19 50 00 SPT-EVA That's true. Both opening and closing on the last
12 to 18 inches near the ramp, near the closed
position. There was a little bit of Jerkiness, but
essentially the same. Obviously there was no hang-
up on th_ ramp aince the ramp is not there.

CC Okay, we copy. And I guess in a nutshell, you

could say that moving the ramp does not appear to
have made any difference in the door operation.

SPT-EVA No, except I did notice on one of the other openings

there was a slight binding on the ramp as it started
open. And so there was a possibilityof some extra
friction there or I noticed it on one opening that
will now, of course, not be present.
1424

CC Roger.

236 la 50 41 SPT-EVA Incidentally, the engineers probably remember that

there are a number of little shims underneath these
ramps. And the shims underneath S056 are now in
their own independent trajectory.

CC Okay. We'll watch for them when they come over this
evening.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 19 51 09 SPT-EVA What ramp would you like to have removed next, AI?

CDR I'm hopina that you'll do this. I'm going to onen

the 82A door and you can comment on all sorts of
things.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Is itopeniug?

236 19 51 23 SPT-EVA Very smoothly.

CDR Okay, let me know, and I'll close it when it's full
open.

236 19 51 28 SPT-EVA Full open.

CDR Okay. Talkbacks don't work; I noticed that.

(Sneeze) Sorry. Here it comes closed. Let me
know when it's closed. Let me get this checklist
right.

236 19 51 43 SPT-EVA Okay, it is now fully closed and it also moved

back and forth with a slight amount of Jerkiness.
I'm not sure that this is unusual; it might very
well be the way they were designed to run.

236 ig 51 53 CDR Okay, I'm going to open it again and work on it

again usin_ the bolt opposite the thin_amaji_ and
et cetera.

236 19 52 05 SPT-EVA Okay, I'm going to need it rotated more towards me,
also, if you'll continue rotating more in th_
direction that it was coming at.

CDR Okay, watch yourself. How's this?

 1425

SPT-EVA Quite a bit more.

CDR Say when.

SPT-EVA Keep coming.

CDR Liable to go into the top here, Owen.

SPT-EVA How much room have you got?

CDR That's it.

236 19 52 29 SPT-EVA It'll be a long reach. I may have to come out of

my foot restraints to get over there. Well, no - -

CDR I ... if you want to do that.

SPT-EVA Okay. I can reach it.

CDR Okay.

236 19 52 46 PLT-EVA Sun's about to go down, Bruce.

CC This is Houston; did you call?

236 19 53 06 PLT-EVA I was just saying the Sun's about to go down. Owen's
out there taking the ramps off and having some
good success. He's got one and he's got one to go.
He's got the film replaced, and the Skylab moves
along swiftly and silently, smoothly. Like -
like a continuing travelogue, it moves relentlessly
over the ground.

SPT-EVA I think Jack needs a new writer.

PLT-EVA Yes, I wish there was some way to capture in words

or in photos what you can really see and feel up
here, but I don't know if there's any way at all.

236 19 53 h9 CC Skylab, this is Houston for the CDR.

CDR Go ahead.

236 19 53 54 CC Roger. We're coming up on nightfall here and the

momentum is still off nominal. We expect you may
- will get some CMG SATs and a few TACS thrusters
s- firings.Over.
1426

CDR Anything I can do to assist?

CC Negative; just hang on.

CDR Okay.

236 19 54 ll SPT-EVA Turn on my oxygen flow.

CDR You'd probably rattle the spacecraft as the last

resort.

SPT_-EVA Bet it wouldn't hurt the momentum, though.

CDR You may want to start getting your visors up.

236 19 54 33 CDR You were right ; Just got one.

SPT-EVA ...

CC We got about a minute and a half until LOS here.

Your next station contact in 36 minutes through f-_
Honeysuckle at 20:30, and we'll be dumping the
data voice tape recorder at Honeysuckle.

CDR Okay, what happened? Did the X-axis Just get out
of plane here as unknown - an unknown quantity
during the drifting flight or what?

236 19 55 01 CC Stand by.

CDR I wonder - -

SPT-EVA That's - that's due to this thrusting from our

EVA SUS, you see -

CDR Yes, I'm still puzzled about this EVA SUS business,
because we didn't - we didn't have that problem
last time. It's puzzling me.

236 19 55 16 PLT-EVA Looked pretty random, too. There goes a thruster

fi ring.

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA Wow:

23619 55 20 CC CDR,Houston. _-_

CDR Okay.
 1427

236 19 55 24 CC We'd like you to monitor the X-axis attitude error,

and if it starts approaching 20 degrees, go to ATT
HOLD, TACS. Over.

CDR Okay, I'ii understand that one.

236 19 55 47 CC We show you at ll degrees now, and it wouldn't sur-

prise us if you have to go to ATT HOLD, TACS in the
near future. Over.

CDR Okay, I'm indicating 12 degrees at the moment, and

I'ii go ATT HOLD, TACS if that occurs. I thought
maybe you'd have a feel for it from CMG - I mean
the NOUN 20's in the CMC.

CC Okay, and AI, we want you to go there before you

get to 20. If you hit 20 without being there, it'll
give you a reset.

CDR Okay, I'ii watch it. It's got 6 to go, and I'ii
_- get it about 2 or 3 beforehand.

236 19 56 25 PLT-EVA There's a king-sized ...

CC Correct that; it would go to TACS only if you get

out 20 degrees.

CDR Okay, understand. You know it's too bad we didn't

build this with Just a little control stick; we
could blip this thing and put it right back where
we wanted it.

236 19 56 41 CC Amen, and we show 16 degrees, AI.

236 19 56 45 CDR It's moving out pretty fast; I'ii go TACS only
right now because it's on the way.

236 19 56 49 CC Do it now, AI. Go to ATT HOLD, TACS now.

PLT-EVA Go. CMG.

CDR Well, we'll let them worry about it.

PLT-EVA Seeing some light on the ground now, 0., l_ke fires.

SPT-EVA Yes. Well, I can't *** right now.

236 19 57 13 CDR There's a lot of plus-X firings and that's what

we want.
1428

CDR It's firing the righ_ mihs, so everything looks good.

PLT-EVA The Moon's coming up. The cresment's - -

SPT-EVA Yes !

PLT-EVA - - on the horizon.

SPT-EVA We searched and we could only imagine what that

was.

PLT-EVA Well, you'd lose. Isn't that an valus_lalshape?

SPT-EVA Yes. (Laughter)

PLT-EVA That was pretty.

236 19 57 41 SPT-EVA They stooped it.

CDR Okay, Houston, looks like you stopped the attitude

now; everything's in shipshape. Now we're going ___
to use some TACS here. Somthing didn't do right.
Because we couldn't maneuver?

SPT-EVA Okay, you selected TACS or CMG, I hope.

CDR TACS, just like they said. They're going to prob-

ably try to pick the best time to reset it is my
guess.

PLT-EVA Did the light come on up there, 0.?

236 19 59 15 SPT-EVA Yes, the EVA lights are on; it's good. I can
work still. *** Good, but I can work. (Sigh)
I get a 60-degree turn every time I crank this
thing.

CDR Did you have to come out of the foot restraint?

236 20 00 01 SPT-EVA I am now.

236 20 00 18 SPT-EVA Got the first bolt with only kicking one foot out,
but l'll kick both feet out now.

PLT-EVA They coming loose okay, 0.?

SPT-EVA
Yes. _-_
 1429

PLT-EVA Good.

SPT-EVA They're going in there tightly. It's an awful

lot of turns.

PLT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA *** we over, AI?

236 20 01 01 CDR We' re over Europe. You ought to be able to look

down - Let me find the exact spot - -

PLT-EVA Ought to be Urals down there or something.

CDR You're passing over Italy, and Yugoslavia, Hungary.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Let me look at something here, see if I can get

a better handle on the time for you, Jack. The
time of that one is 18:04; time now is 4 minutes,
less 2 hours. You are not over there. You've
passed it. You're now over the middle of Russia.
You - The Black Sea should be to the south of you,
which would be to your right, maybe to your left.

SPT-EVA It's black out there all right.

CDR To the south, at any rate.

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

236 20 01 46 CDR You're tray - Here's what - You're traveling -

Look out - You're traveling east, obviously; so to
the south is the Black Sea, Sea of Azov. You're
going to be coming near the Caspian Sea Boon. So
Urals time will he up at about 3 or _ minutes.
And then you'll paas across the People'a Republic
of China, Tibet, the Takla Makan Desert, Tskla
Makan Desert. So anyhow, you'll eventually, in
about 15 - 14 minutes, come across the coast right
at - right above Hainan Just above Hanoi.

236 20 02 25 PLT-EVA Most of the lights on the ground look sort of a

orange. Kind of wonder if they're fires.

_-_ CDR Probably are, in that part of the world.

143o

SPT-EVA *** isn't any cities.

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR That's not a city part of the world, as you know.

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 20 02 43 PLT-EVA Comoletely inverted now.

CDR That right ?

PLT-EVA I am, anyway. *** see there is sand on the Moon

res_l well.

236 20 03 22 PLT-EVA Orion coming up.

236 20 03 24 SPT-EVA Yes, Orion's been up very prominent.

PLT-_¢A Wish you could see out the wardroom window.

SPT-EVA (Chuckle) Yes, or out the sextant.

PLT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA What an oportunity; this is really something.

236 20 03 52 CDR They're not going to be able to dump this momentum

at night here; and tomorrow - daytime, they're
going to lose some more.

SPT-EVA Yes, they might have to do a nominal momentum

change, or something.

236 20 04 Ol CDR That's what they're going to have to do. They ought
to have me do that sometime and Just start fresh.
That's probably what they're computing right now.

SPT-EVA They'll continue to get it screwed uo though, as

lon_ as we're EVA, apDarently.

CDR I don't think so.

SPT-EVA Why that's what happened before.

CDR Because they don't know where the X-axis is. I

don'tbelievetheyknow. _
 1431

SPT-EVA How could they not know?

236 20 0h 2h CDR Because there's nothing zeroing it in. What the

heek zeros it in; they don't know half the time
anyhow, when you ask them for a star tracker up-
date, Just like it is.

SPT-EVA Well, okay; I see what you mean - -

CDR They say,"Well, we don't know. Go over that way

i0 degrees." Why, it means they don't know where
it is - i0 degrees.

SPT-EVA Yes, I see what you're saying. The Z-axis is

undetermined.

CDR About the Z? Yes. The X-axis is undetermined.

236 20 04 47 SPT-EVA Understand.

f CDR NuZ.

SPT-EVA Yes, that may be right.

CDR I should have given them a star tracker lockon,

and then they'd know something.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR That's what I should have done.

PLT-EVA *** have a big city down there now.

CDR Seems they could get it from the Command module.

SPT-EVA Yes, you'd think so.

236 20 05 25 SPT-EVA Well, coming down to the last bit on this last
screw. Better get back in the foot restraint
because if I come out when I get that bolt out,
going to come all flying apart.

CREW (Wh.isper) Quiet, eh?

236 20 07 56 SPT-EVA Okay, I got all these son of a guns under my thumb
now so that they don't come out.
1432

SPT-EVA This tape may - might have gotten dry. Jack?

PLT-EVA Huh ?

SPT-EVA I pulled the tape loose, you know, about l0 minutes

ago before I went to stick it over these bolts,
and it might have dried out.

PLT-EVA It won't stick?

SPT-EVA It doesn't want to stick very well.

CDR Probably cold out there, and it doesn't stick to

that stuff when it's cold. Take -well, you can't
stick it in your pocket.

236 20 08 49 SPT-EVA Yes. I've got it stuck now, I think.

PLT-EVA I'll have to load it very gently.

SPT-EVA
Yes. _

SPT-EVA Very gently.

PLT-EVA Almost went to sleep.

236 20 09 43 PLT-EVA We don't lose that glow in the sky over there, you
know it? With the horizon. Stays light all the
time. Guess it's Just the right combination of -
of orbital plane and daylight darkness, huh?

236 20 i0 08 SPT-EVA Yes, we're just about tipped up as close to per-

pendicular to the Sun as our plane can get.

PLT-EVA It's never - That blue crescent on the horizon

to%lards the Sun area has never - never left.

CDR And you can see how - how the ATM is - is looking
almost right at the horizon.

PLT-EVA Yes, uh-huh. It's down through it a little bit,

SO --

CDR Barely through it.

PLT-EVA Yes.
/

1433

236 20 i0 35 CDR Yes, we passed 2 or 3 days ago the minimum we get -

the maximum we get at 62 or something.

PLT-EVA You mean it's going down now?

CDR Yes.

PLT-EVA And does it come back up?

CDR No. It'll go through zero and come up the other

way, but by the time it comes up, it'll be about
time for us to go home.

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 20 l0 50 CDR It'll never get this high for us again. In fact,
it won't get this other direction, apparently,
because of the time of the year and all that stuff.

PLT-EVA Uh-huh.

SPT-EVA Soltices, June and December are the highest.

CDR It does seem neat, though, to look out there and

see it pointed at the Sun, and it's not on the other
side of the Eartkhut sort of Just over the horizon
height.

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA It's Just like being at the northern latitudes.

You can watch the Sun go all the way around the
horizon.

PLT Uh-huh.

236 20 ii 23 SPT-EVA Well, I guess the - whatever you want to do next,

we can do.

CDR Okay, how about getting in position? How about

waiting a second before you get in position,
though.

SPT-EVA Yes, ... close this door?

236 20 ii 34 CDR Yes, and what I want to do first is check this

back here. Okay, that's good. Now, let me get
1434

out my book, which happens to be right in front

of me here. Okay, here - here it comes. Close
82A door. Coming closed?

236 20 ll 55 SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Okay, tell me when it's closed. Observe and all

that stuff.

236 20 12 00 SPT-EVA CLOSED, nice and smoothly.

CDR Okay, I'll open it once and close it once, and

then I'ii roll back to 6780 and pick up again.

SPT-EVA Nice and smooth.

CDR That open?

236 20 12 i0 SPT-EVA Open.

236 20 12 ii CDR Coming closed and I'm also at the same time rolling --_
to 6780, 0wen.

SPT-EVA 0kay, l'm clear.

PLT-EVA That's just sort of its normal stowed position?

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR After EVA, get off position.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Handrails at the right place.

236 20 12 35 CDR Okay, you ready?

SPT-EVA No.

CDR Move it.

CDR 0kay, that's it right there, Big 0.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR And let me now read to you.

 1435

236 20 12 49 CDR Okay, Jack. Start - unclamp EV-2's tether. Big 0.,
egress VS and hit the VT.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 20 13 18 SPT-EVA Look at the airglow up here just a minute.

CDR Okay. Wouldn't want to interfere with this time

of your life, here.

PLT-EVA All fixed?

SPT-EVA Yes, that's all right. I thought it was above the

horizon but it was below. The light distorted it.

CDR Okay, Jack, what you want to do is start easing

the boom out that direction.

PLT-EVA Okay. And I think I better wait until he - -

F SPT-EVAYes.

PLT-EVA - - He's getting his umbilical out of the way,

there.

SPT-EVA Yes, wait until I get down in the VT.

236 20 13 54 CDR I'm going to float into the command module a minute
and look at the angle, if you don't mind.

PLT-EVA I don't.

CDR I didn't think you would, considering the reasoning

behind it.

236 20 14 20 CDR (Whistling) Okay, what's going on in here? That's

why this command module has a funny smell.

PLT-EVA Glycol?

236 20 14 29 CDR No, the fan in here quit blowing. This fan blowing
in here has been turned off.

CDR And so it's collecting - not that smell of glycol

but that smell of the stuff we smell in the altitude
chamber.
1436

PLT-EVA I didn't ever notice that odor when we crawled

into it on launch day.

236 20 14 48 CDR It wasn't there because they didn't - It's only

when it's held up. Now l'd like to know why the
devil that - that thing is like that. But we'll
find out in a few minutes, I bet, because l'm
going to go over and check that fan switch. I
bet when we were fooling around with those fans
the other day I didn't turn that one on. Sounds
like something I'd do. Fan isn't even running.
How dumb.

PLT-EVA *** fan is that, AI?

236 20 15 15 CDR Oh, the CSM fan. You know over here when we were
fooling with those mol sieves and things.

PLT-EVA You mean the duct fan?

CDR Ye
s.

PLT-EVA No, it ain't supposed to be running. I turned

that off last night.

CDR Oh, you did?

236 20 15 22 PLT-EVA Yes. That's part of the procedures.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA Or this morning it was.

CDR Well, then -

PLT-EVA Or I wouldn't have turned it off.

CDR It's not normally part of it, is it?

PLT-EVA Yes, it's part of the EVA procedure.

CDR Wonder why?

236 20 15 33 PLT-EVA I don't know, I did it this morning though.

CDR Why would they want that - -

 1437

236 20 15 38 PLT-EVA Turned out all fans in there, as a matter of fact,

duct fans and all those circulation fans.

CDR Wonder why?

CDR l'm going to turn this one on for a - -

PLT-EVA Not ..., I guess.

PLT-EVA Want the boom, 0.?

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 20 16 i0 SPT-EVA This is a job for an impatient person.

CDR Yes, l'm convinced - -

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR - - that you guys could have next-to-nothing effect

on it comparedto it being out of the orbit plane.

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR But how would they know? They have no way to know.

SPT-EVA I'll bet you're right, Jack - A1.

236 20 16 27 CDR Those guys are just trying to pass it off.

PLT-EVA Hasn't been all random, anyway; we've been all

different in orientations.

CDR That's right. Gee.

236 20 16 40 SPT-EVA Hmmm! Not going to be too good for seeing those
latches out here - locks.

PLT-EVA It's going to be light in a minute. What lock?

SPT-EVA On the boom.

PLT-EVA Oh. How long before sunrise?

SPT-EVA Not long.

1438

236 20 16 54 CDR Four minutes 39 seconds, which means it's really

about 2 minutes.

SPT-EVA Yes. I'ii Just - I'ii Just wait. Stand by, Jack.
Stop.

236 20 17 13 PLT-EVA Now there's kind of a red glow there. You see where
the Sun's going to come up?

SPT-EVA I see it's orange.

PLT-EVA Yes. It is pretty. Must be a whole lot of clouds

in between there and the yellow - -

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA - - Further along the horizon.

SPT-EVA Uh-huh.

CDR Got a brand new load of film, gentlemen. _-_

236 20 17 32 CDR That ought to be enough to hold you for another

14 days.

SPT-EVA About right. And they better get some more because
we're going to press on.

236 20 17 38 PLT-EVA It's going to he a pretty sunrise on account of all

the clouds.

SPT-EVA We've just - we've just warmed up. We've just

warmed up and we're going to go home.

CDR Well, we'll ask them in another week or so why

they don't keep up here another week or so - extra.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Little too early right now.

236 20 18 03 SPT-EVA Ask them if they've given any serious thought to

it. We're just getting good EP_P passes.

CDR Well, if you don't stretch that ATM film out,

they'll want you to come home.

SPT-EVA Yes.
 1439

236 20 18 19 CDR ACS MALF light. Big deal, I'll check it. It's
going to be all fours. I hope. We don't want
anything new. All fours. I don't need - -

PLT-EVA 0., the Sun's going to come up to the left of that

spot.

SPT-EVA To your right.

PLT-EVA To your right ... I thought it was going to come

up in that kind of reddish area.

236 20 18 43 CDR Let me suggest some things to you gentlemen you

may find of amazing interest. Right now, we're
approximately - 4, h and fourt - is 19, that's
5O - 25O - -

CDR - - Europe. If you look down, you ought to see

Borneo, and New Guinea.

_ SPT-EVA There's New Guinea.

PLT-EVA Pitch black.

CDR Is it pitch black?

PLT-EVA Yes, you can't see a thing.

236 20 19 17 CDR Okay. In that case, don't look down because it's
frightening. And you're coming up on Australia.
You'll be at Australia in 4 minutes and we'll get
Honeysuckle .... we'll miss Carnarvon. Carnarvon,
next pass; the big next pass get Carnarvon and
Honeysuckle. And then if you flip back over
here, you'll find that you're going to hustle
right over the Andes again.

236 20 19 40 SPT-EVA We haven't been out even 3 hours yet.

CDR I can tell you how long you've been out -

3 hours and 50 - -

SPT-EVA How could that be?

CDR - - 5 minutes.

PLT-EVA I thought this is only our third daytime - -

1440

PLT-EVA No, we got out at 16:30.

SPT-EVA What time is it now?

236 20 19 59 PLT-EVA Almost 20:30.

SPT-EVA All right then, I guess this is our fourth daylight

coming up then.

PLT-EVA Boy, look at how the Sun's coming up. It's a pretty
one.

SPT-EVA Yes. Sure is.

236 20 20 08 PLT-EVA All those clouds over there make it that way.

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA *** visor.

SPT-EVA
Yes. F_

236 20 20 20 CDR How's the TV camera pointed, Jack? Have you got
good settings for day and pointed good for day?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR All right.

236 20 20 32 PLT-EVA It's not working, of course.

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA l'm going to start it working in a few minutes - -

CDR Okay.

PLT-EVA - - when 0. comes back.

CDR You going to tell me?

PLT-EVA Here it comes, O.

PLT-EVA Yes. Coming on like a light switch.

PLT-EVA ... Bam!

 1441

PLT-EVA Like somebody turned on the floodlights.

236 20 21 03 CDR Oh, I've got to get that picture. Don't go any-
where, Big O.

SPT-EVA Get a good picture from there?

CDR Right now I can get a magnificent picture from

there, if l'm just smart enough to do it.

236 20 21 15 SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR There's always the question from the window.

CDR Supposed you lean over this way, O.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Wrong way. Your right. Your right. That ain't

your right; that's your back.
f-

SPT-EVA That's my right.

CDE Okay, lean forward then.

SPT-EVA Just a minute. I can't get my foot out.

236 20 21 33 CDR Lean over toward the STS and look at me. There
you go. Further. Just stay right there. It's
going to be a beautiful picture because it's got
all that sunshine behind it. Just wait a minute.
It's going to be a nice picture, 0. Stay right
there, don't go anywhere. It's hard for me to
hold myself up here and get this focus adjusted.
Okay. Stay right there. Let me see how the time
looks. Exposure just right. Now just wait there.
I want to get a couple more. Look down - further.
Good pic. Now wait a minute. Just wait a minute.
No, wait a second. I want to get the other camera.
When you come back, I want you to get up real close
and I'ii get one of you.

SPT-EVA All right.

CDR Okay. What was that? Son of a gun. 250 at f/4

was what it wanted. Okay, 0. Here it comes, baby.
Stay right there, fellow. Got to make you famous,
even if it's only with your wife.
1442

MS (Laughter)

236 20 22 48 SPT-EVA That'll be the extent of it.

CDR I may give one of these to Linda.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Okay. You look nice out there. There you go.

236 20 23 03 SPT-EVA Okay, Jack, l'm going to give you some valuables.

PLT-EVA Okay. Gee, l'm like you, Owen, *** member where
to stick the foot.

CDR Know this camera isn't taking pictures right. I

know it.

SPT-EVA ... pull anything now to find it.

PLT-EVA I had the same trouble, 0. Yes. _-_

SPT-EVA You just ... on it.

236 20 23 29 PLT-EVA Yes. You ... haul too hard - don't let her go.
That would have spoiled your day knowing - -

SPT-EVA ( Cough )

PLT-EVA Put the tether around it if you want.

SPT-EVA ...?

PLT-EVA I don't know. I had a hard - I thought for a while

that I wasn't going to get it out.

SPT-EVA You didn't mention that to me.

236 20 23 58 SPT-EVA ... really want to put it there - -

PLT-EVA ...

SPT-EVA - - because if I put it there, then I'll have to

take it off before I - I'll put it there, though.

SPT-EVA *** want to shake those things off the other end,
either. There it goes.
 1443

PLT-EVA Attaboy.

236 20 24 14 SPT-EVA Okay, push it back - -

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA - - and then try to release it, and it'll come

undone.

PLT-EVA Figures.

PLT-EVA Gosh, that's beautiful, Owen.

SPT-EVA Isn't it, though? Boy! - I - -

PLT-EVA I like to look right where the - the darkness is

merging into the light, I mean - it's on the Earth.
Isn't that pretty down there with those colors?

CDR Oh, that's a good shot, 0. Get something of you

i- guys.

PLT-EVA We'll get some of you next time.

236 20 24 h7 CDR Okay. I think that's a great shot there. You can
get shots here, you just get them at the other
station too well.

SPT-EVA ... the end of the boom.

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR Locked good and tight?

PLT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA I'ii see - You've got the ... the wrong way, I
think, 0., don't you?

SPT-EVA No, it's only - it's going to rotate okay. It's

going to be all right.

CDE Is it locked?

236 20 24 51 PLT-EVA It's locked.

f- CDR Take it away.

 144_

236 20 25 12 SPT-EVA Take it away, carefully. Remember those gadgets

on the other end.

236 20 25 15 CDR Lean out and look at me real quick, Owen. Hurry
up. Keep going, keeD going. That's it. Good
shot! Good action shot, babe. Okay, done. I
got you on this Nikon. I'm - I'm not happy with
the lens I've got. Let's don't bring that lens
in here any more.

PLT-EVA Which one? The 55 you don't like?

CDR The one on the Hasselblad's a hundred, and I don't

think it'll focus in this close.

PLT-EVA Oh.

SPT-EVA In the command module, AI, is the other one.

CDR I don't want to go over there and screw with it.

236 20 25 49 SPT-EVA Difficult to move around in that suit.

CDR Yes, and I don't even know where it is. Probably

behind Jack's head.

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA I'ii go get it.

CDR Don't move, 0. Let me see if I can find it. I'll

get a couple of quick shots - good ones of you
in this Hasselblat [sic].

SPT-EVA All right.

236 20 26 09 CDR MASTER ALARM. You guys have got to be kidding.

Go look at the attitude again.

PLT-EVA And don't bump the too there.

SPT-EVA Yes.

CDR Attitude's okay. We're off some number of degrees.

Out of the way, out of the way, baby.

236 20 26 36 SPT-EVA Now all that stuff they were telling me Just had
to do with pulling that little pin out of the
bottom, didn't it, Jack?

CDR Aw, Jack, this has got a Reseau lens on it ....

PLT-EVA Yes, that figures, too, AI.

236 20 26 51 CDR I don't know if we can mount ours on there, can we?
 1445

_LT-EVA Yes, I think any of those magazines will mount on

there. Just make sure the slide isn't in them
when you put it on.

CDR Okay. Well, we'll have to wait to - I'll shoot it

just to -

PLT-EVA Flip off a couole there.

CDR Okay. I will.

PLT-EVA Okay, I'ii think about 149 while you're doing that.
l've got this locked in.

236 20 27 i0 SPT-EVA Okay, now - on that 149, the only thing they were
trying to tell me, at the end, was to pull that
little round knurled knob out and stick it in the
end of the handle, wasn't it?

PLT-EVA Yes, right.

SPT-EVA Did you Just forget that on the other one? Or

what?

PLT-EVA I must have. Yes. I knew very well it was there.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA And in cranking those all on and everything, I

guess it took so long I just forgot to put it in.

236 20 27 29 SPT-EVA And that Just prevents you from cranking any more,
huh?

PLT-EVA No, it just keeps the h_mdle from cranking back

in. All - It's got all those gears and all that
friction in it.

SPT-EVA That's what I figured.

PLT-EVA I don't even think it's necessary, hut it's there

so I should have used it.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 20 27 45 PLT-EVA Okay, I tethered my tether on there. Unhitch -

unhitch it from that handrail. I'm pressing on,
AI.
1446

CDR Well, don't Just press on too far.

PLT-EVA No, I'ii Just get the - 149 is next, right?

CDR Yes. Take that off. Yes, oka.v,now let me get the
Big 0. I've had it with this camera. This is going
to get him a nice picture. Okay, now 0., I want
you to look over and smile and do all those things
you're good at.

236 20 28 12 SPT-EVA Well, I don't know what I'm good at.

CDR That's what you're good at. Four at 250; 4, 250.

Wonder what that distance is out there.

PLT-EVA It's about 20 feet - fif - 18 feet, somewhere around

there. You got good depth of field anyway.

CDR 18 feet?

PLT-EVA
Yes.

236 20 28 37 CDR So it will be from 15 to 25 for depth of field.

Okay, stay loose, O. Let me get you.

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR Okay?

SPT-_A Okay.

CDR Now, why don't you send that thing out to him, Jack?

PLT-EVA Okay. Okay, I think it's all ready to come at you,

O. I -

SPT-EVA Okay, send her do_n.

236 20 28 55 PLT-EVA Got it locked in there. And the lock/lock is en-

gaged. Here you go - -

CDR Put your gold visor down, Owen. Then I'll get it
here. It's going to be good of you. I can read
Garriott on the front, so everybody - thing's okay.
That's a good - that's a good - right good attitude.
Now don't move out of the way too soon because
that - You're Just right, O. Pretty good. _-_

236 20 29 33 SPT-EVA Stand by. Okay, stop her there. Okay, how's that,
AI?
i_ 1447

CDR Move it out a little bit further.

SPT-EVA Okay, come fur - -

CDR You're okay. Bring it in closer to him.

SPT-EVA A little more.

CDR That's it. Okay, go shead - -

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR - - and put it on.

SPT-EVA Pull it out a little more now, Jack. Stop.

236 20 30 07 SPT-EVA ... is tethered before.

PLT-EVA Sure is pretty down there. Boy, that's really

something !

236 20 32 52 CDR That a boy, 0. That's the way to do it.

_-- SPT-EVA Okay, bring her back a little, Jack. Okay. I

guess you can probably take her all the way back
this time.

PLT-EVA Yes. Unless you want to ride.

236 20 33 09 SPT-EVA I do, but - somehow I didn't get her in then.

TIME SKIP

236 20 38 24 PLT-EVA ... and stuff like that?

SPT-EVA No, on the side of the MDA and, in fact, you know
the little EVA light that's right by the hatch with
the little - -

PLT-EVA Ye s.

SPT-EVA - - birdcage over it. That little birdcage - those

little wires on the birdcage and the light and
everything, handrails are - are outlined in -
profiled in white on - on the fabric, on the gold
fabricon the side of the - airlock. The rest of
1448 _

the fabric is kind of gold - a golden color now.

Where it's shaded, why it's more white, and it's
so well defined that you can make out that little
birdcage profile and the little - a little clip
right next to it, imprinted it right on the - right
on the fabric.

236 20 39 25 SPT-EVA Right here on the south end of North Ireland is a

big volcano.

PLT-EVA Is that the one we photographed the other day, 0.?

SPT-EVA Yes. It's snow covered ....

PLT-EVA Yes. That's the one we photographed the other day.

SPT-EVA Yes!

236 20 39 39 PLT-EVA You can see the shield area and most recent flow.
Very distinct from the rest of the terrain.

SPT-EVA Yes. Looks like the flow around it is almost

completely circular.

PLT-EVA Yes.

SPT-EVA Except there's one - flow going - must be kind of

north - out to sea.

PLT-EVA Yes, out to toward - to the west of - -

SPT-EVA Very pointed volcano. Maybe that's the tree line

that makes that circle - circular pattern.

236 20 40 06 SPT-EVA I think it's the material in the flow. That looks
like that - -

PLT-EVA I ain't seen any ... mounts down here. See there's
another couple big volcanos with snow on them there
also, a little further inland. It looks like a
tree line though because you can see on those other
mountains where it - there's a very definite demar-
cation between the green and the darker color and
then the snow. Pretty place, from here. Seen a
lot of pretty places. Lots of places you'd like
to stop awhile and visit.

236 20 41 00 PLT-EVA Well, I guess that's the last land we're going to
seefora while, 0....
 14_9

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA How 's the cranking going?

236 20 41 07 SPT-_A AT_ost there. Okay. Those are opened. Now all
I do is pull this little plug out, right?

PLT _EVA Yes.

236 20 41 19 SPT-EVA Okay. Stick it in the end, huh?

PLT-EVA Yes. Kind of a rickity thing but - -

SPT-EVA Sure is.

PLT-EVA - - doesn't go anywhere.

CDR Care to look this way, 0.?

SPT-EVA Yes, just a moment, I will.

CDR Make nice shot. Kind of tip over frontways ...

SPT-EVAOkay.

CDR Cut out my range.

236 20 41 59 SPT-EVA That's it. Let's get to work.

CDR I'll read you the next step.

PLT-EVA What do you mean? That's the fun. You mean the
fun's over, we got to go to work now?

236 20 42 07 CDR 0kay_ gang, I am now going to turn on this TV.

Make sure that the TV is just right up there, Jack.

pLT_EVA Take a look at it.

CDR Don't - don't move yet, 0.

SPT-EVA All right.

PLT-EVA Let me get the umbilicals out of the way so we can,

0.

236 20 42 23 PLT-EVA Okay, it's pointed right.

145o

SPT-EVA Okay, I'm taking a look at these samples up here.

All the samples look okay, with the exception of
the ones that are nearest the ATM, which have four
little - paper disks covering them, and two or
three of those are beginning to peel up. I noticed
on the opposite side, however, now the one away
from the ATM - there's the four brown disks that
are beginning to curl up also.

CDR Say, Jack, have you retracted fully and bolted the
hook?

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 20 K2 52 CDR Okay. Owen, just a moment now. I'm turning on the
T - Are you ready to come back?

SPT-EVA I'm ready to come back.

PLT-EVA Well, the TV isn't doing right.

CDR Right turn, right ... now - -

PLT-EVA Wait a minute. Wait a minute.

CDR Okay. Okay - -

PLT-EVA The TV isn't doing right yet.

CDR - - stop. Stop.

PLT-EVA Got lines on it.

CDR Okay, wait until Jack gets to adjust it.

236 20 43 06 PLT-EVA I don't know if there's adjustment that can be

made. It waa working real good. Seems all set the
May i_'s supposed to be.

SPT-EVA It pointing the right direction?

236 20 43 20 PLT-EVA Yes. I think that's the - I don't think the lights
get turned on that way, AI.

CDR Well, it takes time to warm up.

?LT-EVA Never used to. You just flip the switch, and it
makesa picture. _-_
 1451

236 20 43 36 CDR Yes, may not like to but that's the way it got it.

pLT-EVA I can go in there and cycle our switch. Should I

do that?

236 20 43 39 CDR If I were you, I'd close down the aperture and bring
it back open again, slowly. Probably flooded out
and the automatic gain has done something up to it.

PLT-EVA No, it's lines like the horizontal hold is goofed

up.

CDR Let me check if all these things are on. Television,

they' re - -

PLT-EVA Yes. Doesn't - -

CDR - - all on.

PLT-EVA - - doesn't make any difference to close it down.

You get the same deal.

236 20 44 05 CDR Well, you might try to cycle it. Hope we haven't
_ bustedit. Maybe it's thermallytoo hot.

PLT-EVA Good shape when you turned it off.

236 20 44 16 CDR It went out of attitude, you know, about 20 degrees

there.

PLT-EVA Yes, but it was in the dark.

CDR Huh-uh, it was still in the light. Was out 20 when

I went to SI.

PLT-EVA No, it was still pointed way away from the Stm.

CDR Okay. Why don't you cycle that thing inside, then
we'll - If it works or doesn't work, we got to get
on with it.

236 20 44 38 PLT-EVA I cycled it.

CDR How's it doing?

PLT-EVA Well, I'm not getting nothing to do on the monitors,

Just a few lines going up and down. Every once in
a while, it tries to cut off and come back in.
1452 _-_"

CDR Okay, let's run with it like it is. Okay, is

everybody ready?

PLT-EVA Yes.

CDR May be thermally - ... trouble.

236 20 45 0B CDR Okay, come on back, Big O, and ingress. In other

words, come back. See if I can get a shot of you
coming back.

SPT-EVA I'll turn around, and you can take it here, AI.

236 20 45 21 PLT-EVA I guess I'm supposed to throw this - -

CDR Okay, look this way, - -

PLT-EVA - - umbilical behind me, right?

CDR - - look that way. Sun's up.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 20 45 50 CDR Stow excess LSU in aft AM area, once you're in, 0.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 20 46 05 PLT-EVA There he is, right in there.

CDR Are you inside?

SPT-EVA No, I'm just looking in your window.

CDR Oh, okay.

236 20 46 16 PLT-EVA Good job, O. Nice going.

SPT-EVA Thank you, Jack.

PLT-EVA Nice going.

236 20 46 23 SPT-EVA Well, let's see. Got to put my head up between

this, don't I?

PLT-EVA Hey, he's going between his umbilicals here, let

me - Okay, there you go.

SPT-EVA
Allright? r
_ 1453

PLT-EVA Yes.

236 20 46 38 CDR Jack, while you're waiting, how about putting the
F/S to full CLOSED?

236 20 46 41 PLT-EVA Okay. CLOSED.

SPT-EVA Little bit of gear to bring back in, looks like.

CDR And if Owen'll turn it off when he gets inside.

PLT-EVA Okay, we'll hit the switch for off ...

SPT-EVA Okay, just a minute. That be enough?

PLT-EVA }rey, you want to hold some umbilical in there.

I don't know. Maybe we'd be best if we - -

CDR No, no. Let me just read it. That's what he

should do.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 20 47 08 CDR He should stow excess LSU in aft AM area, 0wen.

SPT-EVA That's what I'm doing.

236 20 47 l] CDR Okay. Everything's going just right. Casual

but controlled. TV power went off. Let me know
when you're ready for next step.

SPT-EVA Okay, we'll let you know.

PLT-EVA Still throwing umbilical back in there.

CDR Okay.

236 20 47 46 SPT-EVA Okay, I think that's all of my umbilical.

CDR Okay. Now except the - First, unplug the TV plug.

You've turned it off, now unplug it, if you would.

236 20 48 08 SPT-EVA Unplugged.

CDR Retrieve TV and stow in AM on handrail next to

hatch.

SPT-EVA Handrail next to hatch. Okay, there must be several

/_- of those.
145h

236 20 48 19 CDR And, Jack, while he's doing - while you - after
you hand him that, would you care to fold the DAC
to the blue marks, or have you already done it?

PLT-EVA Goes up there on that - -

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA - - handrail where those tethers are, Owen.

SPT-EVA Yes. I understand.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 20 48 30 CDR Is the DAC inside or outside?

PLT-EVA It's outside.

236 20 48 41 CDE Okay, fold it to the blue marks and hand it to

Owen when you get a chance.

PLT-EVA Just a minute. Oh, it's inside, l'm sorry. I

putitin. --_

CDR All right, no trouble.

PLT-EVA I forgot.

CDR Okay, you're going to pass first the VC tree.

236 20 48 42 PLT-EVA Hey, he's getting the TV.

CDR I know it, but you can get the VC tree.

PLT-EVA We'll wait. There you go.

SPT-EVA Okay.

236 20 48 57 PLT-EVA VC tree, huh?

CDR Yes, sir.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 20 49 12 PLT-EVA Carefully, and don't let go. Okay, I'm going to
have to hold it there a minute, l've got this - -

SPT-EVA
I gother.
 1455

PLT-EVA - - monitor yet to - -

SPT-EVA Take your time.

236 20 49 23 PLT-EVA Might want to turn it around the other way though
so that that cable is pointing toward the hatch.
There you go. Got some slack in the cable. You -
you see what I mean there?

SPT-EVA Yes. I thought there was room either way, and I

Just - Maybe I better Just wait.

PLT-EVA Also you might want to - -

SPT-EVA I'm sliding down.

PLT-EVA - - you might want to go around the umbilical.

Wait a minute.

SPT-EVA Around the umbilical? Oh, yes.

236 20 49 48 PLT-EVA It went through that loop there and that might
hang it up. There you go. That's a boy.

236 20 50 l0 SPT-EVA I'll put it like that so I won't have to - won't

be so likely to hit it.

236 20 50 18 CDR Okay, I'm going to give it a nominal MOMENTUM CAGE

clear.

8PT-EVA You got it?

PLT-EVA I have it.

SPT _-EVA Okay.

CDR ... 03.

PLT-EVA Gave me the wrong end. Keep from flopping around.

SPT-EVA Yes. Okay.

236 20 51 07 CDR How you doing, Big 0.?

SPT-EVA Making progress.

PLT-EVA Okay.

_ SPT-EVA Alwaysthe bad one.

1456

CDR You got it in, babe.

236 20 51 16 SPT-EVA Okay, there's one stowed.

CDR Now you need the other one. Jack - -

SPT-EVA Okay.

CDR - - would be so kind.

PLT-EVA Okay. You got to be careful, now, you don't knock

those things off.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 20 51 51 CDR When do you release the nominal H-CAGE or does it

do itself?

PLT-EVA Your CM - CMGs are probably - enabled now, right?

CDR I assume they are.

SPT-EVA And so it'll be released in or at, oh, 2 minutes

or so, approximately.

PLT-EVA Got it?

SPT-EVA I have it, Jack.

PLT-EVA Okay. Watch the top.

SPT-EVA Yes.

236 20 52 12 CDR See if they're going to the right places, namely

22. Well, they're - It's hard to tell with one
of these things out.

SPT-EVA Okay.

PLT-EVA Well, I think we got everything in. Is there

anything else out here, AI?

CDR I don't think there is. Look around though, we

don't want to leave any - How about your bolts?
How about your tools? How about - That's it? e-
Gentlemen, let me suggest you check the EVA hatch
seal area for obstruction.

236 20 52 38 PLT-EVA I haven't got us locked in yet.

_ 1457

CDR And leap in.

236 20 52 48 PLT-EVA I'm sorry to come in.

SPT-EVA Yes.

PLT-EVA Pleasant afternoon.

PLT-EVA Yes. Now.

236 20 52 56 CDR The time is now 4 o'clock, almost. You're going

to have been out about 4 hours and 30 minutes.

PLT-EVA Well, not quite up to our average, but maybe it's

adequate for the day. (Laughter)

PLT-EVA Oh, well. I guess not all records are made to be

broken. Maybe next time.

236 20 53 B1 PLT-EVA Okay, the kid is in. Verify that.

CDR If the kid would verify that the hatch seal area
and the dogs are fully retracted so that when you
F close the hatch, the dogs won't bump into the cell
or seal.

PLT-EVA No, dogs I can see are retracted.

236 20 53 44 CDR Okay. Then pull her in.

PLT-EVA Okay.

236 20 54 01 CDR Close hatch until the retainer is engaged, which

I'm sure is pretty soon. Looks like you're doing
it way ahead of the game. Place hold-open rod in
spring clip and strap. HATCH HANDLE, CLOSED. HATCH
HANDLE LOCK, engaged. Let me know when all that's
complete, so I can stop the clock and voice record
it.

236 20 54 21 PLT Stop the clock.

CDR Okay.

PLT And we want to - -

CDR Okay. That's about a 4-hour S0-minute and 20-second

operation.
1458 _-_

PLT DEPRESS VALVE is still OPEN.

236 20 54 42 CDR Okay, I'ii read it. LOCK COMPARTMENT DEPRESS

VALVE, CLOSE, please.

PLT The other way. It's closed down there. No, closed
up here. Closed down there.

SPT Clockwise.

CDR You can look out the hole and see.

PLT That 's what I 'm doing, right there. Okay.

236 20 54 55 CDR Monitor PRESS LOCK for 2 minutes.

PLT Thought you had it the other way, didn't you?

SPT No, T was pulling that way. I Just didn't push

the buttom far down, far enough.

236 20 55 01 CDR I'll let you know when 2 minutes are up, gentlemen.

236 20 55 04 PLT Okeydoke. Those dogs make it okay.

236 20 55 15 SPT Yes. This darn thing. Well, we've got some good
gyros now, Jack, so we can really go to work, and
we've got a new load of film. We ought to really
be able to make some good science - good progress.

PLT Yes.

SPT That was a lot of fun.

PLT Yes. Boy, I'm sure glad I had that one view coming
over the Andes. That really was, I think, the
prettiest sight I've ever had. Wasn't that beautiful?

SPT Fantast ic !

236 20 55 44 PLT Yes. You had the same view the orbit before.

SPT Yes.

236 20 55 47 PLT All those different shades of browns were beautiful.

SPT YOu could take a Hasselblad out there and take

pictures.
 1459

PLT I'd like to have a fisheye lens to take in that

panorama.

SPT Yes.

PLT You can really Just - Just see all over. Can't
capture it on film, though.

236 20 56 45 PLT If we eat a late luzch and a late dinner, we can -

get all our chow down today.

SPT Yes. Have to do that.

PLT Have to get the chow down. Some of that stuff

we can't delay until tomorrow, too, either, like
we ought to get going on - I ought to do that one
ATM synoptic run tonight, and I ought to stow the
film.

CDR Okay, gentlemen, can I ask you the pressure?

SPT I 'ii check it.

P 236 20 57 07 PLT Yes, I have 0.5.

236 20 57 09 CDR That's where it ought to be. Okay. Now during

this repress - -

SPT Let me doublecheck you for it, please.

236 20 57 16 CDR Okay, during this repress you may get - SUIT PRESS
light will come on. It will come on. CAUTION and
WARNING RAPID DELTA-P will be activated in here.
CLUSTER PRESS LOW may be activated. Here's what
I'm going to do. I'm going to open my PRESSURE
EQUALIZATION VALVE, open for 30 seconds. Okay?

PLT Yes.

CDR Okay, if I get my clock right.

SPT We're in ABSOLUTE, aren't we?

PLT Yes. Ooh, it 's blowing me. Blowing me right to

the other end of the airlock.

CDR That 's okay.

_- PLT Look at that. (Laughter)

1460 _-_

236 20 57 54 PLT Blowing me to the - into the workshop. There's

my SUIT PRESS light.

236 20 58 O0 SPT Yes, mine also.

PLT Man, it really lept in,

PLT Back to - -

SPT ... check.

PLT - - almost normal again.

SPT Okay, wait a minute.

PLT Yes!

CDR Okay. Now - -

PLT 4.1. Boy, that was quick.

CDR Okay, let me suggest other items.

236 20 58 28 SPT Okay.

CDR OWS hatch opening.

SPT Guess l'm supposed to go up and do that, aren't

I?

236 20 58 36 CDR EV-2. Release handle, UNLOCK, and HATCH HANDLE

to EQUALIZE PRESSURE.

SPT Okay, just a minute. I have a handle here called

HATCH HANDLE and another one called RELEASE HANDLE.
Tell me again which one you want.

CDR Take the one called RELEASE and go to UNLOCK.

SPT Okay. That is.

236 20 58 54 CDR Now take the one that says HATCH HANDLE stud go
to the EQUALIZE PRESSURE.

SPT Okay.

SPT That is.

236 20 59 O1 CDR Cool it for a while.

f -. 1461

SPT It 's blowing in.

CDR Let me know when - you think it's equal.

236 20 59 jl SPT I can still hear it blowing.

PLT Okay. This one's equal with yours, so I'll

open it.

SPT Okay, it may Just be that inside my helmet now.

So I'm not sure whether it is or not.

PLT Okay, Just - I'll Just have to wait there.

236 20 59 45 CDR Okay, let me tell you now. Okay, let me check that
all the pressures are the same. They look the
same. One of yours looks a little higher. Let's
wait a few seconds. Okay, go to RELEASE HANDLE,
UNLOCK.

SPT ... Okay, re - It is unlocked.

CDR HATCH HANDLE to OPEN. Push hatch open whenever

you can.

PLT Okay.

CDR If you can't, just wait a few minutes and maybe

you can in a few.

SPT Okay, still can't push it open.

CDR Okay, we'll Just have to wait. Okay, watch

the TV; the monitor may be a little hot. The
VS tree may be exceeding allowable touch temp.
So, Jack, if you'll move the V8 tree, I can
open the hatch.

236 21 00 40 PLT Very well. It's moved. There he is.

CDR Welcome home.

PLT Voice on the end of the wire.

CDR Your most faithful fan; I never left your side

for a minute.

SPT Couldn't have done it without you.

1462 _-_

PLT Someday l want to meet the other one.

SPT Okay.

236 21 01 09 CDR It is hot.

SPT Is it?

236 21 Ol i0 PLT Still hot, huh?

PLT That ... is--

CDR ... I could say it'd be I0 or 20 degrees hotter,

you wouldn't hold it.

PLT Let's feel it.

SPT _at in the shade there for a long time.

CDR Shoot, that thing's cool. Radiated. That's the

hottest part. Soon as Jack - soon as Owen can
open the hatch, y'all are cleared to press on.

236 21 01 35 PLT Here we go .... we go into the donning area.

CDR You want to turn on the OWS lights ... first.

SPT Yes, upside down, move on down here and 0WS entry
lights are on.

236 21 01 47 CDR And then if Jack'll go down in the lower

compartment, I'ii give him some other clues he
might find entertaining.

PLT Very well. Got our umbilicals over your shoulder,

there, O.

SPT Yes, I'm all wrapped up in it. I thought I

might be able to get out of it when I got inside.

236 21 02 05 PLT There you go.

CDR I'll go down and help you do your LSUs, gentlemen.

SPT Okay.

PLT Okay, go ahead, O. Most of that I think'll be

yours.
_-- 1463

CDR Go ahead, and I will try to do that, for both of

you. Funny smell in here. Not sure why.

236 21 02 32 PLT Oops! I didn't make it. I'm free drifting.

CDR Okay, let me give you a little tug - push. Heads

down. Adios.

PLT Hasta la gusta.

CDR So long, guys.

PLT Yeh ! (Laughter)

236 21 02 47 CDR Look at that operate.

PLT (Laughter)

PLT Whohoo !

CDR What a show' Need a flag for that. Okay, you

got plenty umbilical - both of you?

PLT (Laughter) Oh, heck. Where the - Finally found

something to grab to.

236 21 03 19 CDR Okay, Jack, when you get downstairs, let me know.

PLT Oh, yes. You want me to go down there and get

some lights and stuff?

236 21 03 25 CDR You may want to take off your hat ; you may want
to go do that first.

PLT No, let's go do it. Go get some light in here

and get to work.

CDR Okay, lighting switch - 13 of them on 616, ON.

I'll give you more umbilical.

236 21 03 37 PLT Okay.

PLT Okay.

236 21 03 57 CDR Okay, when - when that's complete, - -

PLT ... select.

1464

CDR - - put the three on in the wardroom, and put the

THERMAL CONTROL SYST_, DUCT FAN CRs, 12 of them, CLOSED.

236 21 04 09 PLT I don't think we lost a watt of power.

SPT Okay, we got all that.

PLT Okay.

CDR Press on with your checklist.

CDR Turn on the high-intensity lights down there, and

turn on your camera.

236 21 04 24 PLT Okay.

SPT ... high intensity. Wonder what happened to it?

CDR Turned it off. And give me a nod when I can

turn off your LCG and things.

236 21 04 54 SPT Okay. It takes awhile to warm up ....

PLT I turned - I pushed that camera button. I don't

know if that camera is working, or not.

236 21 05 07 SPT Oh, yes, there's the green light; I can see it.

SPT What are you looking for, Jack?

PLT Wanted to know why that light wasn't shining

very bright, but it takes awhile to come up,
I guess.

236 21 05 20 PLT Well, let's look at this checklist here, O. Are

we ready to start the cheeklist?

SPT (Cough)

PLT Pushbutton on.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, pressure selector, OFF, tone. REG i LOW

FLOW and LOW VENT FLOW; doff one glove. Pressure
selector, OFF. We're still in EVA NORMAL, aren't
wet
 1465

SPT Well, yes, but doesn't anything about it....

PLT Pressure selector, OFF.

236 21 05 47 SPT Doff helmet and other gloves.

CDR Remember our intercom is hot mike, for a while.

SPT Yes.

23b 21 06 07 CDR Bang. Yes, sir, Mr. Vice President.

SPT Well, how'd the old fingers hold out this time,
Jack?

PLT Better.

236 21 06 35 SPT Mine are a little better, too. But they're

still - -

PLT ... workout.

SPT - - ... stiff.

PLT *** quite get the same workout, as last time.

236 21 06 44 SPT Good and stiff.

CDR Standing by for your call.

PLT Okay, Just a minute.

236 21 07 21 SPT Get back here.

PLT Okay, 0., the next thing to do is doff - doff and

stow h21met, doff wristlet and stuff. Notify
EV-3 to deactivate the EVA panels.

CDR Okay, here it comes.

236 21 07 47 PLT BUS 2 LSU POWER, OFF. Don't do that. Proceed

until complete.

PLT I won't.

PLT Yes, sir. These tethers are still a little bit

_arl_.
1466

236 21 08 18 CDB Turning off your 02 supply down there.

236 21 08 31 CDR That's because I turned it off. Everything's

okay.

TIME SKIP

236 22 41 33 CDR This is the CDR and I'd like to voice record
some information. The PCU used by - used by
EV-I was 013. That's Jack Lousma used 013.
He used umbilical 13. Now umbilical 9 and
PCU 010 were used by the ZPT, who was EV-2.

CDR Let me tell you the SOPs, please.

236 22 42 14 CDR 016 was used by the PLT or EV-I. And the
pressure remaining there is 6000. 013 was used
by the SPT, EV-2, and the pressure in there is
6000 also.

236 22 42 34 CDR CDR out. That information goes to EGIL, I guess;

l'm not sure who takes that EVA stuff.

###
_ DAY237(AM) 1467

237 00 i0 06 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

The subject is M509. Battery number 7 charge
terminated at 00:10, day 237. This is for Lou
Ramon. That's the end of the message.

237 00 l0 09 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

237 02 07 36 CDR Okay, this is the CDE debriefing the last ATM
pass. We got through with everything except about
the last minute and a half of the scan - the MIRROR
AUTO FISTER, all zips. Everything else went along
nominal. We noticed a couple of things on the
white light coronagraph. It's going to be inter-
esting to see what your data shows. We noticed
that there were quite a number of particles flying
around - one of which looked like a washer bouncing
back and forth. In fact, we thought we could see
a hole in it and read some numbers on it, but maybe
F you can - could figurethat one out for us. And
the other is it looks like there's a little cusp
of light at the 1 o'clock position. We were won-
dering if somehow some dust or lint had somehow
lodged in the filter tip [?].

237 02 08 27 CDR CDR out.

237 02 14 42 PLT We're on channel A and plan on operating S063

activity tonight.

237 02 15 16 PLT Okay, it's a few minutes after sunset here and the
horizon is not very distinct or it's not coming
through the middle of the window by any means.
It's sort of hard to see out STS number 4. Can see
the 80-kilometer airglow quite readily. And we've
got a lot of sunlight scattering in the lower at-
mosphere. We can see the true horizon still very
distinctly. North pole is high above the horizon.
That means we're not getting to our northernmost
latitude. (Laughter) And I can't tell whether or
not we're going to see the aurora up ahead of us
yet or not. You're going to have to give us an-
other 5 minutes or so.
1468

237 02 17 41 PLT I'm going to try and get one picture of the Moon
coming up under the twilight on the horizon.

S ..._ Skylab_ Houston Surgeon.

CDR Hello, Paul. How are you this evening?

S I'm fine. How are you doing after your big EVA?

CDR Just great. We're just close - closing up the food

lockers.

S Okay. It sounds like you guys did a jam-up job and

you got it done almost square on the time line.
Congratulations.

PLT Hey, Paul. l'm still taking pictures up here at the

window. They keep scheduling me for picture-taking
activities where - at the same time that they
schedule me for med conference. So there's not much
to say that these guys have not said for me. Okay?

237 02 18 27 S Okay ... I have your med kit right here in front _-_
of me, and the drug people tell me that your cue
cards are all wrong and mine - -

237 02 26 21 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about i minute from LOS.

Since we got you back here, I do - I do not
intend to give you a call down at Honeysuckle.
Our AOS down there is 03:04, so if you'd like to
give us a call, please feel free. But l'd like
you to know that the GIS is sure happy today with
the way he's got all these new rate gyros to
work with, and they're looking real super. So
it looks like a real good day's work. So y'all
get a good night's sleep, and we'll see you in
the morning.

237 02 26 49 CDR Okay, thank you, Dick. We'll probably be up

another 45 minutes to an hour at least.

CC Okay. Well, the Honeysuckle time is

03:04 through 03:10 and we - don't plan to give you
a call unless something comes up that makes that
necessary. But I'll be standing by.
 1469

CDR Okay. If you got any questions anybody's got

about the EVA or anything else, well, call us.
We're just putting the food up for tomorrow.

CDR Okay.

237 02 28 50 PLT Okay, that's the end of that message. No

aurora again tonight. And we'll try again some
other time.

237 02 29 00 PLT That's the end of the message on the aurora.

We'll try again some other night. Nothing
happened tonight.

TIME SKIP

237 12 23 31 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A. The subject is T002. Information goes
to Bob Nute and Bob Randle from the Ames Research
Center and some of those folks. I noticed you
got me scheduled for a T002-4 today, which is a
stadimeterorbital,and a 6B which is a sextant
operational, which is a rather odd combination.
6A and 6B would go together. Also_ since I - I've
already done T002-4 two or three times and - it
looks to me, from my book, to be the quota re-
quired. And I ... T002-_ complete. Tell you
what I'll do. I'll Just call it the T002-6A when
it's supposed to be 6B. So where you are on day
236 - 37, I guess. Hard to keep track any more.
And time is 12:25. We got about 38 minutes until -
38 minutes of daylight remaining on our clock up
on the ATM ... sightings ... stadimeter ....
Stand by.

237 12 25 32 PLT MARK. That mark was 3.987 .... Okay, we'll
crank it off a little and go back and give you
another one.

237 12 26 46 PLT MARK. B.945. Okay, we're going to get a third

one here.

237 12 27 44 PLT Everything looks different tonight, it seems like,

for some reason.
1470

237 12 28 26 PLT MARK. 3.978. Okay, we're going to _o off the

air for a little while. I'ii give you three more
in about 5 minutes.

237 12 34 O0 PLT Okay, now we'll get stabilized and lay it on there.

SPT ... Jack ... on the MDA.

237 12 34 35 PLT MARK. 3.937.

PLT Ooh_ There's southern Africa. Where's the Has-

selblad? The Hasselblad. There's the Cape of
Good Hope. Well, if we already got it, let's not
do it, but -

237 12 35 15 PLT Time out. Thank you. Float, float, float. Okay,
... meter: 250 - 56.

CREW ... k_ere are your cue cards?

PLT Okay, ... picture. Now get me another stadimeter

sighting here.

237 12 36 25 PLT MARK. 3.912. Yes, I got it. One more here.

237 12 36 46 PLT MARK. 3.919. Okay, that'll be all for a little

while, and we'll be back in a little - in a few
more minutes and get a few more. Don't go away.

237 12 41 58 PLT MARK. 3.904. Try it again. Crank it off a lit-

tle bit and crank it back. Okay.

2B7 12 42 22 PLT MARK. 3.886. One more. Our horizon's already

starting to go a little bit .... time.

237 12 43 23 PLT ...

237 12 43 46 PLT MARK. 3.957. Okay, space fans. That's going to

do it for a while and we're going to set up for
sextant sightings here in a few minutes, whenever
it gets dark enough, and it looks like you gave me
big superstars again here. Let's see what they
are. Got a 41. I think that's the same old one.
They're Diphda, Dabih. Okay, we'll take a look
and see if we can find them in a little while.
We'll be back.
F--- 1471

237 12 49 37 PLT Okay, space fans. Here we are again with T002,
and this is 6A this time. This is the star to
horizon. Two stars acquired. Sextant operational
and not quite dark yet, but I got a planet up
there, and we will rip off a few zero biases.
Temperature of the sextant this morning is 67 de-
grees, and the diopter is minus 0.5. Running
around to zero, I noticed we got a Flight Plan or -
a checklist change this morning in this area which
requests only two sets, one set of 15 on each star,
which is making a change for the better because
you come up with some unanticipated problems in
this area. Number i is that the night is shorter.
... the horizon becomes indistinct again well
before our sunrise period. So we only have -
maybe 15 - 20 minutes of operational time in there
for star-to-horizon sightings. And it's very easy
to become confused with the airglow horizon if you
start too soon. The other difficulty, of course,
is that the sextant field of view is - that you
don't see a lot of checkpoint stars around the
star you're shooting for. I believe I see a
satellite.
S _

237 12 51 h6 PLT I see a satellite, Ai. Come here. Yes, moving

with respect to the planet before me. Look at
there_ Isn't that - isn't that moving? That's
Jupiter up there. No, that's ... Did you see
it? Yes, it - it went dim and became light again
a little while ago. It's going that way.

237 12 52 04 CDR ... looks like ...

PLT See it now. No, it's getting closer to Jupiter.

Okay, the sextant field of view, as we were say-
ing - There, it's bright again, A1. The sextant
field of view is not too wide. The stars don't
have many checkpoints around. It's difficult to
identify them. You can perh_os find them, but
you got to make sure you can identify them before
you start marking them. Also, we noticed that
the sextant gathers more light than the naked
eye and does see more stars than the naked eye
does.
1472 _

SPT ... go by, so AI ... and they're very similar -

similar ...

237 12 54 02 PLT Okay, the light-gathering characteristics, as we

were saying, are such that the naked eye and the
sextant don't remain in the same field of view
or the same presentation, and so it's difficult
to find a star with the checkpoints and then try
to find a star with similar checkpoints in the
sextant. Oh, a number of - -

CDR Say, Owen, is that timer working okay up there

on the MDA panel?

237 12 54 29 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans. T002-6

Bravo, sextant operational sighting on -

SPT ... working okay now.

PLT - - ... get a well-defined horizon, press on,

and see if we can't get some star-to-horizon
sightings. I noticed the latest checklist change
says get 15 minimum on two stars. One set on each, _
which I think is a change for the better because
we don't have near as much darkness up here as we
thought we might to begin with. We have, at most,
30 minutes of darkness on the ATM clock, and
they're certainly not all usable because we don't
have a well-defined Earth horizon until well into
the darkness. And then it disappears well before
sunrise. And the difficulty, of course, is defin-
ing the sextant star in the sextant field of
view because it's rather small and unless your
star's got good checkpoints around it, why, it's
going to be very difficult to - to find.

237 12 55 37 PLT Also, the light-gathering characteristics of the

sextant are such that it gathers more light than
your naked eye does, and if you use your naked eye
to find your star with checkpoints and then use
those same checkpoints until you find the star in
the sextant, and if your naked eye and the sextant
presentations are different with respect to the
number of stars you can see; that makes for dif-
ficulty in locating your stars. And the problem
is - timewise - is not in getting the marks. Once
you find your star, that's easy. The time delay
 ih73

is identifying that star. That's something you

want to make sure you do without guessing because
if you don't identify that star, why, you're
shooting the wrong star all the time.

237 12 56 42 PLT The temperature of the sextant is 69 degrees. The

diopter is minus 1 - correction - 0.5, minus 0.5;
and we'll take zero - zero bias settings here.
We've got a Earth-glow horizon down there - or air-
glow horizon down there, but I can see stars -
that there are stars below that ...

237 12 57 32 PLT Okay, there's Fomalhaut, Now zero bias on old

Fomalhaut now - old friend.

237 12 58 20 PLT MARK ....

237 13 00 07 PLT Okay, I'ii start over on zero bias here. Okay,
SO19 will also be coming on this today, channel A
recording.

237 13 00 31 PLT MARK. 0.005.

237 13 00 hl CDR Okay, this is the CDR on chan A. This information

concerns SO19 and will - should be given to Dr.
Karl Henize, Wally Teague, and others interested
in S019. I'm getting ready to perform the first
one, which is a field - hard to read the number
but the first one on the pad. The number's kind
of slightly dim. I've had to make a correction
in Nu z. The pad's minus 7.5. Our spacecraft
says minus 8.6, so that's a plus 1.1 correction,
and it's a field - looks like M8A, 90-second
unwidened. Coming up on 30 seconds until time.
So I'm going to open the hatch, select a friendly
little frame, and I'm going to stand by in a
minute to go to OPEN. I'll give you the mark.

237 13 01 43 PLT Okay, TO02 with zero bias sightings of 0.00h, 3h3
and that takes care of them. Long as I've got
Fomalhaut out there, I'm going to take some star-
to-horizons on him, if I can get me a horizon,
which I don't have. Boy' Look at all the cities
down there. Where are we passing over?
1474

237 13 02 02 CDR MARK. We Just began the first 90-second unwidened

exposure.

PLT Still don't have a good well-defined Earth horizon.

CDR I see your nice ..., Jack.

PLT There's Dabih over there. Let me see if I can

home in on her.

CDR As you know, we're in the midst of a 90-second

unwidened M488 field sad this frame number is 46.
Stand by. We're going to CLOSE the SHUTTER.

237 13 03 31 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. Okay, let's go to the

next field.

PLT Just a minute.

CDR Okay, stand by. I'ii pick up another frame.

Stand by for a mark. Stand by.

237 13 04 Ol CDR MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. That's another on M8B, as

you call it; 90-second unwidened. It's frame num-
ber 47.

CDR Okay, stand by. We're coming up on the mark which

will CLOSE the SHUTTER and complete this 90-second
exposure. Stand by.

237 13 05 31 CDR MARK. 90-second exposure completed. Okay, let's

go to the next one.

PLT Okay, l've identified Dabih. Correction - Diphda -

l've identified Diphda.

237 13 06 07 PL'r Now, I'ii see if we can get her somewhere near the
horizon.

CDR Okay, I'll pick up a new frame. Stand by.

237 13 06 17 CDR MARK. Okay, SHUTTER is OPEN on field 67A, frame 48.
It's going to be a 90-second unwidened again.

CDR Stand by for a mark on closing SHUTTER.

237 13 07 47 CDE MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. 90-second exposure. Going

to the next one.
 1475

PLT Dabih.

CDR Pick up this frame. Stand by.

237 13 08 17 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Field 67B, frame 49.

45, 655, O0 ...

CDR Stand by for 90 seconds.

237 13 09 47 CDR MARK. 90-second exposure .... 90-second exposure.

•t •

PLT Dabih ... Fomalhaut ...

CDR ... my watch again. Stand by.

237 13 i0 42 CDR MARK.

PLT Finally getting a horizon that's well identified

enough to do the job. Finally got ... search
around and find ... star - -

/_ CDR ... seconds. Start at 09:49, frame 50. 0577,

all set. Go ahead, Jack. Excuse me.

PLT Okay, there's Fomalhaut. No question about it -

Fomalhaut.

237 13 13 13 PLT Sure is hard to tell where the horizon is. I

started it well below the airglow and I can't
really find the base of it. Say -

237 13 13 28 PLT MARK right there. 37.339.

237 13 13 48 PLT _AHRK. 38.251.

237 13 14 13 PLT MARK. 38.847.

237 13 14 30 PLT MARK. 39.122.

237 13 14 56 PLT MARK. 3_,443.

237 13 15 07 PLT MAR_.

CDR Stand by for a mark. I'm closing the shutter.

PLT 39.7 - -
1476

237 13 15 Ii CDR MARK, SHUTTER, CLOSED. Okay.

PLT 39.794 - -

CDR Going to the next frame. 47.

237 13 15 37 PLT MARK. 40.392.

CC Skylab, we're AOS Hawaii for 8 minutes.

237 13 15 51 PLT MA_. 40.456.

CDR Okay, I didn't give you a mark. Let me give you

another mark. Give you a mark when it's been
i0 seconds.

237 13 16 03 CDR MARK. i0 seconds after exposure open.

CDR Give you another at 15.

237 13 16 08 CDR MARK. 15 seconds.

CC ...

CDR Sorry I didn't Rive you one.

237 13 16 12 PLT T002, MARK. 4 - -

CDR Field 950 - -

PLT - - 40 - -

CDR - - 70 ... exposure, frame 51.

PLT T002 is 40.700.

237 13 16 31 PLT MARK. 41.115.

237 13 16 41 CC And, PLT, in - -

PLT MARK.

CC - - 6 or 7 minutes l've got two notes I'm sending

yOU ... - -

PLT 41.255. Tell him I can't listen.

_ 1477

CDR He can't listen right now, Story. He's trying to

do T002. He'll give you a call.

237 13 16 56 PLT MARK.

CC Okay, AI.

PLT 41.5 -

CDR Good to hear you back.

CC Yes, sir. It's good to be back.

237 13 17 19 PLT MARK. 42.076.

237 13 17 31 PLT MARK. 42.192.

CC And, AI, we're going to be enabling the dump if

you can stay off the DAS. Over.

SPT I'll tell him. Okay, he's off.

237 13 17 45 PLT MARK. 42.492.

CDR I'll give you a little bit more information about

the timer problem we've been having. This is the
MDA, the general timing system.

237 13 18 00 PLT MARK. 42.834.

CDR Last night - -

PLT 42.834.

CDR - - it stabilized for a while and it worked okay.

This morning it's sort of erratic again. It's
like it's getting some E_4I maybe from the ATM
panel or something.

CC Okay.

237 13 18 16 PLT MARK. 43.550.

237 13 18 23 CC ..., Skylab; and, A_I,while l've got you, those - -

1478 _-_

237 13 18 45 CC We are also, AI, sometime today - -

237 13 18 47 PLT MARK.

CC - - we'd like you to check on the caution and

warning - -

PLT h_.022.

CC - - lamos on panel 206.

CDR Check the lamps. Will do.

237 13 18 58 PLT }&&RK. 44.030. That ought to be about 15. I'll

give you one more. I don't know how many that is,
but it's a bunch.

237 13 19 14 PLT MARK. 43.712. Okay, let's go for another one.

That was Fom_lhaut now. That was not Diphda -
not Diphda, was Fomalhaut. Dabih is the other
victim. I see Dabih up there. If we can get her
in the field of view here. Forget Diphda. Diphda
is in the wrong spot in the window. That's -
that's pretty important. You wonder why you get
all cattywampus around here. It ain't quite as
simple as just rotating the sextant around in the
window, especially if you don't give me stars on
our - in front of me. You got to take the stars
sort of off in front of the window, if you're
going to get them for the whole pass. Before
you know it, he's at some angle where you can't
see the star on the horizon for - all at the
same time.

CDR Stand by for a mark on SHUTTER, CLOSE.

237 13 20 23 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is CLOSED.

CDR CDR, Houston.

SPT Ten seconds.

PLT H@re is Dabih.

CDR Okay, we're getting ready to go to the first

90 unwidened, and it's going to be on field 806.
f-- 1479

237 13 21 27 CDR MARK. Yes, let me give you a better mark than
that. I'ii give you a mark in i0 seconds.

237 13 21 34 CDR MARK. No, that's not right. I didn't do that

right. I'ii give you a mark in 20 seconds.

237 13 21 44 CDR MARK. Okay, that was 20 seconds.

CDR C_ ahead.

CC AI, yesterday our TV camera, as you call it,

number i, or serial number 3002, it got quite
hot and we lost the picture on that. And we
were thinking maybe you've set it up to run and
how is it working?

CDR We checked it out last night, and it wasn't

working too great. We haven't had a chance to
look at it this morning. We'll give you some
information on that as soon as I do this TV set-
up.

237 13 22 lh PLT MARK.

CC Okay, if you're not getting a satisfactory

picture on the - -

PLT 2.170.

CC - - monitor, just go ahead and cancel TV-I.

CDR Okay, we can always use the other camera.

PLT ...

CC That is a two-camera operation.

CDR Oh, okay - -

237 13 22 30 PLT MARK.

CDR - - understand.

CC Okay, thank you.

PLT 21.330.
1480

237 13 22 45 PLT MARK. 20 point - -

CDR Stand by for a mark on this 90-second.

PLT - - 8 - -

CDR Han_ in there; it could be 91.

PLT - - 95.

237 13 22 55 CDR MARK. Okay, let's do another one. Same thing

again. You got to pick up a new frame.

237 13 23 02 PLT MARK.

CDR I'II try to figure out - -

PLT - - 20.275 - -

CDR - - ... what you do if you go at the same

time.

237 13 23 08 CDR MARK. Okay, we're on the second 90-second. _

237 13 23 15 PLT MARK.

CC Skylab, we're I minute with LOS. We'll see you

over the Vanguard - -

PLT 19.777.

CC - - in about 22 minutes at 13:_5. We'll be dumping

the tape recorders at that time. We do have a
teleprinter low indication down here and when you - -

237 13 23 28 PLT MARK.

CC If you get a chance, you could change the

teleprinter paper.

PLT 19.255.

CC We have no messages to send up right now. And

a reminder for the PLT to change out the BTMS
prior to start 92/93.

CDR Okay.
_ 1481

237 13 23 45 PLT MARK. The what probe? 19.21h.

CDR His is bad or something?

SPT ... to me like ...

237 13 23 59 PLT _@/RK.

CDR Yes.

PLT 19 - 18.610.

CC And, Owen, no need to acknowledge, but when you

get back on the ATM, you'll find - -

237 13 2h 12 PLT MARK.

CC - - a large prominence on the west limb - -

PLT 18.017.

CC - - at 090.

237 13 24 29 PLT MARK.

CDR As you know, we're in the second - -

PLT 17.727 - -

CDR - - 90-second under - unwidened, field 906. I

think it's through there - 806 and frame 53.

237 13 24 43 CDR MARK.

PLT ...

CDR - - ... I was talking instead of paying attention;

that may have been a 93-second exposure. Give you
another one.

PLT 17.33 - correction - 17.323.

237 13 24 55 CDR MARK. Frame 5h. I'll try to do better. I don't

know whether to give you a 90 or a 87 to make up,
but I'll give you a 90.
1482

237 13 25 07 PLT MARK. 16.751.

CDR Sunrise, 13:27. We'll be finished in time.

237 13 25 22 PLT MARK. It gives me a hard time deciphering a

statement.

CDR By about an extra 5 seconds ... - -

PLT 16.488. These guys are going to have a hard time

deciphering this tape between S019 and T002, aren't
they?

CDR They sure are. They are goin_ to have to stay

loose.

PLT That's their problem.

CDR That T002, we'll know, because - I mean, S019 -

They know when the marks come.

237.13 25 44 PLT MARK. 15.754.

PLT Starting to get a little bit of daylight. Start

losing that good horizon. Well it wasn't much
good; I'ii talk to you about that horizon. That
ought to be enough marks. Yes, I had to hurry
like heck in there, and I had to pick a different
star, and I just barely got two sets of 15 each.
Oh, we got to talk on - we can turn the lights on.

CDR Not yet, unless you close the window. Let me

close the window.

237 13 26 27 CDR MA_RK. Now you can. That was the end of - -

PLT Okay.

CDR -- the 90-second exposure. The last one. Going

to stow it. - -

PLT Okay, T002, we - -

CDR -- ... MODE--

PLT - - got those operational sextant sightings.

CDR - - ... after I zero it, of course.

 PLT Well, let me tell you when AI's talking. This
is - -

CDR I'm finished talking, Jack - -

237 13 26 43 PLT You guys will have to - If you don't like the
tape the way it is with two people talking, you'll
just have to schedule different; that's _Ii. I
don't know if you can get all those marks or not,
but we both did our experiment on schedule. Now
T002 operational sextant sightings. The first
star was Diphda - correction - my first star was
Fomalhaut instead of Diphda. The problem with
Diphda was that it was way up and to my left,
well above the horizon - some 40 to 50 degrees.
And I couldn't see - on my left. I couldn't see
the star on the horizon because of the interference
of the window. I couldn't see them both at the
same time, so I couldn't take any marks there.
I don't know where it is now, but I might have
been able to do better later on. But that's
anybody's gaess. One problem we got to be aware
of. Got to make sure the stars are out in front
of you, not off on an angle, somewhere to your
left or right.

237 13 27 54 PLT So that's why I picked Fomalhaut, because Fomal-

haut has got some checkpoints around it that c_n
be recognized and also because it was out in front
of the window where you could bring it to the
horizon - You can see both the horizon and the
star without being occulted by the window frame.
Grus is another constellation that stays right out
in front of us, too. So you want to schedule
A1 Na'ir or something like that. That'd be a good
deal. We -we then went to Dabih; Dabih's a good
one - not a very bright star, but it's got
Jupiter right near it, and it also has twin stars
not far from it. Makes - you can get them all -
Almost all of that in one field of view if you
could easily recognize it.

237 13 28 44 PLT Now the other problem is the horizon. Like I said,
right after sunri - sunset, you pick un a nice
horizon; but it's the airglow horizon, I found
out later. And Just before sunrise, which is right
now, you've also got a horizon out there; but it is
1484

the airglow horizon. So it can trick you. And

the horizon between the - the Earth's horizon is
very distinct. The only way you can find the
Earth horizon is to - to cover up the star field
of view and - look at the Earth horizon and
notice that here are some other stars below the
airglow horizon and pick the lowest stars you
can see in the field of view and say, "Well, they
must Just be coming over the Earth's horizon,"
and pick that as the Earth horizon. And the air-
glow horizon is very whitish and diffused into
the blackness of Earth. The diffusion is very
gradual, but I've - I felt that I could Just barely
distinguish the - the - very diffuse white boundary
between the black of the Earth and the whiteness
of the atmosphere. So I laid the star at the
very bottom of that very indistinct light layer,
so it looks like to me it ain't very - a very
accurate system.

237 13 30 20 PLT It looks like to me also that if somebody knew

the exact height of the airglow horizon, that that
would be a much better horizon to sight in on and
to make the calculations from. It's very distinct
and - and very easily recognized. The Earth
horizon is not; so you might get scattering of the
data and you may get a worse bit of navigation
than you would by using the airglow horizon. So that
compietes our T002 for today, and we got all that
we need to get and standing by for the next time
around.

237 13 30 59 PLT End of message. Thank you.

237 13 31 20 PLT Oh, a couple of more words on TO02, and I think

the idea of going to - 15 marks on only two stars
is - is - a step forward, and I Just don't think
that it's worth trying to get two stars on two
different subjects, because you waste too much
time in the short time we have to work up here
in finding those stars and I had - the way it was
to get 15 marks on just two stars, I had to hustle all
the way anyway. So I think that's - that's the
best we could do with the kind of horizons and
the kind of night periods and the other operational
difficulties thrown in with it. I think that's
as good as we can do now. I was thinking we
ought to schedule stars that are straight out t_
_ 1_85

the window without too much of an angle because

we Just don't have that much of a field of view
to work in. Looks like Fomalhaut and - and Dabih
were good ones and A1 Na'ir would be another good
one. It's right out the window now, and there's
probably a couple of others out there that ought
to do the Job. I can see Diphdawould probably
be - might be a good one now although there is
still a king-sized augle between it and the
horizon. But it's too late in the - in the orbit
to use it anyway. So I think that you ought to
throw Diphda out for the time being and use an
operational star.

237 13 32 49 PLT And that's it for T002.

237 13 32 57 PLT Okay, a few more words for T002, as I w_s mentioning
earlier, the airglow horiz - -

237 13 33 49 PLT ... still visible. It's coming up to daylight.

This is because of ... stars and its location
on the ... Fomalhaut is good at the moment; so
is Dabih. One of the stars in the Alpha ...
group down there where we saw them would be
equally good. And I think you're going to find
these stars are more ... And I think that Just
about concludes the TO02 operations for today.

237 13 34 l0 PLT End of message. Thank you.

TIME SKIP

237 14 04 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're getting ready to

run the PLT on an M092/93, and his legbands are
BK, left; BU, right. We used the same blood
pressure cuff we did before, which is number ll.
And he is going to change his BTMS out, so he'll
have a new BTMB today.

237 14 04 26 CDR ODE out. By the way, saddle setting 7.

237 14 05 41 CDR Okay, we checked his BTMB. New serial number is

number 19.

237 14 21 12 CDR Jack's left leg, 14-1/4 on him on that.

1486

237 ]4 30 26 SPT Okay, I want to debrief the last ATN pass which
Just finished here at about lh:30. The ... chios
went all as planned. The study of the left limb,
the minirasters, mini-MAR for 55 went well. Got
four different UP/DOWN positions and then, of
course, the full scans left/right. And, incident-
ally, I presume Peter Foukal will be watching the-
the results of that. Peter, if you get a chance
to let me know how the data looked, l'd appreciate
it, to see if you could distinguish the difference
in the 1-arc-second increments and whether or not
it's going to give you a good pattern of limb
variation across the limb. And then the 12 Delta
for NRL went fine.

237 14 31 20 SPT I had a little observing time on the end, so I

did a quick item 5 off of the shopping list on
active region 96. Let me correct that - 93. It's
the one that is becoming more a_d more complete
and it looks like it has a fairly good flare
potential. As a matter of fact, as I was in the
midst of doing it, I did notice that there was
a very slight - well, a moderate increase in
both H-alpha brightness and X-ray intensity. We're
down to BERYLLIUM 3 in a step from h to 3, and
counts were fluctuating up around 3000 or so. So
I don't know whether anything's going to come of
it over in the active region 93 or not, but it
certainly has potential. I did - picked an item 5
off that one with a little bit of extramini-RASTER
thrown in to get a picture - partial picture of it
for 55. Then I quickly zipped over the - east
limb.

237 14 32 2h SPT And that's active region 3, I believe. Just a

minute, let me check. That's active region 3.
And again did a - item 5 on that one - only one
exposure for NRL. I did a PATROL, SHORT, for 56
in there because I had a very brief interval of
time. And did the GRATING AUTO SCAN, which took
me down to about 40 kilometers, and a partial MAR
again, although you ought to watch out for the
data because it was below 400 kilometers there.
So it's at least a brief glimpse at the two most
interesting active regions on the end of the
scheduled activities for this last pass. Now on
the preceding pass, I did notice one thing on
_ 1487

the JOP 7, GRATING position 594, which I believe

outs Lyman continual on DETECTOR number 3. The
grating count was very, very low. l'd not expected
it to be as low as that, but - Gethyn Timothy
I presume, is looking after the details of that
one. And if he really - you might mention what
sort of detector count number is erp_ected at that
position. As ! recall, it was only counting two
or three counts per time interval.

237 14 33 41 SPT Okay, that's the end of the debriefing from the
SPT.

237 lh 37 21 PLT Okay, here come the daily PRD readings. For the
CDR, we have 45275 - 275 for the CDR. For the SPT,
it is 119 - 119. For the PLT, I read 2h8 - 248.
CDR's has been on the all up there in its usual
Dlace all along. The SPT and PLT's were in their
suits until just now. And I'm now returning them
to their normal locations above the centrifuge
and in their sleep compartment.

237 14 38 i0 PLT End of the PRD message.

TIME SKIP

237 15 08 03 PLT The message is M093. Lousma did 302 watt-minutes

on the M093 run.

TIME SKIP

237 16 04 09 SPT Okay, this is the SPT debriefing the last run
on the ATM which just now finished around 16:00.
The schedule went off just as planned, although
I did take a little bit longer with the four-limb
coalignment than scheduled because I ended up
changing the alignments slightly from line i0
back up to line 9. Slight improvement on line 9.
And that meant I had to go back through limb
positions for upper and lower twice, and that
took me a little bit longer. Here are the numbers
that came out on day 237 at 15:10: plus 1006,
plus 1006, plus 1007; lower limb is minus 894,
1488

minus 897; left limb is minus 924, minus 922,

minus 922. The right limb, XUV was plus 973;
55 was plus 976. The coalign position is now
0932. And I think those are all the numbers
entered up to there.

237 16 05 22 SPT Oh, there's one other thing that I think I said
wrong the last time I commented about the four-
limb coalignment. I said the white light image
was a little too large; I should have turned that
around. It's the white-light image is actually
a little smaller than the H-alpha image because
I am putting the white light disk on the inner edge
of the crosshairs. Particularly seems to be true
for the up/down where the crosshairs are quite
wide. All the crosshairs on the white light are
very wide, and l'm putting the edge of the Sun's
disk on the inner edge, a couple of arc-seconds
probably from the center of that very broad hor-
izontal alignment line. So it looks like the white
light Sun is a few arc seconds in radius - smaller
than the H-alpha inner-limb radius. And that's
the end of my comments on the last run. --_

237 16 06 24 SPT Those comments, of course, go to the ATM PIs

and planners.

TIME SKIP

237 17 37 35 PLT Good morning, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A debriefing the last ATM run which -
began at 16:42. I ran off a series of steps
and JOP 2 Bravo, step i, building block 4, A
through E, on active region 93. I pointed the
H-alpha i at a H-alpha bright area, the brightest
point near the - in the plage and I maximized
DETECTOR i to carbon 3, GRATING POSITION 766,
to where I got a very high reading. Although -
it was slightly off of the brightest H-alpha
point, which means one of two things: if they
were not perfectly aligned or the H-alpha bright
point was not the carbon 3 bright point. At any
rate, I carried out the rest of the steps as
planned and - we got all the data that you
requested on JOP 2 Bravo and we're standing by
for the next pass at 18:18.

r ___
_ 1489

237 17 39 01 PLT Thank you, gentlemen.

TIME SKIP

237 18 24 01 CDR Thia is the CDR. I'm - doing a abnpping liat

item prior to my run here on - 18:18. What I'm
doing is shopping list item 5 - ACTIVE l, LONG
and a ... AUTO SCAN. And I'm doing it on active
region 6. Looks like it might be a reasonable
thing to do a ... 240-second exposure. And,
also, I'm going to give them a couple of other
exposures. We'll see how much time it takes.

237 18 24 39 CDR CDR out. This goes to the ATM scientist.

TIME SKIP

237 19 08 05 SPT Okay, on the 131 run just completed on the SPT.
After it, the N2 pressure was 1150, 1150. Now,
answering any questions - Sense of rotating or
otherwise moving. Yes, during the hi - highest
rpm I did have a sense of rotating. And also
I didn't have the sense of - I felt like I was
not vertical, my head up. I sort of felt like
I was - perhaps perpendicular to the room's
orientation. The line target ever move in a
direction other than expected? Yes. Sometimes
it moves up and down a little bit. And - see a
very definite motion hold pattern up and down,
exactly as I would have normally expected for
the OGI left/right motion.

SPT Additional cc_ments: I have the feeling that

l'm not as sensitive to orientation as I was on
the ground. And when I'm in one orientation, if
I think hard, I can gain any other orientation
- this sense of orientation, I think. And it -
I'm not really - For the first three levels, I
really think I was doing more guessing than I
was ever seeing the 0GI. It got to the point
where even the barest suggestion of a direction

f_
1490

of rotation was all that I had to go on and so

I gave that clue. And I - I don't really feel
that I was observing any clear 0GI until the
fourth and fifth level.

237 19 09 35 SPT So end of comment from the $PT on this first run.

237 19 15 19 CDR This is CDR debriefing the last ATM run. It went
real well until we got down to the coronal hole
part right at the end. And I couldn't find the
coronal hole in that area. I'm going to take a
Polaroid picture of it as soon as we get back
up and see if I can find one. I'm waiting for
some information from the ground to let me know
how they'd like for me to handle it; which steps
they'd like me to do, because that step 3 that I
did, I didn't consider satisfactory.

237 19 15 47 CDR CDR out.

237 19 16 42 SPT ... but doesn't have any of that up here so ...

237 19 23 i0 CDR Okay, this is information for the ATM science

room. I am in the midst of - my pad is 19:08
and what I've done is throw in an extra MIRROR
AUTO RASTER on this active region 8, right on the
hottest spot, which is up around detector -
DETECTOR 3 on the spot - stop was - I've got one
indication of 30,000 so picture's pretty _esty
there. Also, I gave a 240-, a 40-, and a 10-second
exposure on 82B on the spot. And I gave 82A a
40-second exposure.

237 19 23 49 CDR So I threw in a few extras there. And think they're

coming along real good.

237 19 31 24 CDR This is the CDR, still working active region 8.

I am in the middle of MIRROR LINE SCAN. I stole
ACTIVE i, LONG - ACTIVE i, LONG out of 56 and I
think I have given you a few extra - one extra
MIRROR AUTO RASTER and then the other items I
have taken. So I think you've got what you need,
plus a few extra.

237 19 31 44 CDR CDR out.

 1491

237 19 33 57 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with informa-

tion about the med portion, motion sensitivity
session of the 131 run Just completed. No symp-
toms and no time for the comparisons because
there weren't any. A couple of cc_ments: At
30 rpm you are moving pretty fast with the cen-
trifugal force really pulling you into the lap
belt. I had to cross my legs underneath the -
foot restraint, in order to keep them from fly-
ing out through or popping off and causing a reset
of the chair rotation. So that was the easiest
way to run, with just my legs crossed underneath
that pole. And the second thing was I noticed
that the microswitch on the back of the headrest
seemed to quit operating about halfway through.
So - even though I was rocking the sensor back,
I could not hear the click of the microswitch,
and I'll go check it and see if I can't get that
to working right in just a moment. Outside that,
nothing special: 30 rpm is no problem. Somewhat
less gyro coupling - I mentioned it on the last
run, I guess. In fact, quite a bit less, very
slight gyro coupling was even noticed. And
substantially less than was noted at 30 rpm scop/
Dex on the ground. There was almost no indication
of having your vestibular sensors perturbed by that
head nodding. Just a very slight little bit of
what I've called gyro coupling because I don't know
a better word to describe it.

237 19 35 23 SPT End of the comments from the SPT. Those comments
go to the MI31 Pls and biomeds.

237 19 36 15 SPT One additional comment to the MI31 Pls. That

microswitch looks to be all right. So maybe it
quit operating for a while but at least I can
hear it now. So apparently, nothing else needs
to be done to it. End of extra cnmment.

TIME SKIP

237 20 01 37 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. And

the subject is M131. I just completed my motion
and sensitivity run and experienced no symptoms
under the 30 rpm/150 nod head movement. I noticed
1492

that early in the run, when I came back up from

my head - head-down position after the fifth
head movement, that I tended to lean a little bit
to the left - My feet, I mean my shoulders,
1 inch to the left of - of upright. And when I
did that, I noticed that I felt like I was
spinning with my - a slight left tilt with my
feet slightly up. Now later, I would correct
that position to straight upright, and - felt as
though I were spinning in the straight upright.
Other than that, why, there are no other comments
or observations, except to say that I did not do
the OGI part of this run due to the fact that
I'm developing a sty in my left eye in the upper
eyelid, for which I am putting some topical
dressing on and - we felt that it might be
contagious; and, therefore, it would be better
not to use the - the OGI goggles. I did not use the -
the blindfolds on the motion sensitivity; I merely
closed my eyes. And I could notice - due to the
light differential, the rotation clockwise. So,
I will pick up the 0GI part of this run in the
near future, when this - sty is completely gone.

237 20 02 14 SPT Okay, I'm taking a look at these samples up

here. All the samples look okay with the
exception of the ones -

237 20 03 23 SPT I also wanted to note that I was late turning

the experiment tape recorder on. Since we - did
not do the OGI portion, I missed picking that up
when I went back to set up the switches. So I
think we'd gone, oh, about 30 head movements or
so when I got that put back on. But then we
completed the normal 150, and you saw the cut-off
and there were no symptoms, so I should not think
that would alter any of the data. And as Jack
said, the run went perfectly normal, with no
symptoms.

237 20 04 04 SPT All that preceding stuff on 131 goes to the

MI31 Pls and biomed.

237 20 09 12 CDR This is the CDR discussing JOP 15A, step 3. I

Just did it. I rolled the 82B SLIT parallel to
the hole boundary, but I did not point the
55 offset so that the mirror auto raster was
/_" 1493

centered on the boundary. The mirror off -

zero - the difference between 9 and 25 off. Now,
it covered area but it - I didn't do what it said
there. I didn't see that until after I had done
it up. I was going to take this thing, put the
82B SLIT in the right place but I failed to then
move it up 85 or so arc seconds.

237 20 14 48 CDR ()kay,sci - A_4 science room, CDR again. I'ii

tell you what l'm going to do. Step 5 says,
"Go to an area not previously used." What l'm
going to do is go to an area that would be
exactly adjacent to where the mirror was in
step 4, correction, step 3. Which means then
you'll have sort of a continual MIRROR AUTO
RASTER for a total of l0 arc minutes. And I
think this will do the job for you and that way
will have everything.

237 20 15 35 CDE CDR out.

237 20 21 21 CDR This is CDR for the ATM science room. I think
we got you some good coronal hole information.
i tell you what I did. First thing I did was
find the coronal hole, hit it one boundary, and
that was the interior boundary of it because it's
step 3 there. Then we went to step 4 and pointed
a little bit inside that. I don't remember
how many arc seconds. I think we moved in - I
don't know, but we moved inside it some number
of arc seconds, took that data; then we went to
step 5 and I - as you recall, on step 3, I didn't
have the MIRROR AUTO RASTER's line 25, so I -
No, that's not true, that's right. That's right,
mirror auto 25. So I moved up just the right
amount so that - and over - so that we - at
least you would have a MIRROR AUTO RASTER right
on the top of the one you had in the hole, and
it would be contiguous with the first. Okay,
then I went back to the original position I took
in 3 and went to the right 150 arc seconds which
put me down the center of the hole but made the
raster then go all the way out the other side
and off the limb of the Sun. It looks to me
like you've got a huge area here, roughly
l0 by 10. Just a minute.

f_
1494

237 20 22 46 CDR That will - You'll have mirror rasters and will
have information on your coronal hole in there,
so I'm hoping ...

TIME SKIP

237 21 41 51 SPT To - The following message is for Mrs. Deana

Sanford and Miss Jean Reid over in Food and
Nutrition; and about three comments. The first
one is following: I still have a prime rib that
was not eaten very - in the first week of the
mission. It's a frozen item. l've had it in the
freezer or the cooler ever since the first week,
and l'm going to eat it tonight and leave the
prime rib that I should have tonight in the freezer.
Now what I would like to do is to not waste this
one good frozen item, this prime rib but, instead
substitute it on one of my evenings for either the
turkey gravy, which is on my menu 4, or the
spaghetti, which is on my menu 6. And today,
survey my menus 4 and 6 and see if this would be
any major problem, to simply substitute the prime
rib, which I will still have extra in the week
coming up, for either spaghetti menu 6, or turkey
and gravy on menu 4.

237 21 43 30 SPT And the next - the next comment relates to menu i.
On my meal B on menu i, I have tuna and bread lis-
ted. Now I can still put up with that for at
least a little while longer, but I would like to
have them consider, Deana or Jean, particularly
consider whatever substitutions I might make to
get that tuna off of menu i. That's an awful lot
of tuna in that can, and the flavor just doesn't
take a - taste a thing like tunafish salad on the
ground. And you know Jack's already cut his out.
And l've been struggling with it, and can put up
with it a little while longer, but would like to
substitute something else, if you would look
around at possible alternatives and see _nat's in
overage and can be obtained easily, or something
like that. And let me know if you have any sug-
gestions for the substitution of tuna in menu i.
Now I don't have the same objection to bread that
Jack did. It's not really very good, I must admit,
 149 5

but at least I don't have anytrouble eating it.

And i'm not complaining about that part, but I
wo_id like to substitute the tuna if you can find
something that would work.

237 21 44 49 SPT And the third item is - relates to the general con-
tent of our menu cue cards. I suspect by now you
have heard that there is some descrepancy between
what is on our menu cue cards and what in reality
our menus were supposed to be. This relates to at
least the optional sal-_ and perhaps the other items
that are included. And this is perhaps a question
for - others, Deana and Jean, than yourselves. And
if so, you can relate it to them, like Malcolm or
Mike Whittle or some of the others involved in the
planning for our menus. But I would like to know
what is being planned to make our menus correct,
as cue cards are, at the present time, inaccurate.
I'd like to know why this was not brought to our
attention before, and what is planned to be done
about it.

237 21 45 52 SPT This is the end of the message to Mrs, Deana San-
-- ford, Miss Jean Reid and they will circulateit to
others as appropriate.

237 21 46 01 SPT SPT out.

237 21 46 57 SPT This is the SPT on channel A with a message to

Ed Gibson over in the Astronaut office. Hello
there, Ed; got a couple of things to mention to you
and some of this relates to Bill and Jerry also,
So first one relates to clothing_ About the last
3 weeks before launch, why, they came around
to say, "What more clothes you want7 Pete_s group
needed more; we're about ready to fix you up," and
all that good stuff. And it was too late for us to
figure out, properly, what we really needed. Now
it turns out what Jack and I really need is socks.
We have more clothes up here than we can wear in
4 months, much less 2 months. I'm only about
halfway through my first clothing pack, even though
"it's supposed to be completed at the end of 30 days -
or 28, except for socks. Now socks I would have
liked to have changed every day, and unfortunately
I get one pair of socks about every 3 days, because
a couple of them are on long handles and other stuff
 1496

that you don't get worn. And so my suggestion to

all three of you is - is to see if you can't get
more socks, and forget about the rest of the stuff
because socks you really need. And at least as far
as Jack and I are concerned, we got more than any-
thing else - more than we need of everything else.

237 21 45 17 SPT Okay, that item applies to all three of you. And
the next one is perhaps more related to you, Ed,
but it'll affect all three of you, too, and that is
the film - ATM film in particular. Now the ATM
changeout as you know, occurred on day 28, and
we really only got into operation on day ll. And
for about the last 3 days, we were running with
lots of experiments omitted because they were run-
ning low on film. So this really means we essen-
tially exposed one complete exchange of film in about
12 days of fairly concentrated work. Fairly con-
centrated, I say, because we were catching up to
about 12 ATM - correction, up to l0 ATM passes per
day on a good part of those days. I don't know
how many ATMpasse_ you all intend to get, but the
point I'm trying to make is it doesn't take long
Kith bard _ork to expose a complete exchange of
film. Now the S054 canister still is in very good
on load 2, which I just brought back in yesterday.
And, of course, there's no reason in the world to
not reload that thing, Ed. And I expect that y'all
are taking care of this or it has been taken care
of very thoroughly. But I'd Just like to reempha-
size the fact that on S054 in particular, you ought
to have at least one extra exchange of film to put
in that machine,

237 21 49 47 SPT And then as far as 56 and H-alpha and 52 are con-
cerned, you've known all along that those are light
cameras, and I think this would be a good time to
start bringing up to Kenny the fact that it 0nly
takes 12 or 13 days of hard work to expose one load
of film. Now with Kohoutek in edition, why, of
course you're just not going to have enough film
to give the solar observations a fair shake. And
I've expurgated your section in NRL because of the
size, and I understand we've already got that extra
one load anyway. But on the other cameras, doggone
it, you really ought to get some extra f_lm, Ed.
And I don't think it's any too soon to start worrying
about that and getting it pushed through the program
office if you can. Now -
 1497

237 21 50 43 SPT Oh, the other item I was going to mention, Ed, is
about that telescope. I don't know what happened
at the CCB the other day but ass_ng that things
went fairly well, I don't have very much to add over
what I said before, except Just since we've never
given that a try, I can't say that it would be essen-
tial to JOP 13 or to the text, but I think that it
would be a desirable thing. I can't really say that
that H-alpha is essential, and I would be interested
to know what the end result of that work was or
what the end result of the CCB action was on there.
That 19 inches that I mentioned, I still think it's
a pretty good idea, because if it sticks out any
further, it's Just going to keep obstructing the
flow of traffic back and forth through the MDA
And you could see that yourself by taking a look
at the mockup or in the one-g trainer.

237 21 51 40 SPT So I guess that's all of _ co_nents for you today,

Ed. As a matter of fact, I've - The reason I'm
getting this on tape at the moment is because I
ended up about 30 or h5 minutes ahead of schedule.
And as near as I can recall, this is the first time
that's happened on this flight and this is day 29.
First time I've had an extra 45 minutes to - to
get some of this done. So a couple of questions
there with a response requested, and good luck
to you fellows, And let's see what - what you
manage to get on board.

237 21 52 14 SPT End of message to Ed Gibson in the astronaut office

from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

237 22 16 09 CDR CDR debriefing the last run, I started out doing
a 15A JOP, step 7. Completed that well, pressed
on with 2B, step l, got down to 2B, 5 and could
not complete. I'll pick up with 2B, 5. I'll be
able to go through the rest of the things because
I've got some verbing - observing time and shopping
list time. So everything will be okay. That goes
to the ATM science room,

f 237 22 16 3_ CDH CDR out.

 1498

237 22 21 02 SPT Roger.

237 22 21 08 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject is M092/093 on our friend Dr. Owen Garriott.
This info is for the biomed people, His left leg
measures 12-1/2 inches; his right leg measures
12-7/16 inches. The left leg cuff is Charlie
Sierra, 3.8; his right leg is Alfa Queen, 3.2.
The serial number of the blood pressure cuff is
011 and his saddle position is number 6.

237 22 21 52 PLT That's all for now, but don't go away.

TIME SKIP

237 23 21 06 SPT Okay, TOTAL WORK on that M093 run was 301
WATT-MINUTES. 301 WATT-MINUTES. And that
looks like all the information necessary to
complete the M093 run on channel A.

###

z
 DAY 238 (AM) 1_99

238 00 04 28 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with a

message for whoever's transcribing tapes.
I understand that the voice recorder was
lost on several times during the day in the
past 6 or 8 hours. I had one long message
for Dr. Ed Gibson over in the astronaut
office, and I had another message that was
sent to Mrs. Deana Sanford, Miss Jean Reid,
and others in the Foods and Nutrition Branch.
And I wanted to make sure both of those
messages were fully transcribed, and if they
were not, would you let the CAP COMM know so
I can repeat it? I'll need to know promptly
if those messages were not fully transcribed.

238 00 05 l0 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

238 00 36 44 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and I'm recording some
information on C-7 in preparation for the
VTR test. If I look at C-7 and I get a very
cool nothing, and if I turn on 191 power
and look at it, then I get 30 percent,
30 percent. I'll go ahead and leave that power
on al - although the cooler is off. Okay;
we got it. I'm going off the comm. I'd better
leave that power on 1 more minute, then I'll
give you a call and tell you what it is.

238 00 37 27 CDR CDR out.

238 00 39 37 CDR This is the CDR and - this is the CDR and l'm
reporting that the C-7 is indicating 30 percent,
30 percent. This is for - in preparation for
the 191 VTS check.

238 00 39 52 CDR CDR out.

238 00 47 57 CDR As far as I know, we've got everything going

Just perfect. Stand by for a mark at 40.

238 00 48 02 CDR MARK; 40. The world's slowest test. We're

doing the 191, correction, the 190 VTS test,
being recorded on chart A as far as we can tell.
1500

CREW (Whistling)

238 00 48 40 CDR 834.

CDR Stand by; I'll give you a mark when it goes

to 30.

238 O0 48 55 CDR MARK. Now, that's probably 30.9, as you know,

but I'm - this is to show 30.

238 00 49 00 CDR MARK. That went to 29, so that'll give you an

idea how this split - be the same with all
these others.

238 00 49 17 CDR Okay, we're at 26 now. Still passing over

bunches of clouds. 23. 22. 21 -

238 00 49 37 CDR MARK; 20.

238 00 49 41 CDR MARK; 19. Give you a mark at i0 and zero,

ifwe evergetthere.

238 00 h9 58 CDR We're at 15 now, gentlemen. TV camera looks

okay to me. Maybe a little bright. I'll come
down - Can't come down. That's it. 12, ii -

238 00 50 15 CDR MARK. i0 degrees, gentlemen.

238 00 50 18 CDR MARK; 9. So - and there's the split. As soon

as we get to here, gentlemen, what we're going
to do is give time marks, i0, LEFT; 20, RIGHT.
We're going to set GIMBALS to zero in a minute.
We're at 4 degrees. Stand by. 3, 2 - 1 -

238 00 50 49 CDR MARK. That was zero. Okay, GIMBALS to zero.

Give time at start at l0 LEFT and 20 LEFT for
full speed. Okay, let me check. We got them in
zero. Okay, that's it. Stand by. Okay -

238 00 51 i0 CDR MARK. I just started. I'll give you i0 and

20 LEFT. All right? It may take forever.

238 00 51 42 CDR MARK. i0 LEFT.

CDR Still don't understand why you guys need an

Earth background for this one. --_
 1501

238 00 52 13 CDR MARK; 20. Okay, I'm coming back in the other
direction. I'll give you a mark when it goes -

238 00 52 20 CDR MARK. That was right off 20 then. I gave you
the mark at LEFT 20. Get to do 19.

CDR Next mark coming up is going to be l0 LEFT.

238 00 52 46 CDR MARK. That was i0, LEFT.

238 00 52 49 CDR MARK. That was 9, LEFT. Okay? Beautiful clouds

and water down there. Lot of water.

238 00 53 19 CDR MARK. That was zero.

238 00 53 53 CDR MARK. 10, RIGHT.

CDR 20, RIGHT's going to be off the Earth, gang.

Okay, we're going off the Earth ... now. 15,
18, 19 -

238 00 54 28 CDR MARK; 20. Okay, ALIGN, OFF. IMC, OFF/HIGH.

With the GIMBALS set at 20, RIGHT: 0, UP;
give them marks. Okay, let's try that for
size. Okay, here we go. Stand - I'm going
to get a little bit at 21 then I'll set her
back at 20. Okay, here we go.

238 00 54 50 CDR MARK.

238 00 54 54 CDR MARK; i0.

238 00 54 57 CDR MARK; zero.

238 00 55 01 CDR MARK; 10, LEFT.

238 00 55 04 CDR MARK; 20. The GIMBAL's to 45, UP; 0, CROSS-

TRACK. Okay, I will. 45, UP; 0, CROSS-
TRACK. It's off the edge, gentlemen. 45: UP;
zero, CROSS-TRACK. Verify ... neutral. Give mark
and set IMC to RATE, ON/HIGH. Okay. Stand by -

238 O0 55 39 CDR MARK. Give marks at angles of 30, UP; 15, UP;
and zero. Voice record any CROSS-TRACK angle
variance from zero. I'll do that. Okay, we're -

238 00 55 50 CDR MARK, 40. That was 40, UP. We're still in zero,
gentlemen. Okay, we're going for 30. We're
1502

still at zero CROSS-TRACK, at the moment. _2,

31-

238 00 56 06 CDR MARK, 30 degrees. No CROSS-TRACK; 20 degrees

right there. I'm going to give you one at 15
in zero. CROSS-TRACK is a mere nothing.

238 00 56 28 CDR MARK. No, no, no. I - I missed the mark at 15.

238 00 56 30 CDR MARK; 10. There's the mark at lO. I missed the
one at 15. I'll give you one at zero.

238 00 56 41 CDR MARK; zero. Okay, IMC/RATE, OFF/HIGH; set

GIMBALS at zero, zero. Okay, I'll do that.
GIMBALs are at zero, zero. VTS POWER, OFF.
Okay, it says to do that. I want to do these
first ones again. I wanted to try that one
more time, just for fun. I want to set GIMBALs
to - to 20, DOWN; and zero, CROSS-TRACK. Okay,
20, DOWN, and zero, CROSS-TRACK; and IMC,
OFF/HIGH. Stand by for marks. Okay? Zero and
45, I'll give it to you.

238 00 57 25 CDR MARK; start.

238 O0 57 28 CDR MARK. That was zero.

238 00 57 32 CDR MARK. No, no. Don't mark.

238 00 57 33 CDR MARK. That was it. I gave it to you at 40 and

then 45. That was good. Now I'm going to set
it to 50, UP. Okay, zero, CROSS-TRACK. Here
we go. I'm going to give at 45, UP; and 15,
DOWN. Okay? Stand by. Got it started-

238 00 57 55 CDR _RK. That was it. 45, UP.

238 00 57 58 CDR MARK. That was 15, UP.

238 00 58 01 CDR MARK. That was zero. Mark - man that was a
fast test. I want to try that one again. I
didn't like it. 1'i1 get this right yet.
45, UP; and 15, DOWN. Okay? I start at 50.
Okay, here we go.

23800 5824 CDR START

....

238 00 58 27 CDR MARK; 45, UP.

 t

1503

238 00 58 34 CDR MARK; 15, DOWN. Okay, now I think I've given
you every single thing that - could possibly
need. I'll give you one more DOWN to UP, and
that'll help you out. Going to go to 20. And
I'm going to give you zero, UP; and 45, UP.
Okay, with MAX, 6. Here you go.

238 00 58 58 CDR START.

238 00 59 00 CDR MARK. That was zero.

238 00 59 06 CDR MARK; 45. Okay, now let's see. The one there
near the end, I didn't do exactly right. I
want to get it for you. 45, UP; and zero,
CROSS-TRACK; h5, UP; ZERO, CROSS-TRACK. This
is item 9. Give mark and set IMC to HIGH. Okay.

238 00 59 37 CDR MARK. I'm going to give marks at 30, UP; 15,
UP; and zero, UP.

f-- 238 01 00 03 CDR MARK; 30, UP. No CROSS-TRACK problems.

CDR No CROSS-TRACK problem.

238 01 00 23 CDR MARK; 15, UP. I'm going to give you a mark at
zero, gentlemen. Then I want to try one other
test that isn't called for. No CROSS-TRACK.

238 01 00 39 CDR MARK. Now I'm going to go up to the same place

again, Just like that test of - I'm going to
go up to 45, UP; zero, CROSS-TRACK. Okay, now
I'm going to IMC, LOW, on the mark. Okay -

238 01 O0 56 CDR MARK. I went IMC, LOW on h5. Still zero is

CROSS-TRAG_K. I 'ii give you a mark at 40.

238 01 01 04 CDR MARK; 40. Give you a m_rk at 30.

238 Ol 01 20 CDR MARK; BO. Okay, now I'll give you 15 and zero.
No CROSS-TRACK. And that's the end of the
test - with a little added bonus.

238 01 01 h0 CDR MARK. That's 15. Now I'll give you a mark at
zero and that's it.

238 01 01 56 CDR MARK, zero. End of test. Set GIMBALS to zero,

zero. I think I can do that, maybe. Set
GIMBALS, zero, zero; VTS POWER, OFF. Voice
 x_

1504

record monitor C-7. Okay, C-7, gentlemen, is

33 percent. No time in prep. VTS AUTO CAL
p ushbut t on.

238 01 02 26 CDR Let's say the time is now 13 - zero - zero -

01:02. I prepped it. Didn't - no lights
did anything, incidentally. Why? Probably
because I Just turned OFF the VTS POWER. I'll
wait 2 minutes 25 seconds and then go to the
next step. I'm going off the comm now. CDR.
This information, by the way, is all on EREP.
Think you'll need it.

238 01 03 01 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

238 01 30 i0 SPT Testing i, 2, 3, 4, 5; 5, 4, 3, 2, i. I have

the microphone in the wrong direction.

238 01 30 17 SPT Okay, the SPT on channel A. I'm over at the - STS
window number 4.

CDR ...

238 01 30 31 SPT I thought I sent them down to them•

SPT Okay. That's right.

238 01 30 44 SPT Maybe I didn't ; I don't know.

CDR ...

238 01 30 56 SP_ This is the SPT at STS window number 4. I'm

standing by looking out for the possibility of
an aurora tonight. It's after sunset, looking
to the north. I can see the Big Dipper directly
out in front of my window. The bowl of the dipper
is parallel to the horizon, and the North Star
is - Polaris is right straight up. In other
words, dropping into the dipper handle. It
gives us some clue as to where we're going, and
the North Pole [?] is so high we must be nearing
the northern extreme of our orbit right now. _

r
 1505

238 Ol 31 37 SPT It didn't get dark quite as early as on your

update tag. It's now coming up about 01:30 - 32.
It's at 01:31:30 right now - and we still have
a very brightly lit horizon, although we'll
probably get that most of the night.

238 01 32 05 SPT And I'm now looking toward the direction the
Sun went down and off to the right, which would
be off to the south; I can see the 80-kilometer
airglow very clearly. I cannot see it off to the
north, but that's mostly because I cannot see in
this direction very well.

238 01 32 26 SPT And now I'm beginning to wonder if this is the

best window to be looking out of. I Just think
I'll open the other window and see what the
horizon looks like over there.

238 01 32 h3 SPT Going over to window number 3, which l'm going

to open.

238 01 33 09 SPT Well, looking out window number 3, I still can't

see much of any - Well, I can see the airglow again.
That's about all, and I can't see very much of the
horizon.

238 01 33 51 SPT Okay.

238 01 3h i0 SPT Back to window number h. And a - -

238 01 3h 23 CC Skylah, Houston. We're AOS, Madrid for 9 minutes.

SPT Still look_g out the igindow attempting to get the

80-kilometer airglow tonight.

PLT Okay, Dick. And here's the ATM FRAMES R_4AININGo

H-ALPHA, i_889; S056, 5370; 82A is 188; 82B is lh51;
52 is 7608; 5h is 5615.

CC That 5h was 5615. Is that correct?

PLT Yes, sir.

238 01 35 06 CC Okay, good, Thank you for reading them down, and
I got them. I have a couple more things that we
can get out of the way at this pass. First of all,
we intend to be - to send up to you a new procedure
for ED78 that you may can use later. But the - one
 1506

note on that is the SL-2, the student experiment

checklist, has some useful pictures in it and so
the task is to find that checklist. We think it's
in a plenum bag that you stowed Just to the left
of those freezers up in the forward compartment of
- between the freezers and that duct. And there
may be some pictures in there you might want to
have a hack at trying to find. Also, have a change
to the CDR and the SPT details for tomorrow and
some battery number change.

SPT Okay, let's get them out.

238 01 36 00 CDR I know right where the book is, but I still don't
understand what we're going to look for in the book.

238 01 36 07 CC Well, I guess the note that I have, and I don't

have one of - I don't have Pete's book here at the
console, A1, but the note that I have - there
are some photographs or pictures of this experi-
ment in the book that would be useful for you to P_
take a look at.

CDR Okay, so it's in his student demonstration book?

238 Ol 36 28 CC I'm sorry. Say again,

CDR It's in his student experiment book?

238 01 36 31 CC That's affirmative. St,_dent experiment checklist.

CDR We'll find it in a flash. Okay.

CC Okay, and I guess we want to know if you can find

it in order - so that we can tailor like procedures,
assuming that you have that information. That's about
all it is.

238 01 36 _ CDR As soon as I finish, we'll find it. Okay.

Ready to copy bat numbers.

CC Okay, on the CDR details for tomorrow at 15 - at

a time of 15:15 I want to change "bat 13" to read
"bat 7." And then on the SPT details at a time
of 16:59; I want to change "bat 2" to read "bat lO."
 1507

238 Ol 37 31 CDR Okay, I'll - The SPT is working. I'll relay that
message to him. But now I do CDR bat 7 and PCG
bat 6. Is that correct?

238 01 37 hO CC Roger. You do 7 and 0wen does i0,

CDR Oh, ,.. must be doing PCG bat 6 in between times,

Is that true?

238 01 37 h9 CC That is affirmative.

238 01 38 08 CC And Skylab, Houston; we've still got about 5-1/2 minutes
here at Madrid. Another thing this evening that
we wanted to get up to you, You asked this morning
about television and how things are going. And
Fred Koons worked up a pretty good summ_ry of what
we think to date, and I'd like to pass that up to
you some time this evening,

CDR How about right now?

238 01 38 25 CC Okay, I'm going to be half reading from this page

and half paraphrasing so I'll Just go ahead and go.
We promised you a report on TV and particularly
the ones you've done from the TV 0ps Book. And
what we've done is we've taken a look at the las -
at the first 28 days of the mission and the following
is a s_immAry of that. First of all, Just about
all the TV has been great, both from the TV Ops
Book and others. You've done a total of 31 tele-
casts, 13 of which is from ... Book. _lmost
everyone of these has been broadcast, and of
course you know that after we get them down here
we do edit them some Just to get them" short enough
for the networks to use them. The reason is that
there are not too many from the TV Ops Book is that
we didn't start until day ll. And prior to that
we had trouble finding time for the TV, and of
course we had the _TE failure we had to contend
with.

238 01 39 19 CC The one that you did on day ll was a real beauty.
It was one of the corn - complicated two-camera
Jobs with the M171 and you did it ,Imost perfectly.
You had trouble with one scene, because the light
f- was out but we fixed that up in the ground proces-
sing. The next day you did M131. It didn't go
 i

1508

as well, but that was our fault because the check-

list, we thought, was too complicated. You did
a real good job in picking up the missed scenes
in that one. The three telecasts that Jack did
on meal prep and eating were real good. The M509
and TV went very well and they were also - was
impressive, and the guys down here think that Owen
is a first class zero-g cameraman. We have one
piece of constructive criticism.

238 01 40 06 CC When Owen did the TV-28 from the ATM C&D, this
time he ran out of tape. We thought he didn't
pause quite enough in his narration, so we just
suggest a reminder to Just go a little slower on
the talking. When Jack did the camera comparison
test, it showed that there was not much difference
between the two cameras. The one that you have
left" may need a little more light and particularly
in the forward compartment in the MDA, and we'd
recommend an f-stop of f/4. And that's Just a note
there that will probably make the focus more _-_
critical.

238 01 40 _6 CC We are starting to get some some live TV opportuni-

ties in the evenings, and that may be a good time
to look at Anita's web. The last time that Owen
televised the web, he used the close-up lens, and
we'd Just like you to know that that worked real
well, one of the best choices he had. It might
even help to turn out one of the spider box lights
to get a little more contrast on the web, Over,

238 01 41 1B CDR Okay, Dick. We appreciate that and tell Fred thank.
you for working the problem.

CC I'll sure do it.

238 01 41 27 CDR By the way, we did housekeeping 60E yesterday, so

we got plenty of food around.

CC Was that - that - -

CDR Forgot to put it on the shopping list accomplish-

ments.

CC Okay,and thatwas 60 Echo,right?

i

1509

UDR Right. Ambient food transfer,

238 01 41 46 CC Okay. Fine. And one note from ATM for the unat-
tended closeout on the S055. We need OPTICAL
REFERENCE line 25 and Verify that the NIGHT INTER-
LOCK switch is NORMAL.

238 01 42 02 CDR I'll get it.

PLT That's in MECHANICAL 102 and - which is the same

as OPTICAL zero.

CDR ... working.

238 01 42 33 SPT Okay, that's the end of the recording from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

238 13 43 48 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on

channel A debriefing the ATM run that's
currently about to be concluded. The time is
13:08, first pass of the day. We got off the
JOP 6, building blocks 1A and 1B, Just as adver-
tised, with little difficulty. We finished up a
little early on S056, so I'm giving you a shopping
list item. That's number 13, it'll be 5 minutes
in duration. And it'll be a SINGLE FRAME, ... LONG.
Nothing other than that - than my daily duty on
the white light coronagraph.

238 13 44 34 PLT And not too much to report except that it appears
that - in the - in the scan gratings in the over-
all widening of the corona at position about -
starting about 090 and extending around to about
0.40. Other than that, the region of the east
limb looks about the same as it did - yesterday,
and a little shot of the widening on the corona-
graph at 3435 where we picked up after the EVA.
But I'm fairly well pleased with the rotation of
the canister and ... some things are not going
to help. So with the exception of a little
additional widening down on the - on the west,
southwest quadrant, why, the Sun hasn't - pretty
f_ much the same as it did yesterday.
 J
d

1510

238 13 45 49 PLT That'll take care of the debriefing for this

run and I will be back ...

TIME SKIP

238 15 12 27 CDR CDR for the ATM science room. The pass at 14:30
went completely nominal. I threw in a building
block - or a shopping list item 5 and tried to
cover the spots in an area perpendicular - rather
aTmost perpendicular against the lines and gave
it a 240 - 2-minute and 40-second exposure plate.

238 15 13 ll CDR When that's complete, I'm going to do a shopping

list item 13 and then do building block 5 - not
building block, but shopping list item 5, I guess,
on the spot.

238 15 13 22 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

238 16 35 03 SPT Okay, the following inform*tion is for MII0 Pls

Steve Kimsey and Dr. Paul Buchanan, and it's
from the SPT, related to blood samples as specific
gravity measurements. This is day 30 and our
specific gravity measurements on our first
urine sample for the day are as follows: Jack
had 1.0330, Almeasured 1.034, and I measured
i.0327. Now water in the same refractometer does
not measure unity but measures 1.012. Checked
it a couple of times, that's with water from
the table here. So, we did send down some
specific gravity measurements earlier as well,
and they should also probably have that same
correction for the refractometer; 1.012 for table
water.

238 16 37 32 SPT Now here comes some more (cough) blood informa-
tion. Now these are the hemoglobin measurements
taken by capillary samples, finger prick, from
each of the three of us. I did not use any of
the blood from the syringe taken during the
ii0 draw. These are measurements on Jack's
blood with my right eye: 16.4, 16.4, 16.4, 16.3;
 1511

with my left eye: 16.9, 17.3, 17.0, 16.4, 16.5,

and 16.6. On Owen's blood, my own blood, with
my right eye: 15.0_ 15.0, 15.0, 14.7, 15.1, 14.9;
with my left eye: 15.4, 15.1, 15.5, 15.1, 15.2,
15.2.

238 16 38 35 CDR Hey, Big 0.?

238 16 39 00 SPT Okay, now on Al's blood, using my right eye:

17.4, 17.4, 17.5, 17.1, 17.4, 17.3; with my left
eye: 17.3, 17.4, 17.6, 17.2, 17.5, and 17.4.

238 16 39 29 SPT That completes the hemoglobin measurements. Now

I want to talk about the sto%ring of some of this
stuff for a little bit. We have transferred urine
freezers number 3 and 4, or urine trays number 3
and 4, over to freezer compartment 756. And we've
put trays 5 and 6 in the waste mRnagement
compartment - urine freezer. Now trays 3 and 4
still have 3-1/2 slots that are only - correction -
f- still have three slots that are only half filled.
In other words, we put half urine samples in the
slot and that still leaves the other half empty.
It's possible that we should fill those up right
now before exchanging trays. However, we did
have one message which indicated we didn't do
any shuffling around in the improper day for
slots until something like day 40, and what my
first intention is is to go ahead and start
filling up trays 5 and 6. And I'll assume that
you have enough half days in there to take care
of not overfilling trays 5 and 6. But for your
information, there are three half-empty slots
back here on trays 3 and 4. And also counting
up the number of blood samples available, the
blood drawn today- apparently it was blood draw
number 5 and it went into tray 5. And that aSSows
us room in those little green packages for three
more blood samples; only three more blood samples.
Now if - I assume that I've got that correct.
That'd be a total of eight, and if that's an
error, please let me know. Now this message
goes to the Mll0 PIs, including Drs. Steve Kimsey
and Paul Buchanan.

f_ 238 16 41 23 SPT SPT out.

 i

1512

238 16 42 14 SPT Now one other brief comment to be added to the

preceding message and that is Just to note that
the capillary method seems to have checked fairly
well on my own blood samples between m_ssion day
_20 and mission day 30; Just about the sam_, a
slight decrease of my own hemoglobin. Perhaps
that's an increase in blood volume; I don't know.
And we'd appreciate any comment any of you might
have regarding the implications of these hemoglobin
measurements and how well they correlate - how
well they are validated by the urine specific
gravity measurements.

238 16 42 55 SPT End of this addition from the SPT.

238 16 56 23 PLT Hello again, space fans. This is Jack on channel

A debriefing the last ATM run which began 16:05.
We ran off the JOP 2 Echo building block 36 A
and B, on penumbra of the sunspot in active
region 3. It came off as advertised. I did not
see any Ellerma_ bombs at all. I looked several _-_
times for long periods of time; did not see any
Ellerman bombs around the Sun spot. And we went
on with JOP 2 Echo, step 2, 36 Alfa and Bravo.
On the penumbra, we're continuing to look for
Ellerman bombs around the sunspot. And we went
pa.ss came off as advertised and we'll press on
to the next one at 17:38. Have reported a - a
possible emerging plage region at 270 at point
6 in an area which appears in the pad. So I Just
now want to know whether or not you had Just
decided to omit it or whether it was new. So I
reported it and you want me to use it as a shopping
list item on the next rev, so I will do so. It
will be a perfect time, providing I do not see
the Ellerman bombs around the same active region 8.
That takes care of debriefing of the 16:05 rev,
and we'll see you in about a half hour.

238 16 57 49 PLT Thank you.

238 17 00 50 SPT One more note to the Mll0 PIs, Dr. Steve Kimsey,
in particular. Here are the serial numbers on the
ASP that were taken on May 30. CDR is 162; SPT
is 187; PLT is 089. And would you confirm for me
that you have got the serial numbers on the ASPs
for the four preceding blood draws. Wanted to
. 1513

make sure that you did have those serial numbers

for the four preceding blood draws.

238 17 01 19 SPT SPT, end of message to Dr. Kimsey and Mll0 PIs.

TIME SKIP

238 18 29 51 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack again on

channel A debriefing the last ATM run which
began at 17:30. I ran off a JOP 4 Bravo building
block 36, on filament 42 which is busted up in
three or four pieces now, and I picked a piece
and went to work on that. I also did building
block ll as advertised. You changed my - my
building time there, shopping list item from 13
to something else. Number 1 priority was to
look for Ellerman bombs around active region 8.
I didn't see any. I looked for some around a
sunspotin active region - in active region 3,
and I wasn't able to find any there again. So
I did my second priority, which was the shopping
list 2 on active region 8, or the emerging ...
region, what do you call it? The area we
discovered earlier - I did that shopping list item
number 2, omitting 82A. They then asked me to
do another one on the same region and I did,
again omitting 82A. So we've got two shopping
list items 2 on that area. And 55 was MIRROR
LINE SCAN, in both cases, at GRATING all balls.

238 18 31 18 PLT It - Yes, that area appears to be getting a

little more intense and it seems to me, to the
naked eye, a little brighter on the K-ALPHA I,
as time goes on. The prominences you called out
at 290.8, appear to be three of them there and
the one which is furthest south appears to have
the most altitude end shows up the best on
H-ALPHA i. There are two which are north of that
which seem to be short and very faint and they
may or may not be connected over the top. It is
impossible for me to tell with the monitor as we
see it right now. However, will continue
observe - to observe these prominences and see
it they are doing anything different as the day
 I

1514

goes on. I thought I had another item to dis-

cuss but I can't think of it right now and so
this concludes the debrief on rev number 17:38.

238 18 32 30 PLT Thank you.

238 18 33 22 PLT Yes, the item that I meant to discuss on the

past ATM pass that I forgot was the signature
of active region 8. And the one - On the
XUV monitor, there appears to be a very strong,
relatively small signature on that - that area
although it is very well defined and without a
doubt the XUV signature we're getting is ... of
that area.

238 18 34 09 PLT The plage area of that region is developing a

sort of a U-shape or a U characteristic with the
most intense emission on H-ALPHA at the base of
the U. There is a darkened area which goes up in
the middle of the U and separates the two legs of
the horseshoe and this may turn out that we'll
see a very high gradient in that area. And if
so, perhaps we'll have a very good active region
emerging and something that we can expect to get
some continued activity from.

238 18 34 50 PLT I surely hope so.

238 18 49 54 SPT Okay, for the M092 people. There was a message
this morning that said they did not have the
pilot's calf circumference on day 237 run. I've
still got that noted on the can here and the left
leg was 14-3/8; the right calf was 14-3/4. And
I did put that on channel A. So I don't know
where it got lost.

238 18 50 16 SPT But those are the correct numbers for the last
measurements; 14-3/8, 14-3/4 for the pilot.

TIME SKIP

238 22 07 14 PLT Okay, space fans, this is the PLT on channel A.

This information goes to the folks who are inter-
ested in mass measuring devices, sample mass mea-
suring devices and probably for biomed folks.
 1515

I - calibrated the SMMD in the wardroom on day 237.

Start time was 00:25; temperature was 72 degrees;
measured l0 degrees on the SMMD digital readout.
Now we don't ever use this SMMD in the wardroom,
but here is the measurements anyway. Looks like
all we ever do with this SMMD is calibrate it;
we never use it. Okay, for zero grams we got the
following i0 readings. First three numbers are
always the same, so I'll Just read you the last
three after I begin. Zero grams; 1.95606, 633,
619, 617, 632, 614, 622, 631, 625, and 621. For
50 grams, we got the following reading - first
three numbers are: 2.03 then 250, 261, 255, 219,
268, 277, 276, 266, 253, 271. With i00 grams, the
following readings: 2.10604, 589, 615, 613, 577,
596, 575, 600, 611, 602.

238 22 08 53 PLT Okay, with 150 grams I got 6.63317, 704, 710, 718,
665, 638, 718 -

TIME SKIP

238 22 31 53 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is Jack on

channel A. Here is the result of the HK28 Lima,
I think, habitability consumables inventory.
Dis - disposal bags - urine disposal bags, the
subject. And E-622, that locker's full of them;
835, that locker is full of them, less i0 bags.
Locker S-925 is three-eighths full. Disposal
bags: W-705 has four bags in it; W-710 is
three-quarters full.

CDR ...

PLT W-711 is also three-quarters full. Trash bags:

F-569 has 42 bags; H-804 has 57 bags; S-911 has
52 bags; S-923 has 61 bags; S-933 has 53 bags,
S - correction, W-753 has 52 bags. Utility
wipes: Dome 448 has three boxes; H-802 has
3-1/2 inches - is 3-1/2 inches empty. S-909 is
1 inch empty; S-921 is l-l/2 inches empty; S-909
is 1 inch empty; S-921 is l-l/2 inches empty;
S-931 is 1-1/4 inches empty; W-700 is 2-3/4
_-- inches empty. And the one next to that - also in
W-700. There are two of them. The second one is
 I

1516

completely empty. W-723 has two fulls and one

empty; W-729 has three full; W-734 has one full;
W-748 has 1 inch empty and i/2 inch empty, in
its two lockers; W-768 is 7-1/2 inches empty;
W-772 is 1-1/4 inches empty. Tissues: H-802 is
6-1/4 inches empty; S-909 has two, one is 2 inches
empty, and the other is full. S-921 has two, one
of them is 2 inches empty, and the other is com-
pletely empty; S-931 has two, one is 1-3/4 inches
empty and the other is completely empty. W-700
is 8 inches empty; W-748 is 1-i/2 inches empty;
W-768 is 9 inches empty; W-772 is 2 inches empty.
Wet wipes is the subject: Dome 448 has two boxes;
W-735 has zero boxes; dome 4 - 416 has two boxes;
W-741 has three full boxes; W-768 is 4-3/4 inches
empty; W-772, boxes - zero inches empty, com-
pletely full. Okay, biocide wipes: H-802 is
5-1/2 inches empty; W-734 has two full boxes;
W-735 has also three - two full boxes. That en -
that concludes the message on habitability con-
s11mAblesinventory. The message goes to the _-_
stowage guys, whoever they may be.

238 22 35 29 PLT End of message.

###
 DAY 239 (AM) 1517

239 00 45 52 PLT Okay, space - space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run of the day which began
at 23:15. I ran off your JOP 6, step l, building
blocks 1A and 1B; no problems. Got down to 2 Bravo
and ran that off as advertised and gave you some
TV down-link about 5 to l0 minutes TIME REMAINING,
mostly XUV MON. And then I powered her down for
unattended - the GRATING ... and 102 MECHANICAL
at the moment. I put the switch in OPTICAL,
however. And I got your pointing almost in there.
Not quite, because I was a little rushed there at
the end.

239 00 46 41 PLT But the only thing that caused me a little concern
at the time, during this last pass around, during
the time of 23:55 to midnight when I got a MASTER
FLARE ALARM and noticed the PMEC up to around 670
and IMAGE INTENSITY COUNTER was elevated a little
bit - very erratic - Jumping between roughly 5
and 20. The - Thought maybe we had a little flare
in active region 93 or in the new region number 8,
I believe. Looked at them in H-alpha. They
appeared fairly bright, particularly 93. However,
didn't ever get XUV MONITOR signature. I didn't
have it. I never got anything out of the X-RAY
IMAGE and my BERYLLIW24APERTUREnever got off 4.
And the number over there was reading up, oh,
around 3.8, 3.9 volts. And so I didn't go for
it, and it dropped down below the threshold fairly
rapidly. So we might have had a small one. On
the other hand, we might have been in the horn.
And I'm not sure which.

239 00 47 56 PLT We were down around Australia at the time. But

we might ought to be watching that area anyway,
and I'd appreciate knowing if we did have a little
one or if we were actually in the horn. I don't -
I have the horns plotted on my chart, but our
data no longer gives it to us. At this time our
data no longer gives us time as to when we're
going to be in the horns and so forth. So we
might have had a little one, not enough to make
me go for it and the only thing that supported
that contention was the PMEC and a little l%_AGE
INTENSITY COUNT. But the other - other clues
didn't come through on the XUV, X-RAY IMAGE, or
_-_ BERYLLIUM,so we didn'tgo for it.
 I

1518

239 00 48 h0 PLT I hope we get one pretty soon. It looks like we

got a lot of good active stuff coming around.
So the H-alpha film - or the frame counters at
the end of the day are H-alpha 14215 ; S056 is
reading 5020; 82A is reading 180; 82B is 1337;
52 is reading 7379, and 54 is reading 5359.

239 00 49 04 PLT That concludes it for today, and we'll see you
tomorrow.

239 00 49 31 PLT Hello. Here's another comment for the ATM guys.
I notice in looking at the corona that we - as
compared to earlier tod_y around 13:30, the corona
has taken on a little more action primarily on the
east side where the - brightening around the
east-southeast part of the limb appears to be
extending further out in the corona now than it
did earlier today. And on the east-northeast side
we seem to have a little more brightening than we
had earlier today also. So it looks like the -
something's coming around the east limb and is
causing the corona to brighten up a bit also.

239 00 50 21 PLT Now that's the end. Good night.

TIME SKIP

239 Ol 44 05 SPT ... down. Hey, I'm going to record ...

CDR ... your napkin. Just a second ... (laughter)

•.., Jack, ...

239 01 44 43 PLT Okay, here we are on Mh87-2B.

CDR Not only were two of us wasting our time. Three

of us were wasting our time.

PLT We're starting all over again. We're not going

to have a roundtable discussion because it wastes
everybody's time while the other guy ta_ks so
we're going to do it one at a time. This is Jack
doing M487-2 Bravo.

CDR Here's another apple ...

PLT Probably goes to Bob Bond.

 1519

PLT I don't have but one.

239 01 45 12 SPT I don't have any, do I?

CDR You all ...

239 01 45 17 PLT Thank you. Okay. How adaptable are the various
compartments to multiuse purposes beyond their
prime design function? Well, you can't eat in
the sleeping compartment; you can't sleep in the
wardroom; and otherwise you could probably go and
sleep most anywhere. There's not much - light
for reading in the sleeping compartment, although
I do read a little bit at night before I go to
bed. You don't want to read there - you wouldn't
want to read there very long. There aren't many
places in the spacecraft you want to spend a whole
lot of time reading because it hurts your eyes,
because of the lighting. During the daytime, the
window is about the brightest place.

239 01 45 53 PLT The wardroom gets pretty crowded doing all the
multiple functions we got to do here: Looking
out the window, eating, doing medical, using
the tabletops for changing checklists, and all
that stuff. And you wouldn't want to make this
wardroom any smaller and you want to consider
shipping some of the activities w_ do in here to
other areas.

239 01 46 15 PLT The window isn't big enough and we ought to have
more of them. And we've co_nented on that before.
The upper dome area, we use it for the purposes
that we have up there. It seems to suit it fairly -
very well. No problem. And in the experiment area
down here, the shower's kind of crowded next to
the bike there. But being an add-on as it was,
why, I guess that's understandable.

239 01 46 41 PLT Now the head isn't good for anything but doing
head work. There's no way to fasten yourself
down. And you don't want to go in there any more
often than you have to for that reason. Otherwise,
it's a nice clean place to operate. It's not a
messy place. It's quite adequate to do the Job
we've got to do there except for fasteningyour-
self down somewhere.
 i

1520

239 01 47 00 PLT Sleep restraints: The sleep restraint is very

adequate for - for sleeping and that's all. You
couldn't do anything else there. I don't have
any qualms about sleeping in any attitude you put
it in. I sleep very well in the vertical position.
I sleep all night, very hard. I don't wake up.
I can always sleep pretty well when I get to bed.
I sleep with only the netting over me. I don't
hardly ever pull - pull the blanket up except
sometimes in the morning when it gets cold, why
I might pull it up and - and doze off another
half hour before getting up. But I use the two
upper straos fully loosened. The bottom strap I've
taken loose. And I like to have them there because
they make me stay against the back of the bed and
stay in pretty good position, although I doubt
that I'd have any trouble sleeping if I was
drifting around. I use the head restraints and
the restraints deal sometimes, and sometimes I
don't. I use only two cushions as opposed to four.
I only had two. Four's too many. Two's about _-
right. Sometimes I sleep on my stomach; sometimes
I sleep on my back.

239 01 48 05 PLT Sometimes I wake up in the morning and feel like

I'm laying horizontal in the bed. Other times I
don't. I feel like I'm in some random attitude.
But all in all, it works pretty good for sleeping,
and I like it. When I sleep on my side, sometimes
I put the metal strap under my rump and throw one
leg up - like you'd sleep on your side at home.
And so sleepwise, why, it's a pretty good restraint.

239 01 48 B1 PLT What noneating uses have been found for the ward-
room table? Would a design modification of the
table and it's associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? Well, we do a lot of check-
list changes at the wardroom table, and what we
need there is something to hold the books down.
Something you could hold the book down with and
_rite on at the same time and hold something
else in the other hand. So that we need something
to hold things down with on the wardroom table
for that.

239 Ol 48 56 PLT One other thing, while I'm thinking about it, __
about the wardroom tabletop, I think that's the
l

' 1521

most miserable latch that's ever been designed

in the history of mankind or before. That darn
latch half the time doesn't latch up and the other
half of the time it's - shoves right on through,
and you have to get a knife under there to break
it loose. I think that's a dumb design and ought
to be changed. Next one. Well, I guess it's
too late for that but we can't see how such a neat
... could have such a cr_y designed latch on.
Otherwise, it works pretty good.

239 01 49 23 PLT We tend to complain about everything because we

always evaluate things looking for - for problems.
But by and large, everything is well designed and
works pretty good. But so don't get any - a bad
complex because we repeat things negatively. We -
the good things - There are lots of good things
here, too. And - but one of the cru_niest things
in the whole spacecraft is the latch for the
tabletop - for the - for the food tray, that is.
f- The center tabletop,we never use. It's always
fastened up over the - the overhead. It fastens
down all right or fastens up there all right, but
it's pretty much a useless item.

239 01 50 0B PLT We don't read in here. We don't read any time,

matter of fact, unless it's a checklist or some-
thing. And we don't - we don't play any games.
So the center tabletop is not useful.

239 01 50 18 PLT Other uses of the wardroom table: I guess we set

an experiment up on it one time and photographed
it from the top with the TV. That's about it.
Just need some way to hold things down.

239 01 50 28 PLT What sanitation problems have developed and how

have you dealt with them? Well, actually the
place is pretty sanitary. I had a minor urine
spill the other day because of a leaky bag, and
I Just was able to soak it up because it didn't
go anywhere. It Just kind of clung to the - to
the urine drawer, and I soaked it up and cleaned
it off and no problem. You can make a mess in
there and it doesn't matter because you can kind
of wash your hands in the handwasher, squirt
some of that water on you, don't worry about a
spill. Just rub your hands in under that in -
 i

1522

little sink area and all the water mostly affixes

to the stainless side of the sink and some day
or other you can wipe it up if you want to. But
usually it Just dries up because of the - the
dry climate in here. And otherwise, water or
soan drops go flying around the place and land
somewhere and pretty soon dry up and leave a little
watermark.

239 01 51 19 PLT But I guess the message is that - build the space-
craft without any exposed wiring and connectors
or any places that water can get in behind and
short things out, because water's going to get
loose, and you Just can't be careful enough to
keen drops from flying all over. We Just plan on
it and that's the way we operate. You wash your-
self and wash waterdrops from off the washrag
and some of them go up to the experiment compart-
ment and some of them go up in the dome and some
of them fly around the head, and some of them get
on you. It's Just the w_v of operation. That's .--_
why you get so tired of being careful. You
realize it doesn't matter anyway, so it's better
to Just let her fly and wipe it uP later because -
because it's the practical w_ay to go. So the
spacecraft ought to be designed with that in mind.

239 01 52 12 PLT The head really hasn't been a sanitation problem,

I don't think. Most of the areas in here that
we have to clean all the time or have to clean
aren't sanitation problems. The one that is is
the garbage area. That place is a mess most of
the time and so it gets full of garbage, and it's
a pain in the rump to have to change that out all
the time. Every night we've got to change all
those cans. And there's a lot of loose stuff that
goes down in there - residue from food packets
that you can't clean out, whatnot, and it nets
kind of messy over there sometimes.

239 01 52 47 PLT The plastic tops off our food cans like peaches
and meat and that kind of thing with the membrane
in there, they're always sloppy wet with Juice or
something sticky and those go in there too. And
they create a mess, especially when they float up
and - The cans Just go in there and stay in there.
They float all over. So if there's Junk in there,
 1523

like cute little pieces of garbage, when you open

it up - sausage for one is very crumbly and if
you don't get it all eaten out of the bag, why,
one of these times you open that thing, that
sausage is going to come flying up at you.

239 01 53 20 PLT So stuff floats around in there and gets loose

and makes a mess around that area, so that's
probably one of the areas we ought to think a
little more about the next time - the next design
around, is to design the eating garbage disposal
a little bit better.

239 01 53 39 PLT What is the most disconcerting personal hygiene

problem you've encountered?

PLT Well I really - really haven't encountered a

disconcerting one. I brush my teeth and comb my
hair and shave every morning, Just like I do at
home. And our deodorant works very well. I
foundthat - I tried going one day without,but
you do need it and - and it does work very good.
And I think one of the things that solves some
of that hygiene problem in here is the dry climate.
Things dry up very readily, very fast, and so if
you're sweating or something, why, you dry off
quite, quite well. And I think it's an advantage
to have this kind of climate. I wouldn't want to
have it any drier, but I like it the way it is.

239 01 54 26 PLT I guess washing the scalp is probably the - it

hasn't been disconcerting, but it's probably the
most - the problem that we really haven't got
licked unless you take a shower. I've only taken
one shower; that was last week and I think it's
probably more of a pain in the neck than it is
worth. It's something you ought to do to fill
the square, but one thing I don't like about the
shower is that kind of soap you have to use. That
kind of soap kind of sticks to you. It's hard to
get it all off. The shower doesn't take all the
water off you or all the soap, so there's no way
to get it all off. You Just go around smelling
like that soap for a couple of days and it kind
of stings a little hit and - I don't like that
soap at all. And that's one of the reasons I didn't
f take a shower this week.
1524

239 01 55 07 PLT The other reason is that you Just don't" get too
dirty up here and there's nothing to get dirty on
and you don't get too sweaty because your sweat
dries up in a hurry and - and you don't sweat for
prolonged periods of time. And that residue
that's left on your skin after sweating can be -
which is primarily salt, I guess - can probably
be - Just can be washed off - wiped off with a
sponge bath, which is what I do every night. And
the other thing, washing your hair is - There is
no good way to do it unless you do it in the
shower. And what I've taken to is Just getting
my scalp wet and soaping it down and - and cleaning
out the soap with a rag as best I could• But
would be nice to have some shampoo. I think the
next crew to come up ought to have some kind of
shampoo instead of that hand soap. Surely, the
shower soap I don't want to use again and -
and the hand soaD really doesn't do a good Job
on your scalp the way you'd like it to•

239 01 56 06 PLT Okay. How effective and efficient are the cleanup
procedures and hardware? How much of a time line
imposition are cleanup chores? They're a nuisance
really. There's too much cleaning up, especially
in biocide wipe. And most of the time we're on
biociding things that don't even have to get
biocided. And when we do biocide them, why, it's
too often• So - and all the procedure of going
through this business of washing it with soap and
rinsing it down, then biociding it and then washing
it with water again that's - that's a bunch of
malarky. You should either do one or the other
and forget it because four times over one area
to get it clean is - is a dumb way to go, and it's
one of the reasons we don't do more cleaning than
do.

239 01 56 47 PLT One of the best ways to get things wiped up

around here, I've noticed, Just take a wet rag
and go around and wipe them up. When I wiped
down the walls - especially in the wardroom, food
gets loose. You open up some of these cans and -
and the little drops go flying all around and
they stick all over you and you get spots of
juice and other kinds of food sticking to the
•.. the refrigerators and to the food lockers,
 1525

and the best way to get them off is Just take a

wet rag and wipe them down. And all this baloney
about - about so_Ding a place and then rinsing
it, then biociding it, then rinsing it again is
just too much trouble with it.

239 01 57 28 PLT Some of it doesn't get done and we'd probably do

more of it - more cleaning if we didn't have to
go through this kind of waste - make-work waste-time
procedure. Okay. How adequate is the ATM chair?
Never use it; don't need it; and it's sitting
back in the corner somewhere out of the way.
And it's - To be honest with you, more in the
way than anything else. I guess somebody - some
guys may like it, but nobody in this flight ever
uses it. So I can't comment on that too much
since I haven't used it. I used the shoe grids
only. Toebar, I don't - never noticed it was in
there.

f_ 239 01 58 08 CDR It's on the chair.

239 O1 58 l0 PLT Well, it's on the chair, so that's why I never

noticed it. Don't use the chair anywhere at all.
So I don't have any improvement to recommend other
than finding a good place to stow it that's out
of the way.

239 O1 58 20 PLT How come?

CDR ... (Laughter) Put a handle on it and ...

(laughter).

239 01 59 05 PLT Number 8. How comfortable are your garments in

terms of fit, warmth, don/comf - doff ease? And
wear - were they sufficiently resistant to tearing
and abrasions? Well, let's go over that first.
First things first here. How comfortable? Oh,
they're plenty comfortable. I don't do anything
to modifythem. I Just put them on. Sometimes
I wear the Jockey shorts; sometimes I wear the -
the boxer shorts. I think I like to have a clean -
clean pair of skivvies every day, and the extra
ones we brought up, I think, were a good addition.
I don't ever wear the white T-shirts except to
r- bed at night. During the day, I don't wear the -
the turtleneck - what do you call it - the duress [?S
1526

shirt either because, I don't know, it's Just too

warm and it doesn't have the pockets in it that
the - the outer garment does, or the Jacket does.
The Jacket's got -

239 01 59 59 PLT The Jacket's got pockets in it. Now you can keep
pencils, flashlights, and tapes, and whatever Junk
you picked up along the way in the pockets and -
and besides, the duress shirt's not fitting and
it's a little warm and it's got that turtleneck
to increase the warmth. It looks good but it
doesn't absorb the sweat much either, so I haven't
used the one - one of them but one day, and -
and I decided not to use it any more after that.
But of course, T-shirts aren't have - don't give
any final authority protection plus they don't
have the pockets in them, so I wound uP Just
wearing the jacket with no shirt under it. And
it's very comfortable and cool that way. I don't
sweat into it, so you don't get it all sweaty and
it's not sweat up here unless you're working out
on the bike. And - and so I motate around that
mode: trousers with a pocket full of Junk and -
and the Jacket by itself with whatever stuff I
need to pocket in them. Another thing you don't
have enough of up here is socks. You should
have a extra clean pair of socks for every day.
I don't wear them - those longhandles at all.
I don't need them, but - the tem_erature's Just
right. We were't sure about the temperature to
begin with. But I don't need them to sleep in.
I prefer not to. And so underwearwise, all I wear
is skivvies. Other comments: I need one pair of
socks a day, one pair of skiwies a day, one pair
of trousers a week is about right, and one Jacket
every 2 weeks is adequate - swell.

239 02 01 27 CDR Hey, try to ...

SPT ...

239 02 01 32 PLT Were they sufficiently resistant to tearing and

abrasion? Yes, they don't tear or abrade. I
had one that the pocket came off from. One pair
of trousers had the - Yes, I put that down.
 1527

239 02 01 h7 CDR I'll be back in a second.

239 02 01 h8 PLT Okay. Thank you. Before and after dressing or

something. The one that is the pocket that you -
the hip pocket that you keep the little checklist
think in. And one of them was - came loose and
started tearing off. That's my problem I'm having
with them. They fit good. Pencil pocket works
good and the little pocket for your PRD works
good, your dosimeter. And it's that other pocket
back there for your scissors - doesn't work good at
all. It's not big enough to keep the scissors in.
The scissors are too long for it. It keeps coming
loose and the scissors come out. Too much of a
nuisance to hang them on a lanyard because you
have to unwrap them every time you want to use
them, so I wind up putting them in one of the
other pockets. That scissors pocket is no good
for nothing. So that's the only gripe I got about
that.

239 02 02 39 PLT Let's see what else. Do they tend to snag as you
move about? No, they don't seem to snag. Recom-
mendations for improving the garment. Well, I
think they're adequate the way they are. I - I
like them okay. I use my lower left pocket for
trash, Junk; every place I pick up some trash I
put in there and I hardly ever empty it. When
I - i Just leave it full and throw it away when
I throw away my trousers. My lower right pocket,
why, I use that for picking up equipmentthat I
might want to use. There's always restraints,
and bungees, and stuff like that, floating around
and - and hooked to places where they are not
being used, so when I see one and I know I'm going
to need it sometime, I pick it up and put it in
that pocket and I use it sometime. In my left
side pocket, I - I keep my tape and my timer in
there. Always need that tape. The gray tape
works everywhere, so I keep some handy. Always
need the timer somewhere, too, so I can keep it
handy there. My right side pocket, that's the -
the flat one, I put my scissors in there and -
and I can't remember what else - whatever else I
need to carry around. Oh, I like the garments
f pretty well. The ones - the parts of them I've
used. There are some I wish I had more of.
1528

239 02 0B 58 PLT What changes have you detected in the environmental

elements discussed as the last question in the first
debriefing? Well, I don't know. Have you used
any of the h87 instruments to document these
changes? Really - I've noticed a little change
in temperature. Since we got the sail out, it got
a little cooler; we got a high Beta angle and it
got all warmer again. And every once in a while
I use a visual thermometer to check the temperature.
And other than that, why, the temperature's been
pretty stable. It's - dry - drynesswise, the
humidity's about right. Keeps you dry; you don't
sweat much; not hnm_d; everything dries uo real
well. Put something out to dry and it's dry in
a Jiffy. It's a little dry for the ... but it
hasn't really completely cut through yet, but I'm
getting there. So I wouldn't mske it any drier;
I wouldn't make it any wetter, either. I like
the ht_nidity the way it is.

239 02 04 53 PLT Airflow-wise, the ventilation is adequate. I like

the ventilation of the sleep compartments, too.
Good deal we got those vents in there; otherwise,
we'd be too stuffy, too hot. Because otherwise,
air wouldn't circulate in there. That was a good
plan to put - ought to have ventilation in every
small compartment that you come up with. So there's
been no - apparent changes rea]]y; the ones that
I had used - had noticed mostly the temperature
rising - the 487 and documented those. At least
if I haven't documented them, I've - I've noted
them as a matter of course.

239 02 05 27 PLT So that kind of wraps up the roundtable discussion

for Jack, and I'll pass this on to somebody else.

CDR 0kay. I 'll get it.

239 02 15 26 CDR How do you hear? Okay, this is the CDR in the
roundtable discussion on M487-2B. Now it's obvious
that everybody isn't gathered around; they're Just
floating, doing some work in the area. We thought
this would be more reasonable than the other
fellows standing around Just listening to one
talk. So here I go. How adaptable are the various
compartments to multiuses beyond their prime P_
design function? Well, they're not too much so,
 4
1529

for the simple reason they are designed for specific

functions and everything we have to do up here is
a specific function, and so there's a place to do
it; now except for a few. Now, for example, we
never came up with a place to undate all these
checklists, the Flight Plans that we're always
having to do. And that's probably one of the
biggest holdbacks in the whole operation.

239 02 16 22 CDR Sometimes we use - stick it on the wall with our

feet and doing it. That doesn't work too well.
Sometimes the ATM table, and that works pretty
good because you got places to stick things.
Most of the time, we use the wardroom table, but
they don't have any way to tie down these tables.
I've got - I put _v feet over it and do it, but
it's still not acceptable .... the next space
station. Too bad that there isn't individual -
some sort of writing desks in compartments.

,239 02 16 57 CDR The head's small. Multiple use there. Of course

you could go in there and do medical work or
anything, but - No, you do the medical work in the
wardroom. Looking out the window inthe wardroom
is useful. Wardroom needs to be bigger.

SPT I don't think ... I don't think ...

239 02 17 26 CDR Okay. How adequate are the sleep restraints?

Excellent sleep restraints. Need more bungees.
Needs a softer pillow, it needs a softer cover to
hold your head to the pillow. Other than that I
think it's real good.

239 02 17 38 CDR One of the nicest things about it is the ability

of it to be moved to different places rather
simply and to be usable in those other places,
Just in case the temperatures were - I slept up
in the MDA about four or five nights because I
thought it was much cooler there. Now that it has
cooled off down here, this is certainly satis-
factory. Another disadvantage, I think, is you
cannot put on - you can put only one blanket on
your bunk. I presently have two, but I had to use
safety pins. Another disadvantage is there's so
_ much billowingdown near the feet - -
1530 '_"

CC Skylab, Houston. We 're through Bermuda ... - -

CDR - - because your body heat won't keep it warm.

So we'll - so we'll be able to also put some
pins in there to decrease the volume. That turns
out to be real fine• But those are things you
might think about. Perhaps at the foot. Area
you ... probably as much - more than anyone else.
That was Just one of the things you overlooked.
You wanted plenty of foot room - toe room - you
didn't realize it would also ...

239 02 18 45 CDR What noneating uses have been found for the
wardroom table? We use it as a desk, but it's
a poor one. Would new design modifications of
the table and its associated restraints be
desirable? Definitely. You need restraints on
top of the table to hold the different items when
you're working on books and things and checklists.

•239 02 19 02 CDR The foot restraints are too small to house a _-_
triangle shoe. The way the - The leg restraints
are good; thigh restraints are excellent, with
one exception. The little bars - the four little
bars that come out and fit against the front and
back of the thighs should be wider so they can
provide some leverage points. As they are,
they're small and you tend to flop around in
them - in the shoes - restraints. They could be
large enough that you could slip in and it would
be a nice, tight fit, and you could ... them around.

239 02 19 36 CDR What sanitation problems have developed and how

have you dealt with them? I think our biggest
sanitation problem has been in the area of ...
trash ... allow you to have good ... compactor;
•.. trash every day .... dirty, you put your
fingers and then the whole thing is a big germ
catcher that I think should be improved ....
trash ... could. Now that we've got one behind
each person, it makes it nice. Changing them -
every 3 or 4 days is certainly ample. What are
the ... ?

SPT ... ATM ...

239 02 20 20 CDR What sanitation problems - What is the most

disconcerting personal hygiene problem you have
 1531

encountered? I think probably the urine ... on

the end of the ...; ... you can .... have to ...
drops out and then you _-,,ediately have to get a
•.. somewhat and wipe off. Your fingers get
dirty and get ... to the tissue. And with those
rubber ..• because you get rubber ... with urine
on it. And then you have ... urine on it. I
think ... could have invented a cuff with some
sort of ... flows through there where it could -
you could catch the ... of your ... there and ...
could ... off ...

239 02 21 04 CDR How effective and efficient are the cleanup

procedures and hardware? They're okay. I think
the little wet wipes are too small. In fact, ...
okay. It's Just that they ... nice Job of ...
trays, they can clean them out here and you have
no problem• The procedure where you wipe stuff
with Just soap and water isn't as ... biocide
procedure .... clean it as good ... hospital.
It ought to be able to Just wash it with water and
then every once in a while ... germs build up ...
give it a biocide wipe ... sufficient ... clean up
of biomed bases ... with the biocide. Clean up
the trash area ... ; other areas ... clean ...

239 02 22 07 CDR How adequate is the ATM chair? Tried it one time,
thought it would be good - ... rattled around.
It's the same feeling you have in a - a - a
chair that has one leg shorter than the other
three. It's disconcerting, troublesome, bothersome.
•.. Now ... the chair wasn't clamped to a grid in
front of the ATM. The fact was that the grid
itself is loose, so - It's Just bothersome. Now
have it parked. I think it would be a good
thing if it were done right and anchored down ...

239 02 22 43 CDR How comfortable are your garments? Excellent

garments. A little too many pants, a little too
many Jackets. One would last 28 days, certainly
the Jackets; pants every 2 weeks. Things don't
get dirty up here. The only dirt you get on is
your shirt ; food and things fly at it, and sweat
from your body, which isn't much up here, I notice.
And sweat doesn't stink. By that, I mean -l've
noticedthat nobody seems to have body odor over
here whether or not you use a deodorant.
i532

239 02 23 07 CDR Now on Earth in the same situation, you'd smell.

Our clothes got to smelling bad there - on Earth
after a day or two, particularly these shirts.
But here they don't. And all I can imagine is -
is the fact that we Just aren't putting out as
many salts and minerals, or they're going some-
where else, probably out in the urine. Do they
tend to snag as you move? No, they're good.
Pockets are not ... I like the full pockets; they
give you the ability to stuff a lot of things in
there ...; ... those pockets ... for different
things ... and for ... less than for trash ...
trash ... most likely to ... you there ... - -

239 02 23 44 CC Skylab, Houston; we're going over the hill - hill.

Med conference will be at Madrid at 02:28.

239 02 23 51 CDR - - ... My ...; my flashlight ... get to. My

... helps and my ... So I've got everything sort
of where it's needed. I know where they are Just
a few days ... The knife pocket and scissors _-_
pocket and the ... pockets are too small. They
ought to ... snap on them instead of Velcro ....
Velcro isn't much ... They need to Overlap the
pocket more so that things wouldn't ... opening.
Actually, the opening of the scissors pocket ...
trouble ... That's the reco_nendation I had.
I need more socks here, and I need a pair of shorts
every other day, socks every day if possible ...
us to ride on the bike - dirty socks ... do it.
I think you need - triangle shoes. You need a
pair of low-top triangles and a high-top pair for
riding the bike. These things get hot here and
there's no reason for ... The other little booties,
forget them. You don't ever need them ....
socks ...

239 02 25 04 CDR What changes have you detected in the environmental

elements discussed as the last question in the
first debriefing? Well, nothing .... a little
cooler since we put up the twin-pole sunshade.
It's nice down here, not bad. I slept in the MDA
a couple of nights. Now I don't do that any more.
One thing that I have noticed is - my nose is
starting to - not bleed - hadn't - blood in it -
let's say, scabs in it when I blow my nose, and
so finally I think that I'm adapting to the dry
climate. I've noticed that I have the same
 1533

problem in Denver or - or Phoenix or somewhere

else where it's dry; but, of course, it's much
aggravated up here. And I don't snend much time
in those other places, so ... the problem. The
lighting is poor, need more lighting. Now - it's -
I'd say adequate for work but it's poor for
reading. Noise is - very nice, very good ...
Temperature, matter of fact, I could be ...
H11m_dity, good; and the airflow is fine. There's
enough airflow to keep the dust out of the air.
All the dirt's collected on the screen. That's
•.. all down ...

239 02 26 20 SPT Over ...

TIME SKIP

239 02 46 47 CDR This is the CDR and this information goes to EGIL.
l've Just performed the - housekeeping task for
tomorrow called - IhG, which concerns how the
water iodine concentration is in coming out of
the chiller. Answer: 3-1/2 parts per million,
3.5 parts per million.

239 02 47 09 CDR CDR out. That goes to EGIL.

239 02 52 47 SPT Okay. M487-2 Bravo. This is the SPT. How adapt-
able are the various compartments to multiuses
beyond their prime design function? I think it's
already been mentioned%_nat all of our ta_ have
already been designed for. We have very little
free time to spend elsewhere. And so, if they
even fit their prime design function, that's doing
well enough. And they don't need to be multiused.
This window, I presume Al has commented on the
fact that it does need to be designed where you
can look at it from any angle. Might have been
better to put it up in the - above the experiment
level so that there was more room vertically, that
is along the X-axis, because if you can orient your
body in any direction, it would have been a very
good multiuse facility. And the dome area is
probably the only thing that deserves the word
multiuse because you do everything else up there
that requires a little bit of room where - some
of our TV staging used to go on.
1534

239 02 53 46 SPT Sleep restraints have been quite adequate. Useful

for nothing else.

239 02 53 52 SPT Noneating uses? Essentially, nothing. Design

mod, desirable. We need some restraints that work
for our feet. The thigh restraints, I do use;
foot restraints are almost useless because they
don't fit the right thing. There is a place for
the triangle shoes. It's the one clip in which
I put my foot that almost invariably gets the
triangle cocked. You put in there, and then you
pull out, and if the triangle is half cocked, then
you nearly - you have to arrest it by your fingers
to get it turned around. So the one thing that
might have been useful turned out to be a hindrance
for me.

239 02 54 23 SPT Sanitation problems: Really nothing. I think

Al surely mentioned the place for food waste -
dumping these cans and things like that.

239 02 54 35 SPT Personal hygiene: Well, I'm annoyed because

there's no place to brush my teeth. I get around
that by Just sort of brushing them in water and
chewing gum. I'm annoyed because I can't wash
my hair very well. There's no place that you can
really scrub your head down. I tried it a little
bit with that soap for the showers, and that's no
good. Should have had shampoo, and I think Jack
mentioned that.

239 02 55 13 SPT It might be possible to put a little bag over

your - top of your head sort of llke a woman's -
hairnet or dryer enclosure. And you put a little
water and soap in and then Just, you know, right -
reach right through that to scrub your scalp. That
might work and then you could squirt water in
there and somehow get the water out. Anyway, a
possibility.

239 02 55 41 SPT How adequate the ATM chair? (Chuckle) I needed

it once and sat in it and found that it - it didn't
fit at all. The grid to put your feet through is
far better. Toebar, didn't even know there was
one. No, we've never used the chair. We Just got
to find a better place to stow it, as Jack said. _

239 02 56 06 SPT Garments are pretty comfortable. I haven't modi-

fied any of them. Too bad that the knife [sic]
 1535

won't hold the knife; too small, slightly. Too

bad the - no place to put the scissors. Sort of
handy to have those scissors along. But it seems
that every time you use them you got to unroll
them because there's no place to - keep that
string rolled up. I'm not quite sure what we
ought to say on that - on the scissors. I Just
toss them in one of my pockets.

239 02 56 52 SPT The trousers do not doff easily enough because of

the triangle shoes. You do need to hop in and
out of your trousers every now and then. And it
would be better if probably they didn't have that
cuff in the bottom. I am going to try cutting
mine out for a while. No, they don't wear; they
don't abrade; they don't snag.

239 02 57 17 SPT Could be a little cooler, as far as the environment

is concerned, could be a little more _,im_d, al-
though I understandthere are condensationproblems
and so on to be concerned about there. And the
thermometer is the only thing we - we haven't
noticed the temperature coming down.

239 02 59 36 SPT So it's the end of the SPT's comments on _87-2.

TIME SKIP

239 12 43 38 SPT PRD readings. The PLT is 7263, 7263, for the
pilot.

239 12 44 18 SPT 9121, 9121 for the SPT.

239 12 45 02 SPT 298 for the CDR, 298.

239 12 59 33 PLT Good morning, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A. Apparently we need a repeat on the
SMMD calibration down on the wardroom unit, be-
cause we were cut out during the tape dump yes-
terday. This was done on day 237, and the last
two sequences are as follows: 100 grams, readings
were 2.10604, 589, 615, 613, 577, 596, 575, 600,
_-_ 611, and 602. For the 150-grammass as follows:
first three numbers are 2.17, then 704, 710, 718,
665, 638, 718, 715, 763, 738, and 732. This
ends the message on the S_D. Ought to go to
1536 _'

the biomed folks who are interested in weighing

things.

239 13 O0 45 PLT I have another message now for the food people,
Malcolm Smith, Jean Reid, Deana Sanford, and
those troops. Number i is zips - oh, Rita Rapp,
also, please. Number 1 is zips. I have not
eaten any tunafish and bread for - the two to-
gether, since the day I reported that I had had
enough of it. I have not been reporting this
on my - deviations because I thought that I had
made it clear at the time that I would not be
eating any more of it together. I do not care to
eat it individually or together. And I have not
been doing that since the day I reported it.

239 13 01 25 PLT The only time I eat bread, I eat it with ham.
So tunafish and bread are out all together, and
I do not care to have either one of them anywhere
else. Or I do not care to have either one of
them eaten individually. I would welcome a _-_
substitute for that if you would come up with
one. I would prefer some kind of fruits or
something of that sort. I expect I outlined why
at a previous time; why I do not care for the
bread or the tunafish. Neither one of them
tastes good to me at all. The two of them to-
gether are - are not eatable as far as I am
concerned, except on a survival situation. This
isn't one of those yet.

239 13 02 19 PLT The other subject is this. We all are drinking

extra drinks out of overage. And the apple
drinks and the cherry drinks are about gone. We
need to get some other drinks approved to sub-
stitute for them. I understand as I remember
from a previous message that other available
drinks were strawberry and lemonade and grape
and something else. That's possihly grape; I'm
not sure what those were. However, most all
those other drinks also are fast disappearing.
And we have a fair amount of tea on board and -
and extra orange Juice. And we would like to
have permission to use tea and orange Juice and
all other drinks of that nature with the exception
of the instant breakfast and the cocoa as - as ....
supplementary drinks to drink whenever we feel
 _ 1537

like we need something extra. So if you will

give us that information or at least research
it and let us know, we'd appreciate it very much.

239 13 03 23 PLT That's the end of message. Thank you very much.

239 13 ll 49 CDR CDR debriefing the previous ATM run. Things

went well. I made one mistake in which I rolled
to minus 4200 ROLL, second part of building
block 2 before 54 had finished timing out. I
wasn't watching the little light. But after
that whole building block was over, I returned
to zero ROLL and I gave you another M, 3, 0, S,
256 to make sure that you have your complete
JOP 6 synoptic observations. That, of course,
let me run behind as far as J0P - or shopping
list 13 was concerned. I went back and gave you
a couple minutes exposure on it and everything
else came off okay.

239 13 12 25 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

239 14 25 29 SPT Testing i, 2, 3, 4; 4, 3, 2, i; i, 2, 3, 4; 4, 3,

2, i.

239 14 25 37 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A getting set

up for an S063 horizon airglow run. I guess that's
S063-2. Anyway, it's airglow horizon, and we've
got all the equipment mounted now in the SAL with
the adapter and the AMS and all that good stuff.
Now - I've been practicing on the Earth's horizon
prior to sunset here and have the technique all
down satisfactorily. And I've noticed a couple
of things.

239 14 26 I0 SFT First of all, there's too much flop, too much play
in the foot mounting to the camera and in the foot
mounting of the optical sight. And so that as you
turn the VERNIER DRIVE to track the horizon, or
the airglow, it will be there - there - it oscillates
f back and forth in the viewfinder. Now to prevent
that, I have put gray tape at the foot mounting
of both the camera and on the optical sight. And
1538

with that gray tape there, it of course would still

allow the impressure to move it. But at least it
doesn't oscillate back and forth. And so the tech-
nique I've been using, it did not touch the eyepiece
with my eye at all and only drive it by hand and
that's the only contact made with the instrument
and then it will drive rather smoothly and I think
I can track it to something on the order of l0 kil-
ometers or something like that. I haven't tried
it yet, of course, but I'll get a better estimate
of it.

239 14 27 13 SPT Now without that gray tape on there to stabilize

it, it'll oscillate and bounce around over some-
thing like hO kilometers, and there's Just no way
of tracking it - stably at all, and it'd smear
the _mage far too much, I'm sure. So - be inter-
esting to see how there photographs come out, and
I will be set up here at the prescribed time. I'm
going to call down on the real-time line and request
an extra pad for tonight, and you should hear _-_
that long before you get this - or at least probably
before you get the channel A transcription. Over.

239 14 27 51 SPT So this is the end of the message for the moment.
I'll be back on with the operation.

239 14 37 07 SPT Okay, we're getting set for S063 ops, and my
first camera setting - going to be as follows.

SPT It's sitting on 43, because my top camera is still

at zero, and so my first expost_re is actually go-
ing to be frame zero on the top of the camera
which will not be used any longer, and frame
number 43 on the bottom of the Nikon, which is
the camera setting we will continue to use. And
it's set up on the horizon. Now if I can find
it -

239 14 38 13 SPT Okay, there it is. And the ROTATION at this point
is about 223 degrees_ 22B, not 125. All right.
My light is on in the optical sight. And we are
good on 16, 16-second time exposure, and we got
about 1 minute until our first frame.

2B9 14 39 05 SPT Now Just for information, I do have some lights on

here in the experiment area. I didn't turn light -
dome light number 6 and dome light number 5. That's
 • 7

m539

called experim - I think it's called dome 5 and

6. Yes. And I'm going to check my settings here
again. Frame number's 43, 16 seconds. I'm setting
on T and I am setting on T.

239 14 39 59 SPT Okay, coming up on our first exposure. The horizon

is actually more clearly defined than the airglow
at this point. I'm going to track the horizon.
Stand by. A star right now, I don't want to do
that.

239 14 h0 28 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, that was not a very good one because I

couldn't hold the exposure. I couldn't hold the
horizon very clearly. Might be that I'm going to
have a get better dark-adapted. Now that one
was at 6300; next one'll be 5577. Green; 5577.
Got about 2 minutes; I'm going to try to get off
the headset here and get some more lights turned
_-- off.

SPT If you don't mind, Jack, I'm going to turn some

lights off. I can't see the horizon.

SPT You can go ahead and take ...

SPT Yes....

239 14 42 21 SPT Okay, I'm back on the headset now. Got the ro-
tation we want. See stars but don't see the
horizon yet. Man, there's - Ooh, boy, that is
dim. Have to keep my eye to the eyepiece Just
to - Can't even really see it. No way to track
it. No way to track it with this much light.

239 14 43 44 SPT The Earth is pitch black and I see no horizon.

The very faintest one right there. Cannottrack
it well; I'm going to give it a try.

SPT Going to make this a 60-second exposure too.

239 14 44 34 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, now it's becoming a little more clear.

f- Okay, now we're right - Now the airglow is more
clear and I think I can track it from now on.
154o

Down to h6 seconds, 46-minute [sic] exposure.

Got to get my penlight out to see it. We have
32 seconds, 5300. 32 seconds. **'300.

239 lh h5 15 SPT MARK.

239 14 45 50 SPT Okay, there was that exposure. Okay. 49 should

be a 64-second exposure. 14:49's the ...

CDR ... ?

SPT No. Yes, I - there's - I don't think it'll hurt.

Okay, now I notice as I rotate the mirror, I can
only see the horizon in about half the field of
view. The mirror itself only - say covers
little less than that. Maybe 40 percent of the
ful7 view to this telescope is covered by the
tiltable AMS mirror.

239 14 48 09 SPT And I see the stars right down through the air-
glow. The Earth's horizon is essentially in - _-_
the Earth's limb is essentially invisible, but
the airglow layer is sort of fuzzy, sort of brown.
Looks brown through here. Stars are Very bright.
That's a pretty dim - pretty dim horizon. Pretty
dim airglow. Okay, we're coming up here on 49.
We can do a 64-second exposure.

239 14 49 ll SPT MARK.

239 14 50 21 SPT End of exposure. Okay, that was a 64. 14:49,

next one's at 52:00 and is a 6300 angstrom. Okay,
I'm switching to 6300; no, there's 64. Okay, my
estimate is that I might be holding this thing
to l0 kilometers or so. I'm estimating the dis-
tance on the - by the distance through which stars
are still visible, and the thickness of the air-
glow layer is really pretty good. And I can see
when the stars are extinguished, which I presume
is fairly close to the Farth's limb. And calling
that distance the 80 kilometers, which is Just -
I think was supposed to be the difference between
the edge of the solid line and the dashed line -
or if you like, another way - Yes, that's right.
You put the pedestal on the Earth's limb and the
dashed line would be on the airglow horizon, which f_
is pretty close. And my estimate is I'm holding
it to about l0 kilometers. Well, I've got to get
this rotation better.
 1541

SPT Okay, stand by -

239 14 52 21 SPT MARK.

239 14 53 29 SPT End of exposure. And I think that was a pretty

good one, too. These are coming along all right.
I do have to put my eye into the cup because it -
I can't see it - the horizon well enough if I
don't. Coming upon the next one - ought to be
about 55. That'll be 5577, green, 32 seconds..
5577 is dropping to 32 seconds. Switching the
filter to - 5577. Okay.

SPT Okay, and now the - after we've rotated this far -
well, the mirror may cover a little bit more -
larger area. The - horizon is fairly low but I
can - 32 seconds isn't so long. It takes a couple
of minutes for the horizon to cross the field of
view, so 32 seconds is not bad.

239 14 55 01 SPT Okay, we're coming up on time for this exposure.

Standby.

239 14 55 17 SPT MARK.

239 14 55 51 SPT End of exposure. The next one should be at 58.

And the - Well, it's not. Knock off for a while
until 15:08. When I pick up at 64, going to take
up at the sunrise effort at 5508. Okay, that
means - have about a 10-minute break here. Now
it could be l'm a little bit deceiving myself be-
cause the air - airglow horizon is obviously not
as distinct as the _ Earth horizon is in the daytime.
So it's possible l'm not holding it quite to
i0 kilometers, but that's my impression based upon
the difference between the base of that pedestal
and the horizontal dashed line. So I can sit up
here for the next exposure number 7 and the top
of my counter ought to be sitting on 6, which it
is, and the bottom, 38. That looks good; okay.

239 lh 57 Ii SPT Still at 5577 and go back to 64.

239 15 06 01 SPT Okay, we're back on the line here for the 15:08
exposure, which is 2 minutes away; checking my
settings. It'll be 5577. That's all right, AI.

CDR ...
1542

239 15 06 16 SPT 5577, 64 seconds; and that's all we got to do is

to find the horizon here. Find the airglow. So
l'll set about doing that. Okay, there it is.

SPT Lot of tilt. Standing on our heads here shortly.

Not sure quitehow we will do that. Probably
slip the thing 180 degrees in a minute. Matter
of fact, I - can't really reach the knobs. Okay.

239 15 07 35 SPT 30 seconds to go here.

239 15 08 12 SPT Stand by -

239 15 08 18 SPT MARK.

239 15 09 27 SPT End of the exposure. Now, it's rather interesting,

the tilt or the rotation here is changing so fast,
the - angle of the horizon with respect to our
X-axis, that you actually see the tilt during the
exposure change - the rotation. I don't get the
words quite right. And I was trying to sort of ....
hold on the horizon at the center of the field of
view. About the only thing that can be done here,
but it's bound to cause some blurring. There's
obviously no way to adjust this - rig to account
for the change in the rotation.i Okay, we're com-
ing up now on - The next exposure is at ll:15.
Oh, i0, *** 300.

239 15 i0 i0 SPT I want the other one right now. Okay. Okay,
6300; and it's also 64 seconds. Be a few seconds
late it looks like. Coming out of my foot re-
straints, no w_y to stay locked in here. Sort of
standing on head as it is.

239 15 ii 02 SPT MARK.

239 15 12 08 SPT End of exposure. Think that one went fairly well.
And have another one here at 12, which is 5577.
Okay, let me switch that. Also 6_ seconds. And
let me get this thing in there readjusted. Oh,
boy; it's tough now.

23915 13 04 SPT Stand

by.

239151313 SPT MARK.

r-

1543

239 15 14 20 SPT End of exposure. And I tried to adjust the range

setting just a little bit as the Earth's horizon
was rotating, with soma success. It didn't seem
to cause any large perturbation in attitude or in
the camera pointing. So I think that it may have
helped. Okay, that was at 12; the next one's at
14, which I've just missed, 6300 for 32 seconds.
Okay, dropping down to 32 seconds; we want - 6300.
Shall we go on that one?

239 15 15 35 SPT MARK.

239 15 16 08 SPT End of exposure. And the horizon's getting - the

airglow's getting pretty faint now. 13, 14, 577,
32 seconds. Had to switch hands as well at that
point and invert the tracking task to the other
hand, which caused some perturbation.

SPT Okay, ... be.

239 15 17 00 SPT Stand by -

239 15 17 05 SPT MARK.

239 15 17 38 SPT End of the exposure. I don't think that one was
so good because the horizon is not so clear; it
almost was getting a little patchy. There was a
dark patch in there which is still in there, which
I - sort of confused me as to where the airglow
horizon was for a little bit. So there might have
been a little smearing on that one. That was the
one at 16; think it was a 1518, for which I have
right now, 16-second exposure, 6300. Okay, I'm
dropping to 16 seconds and let's see if I can find
the twin filter, 6300. Okay.

239 15 18 31 SPT Okay, I can see the Earth's limb now, as well as
the airglow. I'll track the airglow.

SPT Stand by -

239 15 18 48 SPT MARK.

239 15 19 05 SPT End of the exposure. Okay, that's the end of this
set. That completes 16 exposures. And get the
camera setting to you. Top of my camera reads 12.
f- I think that's correct; it was - that's right,
that's the number of exposures. And the bottom
1544

of the camera is the counter that we will use, is

reading 32. Okay, see if there are any other com-
ments here that you want recorded before we shut
her down. No, I think those are all the comments
that you need but if I've forgotten anything, why,
be sure and bring it up.

239 15 20 21 SPT Now, there's one other thing that I want to note.
The battery in the sight is apparently inoperative.
The one that was in there, when I tried to turn
it on, did not work, although the _witch w_s in
the off position. And there was apparently
nothing else wrong with it. But I changed the bat-
tery out and it works fine. I think I only have
one replacement, so we'll have to be careful
with this one. I assume this experiment will run
on SL-4, and you probably ought to send up a cou-
ple of new batteries for the sight and just ver -
reverify my lamp is in the off position and that's
the way I found it when I was using the other
battery in the off position. But yet it was some- _,
how inoperative. I haven't checked it with a
multimeter, but I assume the batteries are dead.

2B9 15 21 12 SPT So the Sun's coming up and that's essentially the

end of this particular run. Got another run to-
night and l'm going to request an extra run - set
up after the late one tonight. And we'll see if
there's any problem with getting that done. Okay,
there is a little problem with orientation here.
It takes awhile to get used to switching hands
in the middle of the operation so you can keep
your feet locked into the pedestal here. But it
is essential - essentially necessary to do that.
Because you can't - you just don't have sufficient
stability.

239 15 21 51 SPT Okay, I'm looking at a very bright horizon right

now. Still see a very faint airglow. So I'm a
little more pleased and optimistic now that we
got some good pictures. And I think this is far
better than any handheld photography and be await-
ing any comments you may have as to how - how it
appeared to run from the ground.
 1545

239 15 22 15 SPT SPT, end of recording on channel A. Information

goes to the S063 PIs, Drs. Packer, Wally Teague,
and Jack Lew.

239 15 22 26 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

239 17 48 06 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run which began at
16:55. I did JOP 4 Bravo, building block 33A
and B of filament 42. When I got to the B part
of building block 33, I did not change the
pointing because 82B was not running. And then
elected to leave the pointing as it was so as
to maximize the area of the filament covered by
a MIRROR AUTO RASTER. Had I pointed for 82B,
I'd have left some of the filament out of the
picture, and I elected not to do that.

239 17 48 55 PLT Okay, then we proceeded on to J0P 4 Bravo,

building block 36, and it came off just as ad-
vertised. I found a dark point in the filament
by minimizing one of our detectors, literally
1941. In this case where we're left ... I feel
that I got a good dark spot in the filament and
- on the B part of the building block, I did
change the pointing this time. I set the mirror
foot better and picked a different point of that
filament to give you a GRATING AUTO SCAN on
if - the filament that's broken up into three
or four or five pieces - And we got GRATING AUTO
SCANS on two of those pieces there in JOP 4
Bravo, step 2, building block 36 A and B.

239 17 49 59 PLT I notice that our PMEC is running maybe just a

little bit higher than usual. And next we
noticed that our BERYLLIUM APERTLrRE's auto-
matically running at 3 now, instead of h and
the voltage are right up there. So it looks
like we got a little more activity in the offing
and hopefully it'll continue to rise and ulti-
mately we'll get a flare. But it looks like
f- we're getting a little bit of more response
1546

from the Sun th_n we have, say even up until

yesterday when the BERYLLIUM APERTURE was run-
ning at 4. I say again now, it's running at B.

239 17 50 40 PLT Okay, that completes the debriefing for this

pass, and I will pick you up in a short time.
Thank you.

239 18 05 05 SPT Okay, we're setting up to do the experiment

ED7_.

SPT ED74 is the mass measurement experiment. The

student in charge of this is a fellow - a young
fellow named Vincent Converse from Rockford,
Illinois. We have the mass measurement device
mounted to the side of our film vault right
now. And we're Just about to make the first
test and compare it with our calibration data.
The calibration masses are Just slightly over
100 gram_ apiece. And I now have the stud
on there with one mass. _-_

239 18 06 20 SPT Hey, either of you fellows know how to turn this
thing on with - 2h frames per second and keep
it running? How do you make it stay on, that
is the DAC camera?

SPT Son of a gun! There's no way to do it.

CREW ...

CREW ...

239 18 06 58 SPT Do either of you have about i minute to well,

it'll be intermittently, though.

CREW I ...

SPT Okay, I'd appreciate it if you could for just

30 seconds. Yes.

SPT Okay, Just hold down the dadburned buttom so I

can get some 24-frame-per-second photography.
It's over on this side right under there - right
there - yes.

SPT Yes,

_ L_
 1547

239 18 07 35 SPT Okay, it's reading 0.568 - is the first one.

0.568, Q.567, 0.567. Okay, that's enough, AI.
Thank you. 0.567, 0.567, 0.567.

CDR Probably ... 5 ... get by.

239 18 08 08 SPT They've never been able to calibrate it in zero,

either. I think that's the big factor. 0.567.
Yes.

CDR ...

SPT Yes.

CDR ...

SPT I don't know.

CDR 545 •••

239 18 08 38 SPT Okay, we're now putting the second mass on.

239 18 09 07 SPT ... A0S ... Guam for 7 minutes.

239 18 09 38 SPT Okay, Jim, for just a minute.

CC And, Jack, we're seeing you terminated the test

on battery 8. In the next 7 minutes_ if possible_
we'd like BAT voltage readings on PC ... BAT
number 8.

PLT Okay, let me - yes, right there.

239 18 i0 07 SPT 0.694.

PLT Okay, Story, I terminated the charge at 18:05 - -

SPT 0.692.

PLT - - ... is now reading 37.

SPT 0.692.

SPT 0.692.

239 18 i0 23 SPT 0.692. Okay.

1528

239 18 15 44 SPT Okay, A1, i more minute, if you got it, please.
I'd like to spin this one off and put it on
down there like that again.

SPT Okay, we now have all five masses on, plus

the stud.

SPT 0.978, 975, 976, 975, 976, 975, 978. Okay.

SPT 976 looks to be about right. Thank you. I

think that ought to take care of it.

CC ... Go ahead.

PLT I replaced the PPCO 2 in sensors on both mol

sieves like the procedure says. M0L SIEVE B
IN reading is off-scale high as opposed to
around 5.0, and maybe you ... word on that.

CC Okay, we've seen it before. Let it come on down. --_

PLT Okay. And of course I'm replacing the OUT

sensors on M0L SIEVE A only.

239 18 17 40 CC Copy.

SPT Okay, that*s the end of the voice commentary, on

the calibration of ED74, the experiment of
student investigator Vincent Converse, and I
assume that this will all be transcribed and sent
to his science advisors. Also to John McCloud
at JSC and to Vincent Converse for using the data,
back at his home. His science advisers and Dr.
- is a Dr. Robert Head at Marshall. Make sure
that it gets to John McCloud as well.

239 18 18 34 SPT End of this recording from the SPT.

239 18 27 20 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.

The subject is body mass measuring device.
Goes to my good friend and associate, Dr. Bill
Thornton, also to Dr. Mike Whittle. I cali-
brated the - the BMMD this morning and
started at 13:00, and it took me until - let's
see, 14:40. So it took me an hour and 40

I
 1549

which is about 25 minutes longer than I was

allowed time for. Temperature at the beginning
was 75 degrees. Temperature at the end was
77 degrees. This of course was day 239. Okay,
I'll give you a bunch of readings, and the first
series of l0 readings is with the BMMD empty
and the straps restrained, as best we could
do it. I'll just read - I won't read all the
numbers, Just the last couple as I go down
except for the first one: 2.70054, number 2
is 038, then 042, 057, 027, 081, U48, 064, 046,
and 082. Second series of i0 and the blue
food tray locked on. Here we go: 3.74967,
982, 961, and 973.

239 18 29 15 PLT Fifth reading was 3.75000, six was 3.75078,

seventh was 3.75003. The following three
readings are 3.74994 , 982, and 984. Okay, a
third set of lO readings, I added battery
number 6. Here's the readings: 4.33122, 176,
f 107, 122, 101, 112, 103, 132, 127, 116. Here's
the fourth set of readings at which time I
had added battery number 7. Reading l:
4.84397, and then 382, 377, 455, 402, 398, 394,
385, 372, and 377.

239 18 30 55 PLT Okay, the next series of i0, I had added spare
red food tray. Here's the readings: 5.36213,
274, and 127. And then I got back to 5 -
The fourth reading is 5.35993, and then the
rest of the readings are as follows: number 5
is 5.36235, 051, 166, 229, 202, and 209.

239 18 32 15 PLT Okay, next set of l0 readings I added a red

food try from the wardroom. Here's the lO
readings. I'll read 6.26504, and then just
three numbers as follows: 718, 550, 454, 329,
361, 621, 344, 438, and 506. And I did l0
readings with the machine empty again. And I
got 2.70144, and then just three numbers pre-
ceded by 2.70 each time. Second reading is
140, 138, 127, 159, 153, 148, 155, 158, and
147.
1550

239 18 33 25 PLT That's the end of the BMMD cals for Drs. Bill
Thornton and Mike Whittle. So long.

239 18 48 57 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.

The subject is M093 on the commander, Captain
Alan Bean. His leg measurements are as follows:
His left leg is 12-3/4 inches; his right leg is
13-1/4 inches. And you got all the rest of the
data on your other runs and so we don't repeat
it again.

TIME SKIP

239 20 15 32 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. For

those of you are - who are interested, we're
starting M509-5. This ought to go to Lou Bamon,
Bruce McCandless, and Ed Whitsett. And don't go
away because we'll be talking to you some more.

239 21 18 47 PLT Okay, space fans. Here we are again with M509.
Another installation [sic] of the Orville and
Wilbur show. MODE, DIRECT.

CDE Okay.

PLT Command about l0 short pulses in each axis. Okay,

now I got to turn and change this camera. This
now is an M509 csmera. I got 89 percent. That
ain't right. 78 percent. Zero, 10, and 150.

239 21 20 31 PLT All right, now, verify all crewmen have donned
ear protection. No. Got the SOP wrapped around
his ankles. This is M509-5. The procedures for
this run were teleprintered up. Stay clear of
thrusters and keep your hands off of them for a
moment, please, while I open this valve. Like ...
the gorilla that tightened it up. Here we go.

2B9 21 21 16 PLT The supply valve is OPENED. 509 checkout, we don't

need to do. Transfer the battery power. WHEEL
SPEED LOW light, out. CMG POWER, OFF. MAIN POWER,
OFF. Transfer to internal - internal MAIN POWER,
ON. CMG POWER, ON. Dual bus meter greater than
26, greater than 26 - 29 volts, he says. CHARGER
OUTPUT, OFF.
 1551

239 21 22 06 PLT Unstow dust cover from the _{ receiver, disconnect

external power cable. Hook it up back here. Put
the dust cover up here. Chinese puzzle. Here we
go. THC, neutral; verify. SYNC light on. WHEEL
SPEED LOW light, out; verify. MODE, DIRECT. MODE,
DIRECT.

239 21 22 45 PLT DACs on to 2 fos. Here's a dos on that one and a

dos on that one.

239 21 22 55 PLT That one's working and that one's working. Raise
and lock the outboa - the lever, outboard. Okay,
we're set up for voice recording. Okay, undock-
ing. l've got to go NORM and ID-I. Stand by.
Take 300 psi, undocking, i minute.

239 21 23 41 PLT Clear the station. Check out all control modes.
You're released. Clear the station and check out
all control modes. Okay, clears the station and
checking out his control modes.
f

239 21 24 Ii PLT I'll lower the handrails. Back to the donning

station. Okay, he's in CMG, about 6 inches with
his feet off the deck, yawing to his left to get
to the donning station.

239 21 24 43 PLT Fly to donning station and station keep. Don't

grab ahold, Just stationkeep. You're a little
bit low, because you're going to hit foot res - -

CC ... through Carnarvon and Honeysuckle for 16

minutes.

SPT Golly, it sounds like the dynamic duo, and we'll

be standing by.

PLT Okay, here he is space fans, in front of the

donning station. Now, A1, l'm going to go to
ID-2 here, and what you're going to do is do a
cg offset maneuver in DIRECT. Nine minutes, 900
psi.

239 21 25 30 PLT In DIRECT, fly the baseline maneuver. Okay.

There he goes, he's backing away. Yawing to his
right in DIRECT, headin_ toward the banjo. He's
f translatingupward and - toward the banjo area.
He is directly above the crew quarters hatch.
1552

He's yawed - rolled right Just a little bit at the

moment. He's got the SOP fastened to his legs.
Now he's Just about facing the banjo. In the plane
of the water tanks.

239 21 26 54 PLT Okay, he's leaving the banjo now, and he's yawing
to his left - roll left. Now he's proceeding down
to the FMU-2. Doesn't seem to have any control
problems. You have any cross - coup - -

PLT He hasn't managed to ... any cross - couplings or

not.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, we got a flying - take a few Nikon photos as

desired.

239 21 27 50 PLT Okay, now he's on his left side in the plane _ith
FMU-2 and approaching it very nicely. He'll soon
bethere. _-_

239 21 28 l0 PLT Now he's leaving FMU-2, ascending over to dome

locker 404.

PLT Okay, now he's yawing around.

PLT He's stabilized in front of 404 - about a foot away

from it. Now translating to his right, moving
around the dome lockers.

239 21 29 42 PLT Passing around the dome lockers, having no diffi-

culty controlling himself. Going at a rate of about
4 inches to 6 inches per second. Underneath the
condensate tanks. About in front of locker 432.
Okay, now he's stabilized in front of 432, giving
himself a little left translation to stabilize his rate.
Giving a data mark, backing off of 432.

239 21 30 57 PLT Two pictures on the Nikon with SOP, one side and
one front. We'll leave that go for a while. Trans-
lating very nicely and smoothly. Huh? We're going
to turn everything off and take the SOP off, next.

CDR ... DIRECT.

239 21 31 21 PLT DIRECT. That was called a c.g. offset maneuver.

Okay, he's translating towards the donning station,
about 3 feet from it in the proper attitude. Okay.
 1553

He's got himself about stabilized in front of the

donning station. And when you feel you're there,
_rab hold, and I'll turn off the DACs.

239 21 31 51 PLT DACs are off. Okay, I'm going to stow the SOP
in 554, wherever that may be.

239 21 32 48 PLT Okay, that thing is stowed.

239 21 32 57 PLT Okay, the next thing - let's check here the psi.
We have 1500 psi. This requires 1000. You're
going to do 8 minutes of touch and go, A1. I'm
going to turn on the DAC. You're going to go to
RATE GYR0, fly the baseline, but do not stop at
each stationkeeping point, Just slow the rates
and touch.

239 21 33 19 PLT Data mark at each touch. You got it? RATE GYR0,
wait a minute. DACs are on. Okay, you're cleared.

239 21 33 36 PLT Okay, it's in RATE GYR0 MODE; same ID, number l,
_-_ NORMAL. Okay, he's backing off, yawing to his
right. Touch-and-go maneuver. Heading up toward
the ban,_o - we all know and love so well. He's
going to go strurmning the old banjo. Seems like
this is a repeat of what we've done before. What -
what's new today? He's facing the banjo. Man-
euvering along about 6 inches per second, about
5 feet from the banjo. There's a washer.

239 21 34 27 PLT The kid picks up the washer. He puts it in his

washer pocket. *** thrustings periodically.

239 21 34 36 PLT And he touches the banjo. Translates away from

the banjo, now, yaws to his left; little bit of
roll in there. An occasional burp from the rate
gyro thrusters.

239 21 34 59 PLT In the plane of the do - water tanks, on his left

side, needs to put in a little yeft - left yaw
yet to be completely square with the world.

239 21 35 09 PLT Now, his left roll is getting overboard a little

bit, but he'll correct that. About 4 feet from
the (yawn) FMU-2 and stopped his translation up
and down, now translating a little bit towards
f- the FMU. Nice,slowrate.
1554

2B9 21 35 38 PLT Reaches out and touches it; backs away. Never
really did stop his motion, Just sort of drifted
past and touched it.

239 21 35 50 PLT Direct translated aft and up, rolling to his

right to go to 20 - correction, 404.

239 21 36 27 PLT He's up at 404 -

239 21 36 28 PLT DATA MARK. Touches it and translates to his right.

Multiple firings now when he goes around the dome
lockers here. Six to 8 inches away from the dome
lockers. Translating with no problem. Gives an
indication of burst aft; a little up. Okay, trans-
lated very easily and nicely around the - to 432.
That's where he is now.

239 21 37 29 PLT He reaches out and touches it, backs off, and
down. Yaws to his left. Little machinegun
firing of the rate gyro system.

CDR ...

239 21 37 h9 PLT Okay, now he's facing the donning station right
over the crew quarters hatch, about 3 feet off
the deck. Translating forward at 4 inches a sec-
ond. Tumble recovery is next.

239 21 38 22 PLT You there? Okay, he's at the donning station.

We're going ID-3. Okay, A1, this is in DIRECT.
Fly to the - center of the workshop and data mark.
In DIRECT.

CDR This procedure says ..., Jack.

PLT Oh, a half hour, maybe. Maybe - maybe less.

CDR ... I'm getting tired of this. Jack, ...

PLT Well, it's not a while - not for awhile yet.

239 21 38 58 PLT Okay, AI. That's it. I - okay, I induce a

small roll, pitch, and yaw rate. You're supposed
to tnmble for more than 3 seconds and then ston
tumble - stop tumble and data mark. Okay, I'm
going to give you a - We're going to do this three _-_
times, at different rates. Okay, I'm going to
give you a roll, a yaw, and a pitch. Here's a
 1555

roll, a yaw I mean, and a roll, and a pitch. Okay.

Stopping his rate.

239 21 39 47 CC ...

PLT Okay, now he's damping his rates. You got to come
downward. Okay, he's coming back to me.

239 21 40 00 PLT DATA - DATA MARK. Okay, he gave you a data mark.
You want a little bigger one? Okay, I'Ii give
you a different - -

CC ...

PLT Okay, I've got him above the crew quarters hatch,
about 4 feet above it.

CC ... give you an LOS ... - -

239 21 40 22 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, this is a - -

CC - - We're going to see you at stateside at - -

PLT - - a roll, pitch, and yaw.

CC - - and when we get to - Mila station, we're ... - -

PLT Roll, pitch, yaw.

SPT Say, one other co_nent. Did you suggest that this
509 ...

239 21 40 41 PLT Okay, he's sto_ing his tumble now. Give him a
data mark.

239 21 40 h3 PLT Okay, DATA MARK. He's coming back. One more.
Gave you a little translation that time; didn't
want to, but it did. He's coming back over to me
for the third one. Okay, he's got 600 psi. Let
me get him over here where I can grab a handle.
Okay, we give him a roll, a yaw, and a pitch. He
has a nice - nice set of rates. He's taking them
out now. Okay -

239 21 41 41 PLT DATA MARK. Go back to there. Okay, that takes

care of tumble recovery and DACs are coming off,
and we 're going HHMU.
1556

239 21 42 27 PLT Okay, it's a tumble recovery with HHMU.

CDR ... against the wall.

PLT I'll be with you.

2_0 21 42 36 CDR Okay, ... will be a lot easier ...

23o 21 h2 39 PLT Yes.

CDR ... like this ...

239 21 42 48 PLT I won't do that.

CDR Okay.

PLT You know me. Easy does it and all that kind of
stuff.

239 21 43 20 PLT Oh, shoot! I'm going to have to get down here so
I can get a handhold. Oh - there's - Now I don't --_
know if we've got the right handgrip. It's not.
Okay.

239 21 44 24 PLT Okay, now. DAC off. No, DAC's on. Repeat re-
covery as before. Do two - two - as before. Do
two times. After recovery, DAC off, disconnect,
and change the PSS and battery.

239 21 44 44 PLT Okay, space fans. This is HHN_/, tumble recovery,

two times. Going to give them some lower rates
than I did before. DACs are on. And we're in the
same ID. Okay, I got - got you by the handle
back here, AI.

239 21 45 15 PLT Okay, give him a DATA MARK. Okay, I'm going to
give him a little yaw, a little roll, and a
little pitch. Is that all right? Okay. Okay,
now you can recover.

PLT Still recovering.

239 21 46 05 PLT Still recovering himself. He's upright.

239 21 46 08 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, you like that, huh? Okay. A
little more. Okay, he wants a little higher rate
this time. _-_
 1557

239 21 46 27 PLT Okay, AI, give them a DATA _ARK. Okay, I'll give
him a little roll, a little yaw, and a little
pitch. Is that all right? Or you want more? Okav,
he waits 3 seconds, now he - correcting himself.
Probably gave him about 15 degrees a second that
time. So, he's translating up now. I must have
given him a little translation up, but he's near
the dome - in the workshop hatch, not quite touch-
ing it and facing down.

239 21 47 16 PLT Okay, he's - give him a DATA MARK, he's recovered.
Now he's going to fly it back. Back off.

239 21 47 52 PLT Next one is tracking with CMGs. Takes 500 psi in
5 minutes. Good job.

CDR ...

PLT Want me to take you over there?

f_ CDR No, ...

PLT Okay. We're going to have to change- change

consumables. Okay, space fans. We're going off
the air while we change the PSS and the battery.

239 21 48 38 PLT But don't go away, little lady. I'll be back.

239 21 49 27 SPT Okay, this is a message for the ATM PIs and plan-
ners. SPT debrief - debriefing the last couple
of runs on the ATM panel. Now we've Just been
doing this three-orbit program of limb scans and
I believe that it's going to go just about as
planned, except for the fact I could not maintain
a constant latitude. In order to stay within the
coronal hole, I had to roll toward the north and
so the points are at their approximate correct
distance from the limb which I believe to be the
most important, but they are not along precisely
a constant latitude. It may actually fall within
the tolerances that are specified on the JOP sheets,
but it'll be a little close. And that's about
the only significant deviation that - that I'm
aware of. The positions of 130, 45 that are on
the limb are Just about right and all the limb
scan work seems to be going as expected. I'm
1558

about halfway through the second orbit right now

and it'll - Presumably I'll have no problem stick-
ing to it until it's all the way throug_h the
third orbit.

239 21 50 33 SPT End of message to the PIs and planners from the
SPT.

239 21 57 52 PLT Okay, space fans. Here we are again. We got the
consumables changed out. Battery number 6 in there
now and PSS number 2. And - this is a tracking
test. DACs are on. We've still got the same ID.
Okay, what you need to do is fly to the center of
the workshop, head up facing 432, data mark, pitch
down to face the intersection of the walls and
the deck and then data mark. Rotate 180 degrees
while tracking the wall/deck intersection, down
here.

CDR Tell them I'm going RATE GYR0.

239 21 58 38 PLT I will, I will. Okay, now space fans, he's doing
this - first tracking test in RATE GYRO because
his CMGs weren't quite up to speed. Huh?

CDR Tell them I sneezed ... caused firing.

239 21 58 55 PLT Okay, we just had a lot of firing. It's because

A1 sneezed. A1 sneezed and we had a whole lot
of firing. He's rotating 180 degrees in the
RATE GYRO MODE, tracking the intersection be-
tween the wall and the deck, having no trouble
at all. Your wheels up to speed yet? Okay, he's
going to do the same thing to his right now in
CMG. He rotated 180 degrees facing TO20 donning
station area. Now he's yawing to his right doing
whatever is necessary to continue tracking the
wall and the deck intersection. Rotating to his
right, he's going to face 432. Do your data marks.
Don't forget that. And then you are going to
repeat the maneuver in DIRECT.

239 21 59 45 CDR DATA MARK.

239 21 59 47 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, data mark. He's facing the
area he wants to face. You in DIRECT now? Okay,
now he's going to do the same thing in DIRECT. _-_
A little pitch down. Roll left. Seems to have
 1559

no trouble tracking the intersection between the

wall and the deck.

PLT Okay, he's stabilized over the crew quarters hatch,

still facing the intersection between the wall
and the deck underneath M50 - M505. Huh?

CDR ... RATE GYRO.

239 22 00 39 PLT Yes, he wants to do it to the right one more time

in RATE GYR0 because he wasn't satisfied with his
last RATE GYR0 maneuver. Now he's about 3 feet
above the crew quarters hatch and - yawing around
tracking the intersection between the deck and the
wall, about l0 degrees a second. Fmltiple firings,
he stoos it, and he stops it. Okay, I've _ot to
go to ID-I. We're going to do what you call a
trim drift check. Okay, we go out of ID-3 to
ID-1 and fly to the center of the workshop,
data mark, and remain motionless for i minute.
CMGs.

PLT Okay, he's going to go CMG and he's in the center

of workshop. He's going to remain motionless for
i minute. And at the end of i minute you're
supposed to data mark and cage the CMGs in RATE
GYRO.

239 22 02 07 PLT Okay, he is remaining motionless for i minute,

space fans, in the CMG MODE in the work - center
of the workshop. Looks like he's staying pretty
stable. His attitude is - is not moving. Huh?
He's not translating either - to speak of. He
might have a little down translation - very little,
but his attitude is stable. At the end of i min-
ute -

239 22 02 35 PLT DATA MARK. Cage the CMGs in RATE GYRO. Okay,
cage the CMGs in RATE GYRO. Okay, now we're going
to do a RATE GYR0 - a RATE GYRO limit cycle check
for 5 minutes. You - In RATE GYRO, you fly to
the center of the workshop and data - data mark.
Remain motionless for 5 minutes and do not fire
jets unless needed and then data mark again. This
is going to be exciting.

239 22 03 13 PLT Are you starting it?

1560
I
CDR Not yet ...

239 22 03 17 PLT Okay, he gave a little translation up because he

is _oin_ down so - he's not translating much now.
He's at the 5-minute wait period for - RATE GYROs
limit cycle check. A couDle of firings right
there.

PLT He's translating ever so slowly upward - a little

hit forward.

239 22 04 05 PLT Another firing.

239 22 04 17 PLT Another firing.

239 22 04 40 PLT Firing; one firing.

239 22 05 15 PLT Translatin_ uD a little bit, about 3 feet above

the crew quarters hatch; 3 to 4 feet. One burst ;
another burst.

239 22 06 02 PLT Okay, he translated a little forward now. His

knees are above the S-Ih9 can, and his feet are
about 4-1/2 feet off the deck. His attitude hasn't
changed, however - appreciably.

239 22 07 03 PLT Are you timing this, AI? Are you timing it? Okay,
4-1,/2 minutes. He's now at 6 feet - one burst,
6 feet above the crew - above the deck and his
feet are directly over S-149 can, and he's lean-
ing forward at an angle of about 40 degrees, I'd
say, and heading for the ... between the dome
lockers and the water tanks. Attitude has re-
mained, as near as I can tell, constant throughout
this entire test. Another firing; another one;
another one. Firing.

239 22 08 18 PLT Another firing. Two more.

239 22 08 38 PLT Okay, that's the end of the maneuver. Okay, that's
that. Now. Head movements for 2 minutes. Fly
to the center of the workshoo. DIRECT. Go DIRECT
and fly to the center of the workshop. Did you
data mark after that? Okay, fly to the center of
the workshop and data mark. And you're going to
turn your head slowly left to right and back,
three times. Data mark after each set of head
movement s.
F

1561

CDR That's whatcha call it.

239 22 09 13 PLT DIRECT.

239 22 09 29 CDR DATA MARK.

239 22 09 30 PLT Okay, now you're going to turn your head - slowly
left to right and back, and data mark, and do
that three times. Here he goes. Hitting it.
Okay, he did it already. He's going to - turn
his head rapidly left to right and back three times.
Okay, he did that. Pitch head slowly from down
to up and back. Data mark after each one. I
think you're supposed to data mark after each
time you do it.

CDR ...

PLT I - That's the way I read it. Same as that. Same

way this. Do this?

CDR ...three...

PLT No, I think what you've got to do is you do this.

Data mark ; data mark.

CDR ...

PLT That's the way I read it. Data mark after each
set of head movements. Do it three times and data
mark after each set. I don't know. What's a
set?

CDR ...

PLT Okay, sets of three then. Let's call them sets

of three.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, his head down and up; down, up, back; down,
up, back.

239 22 i0 51 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, doing it rapidly. Doing it ra-

pidly. Now he data marks. Okay. Now - now we're
going to set up a section of the fireman's pole.
f_

CDR Okay, you want me to ...

1562

PLT Okay, 0., now it's time for you to do your thing.
We're ready to set up the fireman's pole. How
far - how far are we from - AOS?

SPT ... almost any time ...

239 22 ll 32 PLT Okay, why don't you get set?

SPT ;'m ...

PLT Okay, I'll waltz over here and get the pole.
We're not AOS yet. We're going to wait for that.
Just a minute. I'll read you all the procedures.
Let me get this first. I guess you carry - I guess
you carry you in your teeth.

CC Hello there, Owen; go ahead.

SPT Okay, Dick and on this ...

CC ... first time ...

239 22 12 15 PLT Like John Wayne. Okay, we're going to ID-3 for
this. ID-3 is set.

CC Will be with you for the next lO minutes Owen.

SPT Okay, Dick.

PLT Take a pole section and then install it in the

dome. And CMGs. CMG mode. Okay, you take the
section and install it in the dome and you data
mark. Then you return the pole to the donning
station. Cage the CMGs in RATE GYRO.

SPT ... Here we come ....

239 22 12 59 PLT Wait a minute, he's not ready. He ain't ready.

Just a minute. Hello, Dick. How do you read on
channel A? Oh, he isn't going to hear me anyway.
Hello, Dick. How do you read on channel A? This
is going on the VTR.

CC And, SPT; Houston. No answer required. All the

AOS - all the stations will be configured for
down-link TV anytime you have a chance to get to
it. And so, any of the AOSs I give you, that
complete time will be available to you.
 1563

r
239 22 13 38 PLT We got to get the dome lights off. Just a min-
ute. Got to get the lights off, 0. Let me get
the dome lights off.

239 22 13 52 PLT Okay, space fans. Here's another installation

[sic] of - Orville and Wilbur show. A1 Bean is -
flying the M509 backpack. His - objective is to
take this one section of our fireman's pole, which
we don't use anymore because we don't need it, to
get back and forth and install it in its location
near the - orbital workshop hatch. Owen Garriott
is the - TV man on this occasion. And A1 is
translating upward, looking upward to where he's
going to install this fireman's pole.

239 22 14 27 PLT The fir_m_a's pole comes in four different sec-

tions; and, traditionally, we used it to - connect
the upper hatch with the lower hatch so we could
translate back and forth. It's a distance of -
roughly 25 feet.

239 22 16 05 PLT He's flying backpack. He's going to fly it in

the DIRECT MODE this time. He's taking the
fireman's pole loose, and he's going to fly it
back down to another location and start over and
do the same thing in a different control mode.
He's going to fly it down there in DIRECT and
you notice - He needs - for a moment he needs
three hands to do this but he's managing quite
well. We wear goggles in here for this operation
because a lot ... blowing around, and we don't
want to get this in our eye plus if we get a good
blast from that thruster in our eye, it wouldn't be
comfortable. Fly down here to the donning station, A1.
Okay, that's fine. The way you're going is great.

CDR ...

PLT Huh?

CDR ...

239 22 16 55 PLT Okay, we're going to perform another stunt here

for the TV audience. Wilbur here is going to go
over and float in space and he's going to come
rescue me.
f-.

CDR ...
1564

I
PLT Okay, here's Wilbur floating out free in space.
See if I can't stop myself with this cord. Here
I am free, freely floating in space. Okay, I'm
float - I'm floating freely in space. He grabs
up. Come on Orville. Attaboy! He got me. Okay,
he's stabilizing me. Now see if you can take -
take me somewhere. Okay, now, he's going to try
to take me somewhere in the maneuvering unit.

CDR ... take you up to the hatch.

PLT Okay, he going to take - he's going to take me

up to the hatch. Now he's moving but I'm not.
Okay, he's got ahold of me. Now he's gradually
getting me to move, too. Attaboy, Orville. Just
like in the good old days, right?

239 22 18 15 PLT Okay, he's working very nicely. He's maneuvering

me up to the hatch along with himself. So he's
been able to rescue me from a free floating
attitude. Guess they wished they had one of _-_
these in 2001. Okay, thank you; nice going.
I feel as though I've been rescued. Huh?
Okay, now we can do the same things we did
before in DIRECT, but maybe there'd be some-
thing that would be more interesting to the
space - space fans out there, Orville.

CDR ...

239 22 18 57 PLT Okay, I've got a package down here of film.

CDR ... SOP.

PLT Okay, we won't use the film. We'll use this

used up emergency oxygen supply pack. It's
called the SOP, secondary oxygen pack.

CDR ...

PLT What?

CDR ...

239 22 19 21 PLT Okay, what I'm going to do - see if I can

get down here - is to take a hold of this oxygen
pack and rotate it in a very slow manner and
see if A1 can match its rotation. How would
you like that, roll or a pitch?
 1565

CDR Roll.

PLT Okay, let's try it this way. How about that

fast? Okay, we'll do it about that fast.

CDR ...

239 22 19 57 PLT Okay, there it is. It's rotating. He's going

to try to ro - -

CDR ...

PLT Okay, I'm going to let it go. He thinks his

thruster's going to make him move. It probably
is when he hits it.

239 22 20 08 PLT It's rotating. Okay, he's flying up to it. He's

got nice attitude there. Now he's going to
try to match its rotation rate, much as you
would in a formation flying with an airplane; in
formationacrobatics,for example.

239 22 20 21 PLT Okay, he's doing quite well. He's translating

along with it. He's blowing it away right now.

CDR ... blow it away.

PLT Okay, he can rotate with it quite satisfactorily,

but he blows it away with his thrusters. Okay,
he's going to stabilize himself in the center
of the workshop. Okay, we'll try that again.

239 22 20 _5 PLT I have to get down here and - so I'm stable.

Otherwise, I can't give it a good rotation.

239 22 20 53 PLT Tell you what, I'll spin it in this axis, right
here. If you can - do this kind of a whirly ...

239 22 21 0_ PLT Okay, there's a very good spin rate going on it

now. Okay, you can - maneuver into it now. Here
it comes. Can you get above it - above it or be-
low it, AI? Okay. Now he's going to try and fly
underneath it. Now he's going to impart some sort
of a rotation to it of his own. Ooh, that Sun was
right in the shop. That pack we're using is a
._ secondaryoxygen pack which is - we used it -
for - our extravehicular activity. Strapped on
1566

our legs ... We have a problem with our oxygen

supply system. This little - pack, in here is -
15 to 20 minutes of emergency oxygen in it, enough
to get us inside the workshop to the airlock in
safe condition. Okay, now he's maneuvering into
the donning station. He wears a bump hat in case
things get loose and hits - hits his head on some-
thing. Okay, that's - takes care of the rescue
maneuver. Okay, okay, space fans, we've flown a
little - TV hop here and we're back on the recorder.
We have completed our installation of the fireman's
pole; went along with no problems. The only other
option we could do on that is to - do the same
thing in direct.

CDR It's out of gas.

239 22 23 09 PLT Okay, I think maybe we're a little bit low on our
gas here. Take a look at the pressure and - sure
enough, we're at the bottom of the green line, so
we're going to take a break, get a GO from Houston
to - install the - third nitrogen pack. Do you
have something you want to do, Al?

CDR ...

PLT That's right, we need to put it on.

CDR ...

PLT Hey, we need a GO on the third PSS, Dick. We got

a GO, understand? I can't hear them, did he say
GO?

239 22 23 50 CC Affirmative.

PLT Okay, thank you, Dick. Okay, space fans, we got

a GO to swap out the nitrogen supply so we can fly
one more hop with this machine. We turned off the
camera. We've got a GO. And - Al's going to hold
it?

PLT Well, I think 26 volts, AI, is - tolerable. Right.

So - we're going to keep using that battery. Okay,
I've got this valve closed and I'ii actuate the
thrusters to bleed manifold. Okay, manifold is
bled. Oh, let me look here and see what else.
Okay, you did that in CMG - We're supposed to
return the pole to donning station, take ...
 1567

and CMGs and turn them off, and install the pole
in DIRECT. Okay, that's one thing we didn't do,
okay? Okay, another thing was retrieve -
object retrieval. Start this thing tumbling and
in RATE GYRO. Fly to it, match its rotation rate,
and - get it. Did you do that RATE GYR0? Supposed
to do that in RATE GYRO and DIRECT. Okay, we got
that to do in RATE GYRO. You got - 12 minutes
discretionary nnless the ground gives a GO for
the third PSS. We're - You supposed to do a - a
suggestion is to - manned-rescue maneuver, circ
inspec in pitch, whatever that means. I don't
know; circulator inspection in pitch, I guess.
Yes, fly head first to donning station, removing;
okay. Fly backward into the donning station; fly
head first into the donning station; remove and
replace the - orbital workshop light - hand over
workshop light, fly into EVA footrests. Move the
empty - PSS around, deploy long tether straps,
inverted convex flyaround of empty T027 container
held at center of workshop simulating a visual
inspection of a satellite.

239 22 26 42 PLT After discretionary dock, supposed to save 850 psi

for the kid. Okay. All of those things are poten-
tials.

239 22 27 27 PLT Okay, you got to go MAIN POWER, OFF, for a moment.

239 22 27 39 PLT Okay, space fans, we're changing out the PSS at
the moment, and - that won't take very long so
we'll leave that MAIN POWER, OFF. Okay, we got that
one in the rack. Nice frosty little deal. Number 4,
we get out. Got 2400 in it. Now you go on over
here to - the FMU. Lock foot in. Hello, PSS.
Make that fast. Hook up the electric.

239 22 29 02 PLT Okay, MAIN POWER, ON. Okay, you ready? Okay.
You all hooked up? Okay, what one of those things
you going to do?

CDR ...

PLT Okay, you're supposed to put up the fireman's pole

in DIRECT; that's not a suggestion, that's a do-it!
You're supposed to do it in CMG, also. Oh, you
._ did. Okay. Then you're supposedto do this -
tumbling and then 12 minutes discretionary - you're
going to change - this one, all the things, manned
rescue -
1568

CDR Okay, let me see if that ...

239 22 30 22 PLT Okay, space fans, let me get the cameras on. I'm
going to float out here, and he's going to be in
DIRECT. And we're going to do this manned rescue,
which is me. Okay. Oh, tumbling, floating free.
Hey, 0.? You got the TV going?

239 22 31 16 PLT Okay, he's got - he's got me by the arm. Oh, the
O.'s got the TV up. Want to do that again?

CDR Yes, I ...

239 22 31 46 PLT Okay, here we are, space fans. Wilbur here's

getting rescued again. Handle me gently; l'm
Government property, you know. Attaboy! He's
rescuing me in another mode that time. Floating
me up to the workshop area.

CDR ...

PLT Okay - he's going to perform another task here now.

He's going to go over and - work on the - looks
like that fan over there's got to be repositioned.
So he's going to go over and work on that fan a
little bit with the maneuver unit. Meanwhile,
our trusty Cecil B. DeGarriott is taking TV. A1
flies over here. Re unhitches the fan from the
handrail. He goes and puts it in a different
location somewhere. A1, right behind you there's
a good handrail. Immediately behind you. Okay,
he drives the fan over to the new location, as
though he were fixing it. Gives old Wilbur a
good blast with the thruster. Okay, now he gets
it hitched on the handrail. Okay, let's - think
of another kind of maneuver.

239 22 33 34 PLT Go down there, AI. Remember, save a little of that

gas for old Wilbur here. Okay, now, he's going
to adjust that fan a little bit, adjust the blades
in it. Works on it okay; puts - Hey, AI?

239 22 34 05 PLT Go down and get a PSS down there. Okay, he's going
to go down to pick up a PSS or - propellant supply
system, which is a high-pressure bottle full of
nitrogen. And we - As you can see right in the
back of the control unit over here, which provides _-_
the gas for the thrusters, both of those are
used up; have been emptied out on earlier runs
 1569

today. But he's going to go down and break one

loose and - see what he can do with it.

239 22 34 55 PLT Lots of thruster firing, because he's in what we

call a RATE GYR0 mode which - stabilizes the atti-
tude and - oh, he went - he's in DIRECT now, he
says - which is the most gas-saving of the two modes.
The other is also a foot-controlled moment gyro
mode where he torques to ... his attitude and main-
tain it for him. Okay, okay, like a satellite, A1.
Okay, he grabs ahold of his little - nitrogen supply
bottle, floats right out in front of him there.
You want me to stabilize it? Okay, he's got it
stabilized. Looks toward ... here, tosses it off
the side. There go the checklists. Okay, he's
tossed it over to me. Nice - nice pitch.

239 22 36 04 PLT Handling things is no problem in zero g even if

they're big and heavy. You Just kind of grab them
and move them along at the right speed, put them
where they need to be, heave them into the location.
s- Okay, space fans, that's the end of the Orville/
Wilbur show today. Orville's going to fly over
to the - station where we keep this machine, and
he's going to let old Wilbur donn it here and fly
it around a little bit. Save me some gas. Let
me help you into with that. First thing you want
to do is grab ahold of this dude. That way, A1;
I want to rotate you back into the - uh' There
you are. On board. You're there. Okay, let me
get the DACs off - turn the DACs off, turn the
recorder off.

239 22 37 18 PLT We're in the donning station now. The other avia-
tor's going to fly this for a while.

239 22 48 55 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're getting ready to

launch the PLT, one Jack Lousma, on a 509 ride.
Everything is set per the instructions. I will
know - pull the rod in and launch him. There he
is; we'll assist him out of the station. Wait un-
til you turn around, save your gas. I'll turn you
around; you can go from there. Boy, it's easy to
handle you. You're about 500 pounds.

PLT ...

CDR All right. Put this down. Okay, give it a -

1570

239 22 49 43 CDR MARK. He's getting ready to launch. Let me check

your pressure. You got 800 to 900; okay. Baseline
maneuver.

239 22 49 53 CDR Okay, he's giving me a MARK now. He's now starting
to back up. I notice that he sits - his little -
his - that little seat - that little rod that you
sit on - I notice there's quite a gap between his
tail and the back of the flying unit. He's actually,
sitting forward on it. I assume that's just the way
you normally sit. He's msking a nice rotation;
flying it DIRECT.

CDR Very, very well restrained in the vehicle now with

that maneuvering system; not moving around at all.
He's real good on it. Don't forget the data mark,
Jack. Okay -

239 22 51 14 CDR DATA MARK. He's up there. He's going to be turn-

ing around and coming this way in a few minutes.
When he does, see what we can do about it.

CDR He's in complete control. His legs aren't wobbling.

The vehicle's not - doesn't appear to have any
problems associated with control of it.

CDR Very stable. Rotate very slowly. You never have

the impression for a second there's anything out
of control. Everything's positive, nothing moves
unless the thruster fires. Actually mostly you
get the feeling that - that everything's under
complete control as you're working the control.

239 22 52 53 CDR What? He's being slow now; he's - he's halting
a little bit. Here he comes.

239 22 53 03 CDR Gave you a DATA MARK. He's off, just a little bit
shy of the FMU-2. He's rotating. Actually, it
takes up quite a bit of room in here. I never
realized it until I got up in the dome watching
him fly. He's got about - across the workshop,
about - his - his legs swing sideways and, in addi-
tion, other lengths, maybe a little bit more. So
we've had to utilize full expanse of the workshop.
It's - it's big enough to do the Job, but it's
certainly not - excessive. Much bigger area would be
desirable, certainly. But this is adequate. You
can do your maneuvering, your turning - you can get
going as fast as you'd like to go, I believe. Good
 1571

thing we put on these - the helmet and the goggles.

The goggles really help you, particularly the ob-
server. He gets zapped quite frequently with
nitrogen blasts. He's going to give you a data mark.
He's at the proper place. Here he comes; he start-
ing around the lockers.

239 22 55 03 CDR He's going around smoothly. Keeping a good distance

from the lockers, He ... the locker at all times.
He may have to watch his head because he's a little
bit high.

PLT ...

CDR What?

PLT ...

CDR Uh-huh. You better put your thing on your tele-

scope; it just blew off. Your camera, right. It
just blew off. I was just going to put it back on.

239 22 56 02 CDR He's now giving me a data mark. He's at the final
ring locker. He'll be returning to the station.

239 22 57 21 CDR Still got about 600 pounds. That was a good run.
Oh, why don't you decide what you'd like to fly?
Want to give you a tumble? Huh? Want to fly one
in RATE GYR0 or what?

PLT ...

CDR You do? Okay, that's a good idea. He's going to

fly it backwards. Give them a data mark. Let me
change this thing. I'll put you on 2. Okay, he's
going to fly the baseline maneuver backwards. I've
given - I've moved the data flag - the ID flag to
2 and flag data, I went to 2. That way, maybe he'll -

239 22 58 16 CDR DATA MARK. He's starting out.

PLT ...

CDR Um-bmm.

CDR I think these thrusters would disturb an attitude

system of a small satellite. And - I'm guessing
1572

that - if we're going to work on small satellites,

we're going to end up having to have the forward-
firing thrusters not fire straight forward, but
fire sort of out at an angle. Or else we're going
to have to be very careful to approach them ...
come up; something like that. I guess the real
danger would probably be not from you disturbing
it, but it's going to tend to resist, and it's
going to have rocket motors on it to resist. So
it could fire at you and burn your suit. So -
certainly a consideration in approaching an un-
familiar satellite.

CDR Think his firing ... maneuver in manual is - I

notice when it fires the thrusters, it moves ever
so slightly. He remains relatively st_ole when
he fires. Fortunately, ... put in three impulses
so ... relative ... appears to be near zero.

239 23 01 13 CDR Very smooth. When he fires those short bursts, it

is difficult to tell what ... he puts them in be-
cause the vehicle doesn't change that much, doesn't
... When he puts in long ones, you can see it clearly.
You know what he's doing. Right now, he's putting
in some hard thrusters .... He's sitting quite a
bit forward on the saddle. I get the impression
that the saddle needs to be a little bit longer.
Padded, of course, ..., but it needs to be even
more padded than that. Now he's just flying around
and looks like he's - he's approaching the EMU-2
inverted. He's inverted the J-2 maneuver.

239 23 03 49 CDR Now he's coming Just right at the right attitude,
the right height - FMU-2, he's just going to fly
around there.

PLT ...

239 23 04 00 CDR NOW he gives a mark. He's headed up there to the

banjo.

CDR Didn't give them a data mark; he's not giving any
more out.

CDR You running out of gas? Running out of gas, is

that it? _-_

PLT ...
 1573

CDR Yes. You're running out of gas. It's low - It

was low to begin with. Everything's okay. I'ii
spin you around and you can guide yourself into
the station. Notice the ease with which I move
him. His total weight must be near to 500 or
600 pounds, and yet I'm Just directing quite easily.

CC Be advised, the - your S063 pad for your additional

ops tonight is on board in the teleprinter. And
we're sitting here fazcinated, watching your TV
from - I guess it was yesterday, on the - bubble
demonstration. And also, we saw the - spider TV
also awhile ago.

239 23 05 41 SPT How did the spider come out in the transfer?

CC Looked real good. He looked like he was really

flailing when you - when you let him out there -
let her out there.

SPT Yes, and, as a matter of fact, he got out and

_ crawledover my hand. I tried to get him in the
cage there. I guess he was as nervous as I was
about it.

239 23 05 58 CDR Look at how I can stop you. Yes, stop - stop you
with one hand. Wait a second, I've got to get off
these arms. I -

CC ... this bubble demonstration, also, is quite

interesting to us.

SPT Actually, I can do better, l've figured out a way

now to get a bigger bubble using a large hypodermic
with a needle on the end so that it will not run
around the edge, I believe. And I'ii try that again
in a week or so and see if we can't get a bigger
water bubble.

239 23 06 23 CC I understand. It looked like one of the problems

was trying to get the bubble disassociated from
the straw.

239 23 06 30 SPT Yes, that's true. And that, and as soon as the
straw gets wet, then it tends to run around the side
of the straw instead of sticking to the end of it.
f- So it's all thoseproblems.

239 23 06 48 CC Roger.

###
 DAY24O(AM) 1575

240 00 15 34 SPT Okay, we're getting set up to run S063. Got

the visible lens set on 1.2 and infinity. Get
the visible filter on the front. Is it going
to bother you guys if I turn out all the lights?

SC (Music: Bye Bye, Miss American Pie by Don McLean)

CDR Jack, what'd they finally say about that

read-down? ...

CDR When you're ready, huh?

240 00 20 06 SPT A1, I'm going to have to go turn the lights off
because I can't even see the - All through? Okay.

CDR ... on that thing. That gosh-darned thing's out

of sight.

PLT ... calibrated ... I calibrated those things ...

PLT Jack, ...

240 00 23 48 SPT Ho, ho. Okay. I'm going to need it. Okay, w_'re
setting up to run S063. 0ps starting here in
about 4 minutes. And I'm checking my camera again.
Okay, we are on f/1.2, focused at infinity,
55-millimeter visible lens, with a visible filter
on the front. We're turning on our timer to
64 seconds. We do have T set in on the top of the
camera and on the rear of the camera. Our frames
are starting at 31 on the bottom of the camera,
which is the same counter that we use; 31 frames.
Our first exposure, here, is goiflg to be at
28 minutes. It's a 64-second exposure. I don't
see any aurora. I do see a fairly good airglow -
glare. And it looks like we ought to be able to
hold it stable, to about l0 kilometers. Now it
would be nice if there were a little bit more of
the horizon visible. I have a little piece of
tape again on the camera to try to keep down
these Jiggles as we touch the camera. It can
Jiggle - It can Jump about i0 to 20 kilometers
Just by touching, because it's loose in the
bracket. Bad news. Got any clues on how to take
that flop out of those tongue-and-grove fittings?
1576

SPT Well, I've put - I've put tape on it to try to

minimize it. Long as I don't touch it, then it
holds pretty well.

CDR ...

SPT Well, not right now.

CDR ...

PLT ..., AI? ...

CDR ... tomorrow! .,.

240 00 27 27 SPT The horizon is disappearing even more. Okay,

stand by for the first mark.

240 00 28 01 SPT MARK. Exposure started.

240 00 29 07 SPT End of exposure. Okay? Now it's 30. Got another
64-second exposure.

SPT Stand by.

240 00 30 12 SPT MARK.

240 00 31 18 SPT MARK. End of exposure. And I tried to rotate

the camera a couple of times during that exposure,
because the rotation on the horizon was pretty
obvious. 32 - we want a 32-second exposure;
reducing the setting to 32. Stand by.

240 O0 32 0_ SPT MARK.

240 00 32 37 SPT MARK. End of exposure. We'll have it at 34,

16 seconds.

240 O0 33 24 CDR Want me to start that DAS for you, Jack?

PLT I'll do it this time, AI.

SPT Okay, stand by for the 16-second exposure.

240 O0 33 59 SPT MARK.

 1577

240 00 34 15 SPT MARK. End of exposure. 6 ... 8 ... 4 ... 36 ...

8 ... Okay, coming up on the 8-second exposure.
Getting very bright out there. About to lose the
horizon and the airglow. In fact, it looks like
it's gone now. Looks like we'll be unable to
complete the last two because of sunlight from
the bright horizon reflecting into the telescope.

240 00 35 23 SPT Yes, airglow is gone, as far as a visible feature

is concerned. Well, let me take it back. I can
barely see it. Okay, get set here.

240 00 35 41 SPT MARK.

240 00 35 50 SPT MARK. End of exposure. That'll surely - oh,

might get one more in, but I doubt it. It was
extremely faint; and I Just, through a short
exoosure, more or less gave it a small amount of
rotation. Just about a cop [?] of what it had
before but slower and held it just about where
the airglow layer was. Four seconds at 38. I
_ really doubt if we can make that; we'll give it a
try. There's quite a bit of sunlight reflecting
into the front of the AMS at this time. Scattered
sunlight. You can still see a faint horizon.
Still have a minute to go.

SPT Stand by.

240 00 37 52 SPT MARK.

240 00 37 56 SPT MARK. Okay, that completes the exposures. The

frame count is now 25 - on the camera. And once
again I think we got some good pictures. And the
jitter, except for the last, was on the order of
i0, i0 or 15 kilometers. And most of that is
produced by Jitter in the mounts - the tongue-
and-grove mounts for the camera and the eyepiece.
Probably most from the eyepiece, because there's
really - l'm not touching the camera in any w_v,
so it presumably is quite stationary. But the
viewfinder, - anytime you put your eye to the
cup, it - it'll rattle in the tongue and groove in
spite of the tape that I've got on it, and that'll
cause a Jitter of about lO or 15 kilometers. So
that should comolete these observations, and we'll
_ be gettingset for the next pass.
1578

240 00 39 19 SPT SPT with information to the S063 PIs

Wally Teague and Jack Lew. End of message.

240 00 47 58 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and this information is

for the 509-interested individuals - some people
like Bruce McCandless, Ed Whitsett, Lou Ramnn. I'm
going to debrief the 509 run today and I'm going
to use Just the checklist that you sent up. In-
cidentally, I thought that was well done. It al-
lowed us to - to get on with the program instead
of trying to figure out how to get it implemented
into the checklist. We just pasted it over run
i and Just did it. Jack read it and I did it and
then he read the next one and I did the next one.
Excellent writeup good te -Bythe way, mention one
thing else about this run. One of the things that
I found distasteful in a way about 509 is that you
do the same thing over and over and over and over
again. You fly the baseline maneuver a bunch of
times on some runs. My suggestion would be some-
thing similar to this. I flew the baseline maueu-
ver twice _ud then did a bunch of other unique _-_
things. It seems to me that's what you could do
for Jerry. Count on a few more runs with him and
then don't shove so many baselines at him all at
once. Do a maximum of three and then quit that
sort of thing and do some crewman rescue and some
flying upside down or tumble recoveries and try
to give a little more variety to it. It - it
makes it a lot better and I think the data is much
more meaningful too.

240 00 49 21 CDR Okay, let's Just start right at the first - c.g.
offset. I put the SOP down on my ankles, tied it
on tight. I honestly couldn't tell the difference
that it was there. Now I suspect that you'll be
able to, by the thrusters that fired as a result
of certain maneuvers but it - it didn't have any
effect on the operator. DIRECT was just as easy
to fly as it ever was, and the others were - In
fact, that's all I did fly, wasn't it? DIRECT.
No sweat, it was a nothing. You couldn't tell it
because you don't pay that much attention. You put
it in the control; if you need another one you put
it in. You don't have to think about it. That's
what makes (cough) DIRECT such a good mode. You
Just fly it as you need it. _--_

240 00 50 07 CDR Touch and go. Funny, I've changed my opinion of

touch and go. Since there's no maneuver here hardly
 1579

that you don't either have to stop - Well, let

me give you an example. You're going to the banjo
and then somewhere else. You got to stop at the
banjo just to - just stop. And since your rates
aren't very much anyhow, it's 8]_most like a touch
and go with Just a regular maneuver.

240 00 50 31 CDR You got to stop at FN_J-2because you're on your

side going one direction; you got to end up going
up the other. So you end up stopping. And same
way with 404 and lockers. You don't - you have to
stop that direction. So the touch and go really
doesn't apply in a way. I mean you can do it, but
I'm not sure that it's going to show you much dif-
ferent in the way of - of data. You can fly this
thing as tight as you want here or as loose as you
want. It's evidenced by the fact when you wanted me
to go to the center of the workshop and stop all
rates, I went there and stopped and I didn't hardly
move for 6, 7 minutes. But anyhow, let's go on.
F_ I flew it in RATE GYR0 and did stationkeepup. My
feeling would be that - that that maneuver ought
to be replaced by some other maneuver that - that -
I mean some other criteria that you have. It Just
isn't that much different.

240 00 51 27 CDR Tumble recovery - tried those. Tumble recovery was

a l_ttle harder than i thought it was going to be;
not because the thrusters didn't have the authority
that I thought they did, but because you got a small
space in - in this vehicle with this rounded dome.
Sometimes you think you're rotating and you're really
translating. So maybe if you analyze somehow those
thruster inputs I made - or hand controller inputs,
I might of made some that weren't really useful.
I finally beat the system simply by hand controlling
to my rates of stop and then used my translational
controller to stop translation. In any event, it
wasn't difficult; very simple. Now one thing that
puzzled me a hit. I thought that l'd have a very
difficult time with the HHMU in tumble recovery.
And so I asked Jack to give me smaller rotations,
which he did. You'll probably - you'll see that
on the film. But I had no trouble at all in the
unsuited mode.

_" 240 00 52 19 CDR You know, it's easy to fly that thing in the unsuited
mode. As you probably can see on TV, I stopped it.
1580

I flew back to where he was, held attitude. You

know the hard part about the HHMU is holding precise
attitudes. And if you just let yourself flop a-
round like you do when you're trying to stop a
tumble recovery, in other words, Just stop a
general uncontrolled operation, it's sort of simple.
And if you want to get somewhere and not fly very
precisely - you know, Just kind of point that di-
rection and fly in front of your right quarter -
your - you know, towards your right hand sort of
you can - you can get anywhere you want.

240 00 52 54 CDR I wouldn't want to take it outside. Don't get me

wrong. But it's not that difficult unsuited.
Suited is a different story. For the reason you
can't move your hands, and for the other reasons
that it impinges on your suit. So tumble maneuvers
were - were kind of interesting.

240 00 53 08 CDR Tracking CMG - CMGs were not up to speed when we

started again, so I did a RATE GYRO maneuver first. --
And I wasn't really paying attention. I let my
attitude drift towards the end. So I did the CMG
back and then the RATE GYRO back again. And no
trouble - it was - They were easy and maybe you'll
get some data there, I - I don't know.

CDR Drift checks - I thought they were interesting in

that the CMGs held pretty good but the RATE GYRO
fired a lot. In fact, I'd tend to kind of doze off
for a minute or two and all of a sudden one of
them would fire and it jerked me out of there -
wake me up.

240 00 53 41 CC Skylab, Houston, we're AOS at Honeysuckle for about

a minute and a half. Then - CDR, Houston.

CDR I'ii be off the comm for a minute.

240 00 56 29 CDR Okay, back on channel A. We're still talking about

M509. No more remarks. I'ii tell you one thing
happened. I can't re - I don't think it was this
maneuver but another manuever, I sneezed and boy,
did the RATE GYRO fire attitude thrusters. I
think that's been the most it's fired as a result
 1581

of any single thing that I've done up here. I've

held on to the handrails in RATE GYRO and as long
as I'm very careful, nothing fires. Same thing
with the CMGs and boy, when I sneezed, it really
set that thing off. By the way, I found that if
you're just careful and use a light touch, you can
hold on when you're in CMG MODE. You can hold on
when you're in RATE GYRO MODE; it doesn't seem to
bother it. But I prefer DIRECT because then when
you get there you just grab and move around and
nothing happens. Then when you get ready to go,
you kind of shove off and you use DIRECT to work
properly.

240 00 57 27 CDR By the way, I gave you an extra minute of that limit
cycle because I was drifting downward to begin
with. So I fired an up at about 1 minute. So
then I let it drift; so you got a full period
there, I think.

CDR Head movements - As I can see they had no effect.

I moved then fast, slow, and everything else and
nothing happened, that I could see.

CDR Fireman pole setup was easy. Now I may have cheated
there and didn't mean to, because I think this is
how you'd work out. I flew up there with the pole
and then when I got there, I reached up with my
hand to connect it.

240 00 58 01 CDR Now when I was working in the CMG MODE, I went
ahead and left it in CMG. I knew that wasn't
right, and - But I thought maybe that's what you
wanted me to do, because naturally you'd switch
to DIRECT while you're there. You only use this
thing to get there. And, of course, when I did it
DIRECT there was no problem. But you may notice
firings during CMG MODE holding on when I was
connecting it and that's on purpose, because I
thought maybe that's what you were interested in.
Easy job, no sweat. I went over and grabbed Jack
for TV, that's easy. It fires a little bit, much
easier that CMG because you don't have to hold
attitude as you fly along with him. But I tried
it in DIRECT later and, of course, that was simple
too. DIRECT is becoming more and more obvious
 1582

how - how much superior it is to - to the other

modes as far ease of gas saving and for ease of
getting around, as far as the fact that you don't
have to do anything when you get to a place and
want to hold on and - It just has all sorts of
advantages. I'm - I'm - I'm moving it up even
higher than I have been to tell you the truth,
as far as desirability.

2_0 00 59 06 CDR ... tumble object received - now that was an

interesting one. Because it turned out that we
used the SOP. We didn't want to have the 52 film
out. It's pretty valuable stuff now. We got a
couple hundred hours invested in it and Just no
way to make it up - A couple of flares and things
on there and coronal transients and things. So
what we did was use the SOP. And one thing I
found out with that light object, when you - when
you - when you try to go uP near it, it brakes so
you can rest near it. It kicks it away with the
thrusters. And what we're going to have to do,
if that's a plan, some day is either to maneuver
under it and then come up or over it and come
down or something to that effect. Or even better
might be to cant the thrusters slightly so that
you can come right up to an object, and the thrusters
would fire beside it. On second thought, I don't
like that because you'd never know how big the
object would have to be to - to fit the situation.
I think you could learn to maneuver up to it.
It might be an interesting thing for Jerry to
practice. Or if we run 509 again, which I wouldn't
mind a bit, I wouldn't mind having Jack run three
bottles, if he could get it.

240 01 00 I0 CDR He's - he flew that thing awfully well today and I
think if - if he flew it for you a couple more
times, you could get some excellent data.

240 01 00 18 CDR He's got a lot of skill and he knows all the
different techniques. I really think that would
be a thing that you ought to try to see if you
can do. By the way, the - One of the questions
you asked was about the padding on the seat. We
put some Mosite on there today and I think it's
enough. If not, I'll put a little bit more on
there. New straps - I - I think you ought to
 1583

invent a set of new straps for Jerry; to learn to

build some that are - that are not just lashups
for a maneuvering unit.

240 01 00 52 CDR Now if you don't want to do that because of weight,

cost, and the like, go ahead and use these. They're
satisfactory. But it seems to me that's one of
the - the - one of the things you ought to improve.
My recommendation would be (cough) invent a new
system of straps, have him come uo here and put
them on. Let him fly them, see if we can build
some good ones. This is a kluge that works. But
we ought to - you ought - It seems to me that
that's one of the problems. We all have used the
soft earplugs every time; plenty of them left.

240 01 01 20 CDR I think I've answered the questions you sent up,
I believe. Okay, so anyhow, then I tried to match
the rotational rate of the object. It was tumbling
too fast and I kicked it away. But for a satellite,
_ I believeyou could easily do it. And if not, you
could reach out and grab it and let it turn you,
or you could - you could grab it and hold attitude,
either way. But satellites are bigger and - I
don't think you're going to have any problem.
Seems to me that that was a - that was a good
test. But I don't know. I went around and couldn't
change light bulbs. The light bulbs are hard to
get out here even when you're not in a maneuvering
unit. So I Just moved the fan, quite easy. This
maneuvering unit is real fine for getting around.
We did the rescue. We didn't do the circular
inspection and pitch. It seemed too simple and
all of that - that sort of things - like the roll
was. I don't think it does much to help you, I
hope. If it does, well then we'll do it next
time and - and ask Jerry to do it.

240 01 02 21 CDR Fly head first to the donning station. I just

flew to the donning station and stopped, l've
flown it in backwards, forwards and - I don't
know.

240 01 02 31 CDR Fly to EVA - into EVA foot restraint. Could do it

easily; didn't do it - it's - Move empty PSS
around. Did that Just to see - As you can see,
S_ it's easy and quite simple.
1584

CDR I deploy long tether strap. I should have done

that. I didn't read that; that would have been
a good thing to do. If we fly it again, we'll
deploy a long tether, and - This inverted convex
flyaround - I wanted to give Jack some time, so
we gave it to him. He flew it well. He might
have some things. I'll ask him to debrief it, but
essentially that was a good run. We ought to
think about flying Jack if we can. I'm not sure
we shouldn't think about giving Owen one ride,
for the simple reason that he hasn't trained on
it at all.

240 01 03 l0 CDR He knows how to fly airplanes and spacecraft and

we ought to try out and see how a guy does fresh
in this unit. I guess he'll fly it like he knows
what he's doing. In fact, I'm not sure that maybe
what we shouldn't do, instead of flying Jack, we
should get one more - two more - We should get
two flights. The first one should be to fly Owen.
Get him to fly all these maneuvers - cold, in --_
DIRECT, RAZ_ GYRO, and CMO. I think that would
be one of the best things you could do. And
next, we get Jack to fly and I think you'd get
some real good data. Both of those to me are -
are useful things. We have the time up here.
We're looking around for things to do and it
would give you some excellent data. It would also
show you what difference flying that simulator up
at Martin makes; my guess is not much. And it
would give you a piece of real data to show what
that simulator is worth instead of all of our
guesses about it.

240 01 03 59 CDR My guess is Owen could fly the heck out of it.

240 Ol 04 02 CDR Okay, that goes to 509 interested PE [sic] people,

Bruce McCandless, Ed Whitsett, and Lou Ramon.
CDR out.

2h0 01 30 57 SPT Okay, we're all set up on channel A here for another
S063 run.

CC Two things, first of all ... - -

 1585

SPT You got about a minute and half to 2 minutes before

the first run. And it's going to be a 62 unit
angstrom filter, which I have selected. I have
66, f/1.2, focus in infinity, got the double UV,
we got the double visible filter on the front -
6300 65 77. I am now selecting 16 seconds. Now
as I was setting up, I took one frame inadvertently.
The frame count is now 24. We're now down to 24
as the start.

240 01 32 07 SPT Could be 23, depending on the way you look at it.

240 Ol 32 12 SPT Okay, we're waiting on 33:30. That's about a

minute and a half away - about a minute away.
And we're now looking for the horizon. We had a
good one there until the Sun just went down. Now
we got a - just beginning to pick up the airglow.

240 01 32 29 CC ... I might could get in here before I leave you,

though.

SPT Just beginning to pick up the airglow.

CC You mentioned before finishing up some coolant

loop chase - coolant loop leak hunting and we've
about decided that we've done about all the chasing
of the coolant loop leaks that we think is profit-
able. And the other question you asked was,
when did the SMU fail and were the cal runs you made
good? The answer is the cal runs were - were not
academic. They were good. And the failure occurred
right on the first pushoff of the data run. So I'll
call you at Bermuda .... - -

SPT Okay, it does look like the - baseline is about on

the Earth's horizon. And the dash line is just
about at the airglow level, which, of course, it
ought to be. Okay, we're waiting on the 33:30 coming
up in Just a few seconds. We may not be able to
see the airglow well enough to mark on it. We'll
give it a try. AI, if you could get the lights
out down there, I'd appreciate it.

240 01 33 37 SPT Very dim horizon and it's a very dim airglow is
what I should be saying. There's too much scattered
light to show up. Going to give it a try here.
 1586

240 01 33 48 SPT MARK. First exposure.

240 01 34 05 SPT And that's the end of that exposure. It is not too
good, but I turned it Just about the right rate,
so I think that it might have held fairly steady.
Next one's at 36 and it's a 5577. Okay, I'm
switching the filters. I've got 5577 selected.
And that is a 32-second exposure; going to 32 on
the timer. And waiting for 36 and hoping that
scattered light gets on out of the telescope.
I see the problem. We're looking right behind
the solar array. The solar array is illuminated.
It's got a lot of holes in it. That scatters light
into the front of the sextant's path.

240 01 34 41 CC ... We'll have you for about 5 minutes here.

240 Ol 3_ 56 CC Stand by. Skylab, Houston. When you get a chance

we'd like to verify that you have terminated the
02 fill and left the relief valves closed.

CREW ...

CC Okay, good.

240 01 35 ll SPT Still a very indistinct airglow. Tell when it's

in the field of view but you can't really make out
a clear airglow layer. Well, we have about a
half a minute yet before this exposure is scheduled.

240 01 35 36 CDR Okay, it's terminated now, Dick. Let me mention

something about this Coolanol leak. Y'all sent a
procedure up last week. It was about three pages
long and we only got through about the first
page and a half. And I'm not pushing to go
through the other page and a half, but I wanted
to make sure that you're aware we never completed
the procedure you sent up. We - What we did was
look around all the lines - -

SPT Stand by.

CDR - - up here is the STS, tool sieve, the heat

exchanger, behind the AM fan - the li - MDA fans.
We didn't go back at the aft heat exchangers and
whatever else is on the rest of that message.
 1587

240 01 36 16 SPT MARK.

CC ... stand by Just a second, please.

SPT Start of the exposure, the second one.

240 01 36 36 CC Skylab, Houston. We're about to go into a keyhole

here at Bermuda for 1 minute and then I'll call
you when we get back out. And, A1, we - we are
aware that you only completed a partial part of
that original message and I've ... - -

240 01 36 h9 SPT End of exposure. And that was not a very good
one because there's still light on the solar array.
And whenever the solar array is in direct illumina-
tion, it scatters an awful lot of light into the
AMS. Next exposure's at 38:30, 6300. Switching
filters to 6300. And waiting on 38:30. This is
also a 32-second exposure.

2h0 01 37 32 SPT Got another minute. Ah, fortunately the Sun is

now set. So we oughtto be able to get some
better exposures now. 38:30; 32 seconds. That's
a good thing to take note of down there on the
ground. As soon as the spacecraft gets into the
shadow or if that light is not on the AMS - oh,
yes, we got a much better horizon now - a much
better airglow layer. And from this point on we
ought to give - be able to give a pretty reasonable
mark. Still a little fuzzy on the top, not as - -

CC Skylab, Houston. We're ... - -

SPT - - distinct as we have been.

CC ...

SPT Okay, got about 15 seconds.

240 01 38 32 SPT Stand by -

240 01 38 36 SPT MARK. The beginning.

240 01 39 09 SPT MARK. The end and that was a good exposure. That
w_s good all the w%V around. I was holding right
on top of the airglow layer and I don't think I
_-_ differed more than l0 kilometers from the correct
spot. It looks real good. And it looks like stars
 1588

extinguish as they should, before they get to the

Earth's horizon. They begin to twinkle down
around 30 kilometers - 30 kilometers. As I
recall, there is still something like 1 percent
of the refraction left. And we didn't get enough
atmospheric turbulence, at any rate, to see the
scattering and the twinkling. The next one is
at 41 and it's a 5577 photo, 5577 selected.
And that's also a 6h-second exposure. Selecting
that on the timer. Got 1 minute to go. Yes,
these latter ex_osures ought to be quite a bit
better because the airglow layer is so much more
distinct.

240 O1 h0 40 SPT Usually the AMS mirror is centered off, sort of

like an ellipse, which is - that's what it should
be, to one side. It now has a focal - focus of
the ellipse is about in the center of the crosshairs
and then the two legs are being lifted to out
toward 1 o'clock and 4:30. Stand by -

240 01 41 ll SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

240 01 41 24 SPT Nice and steady. Just a little bit of a rotation

to the image now. Not too much. That tape helos
the stability.

240 01 42 18 SPT End of exposure. Okay, I think that was a good

one, too. And the last one here at 43:30 to
6300 angstroms. Red. Okay, 43:30 still a minute
away. l'd be interested in the PI comments as to
whether or not they think 10-kilometer jitter is
about what he was expecting as far as stability
is concerned; whether or not that's about the
level of perturbation that was hoped for or at
least expected, when using this instrument. It's
possible that I'Ii he able to get a little bit
better. There is an amount of 0JT associated with
this.

240 01 43 26 SPT I see ways to maximize the amount of horizons

available by adjusting the tilt of the mirror.
Boy, some bright constellations out there now.
Okay, here we go. Stand by -

240 01 44 02 SPT MARK it.

 1589

240 01 44 3h SPT I'll be down in Just a minute.

240 01 45 i0 SPT End of exposure. Okay, and that was the last
exposure for the sunset business, h3:30, 41 -
that's right. Little late getting her started.

SPT And the next one is at about 51. So, I'll go off
the tape recorder here for a few moments and then
be back. It's only about 5 minutes. I'll get
set up for it now at 6300.

240 01 50 07 SPT Okay, we're back on the recorder here, 1 minute

to go to the next run_ 51 minutes after the hour
is what we want, a 6300 exnosure. We do have
6300 selected. We are on 64 seconds. I better
find the horizon.

SI°T Okay, there the_ are.

SPT Stand by -

240 01 51 13 SPT MARK. First exposure.

SPT Okay. At this point, we either have extra

reflection or a little bit of aurora, but it
might even be a reflection.

SPT Yes, I think that's a reflection, no aurora.

Looking in the wrong direction, anyway.

240 01 52 20 SPT MARK. The end of the exposure. Next one is at 5h.

SPT 577 is selected. And another 6h-second exposure.

It comes off at 54 minutes. Still a minute and
a half, almost. Sure wish there were more of the
horizon that was visible in this little telescope.

240 01 53 15 CC Skylab, Houston. I've got you for about i0 seconds

before we go LOS. We'll see you at Honeysuckle
at 02:29. And for AI, we believe the mistake in
the checklist is that - it - it should read:
There are a total of three flexures per FMU.
And that would make a total of six holes. Over.

CDR Okay, I think we know what to look for then ....

m _

SPT 54 is the right time. And we have about 15 seconds

to _o.
1590

CC .,.

SPT Stand by -

240 01 54 08 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

240 01 55 16 SPT MARK. The end of the exposure. And that should
have been a good one. Good well-defined
airglow. And tracked it nice and smoothly. 02:01,
7 minutes later, I want a 6300. Okay.

240 01 57 09 SPT Now it's essential to have the crosshairs illumi-

nated here, else it could not see the dark
crosshairs against the very faint airglow. So it
makes it the all more important that if this
exoeriment is run on SL-4, that you send up a couple
of new batteries for this viewfinder or sight.

240 01 57 39 SPT Still standing by for about another 3 minutes or

so here until 02:01. Coming up on 58 now. In fact,
I really want to wait until 02:01:30....

SPT Okay, l'm going to try to - that other rotation i

angle - 300, 120.

SPT I see lots of stars. I don't see any horizon

over there around 120.

240 O1 59 41 SPT Okay, now there's the horizon that sweeps

through. And that's at a rotation of 327. And
we assume the reciprocal of that would be a
possibility. I don't know - don't know for sure.
Three - maybe not - 327; I see the horizon, the
airglow layer. Okay, there's the reversed
horizon and that does show up about 199, so that
doesn't affect your pad. However, I could do it
either way. It doesn't make any difference. I'll
leave the horizon right here. It's coming up on -
I got about a mlnute - 02:01:30 is a minute away.
And I did 6300 angstroms, 64 seconds. Set.
That is right.

SPT Stand by -

240 02 01 45 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

SPT And- -_
 1591

240 02 02 53 SPT MARK. That's the end of that exposure. And I

think it was a pretty good one also. I would
estimate there is no more than l0 kilometers.
And I was really meaning plus or minus l0 kilometers.
And I think I beat that a little bit. I think it
may be some place between plus or minus 5 and a
plus or minus 10. 02:03. Next was 02:0h, 15577.
0k%v, the last 64-second exposure.

SPT Stand by -

240 02 0h 05 SPT MARK. The beginning of that exposure.

240 02 05 12 SPT End of exposure. Okay, I'm beginning to see some

noticeable tilt in the horiz - or rotation during
the course of the 6h seconds. My guess is it
might have been 5 degrees. I did not try to
correct for it.

SPT Okay. Next exposure is 02:06:30, 6300 angstroms.

And we drop to 32.

SPT Okay, 06:30, about 15 seconds off.

SPT Stand by -

240 02 06 41 SPT MARK.

240 02 07 15 SPT End of exposure. And that looked like it went

pretty well, too. Okay, the next one is at
9 and 32 seconds, 5577. Just hope the Sun
doesn't come up too early here and hit those
solar panels. _4hen it hits the solar panels,
we're just about out of business. Scatters too
much light inside the A_. That's something
that you all can put on the pad or work out before
you send the pad uP- And unless you're pretty
confident of getting something, I think it'd
probably be better to leave off - Oh, oh, there
comes the Sun. Sun is on the arrays right now.
And I can see the light in the AMS structure
itself.

240 02 08 19 SPT And when the horizon moves as I change the rotation
on the AMS, I can then see the band. But when it's
stable, you don't see the movement. It's very
/_ difficult to follow and make sure you're actually
on horizon. Okay, we've got 30 seconds here. We're
on a 32-second exposure.
 r_

1592

240 02 09 13 SPT MARK. Very, very indistinct. I have to really

Just turn the crank at what I think to be the
a_pro_riate rate.

240 02 09 46 SPT End of exposure. And I wouldn't count on that one

at all. Once the Sun is on the solar array, there's
not much hope. I can see now when I move the tilt
rotation, a barely discernible airglow there.
We were about on it, but still wouldn't give
it much. We'll try one 16-second exposure at 11:30.
That's going to be at 6300.

SPT Okay, we've got about half a minute. Better see

if I can see anything at all. No way air -
airglow horizon. Only a grasp. Yes, I think
that's it right there. Okay, let's drive the old
technique of cranking away.

240 02 Ii 32 SPT MARK.

240 02 ii 51 SPT End of exposure. Okay, that completes the run.

Now there is no indication, as far as I can tell
visually, that airglow is any brighter as we
approach sunrise or as we depart sunset. And
so these shorter exposures are presumably not
making much difference to the intensity of the
airglow layer, although there is certainly a lot
of light scattering in from the solar array. And
so it's my recommendation that you eliminate any
sightings that are made when the spacecraft is
illuminated by the Sun, because the solar array
is sitting out here just a matter of 5 degrees or so.

240 02 12 31 SPT The end of the array is not more than 5 degrees
off the centerline of this telescope. And the
solar array has lots of holes and slits - slots
in it and it Just scatters all sorts of light
into the AMS. So I would not rely on any of
these photographs. And I think to avoid wasting
film, you'd probably ought to eliminate them
under those circumstances. So aside from that
once again, I think this run went well. And
I'd appreciate any comments you would have about
the stability and any other comments relative to
the way the run was performed. This message goes
to the Pls of S063 and to Wally Teague and
Jack Lew.
 1593

240 02 13 16 SPT End of message from the SPT.

240 02 lh h0 SPT And there is one more cormnent to be made relative

to S063. This is the SPT again. Please add it
onto my last set of information and that's the
number of frames remaining. There are 12, 12 frames
remaining in Nikon 02, or BB-Ih cassette at the
end of today's operations. That concludes the one
first run of the small f - Well, large f-stop,
small aperture setting. What I'd call a practice
run, I hope, plus the two good runs this evening.
I assume that they're good. And I have no reason
to believe that they didn't come out well.

240 02 15 20 SPT End of addition from SPT.

240 02 20 54 PLT Good evening, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A. The subject is ATM debriefing for the
last run which was beginning at 00:57. I ran off
your J0P 6, step i, building blocks IA and lB.
And you didn't fill the rev up very well because
iF- I had a lot of time left over. And so I went
hunting around for a - anything that was worth
shooting at.

240 02 21 19 PLT Started out by whistling past some of the active

re_ions and out to the limb. I thought I could
do some shopping list items and started picking
on the limb. I tried the west limb because, from
the XUV monitor, that looked like it'd be the
most interesting. And when I got over there I
didn't find any significant prominences although I
did find something that appeared unusual to me and
so I dwelt on it a little bit.

240 02 21 45 PLT I notice - in the limb brightening area on H-alpha

or in the space - boundary between the inner limb
and the outer limb, I noticed two hot spots -
two very bright points or two relatively bright
points, anyway in H-alpha. And they were right
next to each other. And I had never seen this
before. In fact, hadn't heard anything about them.
So I homed in on them with a number 1 DETECTOR
with GRATING all zeroes. And found out that, in
fact, it was a bright hot spot and it wasn't very
big. But I was able to - to sight in on it. And
/- I noticed that the difference in magnitude was,
say, on the order of a factor of 20 or 30 bigKer
than Just on the limb or Just off the limb.
 1594

240 02 22 43 PLT And so I did a modified shopping list item on

that. I did an ACTIVE i, LONG for 56 and I did
a GRATING AUTO SCAN on DETECTOR i. And then I also
did a MIRROR LINE SCAN at the GRATING POSITION 1941.
I left 82B out of this because I got the impression
they're trying to save a little film. Although
they may have been interested, I felt that they
probably would rather save the film. And if
that's not the case, they better let us know.

240 02 23 20 PLT The exact point was as follows. The ROLL was
minus 4200. It was UP, a plus 735; and a LEFT,
minus 610.

240 02 23 31 PLT So I had a little time left over after that and I
whistled down to -

240 02 23 42 PLT - - and homed in on it, too, with about the same
strategy. The hotspot was right near the - the
two small spots in the - in the plage - the two
bl - two black spots in the plage.

240 02 23 59 PLT And - and I got a reading of somewhere up around -

240 02 24 39 PLT More further comments for this evening. I pre-

sume that AI will get you the frames remaining
and also power down for unattended ops. Enjoyed
working with you today, gents, and I look forward
to it again tomorrow.

240 02 24 49 PLT Thank you.

240 02 34 23 CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the ATM run.
It went well. I didn't find any Ellerman bombs,
but went through the JOP 2 ... on both active re-
gions. I hope that you can find something there
that's useful but I don't have a lot of faith in
it - in the Ellerman bomb activity. One question
I had in my mind was why we were running four
frames per minute in H-alpha, but I figured that
you know a lot more about that than I did. Next
one. The Nu Z update. I tried to get one, and
fooled around with it for a while and never could
find it, so I finally just gave uo. And so we
don't have a last-minute Nu Z update, l'm going
to open the 56 door soon as I get through with ...
one. And that's the way it is. I'll go through
the closeout here, and everything else looks good.
 1595

Let me give you the FRAMES _REMAINING: H-ALPHA l,

13401, 13401; X-RAY TELESCOPE, 4592; XUV SPECT, 171;
XUV SLIT, ll9; 56, 7117; 5h, 51 ...

240 02 35 55 CDR CDR out. That's for the ATM science room.

240 02 39 17 CDR And, also, ATM science room. We did forget to put
the ROLL back to 4200, but we're going to come
up here the next day pass and put it there, so
stay loose.

TIME SKIP

240 ii 20 33 CDR CDR with information for the food people. The
answer to the question about the strawberries is,
yes, I'm eating the strawberries. Anytime I
substitute peaches for strawberries, I let you
know. So if you don't hear from me, I'm eating
strawberries. Haven't missed a strawberry in
weeks. CDR out.

240 ll 20 51 CDR That goes to - all the food-interested people.

TIME SKIP

240 12 27 45 SPT Okay. SPT on channel A debriefing the last ATM

pass which ended about - 12:27 Zulu. The scheduled
work went off as planned. Had about an extra
l0 minutes on the end, and so I did a item num-
ber 8 on a bright spot, on a nearby spot not too
far away from the filament we were working on.
Quite bright in XUV, and a lot of contrast on -
DETECTOR 3, GRATING zero. And completed the
GRATING AUTO SCAN, and then did a sort of a man-
ual miniraster utilizing MIRROR LINE SCANNER -
... up and down. And it also did have a double
peak. There was another - bright spot Just to
the - UP position of the one on which I did a
GRATING AUTO SCANNER - comparable intensity. So you
should see that double peak in the miniraster.
f_ Looked like there was about i0 arc seconds-
above the one on which I Just did the GRATING
AUTO SCAN. That was an item 8. Looked like it
1596

ought to be a fairly interesting one. It took

one XUV exposure, ..., and several SINGLE FRAMES
for S056.

240 12 28 58 SPT End of debriefing from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

240 13 48 58 PLT Okay. On channel A, PRD readings. Pilot is 7270.

7270 for Jack.

PLT 9131 for the SPT, 0wen. 9131.

240 13 51 24 PLT ... 5310, 5310 for the CDR.

240 13 52 41 PLT Good morning space fans, this is Jack on chan-

nel A. The subject is M509. This is for Lou
Ramon. Charge of batter 7 was initiated at 13:45 --
and all the PSS bottles are filled to - 1200 to
1300 psi at this time.

240 13 53 02 PLT That's the end of the message. Out.

240 13 59 57 CDR CDR debriefing the previous ATM run. I was not
able to do the J0R 7- I was busily working on
the coalignment. Let me give you the information
on it. Day 240, time 13:50, H-alpha l, plus 951;
82B, plu;_ 951; H-alpha l, left limb, minus 948_
and 82B, minus 948; 55 mirror position, 0932. So
it looks like a good - 55 offset and two-limb align.
The numbers aren't exactly like the previous ones
but essentially, everything's lined up. The rest
of it went nominally; I'll try to pick up what I
missed later. For the ATM science room. CDR out.

240 14 02 51 PLT Hello there, space fans, this is Jack on chan-

nel A. The subject is S019. We're just about to
begin our run which begins at 14:03. This in-
formation goes to our friend Dr. Karl Henize.
Time to start is now and so - We - we're going to
get this shutter opened. First we go to SLIDE
RETRACTED. I got a 90-second exposure. There
we go --
/_ 1597

240 14 03 18 PLT SLIDE RETRACTED. It's unwidened so I set my watch.

Stand by to open the shutter. Got to do this all
at the same time.

240 14 03 29 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Starting a 90-second un-

widened exposure, field number 080. The frame is
055. The ROTATION is set at 260.2 and the TILT
is 3.6. Now - you'll want to know of course, that
we've got the serial number 3 film magazine in
here. I noticed that you did not specify which
film magazine you wanted on the pad, so I picked
the one with the fewest frames, which happened
to be serial number 3. Although I hope in the
future that you'll include that information on
the pad so there'll be no question about it and
so we'll be sure to get the - pictures on the
magazine which you wish to have them recorded on.

240 lh 04 19 PLT And also Nu Z is always of interest, and the pad

Nu Z, which was just recently within a half hour

updated by the star tracker, is minus 5.4. There-
f fore no correctionsnecessaryto the rotation.

240 14 04 48 PLT Okay. Stand by to close the shutter on a 90-sec-

ond unwidened exposure on field 080, frame
number 055.

240 14 04 59 PLT MARK. SHUTTER cLOSED, CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Reset

the watch. We got a 600-second exposure on that
field, unwidened. And- this 600 seconds ought
to be about 10 minutes. I'ii tell you what I'm
going to do. I'm going to set my untrusty little
timer here for about 8-1/2 minutes. And when the
tone '_oings," I'Ii come back and then I'ii look
at my watch, which is accurately recording the
time of this exposure, and close the shutter. In
the meantime, we're going to - turn off this
recorder so we don't get a lot of nothing - but
don't go away because we'll be back.

240 14 15 09 PLT Okay, here we are. Stand by to close the shutter.

240 14 15 13 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. That was a i0 minute ex-

posure on frame 56, field 080. And we'll go to
a new one now - field 4 - 74.3. That'll - 74.3
in ROTATION.
1598

PLT 74.3 and 23.0. 74.3 and 23.0 is checked and we

have 30-second unwidened exposure. Stand by.
Now I'ii do the watch business again here and get
this out here where we can see it. Go to SLIDE
RETRACTED. Stand by to open the shutter -

240 14 16 ii PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Frame 57, field 13, a

30-second unwidened exposure. And the next one
after this will be the same field with another
10-minute exposure. Stand by to close the shutter.

240 14 16 41 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. From frame 57, we go to

SLIDE RETRACTED; we stop and reset our watch.
Stand by to open shutter.

240 14 16 52 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. This will be a 10-minute

exposure. Frame 58, field 013. And here again
we'll go off the recorder and let this thing -
blaze away and - come back in time to terminate
the exposure. So don't go away, we'll be back.

240 14 26 46 PLT Okay, space fans. Stand by to close the shutter

on frame 58, on the 10-minuteexposure.

240 14 26 53 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Frame 58, field 2 - cor-

rection, 013_ 600 seconds. Well, we got a 6-minute
exposure coming up and - we can make it. We can
make it. Let's godo it. 168.9.

CDR ... he insisted this thing will go in my eyes but

I didn't think it would fit .... operator ...
unauthorized configuration.

240 14 27 33 PLT And 28.2. Let's doublecheck these 168.9 and 28.2.
A - correction, 4-minute exposure; I calculated
thai improperly. No problem making that. The
time is 28. So this is also unwidened and - stop
the watch and reset it here. I go to SLIDE
RETRACTED. And stand by to open the shutter.

240 14 28 ii PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Frame 59, field i01, a

240-second unwidened exposure. So that turns out
to be 4 minutes even.

240 14 28 28 PLT And that 4 minutes will be up before sunrise. And

then we'll go off the headset again for a little
while.
_- 1599

240 14 31 02 PLT Okay. Here we are again, SOl9 fans, and we're
going to terminate the frame number 57, 4-minute
exposure on field i01. Stand by to close the
shutter.

240 14 31 31 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Go to CARRIAGE RETRACT

and leave it there. And that's 31 which is
3 minutes before sunrise and doggone it all Karl,
we had extra time this time. Okay. Well, we're
going to secure this operation for a little while
and cut the rotation.

PLT Karl's getting easy - gave me 3 whole minutes

before sunrise. Okay, we got zero zero set; now
we crank her in. Hold your breath. Yes, it's
coming. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, i0, ii, 12, and
an easy 13. Make sure you stop.

PLT Okay. The next thing is to close the SAL door.

Clear of obstructions; it's closed. Okay.

240 14 32 49 PLT She's closed and locked. Turn on channel B, that's

f- what we'll do. So this is the end of S019, friends.
We're also closing the film hatch, for your in-
formation.

240 14 32 51 PLT End of S019 for this pass and we'll back - be
back with you later.

TIME SKIP

240 14 54 51 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again on channel A.

The subject this morning is mass measuring device
calibration in the wardroom. Since I didn't com-
plete the Job the last time, I started all over
and did it again. This is day 240; the start
time was 14:10; the temperature initially was
70 degrees, reading i0 degrees on the mass measur-
ing device. Here are the numbers. I'ii read the
first three numbers only once in each sequence,
and after that, I'Ii just read the last three
numbers. So with zero grams or empty, the mass
measuring device read as follows: 1.95621, 605,
615, 590, 615, 615, 579, 638, 630, and 615. Okay.
_--" The next measurement we'll - we'll do it with
1600 --"

50 grsm_. Reading as follows: 0.03225, 223,

241, 218, 233, 257, 244, 215, 155, and 276.

240 14 56 08 PLT Okay, I put i00 grams on and got this: 2.10556,
577, 594, 657, 583, 629, 529, 608, 619, and 574.
I added 150 grams total: 2.17697, 727, 696, 775,
719, 781, 722, 691, 695, 720. Took that off and
put 250 grams on: 2.31268, 229, 288, 270, 239,
267, 323, 311, 243, and 268.

240 14 57 19 PLT Took that off and put 350 grams on, and I got:
2.44044, 053, 089, 124, 063, 098, 105, 125, and
096, and 069. Okay. And then with 500 grams, it
was: 2.62096, 140, 135, 123, 165, 132, 169, 142,
].34, and 249. Now with 750 grams, I got: 2.89860,
884, 830, 825, 865, 865, 804, 865, 838, and 833.

240 14 58 26 PLT With 900 grams, I got: 3.05102, 094, 055, 178,
098, 130, ii0, 107, 093, 084. Then I emptied
the ... and got: 1.95562, 577, 573, 586, 561, 578,
589, 597, 584, 579. I believe this is the only
use that mass measuring device has gotten since
the last calibration except for a TV show.

240 l& 59 12 PLT This concludes the mass measuring device calibra-
tion of the wardroom. End of message. Thank you.

240 15 17 24 CDR This is the CDR in process of pass 1443. I

placed the slit as best I could. As I pointed
out real time, the maximum sunspot to dia-
meter is something like to 5 to l0 arc
seconds. We got a 60-arc-second slit. On
36 - step 2 - correction - J0P 2E, step 2,
instead of trying to find the penumbra.
Since the slit WM across the umbra and
penumbra to begin with, I went over and
picked another spot. So I've given you -
essentially it'd be like two - two step l's
except on two different spots, because it
didn't look to me like the data was going to
be any different. You couldn't even see the
penumbra thrown in, So you need to reevaluate
that JOP and how you're going to work it.
The little picture is completely out of the
question here; so that the slit's inside it
and all that business.
f_ 1601

240 15 18 27 CDR My suggestion would be we try one of these

minirasters that Owen's invented - or
somebody's invented and it might give us some
real good data.

240 15 18 34 CDR CDR out.

240 15 36 16 CDR This is the CDR debriefing 1443, as I men-

tioned earlier. By the way, this is for
the ATM science room. By the wa_ as I men-
tioned earlier, I used two sunspots. No use
trying to find the umbra and penumbra because
the size of the spot relative to the slit.
Everything went off okay. We got the JOP ...
So no comment. This references what I said
earlier about the minirasters.

240 15 36 46 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

240 15 58 _3 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A,

debriefing the M31 - MI31 OGI run, which I Just
made up; includes the biomed folks and Dr. Jerry
Homick, predominantly. And I think I'ii make
this observation, Jerry. I really didn't see
the little line move around in any unusual manner.
I felt that I was more sensitive this morning to
the lower rpm's, and the data confirms this. As
time went on, I got drowzier and I started missing
them around the 8 rpm - number 8 level, at any
rate, is what I mean. I think it's an advantage
to do this experiment in the morning when you're
less drowzy. After lunch is the sleepy hour,
not only up - on Earth but up here as well. And
I think you don't - your senses go to sleep, as
well, including your vestibular.

2h0 15 59 51 PLT I noticed, as I progressed into the run this

morning, that I became more drowzy, not as drowzy
as soon and as much as I am in the afternoon when
I do this. But I think that I was quite sensitive
when I first got in the chair, simply because I
was wide awake. And I'd suggest that this makes
a difference - that you try to schedule these
runs in the morning insteadof the afternoon.
1602 -_

My. impression from what - what I've seen is that,

as you get drowzy and start to go to sleep, why
your ability to recognize rotation or a thing
that's in motion in the - in the OGI goggles
diminishes. So if the two facts are maybe
related, it may be influencing your data somewhere,
and it might be well to - to have this kind of
data at different times during the day. So this -
I had no other sensations or feelings that are
significant.

240 16 00 55 PLT So this con - concludes the debriefing on my

131 run. Thank you.

TIM_ SKIP

240 16 53 19 SPT Okay, this is a message from the SPT to Dr. Paul
Buchanan - the biomed people who are interested
in the onboard drugs. I've completed action
on your message 3034, entitled IMSS drugs, and
note the following discrepancies or differences
from the message. Collecting the SL-2 drugs from
the topical drawer and the next two drawers,
I did not find any scopolamine drops or Dexidrene.
I collected all of the rest, with the exceptions
you noted. I left the Ampicillin, Dalmane,
erythromycin, tetracycline, chloral hydrate,
Sulfamylon, and Synalar. And I, of course, could
not collect the ones I just - could - did not
find the two things I Just mentioned.

240 16 54 19 SPT From the injectables, I did connect - collect the

epineohrine and Decadron. I did not see any
labels on i0 percent or i percent but I connected -
collected all of the epiniphrine. I did not find
any glucose. Now that may have been my mistake
there. I could - If I went back I could perhaps
find that. But I didn't see any glucose. And
I did find the six Lidocaine injectors in the
dental kit, and those were all collected. And
I tried to - I filled up as much as I could in
can 706. There was a note to put some stuff in
1037 but - excuse me, l'd ... maybe - I put the
drugs in can 1034, which was empty; but there
was no extra room in 1037 at all. So with the
extra drugs which were collected - and there were
a substantial number - I put them canister B of
 1603

the two cans that we brought up in our con_nand

module. I then deployed canisters A and B and
put everything in their aDpronriate slots. And
then, in that empty can A, I put the rest of the
stuff I'd collected from SL-2.

240 16 55 46 SPT Now there was quite a bit more collected than
there was reinserted, partieul_rly in the areas
of the topical drugs. But I understand you're
aware of all that was brought up and how much
Joe deployed. I don't know, from his stuff,
I - apparently - He deployed more than we brought
up, because there were a number of drugs that I
collected that I did not have available for
replacement. Now one of the things that - that
I didn't bring up was Aloha Keri lotion. There
were two little bottles of it. The tops on both
of these bottles were cracked, broken. The
Alpha Keri lotion was, therefore, distributed
rather generously around the rest of the can.
And so that's one thing that's missing from the
topical drugs - is the Alpha Keri. And I put
the two bottles - wrapped them up in wipes and
tried to clean the rest of the stuff up as best
I could. But we have no extra Alpha Keri lotion
other than the two that were broken. So you
probably ought to be sure and get a little bit
up - more of that up on SL-h.

240 16 57 01 SPT Now this extra canister A, with the SL-2 collected
drugs, I'm just going to leave over here in 732 -
actually, locker 732, until I get some further
advice from you about a more appropriate location.
And I believe that completes all the action on
your message. And I would %opreciate any comments
you might have about what's been collected and
deployed.

240 16 57 29 SPT End of message for Dr. Paul Buchanan and the
biomedical folks interested in the onboard drug
supplies.

240 17 05 44 CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the run. The
first ..., it went entirely nominal. I went up
then and found a - a bright spot, went to build-
ing block 8 - correction - shopping list item 8.
I pointed to the center of the bright spot. I
1604

maximized the 55 detector, after a GRATING AUTO

SCAN. By the way, I maximized it by moving it
off from the lines of 82B. After the GRATING
AUTO SCAN, I performed a miniraster and never got
finished with the miniraster. It takes so long
that you run out of time. And that's where we
sit. I took a couple of 82B exposures, one just
to the right, a 5-minute 20-second one; one right
on - that was 1O sec - arc seconds to the right;
one right on, 2 minutes and 40 seconds.

240 17 06 30 CDR CDR out.

TI_ SKIP

240 18 16 00 CDR This is the CDR recording the results of the

attempt to take a picture of the Gran Chaco swamp
in Paraguay. The weather was good. I could see
every single way_ We could see the coast of
South America, but this place is out in the middle
of nowhere and we don't know whether you're there
or not. There's no lakes or anything nearby
that can - that you can find because you can't
pinpoint. There's some cities and roads, hut I
wasn't able, with the limited view I had out
window number 4, which was the window that faced
it, to really do a - a reasonable job. Now that
l'm looking out the wardroom window, I realize
that the wardroom window would have been the
bace- place to do it. I didn't get any pad or
anything today. I assumed that I would get a
pad that gave me the details of which window,
and the exact time, and the loss of signal, and
the acq of signal. I think we need that. I
didn't get one, however. And I - Maybe that
would have helped. We sure ought to have it
anyway.

240 18 17 ii CDR But the whole point of the matter is, I honestly
didn't feel that I could have found the - the
target as it was. The feeling that I had was if
you don't have a good site nearby to locate with,
you're going to have to go on time and general
area because you don't - you don't know exactly
where you are. I took a couple of pictures,
one with the Hasselblad and one with the 500 of _
the area that I believed to be it. But I have
,f- 1605

no readings to be able to prove it. It seems

to me that this points out several things. One,
the first and most important, is if we're going
to do from space some sort of observations, we're
going to have to come up with a little sighting
device that we can put at an angle at a time to
just track, actually. And you can set it up and
then at a certain time it will track and you
can look out there much the same as we track
landmarks from the CMC.

240 18 18 07 CDR And that's the only way I think we can really
find things like airfields and specific cities
and the like, in the middle of nowhere. If it's
something on course, then you can find it. But
we ought to have the capability to find sites
d_ime_ in through clouds, and everywhere. It
seems to me we could invent a sort of device that
would fit in a window. You could fit it in as
a mounted window frame, set the following angles.
At this time, go to START with this image motion,
sort of like the image motion we have in the
F- sight of the EREP. Then we wouldn't,you know -
a mechanical thing and then you could look out
through it and say, "Oh, yes; there it is. That's
the city they wanted. Looks like those other
i0_ but now that I know that's the one, I'ii take
a picture of it."

240 18 18 53 CDR Also, when it's cloudy, it would allow you to

look throuw?h the right holes in the clouds to
find it. The angle out the window is poor, and
we found that to be true in airplanes. If you
are flying an airplane, you can get a good running
angle. You pick a point over a river and run in
a certain number of seconds. Here, you're sort
of out of luck. You got to take what comes,
plus you got to be a lot farther away. That
would be my bi_gest observation. Vegetation
systems, ... vegetation type. You can't tell
tall grass up here. You can't even tell trees.
All we know is the land's either sand in color,
or it's water, or it's a brown leather color,
or it's real green, which makes you think of
streets, but it could be swamps. Or it's brown,
which could be trees, - or sand, - or swamp.
But you don't see anything that tells you trees,
or tall grass, or ..., or anything like that.
_ Some of the trees Just don't show up. You can -
1606 _

You don't know what it is down there. You just

know it's a different color. Texture if great
if - if there are no objects as such.

240 18 20 06 CDR Visually locate ... settlements. You can do

that. Now if I could have found the swamps,
perhaps I could have done that .... but that's
a pretty tall order because there's probably a
lot around.

240 18 20 18 CDR Native settlements, developed areas. That's a

tough one. I think maybe for these certain things
that in orbital operations you are going to want
a ... - a Polaroid-type thing. You take the
picture - I'll take that Polaroid out next time
and take a picture of these doggone places and
look at them - then describe them to you. Now
I think maybe that'll be the way we'd have to
do it. Take the picture, try to get the right
place, and then look at the picture in - in
your own leisure and describe it. Then we could
come up with some ... things for that Polaroid.
If that works, I'm going to suggest that for --
Jerry Carr's flight here ...

240 18 20 58 CDR Describe visible means of transportation. Forget

it. I don't have time to do that. If - I'd
like to, hut everything goes by pretty quick, and
most of the time you're trying to figure out if
that's the right place. If I knew it was in the
right place, then I could spend _¥ time doing
this other.

240 18 21 14 CDR Describe apparent water system - same thing. In

other words, I considered that I did this poorly,
if at all, and I'm not sure I could do it any
better. We've got to have something up here that
allows us to find the spot. And then next- Once
we've found it, then we could concentrate on
doing all these other things unless it's something
that's - like a big area. If I can locate and
photograph Lake Titicoco - Titicaca, I'm pretty
sure I could find something like that. Or
locate Salt Lake City - that's great. When you're
talking about locating a little bitty city out in
the middle of the jungle, it's a different story,
 f-_ 1607

but we ought to have the capability. So, several

things. One, you can't tell grasses from trees.
Next, we've got to have a device that we can
point at the right place. And, third, we ought
to have some means of taking a picture where we
can study it on board and report to you.

240 18 22 09 CDR CDR out.

2hO 18 30 25 PLT Okay, space - okay, space fans. Here we are.

The - this is Jack on channel A. The subject is
TOO - correction - T013. We're doing the T013
now. I've gone down through step 6, and we've
got the recorder on, and we've got the EDS POWER,
ON. Now step 9, which says apply h0 pounds force
directly into the center of the FMU sense plate,
the centroid of the triangle, which I have
located.

CDR Go ahead.

PLT And there's the stop. And I set my little gage

/-- up for compression. Okay, compression's zeroed.
Now it says apply 40 pounds and give a mark.
Steady. 10-pound increments, and apply it slowly.
So that's what I'm going to do right now. Stand
by.

240 18 31 20 PLT Here we go. There's the centroid. It ain't in

the matrix, or I don't know how to read this
gage. Stand by 1.
L
240 18 32 47 PLT Okay, he's getting back again on TO13 now. I
... gage squared away. Okay, and when the -
compression is being used, it' s indicator
in - in the white scale. Now put 40 pounds down
here in lO-pounds increments, slowly. Okay, I've
got the force gage centered on the centroid of
the triangle. And I'm applying the force slowly.

2h0 18 33 30 PLT _@/_K; i0 pounds.

240 18 33 33 PLT MARK; 20 pounds.

240 18 33 36 PLT MARK; 30.

240 18 33 38 PLT MARK; 40. Okay, I put h0 pounds on there. Now

step i0. Apply a 15-pound force to the edge of
16o8 -_

the sense plate, just the center of the bottom

edge. Okay, right on the bottom edge, about where
it says CAGING PIN, I guess. Directly applied
force should be used. Forward compartment floor
or dome. Okay, now where is the side? About
where that arrow points to the caging pin there.
Apply force to the edge of the sense plate to
the center of the bottom edge. Okay .... towards
the dome parallel to the sense plate. Where we
supposed to mark it? At 5 mounds? ... instruments
15 pounds. Okay, we're going to do that now.
And I got my force gage to zero. And now I'm
going to apply this force to the bottom edge. Okay,
got it located on the edge. Stand by. You're
applying the force.

240 18 34 43 PLT MARK; 5 pounds.

240 18 3h 45 PLT MARK; I0 pounds.

240 18 34 48 PLT MARK; 15 potu_ds. Okay, that one's done. Now

step Ii. Apply 15 pounds force to the edge of
the sense plate at the center of the left-hand _--
edge, 9 o'clock position with ... direction of
the force is from the interior of the forward
compartment toward the wall parallel to the
sense plate. Okay. Now we're going to do the
same thing on the left edge as l'm facing it.
Now stand by and I'ii give you the mark. Going
again. My gage is zeroed and I got it located.
Okay, we're putting the force on.

240 18 35 24 PLT MARK; 5 pounds.

240 18 35 27 PLT MARK; i0 pounds.

240 18 35 30 PLT MARK; 15 pounds. Applied to the left edge. Okay,

step number 12. Apply I0 pounds force directly
to the sense plate at the lower left corner, the
7 o'clock position, facing F_. Voice record
marks at 5- and 10-pound levels. Okay. I take
it that this is pushing upward at the lower left
corner in their bases. I don't think that was
done quite at the lower left corner. Okay, now
l'm going to push up toward the dome at 7 o'clock,
which has got to be closer. I don't know if you
want this on the curvature or on the curvature
pointing diagonally across the sense plate or
vertically u_ward, so I'ii give you both. The _-_
f-_ 1609

first one's going to be vertically upward at the

corner. Stand by. Okay, I'm pushing.

240 18 36 31 PLT MARK; 5 pounds.

240 18 36 35 PLT MARK; l0 pounds. Okay, now I'm going to apply

it diagonally across one corner of the sense
plate towards the other at the lower left corner.
Stand by. I'm going to push on.

240 18 37 48 PLT MARK; 5 pounds.

240 18 37 51 FLT MARK; l0 pounds. Okay, that one was applied

diagonally, corner to corner, lower left to upper
right. Okay, here's my hook attachment on the
force gage. Apply a 25-pound tangent on the sense
plate with the corner adjacent to the calibration
handle, 1 o'clock position, facing FMU. All
right, use the same scale and 25 pounds force.
You don't care about marking it. Note: The
hook attachment may have to be placed in the
groove that goes around the sense plate edge ...
to prevent the extension from making contact ...
i_ with the sense plate. Yes, that's a fact. That's
what we're going to have to do. Awhile ago when
I applied the 40- to 50-pound pull, I did it
with the tension gage, but I had to hook it in
the groove; otherwise it will slip out.

240 18 38 34 PLT So this time do you want it - the sense plate at

the corner adjacent to the calibration handle?
Okay, i o'clock position. Okay, here we go;
25 pounds of pull. Give you a mark at I0, 20,
and 25 for the heck of it because it doesn't say
anything about that. (Whistle) I'll give it to
you there, anyway. Okay, I'm going to apply it
right at the center to - center of the curvature
or on the same diagonal line from corner to corner
that I used before if I can find something to
brace myself on. Stand by. Alw_vs pull slowly
and gently.

240 18 38 52 PLT MARK; i0 pounds.

240 18 38 54 FLT MARK; 20 pounds.

240 18 38 56 PLT MARK; 25 pounds. Okay, got to step 13. Insert

the caging pins .... mechanism and lock. Okay,
/_ we put the caging pins in. There went cannonball
1610

Alan Bean hurtling through the workshop. Okay,

the caging pins are installed and locked. Put
EDS POWER, OFF. Takes care of that, Doctor.
Okay. Okay, now space fans. That's the end of
T013. And it ought to go to the appropriate
people, including one - our good friend, Lou Ramon.
The EDS PO_R is OVF. That's the end of message
on T013. And now AI Bean's going to take over
on this channel on S019.

240 18 40 i0 PLT You got it, AI.

CDR Thank you. You may want to turn off this little
control over there. S019 is in the act. Wally
Teague and one Karl Henize would be interested in
this data. l'm going to 251.6, which is - ac-
counts for about a 7 point something. Let me get
that first - 220 - 251.6 - 251.6 - right there.
And over here we have a mirror tilt of 24 degrees.
That's 51.6. We had a Nu Z of 7.3. Difference
there is 7.3. The difference there would be 2.1.
No, it would - Let me see. Help me figure the
NUz, 0.

SPT I get 7.3. I get 7.3, AI.

240 18 41 59 CDR Okay, the difference is 2.1; 7.3 from 5.2 - 2.1.
See if I can read that pad, now that l've marked
it up - 2.1. and they had 1.7. 14 again. 252.0.
I may make an error on this. I hope I don't.
It's going to be a 270, field L-2. Okay, did we
open the hatch? I did. Film hatch opened easy.
I go over there. I check the 270 and 243 time
is here - 43 minutes. Okay, stand by. We're
getting ready to open. Field L-2, and it's going
to be a 270 flyby. Stand by.

240 18 43 35 CDR MARK. Okay. l've not yet decided it should he

252.0. And it's really -l've got it set now -
250 - 251.6. I'll get the ... It should still
be in the field of view with that new uDdate ...
0.i.

240 18 47 05 CDR Okay. Now what I put in there - I put in 251.6.

I did the calculation; it should he 252.2. So
that exposure's complete. Stand by; it'll be
completed,then. I'll change that. _-_
_-_ 1611

240 18 47 22 CDR MARK; 270-second exposure. Looks good for 252.

That's correct. Now, let's go for a 30-second
exposure. Okay, here we go. Stand by. Oops!
Still blinking. Pick up new, ready.

240 18 47 41 CDR MARK. Okay, for a 30-seeond exposure, 252.2,

24.2, field L-2, frame 61 .... exposure. I'll
give you a mark when we're set.

240 18 48 I0 CDR MARK. Okay. Reset now. This is going to be a

270. The frame number is 62. TILT, point 9.
Yes, but you can always pick up another frame and
I'm ready. Stand by. 270, field L-h.

24o 18 48 57 CDR MARK. Frame 62.

240 18 52 2h CDR Okay, stand by for a mark at the completion of

this frame. And then we'll press on to the next
one. Stand by.

2hO 18 52 h3 CDR MARK. Okay, that's the end of that frame. Let's
go to the next one, which is 358.6. 3 - 5, and
-- 8 - 6. That was simple. 11.3. I think we can
do that one. That's done. Okay, what you want
here, as I understand it, is another 270. This
is known as field L-5, 358.6. Okay, it is. I'll
pick up a new frame. Standing by in the STOWAGE
position. One 270. Stand by.

240 18 53 26 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. Frame 63, as you probably

guessed. I'll go off the co_n for a while.

240 18 56 3h CDR Okay. We're back with S019 here. As you can tell,
things are going well. We're at the 90-percent
time mark. We got one more to go, a 690-second
exposure. We think we can hack it. Actually,
what we're going to do is let it run until Just
before sunrise. That ought to make you happy.
Or if we feel a bit cagey, we might turn it off
in a little premiers, a second before sunrise.
Standby.

240 18 57 13 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. Okay, let's go through

the next one, 14.9. That's done. Now we will
even tilt it for you. A mere 11.9. Not too far
to go. Okay, stand by. Here it comes. This
is ulqwidened, so I'll wait until this is completely
_ exposed. I'm going to pick up a frame now. I
 r\
1612

just picked it up. It'll be a 690, once the

widening mechanism stops. Okay, stand by for a
mark.

240 18 57 49 CDR MARK. Beginning a 690-second unwidened, frame 64.

Shaft - ROTATION, 14.9; TILT, ll.9. It's called
N-35, field 35. CDR, off for awhile.

240 19 09 44 CDR Stand by for a mark.

240 19 09 49 CDR MARK.

240 19 i0 03 CDR 720 seconds. Just gave you a 72G-second exposure

on N-35. In other words, a very cool 12 minutes
worth of exposure. Okay, that's the end. Sunrise
will be up here in another minute or two. What
I could do if you desire, - Let's see -l've
got 13 - got essentially 90 seconds. I could give
you a 90-second exposure on something. I can
give you a 90-second exposure on the first
star field. Okay, at 50.2 - 50-2 ... and L-2,
that's 24. !'m goin_ to give you a 90-second
job, just because I feel good today. Stand by --
for a - try a new frame. Stand by for a mark.

240 19 ll 30 CDR MARK. OPEN. And it's field number L-2. It's
goin_ to be a 90-second widened exposure. We
got plenty of time before sunrise. I'll be back
on the co_ in a few minutes.

240 19 12 44 CDR Stand by for a 90-second exposure. Stand by.

240 19 12 48 CDR MARK; 90 seconds. SHUTTER, CLOSED. And I'll

Just go right over to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Close
the FILM HATCH. Go to zero zero on these little
babies. Set. And we'll go to zero zero on the
TILT, if we can. And that information, of course,
is SO19 information going to Wally Teague and
K_rl Henize.

240 19 13 29 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

240 19 54 09 CDR M092 on the SPT. Just measured his left calf
at 12-5/8.
f--- 1613

240 19 54 43 CDR His right is just a little under 12-5/8.

240 19 57 30 CC Skylab, AOS. Sunset's 6 minutes.

240 20 i0 49 CDR No, go ahead.

240 20 13 21 PLT Hello there, space fems, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run, which began at 19:16.
I did the JOP 6, step 2, building block 2; no
problem. And the rest of it was of observing time,
and I picked off a shopping list item ... which is
number 1 priority, according to this morning's
list - bright spot number 8. I found a bright spot
at 0.04 of ROLL_ minus 4200_ DOWN, 65_ and RIGHT,
plus 646. I maximized DETECTOR 3 on - GRATING PO-
SITION 1941. Got a good signature. A very small
pinpoint of light was at - close to minus 2
arc seconds. UP/DOWN, LEFT/RIGHT seemed to make
quite a bit of difference. So the density changed
by a factor of l0 or 20 - more like 20, I guess -
when I maximized DETECTOR 3.

_ 2h0 20 14 31 PLT At that location, I ran off a building block 8 -

correction, step 8 - shopping list item 8, excuse
me. And for S056, I got a SINGLE FRAME 2, 3 -
correction, 3, 4, and 5, LONG. I did a 240-second
WAVE, SHORT S082B exposure. And I did a GRATING
AUTO SCAN at DETECTOR l, and then I did a 6 by 6
mini-AUT0 RASTER - I hope that's big enough - at
GRATING, all balls. I then moved left l0 arc
seconds of that spot and I effectively did the exact
same thing and - with the exception of at the end
of the mini-AUTO RASTER, I had a couple of minutes
of daylight left before ESS, so I Just ran a MIRROR
LINE SCAN, all DETECTORS, at slit center. So - one
other item I ought to mention is that I was unable
to put anything up in the V - VTR because it's full.

240 20 15 50 PLT And we'll be seeing you again here in a few minutes
at 20:58. Thank you very much, gents.

240 20 31 50 CDR This is the CDR. We finished 92. We're now on 171.
The GAS PRESSURE of CAL N2, 02, CO 2 is lh30 [?].

240 20 36 09 CDR Okay, the CAL GAS N2, H20 is 1393.

240 20 39 13 CDR Okay, the CABIN PRESSURE is 5.449.

1614 f

240 20 39 55 CDR CABIN AIR is the following: PERCENT 02, 67.73.

PERCENT H20 is 2. - 2.67. PERCENT C02, 1.88.

TIME SKIP

240 21 12 38 CDR Okay, A CABIN AIR is the following: 66.69, 02;

H20 , a mere 3.70; and C02, a nice 1.95.

240 21 12 56 CDR And the CDR; that's the end of this report for the
M092/171 run on the SP2 [sic], who handled it well.

TIME SKIP

240 22 15 ii PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

The subject is T002. This goes to Bob Nute. It
concerns the - the stardi - stadimeter. I made
some stadimeter orbital sightings at night just _
for the heck of it. The day was 240, the Greenwich
time was 22:00 until 22:10. I used the airglow
horizon. And there's what I got. I got 15
readings. You can compare them with whatever else
you've got. I got 3.492, 3.456, 3.512, 3.566,
3.573, 3.596, 3.621, 3.502, 3.532, 3.471, 3.506,
3.627, 3.598, 3.515, 3.488. I repeat again that
these were taken at night, and l'd like you to
compare them with the other numbers to see if
the night airglow horizon is any good to use for
stadimeter sightings, as opposed to using the
daylight horay - horizon all the time.

240 22 16 38 PLT One thing l've found handy in doing operations

at - at night out the window with the stadimeter
or sextant is to - When I read the numbers off
with a flashlight, I keep the right eye or the
viewing eye shut. In that way, your in night
adaption isn't messed up when the light comes on.
So that was just done for the heck of it, for
interest. And l'd like to hear how it comes out.
I say again, this goes to Bob Nute, - N-u-t-e.

240 22 17 ii PLT Thank you.

240 22 18 i0 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run. It started at 20:58.
 /-_ 1615

(Music) I put in your coordinates of

' roll, 3600, 950, and O, and decidedmaybe I'd
roll a little bit more to get some better spicules
in the field of view. So I rolled to 3737 and went
up two steps off the limb and ran the MIRROR AUTO
RASTER in - in building block 18 and then another
building block 10. So the only difference or
modification I made was to roll just a liStle bit
further. And I noticed that over on the right
edge of the raster there was an active region,
which I hope doesn't mess up the data. Probably
won't but I thought the spicules were a little bet-
ter in that area. They were - the ... on that
were a little higher than others and it seemed
to be just a better place for spicules than the
place that you outlined.

240 22 19 18 PLT And so I'll use the same pointing for the next
run, which begins at 22:26, which is going to
be here before you know it.

240 22 19 25 PLT So I'll see you in a little while.

TIME SKIP

240 23 22 36 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're getting ready to

talk about S019, one of our better experiments.
The thing we're getting ready to talk about is
the fact that we're going to take a 270-second
widened exposure on field 461. l'm going to do
it in just a few moments.

240 23 23 16 CDR Okay, here we go in just a second on 23:23.

240 23 23 22 CC Skylab, Houston. We're with you for 7 minutes

through Madrid.

240 23 23 32 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN, field 461, 270-second,

and number 66.

240 23 27 06 CDH Stand by for a mark. We're going to close the

shutter for this 270-second. Then we'll have
the 270 unwidened; okay?

PLT Looks like to me ultimately it's going to wear

off and ... - -
1616 f_

240 23 27 15 CDR MARK. 270, frame 461, and that was 66. We'll go
over here and do a 270 unwidened. First, I'Ii
pick up a picture. I got it. Just as soon as
the widening mechanism bottoms out, we'll go for
the next.

240 23 27 47 CDR Stand by.

240 23 27 49 CDR MARK. Okay, now we've just started the second
unwidened. It's the first unwidened but the
second exposure on field 461, and it's frame
number 67. What's your opinion? That's what
l'm afraid of, too. But maybe we can. Maybe
they can figure a way to get it out. l'm afraid
it'll jam it in there. Let's - let's take a
look at it. Plus we might just might be able
to grip it. S_ire be nice if we could. Shucks!
That thing was fixed. Maybe it wouldn't have
lasted anyway, I don't know.

2h0 23 28 52 CDR Perfect. Perfect.

24023 29 03 CDR Perfect. --

240 23 29 19 CDR Huh?

240 23 29 51 CC Skylab, we have LOS in 30 seconds, and we'll be

seeing you over Carnarvon. Pardon me; we'll be
seeing you over - over Honeysuckle at 00:09.
And, Jack, we understand you're still looking at
that screw and possibly disassembling there.
That's okay to proceed what you're doing at the
moment.

240 23 30 42 CC Skylab, we would like to request you not torque

any screws until we had - have a chance to talk
with you over the next station.

240 23 30 51 CDR I don't think we're going to be torquing any

screws for a while. We've got to get one out.

CC Okay, fine.

PLT ...

240 23 31 37 CDR Torques me right where it hurts.

CDR Okay, stand by for a mark at 270.

 _ 1617

p-
240 23 32 17 CDR MARK. That was a 270 unwidened. Going to the
, nextfield.

CDR 330.8. All zeros .... one. First time I've

had that. That's it. Let's go for a 270. How
about that? Okay, let's spin it up. While it's
draining down, I'll go pick up a new frame. I'll
stand by for a mark.

240 23 33 03 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. I would read you that it's
frame 68. We're taking field 577, 270. Normal
exposure.

240 23 33 20 CDR Going off the cormm for a while.

240 23 36 48 CDR Stand by for a mark.

240 23 36 49 CDR MARK. Okay, that was a 270-second widened. Let's

go for another one. Different field, of course.
Let's go to 19.2. 15.9.

CDR 19.2, 15.9. Okay, let's go on that one. Look's

F like fieldnumberwas 051. I'm picking up a new
shutter there - frame, I mean. It's going to be
frame 69. Stand by.

240 23 37 38 CDR MARK. 270.

240 23 41 16 CDR Okay, stand by for a mark. We're going to close

the shutter on this 270-second widened exposure.

240 23 41 25 CDR MARK. That's it. Okay, now let's set up for the
next one. I've got a couple of unwidens in a
row; 35.2. 21.6.

240 23 41 51 PLT What do we got to ...?

CDR I don't know. Stand by for a mark. It'll be

frame 70 on field 067; 270.

240 23 42 05 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. Starting a 270 unwidened.

240 23 46 31 CDR ()kay, standing by for our 270 here, gang. Stand
by for a mark.

240 23 46 35 CDR MARK. That was a 270. Let's try another one on
a different field. Let's go to 84.6, as long as
w_'re in the neighborhood. Okay, more - 846.
"_ _d then the other one, we'll do a mere 0.5,
1618 --_

simple ... enough, don't you think? Okay, there

it is; let's try for another 270. We did so
much - well last time. First we pick up a frame,
then we come back to the spot, then we say
stand by.

240 23 47 14 CDR _[RK. That's frame i - correction - frame 71,

but it's field 151 which, as you know, is the
last field of this little effort. It better be
because we got sunshine coming up in about
5 minutes.

240 23 47 36 CDR Going off the cormu for a moment.

240 23 51 22 CDR Okay, we're now getting ready to finish up this

friendly little 270 unwidened, and it's none too
soon, gang. It's i minute until sunrise. Stand
by for a mark, and I'ii close the shutter. On
_V mark, get ready, brace yourselves. And I'm
supposed to stow this thing. Stand by.

240 23 51 43 CDR MARK; for a 270. Go to CARRIAGE RETRACT. Go to

a FILM HATCH, CLOSED and see you later. --

240 23 51 50 CDR And that goes to Dr. Karl Henize and Wally Teague.
S019 is ...

###
 _- DAY
241
(AM) 1619

241 00 20 00 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

_ debriefingthe last ATM run. It was startedat
22:26. I merely used the same pointing as I had
the rev before and carried out everything per
your instructions, and I got the atmosphere
extinction for 5 minutes on down to zero as you
had requested. So there's nothing new there.
And right now I'm on the next to the last rev of
the 23:59 one.

241 00 20 27 PLT And I'll debrief that in another 30 or h0 minutes.

TIME SKIP

241 00 54 04 PLT Hello there, ATM fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the 23:59 run. I went down to active
region 8 and set up J0P 2, box 71, building
block i0, and the way I did that was to pick the
brightest point in the plage and home in on it
with DETECTOR number 3 reading all balls and
then get the very brightest point I could, and
then I let her fly with MIRROR, LINE SCAN. Gave
you a little GRATING, AUTO SCAN, also getting
the GRATING right around 000. You got some
GRATING, AUTO SCAN on DETECTOR i. And then we
went into MIRROR, LINE SCAN in ACTIVE I, LONG,
and I gave you two of those at that point. And
I kept watching in there for Ellermanbombs. And
then, as you know, I reported real time that
_here was a possible Ellerman bomb area. There's
a spot that'll - actually there's - It's a
complicated region that I believe appears to have
four or five spots in it.

241 00 55 01 PLT And there aDpears to be a - a bright intrusion

on the westmost - correction - the eastmost spot
on that active region, and it seems to be separated
.all by itself. It was more diffuse than the
picture shows. But in view of the fact that we
haven't really seen a real Ellermanbomb and
also due to the fact that we had done about enough
ACTIVE l, LONG and MIRROR, LINE SCANS, I decided
to take a flyer at it. And so I ran one - building
block - correction - J0P 2 Golf, building block l0
on that and - Just in the event that it was an
_ Ellermanbomb. And, of course,the only thin_
different there is that you run 82B in AUTO and
give 82A one exposure, and that's what I did.
1620

241 00 55 54 PLT So other than that it was all the same as scannin_
old buildin_ block i0. 54 didn't want - want in
on the ball game this time. So I ran that off,
and I don't know if it's an Ellerman bomb or not.
It wasn't positive enough to main - to make me
say it was, but l'd say there was about a 50/50
chance.

241 00 56 14 PLT We didn't really get the pinpoint of light, as

I said, and we're not sure that that's exactly
what we see up here anyway.

TIME SKIP

241 01 53 28 SPT SPT on channel A with an extra message to

Dr. Paul Buchanan, Dr. Bill Frome, and those
interested in the drug supplies on board. In
addition to the message I sent down this after-
noon, there were a number of dental restoration -
little envelopes all sealed in aluminum foil,
which were along in the package we brought up in _
the command module. _ghen I went to put those in
the dental kit, there were an equal number al-
ready in there, I presume, from those sent up in
the workshop. Now there's been no indication
that I should throw away the other dental restora-
tion material, but there was no way I could get
them all into the dental suitcase. So I took out
all the old dental restoration envelopes and put
them into canister B along with the other drugs
and put the new dental restoration envelopes
into the suitcase that goes in the IMSS locker.
So I presume, Bill, that's what you intended;
and if it's not, why please let me know otherwise.

241 01 54 48 SPT End of message to those interested in drug

supplies, Bill Frome and Paul Buchanan.

TIME SKIP

241 ii 54 40 PLT PRD readings on channel A. 7276 for the PLIT [sic];
7276 for Jack.
 1621

241 ii 55 17 PLT 135 for SPIT [sic]; 135 for Owen.

TIME SKIP

241 12 39 02 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A. Here we are again working with T002. This
one is listed as a T002-4, which is substituting
for 6. And this is one where we make stadim -
stadimeter sightings; and we're Just going to make
continuous sightings, looks like to me, and then
apply them to the operational sextant sightings
and see if we can come up with some orbital para-
meters. I'd like to know sometime if _uybody's
calculating any orbital parameters and positions
and see how these things are working out. So let
me give you a few marks here in a minute, soon as
I can kind of get lined up. And we'll proceed with
another set of operational T002 sightings.

241 12 40 14 PLT One horizon is still a little bit fuzzy. The sun-
rise horizon isn't completelywell defined at the
moment. And how much time we got remaining. How
much daylight remaining, AI?

CDR 38.

PLT Thank you. Okay, he says there's 38 minutes day-

light remaining. And then we got plenty of time
but I Just want to take the best horizon here.
But that should be good enough to begin.

PLT Now let me fasten myself here at the window. We're

early. We got the window cover off and here we
go.

CDR Wow! What an operation that was!

241 12 42 39 PLT MARK. Okay, that mark was 3.998. And let's crank
it off here a little bit and do another one.

241 12 43 35 PLT MARK. 4. - 4.033.

241 12 45 25 PLT MARK. 3.951.

241 12 45 39 PLT Okay, we'll crank her up and do another one. Don't
go away. I know it takes a long time to sit there
 1622

and wait for these marks to come through. I don't

know any other way to do it but to do it as care-
fully as possible and get the best possible align-
ment each time. And that just takes time.

241 12 46 20 PLT MARK. 3.932. And we'll crank it off a little

bit and do another one.

241 12 48 04 PLT MARK. 3.982 - correction - yes, 3.981 that was.

Pretty close. Yes, here we're coming up on the
Gold Coast of Africa. Mighty barren country down
there. Looks like lots of desert, sand dunes, very
pretty colors, all various shades of brown. I'm
just going to have to take time out and take a
picture of this, folks. I mean we probably got
400 pictures of Africa. Every one seems impressive
every time we come up on this area of the country -
Beautiful to photograph.

CDR Are you there, Houston?

PLT ... 1/250 at f/8, so that's what we'll give it.

PLT Turn off the recorder for a minute.

241 12 51 19 PLT Okay, let's take a few more shots with the stadim-
eter. Now passing over mid - middle of Africa at
a respectable 40 miles per second. Crank the
stadimeter off a little bit. Horizon is oriented
vertically in the window now; whereas, previously
it was almost inverted ... see my large angle during
one day or daylight revolution.

241 12 52 50 PLT MARK. 3.941.

PLT Quite a few fires down there in Africa today. Must

he burning off some crops or something. Okay, let's
take another one. Let me crank it off a little
bit.

241 12 54 i0 PLT MARK. 3.876.

241 12 56 27 PLT And we're now passing over directly Lake Victoria.
Mighty big lake down there. Trying to get the
sextant lined - my stadimeter lined up. We got
a nice horizon for it at the moment. Very fair
today. And then the cloud covers perspective
sightings - sites, that is.
_-_ 1623

241 12 57 12 PLT MARK. 3.950.

241 12 58 55 PLT And we're now passing over Lake Rudolf, Africa,
which is located primarily in Kenya, near the
Ethiopian border. And we're taking a nice sighting
here.

241 12 59 49 PLT MARK. 3.885.

PLT And we're coming up on the Gulf of Aden, which is

the - That's the southern part of the Red - Red
Sea.

241 13 02 28 PLT And we're trying to get another sighting here.

The horizon has been coming through almost hori-
zontal - at the moment.

241 13 02 45 PLT Nice horizon at the moment. I think it's all that -
it's not covered by clouds which makes it good.
The horizon at the moment is fairly free of clouds;
much more well defined.

241 13 03 16 PLT MARK. 3.901.

PLT Now passing over Saudi Arabia. We get around.

Lot of sand down there. Wow! It's all sand. See
the dunes. Laid out in parallel fashion. Streets
running east and west. I think some of those dunes
must be 20 miles. I think the valley is ... Stand
by for this stadimeter sighting.

241 13 05 01 PLT MARK. 3.944.

PLT Now passing the Junction between the Gulf of Oman

and the Persian Gulf. It's called some kind of
strait.

PLT And the horizon is almost horizontal again in the

window. Crank it up a little bit and get another
good sighting.

241 13 06 35 PLT MARK. 3.962.

PLT Okay, I'm working on this mark. Horizon is starting

to get a little indistinct out to the - to my left.

241 13 07 44 PLT MARK. 3.984. Well, that ought a give you a bunch
of them to work on. So we'll go off the air for
a littlewhile and be up in a short time with
 1624 ....

sextant sightings and Fomalhaut and Dabih. So

don't go aw%v. We'll be right back but that con-
cludes it for the stadimeter pass. And I think
that'll give you enough marks to keep you busy
for a while.

CR_ (Sneeze)

2_1 13 16 48 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the last ATM run which
is the one that began at 12:28. Everything went
well, just as planned. When we got finished, I
went over to active region 9. I peaked up
DETECTOR 3, which peaked up. in the 20,000 neighbor-
hood and ran shopping item 5. I gave you a 240,
a 40 and a 2-second exposure on 82B. I gave you a
GRATING, AUTO SCAN and MIRROR - correction - MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER to GRATING AUTO SCAN and I was doing a
MIRROR, LINE SCAN ... So I think we got some good
... on that one.

241 13 17 29 CDR CDR out. That goes to the ATM science room.

241 13 18 04 CDR More for the science room. Also, l'm going through _
sunset here with MIRROR, LINE SCAN on active region
9 ...

241 13 19 05 PLT Hello again there, space fans. This is Jack, the
PLT. And the subject is T002-6, at this time using
the sextant. And as it's getting dark here - And
I'ii tell you what we'll do. We'll get some of
these zero bias sightings out of the w_v and call
the temperature of the sextant 68 degrees at this
time. The diopter setting is a minus 0.5, which
is where I like it. And my stars today are Fomal-
haut and Dabih. And there's still some light on
the solar panels and the antenna - discone antenna
which is casting a light on the window. But I think
we'll be able to do our zero bias sightings. And
the airglow horizon is starting to show up. So
before you know it, we'll be in business.

241 13 20 05 PLT And then - today is something a little bit different.

We're going to lay this star in the airglow horizon
instead of in the - on the Earth horizon. Going to
see how that works. I think that the results will
be a little better and just - we're able to know
where that airglow horizon is in respect to the
Earth horizon, because it's much more well defined
 1625

than the Earth horizon. And we have a longer time

' to work with it. The Earth horizon doesn'tseem
to show up for quite a while yet. The airglow
horizon is already visible even though there's
still some light in the _-indow. So maybe we can
do a little better work this time than _e have in
the past.

241 13 20 58 PLT And I'll be wanting to know if you want me to con-

tinue in this manner. And I hope you'll specify
either Earth horizon or airglow horizon in the
future sightings, as you did today. Now we're
going to use - no, let's not use Jupiter - a little
too bright. There's Fomalhaut over there for the
zero bias. Okay, stand by. Let a little bit of
light in the sextant - not much, just a little.
Light position number 1. Let's try it, position
number 2. Not getting any good feeling for
1 horizontal.

241 13 22 12 PLT MARK. 0.004. Crank it up a little bit and do it

again.

241 13 22 31 PLT MARK. 0.005. Sure like a little light in the

reticle, and little light in the readout window
makes it nice. Had a burned out battery before.
It got kind of dim, and wasn't working the way it
should. I replaced the battery this morning. It's
working great now, if I can just remember to turn
it off.

241 13 23 01 PLT MARK. Nt_nber 3, 0.002.

241 13 23 15 PLT MARK. 0.003. And the fifth zero bias mark.

241 13 23 37 PLT MARK; is 0.004. Well, we've located Fomalhaut.

There's the big baseball dismond up there, and
we're looking right down the homeplate to third
baseline of Fomalhaut. I got her pretty well
picked out. There's old Enif up there. He's
a possible - possible at this point. Although
he's pretty high in the window, he may not rotate
around to the right place during the night. And
Dabih, I got her up there, and in pretty good shape,
too. We have a planet Jupiter and those two stars
together; well, not tonight. Well, before we waste
too much time, leave us press on here.
 1626 -_

241 13 24 34 PLT Let's see what we pick on first. Maybe we ought

to pick on Dabih first. Want to pick it out of !
the horizon kind of fast sometimes. And I'd esti-
mate that distance at - Let's put about 45 in there
to begin with - 40 or 45. See the lights from the
cities on the ground. We're passing over northern
China. Thunderstorms lighting up the area down
there.

241 13 25 20 PLT Lots of good stars out tonight. Airglow horizon

looks very good. Airglow horizon is a white band,
which is a little bit diffused on the top as it
meets the black. But it's very diffused and cloudy,
or misty, as it goes downward to the Earth's horizon
and the underside of the airglow horizon just kind
of diffuses very gradually into the black of the
Earth, and that makes it difficult to find the
Earth down there. Although I can see a few stars
below the airglow horizon. The upper boundary of
the airglow horizon looks more well defined than
the lower.

241 13 26 13 PLT And now let's see how we're doing with our friend
Dabih there. T_rn down this reticle Just a little
bit. Now on the lower one I got a good view the
airglow horizon and the uDDer one. There's old
Jupiter, by golly, almost so bright I can't stand
it. And there's Dabih. And Dabih wants to come
down a little bit. Trying to match that reticle
up with the horizon, and we're about ready to
begin. Too of the airglow horizon is sort of laid
in there in a nice soft place. Got to move up in
the window a little bit, all the time keeping our
eye on that star. You take your eye off of it,
you're going to lose it and you got to hunt for
it. Put the reticle down below that horizon so
we - we don't get interference there, l'm just
kind of laying in, like you were laying a object
into a soft pillow. Play that star into the soft-
ness of the upper airglow horizon.

241 13 27 58 PLT MARK. For i is 44.800. So that wasn't a bad guess.

Okay, there she is again. She wants to come down
now. She keeps rising on me. Let me doublecheck
that. Be sure and get the right girl there. Thought
I had the wrong one. I guess I did. Okay, I don't
know though. Got to go back and check my cover off
 _-- 1627

the lower reticle. Getting that star field back

, inthere.

241 13 28 45 PLT MARK. Try not to move the sextant too much. 44.627.
Now the ideal system, like in sextants, would be
to have the the readout inside the reticle.

CDR ...

PLT So you won't have to take your eye out of here and
take your eye off that star. Some dimly lit thing
that would not disturb your night vision is what
we really need; some little red lights in there,
clearly shows the position of the dial, angle of
the optics, without having to take your eye out
of it.

241 13 29 49 PLT MARK. 44.344. Supposed to go after it again.

241 13 30 27 PLT _RK. 44.045.

241 13 30 46 PLT MARK. 43.907; it's coming down - it's coming down,
as you might expect.

241 13 31 06 PLT MARK. 43.692. The way I find Dabih back every
time is to use the pair of stars right near it as
a checkpoint.

241 13 31 33 PLT _ARK. 43.435. Oh, by the way, this information

goes to Bob Randle of Ames Research Center, NASA, at
Moffett in sunny Sunnyvale, California. A NASA
guy who wants to see this probably is Robert Nute,
N-U-T-E.

241 13 32 15 PLT MARK; 42.977.

241 13 32 29 PLT MARK; 42.862.

241 13 32 48 PLT MARK; 42.660.

241 13 33 12 PLT MARK; 42.340.

241 13 33 33 PLT MARK; 42.045. Okay, one more.

241 13 33 52 PLT MARK; 41.757. Now let's go over here to Fomalhaut.

 1628

PLT There's our old buddy right over there, Fomalhaut.

Fomalhaut's getting pretty high in the sky. See -
Dabih's up there at 40 degrees; Fomalhaut probably
is too, at least. Let's crank in a few more. Okay,
there's Fomalhaut.

PLT I say he was. He's gone again.

241 13 35 42 CDR Hello, Houston.

CC Hello, how'd you know we were here? We're here

through Hawaii for 7 minutes.

CDR Oh, we know everything up here. Don't forget,

we're looking down and getting these synoptic
views. Got to read that - Got to read the paper.

CC Okay.

CDR Wanted to mention something we were doing that you

might pass on to the housekeeping folks that might
make it a little easier for Jerry Carr - crew. One
of the things we're doing is we got a bag over on
the wall by the 131 equipment, which -

241 13 41 37 PLT Okay, space fans, the T002. Here we are again.
We got Fomalhaut located in the sextant, and had
a little difficulty getting - -

241 13 41 44 CC ... see you over the Vanguard in 25 minutes - -

PLT - - getting here that time .... - -

CC - - at 14:06. Be dumping the tape recorders then.

PLT - - we got her now, so here we go.

CC - - ... pictures of those icebergs. You might be

getting the Nikon out and we'll have the settings
for you over the Vanguard.

241 13 41 59 PLT MARK; 59.051.

CDR ... icebergs.

PLT Fomalhaut must be rising.

 1629

CDR Okay, we're got some good pictures of the berg,

t but we might take a few more. I might mention
that I just checked the 382 panel, and it's very
dry in there today. For some reason, it didn't
leak - -

241 13 42 25 PLT MARK.

CDR ...

CC ...

PLT 59.366.

241 13 42 43 PLT MJLRK; 59.513.

CDR We still have that little patch of water by the

377 valve there. It collects about every 2 or
3 days. I dry it uD and - -

241 13 42 59 PLT MARK; 59.578.

CDR - - ... one-third of an ounce.

2hl 13 43 06 CC Okay, we got that and we're going LOS.

CDR Okay, bye-bye.

241 13 43 18 PLT MARK; 59.752.

241 13 43 33 PLT MARK; 59.785.

2hl 13 43 46 PLT MARK; 59.795.

241 13 44 08 PLT MARK; 59.812.

241 13 4h 34 PLT MARK; 59.880. Great big angle in Fomalhaut now.

We're not that - down in front of the window. We
won't be getting it.

241 13 45 07 PLT MARK; 59.893.

241 13 45 55 PLT MARK; 59.78 - correction - 59.777.

CREW ...
1630 --

241 13 47 58 PLT We lost our friend, Fomalhaut, for some reason.

Have to resurrect him.

CREW ...

CREW ...

241 13 50 12 PLT There it is. I got him again.

CREW ...

241 13 51 04 PLT MARK; 55.285.

241 13 51 24 PLT MARK; 54.775.

241 13 51 41 PLT MARK; 54.406.

241 13 52 00 PLT MARK; 54.209.

241 13 52 23 PLT MARK; 5 - 53.244.

241 13 52 37 PLT MARK; 52.924.

24113 52 53 PLT MARK;52.642. _

241 13 53 19 PLT MARK; 51.715. 0ops! Sun's com/ng up. Yes. The
light off the discone antenna has Just suddenly
obscured the whole horizon. So there you are,
space fans. I got a bunch of marks on first Dabih
and then Fomalhaut in the airglow horizon. I tem-
porarily lost Fomalhaut on that second set of marks,
but I think that I was tracking the same star both
before and after I lost it. And I think that ought
to be enough marks to keep you busy for a while.

241 13 54 14 PLT And let's see, other possible stars. I noticed

that Grus is out there in good shape all the time
and doesn't make quite the angle with the horizon
that Fomalhaut is now making. So that might be a
good one to use. And Enif looks like it's a little
bit too big an angle. It's up there too high now.
Looks like to me we're on the ragged edge of having
too big an angle - Fomalhaut shooting it around
55 degrees there and that's a pretty big angle.
I don't think you want to go to any bigger than
that.
 _ 1631

241 13 54 50 PLT See if I can see anything else out there that looks
_ like it might be favorable. It's getting so light
that I can't make out but some of the stars. Pea-
cock wouldn't do the job. Peacock would not be
any good. Peacock's pretty dim anyway. I think
we probably got a couple of pretty good stars at
the moment, unless you want to include one of those
stars in Grus as a candidate for T002. Not sure
I can find Achernar. I think Achernar is a little
too much of side angle out the window anyway,
unless we did it early in the - early in the pass.
Okay, that takes care of T002 operational sightings.
I figure this is probably the third successful
run that we've had with stadimeter and sextant.
And probably got two or three more to go, so we're
moving along.

241 13 55 55 PLT That will be all for T002 today. Thank you. Out.

TIME SKIP

241 15 12 26 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on channel A. I'm at the -

just getting ready to start the TO13 checkout
calibrations. I have - 1-H on; the tape recorder
is running. EDS POWER is ON; everything's ready.
What I'm going to do is perform more than two
cagings per sense plate; so - actually, I'll per-
form about five. So CDR leaving the station, and
I'll call you when I'm leaving sense plate 1 and
going to sense plate 2.

241 15 12 54 CDR That's for T013 interested parties.

241 15 14 13 CDR Okay, TO13 information. I've Just finished five

cals on sense plate 1. I'm now going over to
sense plate 2.

241 15 15 09 SPT Wait a minute. Okay. Here's the information for

the PLT's M092 run. The calf sizes were 14-5/16,
14-5/16 on the left calf. The right is 14-5/8.
14-5/8. Now the legbands and the cuff are all
the same as standard, all were same as before.
Saddle's the same as before. And you have all
that information, so I'ii not repeat it. I think
that's all the information you need for Jack's run
on the M092 this morning. The end of this mes-
sageto theM092Pls.
1632

241 15 15 52 SPT SPT out.

i
241 15 15 55 CDR Okay, here's the CDR with more information on
TI3 [sic]. I did both of the cals. I just
finished 2, FMU-2. !'m going to go down and get
the force gage and push on these things a little
bit. Try to give you a little more - more data.

241 15 16 08 CDR CDR out.

241 15 16 48 SPT Here is the PRESSURE of the N2, 02, CO2 bottle,

1427; the N2, 02, CO 2 bottle, 1427. SPT out.

241 15 16 57 SPT That info goes to the M092 PIs.

241 15 17 31 CREW ... , AI?

241 15 17 32 CDR If you like. Never hurts to check it, though.

Okay, this is TOI3 information. I'ii tell you
what l'm going to do. First, l've got my little
force gage. And l'm going to push on these plates
the same place, and we kind of go through a ---
little protocol, l'm going to go back and forth
between i and 2. And that way, you got a fight-
ing chance of figuring out something_ The first
thing l'm going to do is push on force plate i,
right in the center that reads you the numbers.
Okay?

241 15 18 03 CDR Okay, 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay. Now
what I did was give you 40 pounds on i. l'm going
to go over and do the same thing on 2 for you.

241 15 18 22 CDR Up at 40, I don't push so steady, so you may see

it jiggle around - Don't get out of shape. At
least it will show you the difference. Okay?
Here we go on this one. Pushed right in the cen-
ter - 5, i0 - Let me stop again - Let me start
again. I need to get my foot in position. That's
what got me last time. Here we go.

241 15 18 44 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay, I gave you
40 pounds right in the center of each. Now, l'm
going to give you 40 pounds right over the nuts
that are on these little sense plates; okay? I
mean - l'm going to go back to sense plate i. l'm
going to give you the same sort of thing on those
nuts. Sense plate i, upper right nut; okay? _
 1633

241 15 19 22 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Upper left
one, righton the nut. Here we go. It's all ...

2hl 15 19 38 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay, bottom one.

2_i 15 19 50 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. All right. Now
we'll do the same thing with sense plate 2, on
those nuts.

CDR Here we go. Upper right nut. It's actually a

bolt.

241 15 20 16 CDR 5, I0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Upper left
nut.

241 15 20 26 CDR 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40; h0 was not too
steady, so don't get your ... bent out of shape
down there. Here we go again. On the bottom one.

2hl 15 20 40 CDR 5, lO, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Now that's good.
Let me try a few pulls on these holes. Okay? I'm
going to pull on this one hole - I'm pulling on
_-- the - and we'll pull on the corners of the plates
first. In the corners, l'm going to pull. And
I'ii tell you which corner each time. Okay, this
is going to be the upper right corner; ... gage,
the hook, ok%y? Here we go. 5, i0 -l've got to
get in a better position if l'm going to put any
forces on these things. It's not going to be as
easy as pushing, it turns out - it looks like
anyhow. Here we go. Okay? Turn this little thing
around where I can read it. Right in the ri -
upper right corner. Upper right corner.

241 15 21 42 CDR 5, I0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Upper left
corner.

241 15 21 53 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? lower left.
Get ready. I got to turn it right-side up again.

241 15 22 ii CDR 5, i0, 15, 20 -l'll do it again.

241 15 22 18 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35 - Wasn't gripped enough
to get a 40. Here we go.

241 15 22 28 CDR 5, I0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Bottom right;
same thing. Okay, stay loose.
1634

241 15 22 42 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Now I'm
going to do sense plate 2 the s_e way. Starting
at upper right. Here we go; get my feet put
somewhere.

241 15 23 08 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. All right? Let's
go upper left.

241 15 23 23 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Lower left.

241 15 23 31 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Ana last will he
lower right.

241 15 23 47 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Now, what l'm going
to do - the last one. l'm going to go over and
push on the sides of these plates, inboard. So
if l'm on the right side, I'ii be pushing left.
Okay? Here we go. Pushing inboard on this thing.

241 15 24 i0 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. (]kay? Now l'm
at the top pushing down, from sense plate i. Get
our - thing out from under it. ()kay? If this
thing ever slips off the sense - sense plate, it's
going to hurt. Okay, here we go.. Here we go.
Pushing down from the top.

241 15 24 41 CDR 5, lO, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. ()kay? Let's go
over to the left side - that's the helmet backside,
push towards it, maybe, if we got a good place.

241 15 25 ii CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. ()kay? Now I'm
going to push it up - from the bottom. Right in
the center.

241 15 25 25 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay, that's
sense plate I. This is the last test on sense
plate - sense plate 2. Start at the right side.
This is the helmet backside, in this case, on
FMU-2. Pushing 90 degrees. Okay? Pushing towards
the center of the workshop, in other words.

241 15 25 52 CDR 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay, now let's
push down on it, towards the floor.

241 15 26 02 CDR 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? Let's go
ahead and push in on the other side. This will
be pushing towards the outboard wail as if I was
pushing it - outside, towards the outside - act-
ually, the left side, as I face it. 5, i0 -
 f-_ 1635

whoops: Better try again. Wasn't positioned.

I Readyto go.... forcedown.

241 15 26 30 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. Okay? And now l'm
pushing up. This is the last test of this series.
Zero.

241 15 26 43 CDR 5, i0, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40. That ought to do
it. It's all - things, all directions, and all
that information is for TOI3 people, like Lou
Ramon would be interested, and anybody else that's
working on it.

241 15 27 01 CDR CDR out.

241 15 27 56 SPT Okay, the PRESSURE in the N2, H20 bottle is

1390; 1390 is the N2, WATER PRESSURE.

241 15 28 12 SPT That information goes to the M092 PI.

241 15 33 30 SPT Okay, for M092, the CABIN AIR pressure is 5.325;
f- 5.325 is the ambientair pressure. PERCENT
WATER, 6; PERCENT OXYGEN is 66.86, 66.86. And
the PERCENT WATER is 2.60, 2.60.

241 15 33 57 SPT PERCENT CO2 is 1.91; 1.91 for C02.

TIME SKIP

241 16 15 13 SPT And the PERCENT WATER is 3.33. The PERCENT C02
is 1.88.

241 16 15 26 SPT And this is the run in which I had the CABIN AIR
SAMPLE valve open as the pilot ran his 171 run.
He_s been talking to you about it on the ground.
It looks like there may have been some amount of
cabin air leaked in along with his exhaled air,
which would have affected the data and I'm
going to leave the MA running at this point, at
least for a while longer until we can see what
we can do about it; although, Jack is already
out of his electrodes. And - I guess that's
all the information I need here. Sorry about
messing up that data. This message goes to the
M092/171 PIs.
1636 --

241 16 16 05 SPT SPT, end of message.

241 16 22 17 CDR Okay, this is the CDR brief - debriefing the

run at 15:33 on the ATM. This goes to the ATM
science room, obviously. Everything went well.
We got all the data. I threw in part of a
MIRROR AUTO RASTER towards the end, because
we had some extra time; not enough to go point
somewhere else and not enough to do a shopping
list, but enough to get about half of a MIRROR
AUTO RASTER. So that's about it.

241 16 22 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

241 17 19 55 SPT Okay, SPT at the - on channel A, getting set

for the ETC operations. ETC is all set up at
this time. Going to be taking a few photographs
over Paraguay. Okay, we'll doublecheck all of
oursettings. --_

241 17 20 27 SPT Get partial roll of film; unlock; POWER, ON;

both signals; MODE to STANDBY; POWER, OFF.
You'll notice that there is not a reset to zero,
so we do have three frames sho_ring on the frames
available - or frames used counter right now.
We have not yet started optionals. We have
three frames showing and it was the three that
we went through on SINGLE. We've got about
5 minutes before we turn it on here. Doublecheck
all of our settings. Door number 1 was installed.
Shutter speed is 200, 12.8 milliradians
per second, 19 frames per minute. About one
every 3 seconds, as fast as we've done. And our
data block is on 3. That's it for general pur-
poses. Let me tell you what the clock over
here is reading now. Our clock is reading
17:48:20. Stand by -

241 17 21 38 SPT MARK; on 17:48:20, that was. Here comes 30;

17:48:30.

241 17 21 48 SPT MARK; 17:48:30; yes. Okay, I'll put that back.
Thought there's a little lever that's supposed
to hold this down and it has disappeared.
 _ 1637

241 17 22 02 CC Skylab, AOS through the Vanguard for 9 minutes.

I
241 17 22 06 SPT There is a little lever that holds this clock
down - a little - looks like it's the kind
that has spring tension and rotates out of ...
That's missing. Must have come unscrewed here
in zero g.

CC Jack, we need the DAS for a momentum dump inhi-

bit.

PLT You got it.

241 17 22 32 SPT Okay, I wart to make sure I can get down to the
window here, as soon as I turn this machine on.
Describe the weather as we flyby, if my comm
cable is long enough. And we're just now
approaching the coast. We are now approaching
the coast of South America. See a string of
lakes along here, all in the clear. Let's see,
that's looking out to the right side. Must be
high in the Andes. I don't see them on my little
/_ chart here. Yes, there they are. Ancud - must
be that little island there, a little point of
land - a little island off the tip of - Yes, I
see right where we are. And we are north of
Ancud several hundred miles. And we're going
to pass just a little south of Santiago. Got
2 or 3 minutes until the data time comes on.
Just now crossing the coast and the Andes. See,
you can see clear to the other side of South
America quite easily. A beautiful sight. Must
he near the Gulf of San Ma - Matias, it looks
like or Gulf of J or - San Jorge over on the
other side. Ah, it's beautiful. All across
Chile and Argentina, it is clear. I can see some
clouds up ahead of us.

241 17 23 59 CC Jack, the DAS is yours, and in the next 6 minutes,

I'd like to give you an ATM schedule revision.

241 17 24 05 SPT Okay, we're going to start data taking at 27:45.

PLT Now's a good time, Story. Go ahead.

241 17 24 09 SPT Time's 24 now.

CC Okay, the pass starting at 18:40; cancel the

observing time- -
1638 --

SPT And a lot of snow down there.

CC -- ... Cancel the JOP 7, atmospheric extinc-

tion. This will gain you about 27 minutes to get
started a little early on MI71 rerun. Move the
other things starting at 25 minutes of day
remaining - move those things on up.

PLT I've got it. Thank you.

241 17 24 43 SPT Okay, we're - still looks like we have outstand-

ing weather. Boy, everything I can see from here
is clear. Gee, it's ... view.

241 17 25 I0 SPT Okay. Fantastic view. It's the clearest I've

seen South America.

241 17 25 38 SPT Okay, a number of dry lakes through the - prob-

ably into Argentina. Now we're crossing over
a little bit more. Okay, we're coming up on
26 minutes. So I'm going to go up to the camera.
And I'll be ready to start the camera here in
about forty-fi - 40 seconds. __

241 17 26 37 SPT Okay, our power's coming on a little early.

Just a second. We are still in STANDBY; we're
waiting for 27:45.

241 17 27 45 SPT MARK; went to AUTO. Okay, that's the first

frame. Okay, we're dragging film. Shutter's
operating. I can hear that. And the film light
is out, transport's operating. FMC is operating;
advancing pretty rapidly. Okay, taking films
rapidly, too - frames rapidly. Get down here
and take a look at the weather

CC CDR, Houston.

CDR Go ahead.

241 17 28 21 CC A1, I got some Hasselblad settings for you.

SPT Okay, we're still clear, clear as a bell; clear

as a bell. Ought to be getting good data.

CDR Go ahead.

CC Okay, this is for the hurricane. It's f/16 - -

_ 1639

SPT Okay, we're looking right out there.

CC - - shutter speed, 1/250- -

241 17 28 33 SPT Oh, yes, see a number of places of sbil erosion

down there where streams have washed this away
down through the land. A number of places where
there's being some - -

CC And STS window number 1 is still the best, but

we think you may have trouble seeing it through
that window.

SPT - - work done on either roads or villages or

something - whole streaks of stripped-off country.
We're now moving into what appears to be some -

CDR Say again the Hasselblad settings. I didn't

have my book.

CC Okay, for the Hasselblad, that's f/16; shutter

speed, 1/250--

F_ 241 17 29 05 SPT 29:15. We got to turn this baby off - -

CC - - STS window number 1 is the best, but even

that may be marginal.

SPT Okay, they should have been very clear. Okay,

go to STANDBY.

241 17 29 20 SPT 29:15, STANDBY and POWER is coming OFF. Okay,

• .. ops. Going to go to a SINGLE frame. And
I'll give it about three more.

241 17 30 07 SPT Okay, there's our frame - single frame.

241 17 30 l0 SPT Go back to STANDBY; turn the POWER OFF. Okay,

and log frames used. We're sitting on 34 frames.
Going to get down to the window for a moment.

241 17 30 20 SPT Be right back, and turning the RECORDER OFF.

241 17 38 25 CDR - presently is so overshadowed with clouds that

you can't tell a circular structure, particularly,
except right in the middle. We're looking out
a rather poor window, but it's the best we have
facing this direction. You might be able to
1640 --

see a circular structure now. The reason the

screen keeps cutting in and out is because we're -
Light is flashing off the side of the spacecraft
and causing it to - to bother - to close our
automatic light control. I'll cut - cut down
our lighting a little bit; maybe that will help.
Look and see. It's right under us, but we can't
get a picture of it. It's right over there,
Lind of - kind of this way - yes, that's right -
right where you're looking.

PLT ... more ... there .... buildup right in the

center - -

CDR Yes.

PLT - - ... circular structure.

241 17 39 31 CDR That's right. It's not yet. It's not built up
enough. Okay? We'll just report that we saw
it and couldn't get a good shot on it. It's not
built particularly well - significantly yet - -

PLT It's showing some outer circular' rings from here.

CDR From here? Okay - -

PLT Yes.

CDR Okay - -

PLT See those larger rings laid out, ...

CDR Yes, let's - let's show those.

PLT And then ...

241 17 40 08 CDR Okay. Now, Houston, I'm showing you, not the
center of the storm, but some of the outer rings.
As you can see, they're circular in nature and
they reach out hundreds of miles. Now these
would be precursors to somebody that was interest-
ed in - observing a hurricane approaching that
didn't have any weather information. I can't
get down from this angle and show you the center
of the storm. It's not building you can see
the - towards the center there, as I'm pointing
now, is blanked out ... by part of the space-
craft. We'll just have to wait until tomorrow
 16hl

when we pass a little bit closer. Maybe later

today, perhaps we can get a better look at it.
My feel at the moment though is that the storm
has potential here, but it isn't building to a
large hurricane or typhoon as we've seen the
last month in all - several parts of the world.
Okay, that's the end of the report from Skylab on
the hurricane.

241 17 41 l0 CDR Okay, turn off the recorder; would you, Jack?

CDR Thank you.

PLT Ja wohl.

241 17 41 22 CC Skylab, AOS, Canaries and Madrid for 14 minutes - -

CDR Sorry, Jack.

CC - - We'll be dumping the tape recorders in Madrid

at 17:45.

_ PLT Okay.

241 17 41 31 CDR I'll tell him. No, that was - -

TIME SKIP

241 18 01 01 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on Channel A de-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 17:06.
We started running the JOP 4 Alfa; got that with
no problems and then went into building block 4,
A through D. I got off to a little late start,
too, because I spent a lot of time maximizing
detectors and so forth in there. And I had to
omit the 4 Delta, but I'll pick that up first
part of next rev on active region 8. I also did
the JOP 7, as you requested. And so it looks
like it came off pretty much as advertised.

241 18 01 44 PLT And we'll be checking in with you on the next

pass. Thank you.

TIME
SKIP
 1642 ....

241 19 i0 47 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A. We're !

talking about ATM now, the 18:40 pass. This is the
one you wanted to cut a little bit short so I
could get off down there and - rerun the bicycle
run, but I don't think we're going to miss any-
thing. I started it out by doing JOP 6. By the
way, I started about a minute and a half or 2
early on that. The only guy it's going to. affect,
I think, is maybe S052. I think that 56 and 54
don't run much during the X-rays_ and the AUTO
RASTER wasn't going yet until after effective
sunrise. But I jumped the gun a little bit on
that, and the 52 guys ought to be thinking about
it, maybe. It was about l-l/2 to 2 minutes early.

241 19 ll 34 PLT Big rush to get going and overlooked ESR that time,
but it continued to run out and we got JOP 6 done,
then we rolled to plus 1200 and did the JOP 6 a
little different manner, as you've requested
there, with no problem. Then we went back to
active region 8 and picked up the building block
4 Delta that I had missed in the previous rev.
I peaked up the detectors and ran it off as --_
requested in the rev before.

241 19 12 06 PLT And at the present time, we're doing the observing
time shopping list item 18. We've got the roll
at minus 4200. 56 has got a FIL_ER 4, LONG,
going - SINGLE FRAME for 15 minutes. 52's in
EXTENDED STANDARD and due to the fact that active
region - 8 is right under the crosshairs on the
55 offset, why, I got a MIRROR AUTO RASTER going
and detectors - all detectors with their
GRATING at zero. And now Bean's going to take
over and finish this out while I go down and run
the bike and perhaps he'll talk to you some more.
Thank you.

241 19 13 19 SPT Okay, we're setting up for the second 171 ride
on the pilot, Jack. The second one of the day
since I had left the CABIN AIR SAMPLE - CABIN
AIR valve open on the first run. And the smbient
pressure is now 5.316, 5.316. And the PERCENT 02

is 65.96; 65.96, PERCENT 02 . Okay, and the PERCENT

water is 3.46, 3.46.
 1643

241 19 13 58 SPT The PERCENT C02 is 1.97; 1.97 is the PERCENT C02.

TIME SKIP

241 19 34 02 CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the pass that
the PLT ran, but I Just came in and assisted at
the end, 18:40. Everything was accomplished per
the plan. We did it a little bit out of sequence
in that we did the JOP 6, step 2. And we did
J0P 6, step 2, repeat. Then we did the shopping
list item 13. And Jack also threw in a MIRROR
AUTO RASTER at that time because he was fairly
near an active area. We did not do the TV down-
link. And in a few minutes we completed the
JOP 7. So things went well.

241 19 3h 43 CDR CDR out. Goes to the ATM science room.

241 19 38 44 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're getting ready to

run a very friendly - We're getting ready to run
a 270-widened exposure, and in Just minute we'll
be ready to do it. I'm going to go get a film.
I'm standing back. At zero mark, I¶ll give you
a mark and put - open the SHUTTER, and then
we'll go from there. I'll give you a little bit
more description of what we're doing. Stand by.

241 19 39 15 CDR MARK. Okay, here's the story on this little

operation. We've got the first one in 241.1,
07.1, field 465. And I Just began a 270 widened
and it's frame 072. I suspicion everything else
is okay. This information is SO19. Goes to
Dr. Karl Henize, Wally Teague, and other inter-
ested SO19 individ,1_]s, which there may be hun-
dreds, for all I know. But we don't train with
them all that closely so I don't ever call them
out. I'll now go off the air for a while and
come back. Incidentally, the Nu Z you predicted

is minus 4.5; the Nu Z actual is h.4, so I made no

correction.

241 19 40 12 CDR ODE out.

241 19 42 34 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready to close

/_ the SHUTTER on this very nice 270 unwidened ex -
 1644 r_

or - correction - widened exposure. I will

start right after this with a 270 unwidened,
soon as this widening mechanism stops, that is.
Stand by.

241 19 43 00 CDR MARK. That's complete. I'll pick up a new slide,

return, and be ready to go as soon as that stops.

I got my stopwatch ready. 270 is 4 minutes and

30 seconds. Okay, widening mechanism is complete.
Stand by for a mark.

241 19 43 35 CDR MARK. That's the beginning of a 270 unwidened,

frame 73, field h65.

241 19 48 03 CDR Standby for the SHUTTER closing on the

270 unwidened.

241 19 48 07 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is being CLOSED. Okay, let's go

to the next field [sic], which is 298.7.

CDR 12.7. Okay, that's good. Pick _p a new frame;

298.7 and 12.7. It's going to be a wide, star _---
field 551. It's obviously going to be frame
number 7h. Stand by for my mark.

241 19 48 56 CDR MARK. That's the beginning. Frmne 7h.

241 19 52 29 CDR Okay, we're getting ready to close the shutter

on this 270-second one. It's been star field 551,
frame 74.

241 19 52 42 CDR MARK. That's it. Okay, let's go to the next one.

CDR 318.8, 08.1; 08.1, 318.8. And this is going to

be a 270-second one also; so let's give it a go.
I'll now pick up a new frame, if you don't mind.
I've got it. I'm standing by to open the SH73TTER.

241 19 53 25 CDR MARK. I OPENED the SHUTTER. It's frame 75,

field 562, 270. Going to be off the co--,.

241 19 56 51 CDR Okay, stand by. Here we're getti,_ ready to close
out this 270. We're going to go to a new one.
It's in field 562, as you know.

241 19 57 05 CDR MARK. That's done. Let's go 329.8. There's

329.8. Let's go to 6.1. There's 6.1. 329.8,
6.1. And we're going to have a 270 and then a
 _-_ 1645

90. Let'sgo for 270 first. Now you pick up a

I new frame. Standby for a mark.

241 19 57 42 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. 076, the frame number.

241 19 58 05 CDR Check the time. I can't check the time. If I

released this_ it would give me Just that extra

inch travel. The answer to that is no. it will

not give me that extra inch.

241 20 00 03 CDR EDS POWE_ is ON. Everything's ready. What I'm

going to do is perform more than two.

241 20 01 06 CDR Okay, we're coming to the close of this 270 and
then we're going to follow it immediately by
a 90. In field 570, frame 76.

241 20 01 21 CDR MARK.

241 20 01 22 CDR That's complete. Let's go for a 90-second ex-

posure now.

241 20 01 26 CC Skylab, we'd like the DAS for a dump enabled.

241 20 01 28 CDR He's got it. Tell him. Okay, pick up a new
frame. Stand by.

241 20 01 34 CDR MARK.

241 20 01 37 CDR Okay. That's the beginning of the 90-second

exposure, field 570. You got it.

241 20 Ol 56 SPT Okay. This is info for the biomed people on the
171 run just completed by Jack. The PERCENT 02

of the CABIN is 65.43. The PERCENT 02 is 65.43.

The PERCENT WATER is 3.98, and the PERCENT C02

is 2.02; 2.02, PERCENT C02 on the run just fin-
ished by Jack.

241 20 02 23 SPT SPT out.

241 20 04 00 CDR Okay. I'll give you a mark. I will have started
it 15 minutes ago. Okay. Stand by.

241 20 04 06 CDR MARK.

 --4

1646

241 20 04 07 CDR 15 seconds ago, that is. 15 seconds ago I started

a exposure on field 806. And there's no way that
I can get the 270 unwidened in there, but I'll
give you the longest unwidened I can. The pre-
vious stars all came off on time. The 90-second
exposure was correct. I don't know if I had the
record switch on at that time. But in any event,
I'ii press on. I note that sunrise is at 06.
And at 06, I'ii close the SHUTTER and announce
how long the exposure was.

241 20 04 36 CDR Probably my best bet in this case is to also

leave the comm on so you can get a better hack
on the time.

241 20 05 34 CDR Okay, standby. I've got to close down now. It's
sum_ise. Looks to me like this is going to be a -
a 2-minute. It'll be 120-second exposure, little
nonstandard, but looks like it'll do the job.
Standby.

241 20 05 52 CDR MARK. That was a 2-minute exposure. 120-second

exposure. And I'll shut the door on the whole
operation and fold our tent. That goes to Dr.
Karl Henize, Wally Teague and other 8090 - 19
interested parties. I'm closing the door now.

241 20 06 09 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

241 22 32 33 PLT Good couole recover at the minimum foot control

inout. Be sure to wait i0 seconds after the
completion of maneuver before turning off DACs
and to voice record the pressures after each ma-
neuver. Remember that the lateral correction
technique - -

241 22 37 00 PLT Hello there, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A. The subject today is TO20, for our
friend Lou Ramon and Don Hewes from the Langley
Research Center. We're going to do a little of
flying around with T020. We finally got all of
these straps fixed up. Took awhile but we did
it. And I say - LOWER LATCH is RELEASE. Raise
the DOCKING LATCH, unlock the FC_ RELEASE,
 1647

squeeze the FCMU RET_ASE, grip the handlebars,

and torque up and out of the mounting fixture,
position you in the center of the workshop.
_ Now hold on i, gang.

241 22 38 16 PLT Okay. I positioned you in the center of the

workshop. Come with me, Bean. Okay. Now, what
we got to do is this, Verify the seat height
adjustment in the following manner: command a
plus-Z translation, okay. I got to verify the
shoe plates don't slide. Do it again. Do it
a_ain.

241 22 38 53 CDR Once more?

241 22 38 55 PLT Yes. Okay. Now do not slide forward on a foot

controller and that the tendency to pitch your
toes up or doll is minimal. How'd you feel when
you did that? Okay, now do a minus-Z and make
sure your feet don't slide fore and aft and that
_-- your toes don't - You like that seat height?
Okay, he likes that seat height. That seat height
is 30. We got the adjustment - the sensors
adjusted the way we did the other day - at 9,
both of them at 9. Now, work the foot controllers
by hand. Make sure the forces - up and down
forces are equal.

241 22 39 53 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Madrid for

7-1/2 minutes. Out.

PLT They seem to be the same. Okay, up and down

hand force on the thrusters, or on the foot
controllers is equal. Is the toe-in adjustment
comfortable?

241 22 _0 18 CDR Yes.

241 22 40 20 PLT Okay, we Just recorded 30 as the seat height

adjustment. Open your clamp. For some reason
they told me to close your oropellant valves
down - back here. Your supply valve, I mean.
You don't have any thruster power at the moment.
We're going to leave the thruster blocks where
they were before which is at - at 8, as I already
_ mentioned. And now, I do this, I voice record
that T020, run number l, has begun again; it's
really number 2.
 --L

1648

241 22 41 02 PLT It's really run number 2, space fans. When all
of the fixture straps and paraphernalia - I
verify your FRAME RATE is in 2. That it is.
Read the pressure gage. I read the pressure
gage and it is reading 2_00 psi. DAC remote
control is 2 fps. It surely is. Okay, now
we got to change the magazine in the FCMU DAC,
when required. So I'll watch that little red
light. Do not begin a maneuver _ith less
than 300 pounds, and change the PSS when required.
Okay, now we know what the mark routine is and all
that. You clear on that?

241 22 42 09 PLT Okay, you're going to give me a mark when you

get to your position. I'm going to say camera's
on. You're going to give me a :mark when you get
to your position. I'm going to trans - l'm
going to reheat the mark, and I'II give you
i0 seconds. You're going to give me a mark when
you stabilize. And then we're going to go -
and then you're going to come hack. Give me a mark
when you come back and you're going to give
_e - -

CDR ...

241 22 42 B7 PLT Huh? Wait a minute. I'm loose. Coming over

here to the food locker where there's nothing to
grab onto at all. Got to find z_yself a place to
get latched up to the floor. Okay, now what's
that? Oh, okay. This is the p1_cedures for the
run.

241 22 43 28 CC Skylab, this is Houston. We are going to reenahle

your dump capability, so stay off the DAS for
a minute. Out.

241 22 4h 00 PLT Okay, I got to open your supply valve, it says

here. I opened supply valve. Perform about
i0 minutes of discretionary maneuvers with TV
and no DACs. The TV camera may be mounted near
the dome and aimed towards the center of the
or - workshop, if SPT or PLT c_not handhold it.
If the restraints are satisfactory, do a run 1
per checklist. Okay, you're going to do
i0 minutes of discretionary maneuvers, all right? _--_

CDR Okay....
 16h9

241 22 44 58 PLT It says - Here's the order. It says -

SPT ... real time TV ....

PLT - - perform about i0 minutes of discretionary

maneuvers with the TV and no DAC. Okay? If
the restraints are satisfactory, then do run i.
Without TV, omit the tumble recovery and the
minimum foot controller inputs. Be sure to
wait i0 seconds after the completion of maneuver
before turning off DACs and to voice record the
pressures after each maneuver. Remember that the
lateral correction technique may be used as
needed - on 20-13.

241 22 45 55 PLT Now you know what the lateral correction tech-
nique is. Left foot uo for right translation.
Right foot up for a left translation. Okay.
So it looks like the first thing we need to do is
to put the TV up there, which is what I'm going
_-- to do right now. And you're going to get
i0 minutes. Now where'd I put that? There it is.

2hl 22 h6 21 CC Skylab, Houston. One minute until LOS. Next

station contact is 29 minutes ....

PLT Aw, shoot.

CC ... next station, Honeysuckle ...

PLT ...

241 22 47 15 PLT I've been here before.

2hl 22 48 07 PLT Well, let me see if I can get the TV homed in

on you.

241 22 h8 h8 PLT When I can make it down with it, it's going to
look _reat. Okay, I'm going to set it on about
l0 feet. Hey, 0., are you busy?

SPT ...

PLT TV time, 0. Yes. He needs earplugs.

I- 241 22 49 33 PLT Formulate in your mind what you're going to do.

Huh?
1650

CDR ...

PLT Okay, we only want l0 minutes.

CDR ...

PLT You got what? I don't know what he's got it for.
I got the TV here, O.

SPT ...

PLT That's broken. It don't work.

$PT I thought I had the right TV.

241 22 50 13 PLT No, number 2 is the one. It's says bro - I think
I wrote busted on it. Here's your earplugs.

SPT Okay.

PLT Dah' Okay, here's your earplugs.

SPT Thank you.

PLT Okay, why don't you get your e_rp_lugs on and go

TV position and VTR, RECORD.

SPT ... NORMAL

PLT Yes, I got it on here, and all you got to do is

handhold it. Probably in the dome, right up
here would be best.

241 22 51 32 PLT Come on, 0., let's go. There you _re.

SPT Okay.

PLT Why don't you Just stay right up here. And -

we don't want to do more than l0 minutes.

SPT Okay.

CDR ... If you'll tell me when you're ready, I'll

come out in the ...

SPT ....

241 22 52 06 PLT Are you ready, 0.? He's ready' Okay, space fans,
p_

1651

we're going to treat you to another installment of

the Orville and Wilbur show. Orville there,
Alan Bean, has got the T020 foot control
maneuvering unit fastened to him today in a new
and different way to give him more stability.
He's coming up out of the crew quarters hatch.

241 22 52 50 PLT And he's maneuvering upward out of the crew

quarters hatch. Owen Garriott is the cameraman
again today. Don't go back any further, A1.
You're going to bump this. I'll have to get
you clear.

CDR ... going down in there.

PLT Okay. How's the lighting, 0.?

SPY ... okay.

PLT Should I turn that one off over there?

SPY ...

241 22 53 27 PLT Okay, we're taking a cut here, friends. We're

going to start over again. All you TV fans.
Okay, space fans, here we are again with another
installment of the Orville and Wilbur show.
We got Alan Bean here in the Skylab, flying the
foot control maneuvering unit. We've made some
modifications to the restraint mechanism with
the straps - in the way that it's fastened to
him. We're evaluating this new restraint
mechanism. He's flying up there toward the
dome area now, and it looks like he successfully
made it up to the dome where Owen Garriott is on
the TV.

241 22 54 13 PLT His objective here is to fly a few maneuvers, as

he sees fit, to evaluate the restraint mechanism
before he goes into the full blown evaluation
according to the procedure. There you see him
yawing around to his left, all the time whistling
over the Earth at 18,000 miles an hour, although
you wouldn't know it to look at him.

241 22 54 52 PLT OkaF, he's approaching the crew quarters deck.

/ He's pitching down and moving aft. Doesn't want
1652

to go aft any further. Now he's got himself

horizontal to the crew quarters floor, thrusting
forward. The advantage of a foot control
maneuvering unit, of course, is that the - the
pilot's hands are free to grasp or to hold what-
ever he wants to, to grab onto something when
he gets there. And we're evaluating this design
of a foot controlled maneuvering unit. Rolling
to his left, still face down to the crew quarters.
I'll get you there, Orville, if you go astray.
Now he's yawing back to his right facing up
toward the crew quarters hatch. Stabilized about
4 feet off the deck.

241 22 55 50 PLT Still translating down, he reaches out and grabs

a hold of the handle to the parasol which covers
the workshop; keeps it cool. Torques himself
around. What'd you want me to do for you there,
Orville? Doesn't want anything done for him, not
a thing. He's on his own. Wants to stabilize
himself in an uDri_hted position, apparently.
Okay, he's got a slight pitch rate going. He's
uo about the dome now. He's 1 foot off the
crew quarters deck_ upright position_ He gives
a little thrust un and a little pitch down.
I'll clear you back here. Okay, now he's trans-
lating. Where you going, Orville?

CDR I'm going up to see what's going on up there.

241 22 56 40 PLT He's going out - he's going up to see what's

going on up there, he says. Wants to stand in
front of the TV camera- show business, you know.
You know the old saying: If you can't be colorful,
be good. Or was it the other way around? Okay,
there he's yawing to his left. So far under
control. How's the new restraint system working,
Al?

CDR . ..

PLT He says the new restraint system works good.

Those under braces they got there hold them
down to the seat better instead of riding a
bucking bronco.

CDR ...
k

1653

241 22 57 21 PLT He was a little loose in them the other day, and
he kind of rode like a bucking bronco. But
looks like it's fastened down a little better
so that it doesn't slide around when he pushes
on it with his feet, which was the oJec -
objective of the restraint ... system that we
have on there. What are you going to do now
there, Orville?

CDR ...

PLT Okay, he says he's coming back down.

CDR ...

PLT He says there's not a heck of a lot you can do

there. He's going to go up and down.

CDR ...

_- 241 22 57 53 PLT Go uD and down in a different direction. That a

boy.' Now he's pitching down. You got about
5 feet behind you there. Okay, now he's
stopping his translation and he's pitching forward
and he's going to come down head first - hands
first to the crew quarters area. These thrusters,
of course, use nitrogen, Just plain old nitrogen
all by itself. That bottle on his back, which
I'm pointing to right there is a high pressure
bottle full of nitrogen. We can refill those
bottles very readily up to about 2500 or 2800 psi,
and that provides the - the propellant supply for
the little thrusters that are mounted by his feet
where I'm pointing. Those little blue buttons
on there are thrusters. There's a battery right
here. You can see this cable going into the
battery, which operates the - solenoid valve to
operate the thrusters. Permits gas to go fr_ the
pressure bottle to the thruster and - -

CDR ... Jack ...

241 22 59 08 PLT - - help onerate the camera. There's a camera

right down in here which you can doc - document
-_ each maneuver on .... the camera's mounted
around inside of the workshop here to document
all the maneuvers that are made.
 I

1654

CDR ...

241 22 59 25 PLT Okay, 0wen, that's a good bit of television work

there and why don't you just go in there and turn
the TV off now and go back to whatever you were
doing.

SPT ...

PLT I know. We got stuff floating all over here,

couole washers. Okay, AI, we're ready to start
those maneuvers. Since you like the restraint
mechanism all right, let me find my checklist and
we'll get with it. That's floated off somewhere.
It'll turn up here shortly, I _less. _lere it
is. Let me turn off the TV camera. Thank you, 0wen.
I got to drift up here to whatever that's
hooked up. There it is - and turn it off. It
doesn't overheat. We've got to treat this one
with tender loving care.

241 23 00 22 PLT Now I reckon I ought to tell you what to do. Now
it says, if restraints are satisfactory, do run i
per checklist, page 20-1, without TV. Omit the
tumble recovery and the minimum foot controller
inout. It said to wait i0 seconds after completion
of maneuver before turning off DACs and to voice
record the PSS pressure after each maneuver.
Remember that's a lateral correction technique.
Remember that the lateral tech - correction
technique may be used as needed.

241 23 00 55 PLT And I'm going to read your pressure now. I can't
read it when you're like that. I can read it
when you're like this. Just stay where you're
at now. Okay, we're at 1700 psi and I go over
here and look at the page 20-1 and that's all
the stuff that tells us the plan of attack and
what not. And it tells me wha - what I should
comment on. Difficulty in putting commands in,
unusual disturbance or motion - We don't have
any of that. Cross-coupling, acceleration and
translation rates and decide what you're doing
and where you're going. All right. Now we're over
here. _-_
 1655

2hl 23 01 h3 PLT This is the attitude change and hold maneuver.

Now I got to get this light on. And I got to
grab hold of that DAC cable and put it in a good
place. It takes me a minute to Imhook that.
I got to take that with me. We had a camera
failure, by the way, space fans. The DAC that we
mounted into the FCMU didn't want to work. So we
got off to a late start on account of that, for one
thing. And the other thing is it took us a long
time to get these restraints all hooked up.
So we're about ready to begin this operation. The
lateral restraints and the restraints are checked
out. We feel they'll do the .Sob for this run.
And - and now the old Wilbur - Wilbur here.
He's getting down into here where he can operate
all the Junk that's got to be operated.

241 23 03 33 PLT Okay, I clip this here DAC deal to me. Okay,
now we're ready, AI. Okay, now. This is called
the attitude change and hold maneuver in pitch.
Okay, we've got to have with the translation
correction, we've got to have two successful
maneuvers. I position you facing the film vault.
And--

CDR ... backing ...

2hl 23 Oh 28 PLT Okay, let's start the camera. Ready?

241 23 04 31 PLT MARK. Okay, number i. Okay, you tell when you're
beginning and I'll tell - I'll tell you when
you're stabilized here.

PLT There you are.

2hl 23 04 49 PLT MARK. Pitch maneuver beginning. He's pitching

up. There he goes. I'd say he has no cross-
coupling and he's rotating at about 5 to i0 degrees
per second. He's Just about to 90 degrees and he's
stopping to -

241 23 05 07 PLT MARK. He's stopped his translation. Feet toward

the film vault. Okay, now I'm timing l0 seconds.
That's l0 seconds, A1.

_ 241 23 05 16 CDR MARK.

2hl 23 05 17 PLT MARK. Okay, he's be - coming back. He's pitching

 i

1656

down. He's coming back so his face will face the

film vault. Looks like - What are you giving it?
A little up translation? Okay, a little right
yaw in there. Okay.

241 23 05 36 CDR MARK.

241 23 05 37 PLT MARK. Let me know when you want DACs off.
You satisfied?

241 23 05 49 PLT MARK. DACs off. Okay. Okay, he wound up with

a little bit of yaw to his right. We got -
give them a translation command in there, it
looks like to me, A1. Oh, all right. Okay,
that's number 1 successful maneuver, I call that.
You ready to do it again? Okay, on my mark, DACs
on.

241 23 06 ll PLT MARK. Okay, everybody, that's :number 2.

Signaled everybody with that and - now we're
going to stabilize the old Beano here, facing
the film vault. There you are.

241 23 06 31 CDR MARK.

241 23 06 32 PLT MARK. There he goes, pitching up about

5 to i0 degrees a second. Gives an up translation,
couple of bursts. Okay, he's stopping his -

241 23 06 46 CDR MARK.

241 23 06 47 PLT MARK; he says. Okay, I'll time l0 seconds.

l0 seconds.

241 23 06 58 CDR MARK.

241 23 06 59 PLT MARK. He starts back. Here he comes. Same

rate, about 5 to l0 degrees - a second. Gives
it some up translation. Okay, now he's stopping
his pitch rate.

241 23 07 17 CDR MARK.

241 23 07 18 PLT MARK; he says. He's got it stopped, l'm

timing. Ten seconds. Camera's off. All right,
now the next one. Face ..., head down, you _-_
go to roll. You're going to roll right and
then left. Now you're supposed to film - face
 1657

toward the film vault. If you do that you're

going to roll to your left, but so be it. I'ii do
it your way. You know me. Easy to get along
with; easy-going old Jack. Okay, keep you facing
plus- or mlnus-Z here with your feet. Okay, we
got him face up, looking at the dome. Now
let's get our cameras on.

241 23 08 14 PLT MARK. One, everybody. Okay, now I'm going to

stabilize him. You're going to roll. Stabilize,
there you go.

241 23 08 28 CDR MARK.

241 23 08 29 PLT MARK. He's rolling to his right. His head is -

head's coming towards the food lockers.

CDR ... yaw right.

PLT He goes a little yaw right with that roll. He

f took it out. And he's yawing maybe a little
bit slower, about - maybe 5 degrees a second.
Or rolling, I mean, rolling a little slower.
Now he's almost 90 degrees. He's stretching it.
He's stretching it now. Got a little yet -
left yaw.

241 23 09 03 PLT MARK; he says. I'm timing. Got a little yep -

left yaw he said with that, when he stopped his
roll right maneuver. Ten seconds.

241 23 09 15 PLT MARK. Here he's coming back.

CDR ...

241 23 09 20 PLT Rolling left, and he got a little yaw to the

right on that. Going back pretty slow. About
5 degrees a second. About 6 - about 5 feet off
the crew quarters' deck. Now he's in the plus
or minus, stopping his roll.

241 23 09 45 CDR MARK.

241 23 09 46 PLT MARK, he says. Okay, cameras off. Okay, that's

one success - successful maneuver. Are you

/_ ready for niTmher 2? Okay, cameras on.

241 23 l0 03 PLT MARK. Okay, I'll give you number 2. Oh, no.
 I

1658

I got loose, phew, Just hang on. So many cords

and cables here you just - can't do anything
right. Okay, now here we go, wires hanging all
over the place. Okay, number 2 that is. I
don't know if he sees that in front ... Okay,
you ready?

241 23 l0 51 PLT MARK. Okay, he's rolling to his right, he!s got
a little left yaw. Can't see if that camera's
working. Okay, he's stopping.

241 23 ll 17 PLT MARK. He stopped his roll. I_m timing you. He's
facing up, feet toward the fil_ vault.
Ten seconds.

241 23 ii 29 PLT MARK. Now's he's rolling back to his left. Looks
like he got a yaw left on that. Rolling left,
yaw left. That's right, I didn't read the pres-
sure did I? He's stopping it now, stopping his
roll left.

241 23 12 04 CDR MARK.

241 23 12 05 PLT MARK. He's got her stopped. I'm timing.

Ten seconds.

2hl 23 12 16 PLT MARK. Cameras off. Okay.

CDR Yaw.

PLT Now we're going to do some yaw. You are going

to face the S019 and l'm going to read your
pressure - do that right - to be 1500 psi. Okay,
now you're going to yaw right and then left.
Stand by for cameras on.

241 23 12 56 PLT MARK. Cameras on (whistle). One, everybody.

Stabilize you - vertically. There you are, you're
stabilized.

241 23 13 18 CDR MARK.

241 23 13 19 PLT MARK. There, he's yawing to his left. Looks

like he got a little left roll on that, about
i0 degrees a second. Okay, there he - -

241 23 13 32 CDR MARK.

241 23 13 33 PLT MARK. There - I0 seconds coming up.

 1659

CDR ... stop ...

PLT When he'd stop he'd get a little right roll back.
Ten seconds.

241 23 13 45 PLT MARK. Now he's yawing back to his right. And
he got some right roll in that right yaw. Lot
of it, lot of right yaw - or right roll rather.
Now he's stopping it. Tell me when you'r@ there.

241 23 14 ii CDR MARK.

241 23 lh 12 PLT MARK. He's there - timing. Ten seconds.

2hl 23 14 23 PLT MARK. Okay, we'll do that again. How's your

restraints holding up? Okay.

PLT Are you ready? We won't read it until after this

one. Okay, ready for cameras on.

241 23 15 09 PLT MARK; 2, 2. Ready to stabilize. There you are.

241 23 15 26 CDR MARK.

241 23 15 27 PLT MARK. Yawing to his left. Must have got a right -
a left roll out of that, huh?

PLT Ten degrees a second, stop there. There he is,

he's stopping the maneuver. Maybe he can get
some right roll out of it.

241 23 15 42 PLT MARK. He's there; I'm timing. Ten seconds.

Okay, he's going to mark to his right. And he's
there. Stopping his yaw, he's got some right
roll.

241 23 16 l0 CDR .MARK.

241 23 16 ii PLT MARK. Ten seconds, DACs, OFF. Okay. Sing -

single axis translation maneuver next, AI. You're
going from the minus-Z SAL over to plus-Z SAL.
Okay. Okay, we're going to change the position-
ing a little bit, we're going to go from above
the B_94D to FMU number 2. Do you like being high
up there, so you can go above it? Okay, now I
got to read the pressure. And I read the pres-
/_ sure to be - Through my goggles not worth much -
1200 psi. Okay, let's get the cameras on.
1660

241 23 17 17 PLT MARK. Mark; cameras on. Okay, this is number 1

for everybody. I stabilized my old buddy, Orville,
here. And it looks like to me you're pretty
well pointed at FMU-2. There, you're on your
own. Huh? No that's straight translation. Give
me the word.

241 23 17 52 CDR MARK.

2hi 23 17 53 PLT MARK. He's on his way. He's doing a single axis
translation from above the BMMD toward FMU
number 2. He's translating at about - let me
see if I can figure it out - h to 6 inches a
second. Above the crew quarters hatch. Got to
go over here and rescue him. Okay, he's stopping
his maneuver about a foot from VMU.

241 23 18 30 CDR MARK.

241 23 18 31 PLT MARK. He's there. I'll time; l0 seconds. He's

drifting up. He is - he's drifting up, he's
translating to the right. Ten seconds. DACs off.

241 23 18 h3 PLT MARK. I got him. I'm going to glide you over
there; then I'm going to try to catch up with
you.

CDR ...

PLT Pushed the camera inadvertently, somehow. Okay,

here's maneuver number 2 coming up. You're see-
ing him tighten up this backstrap. Okay, we
got him above the BMMD. We got cameras on, AI.
Ready?

241 23 19 43 PLT MARK. Two - single-axis translalion. You going

to do it yourself, or are you going to have me
do it? I'm ready when you are. There he goes.

241 23 20 02 PLT MARK. Translating. About 4 inches a second, if

not more - very slowly.

241 23 20 43 CDR MARK.

241 23 20 44 PLT MARK. He says he's there. I'm timing him;

i0 seconds. Banks her off. Yes, I'm going to _-_
stand right by him. Okay, that ends the -
single-axis translation maneuver. The pressure
t

1661

is ii00 psi. And now we do the two-axis trans-

lation maneuvers - starts in the same area. I'm
going to float you over there, A1. Okay, here
he comes. This is the two-axis translation
maneuver; you know what that is? Start you off
pointed at the plus- - minus-Z SAL. He's pitch
up, thrust, pitch down. Stand by for cameras
on. Ready for cameras on?

241 23 22 17 PLT MARK. Number i, everybody. I'm ready when you

are.

241 23 22 29 PLT MARK. Pitching up. Stopped the pitch, nice

translating. There he goes. Looks like when he
translated, he got himself a little bit of a
left roll in there. Now he's pitching down.
Still translating or he's probably rotating at
about 5 degr - degrees a second ... And trans-
latin_ about 6 inches a second - not going too
fast. He's going to grab FMU-2. He grabs FMU-2.

f-_ 2hl 23 23 12 PLT MARK. He's there. Time i0 seconds.

2hl 23 23 18 PLT MARK. Cameras off. Okay, ready for the next one.
No end-of-film liKht yet. Let me get over here
by the wall lockers where there's nothing to hang
onto at all. Gripes me everytime I go past them.
They need to make some handrails or something
there. It gripes me everytime I get by these food
lockers that they didn't make some handrails.
Okay, I got you pointed right. You ready for the
second maneuver? Okay, cameras on.

241 23 24 06 PLT MARK. Okay, there we go. Stabilize yourself.

You want to roll this way - or yaw that way a
little. When you're ready, go.

241 23 24 19 CDR MARK.

241 23 24 20 PLT MARK. There he goes. Pitching up. Now trans-

lating; now pitching down. Translating _bout the
same range as before. Rotating 5 to I0 degrees
a second. Translating about a half a foot a
second, or less. He's coming over towards F_J-2.
Getting ready to grab on to it.

241 23 24 59 CDR MA/_.

241 23 25 00 PLT MARK. He's there. Stand by for cameras off.

1662

241 23 25 09 PLT MARK. Cameras are off. Okay. Take him back over
there again. Now I read his pressure to be
i000 psi. Grab - Now the next thing we do - is
a longitudinal dogleg. Got to have two of those.
Huh? Okay, I'm hung up on you. Okay, now I'm
loose. Okay, you get to stop over there by T020.
He's hanging on. Are you going to launch your-
self? Okay, position yourself the way you want
and when you're ready let me know. We'll - Okay,
stand by for cameras on.

241 23 26 13 PLT MARK. Okay this is longitudal [sic] dogleg

maneuver.

CC Skylab, this is Houston, 1 minute to - -

241 23 26 27 PLT MARK. There he goes. He's translating -

CC ... in 29 minutes - -

241 23 26 32 PLT - - pitching do_-n, pitching at about the same rate

as before and also translating at about the same
rate as before. Okay, there he's pitched down
about as much as he wants to be and he's
translating.

CC - - at Goldstone - -

PLT Okay, he's about h feet from F_J-2 and getting

ready to grab it.

241 23 26 59 CDR MARK.

241 23 27 00 PLT MARK. He's there. Ten seconds coming up.

241 23 27 i0 PLT MARK. Cameras are off. Okay, now we do the same
thing again.

241 23 27 20 CC Skylab, this is Houston ....

PLT He says he can't see down; it bothers him; he

doesn't like that.

CC ...

PLT Blind pitch, he doesn't like blind pitch; he can't

see where he's pitching it to. He can't see where
his feet are going. Okay, now, AI, you got to
roll that way - yaw that way a little. There you
go. Now when you're ready I am.

241 23 27 59 PLT MARK. Cameras are on. We give him a two. Okay.
Let me know when you're ready.

241 23 28 19 PLT MARK. Here he comes. He's pitching down. Okay,

now he's stopping his pitch. No, he's not quite
 1663

stopping, he's still pitching, but he's translating

anyway. Over the crew quarters hatch about _ feet -
5 feet above the deck. Looking up toward FMU-2,
translating at about h to 6 inches a second. And
he's hardly rotating at all; very little. Reaches
out and grabs FMU-2.

241 23 28 55 CDR MARK.

241 23 28 56 PLT MARK. He's there. DACs off.

241 23 29 05 PLT MARK. All riKht, that takes care of that one.
Now, let's see what's next. Tumble recovery, we
omit. Minimum foot controller inputs - it says
we omit. We're to shut down and stow. Let me
read your pressure. I need to get a few pictures
of you with the Nikon, if you want to fly it
around a little bit. Let me read your pressure
Just for the folks back home; they want to know
that. You're down to i000 psi. So you got 700
_---- to play with. Let me look at your DAC here a
minute. It's not end-of-f_Im. I reckon what you
ought to do is Just turn it on and let it run out.
What do you think?

CDR ...

241 2B B0 07 PLT Okay. We're going to do the rest of the maneuvers

without DAC. Not going to do anything special.
There will be no DACs in operation. All right,
we'll try to describe it, best I can, what's going
on. And, also I need to get a few pictures of
him. Help him get rid of this here DAC cord.
Putting it out of the way over here. Oops - it
went on again.

241 23 30 h6 PLT Okay, he's over at the M509 donning station, going
up the handrails, he's upside down now, looks like
he's going to start from there. What are you go-
ing to do, Al? Fly a - fly a baseline maneuver?
He's going to fly a semibaseline maneuver. Sorry
for shouting in your ear there - ear there, little
lady, but - you'd have to know that we're both
wearing ear plugs and communications' hats
over our ears, plus a bump hat, and we Just can't
hear each other unless we shout at each other.
/_ Okay, you got about 15 minutes or so. We got to
knock this off.
 "4

1664

241 23 31 25 PLT Okay. He's going to fly a baseline maneuver. He's

yawing to his right. Over the crew quarters hatch
now and translating slowly towards the banjo. He's
stopped his yaw maneuver. And he's about 7 feet
over the crew quarters hatch translating very
slowly - maybe 3 inches second - or less. Up_ to
his banjo. Meanwhile, I'm setting up the Nikon
to photograph this young man all dressed up, but
no place to go except to fly around in this here
workshop. Okay, here he c0mes. You turn - I can
turn it on.

CDR ...

2hl 23 32 44 PLT He's decided we're going to take pictures of this.

CDR ...

PLT Okay.

CDR ...

PLT Okay. All right. Okay, stand by.

2hl 23 33 lh PLT MARK. We got the DACs on, we're going to start
over again with the baseline maneuver. He's now
at the donning station. Pushed off, yawing to
his right. Translating toward the banjo. Don't
hit the food locker, Al, you got 2 feet. Yes.
Got a front-on picture of h_m. Ok_f, and now he's
translating up to the banjo. He came in a little
more shallow than he does with 509. Okay, he's
•.. over toward the food locker. And had to stop
his translation in the - in that direction and
move it more upward. Now he's pretty much facing
the banjo. He's to the left of it, however. He's
to the left of it - He's got to reach out and touch
the front of the screens in order to push himself
to the right - to fly over to the banjo. Now
he's over there. He reaches out and he touches
the banjo. Attaboy, A1. He's up to the banjo.

2_I 23 34 46 PLT MARK. He's leaving the banjo. Picture of him

from the side with the Nikon. We got a front and
a side view with the Nikon. Okay, he's transla-
ting down. He's getting a little bit close to
the water tanks - he's going to - Trying to get
the FMU but he's going to have to reach - reach
 1665.

out and grab the blue ring by the water tank

under dome locker 424. Now he pushes off and
gives himself a little more thrust. So he reaches
FMU-2. Stabilized there at themoment. Pushes
off, gives himself a little spin. Spin to the
right - roll to the right, that is. And transla-
ting towards the 404 locker. There he goes. Now
he's pitching down. Looks like he's going to rise
above it - he's going to go too high. He doesn't
have any forward - wanted to get there in a for-
ward manner. Now he wound up over at dome
locker 400 -at the top of it. Kind of pitched
down now - he's hand-over-handing it down to
404, which is the starting point.

241 2B 36 44 PLT He's trying to torque himself around so that he

can - well, what he can do is hand - He's turning
himself hand-over-hand around the dome locker.
And now he's correcting his yaw to face - facing
the dome locker. Pitched back a little bit, there.
f-- His feet are in the plane of the water tanks.
Picture from the rear - Nikon. Now he's rolled
himself over to his right. So he can get around
the dome locker - he had to reach out and grab the
duct - duct work above locker 420. Now he's in
the plane of the dome locker - he's on his side.
Not upright, as usual, but on his side and trying
to translate around to those dome lockers. But
he's going low - he's a little low - he's down
by the water tanks now. Grabbing on by the water
tanks, trying to stabilize himself in front of
the dome lockers. He's reaching out and grabbing
whatever he can to get himself up in the plane of
the dome locker again. And he's kind of quitting
on it - getting himself over to 4B2 using his
hands. And now he's positioned himself with his
hands in front of 4B2. In the normal position
there.

241 23 38 13 PLT Now he pushes off, very gently, using yaws to his
left. Okay, he's starting yaw to start him off
to go - to come towards the donning station. He's
coming down yawed a little too far, about 6 feet
above the crew quarters hatch now. And he's
coming in to the left of the donning station -
coming in to the left of it. Not much he can do
about it, I guess. He Just can't trans - oops -
can't translate to the - to the right to get over
to the donning station, so he Just sort of winds
1666

up where he wound up - over by water tank 2. And

he grabs the - the ring there and shoves himself
on down the donning station. What's your plan
now? Okay, his gas now is 500 on the money, psi.
And we still don't have an end-of-film light. You
going to do it again? He's going to do a flip.
Starting from the donning station - he missed it.
Okay, he's turning over. Still running, I think.

241 23 39 36 PLT The one in the FCMU is running. Okay, he's

pitching up - is what he's doing - a flip - a
pitch flip. He's over crew quarters hatch facing
down about i0 feet above the deck. And translating
upward, somewhat. One of his shoes came off -
he got it in, he says. Okay, he's - on his back
now. Now he's yawing to his right, face down,
directly above the PSS supply rack. And that's
what he's going to grab onto - PSS number 2 and 3.
Now what? Huh? Okay, he's going to try something
else. Okay, got one hand on the F-149 box and
one hand on the - ... close to PSS bottle - pushes __
off slightly. And looks like he's rolling a
little to his right. And translating upwards
slightly, he's facing down, however; he reaches
out and touches FMU number 1. And right hand is
FMU number 1 and left hand under blue ring above
the - above him. Under the water tank, yes.
Translates fully and ... to the middle of the
workshop. Can't seem to stop, he says. Huh?
He says he's always drifting in some direction,
he can't stop himself.

2hl 23 hl h5 PLT He tried to stop himself in the middle of the

workshop but he's always going somewhere. Now
he's pitching up and yawing to his right some.

CDR Never out of control ...

2hl 23 h2 05 PLT He says he's never out of control, but on the other
hand he's never in control either. He's in that
deep dark region, controlwise, known as limbo.
Okay, he says we're going to knock it off. Which
is precisely what he means. So I stow the Nikon
and grab the checklist. He grabs the donning
station. Turn off your DAC. He turns off his
DAC. I turn off my DAC. And we turn off the
high intensity lights. He maneuvers himself into
the donning - into the - yes, the mounting fix-
 1667

ture. Grip the handlebars and torque into the

lower latches. If I _et in here I can go to MID.
See if I can help you without getting my hands
pinched.

CDR ...

241 23 43 34 PLT Push down - Okay, we're in MID. Okay, we're

MID here. Open FCMU release, engage the docking
latch and lock the FCMU RET.F.ASE. Lower the dock-
ing latch, close the supply valve.

241 23 43 53 PLT Space fans, we ended up with about 400 psi. I

closed the supply valve. Warning, stay clear of
thrusters. Open your clip. Activate the thrusters
to bleed the manifold. Doff everything. Let me
turn off the recorder. And I say, okay, space
fans, that concludes the T020 run, dash 1A, I be-
lieve you call it. It's our second run through
the run, at any rate. And that all goes to
-- Don Hewes from Langley Research Center and
Lou Ramon from NASA. And this is the end of the
message.

241 23 44 49 PLT Thank you for your kind attention and your dili-
gence in copying down all this - all this verbiage.

###
 DAY 242 (AM) 1669

242 01 13 59 CDR All right, this is the CDR and I'm getting ready
to debrief T20 [sic]. T20 went well today. It -
The restraint you sent up - by the way, this
goes to Donny Hughes - one - (whistle) Bruce
McCandless, Ed Whitsett, and, last but not least,
Lou Ramon. So here's the little word. Let me
get off the debriefing guide so that I don't go
too far afield. It's ... - Say again? Yes.

242 01 14 49 CDR First of all, the restraint that you came up with
was complicated, but it looked like it held me
in pretty well. I gave a lot - several comments
real time, and I'll go over them once more here
Just to re - re - Just to make sure we got it
down again.

2h2 01 15 05 CDR One, you need to come in with more padding in the
seat for unsuited. My reco_endation would be
to come up with some sort of snap-on pad that you
can bring up here that would be already configured
.--- for Jerry. And he Just plops it over the top and
maybe strings a couple of pieces of tape around
it or, even better, it somehow snaps around down
near the bottom or somewhere - convenient hold,
maybe springloaded or something - not springs.
But he pops it in there and then it fills, not
only - not only cushions him, through the crouch.
And the way you can tell if it's good enough if
you can si_ on'the FMU for 15 or 20 minutes
without anyb6dY holding him - without holding
his weight off of his feet. If he can Just sit
there, then it's comfortable enough. If he can't,
it isn't. Because the thing bumps you in the
tail end - it'll move away from your bottom when
you thrust away with your feet and then when you
pull up, it bangs into your bottom. So you need
to have something that's fairly soft. Also it
needs to bulge out more around the inner thigh,
so that you can grip it. My guess is you want
to be able to grip it in the relaxed position.
You'll still have plenty of room to push down
and fire the thrusters, pull up and fire the
thrusters, but this'll let you be more stable
and give you a better feel. Right now, you're
sort of hanging in the breeze, and, if you could

,/_ grip it with your legs, I think you'd feel more

167o

at home. I know when I ride a motorcycle over

a bumpy road, I always grip it with my knees.
When l'm just flying along on the motor - the
motorcycle without - on a bump - just on a
street, don't need to do it. But it sure gives
you stability, and it allows you to control
more than just with your hand. Here, you're
using your hands.

242 01 16 39 CDR Next, let's discuss the backpack. The backpack

does not fit well. It's not contoured to any-
body's back. You should come in with some -
some - maybe some Mosite or bungee or something

SPT ...

CDR Say it again.

SPT ...

242 01 16 59 CDR Okay, thanks. And - Sorry I was interrupted

there to get a Nu Z update for S019 l'm going to
run in just a few minutes. The - It needs to
have more contour and I think maybe some sort of
Mosite just along the edges. The part that would
be outboard on your shoulders and your back would
allow you to tighten those straps up. The
Mosite would compress somewhat and then it would
provide friction and be steady on your back. As
it is, it moves around way too much - disturbing.
You put all these little straps all over you and
it still moves around. So that - that could
easily be fixed. The back has holes in it so
it can be easily done in there some way.

242 01 17 45 CDR Okay, let's talk about the other restraints. In

a suited run, my guess is that these restraints
we have are going to come loose if - if I don't
tie them or tape them. So I plan to do that.
Now, if - if this restraint works okay, then for
suited runs, certainly you don't - don't need
anything else. My guess is that - it's still
going to move around, l'm going to be too - my
guess is that I will be too loose on the cycle -
on the - on the maneuvering unit, and we'll just
 1671

have to wait and see. But - let's talk about

then - We'll have an answer to that; let's don't
do too much conjecture. But for Jerry, I think
you ought to come up with a little better rig
than these - snaps and straps. You ought to come
up with a couple of snaps that are made for him,
that have nice buckles on them, and adjust them
and he can fly them up. It wouldn't weigh much
and it'd do it right. All this other stuff is
a - it takes - it took me an hour to get into
that rig. It'd take him the same length of time.
Time is much too valuable. I'm sure you'd rather
have your time evaluating the maneuvering unit
than sitting on it trying to get the observer to
rig you in somehow. Just isn't the way to do it.
And if you want to get the maximum evaluation
while the guy's fresh, that's what you'll do.
That'd be my opinion.

2&2 01 19 03 CDR Okay, let's go on from there. Let me mention

_-_ some other things. It was a lot easier to fly
it today. I could fly it anyway I wanted to.
I had trouble - only in two things. One - going
wherever I wanted to go and just standing motion-
less anywhere. Those two things you can't do.
At least I couldn't do them. Now, I - I can hold
an attitude, I could go generally towards the
place and things like that, but that's just not
good enough. You can't fly a space machine that -
around a vehicle that you can't be still rela-
tive to the rest of it or go to a place that you
want to go to. Six degrees of freedom are a
100-percent must. We've talked about it. I
won't say anymore, but to say that, although the
controlling was easier and the restraints better,
six degrees of freedom is necessary.

242 01 19 52 CDR Controlling it with the feet wasn't that difficult

today. I don't see much of an advantage to con-
trolling with the feet actually. You've got
a backpack on. You could have a little short arm
controller or have one in a flexible handhold.
Hold it in one hand and operating the handcontrol
with the other. Would be no trouble, and going
all the way to put these thrusters at your feet -
/-_ controls at your feet, in my opinion is - You
1672

can do it, but why bother? You don't - you

don't have that work to do. The reason you do
it in a car, in an airplane, in a - in a motor-
cycle is because you've got various functions.
You've got shifting gears, brakes, turning - all
that. You don't have anything here. You've got
little thrusters that you can work with the hand-
controller; translation, switch from one to the
other hand. You don't have more than a two-hand
Job, see? So, your - your feet - all these -
while being interesting doesn't seem to me really -
improve anything. Certainly doesn't make things
better. You can do it, but it doesn't improve.

242 O1 20 53 CDR Are your body and feet properly restrained by the
straps. I mentioned it. I still think you need
a strap that comes right up over the top of the
thigh, where the thigh joins the body. It could
be there, it could be Just in that groove and it
wouldn't hurt you moving your legs up and down
cause that's where you ... Also you need to take
the back and put a wedge in it, a wedge whose
apex is near the butt, and whose - wide part of
the wedge is up near the small of the back, so
that you won't lay so far back in that vehicle.
You're - you're way too far back. Once again,
in the suit, it's perfect, perhaps; but unsuited,
it's somewhat of a - bad disability. And you're
constantly leaning up to see where you're going.

242 O1 21 41 CDR Is the controller pedal action or feel satisfac-

tory? I would say for unsuited operations, no.
Too much throw and too hard forces. You're con-
stantlybanging hard. You - you can't be subtle.
There's no subtlety to this operation.

242 01 21 54 CDR Do controller forces and travels appear to be

high, normal, or low? They're - they're high
and too far. You're not subtle. Can't be
subtle.

242 O1 22 02 CDR Do thruster pairs appear to be generating equal

thrust as indicated by differences in noise
level? Pretty much, I'd say so.

242 Ol 22 09 CDR "Cross-coupling? There is cross-coupling. Now we - _-_

I mentioned it to Jack when we were doing it. He
 1673

called it out. When I'd yaw left, I'd roll - left,

I believe. And I'd yaw right, I'd roll right.
I don't remember, for sure. But it's all there
on the tape and I'm certain it's there in the
movies. But we have cross-coupling. It's a lot
of trouble to get that roll out, believe me.
When roll comes in, problems come up.

2h2 01 22 31 CDR Describe thenature of control input. Most of

them were strictly ON/OFF control impulse.
Modulating - Just" for me wasn't possible. They
were usually multiple small ones. Eve_-y once in
a while, I'd get down on it real hard if it looked
like I was going to bump into something. But
generally speaking, they were small - bang-bangs.

CDR Are minimum impulses satisfactory for commanding

minimum rotational rates and holding attitude?
Yes, they are for holding attitude. Translational
rates, forget it! You're - you're not pointing
in the way you want to stop. You can get _mall
impulse in if you Just happen to be standing there
perfectly still, somebody lets you go still.
And if you want to translate either - headward
or feetward, a small amount, you can do it. Okay,
once that's done, that's it. You'll never be still
again. And it's going to be interesting to see
how Jerr does. My guess is - same thing.
Reason - You can't get any - -

242 Ol 23 27 SPT ...

CDR Oh, about our what?

SPT Say it again, Paul ...

S Okay, 0wen, how are you tonight?

SPT Everyone here's fine ... wondering why ... -

2h2 01 30 16 CDR Okay, here we go again back to T20. We had to

take time out to talk with the Surgeon.
Are coal [sic] responses steady, variable, or
erratic? I think control respomses are variable,
for the simple reason that you're not precise with
/_ your feet. It's that simple. Bang-bang_ straps
work loose on your feet. One m_y be a little bit
1674

looser than the other. By the way, my right foot

came out today. And so I Just kind of leaned over,
looked at it, and shoved it back in; so there
wnsn't a disaster area, but it did come out. I
don't know if in a suit I could have done that.

2h2 01 30 51 CDR Are minimum impulses satisfactory? We talked

about that. Are control responses satisfactory?
We've talked about that. Are control responses
harmonious? H-_ - so-so. I was surprised at the
total amount of roll that you get with yaw. You
put in Just a little yaw - that introduces quite
a bit of roll and then it takes quite a bit of
counter roll to stop it. So you end up putting
more thrust on those counter rolls than you did
to initiate the yaw to begin with. Now this may
be known, but I don't think it's on your friendly
little simulators over there. Six degree, that
is.

2h2 01 31 29 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Goldstone for ... _

CDR Does control cross-coupling due to any of the fol-

lowing factors appear to be excessive, tolerable,
or negligible for each maneuver? Pitch due to
translation. Tolerable, but - you notice it and,
as you move around, you look down at your feet and
look at the target, it changes - the pitch due
to translation and you're able to counter it,
because you've got pretty good authority. Roll
due to - -

CC ... item from the photo log read down this evening.
Are the figures for transporter 07, l0 percent
remaining, and transporter 05 in A-1 and A-2, 05,
41 percent remaining correct? On the pad we had
indicated to go ahead and shoot up the film in
those. We can salvage the hl percent on 05 if
that's correct, but if you have any other use -
you haven't used up the full cassette on 07, at
your option, well Just go ahead and reload it in
the morning.

CC Okay; copy. The numbers are correct. We'll prob-

ably - -
 1675

242 01 32 51 CDR Roll - roll due to translation caused primarily

by center-of-mass lateral offset. Didn't notice
much. Yaw due to translation. I think you have
more problems - -

CC And if you're at a point where I can read the news

without interrupting -

2h2 01 39 ii CDR We keep getting interrupted on this debriefing, but

we're going to get there eventually. This is So -
Correction - T20 briefing still. A]] this yaw
due to translation caused by differential align-
ment of the quads and mass distribution, all that
Jazz, except for maybe the roll to yaw - yaw to
roll - those are all lost and annoying. You're
always drifting around and you - those - those are
not worth worrying about. This roll to yaw and
yaw to roll is bad and you can learn to live with
it but l'm sure it's a gas waster.

f- 242 01 39 h4 CDR Do any of the following items appear to signifi-

cantly affect commanded responses or cross - body
motion or slosh. Yes. If you lean forward you
get a different one than if you lean back. Body
slosh with the - with the restraint improved was
much better. Backpack motion. I th_nk possibly
so, although there's no way to tell. It's hidden
among all these other variables. All you know is
that you're not getting exactly what you want.
It's hard to tell why not. Thruster Jet impinge-
ment on body. I couldn't tell. What was the
order of task difficulty? Task was doggone dif-
ficult - -

CC ... i minute until LOS. Next station contact is

4-1/2 minutes through Bermuda at 01:h5. Out.

SPT Okay, Bruce. Thank you. And thank you for the
newsg also.

CC Roger.

242 01 40 27 CDR I think the ratings that I gave the - the vehicle
last time andthe reasoning applies still here.
Mainly that - for a EVA performauce was not ade-
/_ quate or controllability was definitelynot satis-
factory; it was not tolerable. System was
controllable. Now if you want to say controllable
1676

in attitude, I could give that a 9. If you want

to talk about translation in attitude, which I
think you have to, I got to give it a 10. Mainly,
it is not acceptable for EVA operation. If you
want to t_Jk about inside, was desired performance
achieved? No, I would not say it was achieved.

242 01 41 08 CDR Was the system at least marginally satisfactory

without improvement? No. Was the work level
tolerable? It was tolerable. Was performance
adequate? No, I would have to give it a 6. You
can't get where you want to go. You can't stay
in the middle of the workshop for B minutes. All
of a sudden you're floating out the other side of
the workshop; and you can't stay there. Now that's
not tolerable. And performance was not adequate.
You - you've got to be able to stay somewhere.
So it'd be 6 inside, l0 outside.

242 01 41 B7 CDR In your Judgment, do the initial maneuvering and

terminal criteria listed on page 20-5 appear to 4.
be pertinent? No. Reasonable? Okay, I guess.
You don't remember them and - I don't know. You
don't know. You Just don't fly that way. Inter-
esting to put them down on paper but people don't
fly that way.

CDR In general, did it take less than l0 seconds to

meet the attitude-hold criteria in all axis?
Generally.

CDR Was the time to perform the maneuver too high or

too low due to high or low rates or attitude con-
trol problems? I'd say the time was okay except
you couldn't do m_euvers you wanted to. You
couldn't do the translational maneuvers you wanted.
You couldn't translate the direction you wanted
because you weren't facing that way with your feet
or your head.

CDR Was the normal [sic ; should be number] of control

inputs high, normal, or low? I'd say inten -
intentional, they're - they're high, higher than
normal, than you would use with the handcontroller
obviously, because it's not as precise.

CDR In - Unintentional. I don't think there were too

many. There's some. But I don't think that's a
major problem.
 1677

2h2 01 42 38 CDR Next, did the control logic present any signifi-
cant problem? None.

CDR Were live - thruster sounds useful as a piloting

cue? Yes.

CDR What parts or features of your body or the m_neu-

vering system were used as visual reference points?
Generally m_ toes. Now one of the things I did
not like and thought was generally unacceptable is
this fly maneuver and everything. You're always
pitching down. And the minute you start pitching
down to do something - In other words, you're
translating and pitch down. When you pitch down
you don't know what's behind you. You don't know
what's going on down there. This is disturbing,
particularly in this workshop. I was always con-
cerned I was going to hit the food boxes or hit
something else that was in here. And I wasn't
concerned about S019 because we were operating
"P higher than that. But you Just don't know what's
there. And you'd like to not hit things.

242 01 43 25 CDR What parts or features of the ODS - OWS were used
as visual reference points or motion cues? Used
most of them but I found that to do pitch and
things, I use the - the same - the film vault be-
cause it's got a good flat front face and you can
see when you're normal to it ; you can see when
you're parallel to it. And that serves as a good
thing. I tended to use the FMUs. I tend to use
the S019 and I tended to use the ring lockers
when I was there. And, when I was working up and
down, I used the tunnel and the hole.

CDR Were lighting and shadows a significant problem?

Definitely not. No problem at all.

CDR Was there any degree of spatial disorientation?

None.

CI_ Were the forces and dynamics resulting from either

planned or unintentional contact with the OWS as
expected? Yes.

/ _ CDR Do you think any procedural anomalies that occurred

might have influenced your task performance? No.
1678

242 01 44 14 CDR How would you rate the relative importance of the
following design features? Footcontroller con-
figuration and operating characteristics. I'd
give it a - the relative importance - I'd say
footcontroller configuration - configuration op-
eration was bothersome probably. It's a lot of
trouble to operate with your feet when you can
operate with your hands. Control logic. Bother-
some. You had to think it through instead of
intuitively doing it with a control stick.
One degree of translation and control. Signifi-
cant hindrance - Unacceptable, safety problem -
period. Visual ref. Nothing, IVA, but EVA.
Visual reference, No sweat; it's useful. Con-
trol response. Thrust levels. I would say, use-
ful. Unstabilized control system. Bothersome
somewhat. Unbalanced thrusters. Bothersome.
Hands-free operation. Useful, not a factor, some-
where in there.

CDR Equipment location between legs. Bothersome, but --

not a factor. FCMU configuration envelope.
Bothersome, because it extends down below your
feet where you can't see what you're doing. And
you'd much rather have it behind you, so that
you - you can't work behind you. But you can move
up to things feet level. So I'd say it's defin-
itely not as good as Just the backpack, Back-
pack envelope. Okay. That combined with the foot
is a little bit distressing. It's unnecessary.

242 01 45 51 CDR Do you think the time you spent on training simu-
lators was sufficient? You bet, But they aren't
sufficient. Nothing's sufficient to make a
two degree of translational degree-of-freedom
vehicle work in a three-dimensional space. Let's
face the facts. Six-dimensional space or
one degree - depending on how you look at that.
Guess it'd be one degree of freedom in a
three-dimensional space - doesn't hack it.
The time between your sessions did not signifi-
cantly affect your proficiency? I don't think so.
I could fly it. I don't have any trouble pointing
in the right direction or translating. It's Just
once that occurs, that's the end of the game.
 1679

242 01 46 30 CDR Did performance improve noticeably or workload

decrease with each successive run? Yes. But it
would - I believe mostly it was restraints.

CDR Do you feel that the training and experience you

received in performing the planned maneuvers was
sufficient for the discretionary maneuvers per-
formed in the 0WS? Yes, but the vehicle doesn't
have what it takes. I'm going to have to leave;
I'll call you back with the remainder of these
once I've tended the S019. CDR out. This infor-
mation goes to Lou R_mmn, Ed Whitsett, and
Donny Hughes, and Bruce McCandless.

242 01 47 00 CDR CDR out.

242 01 47 02 CDR Now here's the CDR again. He's getting ready to
do S019, believe or not. And he's got his sheet
of paper here ready to study and he notices that
on his sheet of paper that it's about time to
f_ start. He's checked his clock and found that he's
15 seconds slow. And being 15 seconds slow and
then trying to get it out at 47, he's Just about
on schedule now. It's extended; I'm going to go -
By the way, act11_! is minus 2.6, Nu z pass is
minus h.h. I made a subtraction correction of -
of 1.8. Okay. PRO 260.7.

CREW ...

242 0l 47 50 CDR 260.7.

CREW ... outstanding job on it.

CC ...

CDR Good. Okay, this is field number h32 and we're

going to do a 270.

CREW ...

i
CC No, we think you've been doing a beautiful as it
is, and we fairly enjoyed watching it ....

CREW ...

/
1680

242 01 48 28 CDR MARK. We Just started a 270-second exposure.

CC ... airlock module ... was available for use and

should you require it. However, we shut it down
the day before ... - -

2h2 01 48 46 CDR 432, frame 079.

CC - - ... static pressure in the ... has declined

somewhat ... we're seeing pressures in the range
of 270 ... and during the daytime which are ...
set up to maybe 16 psi and we don't feel at this
time like ... backup systems for it.

CREW ...

2h2 01 49 26 CDR Okay, this is - Oh, I'm going to enter this first
S0!9 and T20 [sic]. This is T20 thing.

CREW ...

CDR Do you think that your experience with M509 or

with Skylab EVA operations assisted or influenced
in any way the manner in which you performed the
T207 Haven't done Skylab EVA; 509, definitely.
I gave you a good index of what could - what is
possible. What you could expect from the maneu-
vering unit and how simple and complex the control
system should be. And I think that flying them
both together is the only way you can do it. That
way you understand what options are available, what
maneuvering unit entails any of these options, how
they might be combined, et cetera.

242 01 50 15 CDR Did you note any influence of longtime

zero-gravity physiological effects on your ability
to perform? Yes, it improves it. You don't mind
being upside down in the workshop; you don't mind
flying backwards; you don't mind a lot of things.
And so it improves your performance.

CDR Simulation effects. Comment on the expected and

unexpected differences between T20 operations in
the 0WS and the airbearing and six degree. Okay,
I will do that. Task performance. Task perform-
ance is significantly harder here than either
 1681

the airbearing or the six degree of freedom. Six

degree has got more room to fool around in and so
you can recover sometimes. The airbearing is
obviously - hasn't got as manydegrees of freedom;
simple, there's lots of nothing. In fact, I'm not
sure we won't even hardly even train on that thing
anymore. It's almost a complete waste of time.
It lets you know how much thrust gives you something
on the airbearing. But it - it's a real problem.
Seems to me that if you ever came with a unit like
that, you got to get a good six degree-of-freedom
simulator like up at - Martin has for 509. That
was probably - was one of our biggest mistakes. I'm
not sure that the reason that we didn't do it was
also the fact that we would have been a little
aware that - been more aware of the difficulty of
flying this thing in a small space. Because there,
we would have suddenly discovered we couldn't even
hold position. Once we did more than translation
we were sort of out of luck. And so maybe it's
wise if you do not elect to - to use that simula-
tor up there, but stuck with the airbearing. It -
it - it made a considerable difference. Okay, now
I'm shifting over right now to S019; I'm getting
ready to close the shutter. Now you close it on
my mark and this one's a 270 widen@d and I'm going
to go for a 90 widened in Just a moment. Stand by.

242 01 52 12 CDR MARK. Okay, that's done. Now, let me go for a

90-second. I'll pick up a slide and go back to
the thing. I'll reset if you don't mind. Stand
by for a mark. Stand by.

242 01 52 27 CDR MARK. Now this is field 432, 90-second exposure,

frame 080. Now, let's back and talk about T20
again. Pilot workload. Pilot workload's about
the same, because as the six degree-of-freedom simu-
lator. The difference is you're working in here
and before you can make a correction or you can
see the futility of making - you're starting to
drift backwards. You say, I'm going to get to the
lockers in about 15 seconds. I can pitch up to
correct it in about 30 seconds. Forget it, I'll
Just bump into it. So your - your workload is not
too much more. You realize that in order to fly
/- it you're going to have to look a little further
ahead. When you brake you're not only going to
1682

have to watch if you don't want to start going up

and down or fore and aft, you got to not only
watch your pitch attitude as you brake but you
got to _tcl_ your roll at - attitude. Now oft
times you can't get these combined. Let's say
you're starting to drift away backwards. Okay,
let's stop talking about this and go to S019.
This is going to be a mark and I'm going to close
the shutter on the 90-second exposure widened,
field 432, frame 080. Stand by.

242 01 53 44 CDR MARK. Okay, we're going to go for a 30-second

one now. Won't discuss T20 between them. We
Just won't have time. Pick up a frame, I get in
position, I rewind now and stand by to give you
a mark.

242 01 54 02 CDR MARK. OPEN. No - I pushed at the right time, but

I'm not sure Chat it opened right. I'm going to
start pulling it i00 percent and it'll probably
close a little bit later than that and it'll
give you some good readings. Stand by.

242 01 54 31 CDR MARK. Okay, that was a 30-second one. Let's go

to a new field and go for a 270. 403.0. Okay.
304.0, 15.2, field 552. I'll pick up a frame.
l've got it. Come over here near the CLOSED.
Standing by. I'ii give you a mark as I open the
shutter, 270.

242 01 55 16 CCDR MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Okay. Now l'm going to

talk to T20 [sic] again. Let's talk about vehicle
characteristics. Vehicle characteristics, actually
with more degrees of freedom, the vehicle moves
around a lot more and it creates more problems
for you. I - it moves much - I tell you, I don't
think you could fly this at all if you hadn't had
time on the six-degrees-of-freedom s_,m_1ator there
in at - at Langley. But that thing up there
flies a lot easier. Part's the volumn and part's
the cross-coupling and part's Just the fact that
you can sense smaller rates here and you try to
correct them. And then, when you correct them,
that gives you other problems. And satisfied
floating out 50 feet and then coming in to 15 or 20
or whatever it is. I don't know, but you can
operate on a wider dispersion. Here you're not
 1683

satisfied with it. There you Just can't even tell

it. So vehicle's much more difficult I think, to
hold precisely here. But as far as holding atti-
tude or staying roughly at theright attitude;
that's pretty easy. Not as easy as - DIRECT and -
or HHMU, but it's pretty easy.

242 01 56 32 CDR Piloting's easy, same as there, except there's

even more. That one we'll discuss at translation.

242 01 56 40 SC Discuss the relative importance of the following

simulation artifacts: Degrees of freedom. We
discussed it. Audio-visual cues, audio-visual
cues ought to be real. This EVA flyaround using
the little picture, helps you somewhat but it
doesn't do the thing. Let's call it - gives you
50 percent visual. Gravity vector: I don't think
that's that important. Body suspension: Not that
critical. Operating envelope: Very critical. And
EVA, you wouldn't want to get too far away from the
f-_ spacecraft. You wouldn't be satisfied with moving
in and out if you had to go up with six degrees.
Extraneous noise: No, no effect. Using your EVA
experiences, discuss the relationships. Forget it,
I have none.

2h20l 57 23 CDR Discuss the following operations factors. Procedural

anomalies: None. Equipment modifications: We've
t_Sked about it. Set up and stowage: Complex
with these new equipment modifications; way too
complex. It's got to be simplified for SL-4.
Camera operations: Okay. A lot of trouble but I
think we did it. Communications: Okay. Body/foot
restraints: As I mentioned, my foot actually came
out from my foot - when it's metal thing came out,
and I put it back in. I think that that ought to
be fixed for - you know you could never do that EVA,
but you know that. Influence of surrounding light-
ing: None. Influence of lighting: None. Voln_:
Yes, it's small in here. External disturbances:
None. Air flow and al] that is a waste of time;
don't worry about it. It's lost in the noise.
Jet impingement/nolse: I don't know. Noise:
Nothing. Contact forces/dynamics: None, doesn't
seem to be ... Retrieval's a lot of trouble for
_ Jack at this time. And it takes the observermore
time than you think. Training adequacy: As good
as you can get. I don't think I could've trained

L
1684

any better. I would not want to have trained any

more. Because my level of skill was adequate. Had -
as - had the same level of squill [sic] on 509,
had no trouble at all flying it. Okay, I'm going
to have to stop here now and go back to S019.

242 01 58 44 CDR Okay, S019, we're getting ready to shut your shutter
and go to a new field. So stay happy. S.tand by.

242 01 58 57 CDR MARK. Okay, SHUTTER, CLOSED. We're going to the

next field. We're going to lll.7, lll.7, 072.
Okay, going for 270. Okay. Stand by. We're almost
ready to take it.

242 01 59 34 CDR MARK. This is a 270, on field 560, frame

number 83. Get back to T20 again. Here's T20.
Long-term zero-g physiological effects: Helps
you. You don't mind zipping around. Other zero-g
experience: None. Comment: I'll comment on
them. Controller characteristics : Controller
characteristics prevent you from being precise. _
They are bang, bang, I would try to figure out a
Nay to listen to that whole thing for Jerry. I
don't think you get many accidental inputs.
And I hope that when we get our suited run, we
find out that also is true there. If that's true,
I would recommend that we decrease the spring
tension here for Jerry.

242 02 00 26 CDR FCMU response: It's okay. And now that it's a
little bit tighter to you, you seem to move with
it. I never had the feeling that the unit and I
were one, as I've had with the backpack, or air-
planes, or automobiles. I always felt that I was
riding atop something. Now I think this is
caused a little bit by the fact that you don't
rotate about your normal center of gravity. You
rotate around your feet down there somewhere.
Everything happens at your feet. When you kick
down, the thing moves away from your butt. When
you pl_]l up, it Jams it. And so you - you're
constantly reminded that you' re riding something
and you' re not part of something. This might be
eliminated somewhat by rigidizing the backs and
the lower pieces together and then strapping your-
self in even tighter. This might eliminate that
feeling.
 1685

2h2 02 01 16 CDR Control input coordination or mismatch: I'm sure

there was a lot of that, but the point of it was,
you can't tell that from c.g. offset, from so
many - there's a lot of variables in action all
the time. Same way with the - with the HHMU or
the DIRECT MODE of the 509. The pilot has to -
take them out. He flies airplanes in air currents,
bumps, clouds, you name it. And he intuitively
takes them out. Here it's a little bit more than
that.

2h2 02 01 48 CDR Control logic: I would have preferred it much

different. I would have preferred it in the hands
where - where it 's a normal thing, a natural thing.
If it had to be on the feet, I would have had
something more sensitive and had one foot, attitude;
one, translation. And had it so that you couldn't
foul up the translation. You'd punch the transla-
tion button; it gives you a nice easy translation.

2h2 02 02 09 CDE Fit/comfort/body motion: We've talked about.

Initial/final conditions: I tried to be as steady
as I could get. And depending on the situation,
sometimes that was real steady and sometimes it
F wasn't. I didn't Just keep playingwith it until
I finally got it. I noticed that I could get very
steady from a pitch. If I tried to get steady
from a yaw, I could sometimes and sometimes it went
to heck. If it ... then I could never really get
it to still again. Reference cues/disorientation:
forget it. Jet impingement/noise: You don't -
you can't tell. Noise is okay, but you don't know
what it is impinging on, on it's way down there.

2h2 02 02 4h CC ... Over.

2h2 02 02 52 CDR Tell him we're going to, though. Not yet, hut
we're going to.

242 02 03 01 CDR Okay, I've got to go back to S019. Stand by.

This is going to be the end of the 270 exposure.
•Stand by.

242 02 03 lh CDR MARK. 270 degrees - second exposure. We're

going to go for 90 now. So stay loose. I'll
pick up a slide first because I found that to be
appro - you should move. Okay, here we go. Stand
by. We're going to give you a mark at zero.

_-_ 242 02 03 30 CDR MARK. Beginning a 90-seCond exposure, field 5 -

marked out. Five something, 580, 560. Ninety -
90-second exposure coming up. Okay, let 's tal k
a minute - -

CC ...
1686 •

242 02 03 53 CDR Simulation deficiencies: We've talked about them.

System deficiencies: We've talked about them.

External disturbances: None, forget it. Training

adequacy: I'd - I'd get rid of - some of these
things, I'd say forget - I would can from Jerry Carr's
checklist. It Just wastes time, and it Just makes
me want to throw the book down. He - There's
Just nothing going on. All the - the misaligned
thrusters, the accidental inputs, the motions you
get when you start, the cross-coupling. All that
is so much bigger than some of these other things
like air currents, that - it isn't even important.
Training adequacy: We talked about that - definite-
ly adequately trained, maybe over trained. Had
no trouble doing the things that were similar to
the - tr - simulators we used. Better simulator
would have probably allowed us to do better. Stand
by for a 90-second stop - open - close.

242 02 04 48 CDR SHUTTER was Just CLOSED. Now I've got to go to a

new one for a 270. S019 again. Going to 350, h_.

242 02 05 08 CDR 191. I think we can do that. Okay, that's good.

Okay, let's go for a 270 on this field which happens
to be 608. It's one of our favorite fields, 608.
I'll go pick up a slide. Get ready. Okay. 608
is going to be exposure 85. It's going to be a
270 and then we're going to do a 90 right afterward.
Going to give you lots of pictures. Stand by.

242 02 05 45 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Okay, back to T20 again.

242 02 05 53 CDR Yes, I would say with the simulators available

our training and skill was Just as good as it could
be. Certainly as good as it needed to be. I didn't
find any of the attitude maneuvers a problem, as
far as - you know, holding attitude. And I didn't
find pointing ... translating you with this extra
buildup of translation in other directions that was
the main problem and lack of flexibility - I don't
think any amount of training is going to fix that.
You could get a better trainer but we've got a
fundamental decision. It's like trying to teach
somebody to drive a car when you don't give him
but 2 or 3 degrees of steering wheel play and then
asking him - You say, "Could I have trained you
better to make that 90-degree turn?" The answer
 1687

is no. No way - It ain't going to turn 90 degrees,

period.

242 02 06 40 CDR Okay, other zero-g experience. No comment there,

other than to say we've been zinging around in
zero g here for a long time; 34 days, I guess it
is now. And we're pretty handy at it. We're not
oriented, do spins, flips, go all directions. So
I think that the same things will apply to Jerr
when he gets up here. He won't have any trouble
adapting to it, psychologically, physiologically,
and all that. And those sort of questions, to my
mind, are trivial and should be omitted and con-
centrate on some of these others that may exist,
like restraints and harmony and the like. CDR out.

CDR You got to go do S019 ... T20. I'm going to continue

on with S019 but I'm going off the comm for a
minute.

/_ 242 02 09 18 CDR Okay, this is CDR again. We're going to cut off
this 270-second exposure on S019. Stand by for
a mark.

242 02 09 25 CDR MARK. That's a CLOSED. Now we're going to go for

a 90. For 90's, I always pick up a frame first.
Here we go. Brace yourself. I'll give you a mark.

2h2 02 09 40 CDR MARK. Beginning 19 - 90-second exposure, frame -

correction, field 608, frame 086.

CDR Stand by.

242 02 i0 58 CDR MARK. We just closed the shutter on that 90-second.

Now we're going to go to a new field. 060.8.

2h2 02 ii 19 CDR 2630. Huh? Should be 6.3. Okay, 60.8. Okay,

let's crank up for a 270, one of your favorites.
Karl Henize loves these 270's for some reason.
I've never quite figured it out. And again I don't
have to. I'm Just pushing knobs. Stand by.

SPT ...

242 02 ii 53 CDR MARK. Yes. Why does he pick 270 and 90? Why
doesn'the pick 5 minutes,and h minutes,and
1 minute?

SPT ...
 1688

242 02 12 25 CDR Hey, S019 experts. How about sending up some

information on how you happened to pick the times.
My simple mind would have thought to put on there
5 minutes, and 2 minutes, and i minute or something.
Owen Garriott seems to think it has to do
with magnitude, in that a 90 is 1 magnitude less
than a 460 or whatever it is - 270, and that then
a 30 is also. And it kind of _akes you think it's
true because if you multiply each of them by three
you get the next one. But I don't know what that
means. But maybe it's a film characteristic. One
over E is some words being bantered around here.
CDR out.

242 02 15 21 CDR Stand by for a mark. We're approaching 100 percent

on frame 087, field 109. We're going to have time
to get in this whole pad. I knew you'd like that.
Stand by for a mark. Don't move now; don't move.

242 02 15 39 CDR MARK. That was it. Pick up a new frame, in this
case. Go there. Stand by for a 90-second, one of ---
your favorites. (Whistling) Here we go. Stand by.

242 02 15 51 CDR MARK. This is the beginning of a 90-second

exposure; field 109, frame 088.

242 02 17 04 CDR Stand by for a mark. We're going to close the

shutter off the 90-second one.

242 02 17 08 CDR MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Pick up the new frame.

Standby. Go for 30 seconds. We've got it m_de,
gentlemen. We will have no trouble making sunrise.

242 02 17 16 CDR MARK. I was a little bit late. It's hard to get
that thing in. Also, it moves the mounting some-
what. I'll pull it out a little late, Karl, and
may give you just what you want. It's easier
to pull out than to push in, I've noticed in this
particular instrument. As you know that frame 89
on field 109 30-second exposure, last of the great
exposures. And we're going to pull it in. Stand
by. Standby.

242 02 17 45 CDR MARK. Okay, that's it. Let's close the film hatch.

242 02 17 51 CDR F_ HATCH is CLOSED. Rezero the numbers. Every- _-_

thing is precise. Nothing is left to chance.
Everything is as you would like if you were here
 1689

yourself doing it. Now we go to RETRACT. i, 2,

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, i0, ii. When we get to ii,
then we take our hand off the knob and turn it in
by hand very easily until we feel it go home.
That's it. It's home now. then we lean over and
operate the lock.

242 02 18 34 CDR We go as you well know - Let me see if I got a film

stow tonight, or they Just want me to leave it in.
I hope they want me to leave it in. No, it's a
film stow. You realize now with this type of
schedule I've got to film stow when this thing
is cold, so you're going to get some condensation.
Stow it away. What I can do is wait until tomor-
row morning to film stow for you because it only
takes about 5 minutes. I'll do it tomorrow morning.
I'll lay this thing in a vacuum toni_ght where it
can warm up, the way you like it. Okay. That's
good.

.... 242 02 19 ll CDR CDR out. That information, by the way, goes to
S019 interested individuals, Karl Henize,
Wally Teague.

242 02 19 20 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

242 02 49 03 PLT Okay, we'll start here. Is it dar - is it light

out? Okay. Okay, 0., could you go to TV and then
VTR to RECORD, please?

SPT Okay, you're in TV and I'll put you on RECORD

right now.

PLT Okay. Now if we haven't been able to interest

you ladies so far, maybe this area will be of more
interest to you. This is the wardroom or is -
We should probably call it the kitchen and dining
room all combined into one. Now, kids, don't do
that at home because your mother won't like it,
but it is real easy to do up here.

/_- 2_2 02 49 43 PLT This area doubles as m_uy things. We, of course,
eat here and m_ke our meals. We also use this
for a medical clinic and for looking out the
window. Our meals come in cans. For a new
169o

housewife, that'd be a good deal. Like this.

Some require water to be added and others come
without requiring add - addition of water at all.
We keep the whole week's supply of food in this
pantry. We have more in other places to restock
it with. We have beverages that come in these
kind of plastic folded containers to which we Just
add water. This is our water-charging station.

242 02 50 25 PLT Put the beverage on, or any kind of food that re-
quires the addition of water, press it, fill it
up with the required amount. We have the same
thing for hot water. We don't have to heat all
of our food. We Just add hot water to it and
cook it. We also have some frozen food. One
frozen item per day per man approximately. We
Just set it right on here. Frozen foods come in
a freezer, of course, in cans again. We have a
refrigerator Just like you have at home in which
to keep foods chilled, primarily drinks. Or things
like strawberries, for example. _

242 02 51 03 PLT Here's a can of strawberries I've already mixed

up for my meal today. Let them sit in water a
little bit and there you are. We also keep our
medicines in the refrigerator to keep some of them
cool. Well, if you are newly married, I guess
maybe this would get by for a while, but after a
while, eating out or cans is something that I
think your husband wouldn't appreciate too much.
But for the moment, it's okay. Behind here is
our window. We would like to spend more time
looking out this window than we really get a chance
to do. The Earth is a very beautiful thing. We
pass over it at 275 miles, so take a look out the
window and see what the Earth looks like from 275
miles, moving at 18,000 miles an hour, or on the
ground at 4 miles a second.

242 02 51 58 PLT Now we are over the water. I believe we are coming
up - up on the western Pacific around - close to
San Francisco somewhere. As I said, the Earth is
very beautiful. The sky is always black. And
there's always a beautiful blue ring around the
horizon. We have a map with which we can tell -
We have a map with which we can tell where we are ___
all the time. Just by looking at it, we can see
where we are in our orbit. We make one orbit in
93 minutes, Just a little over an hour an half.
 1691

So you can see we cover a lot of ground and see

a lot of territory and see lots of places we would
like to go back to and spend more time. We can
cover the whole United States "from sea to shining
sea" in a period of about lO minutes.

242 02 52 56 PLT Well, let's move on around here. We have several

lockers in which we store things, and in this room
we also have an entertainment kit. For pleasure,
we can play some music. Located right behind
here we have a tape recorder. We all have our
personally selected tapes that we can play, much
sometimes tO the annoyance of our colleagues, but
usually not. Then we have books. Each man has
about four books that he can read.

242 02 53 30 PLT So far we haven't had a chance to read any books

but we have them along Just in case we have an
opportunity. We have binoculars in here that we
can look at things a little more closely out the
f-_ window with; and a number of other things that we
could use if we ever had time, but mostly we use
the music. We enjoy the music very much. We Just
play it like you would in your home, Just in the
background. As I was saying before, this is also
a sort of medical clinic and we have a number of
lockers here which are devoted to medical supplies.
For example, in the upper locker we have all of
our drugs - medicines. The same way in the second
locker. We have a number of drugs and medicines
that can use if we need them.

242 02 54 20 PLT In here we have a microbiology kit, a kit to study

our blood or our urine with in the event that we
have some sort of illness. We have the necessary
equipment to stain slides as well. This is a
slide-staining device, much as you would see in
a laboratory back on the Earth. We have amicro-
scope with which we can look at the slides. Kind
of small but it works very well. We can grow
cultures of various types of bacteria. If we have
some sort of an illness, we can determine what
that illness is and what kind of medicine that it
might respond to.

/F- 2h2 02 55 04 PLT We have an incubator in which we can incubate the

bacteria and let it grow. And we also have various
implements to do minor types of first aid with.
For example, we can suture things which are cut.
1692

We can pull teeth, and we have a fairly extensive

dental kit and medical kit. We can perform, of
course, emergency first aid. We have intravenous
solutions which we can inject. And we have other
kinds of injectable drugs, as well, in the event
that they are needed. So that's our wardroom, or
kitchen area, as you call it back on Earth.

242 02 55 47 PLT Now we would like to wander out here into the
area we started in and show you a few things that
you did not see earlier. If you will follow me
around, I'Ii take you over to the men's corner
here. We have a number of tools on Skylab which
are required. And you probably noted that we've
had good opportunity to use these tools on several
occasions. Most of these lockers have tools in
them. For example, here's a set Of screwdrivers
and Allen - Allen bit, Phillips-head screwdriver s,
set of sockets, torque wrench, a ratchet wrench,
extension, univeral joint, number of wrenches of
varying sizes and a few other tools for retrieving _
things from odd places.

2h2 02 56 39 PLT We have one tool here which we use during our
extravehicular activity, a 7/16 combination wrench,
open end box end. Of course, these wrenches are
pretty small to hold in the gloved hand, so we
had to put a little bit of i_sulation around it
and wrap it up with tape in order to be able to
hold onto it. But we took that out and we were
able to remove some of the ramps that were causing
our doors to malfuction on our solar telescopes.

2_2 02 57 l0 PLT We have here - I'm in the middle of it now - the

shower. We have the opportunity to take a bath
about once a week whether we need it or not. And
our shower holds about 3 quarts of water, and it's
about as big as a phone booth. It's tacked down
to the floor here so it won't float around but
when we want to use it, we Just ra - raise it in
this _uner. We attach it to this ring around
the top, and then in here we take our shower. Of
course the water floats all over. Doesn't stay
in one place. It kind of collects on you in a
big mass or a big glob or on the sides of the
shower. And so in order to to make sure that it _-_
gets all picked up, why we have a suction device.
 1693

242 02 58 01 PLT It doesn't go down the drain like it does at home,

but rather we have to suck it up with a vacuum.
And that!s what we have up in here. We have a hose
with a vacuum squeegee on it that we can use. And
to get the water out, of course, we have a little
spray nozzle much like you would have in your home
in the kitchen sink. So that's how we take a
shower. We suck up the water and throw it down
the trash airlock. We also have - have a couple
of - of other medical experiments here that are
quite interesting that we didn't explain earlier.

2h2 02 58 hl PLT This is a ergometer, or a bicycle as it's more

commonly known; and with this, we not only do our
medical experiments but we get a good deal of
exercise. And we all spend about a half hour a
day exercising on this bike. And you can set any
load you want to on this bike. You can pedal for
a long time or you can wear yourself out in short
order.

242 02 59 03 PLT But we just sort of float up on this bike. This

is the way to mount a bike. Lock our feet in the
foot pedals, turn on the Juice, and make any load
we want to and then we start pedaling away. We
can crank the load up or down - make it real hard
to pedal so that you might only be able to last
here about l0 or 15 minutes. Or you can crank it
way down and do less work and less sweating -
pedal for a longer period of time. But our work
rate is measured in watt-minutes.

242 02 59 45 PLT Okay? I'll put this down. We got a cut on this
one, space fans.

PLT Okay?

242 03 00 16 PLT Okay. Now we are back in the area that we began
our tour in, and this is a - an ergometer or a
bicycle. This is used in combination with one of
our medical experiments, and it's also used by us
for exercise. We can put any load we want to on
our body by cranking up the load device. Now you
can mount this bike very easily, much more so thau
you can your bike on Earth, as you notice. Just
clip your foot into the foot pedals here and set
,/_"_ the load that you want right on here. Say, we'll
set it up to about 250 watts and start pedaling.
The more watts you set in there the harder it is
 1694

to pedal - the faster you - the harder you have

to work.

242 09 01 01 PLT Okay, you can set enough load in this to wear
yourself out in short order, if you want to. We
also have a way to measure our heart rate. And
this reads out our heart rate in beats per minute
as we are pedaling. Of course, the harder you
pedal, why the harder your heart has to work and
the better it is for your cardiovascular heart
system. While we are pedaling this bicycle during
the medical experiment, our breath is analyzed in
this metabolic analyzer, so that our p_Imonary
system can be thoroughly evaluated during the
period that we are up here. Of course, the purpose
of this, biomedically, is to determine a man's
capability to put out a certain amount of work
over a long period of time in space. It measures
capability to do work as a result of the space
flight.

242 OB 02 00 PLT As we go over here, we have another panel which

we use for another set of medical experiments.
This is used in combination, primarily, with the
lower body negative pressure experiment which is
before me here. Looks like a tank. Looks like
one of these things the magicians used to put the
ladies in and saw them in half. It reminds me of
that, but it's not. The mA_ slides in from the
top here. He slides in to his _aist. And we
can - the observer puts legbands around his- his
legs and then we pump him down to a semivacuum.

242 0B 02 43 PLT Let's see if I can get in here with my clothes

on. At any rate, we Just kind of slide in like
this. It's very simple in zero g to whistle into
this. Put this little black boot up around our
waist so that the air doesn't leak in. An d then
we can let some of the air out of this tank and
cause a vacuum to be imparted to the man's lower
body. That draws his blood from his head down
into his legs. That's a good measure of how well
his cardiovascular system is performing over a
long term in space flight. Permits the doctors
the ground to measure our physical condition while
we are up here to see how it changes as a result
of space flight.
 1695

_ I
242 03 03 30 PLT Of course that's one of the reasons we are here.
'_ So we're measurin_ a man's capability to do work.
We're measuring respon_ of his heart - cardiovascu-
lar system. And we're measuring the response also of
his - his pulmonary system. And earlier we showed
you the measurement that we perform on his vestibular
system as well. I hope y©u have enjoyed your tour
with us here in Skylab. We feel we are doing
something very valid and something that is of
benefit to not only all Americans but to people
around the world. An_ _ h@pe that you will Join
with us in the futur@ ih wa_chlng in space and -
Bahl Cut. I didn't - I didn't like that at all.

CDR Didn't you?

242 03 04 18 PLT Could - could I do something better?

CDR No, I think maybe ... Why don't you come around
here and show this. Close it, and then get in it.

PLT Oh, okay.

CDR And then an hour ... - -

PLT You're going to he over there?

CDR - - be enough.

PLT Okay.

CDR Start up here ... Start over there and talk about
that ... close it.

CC PLT, this is Houston. Over.

PLT They haven't turned off VTR?

242 03 0h 5_ CC For the PLT. This is Houston. Over.

CDR Go ahead, Bruce.

CC Yes, we were calling for Jack because we thought

he was up at the ATM panel. When he closes out
after this last pass this evening, we'd like to

_ leave the ATM rotaryMONITOR switchesin PHIx,

PHIy, and PHIz so that we can monitorthe
1696

cluster attitude as presented on the ATM C&D

panel meters on the down-link - -

PLT Probably around here.

CC - - here, Owen.

SPT Okay, Bruce, I'll do that. I_m up here on the

panel while A1 and Jack are finishing up _he TV
stuff.

CC Okay. Thank you, Owen.

CDR ...

PLT What's that?

CDR Yes .... we get in there?

PLT Okay.

CDR ...

PLT Yes, that's right.

CDR ...

242 03 05 55 PLT Okay, want me to start over here? Didn't we already

explain the bike? We have one other medical exper-
iment here that you might be interested in.
It's called the lower body negative pressure.
That's a big name but it tells us that we put our
lower body in here and subject it to some sort of
a v_cutun. And it's purpose is to measure a ms n's
response over a long period of space flight - His-
The response of his heart and cardiovascular system.
And it enables the doctors on the ground to see
how we are performing - -

2h2 03 06 28 SPT What's the time of the stateside pass, Bruce?

PLT - - cardiovascularwise over a long time in space.

The way this works is - -

CC Okay, A0S at Goldstone at 03:ll. Over - -

PLT - - a man just floats in here like so.

 1697

CC And we still got about a minute and half here

through Hawaii. Out.

PLT Draws this boot up around his waist. Then the

observer opens the valve to vacuum. Now it doesn't
get to be a complete vacuum but a partial vacuum
that draws a man's blood from his head and upper
extr - upper area down into his lower extremities
to simulate one gravity. Your blood assumes a
similar location in body as it would in one gravity.
In response to - Cut on that.

CDR ...

242 03 07 32 PLT Okay, and the blood goes to your legs, and so there
is less for your head. And this enables the
doctors on the ground to determine how well your
heart is functioning and how well it is able to -
to push what blood is in your body around your
body. I hope you have enjoyed your tour with us
.... on Skylab. And we hope you will continue to watch
us. We feel that we are making a solid contribution
to not only our American way of life but also of
good benefit to people around the world.

242 03 20 21 SPT Okay, debriefing the last pass which ended here -
oh - about 03:20. Just a standard building block 6
as required on the ATM schedule. And then we moved
over to what I believe is a new emerging flux region.
Jack pointed it out when he left the panel here
briefly, about 250.4 approximately, and did a °
modified item number 3 - shopping list item 3 on
that new, I believe to be, emerging flux region.
And then went on out to active region 9 and did
an item 5 on active region 9.

242 03 21 O0 SPT And then I was setting up the panel the way you
requested here - down, 715; right, h66. Had it
all set and then smartly rolled about the the
line of sight, which changed all of my numbers,
and I didn't have time to get back to that correct
pointing position before sunset. So I've got
your roll set in. But as I expect you have al-
ready found out, the data and light are not quite
as requested on the ATM schedule. So I'll get
the rest of the panel powered down now as requested.

242 03 21 34 SPT That is the end of the message, which goes to the
ATM PIs and planners from the SPT. Out.

TIME SKIP
 1698

242 12 14 24 CDR This is CDR with information for EREP. I just

took the handheld photos of the deserts of southwest
Africa at 12:05:51. I wasn't able to find that
little writeup about that one in the messages that
were sent up. I saw one about the Ka]ahari Desert;
I wondered if that was the same one. In any event,
when the time came up, I looked out, saw deserts and
took pictures of it. And there's a lot of deserts
out there and so we got about five or six pictures.
Weather was perfect.

242 12 14 55 CDR CDR out.

242 12 26 54 SPT Okay, a little information for the SPT - from the
SPT for the ATM planners and PIs. l'm wanting to
debrief the ATM pass that's just now about complete.
It's going to finish up here at about 12:35 Zulu.
Now this is the one where we're doing spicules on
the limb. To begin with, on this orbit which is
the first of the day I did take a look at active
region 9, saw a number of very clearly defined
Ellerman bolos. Peaked up on I, got a very nice
response on DETECTOR number 3.

242 12 27 30 SPT It was way above the background so I did a modified

2G on - so I did a modified JOP 2G from the tele-
printer-fail building blocks. And I'll talk about
what I mean by modified in just a minute. Then
I went to the one for spicule program; I'll be able
to complete all those steps with the exception of
the last one, l'm going to have to cut just a little
bit short. I won't give it quite a 6-minute expo-
sure in order to get them all in. But everything
else will be just about right on schedule. One
other thing. I wanted to talk about changing some
of these procedures, particularly on the telep -
on the shopping list items. I've taken some liberty
with the things that are scheduled in the following
way: When it calls for an 82B, I'm frequently giving
you two SHORT, WAVET_NGTH exposures of about 240
and plus 40, usually, in order to save film. On
a few of the S056 ACTIVE i LONGs, l've dropped that
back to a PATROL, NORMAL, in order to drop from
15 down to six frames. And when time permits on
S055, I will usually give you a little bit more
information than shown.
 1699

242 12 28 50 SPT Instead of a GRATING, AUTO SCAN, I'll either give

you a GAS plus a partial mini-raster. Either let
it go from line zero down through about 15 or 20
or actually tip it by hand, up and down four or
five lines from the slit-center position.

242 12 29 05 SPT So these are the sort of modifications that I'm

doing. And I would appreciate a little feedback
about whether or not you think this is saving on
time, particularly on the case of 82B. And whether
or not you have any other comments about the modi-
fications that I've been inserting. Okay, one final
item in addition, that is spicules at the limb here.
There's such a large number of spicules visible on
H-alpha l, it's difficult, usually, to pick out
the individual spicule where they're standing up
say 3 arc seconds above the white light limb. Now,
every now and then you'll see one spicule which tends
- extends out 4 or 5 arc seconds, and these are the
best ways to tell at least that individual spicule
alignment. And that's the sort of thing I've done
here at the north pole. %_en _e started out, there
was one spicule which was nearly radial, and so I
simply rolled around until that radial spicule
was underneath the crosshairs. And that's the way
I've been determining the spicule alignments. The
standard ordinary spicule is immersed in a whole
host of hundreds of others, and so it's lost in
sort of a fuzz. But you can pick out an indivi-
dual occasional spicule extending out beyond the
rest and these are useful for picking out some
particular orientation.

242 12 30 26 SPT End of message to the PIs and planners for ATM from
the SPT.

242 12 32 44 SPT One additional comment to 82B on these last steps

of spicules settings. Instead of a 6-minute expo-
sure, I'm going to have to give you about a 5-minute
exposure. And you can get it off the telemetry -
the precise timing. And that's the only modification;
•everything else all got worked in. End of this
addition to the ATM planners.

242 12 33 13 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is Jack on channel

A. Subject this morning is TO02 again, T002-5 to
/_ be precise.
1700

242 12 33 25 SPT One other quick comment on working - to the ATM

PIs and planners. I also noticed that there has
been a change in the roll because we had a Nu Z

update about 5 or i0 minutes ago. And that changed

the roll on the canisters - experiment roll, al-
though of course the pointing did in reality, not
change. End of message to the PIs and planners.

242 12 33 44 PLT Okay, now with that out of the way we can go on to
TO02. Temperature of the sextant this morning at
beginning is 68 degrees. Diopter setting is a
minus 0.5. This T002-5, which is star-to-horizon."
I think what we ought to do is plan to kill off
this whole T002-5 right now. That'll take 30 marks,
star-to-horizon. And the star that you suggested
for today's use is Dabih, which is the one we
know all about. And before we get busy with that,
we got to do some zero bias settings; [sic] I got
to run this thing clear down to zero. And it's
still not dark yet, but it's getting dark enough _
to see the stars, so therefore, dark enough to get
the zero bias settings [sic]. Now you didn't
specify whether you wanted this to be - -

CDR ... the NuZ.

242 12 34 37 PLT - - a star-to-Earth horizon or star-to-airglow

horizon. So I think what I'll do is I'll give you
about 20 star-to-Earths and about 10 star-to-airglow
horizons, and you can kind of compare the two and
have the data on all in one neat, simple package.
And you can determine whether or not we ought to
use airglow horizon or Earth horizon in the future.

242 12 35 ii PLT Almost to zero - takes a long time. Okay, here

we go on the zero bias. There's our old friend
Fomalhaut over there. He's our old friend. Old
friends are the best kind.

242 12 35 33 PLT Okay, there we are. Give me a little bit of light

in this thing so I - What happened to the light?
They left it on. It doesn't work. It's the same
thing. Okay, there we go.

24212 36 08 PLT MARK;0.006. _--_

 1701

242 12 36 38 PLT MARK; 0.006.

242 12 37 09 PLT MARK; 0.006.

PLT Think I have the window cover off, by the way.

242 12 37 30 PLT MARK; 0.005. And the final zero bias mark.

242 12 37 48 PLT MARK; 0.006. Okay, that takes care of that. By

the way, we do use the hood every time. That's
not required for star-to-Moon or Moon-to-Moon.
That is required for star-to-Earth horizon. And
we got to wait for it to get a little bit darker,
so l'm going to turn this recorder off for a while.
l'm going to share again this morning with S019.

PLT Yes.

242 12 39 19 CDR Okay, this is the friendly CDE and we're getting
ready to start S019. We're going to be working
S019 at the same time as Jack Lousma,the PLT is
working T002. So everybody will have to stay alert.
12:40 is the first exposure which is about 30 seconds
away. I've got 232.5 and 10.9 set in. The Nu Z on

the pad was minus 4.1; the Nu z actual, minus 4.1.

So everything's good. We got cassette 003, one
of your favorite cassettes, and the prism is in,
and the focus is adjusted for working field 4.63.
We're going to do a quick 270. I just picked up
a frame.

242 12 40 01 CDR I'm now rotating the little bomb to minus 5 percent
or so; otherwise it takes forever to get the thing
going. St_ud by for your first mark on a 270
widened exposure.

242 12 40 17 CDR MARK. Believe it or not, that is frame number 90.

We've begun our operation on schedule. We are going
off the line. By the way, that SO - S019 informa-
tion goes to Dr. Karl Henize, Wally Teague ***
SO19-interested individuals.

242 12 41 h5 CDR I'm going to rest my eyeballs.

PLT Very little, I really can't stand much - -

1702

CDR Hey, that's going to let S019 light out. Be

careful.

PLT I can't notice that in here though.

CDR He won't but the S019 - -

PLT No, it's running.

SPT ...

242 12 42 12 CDR I can't have the window closed when the big Jack's
looking out.

SPT ... light go out ...

CDR No, it just doesn't bother him; the light must go

out the window. That hood only reaches down half-
way to the floor.

242 12 42 28 PLT Okay, space fans. Here we are with T002 again,
star-to-horizon. This info - -

CDR ...

PLT This information goes to our friend, Bob Randle from

Ames Research Center with NASA at the Moffett Field
and also to Robert Nute, over there in Building 4.
And we've got Dabih coming in the sextant. And
we got the airglow horizon very prominent at the
moment, so we're going to take in lO airglow horizons
- at least lO, with Dabih in there. When the Earth
horizon gets a little more distinct, why then we'll
press on to that. But standby for a mark on Dabih,
the airglow horizon.

242 12 43 26 PLT Yes, it looks like the base of the airglow horizon
is - The base of the white ring is quite distinct
tonight. I'm going to use the base of the white
ring on airglow horizon at the mark. That mark is
46.h02 - -

CDR S019, stand by. We're going to give you a mark as

we close the shutter on the 270 exposure.

PLT That
was46- -
 1703

CDR - - get 90 immediately after this.

PLT Yes. He doesn't mind interrupting. (Laughter)

46.402 was that last mark. Okay, we'll keep quiet
a minute for A1 on S019.

CDR Stand by now.

242 12 44 05 CDR MARK. That's a completion of a 270-second exposure_

next we go for a 90. Same field. Okay, we get a
frame, we open on a mark. We stand by. l'm
going to open the frame on a mark.

242 12 44 19 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. Field 463, frame 91. Go ahead,
Jack.

PLT Okay, thank you, AI. That 's a -

242 12 44 29 PLT MARK on T002. 46.678. Crank it off and do it

again.

242 12 44 43 PLT MARK; 46.733.

242 12 44 56 PLT MARK; 46.730.

242 12 45 14 PLT MARK; 46.865. That's about five.

242 12 45 26 PLT MARK; 46.921.

CDR Okay, here's S019 mark again.

242 12 45 37 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. l'm picking up another one,

and I'm going for a 30-second exposure now, same
field. Won't call the n_1_her because we're using
this from someone else, but I think you know what
I'm talking about.

242 12 45 50 CDRM MARK. Okay, beginning a 30-second exposure, frame

number 92, field 463.

PLT Okay, T002 again.

242 12 46 01 PLT MARK; 46.887.

242 12 46 12 PLT MARK; 46.938.

/_ CDR S019, stand by for a mark -

17o4

242 12 46 18 CDR MARK. That means the SHUTTER Just came CLOSED on
that 30-second exposure. I'm going to a new one.
I'll give you call in a m_ute when I got it.

PLT Okay, T002 again.

242 12 46 28 PLT MARK; 46.933.

242 12 46 39 PLT MARK; 46.920.

PLT Just laying it in the airglow horizon, which is a

thin band going around the Earth. Got one there
at various degrees of distinctness.

242 12 46 56 PLT MARK; 46.908.

CDR Okay, S019. Stand by for a mark. It's going to

be field 467.

242 12 47 09 CDR MARK; 270-second widened exposure. It's frame 93.

I'll call you 270 secondsfrom now.

242 12 47 19 PLT Okay, T002 again.

242 12 47 21 PLT MARK; 46.939. Take a couple more for good measure
and then we'll go to the Earth horizon.

242 12 47 33 PLT MARK; 46.847. And one more here. That ought to he
a bunch.

242 12 47 44 PLT MARK; 46.796. Now that concludes the star-to-airglow

horizon. Now we'll go for the Earth horizon on the
same star.

PLT Okay, stand by for Dabih to the Earth horizon. It's

really very hard to find. One way to find it is
to kind of pick the lowest star that you can see
down there below the airglow horizon and call that
the place.

242 12 48 58 PLT MARE; 47.721.

PLT Well, if there's just a very little, light misty

appearance at the base of the rill .... atmosphere.

242 12 49 27 PLT MARK; 47.786. It's anybody's guess, though.

242 12 49 39 PLT MARK; 47.740.

242 12 49 50 PLT MARK; 47.548. Light is working well under the

reticle at the moment.
 1705

242 12 50 08 PLT MARK; 47.440. Dabih is always easy to get there

because of the - Jupiter right near and those
other two stars - double stars. They're not too
far away.

242 12 50 27 PLT MARK; 47.283.

242 12 50 39 PLT MARK; 47.185.

CDR Okay. Some information for $019. Stand by for a

SHUTTER, CLOSED mark. Be the end of field 467,
270widened.

242 12 50 55 CDR MARK. Okay, now we'll give you a 270 unwidened
soon as the widening mechanism stops.

242 12 51 ii CC Skylab, Houston through Hawaii for 7-1/2 minutes.

PLT Okay, Hank. We're all wrapped up with S019 and

T002 at the moment.

CDR Okay. Stand by for the mark.

CC Roger. We copy.

CDR Stand by -

242 12 51 43 CDR MARK. This is the beginning of the 270 unwidened,

frame 94, field 467.

PLT Okay, this is T002 again. The Earth horizon is a

little more distinct now, if it's what we think
it is. Airglow ring is a very distinct. The
upper layers of the atmosphere and then the - or
the misty white appearance extends below the ring
of airglow and finally gives way to solid black. So
we'll interpret the junction between solid black and
misty white to be the Earth horizon. Very indis-
tinct, however. We might be able to use it a
little better than we were in the past.

242 12 52 47 PLT MARK. TO02; 45.502. The base of the misty apparent
atmosphere is much more distinct to the naked eye
than it is to the sextant. If you cover the upper
optical path of the sextant, the horizon again
becomes more distinct. But I think when you add
_ the light to it from the upper opticalpath, that
1706

it takes away from the definition of that boundary

that we've been talking about. It makes it more
difficult to see in the sextant with both optical
paths superimposed than it does with Just a horizon
or lower optical path exposed.

242 12 53 52 PLT MARK; 44.514. What we need is a sextant that's

got the readout right in the reticle so you don't
have to take your eye out of here and lose your
star everytime.

242 12 54 09 PLT MARK; 44.300.

242 12 54 21 PLT MARK; 44.025. What time is sunrise, Al?

CDR Just a second. 13:12, which is about 17 minutes

from now.

PLT Okay.

CDR Plenty
of time. _-_

242 12 54 47 PLT MARK; 43.560.

242 12 55 01 PLT MARK; 43.295.

242 12 55 26 PLT MARK; 42.994. Not for ...

242 12 55 52 PLT MARK; 42.351.

PLT l'm hoping some day you folks will pass up the
information that tells us, as a result of these
marks that l've been taking, how it compares with
our real position in space.

CDR Stand by.

242 12 56 16 CDR MARK. That was the end of a 270-second unwidened

exposure. I'm now going to change fields and give
you a 270 widened. No, because it all hinges on
them estimating what the Nu Z is, and they're still
not agreeing that it's - -

SPT ...

CDR Okay, this is going to be field 065. Oh, and Jerry _-_
was wondering if we'd changed the procedures because
 1707

the spacecraft _vros are supposed to be good. And

I'm sure Dr. Karl Henize on the ground is thinking
about that.

242 12 57 17 CDR MARK. That's a OPEN SHUTTER of field 065, 270

widened exposure.

CDR You'd have to ask Karl. All we know is what he

sends up.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, here we are with TO02 again.

CDR It turns out the unwidened is only used when you

get natural widening.

PLT Star on the Earth horizon.

242 12 57 51 CDR A nonwidened he doesn't like.

SPT ...

PLT It's still going on tape.

CDR That's right. Stable one is not a good one.

242 12 58 00 CC Skylab, we're still i minute from LOS. We'll be

coming over Vanguard at 23, and we're expecting
to dump the recorder there.

PLT T002.

242 12 58 12 PLT MARK; 39.272. Dabih's coming down.

242 12 58 23 PLT MARK; 39.012.

242 12 58 37 PLT MARK; 38.840.

242 12 58 h9 PLT MARK; 38.537.

242 12 59 08 PLT MARK; 37.862.

242 12 59 19 PLT MARK; 37.812.

242 12 59 32 PLT MARK; 37.625.

242 12 59 51 PLT MARK; 37.071.

 1708

242 13 00 04 PLT MARK; 36.699.

242 13 00 15 PLT MARK; 36.527.

242 13 00 27 PLT MARK; 36.184.

242 13 00 44 PLT MARK; 35.581.

CDR S019. Stand by. I'll give you marks as we close

the SHUTTER. Frame number 95.

242 13 01 08 CDR MARK. Field number 065. Going on to the next

field.

CDR Okay. It's going to be a 270-second widened

exposure. It's going to be field number iii. It's
going to end up being frame 96. Stand by for a
mark. I Just picked up a new frame.

242 13 02 00 CDR MARK. That's it.

PLT T002 again. Dabih to the Earth horizon.

242 13 02 14 PLT MARK; 33.349.

242 13 02 28 PLT MARK; 32.940.

PLT I'm going to - I've got enough of those star-to-Earth

horizons. I'm going to give you some more star-to-top
of the airglow horizon now because it's very distinct,
and we're going to be going out of business pretty
soon. So I want to give you some more of those.
This is the Dabih to the top of the airglow hori-
zon. Much more distinct now than it was.

242 13 02 53 PLT MARK; 30.550. Starting to get a bad angle off -

the window geometry and so forth.

242 13 03 13 PLT MARK; 29.903.

242 13 03 30 PLT MARK; 29.423.

242 13 03 41 PLT MARK; 29.140.

242 13 03 58 PLT MARK; 28.691.

 1709

242 13 04 13 PLT MARK; 28.292.

242 13 0h 29 PLT MARK; 27.828. Just laying Dabih in the top of

the airglow horizon. It's not that well defined,
but it's kind of like laying something in a soft
pillow. Just where it seems comfortable.

242 13 04 53 PLT MARK; 27.132.

242 13 05 i0 PLT MARK; 26.709.

242 13 05 24 PLT MARK; 26.219. This is still Dabih to the airglow

horizon.

242 13 05 38 PLT MARK; 25.805.

242 13 05 43 CDR Okay, this is S019 interrupting. I'm closing this

shutter on frame 96, field iii, 270 - -

2h2 13 05 50 CDR MARK. Okay, I'm going on to the next one.

2h2 13 06 14 CDR Okay, 496, 210 comes to 270. After this I'ii give
you a 90 and a 30. Picking up a frame now; remember
this is field i00 and this is going to be frame
number 97. Stand by for a mark.

2h2 13 06 31 CDR MARK.

242 13 07 03 PLT Okay, now I'm going to give you some more Dabihs-to-
the-Earth horizon. Dabihs-to-the-Earth horizon.

242 13 07 15 PLT MARK; 24.652.

242 13 07 36 PLT MARK; 24.222

242 13 07 h8 PLT MARK; 23.660.

242 13 08 01 PLT MARK; 23.211.

242 13 08 18 PLT MARK; 22.578.

242 13 08 33 PLT MARK; 22.378.

242 13 o8 h8 PLT MARK; 22.034.

242 13 09 00 PLT MARK; 21.427.

242 13 09 14 PLT MARK; 21.095.

 1710

242 13 09 31 PLT MARK; 20.388.

242 13 09 46 PLT MARK; 19.920. Starting to get a little bit of

light on the discone antenna.

242 13 i0 04 PLT MARK. Got a light on the solar panel. 19.566.

242 13 i0 I0 CDR S019. Stand by for a SHUTTER, CLOSED on the 270

widened exposure.

242 13 i0 17 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED; now we'll go for a 270 -

correction - a 90 on the same field. Unwidened,
here we go. Crank it up. Here we go, stand by for
a mark on. SHUTTER, OPENED.

242 13 i0 31 CDR MARK. The SHUTTER is OPEN; frame nnmher 98, field
I00.

242 13 i0 39 PLT Okay. T002 again; we're putting Dabih on the Earth
horizon. Hope you're keeping up with these
horizons. Went to airglow, then I went to Earth. --_
Then went back to airglow, and now I'm back to
Earth again. We' re giving you all kinds of data.

2)42 13 lO 59 PLT MARK; 17.817. Earth horizon becomes less distinct

now. Sun's coming up.

242 13 ii 14 PLT MARK; 17.490.

242 13 ii 33 PLT MARK; 16.839.

242 13 ii 43 CDR Please stand by for a mark on SHUTTER, CLOSED on

this 90-second exposure.

242 13 ii 48 CDR MARK. That was field 100 t let's go for a 30-second
exposure now. Stand by, stand by -

242 13 ii 59 CDR MARK. 30-second exposure begun. Frame 99, field

I00.

242 13 12 07 PLT Okay, T002 again; give you a couple more.

242 13 12 i0 PLT MARK; 15.649. Oops.' We've got a bright light on

and I can't see a thing. Okay, Sun is definitely
up.
 1711

242 13 12 21 CDH Yes, it looks like the Sun is out and looks like
we may - shottld not have done that exposure; I'll
cut it off right now.

242 13 12 28 CDR MARK; that's 30 seconds. I should not have run

that last exposure. I thought we had 2 minutes
and we really had none. So I'll retract every-
thing. CDR out.

242 13 12 39 CDR S019 complete.

242 13 13 22 PLT Okay, that wraps up T002-5, temperature of the

sextant is 76 degrees, and we gave you a - marks
first on the Dabih to the airglow horizon, then
to the airglow horizon, then to the Earth - -

CDH Yes?

SPT ...

r 242 13 13 42 PLT - - horizon, then we went b_ck to the airglow,

back to the Earth again.

CDR Yes, let's get out another one. They feed us

vitsmins. Like to get rid of them.

2h2 13 14 03 PLT So that wraps up T002-5. That goes to Bob Nute

and Bob Randle, and this is the end of the message.

242 13 19 48 PLT Here's another little word on T002. I sometimes

get the names Diphda and Dabih mixed up, and I
used the wrong star name during the last TO02
pass, the name of the star was definitely always
Dabih. It was never Diphda.

242 13 20 Ii PLT Diphda is out to lunch for a while, and Dabih is

the star that we have been shooting on.

TIME SKIP

2h2 14 12 50 CDR Okay, those of you interested in S019, among which

the most prominent are - that are known to be -
are Wally Teague and Dr. Karl Henize. We are
f- beginning again. Our NUz estimatedwas minus 4.6.
1712

We're at minus 4.1, and according to the ground

rule, we hold at that position. We're at 248,2
and 14.2, and l'm going to open the friendly little
film hatch which is already open, so I go ahead
and grab a film. Standing by. We'll give you a
270-second one in just a moment and time is right.

242 14 13 28 CDR 270 is on the way. Don't - by the way, this is

field 455. It's going to be frame number i00,
widened. We're in the midst of it, 270, widened.

242 14 17 21 CDR Stand by, S019-interested individuals. We're going

to shut this frame off. By that I mean we'll shut
the shutter.

242 14 17 29 CDR MARK. That was a 270. We're going to go for a

90. I'll pick up a frame, reset that, go for a
90-second, so stay loose. Here we go. Field 455
again and it'll be frame number i01.

242 14 17 48 CDR MA_RK. We're beginning the 90-second exposure.

CDR Stand by.

242 14 19 06 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. Let's go for the next

one, gentlemen. 253.6, 03.9. Here we're going
for a 270 on this one. Don't be worried. Here's
the shutter.

242 14 19 49 CDR MARK. OPEN SHUTTER. 270 exposure, field 501,

frame 102. Right after this we got a - I notice
270 unwidened, no - a 90 widened and a 270
unwidened. We'll do it. We can do it.

242 14 20 29 CC Your last subject there on the Achilles tendon

was Jack.

SPT Hey, AI, ...

CDR I'll tell you this. If you do have to get the

ETC there, I will pull it out.

242 14 23 24 CDR Okay, S019. Stand by. We are now getting ready
to shut it off, as we call it. 27G-second exposure,
field 501, and we're going to go for a quick 90.

242 i_ 23 38 CDR MARK. We go for a 90. Half minute -

 1713

242 14 23 48 CDR MARK. Opening the shutter on a 90-second widened

exposure, which will be followed _mmediately by
a 270 unwidened.

242 14 24 52 CDR Okay. Stand by for a mark, and I'm going to

complete the 90. And then when I complete that,
I'm going to go for a 270 unwidened. This is
frame 103 in ...

242 14 25 06 CDR MARK. That completes that. I'll pick up a new

frame, set my watch. Soon as the widened ...
goes to a halt. We'll begin again. Okay, stand
by.

242 14 25 20 CDR MARK. This is 270 unwidened. I'll call you in

270 seconds.

242 lh 30 Oh CDR This is the CDR. I wasn't on record but I stopped

the thing at exactly 270 seconds, so you got a
perfect exposure. I'm now ready to give you a
_-_ 270 widened on a different field, field 103, and
I'll be there in a minute.

242 lh 30 h0 CDR 56.3, 24.2, field 102, and we'll - correction -

103 and here comes the 270. Now take - now pick
up a frame. Stand by to open the SHUTTER on the
mark.

242 14 31 01 CDE MARK. SHUTTER OPEN at i0 - frame 105.

242 lh 32 22 SPT Here comes the PRD readings. I'm going to give
you the SPT first today. 139 for the SPT. 139,
PRD.

242 14 34 36 CDR Okay, CDR again. We're going to shut off this
whole operation here in a few seconds; had it open
for almost 270 seconds as indicated by the little
knob. Of course, we know that isn't quite accurate,
but it's good enough.

242 14 34 50 CDR MARK. We just finished that one and we're now
going to a new field. 35.6 Okay, 35.6, one of
our favorites. 23.5 is another one of our favorites.
That's it. 35.6, 23.5, field 69. We've done this
field before. I recall it well. Okay, take a
new frame. Stand by to open the shutter.

242 14 35 24 CDR MARK. SHUTTER OPEN.

 1714

242 14 35 27 SPT PRD reading. 283 for the pilot. 283 for Jack is
the PRD.

242 14 36 26 SPT Okay, PDR on the CDR is triple 3; 333 PRD - CDR,
PRD.

242 14 38 58 CDR Okay, this is the CDR standing by to shut off this
270 and go for a 90. Stand by. This is the
frame 106 on field 069. I'm giving you a 90-second
one on this same old place. I'ii give you the
frame nun -

242 14 39 13 CDR MARK. Okay, that's it. Stand by for your 90-second
one° Okay, l've got a new frame in my hand. I'd
say l've got the handle in my hand.

242 14 39 27 CDR MARK. We're beginning the 90-second widened and

last 270 - about 14:41 looks like we're going
to make it. It's going to be close. Sunrise
14:45. We'll have no trouble making it.

242 14 40 39 CDR Stand by for a mark. I'm going to close the

shutter here in a few moments, then I'm going
to go to a different position and try to make it.

242 14 40 47 CDR MARK. That was it. Okay, I'm now going to 208.4.
204.8 and 07.0, 07.0. Go for a 270, field 850,
and the frame number is going to be 108.

242 14 41 27 CDR MARK; 108. l've- he just initiated a 270-second

one. Now let's see if we can make it. We may
not make 270, if we don't, we'll cut if off early,
per your instructions. You said we had to be out
of this at 45. Time is now approaching 43 - no
42. We should make it - we should just make it in
time so I'ii keep you informed. CDR out for a
moment.

242 14 44 50 CDR Well, it's going to be a close one. You got

sunrise 14:45 - we're at over 90 percent. I have
about 6 seconds until sunrise, l'm going to have
to shut it off. 14:40 - l'm not going to - l'm
going to take a chance - take a chance. Almost
there. We'll just hope the Sun doesn't come up.
Maybe -l've got a 50-percent chance.

242 14 45 15 CDR MARK. That's the end of the 270. We were i0 seconds
late. You round that thing off to the nearest
minute, so I have one-sixth of a chance of bein_
 1715

wrong. Anyhow, that completes that one, and I'ii

close the film hatch, retract, and all that other
good stuff. That goes to SO19-interested individ-
uals. Wally Teague and Karl Henize strike my
mind at the moment. CDR out.

242 14 56 2h PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run that commenced at 13:20.
I ran off a J0P 6, step l, building block 1A and
1B, as you requested, and then went on down to
filament 42 and also did the building block 36
Alfa there. So there's really nothing very differ-
ent to report. Filament 42 had about three semi-
connected dark spots appearing on the east limb
at this time, and I picked the one that was, as I
recall, the second dark spot into the limb and went
on to process the work on prominence 42 and we'll
have a report on that in a short time. Thank you.

242 14 57 37 PLT I guess also that I ought to mention that I made

my daily sketch of the corona,and appearsto me
• there's not a whole lot of change except I looked
over in the east-southeast part of the disk. There
was a very light ray extending out of the corona
at that point yesterday which did not show up today
so otherwise - Well, there's minor change, a little
more brightening on the east-southeast area than
there was yesterday and that's probably got some-
thing to do with the active region which is coming
around.

242 14 58 30 PLT So that's the report until next time - next pass
is up.

TIME SKIP

242 15 h8 21 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run, which began at 14:51.
I got it pointed at a prominence, prominence number
h2, and I kind of lined the slit up to - parallel
the direction of Juncture of the prominence as it
went from a filament into a prominence above the
limb. Ran all three building blocks or steps at
F_ the same pointing and had no problem getting them
all done in time, and we got all the data, as you
requested, in those three steps listed for the
lh:51 rev. So I guess the only significant thing
 _k

1716

to note there is that the pointing was the same in

each case and sort of parallels the flow of the
material as it went to a prominence - from a fila-
ment to a prominence pointing up over the limb
visible in H-alpha 1. So that's all there is to say
about that and I'll be with you again next rev.

2h2 15 49 55 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

242 16 21 12 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and we're - Get my comm in -
How's - how's the comm? Channel A comm, how is it?
Okay, this is the CD - this is the CDR. How's that?
Better. How's that? Okay. All right. This is
the C -

242 16 25 26 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm going to - I gave you --
some cals a few minutes ago for practice. Now I'm
going to give you the real one. I'm over FMU-I
right at the moment, and I'm going to give you
three cals, so stay loose. Here we go. Stand by.

2h2 16 25 hl CDR MARK. Cal 1. The little rod is engaged; the little
button is pushing up on it. Five seconds will
elapse. We'll disengage. Okay, 5's up.

2h2 16 25 51 CDR Okay, disengaged. Standing by for another 5, and

I'll give you two more. Okay, stand by.

2h2 16 26 01 CDR MARK. Engaged. Okay.

242 16 26 12 CDR MARK. 0oh, I - I hit some bumps there, so there's

a few bumps on your data.

2h2 16 26 18 CDR MARK. It's done. Open. Give you another one.
Hard to get out that time. Stand by.

242 16 26 25 CDR MARK. It's in now. It's resting in there, giving

you a calibrated force, I assume. Five seconds
elapse. Stand by.

242 16 26 35 CDR MARK. That's it, I've given you three on FMU-I.
Now let's give you three on FMU-2. This is T013
information. Should go to the T013 interested
parties. Stand by.
 1717

242 16 26 47 CDR MARK. It is engaged. Giving you 5 seconds of it.

Stand by.

242 16 26 54 CDR MARK. Disengaged. Okay, we'll wait Just a few.

Okay, here it comes again.

242 16 27 01 CDR MARK. Engaged. FMU-2 cal. Not touching the

sense plate. 0nly the rod is touching the sense
plate.

242 16 27 09 CDR MARK. Open. I touched sense plate with my finger

as I opened it; you may see a little pulse. Okay,
stand by. Try another closed.

242 16 27 18 CDR MARK. Closed. No load. Stand by to open -

242 16 27 28 CDR MARK. Opened. Now I've given you three. That
completes the TO13 checkout at the moment. I'm
going to stop recording. This goes to Lou Ramon
and other interested T01B individuals. I'm going
f-- to go EDS POWER, OFF, now. I'm going to turn OFF
the RECORD and then the TAPE RECORDER.

242 16 38 36 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS over the Vanguard for

9 minutes. And, Owen, we're standing by for
your TV down-link of H-alpha.

242 16 38 46 SPT H-alpha ...

242 16 50 20 PLT Okay space fans. Here we are back again, and
this is Jack on channel A. The subject is the
T013 shutdown procedures. We voiced the operational
procedures down to the ground in real time and -
So we don't have them on tape, but I'll record
the shutdown procedures as follows: We're going
to start the T013 panel cal checks, starting with
FMU-1. Float over there. Here's the way it's
done. Raise the CAL HANDLE to stop position.
After 5 seconds, return to the stowage. Okay.
Here we go.

242 16 51 03 PLT • Stop. 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005.

2h2 16 51 09 PLT Okay, return to the stowage. 1001, 1002, 1003,

1004, 1005. Return to the stop. 1001, 1002, 1003,
F 1004,1005. Returnto stowage.
t
 1718

242 16 51 24 PLT MARK. In stowage. Okay, we'll put the pins in,
if I can get them loose. Here we go.

PLT Okay. Do the same thing over here for FMU-2.

Okay, we're going to the stop on the cal on
FMU-2, now. Stand by -

242 16 52 17 PLT MARK. i001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005. Return to

st owag e.

242 16 52 24 PLT MARK. i001, 1002, 1003, i004, 1005. Return to

the - calibrate, i001, 1002, 1003, 100h, 1005.
Return to stowage.

242 16 52 39 PLT MARK. Okay, put in the pins.

242 16 53 17 PLT Okay, the pins are in FMU-2; the DACs are OFF.
TAPE RECORDERs are Coming OFF. Voice record com-
pletion. This is the completion of T013, and we're
going off the air.

242 16 53 31 PLT This data goes to Lou Ramon, please.

TIME SKIP

242 17 25 54 CDR This is the CDR. Goes to EGIL. Housekeeping IIA

on which I didn't complete, which is mol sieve
solids trap replacement. That has been completed.

242 17 26 03 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

242 18 08 26 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

The subject is T002-4 this time, a set of operational
stadimeter sightings followed by a set of operational
sextant sightings. Got the window cover off; the
time is about 18:09. We're ... in a reasonably
good horizon ... All right, O. can you hear me?
Yes, I can hear you .... That's probably about
right. I'm having some problem with the co_n here.

242 18 09 09 PLT Okay, according to my book, this the next to the

last set of operational stadimeter sextant sightings.
 1719

Maybe it is the last. I'ii look later. Take the

book out. Here we go. This information goes to
Robert Nute, N-U-T-E, NASA, Building 4, ...
Bob Randle, Am_s Research, and there's another
one, I forget. What's the matter with the ATM?

PLT Well, Oh. I don't know how far it is until sunset -

sunrise rather, but it's a reasonable time to
begin. Okay, A1 and I get the horizon Just picking
up here at Hawaii.

242 18 ll 14 PLT MARK. Okay, that one was 4.043 - 4.043. Let's
go for another one. I'll crank it off a little
bit .... by the operator here and try at again.

PLT I like that music, 0. My weary eyeballs. Sometimes

I'm using m_ left eye, space fans. I ... using
my right eye - my left eye.

242 18 12 14 PLT MARK. 4.001. About as close as you can get to

the 4 without making it. Okay, let's go for
another here now, the third one. Crank it off
a little bit. Start all over again.

_h_ ]8 ]P 50 PLT I think I mentioned it once before, but the

vertical - might mention our vertical lines ...
monitor ... field of view permits on the outer edges,
a little bit of the horizon light to ... and it -
doesn't belong there.

242 18 13 26 PLT And it doesn't help the sighting at all. It causes

a little bit of a mismatch at the border.

PLT ... isn't, Owen?

SPT ...

242 18 14 21 PLT That's all right. I'll take a picture of that

hurricane5 if I see it. Having difficulty getting
her lined up ...

242 18 14 54 PLT MARK; 3.935. I don't see a hurricane, Owen. Oh,

15:50, like all day. Well, now we're going to use
the right eye. The horizons are rolling around
there. We're rolling the stadimeter to keep up
with it.

242 18 15 39 PLT Put the filter in for a while perhaps. Got the
filter in now. We've been working with the filter
1720

out in the stadimeter, but we'll try that filter.

Seems like I started out, it was on ... I think we
got a little better definition. I don't know
how that filter got out of there ... I like the
filters. They cut out the haze.

242 18 17 01 PLT MARK; 3.975 .... coming up on some kind of land

here. Take out my map here. 7.55.

242 18 21 22 PLT Okay, we still looking up still ... to do here.

... stadimeter sightings in.

242 18 22 42 PLT MARK: 3.883. Crank it out a little bit.

242 18 23 12 PLT MARK; 3.888. Crank it out again. Go again.

Believe I like working with those filters in
there better .... I started out that way a long
time ago and I've got it in there. Get a little
better definition - horizon up there. Messes
things up. Comes out of all the ... scatters
light ....

242 18 24 03 PLT MARK ... 3.839. Get some more here before it
gets dark.

242 18 24 39 PLT MARK; 3.879. It works well with the filter in.

242 18 25 24 PLT MARK; 3.949.

242 18 25 47 PLT MARK; 3.965 .... get the hurricane on TV, thought.

242 18 26 19 PLT MARK; 3.983. Okay, and be dark after a while ...
the horizon .... I think we got enough marks
for this pass. I will take one more ....

242 18 26 58 PLT MARK; 3.945. And we're going to secure that

program.

242 18 27 54 SPT Okay. We'll put some information on about the

VTR. We're just completing the attitude maneuver
about ... 30 seconds, 18:28. And camera's all
installed. We're waiting a few more minutes
before turning the power on .... be okay to ...
from up there.

242 18 28 23 SPT ... if we'll get a chance to make and handheld ... _-_
frames out the window?
 1721

242 18 28 46 SPT There were a few comments that I wanted to make.

I'll make them at the beginning instead of the
end. The first ... were poor and the clock
which is recorded on the film has a little spring
clip that holds it down underneath the frame and
that has somehow come loose and drifted away.
We haven't seen it since the first day. .. I've
got it taped down, The clock sits up flush against
the sighting instrument right now .... for today.
...had another, The second thing.

242 18 29 33 SPT Still got about a minute - 30 seconds, Jack. Yes.

I start photographing at a minute and a half, but
you ought to be able to - it ought to be right down
there, That's where I left it. Yes. Filter looked
pink, not yet white, but looked a little pink this
morning, so I changed it out and put a new desiccant
in - a new blue one. So that means that we have
three pink ones right now and one blue one in, two
more blues remaining. So we probably ought to
_-- either bake out or bring up some more desiccants.
I don't know that three more are adequate. The
one I just took out is about the same color as
the other two. And they're pink; not yet white.
Okay, make certain we have the camera running.
We've checked all the settings.

242 18 30 20 SPT All ... prepared to go to AUTO, which we are going

to go in about 35 seconds. All this good informa-
tion goes to the EREP officer - or officers. The
frame count sits at 3, of course, since those were the
same three that I took with the ... frame counter.

242 18 31 02 SPT Okay, I went to AUTO. Waiting for the first frame
here. It's on it and the - cam's - rotating, at
least we're pulling f_]m. Seems to be working
all right. I'll drop down through the hatch hole
here and see if I can see anything out the window.

242 18 31 33 SPT Okay, there is a large circular pattern. Okay,

... going by the window here, Jack.

PLT What window, Owen?

SPT Wardroom window is a good one.

_ FLT AboutwhereI am.

1722

SPT That's right. Okay, the wardroom window is a

good one here. You can see large circular patterns.
And the center of the storm is all covered over
with cirrus, so we csmnot see the buildup underlying
it. No eye is visible, but the large circular
pattern clearly is visible with more or less like
an octopus arms extending way out.

242 18 32 19 SPT Okay, your timing was pretty good. You ought to
have 16 more minutes. If anything, we're just a
little bit late getting started, I think. Oh, it
was just about right but it wouldn't have hurt
to have started another 30 seconds early, I think.
Yes, I can still see it, Jack, but I don't think
you've got time for the ... - the VTR.

242 18 32 54 SPT Okay, I've gone to STANDBY now. And we're just
looking at this hurricane out the window.
We've been photographing it with our VTR -
correction - with our Earth terrain camera. We've
altered the spacecraft attitude by about 30 degrees --
in order to point our - Okay, we're now looking at
the hurricane with our television on board, recording
it on video tape. We've altered our spacecraft
attitude by about 30 degrees in order to point our
Earth terrain cameras over at the hurricane center.
And we're now flying along here in attitude ...
inertial attitude in order to take photographs of
the hurricane. And we can see it on our TV monitor -
VTR monitor and I'm sure that it'll be on like
video tape ... We did get some good photographs
with our Earth terrain camera. It's the best camera
system that we have on board - with very fine spatial
resolution. And when we get back home, we'll be
able to develop this film and show very accurately
what the development phase of a hurricane looks
like.

242 18 34 08 SPT Now the eye of the hurricane was underneath some
large cirrus clouds so we couldn't see that, but
we could see the large tentacles of the hurricane
extending - spiraling out for many, many hundreds
of miles.

242 18 34 20 SPT So the general shape of this - of the low pressure

area in the hurricane was very much evident from
the films that we have.

TIME SKIP
 1723

242 18 47 h9 PLT Doing data for the poor man's program. They can't
afford any automatic optics.

SPT ... They can't even afford a readout in - in the

optics. You have to take it off and look each
time.

CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I want to give you some

quick data on a - BMMD test TD [?], which is mass -
No, wrong one.

PLT You're really going to do that now, are you?

242 18 48 14 CDR No, you do yours, then I'll do this. Remind me

when your finished.

PLT Okay, thank you

PLT Okay, space fans. We're TOO2ing it again.. This

is the sextant portion of this operational
f-_ sextant - -

242 18 48 30 CC Skylab, Houston. We're 1 minute from LOS. See

you again at Carnarvon at - -

242 18 48 34 PLT And the stars tonight are Dabih and Foma]haut.
We're going to lay them on the Earth horizon since
you didn't say anything other than that. We're
_ot going to lay them in the Earth's airglow hori-
zon because you didn't specify. So it will be
the Earth horizon and it will take us awhile to
get there. In the meantime, space fans, we're
going to - to do some zero bias sighting on our -
one of our favorite stars out there. And, of
course, the diopter setting is a minus 0.5. And
the temperature of the sextant, being 70 degrees.
Okay, I have Fomalhaut right over there. Yes,
that's Foma]_haut. Still a little bit light, but
we're going to give it a zero bias. That won't
slow us down. Somebody must have their hands in
front of this thing. You can't see nothing.
There it is. A little light in the reticle. Very
little. Okay, Fomalhaut. I got you.

242 18 50 i0 PLT MARK; O.O0h.

/_- 242 18 50 25 PLT MARK; 0.005.

1724

242 18 50 46 PLT MARK; 0.004.

242 18 51 00 PLT MARK; 0.004. One more.

242 18 51 ll PLT MARK; 0.004. Okay, now. We're going to do two

sets of - l0 to 15 sightings each on Dabih and
Fomalhaut to the Earth's horizon which is not
appearing yet. Still got a little - light glow-
ing around the rim of the window reflecting off
the discone antenna and light on the solar panel.
The Earth is dark. We can see the lights of the
cities down there. We see lots of stars. We can
also see the airglow horizon, a white ring around
the Earth with a more diffuse white mist below
it, very gradually fading into the black of the
Earth, but unable at this point to really dis-
tinguish where the Earth's horizon is. Although
I can see stars below the airglow horizon before
we get to the black of the Earth. In a short
while we'll be able - distinguish that mist below
the air - airglow horizon more distinctly and be
able to ascertain a little better where that Earth
horizon really is. Where that mist merges into
the black of the Earth, it gets a little more
distinct than it is now. And that is what I am
interpreting to be the Earth horizon. That's
the light under which I see - about which I see
the lowermost stars.

242 18 52 _3 PLT Okay, we have Dabih pinpointed. We got Fomalhaut.

We got - there's Pegasus down to the first or
homeplate to third baseline. Out in left-field
corner is Fomalhaut. There is Diphda over there,
but Diphda Just doesn't have any good checkpoints
around. Fomalhaut doesn't have any really good
ones, but it has a couple of stars not too far -
just between it and Grus. A couple of stars
about - I'd say a fifth of the way between it
and Grus which - sometimes will show up close to
the field of view. From there we can get to
Fomalhaut. Now that gives us roughly 25 degrees;
20 to 25 degrees. Let me crank in about 22-1/2.

242 18 53 55 PLT Okay, there's about 22-1/2. Now let me see if

I can find old Fomalhaut over there. I'll turn off
m_ buzz [?] reticle. Okay, there's the horizon. _-_
I'll cover up the bot - bottom optics and resume
 1725

operations and look through the top one and rise

until I find something that appears to be familiar.
And there's something that does. I can get those
two stars I was speaking of, a fifth of the way
between Fomalhaut and Grus, and Fomalhaut all at
the very same time in my reticle. And I'll uncover
the lower optics and see where the horizon is. I
didn't get it quite right. And I've got to take
Fomalhaut down a little bit. Okay, I'm leaving
Fomalhaut for now in the airglow horizon. I said
this morning earlier that when you look through the
optics here, the - that mist below the - that mist
area below the - the airglow horizon where it meets
the Earth - it's - now gets washed out because of
the addition or I think it's because of the addition
of additional light in the optics. I can see it
more distinctly with my naked eye than I can
through the oFtics.

242 18 55 18 SPT Now just let me slip in one quick word, Jack. The
framesis number13 - 13 frameswere used on the
ETC, and this goes to the EREP Officer.

242 18 55 25 SPT SPT out.

242 18 55 39 PLT Okay, Fomalhaut is rising awfully fast. It's up

to 27 degrees now. Wowee! I don't know if I can
make that to the Earth horizon yet or not. One
thing about this, you've got to work fast, because
everything's over with quickly. New ball game.;
short nights. Yes, we're going to do the best
we can to bring Fomalhaut down there. I'm turn-
ing my reticle so I've a good point of reference.
That washes out the Earth horizon even more. I've
got to turn that reticle off. Boy_ I sure can't
see that Earth horizon well enough yet. Make
myself happy about the whole thing; maybe it'll
get better here as we get further toward the
midpoint of darkness. Can see the lights of the
cities; fires on the ground. We're passing over
southern Russia, I believe, and soon we'll be
• going down over China. Boy! I see a thunderstorm
peppering away like machinegun fire down there.
There's a storm down there - thunderstorm in it
that's lighting up to the point where I can see -
there'snever less than six cells lit up at one
time. That area must cover 5 to 800 miles. No,
that's probably too much. It probably covers a
1726

couple of hundred miles. Boy, it's really popping

off like - It reminds you of a string of fire-
crackers going off. Okay, let's see if we can
get Fomalhaut in there now. There he is. I've
got him. It's no problem finding Fomalhaut; it's
a matter of finding that Earth horizon. We're
going to have to get moving here. We can't delay
much longer.

242 18 58 33 PLT MARK; 37.731.

242 18 59 23 PLT MARK; 39.982.

242 18 59 38 PLT MARK; 40.719.

242 18 59 52 PLT MARK; 41.240.

242 19 00 12 PLT MARK; 41.946. Okay, I'm really having trouble

finding that Earth horizon, plus the horizon is
lowering itself in the window so fast I got to
be way up on my tiptoe to find it. Trying to _-_
keep from occulting the lower optical path with
the lower edge of the windowpane.

242 19 00 51 PLT MARK; 43.744.

242 19 01 39 PLT MARK; 45.664.

242 19 02 02 PLT MARK; 46.685.

242 19 02 26 PLT MARK; 47.789.

242 19 02 43 PLT MARK; 48.540.

242 19 02 56 PLT MARK; 49.035.

242 19 03 09 PLT MARK; 49.526. Correction - 521.

242 19 03 24 PLT MARK; 50.260.

242 19 03 42 PLT MARK; 50.710. Those marks have gone from 25 to

50 degrees from the time we been working. Still
working Fomalhaut, space fans.

242 19 04 ll PLT MARK; 52.122.

z_

1727

242 19 04 27 PLT MARK; 52.481. Give you a couple more and that's
it, on Fomalhaut.

242 19 04 37 PLT MARK; 52.901.

242 19 04 59 PLT MARK; 53.710. Okay, let's see if we can find

Dabih and there she is. Now if we can get her
in the sextant, we'll be all right. She's about
the same height. Okay, I got her. I wonder if
we can crank her down to the old horizon. At
least, I had her. Where's she go? Guess I was
lucky that first time.

242 19 06 14 PLT I had her, but I can't find her now. I got her
back again. I think I got her.

242 19 07 29 PLT Lost her again.

242 19 07 50 PLT There she is. I've found the horizon now.

_ PLT Okay, we got her. Okay, stand by to mark Dabih

on the Earth's horizon, best I can distinguish.

242 19 08 39 PLT MARK; 43.386.

242 19 08 50 PLT MARK; 43.298. I bet that's 198; yes, it sure

is. 43.198, that last one was.

242 19 09 15 PLT MARK; 42.650.

242 19 09 26 PLT MARK; 42.585; coming down.

242 19 09 40 PLT MARK; 42.286.

242 19 09 52 PLT MARK; 42.000.

242 19 i0 03 PLT MARK; 41.873.

242 19 i0 13 PLT MARK; 41.660.

242 19 i0 22 PLT MARK; 41.213.

242 19 i0 33 PLT MARK; 41.068.

242 19 i0 44 PLT MARK; 40.927. Darn! There a big boomer went

_ off rightbelowus.
1728

242 19 Ii 01 PLT MARK; 40.488. Discovered a little trick in

finding that Earth horizon. Not real well, but
better than looking right at it.

242 19 ll 16 PLT MARK; h - 39.873. Talk about it later.

242 19 ii 29 PLT MARK; 39.667.

242 19 ii 43 PLT MARK; 39.443.

242 19 ii 58 PLT MARK; 38.976.

242 19 12 12 PLT MARK; 38.542.

242 19 12 31 PLT MARK; 37.840.

242 19 12 42 PLT MARK; 37.600. A couple more and that will be it

on Dabih.

242 19 12 58 PLT MARK; 37.209.

242 19 13 12 PLT MARK; 37.201. Now this is for the heck of it.
It's still light yet ; see if we can find - Fomalhaut
and work him down to the horizon. Couple of
sightings. There he is. I don't know if I can
find him with the sextant or not, but I - sitting
up there nicely. There he is - a couple of stars
next to him. I can crank him down to the horizon.
It's going to be way down there.

PLT Okay, we're going to give you some Fomalhauts

on the horizon. I'm going to try and get back to
Dabih.

242 19 14 29 PLT MARK; 66.137. That's Fomalhaut on the horizon.

That's the Earth's horizon. He's rising.

242 19 14 45 PLT MARK; 66.473.

242 19 15 02 PLT MARK; 66.479.

242 19 15 28 PLT MARK; 66.369.

242 19 15 55 PLT MARK.

CDR Light's
off.

PLT 66.315.
 1729

242 19 16 ii PLT MARK; 66.464.

242 19 16 24 PLT MARK; 66.485.

242 19 16 42 PLT MARK; 66.191.

242 19 16 57 PLT MARK; 66.195. Okay, now let's try to get our
friend Dabih up there again. If we can get her
just before light falls, I'ii have you a set
of operational sightings at beginning and end.
That's what takes the most time is finding
a better star. Once you get it, the marks are
easy. There she be. Let me crank the sextant
way back prob - probably about - 35 - or
30 degrees. Got a long ways to go here. Getting
light pretty soon, however. The light comes up,
that's all she wrote! She comes fast. Still
cranking, okay, we'll say about 30. It's going
to be close. Okay, stand by for Dahih on Earth's
horizon.

242 19 18 27 PLT MARK; 28.403. Wait. Tell him thank you.

242 19 18 51 PLT MARK; 27.311. Starting to lose our night horizon.

242 19 19 02 PLT MARK; 27.153.

242 19 19 13 PLT MARK; 26.628.

242 19 19 25 PLT MARK; 26.480.

242 19 19 39 PLT MARK; 26.005. Starting to lose our night horizon.

Going to have to hang it up here pretty quick.
Try that one.

242 19 19 53 PLT MARK; 25.707.

242 19 20 05 PLT MARK; 25.466.

2_2 19 20 19 PLT MARK; 24.765.

242 19 20 30 PLT MARK_ 24.459.

242 19 20 39 PLT MARK; 24.265.

242 19 20 53 PLT MARK; 23.850.

 1730

242 19 21 12 PLT MARK; 23.430. That's about enough. Now I'll see
if I can't - something else here that might be
interesting. Trying to give you a feeling for
how - what the depth of that horizon is that I'm
looking at. And - if you hold the sextant on
its side so that the two solid vertical lines
in the eyepiece are parallel with the horizon,
it appears to me that at the - from the top of
the airglow horizon to the - what appears to
me to be the Earth horizon at bottom of the mist
that I have spoken of in the beginning of the
solid black ... - it appears that that width or
that depth is about the same as the distance
between those two vertical solid lines in the
reticle. Appears to me that maybe it's a little
bit wider than that. If you put the - leftmost
vertical line through the sort of heavier white
ring that forms the major part of the Earth
or airglow horizon, then the rightmost vertical
line, line on your right side, is just about right
on what appears to me to be the - Earth horizon
that I've been using, That is, the distance - that
is, the - boundary which separates the diffused
white atmosphere from the black of the Earth.
It's about that wide. But from the top of the
airglow horizon - the very top of it - is just a
little bit wider than the difference between those
two vertical lines to the horizon which I have
been using as the Earth horizon. Don't know if
that could - enter your calculations or not,
but they - it's starting to get light out there
now. Let me tell you - about another trick
that I've been using - just noticed here. Just
a minute.

PLT Okay, here's the - another little thing that

might be of value. It's difficult to pick up
the Earth horizon.

242 19 25 57 PLT You get the impression from - in watching the

Sun rise, the real Earth horizon is higher than the
base of that misty layer. In other words, I
think that that misty layer covers part of the
Earth as I look on it at night. So I bet you
that I've been putting the stars down Just a
little bit low. Because I - As I see the Sun
come up now, I see that over in the - direction
 1731

from which the Sun is coming - No, that'swrong.

I still see starsbelow the - airglowhorizon,
although I can't see the misty layer over there.
So perhaps I've been using the right horizon after
all. I was - I was thinking that - as the Sun
comes up, I was able to see where that real horizon
is. But - the Sun is not completely up yet. But
as it does come up, that white layer becomes
narrcwer and narrower and it approaches the
airglow horizon. The airglow horizon stays steady,
constant - even its altitude. And as the Sun
comes up, that mist below it appears to disappear.

2_2 19 26 28 PLT ... leads one to think that perhaps the - real
Earth horizon is somewhere between that airglow
horizon and the base of that misty layer that
I have been using for the Earth horizon. Although
I think not, because - I have seen stars at the
base of that misty horizon, which I have been
using as the Earth's horizon. Here's a little
_-- trick that I developed,that you might be able
to use, or brief Bill Pogue or somebody on.
It's - the base of that misty horizon - or the
edge of the Earth horizon is so difficult to
distinguish, if you're looking right at the star
trying - to lay it in that horizon, that horizon
kind of disappears. You can use an old trick that -
aviators and - Marines know about, which capitalizes
on the physiology of the eye. Namely, that the -
I believe the center of the eye is made up of
cones for daylight vision and the outer edges are
made of rods which are adapted to night vision.
Therefore, if you center the star about where
you think the horizon - think that misty horizon
is and then look away a little bit so you look
up - up to the airglow horizon - you find that
misty layer or its boundary becomes more apparent
because I think you're looking at it with the
rods in your eyes. In other words, you're
exercising the - night-vision capability of the
eye to find the division between the Earth horizon
and that misty layer below it. It becomes more
distinct when you do that. So, I think that -
perhaps that - that - fact of eye physiology can
be used to some advantage here. Okay. Well, I
think that ends the - sessionon T002 and in - my
1732

book I think we're - getting near the end of this

operational business. I'ii take a quick look here
and - see if your records jibe with mine. But -
looks like to me that - we've done the three of
these or four of these now and we have only yet one
to do. And we have one - only one more T002-4/
T002-6 - Bravo to go. So - with that, we'll - con-
clude our T002-6 Bravo, and press on to other things.
Meanwhile, watching the - beauty of the stmrise. One
problem we have in watching the sunrise is that the
ATM is pointed right at it. We can't really see it
except on parts of it as it comes directly across the
horizon. However, as I watch the - horizon of the
sunrise that - thin blue ring between the Earth and
the blackness of space spread out and expand in its
crescent as the Sun comes up. It appears to me that
I think that - I probably had the right horizon. I
probably had the - -

CDR ...

2h2 19 30 hi PLT - - not quite - I think I had the - the base of

the misty layer, I bet you is in actual fact
the - actual Earth's horizon. Well, that's all
for now. This goes to Bob Nute and Bob Randle
at the Ames Research Center and - I'll let
you go and get a cup of coffee now. So long.

242 19 31 48 PLT One last comment on - TO02, the sextant temperature

at the end of the - session is 80 degrees,
80 degrees.

TIME SKIP

242 20 06 36 CDR Give us the note. We're right here.

CC Okay, I guess we made a little boo-boo because

you do have that 171 special test coming up right
after the regular 171 run. That should have
been designated as a dash 2. In other words,
we Just need to keep the MA going.

CDR We'll do it.

 1733

CC Roger. And also, A1, if you ever get a chance,

we'd like to get that teleprinter paper changed
so we can go ahead and send you some Flight Plans.

242 20 06 42 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject is MI70/M092/171. Working on the calibra-
tion of the - metabolic analyzer at this time.
And - I'm voice recording the - air pressure
of the - ... reading 1421.

TIME SKIP

242 20 15 54 PLT Okay, the calibrate bottles for N2 and WATER is

reading 1376.

242 20 18 32 PLT Okay, the PERCENT WATER is reading in the calibra-

tion 21.71.

242 20 25 57 PLT Okay, we're measuring A1 Bean's legs, and his

left leg is 12-3/4 and his right leg is 13-1/4.
You've got all the other information; there's no
change on the rest of it.

TIME SKIP

242 21 17 35 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are again with M092/171.
And we've completed the M092, and we've completed
the cal run number I on the METABOLIC ANALYZER.
All this got us back into the MA CAL check. So
here we are again recording the N2, 02, C02 PRESSURE,
which is 1423.

242 21 22 54 PLT Okay, the pressure of the CALIBRATE bottle of

NITROGEN and WATER is 1367.

PLT And PERCENT WATER is reading 21.51.

242 21 25 41 PLT Okay, the CABIN AIR pressure is 5.269.

242 21 26 28 PLT And the PERCENT 02 is 64.43 percent.

f-_ PERCENTWATER is 2.90. PERCENT CO2 is 2.21.

1734

242 21 36 56 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. Here

are the results of the MA calibration number i.

It goes to biomed folks. At 1.5 liters, PERCENT 02

was 63.96. WATER was 3.34; CO 2 was 2.06. Okay,
and we did another one at 1.5 liters. I always
remember that in this game you Just go ahead and
pump the pump. Then I pumped the 1.5 liter pump,
and ! got C02, 3 - 0.370; 02, 7.236; C02/02 RATIO,
1.449; then a VOLUME 9.5. Then I - then the second
1.5 liter, stroking i0 times at 5 second intervals,
I got 0.720 for C02.

PLT 02 CONSUMED was 0.059. C02/02 RATIO was 1.525.

MINUTE VOLUME was 19.4 percent. 02 was 54.39, PER-

CENT WATER was 0.58. PERCENT 02 is 155.07. Set
the CAL pump for 2.5 liters; read the following:
MA CO2 was 1.150. 02 CONSUMED was 0.726. C02/02
RATIO was 1.576. MINU'±'_
VOLUME was 31.3. Set _
the CAL pump at 3.5 liters. I got C02, 1.590.

O 2 CONSUMED was 1.001. C02/02 RATIO was 1.597.

MINUTE VOLUME was 43.4. And the CABIN AIR
pressure is 5.271.

242 21 39 i0 PLT And that concludes the readings required for the
MA CAL - METABOLIC ANALYZER, cal number i.

TIME SKIP

242 22 25 51 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are again with the
MI71 information. (Music) We're in the middle
of a special test at this point. We're running
option Bravo. We got off to one false start and
we reset the whole thing by restart CABIN AIR and
reset the timers and so forth, so I think you'll
•find that in your data, but we got off to a good
start this time, and we're about to conclude the
run in option Bravo.

242 22 30 14 PLT Okay, space fans. (Music) Here's a little more _-_
biomed data on A1 Bean as he's working on that
MITI special test, option Bravo. We started
 1735

with a 5-minute rest period. Started pedaling at

20 minutes. Then went MODE II to MODE I; MODE I to
MODE II, and at the end of 5 minutes there won't
be a rest period, just going to bail out. One
thing that happened was that he - his left foot
slipped out of the pedal at 545. It took a few
seconds to get it back in, although he's kept
the breathing apparatus in his mouth. The error
I think I ought to mention is that I gave it a
cycle RESET at 19. I missed the one at lh; I
gave it one at 9 minutes and 4 minutes. (Music)

242 22 31 08 PLT That's all for now.

242 22 32 33 PLT And we've got one other point about the MA - MI71
special run. Looks like all the numbers that
were reached are, oh, by a factor of about 5.

242 22 40 14 PLT Okay, going down to the metabolic (music) analyzer

now. PERCENT 02 was reading 63.80. 02, H20 was

f-_ reading 3.77 percent, and C02 was reading

2.18 percent. And that pretty much concludes the
run on the - termination of the pedaling. A1 kept
the - the mouthpiece in for 2 minutes and continued
the run and now he's just pedaling for exercise.
And so you'll probably get it on tape, but that's
all he's doing now, is pedaling for exercise. And
a few more watts I'll cut that part off.

PLT This concludes the debriefing for the M092/171

plus the special test for the calibration. And all
this information can go to John R_mTmel and Ed Michel
and all his troops, and any other biomed folks
who might be interested.

242 22 41 20 PLT End of message. Out.

TIME SKIP

242 23 15 41 CDB This is the CDR; this information is for Bill

Thornton. I did a BMMD sub today. Let me read
the information to you. Belt only, 6.28854,
6.28296, 6.29483, 6.30810, 6.30144. Belt and
/_L shoulder straps: 6.29389, 6.29308, 6.29031,
6.2888 - correction - 6.28877, 6.29371. Shoulder
straps only: 6.29148, 6.29296, 6.28687, 6.29072,
1736

6.29110. Shoulder straps with moderate tension -

the previous shoulder was normal tension: 6.30134,
6.304Y0 - that's 6.30450, 6.29159, 6.28681, 6.30252.
Lastly, shoulder but relaxed: 6.30781, 6.30948,
6.30173, 6.29997, 6.30750. That goes to Dr. Bill
Thornton and concerns the I_MMD sub. I did it as
a shopping llst item today. I notice it's on my
schedule tomorrow; if you want me to do it again
tomorrow, I'll do it. Otherwise, just let me
know what you think. This also goes to the biomed
people.

242 23 17 12 CDR CDR out.

242 23 17 23 CDR Incidentally, when I did that we were in the

midst of GRAVITY GRADIENT DUMP. I thi_ I'ii
go ahead and do it tomorrow at the scheduled time,
then we could compare these results with the ones
in SOLAR INERTIAL and see if there is any difference.

242 23 17 32 CDR In my opinion, it's no concern, but we'll give _

it a go.

###

r_
 DAY 243 (AM) 1737

243 01 03 36 CDR Okay, Houston, this is the friendly CDR. I

thought I'd just bring you some news about S183;
namely, it's all put in there; it's all aligned.
Everything's working. Let me tell you where
everything is setting. I've got the - ROTATION
on 256.4. I made a 0.3 correction, plus, be-
cause - the pad said minus 3.9. It was plus
4 - minus 4.2, so I just made it - correction
for the heck of it. And - TILT is 0.2 and
that's where it sets. I've got exposure 0:
300, and 0. And it says I can start taking
them at 01:05, and at 01:05 I'll put - SEQUENCE
to START and then I'll cool it. I'll be back
for the second one in a few moments. I have
also run a couple of seconds at 24 frames per
second. It's now setting on time.

243 01 04 36 CDR No film plate number. We're using - DAC. And,

as you know, it's UA-02. I guess. It's UA,
whatever that means. What kind is your ultra-
_- violet? _nat's it called? U something- UV,
yes. Is that what UV means? An extra few
seconds, I don't like to do it right at this
time. I know it. I know it; it says 13:05 here,
l0 seconds after. Giving them a 15-second pad.
Okay.

243 O1 05 23 CDR MARK. I just put SEQUENCE to START. I assume

that it's working on it's 300-second exposure
at the moment. But we'll wait and see. Well,
I don't know. Maybe it just opened. I don't
know.

243 01 05 47 CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to LOS - -

243 01 05 50 CDR This thing's a strange thing. It takes a few

seconds and then it does something.

243 01 05 53 CC ..... 4-1/2 minutes, Canary Islands at 01:i0.

For your information, we plan to keep the gas
purge through the dump setting going until - -

243 01 06 04 CDR See, now it's working. Hear it?

243 O1 06 16 CDR Okay. CDR is - off the comm now.

1738

TIME SKIP

243 01 27 46 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. And - everything is

so-so with this - 18 - 183. I got the first
exposure and I think it came off all right. I
noticed then that I didn't have the tape re-
corder on. Now the second exposure, I got the
tape recorder on late, but - and I got the
exposures right, but I didn't have the right
angle set in. So you ended up with three pic-
tures on the same field; the last two had the
tape recorder on part of the time. The rest
of them was sort of a bomb and - maybe we'll
do better next time. I hope so.

243 01 28 22 CDR CDR out. That goes to 183-interested indivi-

duals. Wally Teague, for example.

TIME SKIP

243 02 50 43 SPT Okay, channel A. Here's information for - Mike

Whittle - Drs. Whittle - Buchanan, Thornton,
and any others interested in - body mass and -
figure dimensions. We got our full figure photos -
this evening, and we took four of AI, which were
not as good as we thought we wanted; and then four
of Owen and four of Jack, and then repeated four
of AI again because - we thought we did a little
better Job the last time in terms of - getting all
of the breath exhaled and - feet flat up against
the wall. Now, immediately following that, we
left the same pair of shorts on, nothing else and -
measured our body weight and the numbers on the
BMMD are as follows: AI was 6.248, 6.243, 6.249.
Jack measured 6.927, 6.927, 6.92 - correction,
6.930 for his last one. Owen weighed 5.931, 5.933,
5.933. And so - Mike, that should give you all
the information you were looking for, I think
and - I hope the pictures turn out to be useful.
I - They were taken - with the grid in the back-
ground. The cameraman - stood up - more or less
on the ring lockers, looking down toward the -
experiment deck, and - then the subject - laid
flat on the gridwork on the top of the upper level.
 1739

And - so it should provide a fairly good dimensional

measurement for you. We had the tape measure out.
I don't think it's going to be of any use. You
probably can't read it in the light but, neverthe-
less, the tape measure was spread around their
waist, so you can do what you like with it. So -
this little message from the SPT is going to
Drs. Whittle, Buchanan, Thornton, and others
entered - interested in - mass measurements and
full figures.

243 02 53 02 SPT Message out.

243 02 53 49 SPT Okay, next comes a short message for Drs° Story
Musgrave and Paul Buchanan relative to the - ...
TV. Now - to get these pictures, the first run,
which started late - I did have three views. The
camera was first of all up through the hatch above
the trash airloek. And the subject more or less
grabbed the trash airlock and put his left foot on
the chestboard on the ergometer. His right leg
had his - shoe and sock off, which you can tell from
the video and - was more or less standing right
there. Now -

243 02 54 55 CC ... contact in 2-1/2 minutes. Ascension at 02:56.

That will be our last contact for the evening.

SPT Okay, and - for the last - run, the only thing
that's on video now, I Just left the camera mounted
to the top of the overhead and the normal lens on
it but zoomed in to where they were just about
1-foot size. I did do it, zoomed in even further,
Story. And if you do not get adequate resolution
on the facial changes, why - I don't mind doing
it again and - we can - I know right where to rig
the camera. I think that's a pretty good location -
right above - nearly above the seat. It's just -
a little bit toward the wardroom from the seat on
the ergometer as you can tell by looking at the
video. If there are any other questions about it,
please let me know. And I'd sort of be interested
in what you think of the data.

243 02 55 25 SPT End of message to Drs. Musgrave and Buchanan

from the SPT.

243 02 55 47 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and the subject is BMMD. As
I reported earlier this afternoon, I ran the BMMD
cal with a belt and et cetera during a MOMENTUM
1740

DUMP maneuver with the idea that I would run it

later in SI maneuvers, so that we could get some
correlated data to see if it really makes any
difference. Our personal feelings is it doesn't.
Here's the readings from now the SI mode. Now one
point. I've eaten dinner since then, exercised,
and a lot of other things. The weights won't be
the same. I guess we are looking for consistency,
so here goes. I'll do them in the order that -
that the card requests, the belt first. 6.30186,
6.29581, 6.30047, 6.29632, 6.30025. Okay, belt
and shoulder harness: 6.29354, 6.29474, 6.29653,
6.29321, 6.29570. Your shoulder harness: 6.29235,
6.29034, 6.29081, 6.28651, 6.28768. That's the
normal way. Now, your shoulder harness moderately
relaxed: 6.30979, 6.30442, 6.29618, 6.29660,
6.31268. Now shoulder harness very relaxed -
shoulder harness on, but subject relaxed: 6.31260,
6.30427, 6.29769, 6.31420, 6.29189. And that
information goes to Dr. Bill Thornton, to biomed,
and to any other interested parties in BMMD data. _-_

243 02 57 45 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

243 03 34 Ol SPT Okay, SPT with information for the ATM planners
and PIs, debriefing that last ATM pass. Now most
of that was optional work. The first thing I did
was a JOP 12 Delta to pick up - one - calibration
check which I had picked on an earlier rev. I
followed that with a doublecheck of the alignment
between - 55 and the 82B slit. Got all four limbs -
They align very closely - to within an arc second
or so. After that, I - did some work on both
active region 9 over toward the east limb. This
information obtained - for 55, 56, and one exposure
for 82B. I followed that with some similar sort
of work - on the - new active region about 290
at the limb, just coming over the east limb. It
looks to be a very promising active region - very
bright in the XUV and - did a similar sort of
thing on that - active region - with 55 - receiving
both - mirror line scans and auto rasters and - -_-"--.
grating auto scans. After that, we had a TV
down-link at Goldstone, and I sent down pretty
much a survey of all the active regions as well
 1741

as the white-light coronagraph on that tape and

then ... for the night. End of information
debriefing the last ATM pass for the ATM Pls and
planners.

243 03 35 26 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

243 12 46 19 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with VTR information. Right
now we're on active region 12, and as you can
see, it's fairly hot down there. Wanted to give
you a little glimpse of it and we'll take a
look at some of the other scopes here in a
second.

243 12 46 41 CDR Okay. There's an H-alpha 2 display of that area

.... of the Sun, you'll notice up at the east limb.
So we don't have the distance ... from the Sun
for you, but I'ii try to get you one later.

243 12 46 57 CDR You see that active region 9 looks a little hot
down there too. We'll go down and check it out
in a few minutes. Just a minute, that should be
XUV MON.

243 12 48 54 CDR Okay, that completes the VTR work. Right now
l've moved up again on active region 12 a little
bit higher. Aligned 82B - correction, H-alpha 2 -
with it and l'm taking MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And
in just a second we'll go look at active region 9,
shopping start - filling - correction, J0P 6
at 32, which is 8 minutes away.

TIME SKIP

243 13 25 20 CDR Okay. This is the CDR, debriefing the first

ATM run, the 12:44 ... Before we began observa-
tions, went over and looked at active region 12.
Did a shopping item 3. Omitted - did building
block i0, omitted 82A because not a lot of
/ X-ray going on, it didn't appear. Did all the
rest, gave them two exposures at 82B, gave a
40 and a 10, thinking the 40 might have been
1742

too much. Then went down and looked at active

region 9. Didn't have time to spend much time
there, so went on up, did the - by the way, it
was 55, I think I did a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, at
least part of one, also. Went up and did the
JOP 6 business. Came back down and got down
about 5 minutes. Looked at 12 again, wasn't a
lot going on. Went down to 9 and in the process
of a MIRROR AUTO RASTER. It will not finish
prior to sunset, but at least may give you some
information down there.

243 13 26 2! CDR CDR out.

243 13 34 16 SPT Okay. We're on channel A with information about

the SMMD. This information goes to Bill Thornton
and to anyone else interested in the calibration
of the SMMD. I'm doing the SMMD repeatability
test. And what I've done is gone to the SMMD in
the wardroom. And my first measurements are with
zero mass. Incidentally, I started at about
13:00 Zulu. And I made lO measurements, then
had about a 10-minute break, came back and com-
pleted it. I finished at about 13:33, but I
finished the scheduled one at 13:25. I'll explain
more about that in just a moment. The zero mass:
1.95678, 644, 612, 618, 630, 597, 624, 628, 573,
616. Now with 500 grams in the center of the
SMMD: 2.62129, 153, 145, 127, 189, ll2, ll3, 159,
120, 196.

243 13 35 53 SPT Next I took the 500-gram mass and moved it up out
of its normal slot to the top part of the measuring
plate; underneath the rubber holder, of course,
but out of its normal machine location. This is
the up position. 2.62270, 322, 355, 448, 373,
431, 392, 514, 452, 367. And l'm going to come
back and repeat these again. So those are the
first 10-number sequence for the up position.

243 13 36 36 SPT Next, I moved it to the left-hand side of the

measuring plate, and got the following numbers:
2.62224, 214, 226, 256, 252, 242, 260, 243, 247,
184. I then moved it to the right-hand side of
the platform and obtained 2.62138, 103, 057, 121, _--_
134, ll3, 067, 208, 124, lO0. And that completes
the requested measurements from the cue card.
I completed those by 13:25. I gave you two more
sets anyway for completing it.
 1743

243 13 37 33 SPT I then moved the mass down to the lower part of
the platform. Got the following numbers:
2.62112, 138, 137, 122, 139, 135, 109, 070, 038,
and 082. I then moved it back up to the top,
because that was the one that seemed to be a
little bit erratic, and got the following numbers:
2.62240, 202, 170, 274, 319, 219, 200, 172, 205,
196. These are noticeably different from _he
first time, and the only difference I can think
of is the fact that there might have been a little
more or less strain on the rubber holddown tie
on the first time I measured it. And that's
about the only difference; the placement was the
same on both occasions. The latter occasion -
from the last one, I did flip the mass over, so
that the smaller machined portions were up; made
the contour a little bit smoother. Might have
held it down a little bit tighter on the last
sequence, that's about the only difference I can
think of. And they are a little bit more con-
_-- sistent with the measurementsmade at the center
of the plate. So that completes the SMMD repeat-
ability test. Information goes to Bill Thornton
and anyone else interested in SMMD measurements.

243 13 39 08 SPT STP out.

243 13 _I 59 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack on channel A,

and the subject is BMMD. The repeatability test
and the subject stability test and the M172 PR-I
test. This information goes to Dr. Bill Thornton
and Dr. Mike Whittle. Okay. BMMD repeatability
test: First time in, I got the following five
readings: 6.973, 6.971, 6.971, 6.974, 6.976. I
got out of the chair, turned everything off, I
got back in and got the following five readings:
6.97l, 6.972, 6.97_, 6.97h, 6.975.

243 13 42 50 PLT Okay here's the subject stability test, step 5

on the cue card, the following five readings:
6.991, 6.991, 6.995, 6.993, 6.994. Step 6, the
following five readings: 6.986, 6.986, 6.989,
6.991, 6.990. Step 7, the following five readings:
6.983, 6.991, 6.982, 6.990, 6.985. Step 8, the
following five readings: 6.986, 6.984, 6.988,
6.993, 6.991. Step 9, the following five readings:
6.998, 6.995, 6.990, 6.991, and 7.002.
1744

243 13 43 59 PLT Okay, there's the M172 PR-1 rest. With no extra
weights I got the following readings: 6.969,
6.974, 6.970, 6.971, 6.973. With five zero grams
I got the following five readings: 6.972, 6.981,
6.976, 6.976, 6.973. With i00 grams I got the
following readings: 6.972, 6.974, 6.969, 6.973,
6.972. With 150 grams I got the following readings:
6.976, 6.974, 6.970, 6.975, 6.973; all the above
readings were taken with T-shirt, jockey shorts,
socks, and a watch.

243 13 45 06 PLT One other comment I would llke to add is about

the shoulder straps. They really don't do much
good, because you can't put any load on them.
When you do, why the buckle comes loose. This
concludes the BMMD testing - readings for today
for Dr. Mike Whittle and Dr. Bill Thornton.

243 13 45 25 PLT Thank you. 0_ •

TIME SKIP

243 14 50 18 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're checking out Jack
Lousma, M092/93. His right leg measures 14-5/8.
I'ii be giving you additional information from
time to time on physical requirements.

243 14 51 41 CDR PLT's left leg measures 14-1/4.

TIME SKIP

243 18 00 22 CDE This is the CDR. This is the CDR and we're begin-
ning to start 509 prep. We've got the - tape
recorder on, the ... activated, and we're going
to work on the 509 unit. CDR out.

243 18 08 47 PLT Hello, you space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run which started at 17:20.
I did JOP 4A, step 7, building block 28, that's
prominence 42. Started with no problem and later _-_
split off the - prominence where you wanted it.
It waan't quite the same story with JOP 2C,
step 6, building block 28. I did the whole build-
 1745

ing block; however, active region 93 is no longer

visible in H-alpha. And, therefore, I had to
search around - the XUV monitor to find out - as
best I could where it was. I got some limb
brightening at 070 - on the limb. And - at
building - I had to go up and - that roll then
would have been the minus 1200 if it was in 070.
However, that would have placed the pointing right
in the middle of the - what you call the &ctive
region to be and also - it was right in the middle
of a XUV limb brightening. In order to get
away from the XUV limb brightening, away from
the active region which is what step 6 calls for,
I would have had to roll to about a minus 24, 2500.
So what I did was to split the difference and
I rolled around to minus 1750 or minus 1800.
That would have made the roll about - 060. And
just then I decided to get off the limb and acti-
vate a run on the building block 28. So it is
the best we could do with the information we had
f-- to workwith,I think.

243 18 i0 37 PLT In fooling around with the pointing, I blew a few

minutes, which did not permit me to do this J0P 4
Alfa, which I'Ii try to pick up at a later time.
However, l'm set up now for a J0P 6 on the
18:50 rev. And that proved to be reason ...
See you in a little while. Thank you.

243 18 ii 02 PLT Oh, one other comment. I had to run the GRATING
around to - four balls. I had little bit of time
a couple minutes before ESS. So what I did was
flew over to active region 93, picked out a spot
I could find, and - put the integrating on split
pattern and gave you a GRATING AUTO SCAN at that
point until the reading ran around to all balls,
so there's a little information there on the hot
spot in active region 93 also.

243 18 27 41 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. As you can see, we just
launched the Big 0., and he looks like he's doing
real well. You can - you can see he's floating
around the workshop. And - hovering motionly [sic].
He's trying out the control modes now. He may
want to check out RATE COMMAND in DIRECT while
he's there. I mean RATE COMMAND; he's - he's been
_ in DIRECT. He's having no trouble holding his
attitude in DIRECT. Tell me what mode you're in,
if you would?
17h6

SPT I'm still in DIRECT.

243 18 28 21 CDR Okay. He's still in DIRECT. He's hovering near

motionless - over the 149 box. Restraint looks
like it's fitting him real well; we had no trouble
putting it on him. Say, Jack.

PLT AI, get it on the ...

CDR Turn it on A and make sure you can hear me.

PLT Okay.

CDR How do you hear?

PLT Very good.

CDR Okay, thank you.

SPT ,.. RATE COMM2_D.

243 18 29 02 CDR Okay, now going to RATE COMMAND. I'm just -

He's holding up two fingers which mean he's going
to RATE COMMAND.

CDR Following it very precisely. _solutely no trouble.

SPT ...

CDR Say again.

SPT ... steady ... overhead ...

2h3 18 30 h9 CDR Owen's pointing out that the hand controller is

very nice. He held it steady.

CDR Taking his picture.

SPT ...

CDR 'It'll be a good shot. Shows that he's hovering

motionlessly. Okay?

243 18 32 16 CDR The pulses are so small in RATE CO_94AND that

you cannot see the vehicle - change rates. It
wou - it does change rates, but it doesn't move _--_
the vehicle with a steady, with - with a - with
a discrete input that you can observe visually.
And--
 17_7

SPT ... hovering?

CDR No, suit yourself.

SI_2 ... faster ...

CDR We thought we were doing it a little faster, but -

you mean - I want you to fly like you'd like to.
That's part of the test.

SPT ... a lot faster if you wanted to.

243 18 32 48 CDR Yes. Well, just whatever's comfortable, whatever

you like. Owen's asking whether he ought to go
faster or not and I told him we flew a little
faster, but he should fly like he feels comforta-
ble - well, you heard what I said. He's flying
down to the donning station now. As you can see -
from the booms, he's not having a bit of problems -
bit of trouble I don't think he's tried out the
CMG mode yet. All in all, it's a very precise
_--_ device and you can fly about anywhereyou wanted
to. One of the questions you asked previously
vas - -

CC Skylab, Houston. A0S .o.

243 18 BB 35 CDR - - could you fly down to the foot restraints?

No trouble, you could fly into them, then fly
out of them.

SPT Very good.

243 18 34 00 CDR Owen's pointing out that you can get as much
precision as you want, Just depending on how
slow you want to fly. The minimum impulses,
both rotation and - translation, are adequate
to do just about any Job.

SPT ... cross-coupling ... translating, fire a couple

of thrusters - in attitude control.

243 18 34 43 CDR Owen's pointing out that there's cross-coupling

in that, when he translates, he usually hears
a couple of blips from attitude control from the
rate command. Indicating a not-perfect c.g.
thrust.
17h8

SPT Okay, I'm starting out.

CDR Hey, have you tried out CMG mode yet?

SPT Pardon me?

CDR Have you tried out CMG mode yet?

SPT No, ! haven't.

243 18 35 09 CDR Then try that first, then come back. Because
I want you to give me a mark before you start.
Okay, he's going to CMG mode. l'm waving my
hand with a three. He's in the C?4G mode right
now.

SPT AI, ... feel how much of my momentum I'm using.

If I don't fire a blip, I still got ...

243 18 35 34 CDR That's it. He wants to know how he can tell

how much ma - momentum he's using. I indicated
that - when he fires a blip, he's used it all. _-_
Up to that point, he has - doesn't know and all he
needs to do is fly it a while and he'll become
sensitive to it. Perhaps. It should of been ...

SPT ... inertia ... you have less rotation ...

243 18 36 17 CDR He points out that the maximum inertia axis;

namely, pitch, you have the least - rate capa-
bility because - because of obvious reasons. But
it's noticeable in the desat positions, CMG most
frequently.

CDR Now the rest of a forward flip - a loop -

SPT It's just like - inertia a little bit.

243 18 37 05 CDR He's trying to reduce his inertia, he claims; we

think he's putting us on. He's really showing
off. Why don't you pitch back dcwn? I had to
miss one there. That's an excellent one. He's
upside down now and he's rolling. He's either out
of control or awfully smooth, it's hard to tell
which. We think he's flying smoothly, though.
He seems to like to see the CMG mode.
 1749

24B 18 B8 36 CDR He is approaching now the donning station. We

think he's about to begin the baseline maneuvers,
but we'll have to wait until we hear from him.

24B 18 39 17 CDR You ready for the donning station, and start
the - test?

SPT ... in you ...

CDR Uh-huh.

243 18 39 27 SPT ... long enough to have capability ...

243 18 B9 34 CDR True.

CDR Pointing out that - that you could imagine the

capability in yaw and the authority on the hand
controller .... in yaw and it doesn't fire, but
the other two axis ...

SPT ...

CDR Go to the donning station and when you're there

hovering motionless at the proper angle, which
is parallel to those top plates, let me know and
I'll give you a mark, and then we'll start from
there. And I'll call you as we go, although you
might know it, I'll do it a couple of times.
It'll save you ...

243 18 40 53 CDR It's locking and unlocking. Your antenna's

facing away from ...

CDR Can you tip up at the angle and get closer?

Other way - other check. All right. Parallel
to those - let me see. Like that, in here.
Right here. A]most where you can touch. Would
you care now to switch to RATE GYRO? We'll fly
the first one in RATE GYRO. I'll go to ID-2.

243 18 41 56 CDR Okay. I'm going to ID-2. Okay, give us a -

243 18 42 00 CDR MARK, Big O. Okay, you're on your way. Fly

this whole thing in RATE GYRO. Coming back to
here. I'ii read you the . .. as he goes by. The
gage looks like it reads about i000 psi so he's
got much gas. I'ii float by and get his voltage
for you. Voltage looks like about 28-1/2. So
things are looking promising at the moment.
 I
175o

2_3 18 _B 20 CDR Banjo's here. A little bit off course, but I

don't think that's important because he's not
familiar with the trajectory, and I'm sure by
the second or third time around that will be no
trouble. He's now translating to the right and
up towards the banjo.

243 18 43 42 CDR He will approach the banjo until he's parallel

with the wall, which it looks like he's fairly
close to at the moment. Come to a standing
position.

243 18 42 08 CDR Come to a halt in - right in the drive, high in

the banjo. Okay, how about a mark?

243 18 44 28 CDR Okay, and then down on his side, over to FMU-2.
I'll go over there and get in position, so he
can see how to be. And end up Just llke this.
He's on his way down here now. (Whistle) How's
this look, Big 0.? (Whistle)

2_3 18 45 06 CDR Okay, he's coming down; he's looking awfully 4

good. He's having no trouble at all flying the
vehicle. (Whistle)

CC ... remainder of the day ....

243 18 45 57 CDR Don't get too low, 0.

CDR You've got fogged goggles. You've got fogged

gogglies [sic].

243 18 47 35 CDR You need to be further forward, I mean further

head - further headward. In other words, move
up relative to yourself, so your eyes are along
the along the °.. looking at it edge on. Now
you're moving. You're also moving down, which
is correct. When you're there - when you're
there punch the button, and I'll tell you what
to do. You're there, almost.

243 18 48 05 CDR -All right, now, punch the button and start a
translation to your right, which is up. Okay,
kind of start rolling to the right. A little
back thrust, a little back - now roll to your
rlght. Roll, not yaw. There you go - there you
go. Okay, now you're moving back. Remember
where you want to come is right over here.
 1751

24B 18 48 45 CDR Yes, right here. I'll be here until - up here

on the dome rings. Keep coming to your left now,
now start your yaw to the left. Just right.
You're doing perfect ... These two pieces of
tape - eyes at top of the dome locker.

CDR Okay, give a-

243 18 50 09 CDR MARK. Okay, start flying around to your right.

Stand perpendicular to the lockers and the same
distance away at all times. Theoretically, you
do it llke the flyarotmd we did, yet you stay
perpendicular. If this thrusts back, you'll go
right around. Now the way it really is if you're
going too slow, you fire aft, that'll give you
kind of increased momentum that way. If you're
going too fast, overturn and fire back. Your
moving is good right now. Time to stay normal,
if you possibly can.

SPT ...

CDR Yes .... right now if you fire backwards ...

going to make you tend to go faster around.

243 18 51 03 CDR And eye height is good because you got to miss
the water tanks over there. You're flying excep-
tionally well. No problem whatsoever, as you
can tell. I see there a tape floating free in
the breeze.

243 18 51 26 CDR I'll go over and snatch it up. Belongs to -

TiJuana Brass, Jack Loused. Put it down here.

CDR He's watching his head rather well. Watching

the dump line rather well. Got that out of the
way. Watch it - watch your legs. Next, you're
approaching a double stripe. Now fly back down
to the donning station after a mark. After
mark. Yes, mark it and then come back to the
donning station. Stop your translation before
•you mark, though. (Whistling)

243 18 53 00 CDR Yaw to your left and come back. A yaw to your
left - your left. That's the way the baseline
maneuver does.

SPT Ok_.
1752 ]

243 18 53 12 CDR He started yaving to his right and then he's

yawing back to his left. Maybe slight control
• .. differences, but you'll be aware of them
... unfamiliarity of ...

243 18 53 24 CDR DIRECT ... work wouldn't make much difference.

Then it would have been obvious to us.

243 18 53 41 CDR At the donning station.

CDR I'll take his pressure. He's _Imost there and

its reading is certainly adequate. Going to have
about 1500 pounds when he gets there• So it's
taking him 500 pounds - pounds per square inch.
(Whistling)

SPT ... deadband.

243 18 54 28 CDR He notes not a particularly tight deadband in

RATE GYRO.

SPT ... _-_

CDR He upped the tilt angle.

CDR When you've finished, give a mark and I'll tell

you what to do next. He's moving in his precise
position. Notice how the thruster's knocking me
around.

243 18 55 27 CDR Okay, CMG MODE, please. Another mark. Another

mark. And baseline ms ueuvers, CMG. Same thing,
only CMG.

243 18 56 44 CDR Flying up to the banjo• I think he thought the

banjo was a little further to his left now than
it was because he headed from the donning station
back and right - right thrust and when he spun
around he realized he'd drifted off. He had to
go back to his right then, because he was facing
the other direction. Make a mark when you're
there and ready for the next one. Looks like
he's ... right now. No, no, he's - he's repeating
himself so he's - think he's trying to get parallel
and closer; he's a little bit far back at the
moment.

2_3 18 57 23 SPT You can haveyour mark then.

 1753

. CDR All right. Down, back, and roll left and you're
in business. (Whistling)

24B 18 59 0B CDR He's now approaching the FMU-2 and in good shape.
As he went for _NU-2, he overrolled and ended up
in about a 20 degree head-down attitude.

SPT ...

243 18 59 20 CDR No, you're not up high. You should be looking

along the sense plate with you eyes, right at the
edge. Also your feet should be pitched up so that
they're sort of parallel with the other sense
plate, too. In other words, you - you're kind of
head - you're head in. You need to pitch up.
Pitch up more. More, even more if you would.
Keep going, I'll tell you when to stop.

243 18 59 47 CDR Stop. More pitch up. Note the other FMU. Now
you're about perpendicular and parallel with the
plate. That's a good one. He's in position.
Give a mark when you're ready to go. Okay, then
remember it - translate right and aft, and then
as you start up, roll right.

243 19 O0 20 CDR Aft. Now roll right. Okay, that's excellent.

Place you're going is right behind you, right
there. Having absolutely no difficulty. My sus-
picion is his gas usage is going to be pretty
much like Jack's or mine. (Whistling)

243 19 00 52 CDR I'm not sure what that says about simulations
exactly. Certainly says you don't need simulations
to -once the system's developed, the procedures
are created and - and - the unit is determined to
fly satisfactorily on some sort of simulation -
Once that occurs, then the added training looks
like it's certainly Just gravy. Now in a real
unit to take outside where you had failure modes,
then it might be conceivable that you'd want to
use a simulator, mostly in H[HM]U and isolated
stuck thrusters, the like. When you're there,
give a mark and start around.

SPT Okay, there's a-

223 19 01 48 SPT MARK.

1754
]

CDR All right; he just gave a mark at the - -

SPT ... RATE GYRO ...

CDR Yes.

243 19 02 01 CDR Owen's pointing out that you need to be very

selective, particularly in RATE COMV_ND because
if you release it, it ... with you. He's not in
RATE COMMAND now; he's in CMG, I hope. He sounds
like he's in CM - you're in GMG, aren't you 0.?

SPT Yes.

CDR Okay, CMG.

SPT RATE COMMAND ...

CDR In what? You mean RATE COMMAND, CMG? That's true.

CREW (Whistling)

243 19 03 50 CDR Looking good to me'

243 19 04 20 CDR He's being careful to avoid the condensate hose.

Okay, give him a -

243 19 04 46 CDR MARK. And come back to the don station. I'll
observe him frcm the don station. He's coming
this way.

243 19 05 09 CDR Getting a little close to the food lockers, in

fact, but I'm sure he'll move over this way a
little.

CDR Here he comes.

2_3 19 06 02 CDR A little bit ro - roll to the right, but I'm

sure when he gets closer he'll roll in. He's Just
rolling it out now. Just yawed a bit. He's not
perpendicular to those plates. In some sense you
tend to be pitch down when you first fly this -
until you - -

SPT ...
 1755

CDR Okay, give him a -

243 19 06 26 CDR MARK. Switch to DIRECT MODE and try it again.

Let me check your bottle press.

SPT ...

24B 19 06 B7 CDR I say, let me check your bottle press. He!s got
ii00 pounds; he's in great shape. You got it.
Same thing except in DIRECT. You'll have much
gas for discretionary maneuvers. He's trying to
not go off this time. I can tell. He's rotating
close to the donning station so he can see his
target early in the game.

PLT (Whi stling )

243 19 07 40 CDR He's not turn - he's not problem - He's not got
a problem with frosty goggles anymore because he's
raised his goggles up. The man with hot eyes.
Here he comes up. And headed for the banjo.

243 19 08 27 CDR Approaching the banjo frc_ his left. Translating

slightly to the right. He needs to pitch up more
so his body is parallel with the banjo base. Fly-
ing DIRECT rather well. He's in good position.
A little bit over 20 volts at the moment. We're
going to have to ask him to turn the CMGs off
right now. Turn the CMGs off, would you, 0.? And
make a mark. That raises the voltage to 26-1/2.
Everything's okay. Battery apparently wasn't
fully charged. Although we charged it the amount
of time specified.

243 19 09 38 CDR He gave a mark, and he's headed for the other
area. First time we've seen battery problems of
any type.

SPT ..., A1.

CDR Huh?

SPT ...

CDR About 25.

1756

243 19 I0 17 CDR He's in a very heads-down attitude now, but there's

people who like to fly that way. Up here it
doesn't really make any difference. Sometimes
you're relaxing and you'd probably notice heads
down, heads up; it doesn't seem to bother you.
The first few days it does.

243 19 i0 31 CDR Now he's - he's getting ready to do a front flip

for some reason. Don't try to orient yourself
vertically_ Just - orient what you - assume that -
there you go. You're supposed to be over there.
But I think that was kind of an interesting
maneuver. One of the first we - No, no, over
the re.

243 19 II 08 CDR May want to stop and then let it rotate around
so that - there you go. Now he's doing a pitch
maneuver; he'll be in position.

2_B 19 ii 17 CDR That's known as a double whifferdill - the other

one. He _asn't sure exactly which way to go;
he's not that familiar with the route,

243 19 ll 35 CDR That's it right there. Want to stop your rates

and then go from there. There you go. Now he's
got it. I think what had happened was he got his
translational movement and rotational movement -
wasn't sure which he had going and corrected one
for the other. Because a pitch down, for example,
as you know, looks the same at first glance like
a translation down, and if you're not careful,
you can get confused.

243 19 12 17 CDR Now headed for his fifth place. Gave me a little
thrust, you notice. Seems to be having a little
more difficulty in DIRECT than he did in the
others. I think it's because the problem is -
He's now got to figure out which part - which
axis is drifting, where before he knew it had to
be translation because his rotation was all being
held constant. I presume that he'll get it all
psyched out here in a few moments. Interesting
that he didn't have the problem until he started
getting upside down relative to the workshop. A
left in - When you get there, go ahead and make
a mark. You need to pitch up more and get a
little bit closer. Seems to have psyched it out _-_
rather well.
 1757

243 19 13 38 CDR He's there now. He's going to give us a mark in

Just a few minutes.

243 19 13 41 CDR He gave us one. Now he's going to translate

right - right - right and back and then he's
going to watch out that he doesn't yaw too far
left. Now he 's doing okay. Now he 's going to
roll right.

243 19 14 _04 CDR There he goes. Looking for the double gray tape.
He has it in sight. I'll float by and check his
voltage again. Must get on our voltage tro -
trajectory though. Okay, I'm on one. Voltage
26.3. Everything' s okay.

243 19 14 56 CDR I'ii float by and give him a bottle check on the
bottle checking trajectory. You got about
600 pounds.

243 19 15 20 CDR He's having considerable more difficulty in DIRECT

than he has with the other modes. My guess would
f-_ be that - that it's somehow decipheringrotation
to translation. But my suspicion is also before
he finishes his second bottle, he will have it
under complete control. Okay, when he finishes
this (yawn) -

243 19 16 37 CDR When he returns to base, we'll change the bat and
the PSS. My guess is he's doing rather well.
Now he's got it up in complete control.

243 19 17 28 CDR Okay, everything's working okay. He's checking

the camera. And it's working Just dandy.

243 19 17 45 CDR He's almost there. He's watching the hose, I

know. We left the condensate hose rigged today
because we still thought that we got condensate
problems. Our dump heater probe has probably got
no heaters in it although we've had some trouble
with it.

CDR They're dumping - want us to dump all day, which

we are doing.

CDR Give a _k when you're stabilized.

CDR Okay -
S--
1758

243 19 18 45 CDR MARK.

2h3 19 19 42 CDR Into the donning station.

CDR Okay, let me check your PSS. Still got gas. You
may want to rest a moment or - You may want to rest
a moment, or you may want to go out. Let's see what
your voltage is. We're at 26; we ought to stop; 26.
Okay, why don't you Just float right there and I'll
do the Job. Okay. No, let's turn around and put you
in there.

243 19 21 24 CDR Just a moment. You got to stay there a second. And
put this up for your hands. Get the other one out.

2_3 19 21 38 SPT Yes, I ... two or three squirts ... do it now or

what?

CDR I can't tell the difference.

SPT ... DIRECT.

243 19 21 48 CDR Your DIRECT was worse. Everything else was the
S ELI_e.

SPT The DIRECT in particular, I thought was ...

243 19 22 02 CDR If you go. Just a minute. You're not in. I'll
give you some commands here. See if you can do
them in Just a second.

243 19 22 29 CDR Okay, how about MAIN POWER, OFF.

SPT POWER is ...

CDR Okay, MAIN POWER, ON.

243 19 23 03 SPT MAIN POWER, ON.

CDR Okay, MAIN POWER, OFF.

243 19 23 l0 SPT Got that OFF.

CDR MAIN POWER, ON.

SPT ...
 1759

CDR Okay turn on CMG POWER.

243 19 23 21 SPT It's ON.

243 19 23 23 CDR And let's see if you got good voltage. You do.
Okay, go to DIRECT and - wait a minute, wait a
minute. And I'll tell you to fire out the thrus-
ters, Just a second.

SPT ...

CDR Do whatever you like. Okay, my recommendation

would be now to go to DIRECT and fire the thrus-
ters until they bleed down.

SPT ...

CDR Oh, you will.

SPT ...

_ 243 19 23 53 CDR But this way, I end up taking off a valve that's
got no pressure in it. Here's your goggles.
You may want to clean them off, or something. Or
I may want to put them up for you.

SPT No, ... Jack ...?

CDR I don't know. I'll ask him later. Probably in

a day off, would be my guess.

SPT ... all the required ...?

CDR No, no - let's - We got a few more tidbits.

SPT ...

243 19 24 28 CDR No, you won't; hang on. That's Just about as
far as it can go is right here. Just stay right
there.

SPT Stand by, ...

PLT ...

243 19 29 49 PLT ...

1760

CC ... One minute until LOS. See you at ...

243 19 30 52 CDR Okay, when you're ready. How's the WHEEL SPEED?
Okay.

SPT ...

CDR I'ii give you that next.

SPT Okay, what ...

243 19 31 12 CDE To see what the reaction of the vehicle is -

its mass to your weight. They've only got mine.
They'd like to have somebody else.

SPT Okay, ... Jack.

CDR They didn't do it. You've had more flying than

Jack. Jack's had kind of partially trained, so
it'd be hard - it's a data handle thing. Much
better to try somebody like you and me and see
what the difference is, which it is isn't going
to be much.

SPT ...

243 19 31 41 CDR Yes, Just for a little while. Are you ready to
go? Okay, let me get you to turn some things
off. Take that off. But don't fire it yet.

SPT ...

CDE Huh?

SPT ...

CDE Okay, that's - unlock it. Okay, go CMG, OFF.

243 19 32 05 SPT C_4G ...

CDR Okay and MAIN POWER, OFF.

243 19 32 12 SPT MAIN POWER, OFF.

243 19 32 25 CDR Okay, go MAIN POWER, ON; CMG, ON. What's your
voltage ?
 1761

SPT ...

243 19 32 37 CDR It's perfect. Exactly what we want.

CDR Okay, they want me to put you in a certain mode

here. Let me doublecheck. Okay, I'm going to
CMD [sic] 3. Okay, first thing we're going to do
is limb motion. But first we're going to turn
on the camera; then we're going to do limb motion.

243 19 33 34 CDR Problem with this camera you got up here, Lou Ramon,
is the way it's set - The little green light
that you can tell if it's on or not, it can't
be viewed from the floor. He had to float all
the way up here to get it. Change it around
next time we fly. That ought to be changed on
the ground, so that guys - that the observer can
see it and doesn't have to float up there. Okay,
I'll tell you when to go - RATE GYRO MODE, as
soon as you are out. Fly to the center of the
workshop, face - facing locker where the -
_ thing's on it.

SPT ...

CDE Locker with those two stripes on it. I'll start

you up that way. That way you'll save some gas.

SPT ...

243 19 34 27 CDR Now he is holding on. Okay.

PLT ...

CC ...

2h3 19 35 02 CDR Okay, give them a data msrk.

CC ...

243 19 35 05 CDR Give them a -

243 19 35 07 CDR DATA MARK.

SPT ...
1762

243 19 35 lO CDR Okay, from where your hand - right hand is now,
move it up 90 degrees and down, three times.
Okay, -

243 19 35 19 CDR Data MARK. Okay, put your arm down to your side.
Yes - no, outside the hand controller; now move
it up 90 degrees. No, I'm - I'm sorry; up this
way - three times. Okay, -

243 19 35 42 CDR Stop. Put both hands on the hand con - Give a
mark ; give a mark. Put both hands on the hand
controller. Put - Look at me. Both hands up like
this - three times. You put in a thrust there -
translational thrust on it's own. Okay, Just
let it float - take - give a mark. Okay, with
your right hand here, move it out like that, three
times. One, two, three.

243 19 36 18 CDR DATA MARK. Put your right leg straight, kick it
out, one time. Okay -

243 19 36 28 CDR MARK. Now both legs together. _--_

243 19 36 33 CDR MARK.

243 19 36 36 CDR MARK, yes. Now stop your vertical translation

and mark again. Okay, now go to RATE GYRO.
Okay -

243 19 36 52 CDR MARK. Data mark. Okay put your arm right here.
No, no. Put your arm like this. Now go up,
90 degrees, three times, two - three.

243 19 37 ii CDR DATA MARK. Okay. Hand on the hand controller

and up three times. Okay -

243 19 37 24 CDR DATA MARK. Both arms up three times. Okay -

243 19 37 35 CDR DATA MARK. Stop your translation. He is Stopping

his translation. Okay. Mark again.

243 19 37 44 CDR MARK again. Three times out to your side; one,
two, three. Okay -

243 19 37 55 CDR DATA MARK. Straighten your right leg and then
kick out, 45, one time. Okay -
 1763

243 19 38 03 CDR MARK. No, Just one time for that. He did it
twice.

243 19 38 08 CDR MARK. Stop your vertical translation.

243 19 38 13 CDR DATA MARK. Kick out both legs one time; want you
to get a data m_rk - have to get a data mark.

CDR Settling it down before he does both legs."

243 19 38 41 SPT DATA MARK.

CDR ... data mark ... Okay, that's enough - 24

243 19 38 46 CDR DATA MARK. Now go to DIRECT. DIRECT.

243 19 38 55 CDR DATA MARK. And out to the Y-axis to begin with,
slowly. Okay, now up three times and back.
One, two, three. Okay -

243 19 39 09 CDR DATA MARK. Hand on the hand controller. Up,

_ three times - one, two, three.

243 19 39 19 CDR MARK. Both - to DIRECT. Both up three times.

One, two; let's see the motion, three.

243 19 39 28 CDR DATA MARK. Okay, right. Just fired a thruster

to stabilize. Let me know when you're stabilized
enough.

CDR He's getting some good motions here.

243 19 39 45 CDR DATA MARK. Hand out, right, three times. One,
two, three. Okay -

243 19 39 53 CDR MARK. Right leg out 45, three times, this time.
One, two, three. Okay -

243 19 40 03 CDR MARK. Both legs, three times. One, two, three.
And that's complete -

243 19 40 i0 CDR -DATA MARK.

1764

CDR Okay, switch to CMG MODE. Okay, get to the center

of the workshop and point down at the - the line
of the floor, right over there, between the floor
and wall. With your eye - like - in other words,
make your eye look right at it.

SPT ...

CDR Where you are is good.

243 19 40 49 CDR Okay, when you're perpendicular to it and your

eye's right on it, let me know. Give a mark.

SPT ...

CDR That's it. Okay, give a mark.

243 19 41 01 CDR Now what you should do is stay in the center and
track that all the way around, maintaining
yourself perpendicular to the floor. In other
words, don't just do this. You've got to - there's
going to be three axes until you get over facing
the ducts.

SPT ...

CDR Yes, that's right.

CDE Thinking about the track maneuver.

243 19 41 39 CDR Okay, he's tracking now. Looks like he's doing
a good one, to me. He's maintaining himself
perpendicular. Get a little translation, and
trying to stsy in the center of the workshop.
Looking awful good.

2h3 19 42 06 CC Skylab, Houston; we're one minute to LOS. See

you over Carnarvon in 26 minutes at 20:07, 20:07.
Over.

243 19 42 30 CDR Good Job, looks to me like. Okay, when you see
•the floor line between there, stop; give a data
mark. Okay, now RATE GYRO.

SPT I don't ... when it sticks out like that.

CDR I knew you would. (Chuckle) ___

 1765

SPT ...be a Job.

CDR Same thing, backwards. Then you'll do it in

DIRECT. So, Just three of them in a row.

CDR I'm in CM 3 ID for these maneuvers, by the way.

Have been since he undocked. I'll go through a
different one whenever we want to do some.
discretionary maneuvers.

243 19 44 05 CDR CMG POWER, OFF.

243 19 44 l0 SPT ... OFF.

CDR Okay, now switch to DIRECT. Same thing, DIRECT.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, he's going to give a mmrk before he starts.

Did you get one at the end? He's holding
attitude now. Going to give us a mark before he
..... starts. He doesn't know whether he gave a mark
at the end of the m_ueuver or not. I forgot to
remind him. Huh? Okay.

243 19 45 13 CDR That's 1500 pounds of propellant, and his voltage

is about 29.5 volts, so he's got beaucups [sic].
That other bat was low charge. Didn't have it !
I guess that's what it is. You probably ought to
check your data and see how long we did charge it ;
whether or not it drained down on its own. I
don't think so, but it's certainly worth a check.
He's doing some good tracking. When he gets
finished and gives us a mark, he'll fly back to
the donning station, and we'll get him to do it
in DIRECT, a baseline. I know that'll excite you.

CDR Let me see if he can do a good one. I'm sure he

can; he's controlling a little more in DIRECT
now. I think it takes a little bit of time.

243 19 46 14 CDR .DATA MARK. Fly to don station - in DIRECT.

PLT (Whistling)

243 19 47 46 CDE I notice that he's been well strapped in this

vehicle. Hasn't had the trouble hanging in there.
 A

1766

CDR - told him I was near the pyros, I'd die, but he
didn't believe me. (Yawning)

243 19 48 24 CDR What? It's pitch up.

SPT ...

CDR Huh?

SPT Right in here?

CDR No, you need to pitch up until you're parallel

with -

SPT ...

243 19 48 40 CDR What? Your back - your spine should be parallel

with that.

SPT ...

CDR Yes, you're parallel and then you need to move _

down where you can reach out with your hands,
theoretically, and grab it, when you can see.
Okay, whenever you get there, do a - a data mark.
Okay, stay in DIRECT. I'm going to CM-2 - CM ID-2.
0opsl I overshot the l; now I'm in 2. Okay, fly
the baseline in DIRECT again. Then after that,
a little discretionary - whatever you'd like to
do.

SPT ...

CDR Yes, right there. Just hang on and punch the

button and go. There you go ; you're on your way.

243 19 49 48 CDR You zapped me. You zapped!

243 19 50 24 CDR Maneuvering rather well up there now in DIRECT,

as you'll notice. You'll also notice he didn't
have much trouble in heading the right direction
to begin with. That was a problem at first, but
he's seemed to managed it.

243 19 51 02 CDR Looks like he's in good position. He's going to

give a data mark when he's ready.
 1767

24B 19 51 30 CDR DATA MARK - and then down here. Yaw left, roll
left; translate down. That's it. Roll left.

CDR That's it. Don't go past 90 degrees in roll.

Remember you want to end up right like this.

243 IR 52 42 CDR He's in good shape, awfully good shape. Complete

control.

CDR If we do need a simulator, it's going to be some-

thing relatively simple and straightforward.

243 19 53 50 CDR Perfect. Give a data _k and up. Perfect posi-

tion. Exceptional po-zish [sic].

243 19 55 23 CDR Data mark, when you're there.

243 19 55 25 SPT Okay, DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, comes in drifting around the dome locker.

Flying it very smoothly. Flying DIRECT as smoothly
_- as he flew RATE GYRO or CMG earlier. Having
absolutely no trouble.

243 19 56 i0 CDR He also seems to be flying a bit faster, which

is encouraging.

243 19 56 58 CDR Flying very precisely. Translational controller

is no more than a foot away from the lockers and
been that way. He's had no trouble in DIRECT.

CDR He's going to avoid the condensate hose again.

243 19 57 47 CDR Data m_rk when he gets a chance.

243 19 57 49 SPT DATA MARK.

CDR Okay, now he 's headed back.

SPT ...

CDR Donning station, right behind you and below you.

CDR Headed that way. He's got to yaw left, and he is,
in fact, yawing left. Exceptional job.
1768

243 19 58 46 CDR He's pitching down a little more than he should

nOW.

243 19 58 57 CDR Now he's got back into control.

243 19 59 35 CDR Okay, he's approaching the donning station in

good form.

CDR When you're in position, make a data mark_ Okay -

243 20 00 00 CDR DATA MARK. I'm going to go CM-1, and he's going
to go do whatever he wants. Fly some discretion-
arymaneuvers in either RATE COM_t_ND or DIRECT.
CMG's run down. It's the only way we can keep
the battery going.

SPT Last one went a lot better than the first one
except on that ...

CDR You got careless.

SPT ...

CDR You looked good; it was really good. I'll check

your bottle pressure. What's your bat?

SPT ...

CDR Okay. I noticed that that gage there is about

300 psi. The gage pressure is about - well, this
shows 800 here. The gage pressure shows - huh!
The pressure in the bottle's just about the same
today.

243 20 01 19 CDR Flying around in the center of the workshop. Not

particularly doing anything at the moment.

CDR Good attitude. He's not doing anything spectacular.

CDR He didn't elect to wear those goggles because the

goggles fog. Now you might want to do some think-
ing about that. I'm sure that there's a reason.
You either got to have them tighter or looser;
but we didn't know which way. My goggles never
fogged. Jack's did for a while, but he discov-
ered something that prevented them from fogging.
I tend to wear mine - fairly -
 1769

243 20 02 20 CDR He's doing some combination rolls and pitches -

yawing. Now getting ready to do a backflip.

24B 20 02 B6 CDR Halfway over in the backflip. Might call it a

confidence m_Lneuver. MAking the translation cor-
rection as he goes around to center himself in
the workshop. That 'ii give you a feeling about
how disoriented he might be. Not at all. Okay,
now he's floating up towards the dome. Take a
little bit to see what he has in mind. Trying
to see how it flies with a little more thrust, I
think.

243 20 04 00 CDR He's upside down, headed down.

24B 20 06 48 CDR He's switched over to RATE CO_&_ND for me.

CDR So (yawn) he's not operating in RATE COMMAND.

SPT ...

_ 24B 20 08 Ii CDR May be out of gas.

CDR You okay? You're down to near zero. Okay. Fly

it into the donning station.

CDR Okay, then he goes flying into the donning

station.

CDR I'ii leave the cameras running here again so that

you can see me donning the ... - put him in the
station.

24B 20 09 20 CDR Okay, if you go HHMU, I'ii flip you in. Okay.
Turn him around. Stop - You notice how easily
he can handle his weight in zero g. Very clever.
Flying it right in there, Just like that. Now I
go around on this side and look. Climbing back
in. He's in. I look for his up/down height.
U_ - He's little high, but sliding down a bit.
Pull him out, push him down a bit. There it is,
right there. Just stay right there. I'Ii go ...
Now let me look at the height. Little bit higher.
That's it, right there. And he is in, like a
burglar.
1770

I
243 20 i0 29 CDR And if you'll go to HHMU, we'll let him out.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, one more thing before you go. Want me to

turn this off?

CDR Okay, go to DIRECT; fire a few thrusters. Okay,

and I ... MAIN POWER, OFF.

SPT ...

243 20 ii 21 CDR CDR; I'm turning off my comm. I'll ask the SPT
to come over here and debrief according to the
card.

243 20 ll 28 CDR CDR out.

243 20 ll 51 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run. Cutting into the
M509 transmission to debrief the run which began at
18:50. I did the J0P 6, building block 2, both
of them. They came off as advertised. As you
recall from the rev before, I had not been able
to get the J0P 4A off - 4 Alfa off. So after
those two JOP 6's, I went back and picked up
J0P 4 Alfa, but I only took a MIRROR AUTO RASTER
out of that. It was the only thing that was
really different from the J0P 6's, which I had
Just done. So I did the MIRROR AUTO RASTER at
the GRATING 0935. And 54 would not have wanted
to repeat itself there. Neither would the other
experiments. I think they were running 56 -
PATROL, NORMAL, I'd Just completed, and there was
no point in doing another.

243 20 12 51 PLT It was the same roll and everything; and so the
only thing additional I - did from the rev before
was to pick up the MIRROR AUTO RASTER at GRATING 935.
Now after that I went on to do the JOP 2 Charlie.
I included 54 in S as you had requested and
will continue to do so except for atmospheric
extinction.

243 20 13 12 PLT I worked on active region 12 off the limb and -

I was - I lined myself up at 25 arc seconds off
the limb, which is exactly halfway between i0 and .-_-_
 1771

40, which you did not specify. I then rolled

about Sun - Sun center to clear the slits on the
signature that was coming from the XUV MONITOR.
And I ran the J0P 2 Charlie as requested. I gave
you a little down-link TV, about 15 minutes. And
I truncated the - the building block 14 without
getting in the last - I believe it was a PATROL,
NORMAL, and the last MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And the
XUV got cut off short there as well. But - we
started pretty much on time, so you got what you
expected to get. I reported that - about 19:30
that we had some flare in active region 12. The
only thing that wasn't running at the time was -
$054, and I didn't know if the thing was going to
go over the top and ring the bell or not so I
waited to do anything until I could see what hap-
pened. When I saw it had topped out and was
starting to back down, well, I gave 54 an M, i,
O, S, 256, which is suggested and - which is sug -
suggested in the shopping list. The flare peaked
out at about - Sun flare peaked out at about -
/_ high 500, perhaps 600 without waiting around on
the PMEC. The BERYLLIUM APERTURE got up to 2
and the voltage was reading about - in the
neighborhood of 3.8 or 3800 units on the BERYLLIUM
COUNTER. So then she went on down and we went
into sunset shortly thereafter. Maybe we'll get
a little more action this time around. But this
completes the debriefing. We're about ready to
go on 20:25 run. And that's for the ATM guys.

243 20 15 18 PLT End of message.

TIME SKIP

243 20 26 16 SPT Okay, this the SPT on channel A, with information

about the M509 run that goes to Bruce McCandless,
Ed Whitsett, and others interested in the maneuvering
unit.

SPT I'll be debriefing the run that was Just completed,

where I was the test pilot; Alan Bean was the
observer. And the first questions here starting
on 35-1.

/
1772

243 20 26 h3 SPT Could you fly the baseline maneuver satisfactorily

in all modes? The answer is yes. Although I was
a bit rough in my - and I think my precision was
rather poor in - the first time around on DIRECT,
they could be all flown satisfactorily. I did fly
the baseline ms ueuver - or the - yes, the baseline
maneuver in DIRECT twice, and I believe there was
a significant improvement the second time around.

243 20 27 09 SPT Any modes deficient? I wouldn't think that there's

any significant - major deficiency. They all did
just what they were planned to do. There is a
little bit of cross-coupling. For example, once
you translate in RATE GYR0, it'll frequently fire
in attitude thrusters. So, it's not precisely to
the c.g. but it's pretty darn close. And the CMGs,
in particular, a whole attitude very - Oh and I did
notice that the deadband on RATE GYRO is a little
bit large, but I presume that's a - a trade-off
again on the question of propellant consumption.
And it's probably not a bad trade-off. If the
deadband had been any tighter, why, we'd have prob-
ably been firing more thrusters every time we tried
to translate. So, my guess is, it's a pretty good
trade-off on deadband and propellant consumption.

243 20 28 01 SPT Any modes deficient? The CM3s I thought worked

very smoothly, very nicely. It wonldn't have hurt
to have had more momentum capability, but - parti-
cularly if you're going to do any work. If you're
just moving yourself around, why, it's not too
bad. You can't move too rapidly, but it's - it's
adequate. If you're going to do any work, like
hauling something, I suppose you could saturate the
gyros very quickly. Was precision stationkeeping
easier in some modes? Oh, absolutely. No question
but what precision stationkeeping is easier in my
mind, at any rate, in CMG. The CMG permits the
best control of any. And next to that is RATE
GYEO. And, with a little bit of practice, RATE
GYRO is probably nearly as good as the CMG. And
then, in my own mind, the DIRECT is substantially
inferior in terms of precision stationkeeping.
Like you take plenty of time and concentrate your
full attention to the stationkeeping task. And
it's just simply because you've got six degrees
of freedom instead of three. And it's straight _.-_
 1773

forward and short of the answer you would expect.

Although, of course, stationkeeping becomes easier
in DIRECT, the more you practice. I could tell,
in Just the hour or so, or hour and a half that
I was in the machine, a significant improvement
in my ability to stationkeep and stop myself.

243 20 29 31 SPT Some modes take more attention? Yes. Same - well,
the thing that I was talking about. Obviously,
the DIRECT takes a lot more attention. For the
same reason, six DF instead of three.

243 20 29 41 SPT Were you able to satisfactorily aim at the target

for the transfer maneuver in the baseline maneuver?
I guess the answer is yes. Again, in one piece -
the first time around on DIRECT, I've forgotten
which of the F_Us I was going to, and I was having
trouble with the goggles, trying to see around
them. So I flew to the wrong FMU first and then
had to go with the right one. But - particularly
for these sort of baseline maneuvers, you get
_--_ obviously trained to know Just where you're going,
and you learn about how much down, how much left -
all of that to apply, and it's not strictly like
a new task that you are supposed to be faced with.
In a - in a sense, I think my experience, aside
from the fact that I was a - a novice at it, was
more representive of what you would experience when
doing some new task; because, after a certain amount
of training, A1 and Jack know exactly how much to
give it in down/left, up/right, et cetera, to move -
to move from one station to the next.

243 20 30 55 SPT Should any maneuver be changed for the next run?
Well, I think it might be better to sync up the
protocol a little bit so that you don't always
fly the sA_e routine. I noticed that there was
one which I didn't fly, which was a backwards
routine. But that sort of thing I think would
help - would help so that you don't get in the
habit of knowing exactly how much translation and
• which direction to give it.

243 20 31 19 SPT During the single axis cals, DIRECT, did you notice
any attitude disturbances when commanding translation?
Yes, there is a little bit. But I can't tell you
1774

exactly which axis at the moment. I don't remember

which direction of translation produces which
attitude disturbance. But there is a slight one.
Maybe it can best be seen from the film, but it's
not very great; not too bad.

243 20 31 55 SPT Did you notice any attitude rate increase or

attitude change about an axis, other than commanded?
No. Well, I'm Just not sure it's any different
than question 6, really. If you notice an attitude
disturbance, there's obviously been an attitude
rate disturbance. So, I think the answer is yes
to 6 and 7. I tried to describe the answer to 6
a minute ago, but I don't remember the specific
axis.

243 20 32 29 SPT Eight is, did you notice any rate change during
CMG sat [sic]? Well, there's a - there is a
perturbation. There's a transient in there. But -
yes, if you put it over on a stop, then, of course,
you can't build a higher rate up. For example,
take a rate about - maximum moment of inertia _-_
through - oh, say like a pitch - like a pitch rate,
which it has higher inertia about it. If you put
the stick full deflection, you'll saturate the
CMGs, fire the jets, and I presume that yes, your
rate will change to whatever you've got commanded.
I suspect that's not the question you were getting
at here.

243 20 33 ii SPT During CMG desaturation, I see. Yes.

Well, that - what you're asking there is, I guess,
is when a Jet fires, simpler [?] because CMGs are
on the stop, without any - change of rate, without
any deflection of the stick. You know, the stick
deflect ... rate is zero. I guess I'd have to
answer no to that, but it needs some more talking
about. Could you hear or feel or see the CMG
locking solenoids when caging or uncaging? Yes,
you hear a little click. Could you hear the CMG
gimbalwhine during limb motion? Yes. In
attitude command? Yes. Attitude disturbances due
to normal limb motion in the DIRECT MODE bother-
some? I'd have to say, yes, if you were wanting
to control things - very carefully, you would find
that that was a problem. Did you notice any leg
lag, during rotation, or translation command? _
 1775

t 24B 20 34 18 SPT I didn't. And that's because I wasn't sufficiently -

attuned to all the little - fine details of the -
system yet. But I didn't happen to notice that
myself. Did you inadvertently contact the OWS, if
so, and how often? I only did once, and that
was - when I was flying around close to the - wall,
and over there around the - there's one dome -
water tank - we have - condensate tank we have up
here with some lines on it, and they protrude out
from the walls - I had to make an - sort of an
evasive maneuver to get around that thing, and I
Just barely touched it one time. Did you sometimes
use your legs or hand_ to stop or push off? No.
Never had to do that. Notice atmospheric drag?
No. Way out of the noise. Translation? No,
way in the noise, never noticed it.

243 20 35 09 SPT Air velocity? Never noticed, too small. Notice

any 0WS rotation? No .... control. Shadows? No.
Never even thought about using them up there. Keep
the eyeball on the object. High-intensity photo
_P_ lights bother you? No, the only thing that bothers
me, and it was a very significant bother, were those
cotton-picking goggles. They fogged up on me so
badly, I couldn't see. Finally, I Just ended
up taking them off. But I did tell you one
time, I went to the wrong FMU, and that was coming
down from the banjo toward that FMU, and it was
simply because I was fighting goggles at the same
time and it only - had about half my normal,
maybe even a third of my normal - available window
to see through, and - trying to - maneuver and -
I guess I was in DIRECT at the time, so it was
the most complicated maneuver, and it was the
free [?] time I tried to direct, and - I went -
went to the wrong FMU and it was principally, I
think, because of that, the goggles.

243 20 36 09 SPT So they were a significant bother, and I'd

either improve them or get rid of them. I finally
took mine off. Could you talk to the observer?
Yes. Instead of using the cuff checklist, that's
what we did. I wasn't familiar with the cuff
checklist, other except that I'd read through it,
to see what it was all about. I did let the
observer read them all to me. Did making com-
pensating motions with the left arm significantly
_-_ reduce? Well, I didn't fly the HHMU, so 21 and 22
are not applicable.
1776

243 20 36 37 SPT So, all in all, I thought it was - a interesting

run. I was very pleased to have the opportunity
to fly it. It is a nice flying machine; it does
its job very nicely. I think it could he a very
useful tool in zero g, but I don't - think that -
DIRECT is adequate, if you want to do any work
with it. If you're really going to be, say,
space shuttle era or beyond - For example, the
erection of large antennas or reflectors, or -
in space, things like that, or - connecting up
things fairly remotely from the spacecraft where
you - did not want to - get on a tether. Maybe
Just a safety line, but no - maybe no tether at
all, and - the AMU is really - unnecessary. Then
you want the operator to do some work, not Just
to fly around, and if the operator can work, I think
you want to take your mind off the flying task, and -
for that reason, I think that something which
minimizes your - your - concern about - where you're
flying or how to control attitudes, as does the
RATE GYR0 or CMG MODES, I think, is a necessity. -_-_

243 20 37 47 SPT Now - if you're willing to - to - pay the

price of having to pay some extra attention to it,
then you can learn to fly it in DIRECT well enough.
I think whatever modes that come up _rith it
obviously need some backup as a DIRECT mode. So
there's no really essential reliance on gyros or
spinning tops, but - I found it much more comfort-
able on the first - first day's activity to fly
it in either RATE GYRO or CMG, and - it's certain-
ly - a - a nice piece of equipment and - performs
very nicely, I think. I expect the extra supports
that were rigged, which I did wear - the extra har-
ness and how it's designed and how it's attached -
was a significant help. And - it did hold me -
hold me in very tightly, and - I did feel that I was
flying myself around, rather than flying a machine,
so - I think this was a very - a very - useful run.
The photography ought to show you the precision and
the time involved. I expect the precision was -
substantially - different, substantially less than -
A1 and Jack showed, but - particularly in DIRECT and
CMG, it's - no problem. Could have done a little
better the next time and direct the training crew
that's going up pretty rapidly, I think, as can be
seen from the - second run as conpared to the first. _
So this is the end of the - debriefing from the
 1777

SPT, on the 509 run. It goes to Ed Whitsett,

Bruce McCandless, and others interested in the
maneuvering unit.

243 20 39 23 SPT End of message.

243 20 39 30 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, debriefing a - couple of

handheld photos I took earlier. At 17:38_ we took -
the pictures of west Bolivia, took - pictures of
Lake Titicaca, and also a couple of ... Essen-
tially it went well, the weather was good there,
not a lot to say - other than that. Brazil forest,
got a - couple of pictures there, looked for areas
that - were cleared above the forest, found some
near the Amazon River that - looked - like they
were actual settlements once, and two looked like
land cleared in the - possibly for planting some-
thing, except it had a webbed [?], a dark squared
hill type. It looked more like a central - a cen-
tral cleared path of, I don't know what width, but
it appeared to be maybe - wish I knew what - what
f_ width I could see, but let's say the width of the
river near the - came near the area and it - it -
it had branches off from it. Something similar
to what you see sometimes in an oil field, al-
though this didn't appear to be anything of that
nature. I also - took one picture of a tropical
depression. I couldn't ... pictures of it. I'm
going to make some comments about our new method
of doing these pictures. We got marked on our
charts, inquiries by number and names. I will
now read you the names versus the number, and I
am hoping that on - from now on, when you refer-
ence them on our pad, you'll reference the name
and there the number that we're using, not the
number that you're using because the number that
you're using, although useful, it does not allow
us to loc - locate them as rapidly in the book.
And now we got them in - chronological order and
it's very simple to Just turn to the one. So, now
let me - go through the numbers with you and I'd
• like - I'm hoping that on the pads that come up -
on both our detail pads, and the - permanent gen-
eral message number 22 that comes up all the time,
that these put the name and the time and you can
use your code if you like, but you have the other
_ code. Anytime that you send up a new site,Just
' pick up on the end of this, call it that number,
and we'll Just put it on our map with the number.
1778

243 20 42 04 CDR Okay, we're starting right now _th - Straits of

Magellan, which is number i. Pata. Des. Oh,
Patagonia Desert, 2. Okovanggo Swamp is 3.
Kalahari Desert is 4. Brazil forest, 5; Central
America, 6; western Bolivia, 7. 8 is - Lago de
Chapa - Chapala. 9 is Guada - GuadalaJara. 9-A
is BaJa California; we missed "that, but let's keep
calling it 9A. l0 is Gram Chaco, ParaguaY. ll
is the plains at Nazca, Peru. 13 is Vera Cruz.
14 is southwest New Mexico [sic], also called
Chih - Chihua - Chihuahua, New Mexico. 15 is the
Sudd Swamp in southern Sudan. 16 is North Africa,
locusts swarming. 17 is Lake Chad. 18 is Mali
drought, Africa. 19 is Beng [?] landforms. 20
is Gulf of Panamy [?]. 21 is the Antipodes. 22
is shallow Sea Mount. 23 is _ladalupe River. 24
is Arizona drainage system. 25 is Nevada and
Utah. 26 is Colorado River, _Id 27 is North -
New Mexico and Baja.

243 20 43 39 CDR Right now the way we do is we get the names and
we look at the book - look on the map, and some- --_
times the map only has one number by it. For
example, down around - plains of Nazca, there's
only ll. But if we suddenly show up - up and -
BaJa, we've got number 9A, I believe, and - 27.
And as a result, we have to then look it up,
whereas if you have both the number and the name,
it's a lot easier to find it in our books. And if
you were to put your numbers in there, but still
when we went to our flight plan, we don't know
whether your numbers -we should turn to the first
of the group or the last of the group we have here.
If you had all them sent up at once and listed
that way, I think we could have done it, but now
that we're sending up randombe - randomly and
there's something we already have a bunch of, I
suspect that this other system might be an improve-
ment. Let me mention something else. Let me tell
you something, we seem to have lots of pictures
of, and I'll tell you by numbers. We seem to
have lit - a lot of number 5. We seem to have a
lot of number - 10, although I'm not sure we had
the right site. We have a number of - many of
number 2 and number 7. Also over in Africa, we've
had quite a few of 18, 4, 3, 17, 16, and 15. Now
the rest of the things we haven't had much of.
But if you want to emphasize something, then I
think the thing to emphasize are the ones of the
 1779

U.S. later this month, Central America, and - the

ones - things that are interesting in other parts
of the world.

243 20 45 29 CDR CDR out.

243 21 01 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR; we're doing - M092/93 on

the big Owen K. Garriott .... for the last time
and his right leg is 12-1/2 inches, and I'll give
you his left in a moment.

243 21 02 35 CDR Okay, 12-5/8 on his left leg. It looks Just a

little bit less than that, but we'll call it
12-5/8. Closer to there than 12-1/2.

243 21 02 43 CDR CDR out. That's for biomed, of ccurse. MO92/9B.

TIME SKIP

243 21 39 00 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATMwhich began at 20:25.
I ran off a series of four JOP 2 boxes, building
block lO's - at the four locations you specified.
And each one came off as we hoped it might. And
then I went on down today and got JOP 6, building
block 2, step 2 and - Sun center and that also
came off as advertised except for one thing that
remains a question in my mind. I got S052 all
lined up and ready to go, and I really don't know
if I started it or not. When I looked back, it
was finished as I started it and I assume that
I started it as usual, although - I don't have
any real recollection of having looked at it
during the period of time when it was running,
due to the fact that I was mostly concentrating
on the other experiments - to get them all set up.

243 21 40 12 PLT So S052 remains a question there and wish I could

answer it. I assume I got it. Although I don't
remember - whether I did or not.

243 21 40 22 PLT And that concludes brief for this rev, and we'll
do it again pretty soon.

'/_ 243 21 41 30 PLT Oh, one other item for the ATM debrief. I made
my daily sketch of the corona. And it appears
1780

that today, that we have an additional streamer

that we did not have yesterday. Or at least that
I did not sketch in and it's located in the
west-northwest - position, roughly - 060, I would
say. Perhaps that's got something to do with
active region 93. And additionally, it looks like
perhaps on the northeast side, why we have a little
longer streamer projecting out into the corona that
we had yesterday at about 3 o'clock position. But
my sketch from yesterday shows that we had the
beginnings of that one and perhaps it's grown some.
So other than that, I don't have anything other
to report S052-wise.

2h3 21 42 41 PLT Although, I do know that in the rev coming

up we have an opportunity to go Sun center and
if I have time, well, what I'll do is make sure
I got that last - standard run by getting our
extra one this time.

TIMESKIP -_--_

2h3 22 34 44 PLT The visible single filter on the front. We have

the - the camera set with the T on the timer and
the T on the back of the case. We are set at -
my f-stop in f/1.2, and we are focused at infinity.
Our first exposure will be for 2 seconds, followed
by 8, 32, and 65.

2h3 22 35 16 CC Okay, for the PLT, Jack, we'd like you to pick
up at lh minutes remaining ... - -

PLT And I believe that verifies everything.

CC - - and do the ... 4 ... per the ATM schedule pad

B --

PLT Thirty-five millimeter visible, red. We are set

on 1.2, bbth for infinity and for visible filter;
that's right.

2_3 22 35 3h PLT Okay. 22:47:30 is going to be our first exposure

and it's still about i0 minutes away.

CC ... be in and remain in with all the lines hooked

up to their appropriate plates. Over.
 1781

243 22 35 4h CDR Okay, that's the way it is right now. When I

took out the two plates in sieve A, which is shut
down . .. - -

PLT Okay, we're all set with the other filter.

CDR - - ... on sieve A - then I had to disconnect

those lines and I remember - -

PLT I want to go down and finish the lights off.

CDR - - when we were troubleshooting early in the

mission.

243 22 39 29 SPT Oh, Well, we're waiting for 5. Would you mind
knocking off about the time of the measurement.
Okay, 5 more minutes. Okay, pardon me? Oh.

CDR ...

SFT Uh-huh. Yes_ chinups on that thing. You're right.

i_. The chinupthing.

CDR ...

SPT Uh-huh. That's a good point. I think it is

probably a good exercise.

CDR ...

243 22 40 12 SPT Yes. Okay, this is the SPT back on channel A with
information not only for the S063 PIs but also
for Karl Henize that relates to the AMS - that's
SO19 experiment. I was looking through the window
now, $063 window, right out at the SO19 mirror.
And there are two things - Excuse me, the AMS
mirror - And there are two things that are noticeable.
First of all, out toward the end of the ellipse
is a very bright little mark where apparently the
fingerprint is located that came from SL-2. And
it is very bright, s]_most like it had salt or ice
•condensed on a little area a couple of centimeters
long, sort of an L-shaped area.

243 22 41 00 SPT And then around the edges of it for another centi-
meter, it looks like there's a little bit of extra
dust accumulated. And so that's one rather bright
spot on the mirror. And then on the closest end
of the ellipse there is an arc forming a - maybe -
oh, 5 centimeters wide at the widest part tapering
1782

down to about 1 centimeter as it gets to the e_ge

of the ellipse. This little arc swings across the
lower end of the ellipse and enters a sort of a
fault, as if there were a little bit of water vapor
condensed on the mirror. And this is - very likely
will - undoubtedly will produce some extra scattering.

2_3 22 41 40 SPT I don't know to what extent it will affect any of

the measurements in either 63 or 19, but I wanted
to bring this contamination to your attention since
it's something we can see directly now by eye with
the AMS mirror extended. So that's the comment that
I wanted to make to both S063 and S019.

243 22 42 04 SPT Okay, we're coming up now about 4 minutes from the
first exposure and we'll get a doublecheck on the
time.

CC ...

243 22 43 52 SPT Okay, we're back on air. We're getting ready for
the first exposures here.

CDR How long?

SPT A couple minutes.

CDR ...

CREW ...

PLT I been watching you.

CREW ...

SPT Okay, we're already up at about 74 degrees ROTATION

at this point. And I'm setting in 2 seconds on
our timer.

CC Skylab ... we got 20 seconds ... - -

243 22 44 56 SFT .Okay, 2 seconds is set in on the timer. And the

camera is cocked. We have l0 frames remaining on
the counter. Nikon 02 shows l0 frames remaining.
We're waiting for 47:30. We're coming up on 45:30.

243 22 45 30 SPT MARK. 45:30. And the TILT is set and locked at _-_
30 degrees. Okay. Just see the sunset now. And
we can see the airglow. Nope. I think the box is
 1783

still in cal. Okay, we're putting the TILT on t_ -

the pedestal on the horizon and the airglow is Just _7
about right on the dashed line. Looks like it may
be Just a little bit broader than the airglow. But
if so - I don't have the horizon precisely either.
Probably pretty accurate. Okay. Got i more
minute - 2-second exposure.

SPT Okay, it's coming up any time. Stand by.

243 22 47 38 SPT MARK. Okay. Got that exposure made. Next frame
is going to be an 8-second exposure at 49:30.
Change the timer - 8.

243 22 h8 55 SPT Okay, we got 30 more seconds. And the light was
off the filter panels, too. So the horizon looks
clear. Okay, stand by.

PLT Is somebody using channel A?

SPT Yes.

CDR Yes, Owen. Yes, Owen.

243 22 49 48 SPT MARK.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Madrid for 9 minutes.

Out.

2h3 22 49 56 SPT MARK. End of exposure. Yes, Jack, I'm on channel A.

Okay, that was that exposure amd the next one
is going to be at 51:30 for 32 seconds. Changing
the timer to 32 seconds - 22:51. We have - or
rather - 51:30. We have 1 minute.

PLT Okay, Bruce. When this flare came off on the

last rev, I was Just getting pointed out there on
the limb and I didn't get anything started. And
I was wondering - -

SPT Boy, there's a big city out there.

PLT - - ... want me to pick up with the rev that we

Just missed or if you'd like me to go on to the
2329 rev as scheduled? - -

2h3 22 50 51 SPT I know I can't look through here; I'm busy. But
/--_ you might look out the window. Well, no telling
which way it is. I've got to keep this thing on
the target here.
1784

243 22 50 56 CC Roger, Jack. Proceed per the plan as indicated

by Zulu time. That is, forget about what didn't get
done this last rev and pick up with the next one.
Over.

PLT Okay, thank you.

SPT Okay. Stand by.

243 22 51 39 SPT MARK.

243 22 52 13 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. And the last one here
in this sequence is 64 seconds at 53:30. We have
1 minute. Changing timer to 64.

SPT Stand by.

243 22 53 44 SPT MARK.

243 22 54 05 CC PLT, this Houston. If you feel like commenting

on the flare activity as you offered to do a few
minutes ago, we're standing by. We've got about
4-1/2 minutes left over Madrid here. Over.

CDR ...

SPT All right.

CDR Huh?

SPT Okay.

243 22 54 51 SPT MARK. The end of the exposure.

PLT Okay, Bruce. As I was setting up for the standard

operation out on the west limb, I got the flare
alarm to go off and ... - -

SPT And now I've got to change the lens, so I'll be

off the line here for a minute.

243 22 55 15 SPT .I'll turn off the tape recorder.

243 23 04 55 SPT Okay, SPT is back on channel A. Getting set for

our next set of exposures with the ultraviolet
filter. Confirming that the lens has been changed.
We now have the UV lens and the UV single filter. _-_
One thing Wally Teague might want to note, there
is no focus setting on this UV filter. I assume
 1785

that it's permanently set at infinity. There's

no way that one can be adjusted. We are set on
64 seconds, and we're waiting for ll:08, 23:08,
coming up in 2 minute.

2h3 23 06 ll SPT A setting of 2_0. Make that around a 140 and see
what I find.

SPT Have the - -

PLT ...

243 23 06 42 SPT Okay, there's the horizon in there again. About

B07. Your rotations are out to lunch I think, Wally.

2h3 23 07 42 SPT 219; I ought to be there.

CDR ...

SPT Okay. Stand by for this exposure. It's going to

be a little bit later than scheduled.

2_3 23 08 26 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

PLT Everybody come over ...

CDR ...

PLT ... yes.

SPT Slower rate change, yes. Guess that might change

the TILT there also.

2_3 23 09 33 SPT End of my exposure.

SPT Okay. The next one is here at ii. That's still

a minute away. Also a 6S-second exposure. 23:11.
Okay, we got a pretty good airglow horizon this
time. I was a little dissatisfied about the last
one, but this one looks a little better. And the
rate change in the airglow is smaller now. Okay,
we've got 15 seconds until the scheduled time.

CDR ...

PLT Yes, ...

_ SPT Okay. Standby.

1786

243 23 ii 16 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

CDR ...

PLT ...

243 23 12 22 SPT MARK. And that was a good one. That was partic-
ularly good. I could see a little bit of horlzon
tilt change during the course of the run, but it
wasn't too bad. I tried to keep it right in the
center of the field on the horizon. So each end
of the field will rotate Just a little bit. It
was pretty good. I liked that one, And I am
keeping my one eye dark adapted by keeping it
closed while I'm looking with my light.

243 23 12 55 SPT Now my ROTATION at this point is 224 degrees;

TILT is still 30. I don't see the horizon at the
angles that - that are on your pad, Wally, so we
should check to m_ke sure that those angles are
correct, because they're not the ones that I'm
looking at. Okay. We're coming up on 14. Another
6h-second exposure at 23:1h, half a minute away.
Okay, I want to get down there and get set for that.

SPT Standby.

243 23 14 13 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

2h3 23 15 01 SPT Little lightning discharge on the ground down

there. But was far enough below the horizon it
won't get into the airglow. Ought to have been.

243 23 15 20 SPT End of exposure.

2h3 23 15 21 SPT MARK it. That should have been a good one also.
The horizon has not changed angle too rapidly. It
does require, though, a slow, continuous rotation
on the knob. And the airglow horizon is suffi-
ciently distinct; I still estimate my errors to be
about plus or minus 5 to plus or minus l0 kilometers.
Okay, the next exposure ought to be about 17 at
64 seconds.

2h3 23 16 06 SPT A minute away. Wally, you might verify that there
is no focus - no range setting on this UV lens.
I don't know how that got sent up with infinity, _-_
but it's reassuring to m_ke sure I know I'm not
 1787

messing something up that I should - should have

known about. Stand by.

243 23 16 58 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

243 23 18 04 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Let me get that optical
sight intensity turned down a little bit. Now it
ought to be right there, yes. Yes, I think I prob-
ably had it a little bit too bright. Okay. Switch
eyes. Next one is a 20 to 32-second exposure.
Change my time. And, Wally, I'm still waiting
for a response on what you and the Packers think
about a plus or minus 5- or 10-kilometer error
on the pointing. Is that about what you were hoping
for, or better, or worse? I see the stars come up
over the horizon and out to the airglow. My guess
is about 25 kilometers is where most of these
stars are becoming visible. And I presume from
the film, after you've got the length of the star
track, you determine the length of the exposure
from that, I guess. Okay, we're coming up on -
j,._ the next exposure is at 20 and 22 [sic]. 20 is
a few seconds away.

243 23 20 00 SPT Stand by.

2h3 23 20 07 SPT MARK.

2h3 23 20 40 SPT MARK; end of the exposure. Okay. Okay, our next
one's also a 32-second exposure at time 22, a
minute away. The last one's also a good one.
All these latter ones have been good. I wasn't too
happy with that first 2-second exposure made at
the very beginning. Two seconds wouldn't have
needed to have moved at all, really. But you know,
I think I m_y have Jiggled a little bit. And I'm
still also trying to keep my eye off of this
eyepiece.

2h3 23 21 22 SPT And I'm also not touching the camera because
they'll - they Juggle, and we don't want that,
•obviously. Be nice if there was a tighter fit.
Might try to wedge - I've got tape around it.
But I might try to get more tape or something else
wedged inside the slide on - little shoe. Okay;
stand by, here.

_ 2h3 23 22 09 SPT Hey: Won't take any more. That's it. We hit
zero there. I thought it would take one more frame,
1788

but it won't. It's on zero, and so that's the last

frame. It can't take - take any more. I might
try one more. Well, I'ii let it go. Let me put
onto the end of the - Okay, now I don't see any
change in brightness myself. Also, there' s no
light on the solar arrays. And no light on the
solar arrays there's no reflected light through
the telescope. I presume that's as a result of
my comments on the last run. So they've been
, terminated sufficientlyearly.

243 23 22 43 SPT I didn't see any change as near as my eye could

tell in the brightness. I'm beginning to see some
now. I presume the calculations are all clear.
Yes, but it is very definitely brighter now at
this point. So I can tell a difference between
the Earth and the airglow that I couldn't tell
before.

243 23 23 12 SPT So if you can get the time off the tape, I'ii Just
go ahead and describe what I see. But it's Just
a nice, uniform band at this point. It's of more
or less uniform intensity between the Earth's
horizon and the upper limits of the airglow at
about 80 kilometers. That is the distance between
your pedestal and the dashed line. Okay.

243 23 23 44 SPT Now we're beginning to get some light off the
solar panel. Yes. Now the panel is illuminated
and it washed everything out right there. So
that time was about 23:30, about a minute and a
half after our last exposure - ha, had I run it.
But it was Just i minute after the last exposure
terminated. So the timing _as real good.

243 23 2h 06 SPT I did not get the last 32-second exposure because
the camera frame remaining had hit zero and would
not take another film. So that's the end of the
comments on this first pass, and we'll be firing
back up again for the next rev in 2-1/2 hours.

243 23 24 27 SPT The end of the message from the SPT, with informa-
tion to PIs for S063, Wally Teague, Jack Lew. And
there was also a cogent in there about the mirror
that goes to Karl Henize and S019 investigators.

24323 24 44 SPT Message

out.

###
 DAY 244 (AM) 1789

244 00 54 43 PLT Hello, ATM fans. This is Jack on channel A, the -

with a little more information concerning that rev
that we went for the flare on; most of it is voice -
voice down [-link] real time. But the only other
thing we got done there on that rev was the D-4
calibration on S052. And readings, the cross-pointer
offset readings that I copied down on page 2-17
of the checklist, were UP/DOWN, plus l, and vertical
LEFT/RIGHT, a zero.

244 00 55 16 PLT And that concludes this part of the debriefing.

TIME SKIP

244 01 52 03 SPT SPT recording on channel A. With information on

the S063 run up and coming Just before 2:00 a.m.
Zulu. I've got about 3 minutes before the first
exposure starts and I'm going to run over the
camera settings.

SPT There are two B2-second exposures and then some

64's and then some 32's. Let's see that's 2, 5,
8, ll, 14, 17, 20, ... So there's a - every
3 minutes we got another one. The first ones
are 32-second exposures ... Nikon 02 with the
visible lens and the twin visible filters on the
front. And verified I am set on f/1.2 and
infinity. My timer on the top is set T and on the
back it's set on T. My Nikon t_mer - Nikon 02 is
now coming right to position 32. My camera is
cocked. I've got it more or less taped down now,
as best I can, with little smid - smidgens of
tape to try to stabilize it.

2h_ 01 53 21 SPT My frame counter on the back is sitting now at

39. But I Just wound the camera, it wound down
to 39. So there's probably one more frame to be
exposed than'you'd expected. Okay. Now looking
for the horizon - and the - for the airglow -
I see it out there. Okay, there it comes. There's
the horizon and there's the airglow. Now I'm
going to get my - light turned off in the window.
And I'm going to adjust it ... I got about
2 minutes. Okay, now I'm going to rotate this
little apparatus parallel to the horizon where
/
1790

it is now located. Got a nice dark line between

the airglow and the horizon and I'm seeing stars
and stars through the airglow ....

CC Skylab, this is Houston .... for 8 minutes. Out.

SPT Should be all set.

244 O1 54 43 SPT Waiting on 56 - 30. Waiting on 56:30. Now the

twin filter we have set on 6300 angstrom selected.
Okay. Take note in - oh ho, we have some air-
glow - or we have aurora. I'm going to take it
right now. If I can find the button here.

244 01 55 29 SPT MARK.

PLT ...

CC Okay. We copy that, Jack. No problem.

244 01 56 00 SPT End of exposure. And that one did not come out
well. I'm going to have to see if I can roll _
around out and get that - and find some way -
doesn't look like there's anyway to do it.
Well, too bad. You'd get a smeared aurora, but
nothing else. Okay, 56:30. I'll get my regular
exposure now - 32-second. Stand by.

244 01 56 34 SPT MARK.

244 01 57 07 SPT End of exposure. Now I'd Just wished I'd reduced
that time exposure down to a couple of seconds
and I could have had that aurora. I'd had a very
large field of view here and the doggoned aurora
just - went right through the field of view of
the S063.

SPT Hello, Bruce, you there?

CC Yes, sir. Go ahead, 0wen.

SPT I was just in the process of taking some S- 63

airglow photography and an aurora just flew -
a small section of an aurora just flew through
the field of view. I got one exposure; was too
long, so it's probably overexposed. But - it was
sort of a surprise to see an aurora - small flash _-_
fly right through the middle of your airglow.
 1791

244 01 57 58 CC Roger, Owen. We copy your ...

244 01 58 25 SPT Okay. We're waiting on 59:30, it's going to be

at 5977. 5577. It's selected. And this frame
count is going to be - it's now sitting on 37.
So - this'll be my second exposure. Now - the
first, hl to 39, when I wound the camera. And
then 39 itself - 39 went to 38 on that att.empt
to get the aurora. Now I've had one other
exposure 6300. This is my fourth exposure, 5577.
Another 32-second exposure.

CC For the CDR, Houston. With respect to house-

keeping ... canister change. We show that ...
on day 29. Over.

SPT Stand by.

24h 01 59 42 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

CDR Okay. Thank you, Bruce.

CC Roger.Out.

244 02 00 15 SPT End of exposure. Next one is coming up at

02:02:30. 6300 angstroms now for 64 seconds.
6300 is selected, 64 seconds is selected.

244 02 01 24 CC Skylab, this is Houston. A minute and 20 seconds

until LOS here ... while you're working on the
ATM we like to get a frame count. Over.

PLT Okay. Bruce ... H-alpha is ...

CC ..., Jack. Thank you.

244 02 02 29 SPT Okay. Stand by.

244 02 02 44 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

244 02 03 50 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

CC "Skylab, this is Houston through Ascension ...

at Ascension for 16 minutes. And the CDR phone
call should be coming though.

SPT Okay, coming up 02:05 - 02:05:30, I want 5577.

_-_ 5577 is being selected. Okay. We've got that
 4

1792

filter selected, we're 15 seconds from exposure.

Okay, stand by for the mark. Stand by.

244 02 05 42 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

244 02 06 48 SPT MARK. End of exposure. That was a good one!

That was good one! They've all been pretty good
as a matter of fact. But that one was a -
exceptiona - in terms of stability. I think I've
got things taped down pretty solidly this time.
There's not too much Jitter and play.

SPT Okay. Next one is 02:08:30. We want 6300; that

is being selected. 6300 angstroms we now have.
Still on 64 seconds. 02:08:30 is the time we
have about - 30 seconds - 15 seconds to go.
Stand by -

244 02 08 34 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

244 02 09 41 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. And that should have
been a good one also. Okay. Next one - 02:11:30, _-_
5577. Okay. We've been getting all these marks,
you can pull them out of the tape. Don't want
to speak too loudly it Jars my head and every-
thing and - m_kes me bump the - machine. So I
have to speak rather quietly. Waiting on
02:11:30 - until 40 seconds away. Should have
5577 selected. Everything seems to be working as
desired. Stand by -

244 02 ll 37 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

244 02 12 43 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Okay, that should

have been a good one. Tracked smoothly all the
way. Okay. Going to be 14:30. 5577 - no, Just
a minute. That was - that's - okay, that's right.
14:30 remains 5577 for another 64-second exposure,
which will be about midnight. Or something like
that.

SPT 30 seconds. Stand by -

244 02 14 49 SPT MARK.

244 02 15 56 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. And a significant

amount of rotation occurred during that one to
 1793

the tilt of the horizon. I'd say about - i0 degrees

or so of rotation of the horizon occurred. Okay,
the next one coming up is 17:30 at 6300 angstroms.
6300 angstroms selected, still at 64 .... 30
is coming up in a minute. 6300.

SPT And ... they're getting a little bit brighter

now. Maybe ... I'm better adapted or something -
I don't think that's it .... few lights on her
out there. Coming up in there ... but - lights
on down in the head and up in the airlock. And
I can see the- a faint illumination around. I'm
still pretty well adapted. No problem with ...
boundary. Stand by -

244 02 17 31 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

CC Skylab, Houston. Over.

244 02 18 36 SPT MARK.

SPT It was a red filter, but I should have shortened

my exposure time to - below 32. As a result, I
left - I didn't have time to do it because I
just took it with the settings that I h_d set up
at beginning the exposures. And I'm sure it
smeared the aurora badly because it drifts across
your field fairly quickly. So - I think it's
going to be - turned out to be a more of an
interesting event than a useful experiment here.
But, nevertheless, we have one frame with the
aurora on it.

CC Okay, what color was the aurora?

SPT Well, it tended to be - green visually, but I

had the red filter in, that was my first
exposure - 6300.

CC ... 28 minutes ...

244 02 19 28 SPT 20:20. 02:20:30 is the next one. 5577 we want.

5577 at 20:30 ... another 64-second exposure.
30 seconds away. Okay, stand by -

244 02 20 3B SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

1794

244 02 21 38 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

SPT 23:00. 6300. Coming up on 23, got about a

minute to go. 23:30 is a minute away. 6300.
Four seconds. Stand by.

244 02 23 39 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

244 02 24 44 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. That should have

been a good one, too. Particularly good one.
Okay, we want 5577 next. A 32-second selected,
waiting for 26:30; About a minute and a half.
Okay. Stand by.

244 02 26 _2 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

244 02 27 14 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Okay, one more

exposure to take. 29:30, we want 6300. That's
what we got - we got 32 seconds set in. And it
appears pretty stable tonight. The - optical
sight and everything are not zooming around too
much. I'm still keeping my eye off the eyepiece
as best I can. Although I find that I can touch
it now without wobbling it around. I've got it
taped down solidly enough that it doesn't seem
to Jiggle. And I think that's really essential
to a smooth tracking Job.

SPT Still have 45 seconds tmtil the last exposure.

Stand by -

244 02 29 31 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

244 02 30 04 SPT MA/_. End of the exposure. Just in time, too,

because right at the end of the last 5 seconds
or so we're beginning to get light shafts in off
a solar array. Because - I'll tell you the last
5 seconds of that exposure had some light scattered
in from a solar array into the side of the AMS.
And it'll be an interesting test to see whether
or not you can see that on the film. Now the film
• remaining counter right now reads 26 - on the
back of the Nikon, too. And it is wound already
for the next frame. And so we had to start it
on 40, then when I wound it to 39. And I took
one attempt at that aurora, which wound it down
to 38. Now I should have had 12 frames here,
 1795

which is correct. That drops it down to 26.

And that's exactly where I'm sitting, on frame 26,
right now. So - that should give you the infor-
mation necessary for the - planning the next
passes. And - no ether debriefing items here that
I can think of. The run went pretty smoothly.
I wish I had known about that aurora a little bit
earlier. It Just went through the field too fast
for me to react. Because what I should have done
was to (chuckle) switch to 5577, drop the exposure
to about 2 to 4 seconds, and whack away at it.
But - Just no time to get that done. It really
caught me by surprise.

244 02 31 33 SPT But I think there's some good airlgow photographs

on there. And I'd be interested in getting some
feedback frc_ how the information sound on the
ground.

244 02 31 41 SPT SPT with information about S063 .... and -

Wally Teague and Jack Lew. End of message.

TIME SKIP

_hh I_ 3_ 33 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on channel A. I'm debriefing

the handheld photo sites nLu,ber 16, 17 - number 16
and call site 17, North African locust swarm.
You Just can't see locust swarms, I don't think,
fr_ orbit with the naked eyeball. Now maybe
the thing to do is go up there without the camera
and s_e - good binoculars. First of all, is the
area that we're looking at is not - like you
might Ima_ne, green, but as it swaths through,
it's going to be brown. The area is fairly brown
itself and there's s_e green patches but not
too many. And - I really believe that the chances
of - of seeing anything like a locust swarm, unless
it's huge, and recognizing it, is awlb/lly small.
Determining the size of the swarm would be one
whale of a good stunt. The vegetation you can't
describe_ the only thing you can see up here is -
is the sort of colors, brown - like maybe grass
or it may be rocky or it may be dirt. You don't
know, it's Just kind of brown. The green you
don't know whether that's swamps, trees, bushes,
1796

or what. So describing the vegetation is going

to be difficult.

244 I_ 40 02 CDR Ys there an observable cause for the direction

of migratory path? If you could find it, you
might be able to - to do that simply by looking
a little bit ahead; in other words, to get a big
picture. Is the migratory path affected bY
topography, Vegetation, climatic conditions? You
know it is. But you might be able to pinpoint
this too, if you could see the - the locust path
itself. Now, maybe a possibility on this thing
is to get higher power binoculars, so you can
look down and find them. I'll try that next time
T come around this area. Just get out the
binoculars and look for a locust swarm if there's
something like that.

_44 12 40 21 CD_ I don't know how many there are, is there one
or - in this whole big area of is there one every
square mile or so. It'd be an interesting piece
of data to know; we may be looking for the so-called
needle in a haystack here. There may not be that
many locust swarms _olng around. Okay, now -
my recum,endatlon would be, we try it maybe one
or two more times with the binoculars, if we can.
It Just may not be something we can do from orbit
with the equipment we have on board now. Any more
than we could locate the trees or - cities or
locate houses or - it's - it's - impossible with
the equipment we have on board at the moment.
Okay, this goes to EREP officer.

244 12 41 21 CDR CD_ out.

_44 12 41 93 CD_ Additional information for the _EP officer. You

might contact those current-events folks with the
Smithsonlan again and get them to pinpoint a
swarm, instead of saying it's in this mult_mile
area. M_ybe they know where two or three of them
are. We could plot them on our map and then try
• to find them.

244 i_ 41 49 CDR CDR out. That goes to EREP.

_44 I_ 4_ 06 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on

channel A debriefing the first ___ run of the day _-_
 1797

for the boys in the backroom. The ran began -

the run began at 11:54. And we put a little -
Sun on the V_. Gave you two ... and looked at
all the active regions up close, and - we - took
a tour of the limb clear around and looked at the
prc_inences, particularly the - ... And - we've
got a couple of runthroughs of the ATM run. Then
we went on and did JOP 6, that - step - step i,
building blocks IA and IB, and they came off Just
the way you like them as well as the JOP _ Bravo
on active region 12. There was - at the end of
JOP 2 Bravo, I had a few minutes extra, so I -
ran the - mirror on 55 up to sllt center and
picked up a hot spot for the detector and gave
you a CRATING AUTO SCAN on the hot spot in active
region 12, DETECTOR i. It ran through effective
sunset at about GRATING 2000 and I Just let it
run it - run on out. Now I also noted that it
looks to me like there's an active region c_ing
out of the east side there that you don't have on
the pad this morning and it's located at ... 40,
about 0.9 .... take a look at that ...

_44 I_ 50 2_ PLT And - I also was concerned as far as the experiment

is concerned ... although we apparentlyhave a
little more than we did yesterday. Particularly
in the region around well, I'd call it 40 ....
might be ... It's not a ... I don't think over
there at the limb at the east-southeast quadrant
approximately as I said around ho. That's a quick
debrief of this run and -we're looking forward to
the remainder of the day on the ATM and we'll be
checking with you later.

244 i_ 51 06 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

244 14 25 32 SPT This is the SPT on channel A with information for

the biomedical people .... IV ... 75 ... at about
039 ... ll:30, and so it was about 8 hours ago.
.... 2977, ... 7167 ... 70 ... Vit,m_n A ...
all ... and we therefore ... biomed people and
particularly Drs. Michel and Rummel ...

2_4 14 31 14 CDR This is the CDR recording ... tape recording ...
1798

244 14 49 47 CDR Okay, this is the CDR ... recordings ... 59, 3 ...
5, 65, 60, 5 ... 4 61 563 655 732 ... 959, 6 ...
44 ... 562 ... 751 ... 44, 72 25, ... 5827, 39 ...
... like it is. Right ... turn them on. Right 45
... 546, 493; 546, 493.

244 14 53 ii CDR Went away .... sounds like ... had problems.

PLT ...

CDR What made it go away then?

CDR Maybe it was your comm set over there.

CDR Set it over near that pump.

244 14 53 38 CDR That clears it up!

PLT Maybe.

CDR Figured as much.

PLT I'll take it the way it comes.

PLT Okay, how do you read me on the headset? Okay?

Reading me okay?

CDR Aw, so-so. No, I don't read you okay.

PLT How about now?

CDR I'm reading you bet_r.

PLT Okay.

244 14 57 16 CDR Is you door open on 917 It;s always open.

PLT Yes, sir.

PLT Pretty poor light in here. We can't work with

this kind of cr_y light.

CDR No.

PLT Tell him to turn on all the lights and let's do

EREP.
 1799

2_4 14 57 36 CDR Okay, it's time for a little pre-op configuration

check. TAPE RECORDER, ON.

244 14 57 41 CDR READY, on. 92, ON; READY, out. MODE in CHECK.
DOOR, OPEN. 91, 0N; READY, on; COOLER, 0N; and
DOOR, OPEN, according to the Jack.

244 14 58 23 CDR 90's ON. The READY's out. In STANDBY and. red
[sic] door's open. 93 R, STANDBY. READY, out.

CDR 93 S, OFF. READY, out. 93A, OFF. READY out.

And 94, ON, with READY, on. We're standing by to
begin this run.

244 14 59 36 CDR What's that?

PLT Looks like we're over Africa.

CDR Taking pics over Africa too?

PLT Africa and South America. That's all we do down

here.

CDR Okay.

244 15 01 13 CDR Do you think I'll want to look under there?

CDR It's wide open. Everything's wide open.

PLT That's the way we want it, all right.

CDR I 'll bet.

PLT Getting about time to begin this, isn't it? 02.

Okay, we don't do nothing until 14. Aren't going
to do nothing until 14 - except find out where
we 're going.

244 15 01 54 PLT Better monitor the deal.

244 15 02 01 CDR Okay. 15:02 coming in.

CDR Okay, there's 15:02, 193 A to STANDBY, 193 S to

STANDBY. Warming up.

244 15 02 55 PLT Got them on Rio, too.

1800

CDR Good.

244 15 03 40 PLT This morning I ought to get a good shot of R_o

and Montevari - Montevideo.

244 15 04 12 CDR Made it for 05:48, gentlemen.

CDR I bet that was what was happening. I'ii bet that
thing was ... on your mike. It must have been on
the ... of your mike.

PLT Yes. It might have been.

CDR - on the end of your mike making noise.

PLT It was laying right in here somewhere.

CDR Yes.

PLT Could have been. No, that's - the fan is on.

That 's right.

CDR Maybe it was over near that cooler. Maybe we

could pick up that cooler -

PLT ... out of ...

CDR Yes. Sure went away once you did - did the Job.

244 15 04 49 CDR 05:48, that's a minute from now. That's a better

place for that seat. It doesn't bother anybody.

PLT This is going to be a great window when the pass is

ove r.

CDR If the pass is over there, yes, we'll whip it out.

Good idea.

2h4 15 05 22 CDR 05:48 coming up, Jack. I've got to get a ... sync.
Because of the NADIR ALIGN over the ocean, probably.

PLT .Yes.

CDR 3 R is going OFF and A is ON.

244 15 05 41 PLT It's 05:48.

 1801

244 15 05 49 CDR MARK, R, OFF; A, ON. MICROWAVE ALTIMETER is going.

Stand by for 6 minutes with EREP STARTS. That's
it. Now monitoring A-l, B-l, and C-1. They're
starting to move; they're starting to oscillate.
They quit oscillating.

24h 15 06 15 CDR 92 MODE to MANUAL. Okay, I'm standing by for

7 minutes. VTS to AUTO CAL. 7 minutes, Jack. I'll
give you your call. I assume for all practical
purposes, Jack, that we're in Z-LV. We are; we're
within a few tenths - tenths; let me check, which
may be the offset.

PLT Would I ever let you down on that?

CDR Okay, you have now got a AUTO CAL under your belt.
Record C-1 on max.

PLT ... four--

CDR C-i right now is holding about 82 percent, 82 percent.

PLT Where did all that tape go?

CDR Need some tape?

244 15 07 18 PLT C-8. What's C-8 reading? C-8 ought to be here.

C-1 isn't the one I'm looking for.

CDR You want C-87 We've got lots of it.

PLT Where's the top? Okay. Are the -

CDR No, we're looking at the backs of the friendly

little altimeter. I've got a decision time at
08:50, and it looks from the looks of things, like
we ought to Just cool it. A value above 50; we
got 83. Just in time to keep testing. Good
ali gnment.

PLT Stand by to push buttons.

PLT _Doesn't matter, O.

CDR Doesn't bother us, Big O. Why? What you looking

at? Okay. We're going right across Italy after
the last pass. 08:50 coming up, decision time,
_-- BigJack.
 1802

2hh 15 08 29 CDR 08:50 is my decision time, which is 20 seconds

from now.

2h4 15 08 34 CDR So far, the things are oscillating a percent or

two, and it's up at 83. Naturally we'll let it
time out, that means accept. I'm watching the
NADIR ALIGN READY light. Just went out, right on
sched. I'm going to let it time out the next
15 seconds. We accept that as 83 percent. Oscil-
lating slightly. Everything looks good. Record
A-I and B-I. Okay, A-I 5 - correction, 46. B-I
is 40. And now A-I is up to 52; 46 to 52 and
then h0 on H. Now B is moving up; it's going
from h0 up to 45. So everything looks good.
191 READY on at 09:0h, Jack - 09:h0, I mean, which
is 8 seconds from now.

PLT I'm so ready!

CDR Okay, I'll tell you when to count down.

244 15 09 38 PLT Chomping at the bit; let's gol Move this thing _-"
on -

2hh 15 09 40 CDR Okay, READY's on.

PLT Come on, Skylab.

24h 15 09 43 CDR 193 A to STANDBY. MODE 5 and 63; 5, 63.

PLT Hello down there, Bob.

CDR 193 R to STANDBY. Okay, we're stanling by for

10:43, Jack.

PLT Okay. You down there, Robert.

244 15 lO 00 CC Affirm. Got you a good down-link this time for

llminutes.

CDE Okay.

PLT Thataboy.

CDR Everything's good up here. Everything's checked

out.

PLT Okay, let me give you a little tour here.

 1803

CDR 10:h3, 190 MODE, AUTO. Okay.

2_h 15 i0 16 PLT Our EREP pass this morning brings us here over
the South Pacific hitting the South American coast,
close to the southern tip, of course, of South
America, not too far north of Straits of Magellan,
and we're going to whistle across Chile and Argen-
tina, crossing Bahia Blanca, Argentina; Buenos
Aires, Montevideo, Uruguay; and then we're going
to go up the coast to Rio and then out to sea.
And then we'll be - -

2_h 15 l0 _h CDR Okay, 10:h3 -

2_h 15 l0 _5 CDR MARK. That's 190 MODE_ AUTO.

PLT - - then we'll be coming up on Africa I'll give

you the geography en route to that. In a rounded
area up there. Chomping at the bit; Just waiting
to go. We've been waiting for this EREP for so
long. Old Motor Mouth over here has really got a
tough Job today; all he's got to do is turn this
on and off a little here.

CC Got trouble with the Skipper?

CDR Never. Never.

PLT Skipper's running the show as usual.

2_ 15 ii 22 CDR 11:20, it says here.

PLT How do you like that attitude, Bob? I mean the

spacecraft. (Laughter)

CDR Looks good to me. 399 - 3599, 3598, all balls 1.

13 minutes.

PLT By the way, the VTS came up 00 [,EFT and 00 DOWN

in the pointing for the information of those who
requested it.

CC Okay.

PLT Coming over the Andes, southern Andes; I see them

now. Snow all over them. And clouds right up to
the coast, clouds a little ways inland, now it's
1804

clear. Over Chile, the high Andes, covered with

snow. Looks like cold country.

244 15 12 27 PLT Crossing into Argentina. A]] flats and deserts

down there. Mountains now.

224 15 12 54 CDR Okay, stand by for SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM at

13minutes.

2h4 15 1301 CDR MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM.

2h4 15 13 12 PLT Terrain down there appears brown. No apparent

salt flats in it. Small lakes; salt around the
edges apparently. Big salt flat on the pipper
now. I'm standingby for 14 here, A1.

CDR Okay, it's coming up on 13:44. I've got to go to

MODE, READY on 192.

PLT I see some highways down there.

24h 15 13 46 CDR 13:44. MODE is READY. 13:55 is next. 13:55, _-_

intervalometer 20 -

24h 15 13 56 CDE MARK. Okay, it's 20.

244 15 14 02 PLT MARK. VTS, ON. Zero zero, nadir swath. CAMERA is
ON.

CDR Okay, tape's in motion, everything looks good.

PLT ... Houston.

CDR 14:30 S, on and R, on.

PLT Now we're crossing farmland, Bob. See lots of -

lots of crops down there.

24h 15 14 30 CDE MARK. S, ON and R, ON.

PLT Lots of farming land down below us now, s]most all

completely sectioned up into plots of agricultural
areas. Very few clouds; nice clear day for this
pass over Argentina. Getting a little bit of
cirrus now, but scattered.

244 15 15 06 PLT There, the FLARE alarm's working.

 1805

PLT Flare alarm!

PLT What' s the IIC?

CDR South Atlantic anomaly.

PLT South Atlantic anomaly.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, quite a few more lakes coming into the

field of view now, but they're completely surrounded
by farmland. Argentina looked - there's a lot
of work out in the field.

24h 15 15 48 CDR That antenna scans smoothly. When I went back

there to check that alarm, I Just noticed it.

PLT Picking up a little bit of the coast on the right

side of the reticle, huh?

_ 244 15 15 58 CDR 16:30, intervalometer, 10.

PLT Just crossed over the bay by Bahla Blanca, I believe.

SPT Rio de la Plata.

PLT Golfo San Matias.

CDR Rio de la Plata, says the 0.

CDR 16 :30.

PLT Very muddy water coming out of that.

CDR See Buenos Aires?

PLT We're not there yet.

CDR Okay. 16:30, coming up.

244 15 16 25 PLT .I think I got to turn this thing off.

CDR You bet.

244 15 16 29 PLT Okay, the VTS is OFF.

1806

CDR Okay. 8, 9 -

244 15 16 31 CDR MARK.

244 15 16 32 CDR 16:30; intervalometer, i0; READY out on 190 at

18:20. I'ii watch.

PLT Still tracking along the ground, with thecoast

off to the right.

244 15 17 16 CC While we got a pause here I'll tell you that we

did enable dump so that we can get our dumps in
when you would come out of Z-LV.

CDR Okay.

CC You make quite a tour guide, Jack.

244 15 17 41 PLT Okay, we're about to cross the beach near the
lower Atlantic and the nice beach there, and I
think we made it across Masa dos Platos - Maso -
Magua dos Pelatos [sic: Pelotas], Rio Grande, _-_
Brazil, and we're now across the coastline. Now
we ought to be able to get a good look at Rio
after a while.

PLT Okay, I got to go to -

CDR Looking out that STS window, Bob, and see the
large antenna scanning back and forth. 193, I
assume. Looks like it's scanning the coastline
there ; really looks pretty. All covered with foil.
18:30 -

244 15 18 30 CDR MARK. 192 MODE to CHECK.

24h 15 18 36 PLT Okay, we're breaking away from the land now.

CDR Okay, release it.

SPT ...

CDR Say again.

SPT ... weather.

CDR Yes. "Good weather," says Big O. .--_

 18o7

PLT Yes, that was good weather.

244 15 18 50 PLT We're scanning up the coast now.

CDR Do me a favor, O. Is that antenna scanning now?

SPT ...

CDR Which window7

PLT Aw nuts! We're coming over clouds now, Crip.

Over water, over clouds.

CDR How about that antenna? Is it moving around, 0.?

244 15 19 19 PLT You still there, Bob?

CC That's affirm. Still got you for a minute and a

half.

PLT Okay, one thing I want to mention is that house-

_- keeping 84 Lima.

CC I -

244 15 19 27 PLT You know what that does? Turns out all the lights
in the MDA; m-kes it kind of hard to read your
EREP pads. Leaves all the lights on down in the
workshop.

CC Yes, it's backwards.

PLT Yes. We've got three guys up here who don't like
working with no lights and the circulation down.
So you might want to take a look at that. Actually
those three airlock fans, we don't need them. The
other external fans are going. But I think you
want to leave the lights on up here so we can
see what we're doing.

CDR ... stopping. Coming up.

244 15 20 01 CDR MARK. S to STANDBY. R to STANDBY. Okay.

PLT I don't guess S191 will mind if I scan over towards

the coast, will they?
 J_

1809

244 15 20 15 CC No, that's perfectly satisfactory, Jack, and we're

going LOS in about 40 seconds. See you at Madrid
and - correction, Ascension in 4 minutes.

PLT Okay, we'll be looking for you. We're just coming

up on Rio. Ascension in h. Going to get a nice
view of Rio today, Bob.

244 15 21 42 CDE We didn't cut them off here, but we didn't cut
them off in the workshop either.

PLT Cut what off?

CDR Lights.

PLT I know it; didn't tell me to.

CDR 0.? How about going down there and cutting off
as many lights in the workshop as you can, to make
up for the lights - make up the lights we got on
up here they said turn out.

SPT ...

244 15 22 03 CDR For electrical power. They told us to power down

these lights and we couldn't - so we can see.

PLT Yes, you can turn them all down or off, except the
ones you need.

CDR Yes. We'll leave - leave them off for

a while until they say we're okay.

PLT Yes. Don't understand the logic.

CDR Should be 230.

PLT Yes, we're - -

CDR E, OFF and A, ON. That's very good.

CDE Okay, that's R, OFF; A, ON at 38. 7 -

244 15 22 38 CDR MARK, it's ON. Okay, now at 23:00 1 got 190 MODE,
SINGLE. 24 :00, MODE, SINGLE. I think I can do
that.
 1809

CDR Okay, MODE, SINGLE we Just took. At 2h I'll go

MODE, SINGLE again.

CDR Stand by for 24 SINGLE.

2h4 15 24 01 CDR MARK. 24, SINGLE. Now 25:20 SINGLE. Start.

244 15 24 44 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS once more for about

7 minutes; we may drop out here in about a minute
due to terrain masking the -

PLT Okay, Bob.

CC Jack, you can have those MDA lights if you want

them.

PLT Thank you. We turned off the two in the workshop

to make up for it.

CC EGIL thanks you.

PLT Roger.

244 15 25 17 PLT Who's the big EGIL bird today?

CDR Okay - -

CC Bill Moon's EGIL.

i

CDR - - now - -

PLT Bill Moon again, eh? That Bill Moon must be on

there all the time.

CC Hard working man.

PLT What does the box say? Is it hot?

PLT No answer.

244 15 26 ll CDE MARK. 26:10, 93 A to STANDBY. RANGE to 60. At

•26:30, A is going to come ON.

244 15 26 B1 CDR A's ON. 26:55 MODE, SINGLE. Right.

SPT Bob, let me ask you a question about ED78 coming

up. Was there supposedto be two of the liquid

1810

containers, one of which was disposed of on SL-2,

and was that the one we were supposed to dig out
or was there only one? Over.

CC There's Just one, Owen, and we do not want you to

dispose of it; we want you to save it.

SPT Okay. There is one; I thought it might still be

Just a new one that SL-4 was going to use_ but
it's down there in the locker.

244 15 27 2h CC Okay, I'ii tell you about it later, about how we

want you to save it; but we do want to keep it.

SPT Okay, they're going into locker number 7B3.

244 15 27 B2 CC Rog.

PLT Okay - -

CC We got - -

PLT Go ahead.

244 15 27 42 CC Okay, I was Just going to tell you that we do

want you to _Rke sure that you start your maneuver
back to SOLAR INERTIAL on time. We're sitting
right on the - the critical point of possibly
getting into a reset during our dump; so we do
want you to start it back on time and we'd like
you to monitor the dump closely. And if we start
to diverge, and it looks like we're going into a
reset, we'd like you to go to your loss-of-attitude
card and go into ATT HOLD and - and we'll do our
reset when we're back in SOLAR INERTIAL.

PLT Okay. ATTITUDE HOLD.

244 15 28 25 CC That's ATT HOLD, TACS, Jack.

PLT Yes. Okay.

CDR What time do you maneuver back?

24_ 15 28 BR PLT I got 15:B9, maneuver back. No change to that,

is there, Robert?

CC That 's affirmative.

 1811

PLT Okay.

CDR Where are we over, Jack? The ... - -

2h4 15 28 56 PLT Yes, we're over water; we're coming up on the -

the intertropical convergence zone and we're going
to get some data on the weather down there. And
that's a - -

CDR Okay, I Just took a single photograph -

PLT - - particularly interesting zone - world's

weather - -

CDR MODE is READY.

PLT - - picture.

24h 15 29 20 CDR Okay, 29:20; I'm in zone [?] 2, 192.

PLT Got some clouds now, getting ... thick.

CDR 29:30 A - -

24h 15 29 26 PLT MARK. 191 ...

CI)R - - MODE, AUTO.

244 15 29 29 PLT CAMERA's ON.

CDE 29:33 ...

244 15 29 33 PLT How much longer you going to be there, Bob?

CC I've got you for about 2 minutes. Going to drop

out for about 1 minute and pick you back up again.

CDR 29:30, - -

PLT Okay, we're going to hit the African coast at

Portuguese Guinea, and we're going to go whistling
up over Senegal and over the Sahara Desert and
over Algeria and - -

CDR 29 :35. Standby - -

1812

PLT - - Tunisia, leaving the African coast in the

Mediterranean at Tunis, Tunisia. And then our
EREP pass is over; the camera is off; and the
spacecraft itself will continue up over Sicily,
Bucharest, Odessa, Volgograd and - it'll be dark
then - and down over the Gobi Desert - -

244 15 30 18 CDR 31:20, MODE - -

PLT - - leaving the - -

CDR - - 192, MODEto STANDBY.

PLT - - China coast between Shang-hai and Canton,

heading out over the Philippines.

CDR MODE to STANDBY at 31:20.

244 15 30 36 PLT Who's the boss down there today, Crip? Hutch?

CC Puddy's the boss.

PLT Oh, that's right, Don Puddy. Hello, there, Don.

CC He says, "Hello, Jack."

244 15 30 54 PLT Okay, I got a good cloudy area in this Inter-

tropical Convergence Zone. That's what we're
looking for. Be looking for good data on it.
Help us understand the world of weather better.
Better for a long forecast - -

CC Going down - -

PLT Go ahead.

244 15 31 13 CC We'll lose you in about 30 seconds and have you

back in about - oh, a minute and a half.

PLT Okay, we'll see you.

CC Be cloudy over the coast here and it'll clear off

right afterwards.

244 15 31 22 CDR 31:20, MODE to STANDBY.

SPT It's clear across from the coast right now. _-_
, F _" _,

1813

2hh 15 31 29 CDR Stand by on 190. SHUTTER SPEED to FAST. RANGE

to 29 - RANGE to 29. Okay, 33:h5.

2h_ 15 31 39 PLT CAMERA's ON.

SPT There's hardly a cloud across the whole of north-

west Africa.

CDR Good.

PLT 31:38. FAST on my 191 [sic] to ground. We're

still over water - straight down, that is. She'll
be coming up on the coast of Portu - Portuguese
Guinea here pretty quick, near the city of Bissau -
Bissau is how it's pronounced. Okay, here we come.
See the little islands down there.

PLT Down there, Bob?

2h4 15 32 45 CC We're back with you for about 9 minutes.

PLT Okay, we've crossed the African coast. We're

over land.

PLT Good weather down there ; a few scattered clouds.

The coast looked basically pretty clear right
now. A little bit of haze. But able to see the
ground.

244 15 33 20 PLT See patches of green mixed in with the brown down
there. Now, the greenish features are very evident,
the background of brown. Apparently there's lots
of vegetation around the rivers during - or in the
arid soil - country around it. The ground's getting
more brown now as we approach the Sahara Desert.

2hh 15 34 17 PLT Seeing mostly brown down there now, but w_ do see
some areas of vegetation and a few small lakes.

2hh 15 3h 35 PLT Now we' re definitely over the desert.

PLT Occasional patches of scattered clouds here and

there. Basically very clear. Judging by the
clouds and shadow they mR]_e on the ground, we've
got a good Sun angle. And now we're coming over
some sand dunes which are very apparent. All parallel
linar - linear features, very much like the sand
181_

dunes you see in the - (cough) - Arabian movies.

Don't see the French Foreign Legion down there,
but that's the kind of ground they live in.
(Laughter) The long axis of the sand dunes lies
parallel with the spacecraft now; we're going right
along them. They' re northeast and southwest. Now
we're crossing over some red soil. Big area of
kind of reddish - fields of reddish soil mixed in
with the brown.

2hh 15 36 31 PLT Now another area of a very - very apparent sand

dunes, running the same direction as the others.
Must be very high because it looks like you can
see shadow in them.

24h 15 36 52 PLT There, now the sand dunes are moving out of the
picture. We're coming into a little *** of terrain.
It's quite flat. Gray color to it. Could be streaks
of brown sand going through them. Now we're picking
up some streaks of sand dunes. Could be a new one
every - maybe i0 miles apart, all running parallel.
In between is flat. Now they're getting closer _
together again.

24h 15 37 54 PLT You can't see the red lines on the ground that
divide the countries up, like you can on the
map. Haven't seen one of those yet.

244 15 38 03 CDR Got 1 minute until the SI maneuver, Jack.

PLT Okay.

244 15 38 16 CC Jack, we'd like you to go ahead and put that

_-neuver time in so we can m-_e sure to get there.

PLT That 's what I 'm doing right now, Bob.

CDR Okay. What is it? 13 minutes or something- or

longer?

CC Sixteen minutes - -

CDR "Sixteen minutes ?

CC - - 14 minutes, correction; 50016.

CDR Okay. _
 1815

2hh 15 38 31 PLT Okay, here wego, 52030 - -

CDR That 's it.

2hh 15 38 37 PLT ENTER; in; CLEAR. 50016, check; ENTER; CLEAR.

PLT Okay, I take out checklist. Mode maneuver time;

that's EMC to MODE, SI.

CDR You got 4 seconds or so.

PLT Give me a mark.

244 15 39 01 CDR/PLT MARK.

CDR 39.

PLT We're on our way to SI, gang.

CC Appreciate it.

PLT On time. BAT CHARGE light's been on a while here,

as you might expect.

PLT ATT HOLD, TACS, is the backout maneuver, right ?

CC Affirm.

PLT Okay.

CDR On that thing right there.

PLT Okay.

244 15 39 42 CDR Your READY out supposedly at 40 on 190, MODE to

STANDBY.

244 15 40 03 CDR Okay, READY out on 190; in STANDBY. Standing by

for 40:20.

244 15 40 20 CDR Come on READY on; okay -

244 15 40 21 CDR 'READY on complete and EREP to STOP.

PLT Okay, ... imagine why that's the worst one?

Total - -
1816

CDR Next run - -

PLT - - vehicle is ...

CDR Complete.

PLT How's she looking to you, Bob. We going to make

it?

244 15 40 38 CC Looking good right now. And we're going to lose

you in about - oh, little over 1 minute here.
A1, if you get a chance, we would appreciate it
if you could try that condensate depress fitting
and see whether that line is cleared out yet.
We're thinking about moving up that 60 Bravo a
little bit early.

244 15 h0 48 CDR Good idea. We'll try it in Just a few minutes.

CC And -

CDR Anything
else? _-_

CC If we do that 60 Bravo, we don't have S019 in the

SAL, of course.

244 15 41 08 PLT Okay, we're right over Tunis now.

CDR All right, understand.

PLT And Sicily, the boot of Sicily.

244 15 41 16 CC Okay, we're 30 seconds from LOS. See you at Guam

at 16:07. Be doing a data voice recorder dump.
That's about 26 minutes away.

PLT Okay, Bob.

244 15 41 26 CDR Going off the comm.

244 15 47 ll CDR Okay, B-7 is 30 percent, 30 percent.

244 15 52 21 SPT Okay, a little information on the ETC camera for

the ground. Goes to the EREP officer. The frames
we used - the frame counter reads 79, 79 total
frames used. That'll, of course, be on the daily
report aswell. _--_
 1817

244 15 52 38 SPT This message for the EREP officer from the SPT.

244 15 54 40 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. The tape measurement was
1-7/8 inches, 1-7/8 inches.

TIME SKIP

244 16 17 39 PLT 277, 286, 335, 259, 294, 301, 300. Step 4:
2.62281, 278, 289, 296, 289, 320, 308, 262, 263,
299. Step 5: 2.62284, 290, 335, 263, 277, 273,
289, 288, 308, 308. Step 6: 2.62243, 272, 278,
257, 264, 295, 359, 283, 258, 306. Step 7 and
its repetitions, are as follows: the first set
of three %_as 2.36788, 709, 769. Second set of
three was 2.36733, 702, 760. Step - rather the
third set of three is as follows: 2.36719, 731
and 7 - 671. The last number was 671. And that
takes care of the - biomed information for Dr.
M_ke Whittle and Dr. Bill Thornton.

244 16 18 48 PLT E_d of message. Thank you.

TIME SKIP

244 19 00 35 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A de-

briefing the last A_M run which began at 18:10.
We ran off two JOP 6's, a JOP 4 Alfa, a JOP 12 Dog
pretty much as advertised and got it all done.

244 19 00 51 PLT Not too much to report, so we'll see you at 19:43.

24_ 19 14 20 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with some words to the

biomed people - M092/93 PIs. On yesterday's run
on the SPT on the amount of work done in the
2-minute intervals, it was 304 watts. I forgot
to tell or - to send that down; 304 was the reading
on the ergometer. And now today, we're setting
up for a 92/93 run on the comm_der, and A1 is
in the tank right now. His arm bands are the
same. Let's _A_e that his legbands are the stand-
ard ones sent up on your pad that we've been using
all along, and it's also the same standard blood
pressure cuff. His calf dimensionsare as follows.
Left calf is 12-7/8, and the right calf is 13-1/4;
12-7/8, 13-1/4.
 1818

244 19 15 17 SPT _nd that's all the information you need, I believe,
on the 92 run.

244 19 15 50 SPT Okay, SPY on channel A wlth information to the

biomed people, also Dr. Paul Buchanan. I made
an extra measurement on the refractometer, and
the specific gravity of sterile water obtained
from the hematology kit was 1.0115, 1.0115, essen-
tially the same measurement that we got with the
water from the table or the head. In other words,
it's an error in the refractometer and I presume
you can adjust your other measurements linearly,
although I don't know. I would appreciate knowing
what the adjustment is Just for curiosity.

244 19 16 27 SPT End of message. Out.

TIME SKIP

244 20 38 12 SPT Four - IH4. And then in step 8, it asks about the _
difference between the first two answers, and the
Y did change by more than i0 degrees; In fact,
it changed from 78 to 105, which - let's see, that
looks about 22 - 27 degrees. So I moved the
camera to the following locations.

244 20 38 54 SPT You'll start counting from the hole in the grid -
that is, by the TV trigger on W-6 and that pole
is Just a half of a length, where one length is
the length of a triangle side. That hole is one
length beyond the lamp, beyond that light fixture,
toward the window. So it's going to be counting
zero from that point. I then go parallel to the
lampshade with the trigger end of the vidicon,
one, two, three, four steps - four steps right
along the side of the lamp fixture. I then make
a 60-degree right-hand turn for one more length.
And then I mount the camera right there, in the
same orientation that it was originally.

244 20 39 47 SPT So, it essentially amounts to moving one, two,

three, four lengths parallel to the lampshade.
Then mske a 60-degree right-hand turn as you face
the lamp. Then move one length and that's where
I mounted the camera. I then made this check I-.
 1819

looking at the left of the window again. And the

numbers I now get are 346, 083, 182. Now it's
only 5 degrees different from the answer I got in
step 3 and I presume that satisfies your criteria.
And I believe that that is all that's necessary.
Stand by Just a moment.

244 20 _0 53 SPT Okay, I'm not going to take a Nikon photograph.

I think my explanation is clear enough. But if
it's not, then call me back about it. Now, as
far as a new permanent location is concerned, I
don't think that this location is satisfactory.
It's a substitute for W-6. If you want to look
outside the window, you're twice as far from the
window as you were before. So I'm not going to
mark any new location. I'm not going to label
a W-9. And it is not a satisfactory location for
looking out the window, because it's twice as far
as it was in the W-6 location. So I want to stand
by for future comments, if any. And it looks to
me like if we've got a target out the window, we
could Just point at it and describewhat the tar-
get is and we could find it from W-6. W-6 is a
better location to look out the window. It is
Just the fact that it doesn't - happens to be
apparently - may not be oriented quite the way
you thought it was. But I don't consider this
new location that I've Just given you a satisfac-
tory substitute.

244 20 41 57 SPT So that's the end of the discussion as far as I'm

concerned on TV aim. If that's not answered to
your satisfaction, why send us up another message,
I guess. SPT with information to - I don't know
who sent this general message 3626 Bravo, but I
expect Dave Brooks and Fred Koons were involved
and it - it should go to at least those two.

2hh 20 42 22 SPT End of message.

244 20 45 31 SPT Okay. This is the SPT on channel A, with addi-

tional comments on yesterday's M509 run. This
goes to Bruce McCandless, Ed Whitsett, and others
interested in maneuvering units. There was one
other subject which you had not specifically
listed on your debriefing questions for which I
intended to make some comments. And that was on
 1820

the utility of gound-based simulations or simula-

tors that apply to the maneuvering unit. Now as
far as M509 is concerned, I don't believe that a
simulator of this particular flying unit would be
a necessity. As a matter of fact, perhaps my own
experience is the best Justification for that.
Your photos - the photographs - DAC photographs,
when they come down, will allow you to determine
the differences in the precision with which I flew
the m_neuvers.

244 20 h6 31 SPT And I'm sure you will fly some between - find some
between my precision and that of A1 and Jack's.
However, particularly for the CMG and RATE GYRO
MODE, according to AI, there was not all that much
difference. And I think that with Just a little
bit of training, a person would be very quickly
up to the same level of proficiency, whether or
not they had any ground-based experience.

244 20 46 47 SPT That's not quite so true with the DIRECT MODE.
And I did find that my second run was essentially
better than the first run. And I expect you -
you know, will be able to see from the DAC photo-
graphs. Now I think some sort of training before
flying DIRECT MODE is the appropriate - or in the
responses which are produced by given commands is
required. For example, if a person had never
flown a spacecraft or some sort of a six-degree
of freedom device in which you're controlling
translation with your left hand and attitude with
your right, then it would be a very difficult Job.

244 20 h7 hi SPT But once a person has the experience that is

gained, for example _ flying in the CSM or perform-
ing some docking maneuvers of the older Gemini
docking trainer or something like that so he has
some familiarity with translation control in your
left hand and attitude in your right, then I think
he's adequately prepared for flying in a DIRECT
MODE on a maneuvering unit like 509. And it might
very well be better to plan on providing any extra
£raining by actually flying the flight in it.

244 20 48 18 SPT If you're tethered, for example, if in you're in -

in a vacuum or wouldn't necessarily have to be
tethered in the way we are in the workshop - And
by tethered I don't mean with a life support um-
bilical, but only with a safety line or something
 1821

like that. So that was my only comment_ but you

can Judge for yourself the validity by gaging the
extent to which a person with essentially no train-
ing on the 509 simulators, but yet with some ex-
perience in spacecraft control, can fly the ma-
neuvering unit. End of comments relative to 509
directed to Ed Whitsett, Bruce McCandless, and
others.

244 20 49 O0 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

244 21 21 21 SPT Okay, this is the SPT, talking about 487-2 Charlie
crew debriefing, roundtable discussion, except
I'm going to be doing it separately.

SPT On question number l; preferable, floor/ceiling

or open cylindrical? It is a question of how
much space is available. In other words, if
volume - is a problem, or - do you have all the
volume you want? And secondly, what's the func-
tion to be performed? As far as a place to eat
is concerned or to do experiments, for the most
part, say like a medical experiment, the floor/
ceiling is perfectly satisfactory. For some of
the others, like the maneuvering unit, you need
the larger volume. There are some of those things
that are probably not in - in the correct volume.
And we mentioned one of these the other day, like
the window to look outside. That's in floor to
ceiling, where it would have been better the
op - more open arrangement so that you could
orient your body appropriate to the horizon or
the task that you were wanting to do outside the
window. So, either is satisfactory, and it
depends upon what the volume available is, and
what the function that you're trying to perform
"is.

244 21 22 25 SPT How adequate are the restraints and mobility aids?
Not very. Where are more needed? Which ones?
Where are some unnecessary? I'm sure there's a
_ lot of unnecessarythings,like those dome
handrails. But there's an awful lot that are
needed that are not here. In the head is a
1822

ba - bad place. There's nothing to hold yourself

down to when you're trying to use the facility
or when you're trying to, say, change out your
urine bag, or do some of the other tasks. No
place for logging information. We've Just got
stuff glued to the wall where there ought to be
stuff written out for convenient places to write.
And this - this whole place - there was neyer any
thought intended for writing or keeping books or
making changes or anything like that. So the
whole thing needs to be thought through. And
I'd - I'd say there aren't half as many as are
really required. And there's probably twice
as many as are used - presently, if that makes
sense. It's - may seem paradoxical, but I think
that it's correct.

244 21 23 27 SPT How often have environmental factors interfered

with your ability to perform a task - noise,
temp, airflow, illumination? Noise, never;
temp, never; airflow, never, except in experiments .4
when you'd like to have no airflow. Illumination
is only a problem when you're trying to do the
low-light-level stuff. The flight planning has
got to the point where we are frequently conflic-
ting with each other. People want to eat when
others are trying to do photographic work. We're -
All of us wanting to ride the bicycle at the
same time. And so there are conflicts of flight
planning involved. But, other than that, we can
adjust the illumination to whatever task you want
to do. So environment has been a fac - big fac-
tor. Never interfered with the ability to sleep.

244 21 24 16 SPT Unique off-duty activities you devised to supple-

ment those supplied in the off-duty activities
equipment kit: None. We've not - we've been
too busy to have any off-duty activities. Rec-
reational facilities: Depends upon the length
of the flight. It's a whole new question, but
I don't want to spend the time up here in orbit
2rying to think out recreational facilities for
another flight.

244 21 24 3R SPT In terms of zero-g living and working, what

specific habitability would you recommend for
the next Skylab crew; for future programs? I'd _-_
recommend more socks - for the next crew. For
future progr_m_, I'd rather think about it on the
 1823

ground, when we've got some time to do it, in-

stead of wasting too much of this time for things
that we could do as well on the ground.

2_4 21 25 15 SPT Beneficial and detrimental effects of zero g;

individual work activities while restrained:
Well, anything having to do with something heavy
is much easier and it is beneficial to have in
zero g. If it has very many parts, if you have
to keep laying stuff down, then it's a hinderance.
So - I think as far as your - Just normal work
activities in general, zero g is a hinderance.
The reason we're up here, it seems to me, is the
fact that first of all, we're above the atmosphere.
Secondly, it's a brand new environment, so its
vacuum is important. And third, there's a - a
number of specific things like heavy masses, like
a bunch of new - types of tasks that could be -
could be performed without gravity, like the
crystal growths and we were doing that. But those
sorts of things - those are the reasons that
-- zero g are - are of benefit. As far as our
individual work activity, our ordinary things like
eating and drinking and -writing and so forth,
all that stuff generally, zero g is a hinderance.
It is not a particularly significant one. It's
one that you can work around. But it's not a
particular advantage, except in those specific
things that I was mentioning. Handling, trans-
fering is very - It's almost always an advantage
and very naturally in zero g. It's really much
simpler. You can really coast around with no -
no effort and do things with precision. The
required assistance usually - stability and tying
yourself down would be the principal problem.
But other than that, zero g is satisfactory. It
doesn't make a lot of difference either way.

244 21 26 55 SPT Personal maintenance activities - hygiene, donning,

doffing: It's more of a problem in zero g. Per-
sonal hygiene, you can tell by what we've talked
about in the head. It's more of a problem in
zero g. But you can get around it. There's
nothing so big that it's a big everyday problem.
But it's, nevertheless, not as simple and
straightforward as it is in one g. Had we spent
the last 30 years up here, we'd have probably
• devised things that would have made it more sim-
ple. And it would have been comparable. But
1824

at the moment, it is not. It is more of a

problem.

244 21 27 25 SPT Donning and doffing is a little bit more of a

problem here, except for some things having to
do with heavy weights. But personally we find
getting in and out of suits is usually a little
bit more of a problem. Although it's nice not
to have to hold the suit up, still it's a iittle
bit more of a - of a - a problem, and you take a
little bit more help getting in and out.

244 21 27 46 SPT Waste management and cleanup, we talked about

that when we were talking about the head. So
it's a bit more of a problem. Locomotion in and
through. Well, going up to the top is certainly
a lot easier. You can fly straight to the com-
mand module with no problem. So any time you've
got to go up or down in one g, it's a lot easier
to do it in zero g. Anytime you've got to go
horizontally, it's probably easier to do it in
one g. So your answer depends on which specific
thing you're talking about.

2h4 21 28 14 SPT Satisfactory in frequency of bedding andclothing

[sic]? We don't need to change as often as we
have, with the exception of the socks, I think,
at least for myself. And I believe A1 and Jack
would have preferred to change socks every day.
We didn't have that m_y. The rest of the clothes,
more frequent changes than we really need. You
Just don't get as dirty up here because there's
no dirt or grime. And about the only thing that
gets on them is a little food maybe - a
little bit of urine maybe. We change our under-
clothes, of course. So there's no real problem
at all. The frequency could be less, except for
socks, as far as I'm personally concerned.

244 21 28 50 SPT That's the end of this briefing 2 Charlie, from

the SPT.

TIME SKIP

244 22 07 15 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and we're doing S019. I've _-_
got it set up on 232.8, because the actual's
minus 2.2 and the pad is minus 30; 21.9 TILT;
 1825

field 437. We're going for a 270. I've got the

frame in hand. It's going to be number 190. All
I'm doing is waiting for something to happen,
which is 22:08, which occurs in about 20 seconds.

CDR Everything is in readiness. Everything is in

readiness for this run.

CDR Stand by; here we go -

244 22 08 l0 CDR MARK. Shutter is open on the first exposure.

270, widened to 437, frame 109. We'll cool it
here.

244 22 08 21 CDR I'ii go off the comm.

CC ... - -

244 22 09 14 CDR This is the CDR talking a little bit about the
handheld photograph of the Colorado River. It
cA_e off real well. The weather was scattered
to broken. I was able to pick up the Colorado
as it approached the coast - the Gulf Coast.
Standing water was in evidence - in several of
the cutoff windings of the river, although I
suspect that might be true, rainy weather or
dry weather.

244 22 09 46 CDR I don't know also how this is going to help your-
I don't know this is - how this eYactly helps any-
one, because I'm - I'm not being specific enough.
The time over the area is in a matter of a minute
or so. The maps we have on board do not pin-
point it precisely. It pinpoints the river,
but - I'm still puzzling on a lot of these EREP
sites - what - what we get out of them. We - -

CREW ... pass is ...

CDR Say again?

CREW ... pass is ...

CDR Yes, l'm Just starting.

244 22 i0 25 CC Okay, Jack, your comments have reverberated - -

1826

CDR Yes, my pad says 22:08.

CC - - all the way to the backroom and back. And

the upshot of it is that we like your philosophy.
Stick with it. You're doing great. And on
tomorrow, your day off, Dr. Withbroe will be dis-
cussing some ATM items with you all, and this is
intended to be one of the topics for discussion.
Over.

PLT Okay; very good. Thanks a lot, Bruce.

SPT - intercom. Jack, who'd you say was going to be

talking with us?

244 22 ii 17 CDR Okay, to - to - to get back a little further - -

PLT ...

CDR To get back a little further - I'm still a little

bit puzzled about how we're going to handle this
sort of information. It seems like just casual
talking, it can't do anybody any good. It's not
detailed enough, it' s not specific enough.

2_h 22 ii 50 CDR That's puzzling me a little bit, but I guess we

can work on it. And I'll be ready to take the
next handheld pictures later in the next orbit,
New Mexico. And now let's don't talk about it.
By the way, that was for the EREP officer. We're
now working on our S019. By the way, I elected
to do the un_idened first. We're presently doing
unwidened, and I'ii let you know at the 270 mark - -

CC - - ... 40 minutes. Over Honeysuckle at 22:53.

Out.

CDR So stand by. It's going be close the SHUTTER on

a un_ridened.

2hh 22 12 35 CDR MARK. Okay, that's the 270 un_ridened. Let's go

for the 270 _-idened now. Okay, I'm picking up a
frame. And I'm ready. I'll give you a mark when.

CDR Stand by -

244 22 12 54 CDR MARK. Okay, that should be frame number ii0, _-_
field 437.
 1827

24h 22 16 23 CDR Okay, S019 again for Dr. Karl Henize and Wally
Teague. We're approaching the 100-percent mark
of the 270 widened. I'll give you a mark. Then
we'll change fields. That's h37, frame ll0.

2h4 22 16 4h CDR MARK. Okay, now we're going to a different one,

0652.

CDR 0652, that's one. And 21.3 is the other one.

There's 21.3, 0652 - 0 - 650, excuse me; 650. I'm
glad I checked it. Okay, that's it. And 21.3.
This is going to be a 270 widened to begin with.
I'll place this right here. Pick up a frame.
Stand by -

2h4 22 17 34 CDR MARK. We've Just begun. 270 widened, field 107,
frame lll.

2hh 22 21 0h CDR Okay, S019, we're approaching the - i00 percent

of the 270 widened, field 107. I'll give you an
unwidened right after this.

2h4 22 21 19 CDR MARK. That's done. Okay, I'm standing by for

unwidened, as soon as the widening mechanism stops.

CDR Then I'll do a 90 and 30.

CDR Stand by -

244 22 21 38 CDR MARK. We're beginning a 270-second unwidened

exposure.

244 22 24 02 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run, which began at 21:14.
I ran off a J0P 6 as advertised. And pointing -
for J0P 2 Alfa, it turns out that active region 15
was in the process of rising in a flare. I went
over to it and did a shopping list item 13 on it -
correction, shopping list item 3, and it did not -
It was rising up through 450 when I saw it and
was very bright. And it topped out about 600,
•but did not ring the bell. Therefore, I continued
on the interesting event, shopping list item.
And I took a couple of more time exposures as it
fell. And when it was no longer of interest and
the experiment was timed out, I went on to shopping
list - correction, turned on to JOP 2 Alfa and
was able to run off three of those on active
region 9 as you requested. I was unable to get
 J

1828

the fourth one, and I did not do the JOP 6 because

there was no time. I've already indicated what
experiments ran and so that completes the debriefing
on that rev.

244 22 25 23 PLT And we'll pick up at 22:47.

244 22 26 02 CDR Okay, stand by for the 270-second unwidened.

244 22 26 08 CDR MARK. That's it. Okay, let's go for the 90-second
widened, shall we? I'ii pick up a frame, l'm at
the 90 now. Stand by -

244 22 26 19 CDR MARK. That's a 90-second exposure, field 107,

frame ll3.

CDR Stand by for a mark when I open the 90-second

exposure.

244 22 27 35 CDR MARK. Okay, let's go for the 30. Stand by -

244 22 27 45 CDR MARK;30 on theway. ___

CDR Stand by. We've got a 30-second one Just about

finaleing [sic] here now. Stand by.

244 22 28 13 CDR MARK. That's done. Okay, shall we move on to the

next field, which is a 270? 038.3, okay.

CDR 38.3, 24.6. Okay, that's good. Let's go for a

270. Okay? We're there. Pick up a frame, but
stand by.

CDR 37 - thir -

244 22 29 03 CDR MARK. Okay; 38.3, 24.6, field 101, 270, and it
didn't work.

244 22 32 32 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready to shut off
this 270 and go to the next 270.

244 22 32 47 CDR MARK. Complete. We're going for 223.4; 223.4,

that's one of my favorite ones, and 056. That's
 1829

okay if you can't get anything else. That's it.

Now let's go for a 270; 223.4, 056. We're going
to go for 471 field, and it'll be frame ll6.
Stand by -

244 22 35 30 CDR MARK; 270 on the way.

244 22 37 i0 CDR Okay, there's going to be a mark here at the end

of the 270. We're going to press on to the next.

244 22 37 15 CDR MARK. That's the end of that 270. Let's go to

the final one. And we'll make it Just on time.
212.7, 212 - 212.7, and let's go to 21.1. 212.7,
21.1, Okay, it's going to be field 715, one of
your favorites. And I'll take and pick up a new
frame. It's going to be number ll7, frame number.

244 22 37 54 CDR MARK. ll7. We're in good shape.

244 22 41 25 CDR Okay, we're finishing up this 270 exposure on

field 715, frame ll7. When we've finished, we'll
f_ pull it in and let it sit inside our little AMS
box.

244 22 41 38 CDR MARK. That's it. CARRIAGE RETRACTED; FILM HATCH,

CLOSED. Going off the comm; S019.

244 22 41 45 CDR See you in a couple of hours.

TIME SKIP

244 23 43 07 CDR Okay, S019. Stand by for your first m-rk. It's
going to be on star field 473. Stand by.

244 23 43 15 CDR MARK. It's frame 118 and it goes with 234.6 for
ROTATION. Notice the 0.8 change there and 3.4 TILT;
field 473, 270.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Madrid for

8 minutes and 45 seconds. We'll be dumping the
data voice tape recorder. Out.

244 23 44 52 CDR Okay, we're still in between marks on 8019, as

you know. This information goes to Dr. Karl Henize
/- and Wally Teague. We have begun 270 widened
1830

exposure on field 473. That's in process, of

course. We had a 2.2 minus on Nu z and so that
makes a correction of - -

CREW ...

2h4 23 46 09 CDR - - 2.2, so the actual is minus 2.2 plus, I guess,

a negative minus. So I should subtract 1.8 from
the - I'll go do that. Get 39.6 right there.
76.6, 74.2. Okay, stand by. -

2h4 23 47 03 CDR MARK. Okay, that's complete. Let's go next to

the next one then, which is a 90. Let's reset
this thing to instead of 234.6, let's set it to
233.0 - 233.0. Good. Now we go for a 90-second
exposure. Okay, pick up a new frame and wait.
Stand by for a mark.

244 23 47 32 CDR MARK. Beginning a 90-second exposure. I'll go

off the comm. We're at ROTATION of 233.0 and
TILT of 03h. I made an error in that calculation.
Minus 2.2 is more positive, so if I take the pad
minus 33 and minus 22 I get - end up _ith negative
minus 8. So I should subtract minus 0.8 from
there. Same thing occurred on the previous
times, of course.

24h 23 48 h8 CDR Stand by -

244 23 48 50 CDR MARK. Okay that's a 90-second exposure. I'ii

pick up on the next one. And the next one is a
30 and shove it in awful quick or you muff it.
Okay, stand by -

244 23 49 01 CDR MARK. It's open, frame 120 now, 30-second expo-
sure, field 473.

CDR Stand by -

244 23 49 30 CDR MARK. That's the end of the 30-second exposure.

Let's go to the next one. Okay, the next one's
going to be a 270 and it's going to be the
39.8, 39.8. Let's go to 39.8.

244 23 49 57 CDR 39.8 and 274. That's good. Now we're going for
a 270 on this field, which happens to be field
number 108. The frame - Standing by to shove
it in.
b

1831

1 24h 23 50 17 CDR MARK. And that's frame 121, 270 exposure,

field 108.

24h 23 51 20 CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to LOS here

in Madrid. Next station contact, 37 minutes
through Honeysuckle at 00:28, and we'd like to
get some atmospheric management here on panel 225,
0XYGEN/NITROGEN CONTROL SYSTEM. 02 FILL valve,
PRIMARY to OPEN, and AM FILL valve, PRIMARY to
OPEN. Over.

24h 23 52 00 CC Skylab, this is Houston. Do you copy? Over.

PLT Okay, I Just made my way up here, Bruce. You want

the AM 02 FILL, OPEN and what else?

CC The 02 FILL PRIMARY, OPEN and the AM FILL PRIMARY,

OPEN. And we'll call you when to put them back
to COMMAND. Probably be in about 45 minutes over
Hawaii. If we don't, you can cut off at 5.7 psi.
f--_- Over.

PLT Okay 5.7 cutoff. We got them both on and hear

the gas coming in.

CC Okay, thank you very much. We'll talk to you over

Honeysuckle.

CREW ...

24h 23 53 46 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready to shut off
this 270 and we're going to go for a 90, field 108,
frame 121.

244 23 54 04 CDR MARK. That's the end of that one. Pick up a

new one. Let's go for a 90 now. Same game.
Here we go. Stand by -

2hh 23 54 17 CDR MARK. Frame 122.

244 23 55 26 CDR Okay, we're almost finished with this 90-second

exposure, so stand by. I'm going to close the
shutter on my mark.

244 2B 55 B5 CDR MARK. That's it. All right, let's go to the

next one, which is 0766. Okay. 76 - 4576.
Okay, frame 138, 138. Okay, the first thing
they want is a 270 then a 90, so let's do it.
 t

1832

This is field 157. Okay. Go pick up one. Got 1

it. Stand by for a mark.

2_4 23 56 22 CDR MARK. That's it. We're beginning a 270. I'ii

go off the co_n.

###
 DAY 2h5 (AM) 1833

245 O0 00 37 CDR Okay, here we're going to go. We're going to

cutoff this 270 and we' re going to go for a 90.
I don't think we are. I think that's the end
of the game.

245 00 00 51 CDR MARK. That's the end of the 270. There's

sunrise, 00:15. That's the time right now. I
think it's later than that.

245 00 01 02 CDR CDR out. This goes to Dr. Karl Henize and
Wally Teague, S019 information.

245 00 01 56 CDR This is CDR back on again. I erred obviously.

I had 15 - I had 00:15 seconds not 00:15:00. So
let's go for the same old 90-second exposure
here that we were going to get a minute ago.
And here we are standing by. I cycle and get a
new one. And I'm standing by to open up here in
a minute.

245 00 02 22 CDR MARK. We're on the 90-second exposure, field 157,

f-_ 124 frame. Everything's looking good.

245 00 03 37 CDR Stand by. We're going to shut this off.

245 00 03 40 CDR MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED on a 90-second. Now we're

going to a different field, 074.2. Okay, that's
there. 8297, 297. That's good. Now let's go
for a 270 exposure. Okay, pick up a new frame.
Stand by to open it.

245 O0 04 08 CDR MARK. It's OPEN. I'Ii be off the co_m.

245 00 07 34 CDR Okay, we're coming to the end of the 270-second

widened exposure, field 165. We're going to go
for a 90 next. This has been frame 125.

245 00 07 52 CDR MARK. Okay, let's go for a 90. Okay, I'm getting
a new frame. It's going to be frame 126.

245 00 08 03 CDR MARK. Frame 126, field 165, 90-second. I'll stay
on the comm. It's easier.

245 00 09 13 CDR Okay, stand by, gentlemen. I'm going to close

the shutter again on this 90-second exposure and
give you a 270 unwidened.

_ 245 00 09 23 CDR MARK. Okay, that's the end of that one. Let's
go for a 270. Okay. Stand by.
183_

245 00 09 27 CDR MARK. You're now getting a 270 unwidened, only

youdon't knowit. i

245 O0 13 52 CDR Stand by. That's the end of 270 unwidened. I'll
give you a mark as we pass it.

245 O0 13 59 CDR MARK. That's complete, gentlemen. Now it calls

for another 270, which is impossible. I'll Just
call that the end of the game. Okay? Okay, I'm
putting this back in CARHIAGE RETRACTED; FILM
HATCH, CLOSED because I believe I'll pull this in
tonight. I've got to vent something. Okay, this
goes to Dr. Karl Henize and Wally Teague. Want
to apologize for erring on the first exposure,
the 270, and going the wrong w_y on the map. The
previous run I went the wrong way on the map.
I'm hoping that that total error, 1.6 degrees,
doesn't foul things up. I don't think I'll make
that mistake again. Sorry.

2450014 42 CDR CDRout.

TIME SKIP

245 O0 33 23 CDR Okay, this is the CDR.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. We're I minute and

30 seconds to LOS at Honeysuckle. Next station
contact at 17 minutes through Hawaii at 00:48
for the evening status report. We will be standing
by ready to copy you on AOS. The station following,
Goldstone, is your med conference for the evening.
Over.

245 O0 33 48 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm doing 487-2C, 487-2C.
It's supposed to be a roundtable discussion but
the general feeling has been that - that we end
up listening and wasting two people's time. So
we're running these roundtable discussions as
individuals. We do a lot of talking on our own.
We listen to the other guys usually. They're usually
around when the other fellow's talking, and as a
result, we get the benefit of this cross-pollination,
but we don't have to Just sit idle while the other
fellow's talking.
 1835

I 2h5 00 3h 25 CDE Question i: Which is preferable, the floor/ceiling

orientation of the OWS or the open cylindrical
arrangement of the MDA/STS? In my opinion, the
floor/ceiling is. It allows you to nail yourself
down and work in front of an object. Whenever I
think of the space station now, I think of the part
that we're in right now, which is the experiment
compartment. When you work, you got to anchor
yourself down and it's convenient. It's much
more convenient to have a grid floor like this
and the ability to anchor yourself down than up
in the MDA where you have to put in a false floor,
as you notice, like in front of the ATM and in
front of the EREP C and D. You have to put in a
false floor. Everywhere else you're wrapping your
feet around handrails or something. This is a
much more reasonable arrangement and much more
convenient. It is also more convenient during
ground checkout and also for training. Crawling
around the MDA in training time was a big pain.
You're always tripping over. You couldn't get
to all parts and - whereas the OWS, both the
first and second floor were very convenient. But
not only during flight, but preflight and postflight,
I suspect will be much better with the floor
arrangement as we have it down here in the OWS,
and the task performed, for the simple reason you
can anchor yourself to work the Job. It's more
conventional, you're familiar with it and -
Although it isn't that bad, it doesn't seem to
offer any advantages, offhand, to the ...

2h5 00 35 52 CDR 2:2 How adequate are the restraints and mobility
aids throughout the 0A? We discussed those.
The floor is the biggest mobility aid of all. By
the way, in mobility aids, remember one thing.
You don' t pull on anything to get around much.
You shoot from place to place to place and you can
use corners and boxes and handles and all that to
get there. Handrails at the openings would be
nice. Those are useful mobility aids. The rest
of them are restraints and by far, the best is
something like the floor where you can lock in
and work. The ceiling is excellent, too. Are
some unnecessary? Sure, like the ones we designed
in the dome so you crawl down them. The fireman's
pole was different. We haven't had the thing in
1836

since about the first or second week because it's

Just more fun with it out. We Just hold to the
floor and dive to the ceiling. It's Just much
better. We like it that way. You can do flips
and things ...

2h5 00 36 47 CDR How often have environmental factors - noise ...

At night sometimes they worry you, but after 3 or
4 days then you're - become accustomed to what they
are. They don't worry you because they're loud.
You Just wonder if something's going wrong. After
a while you know the ones that are bad and good,
so you're okay. The temp has been good. I think
if it were hot though, it would be terrible in here
because the - the ... I've also noticed that
when you get over near the sunny side up on the
second deck where you're right next to the skin of
the vehicle except for the insulation, you've got
a lot of radiation heat. It's hotter to stand
around here near the 509 and T20 area than it is
anywhere else. It's definitely warmer. And I
don't know if the thermometer measures it, but
when you stand there, your face gets hotter and
I'm sure it's the radiation off of that wall.
Illumination doesn't allow you to reach in the
head too great. Airflow is good. Little too
much airflow in the head, but ... I'm going to
I'm going to get some of these subjects sometime
when I can. Factors interfered with your ability
to sleep? The airflow from the bottom to the top
when you're hanging in above blows dry air up your
nose. And I prefer much ... top ...

245 00 38 08 CDR What unique off-duty activities have you devised

to supplement those provided in the 0DAE kit?
Exercise is our most off-duty or Just talking or
looking out the window. Probably that's the biggest
one. Exercise, looking out the window, talking,
and then it's fun to run around the dome lockers,
the sides, and the center of the workshop, do flips_
get on the handrails and kind of do big circles.
Those sorts of things that you really can't do on
Earth because it takes too much strength. Up here
it's quite simple 8Aad fun. And you can do a lot
of acrobatics here that are impossible on Earth,
so they're fun to do. _-_

2h5 00 38 43 CDR Are such items an impor - an important consideration

 1877

for a mission the length of yours? You could do

without them, but they sure make it a lot better.
I would definitely recommend that you have more
windows - bigger windows, which are - What we
should have had here was four big windows in
each direction. No, I take that back. We should
have looked at the ones that would be facing the
Earth and then had one facing the sky and then
had two or three facing the Earth, sort of off at
different angles, so at different nadirs you could
look out, be looking straight down - two or three
could look at the same time. Have enough width so
you could look completely from horizon to horizon
out each window. It would be - been no trouble
and it would have been done. Bigger and bigger
than the - or maybe even a bubble of some sort
where you could stick your head up in a bubble and
look around. That would have been much better,
much preferred. The bigger the bubble, the
higher top. Maybe you could get your whole body
in it and look around. It would be great. Things
_ like that can be a benefit. It could be quite
a place. We're not up here long enough for
recreation. Reading is plenty good and I don't
think the cards - Nobody has taken them out of the
packages. Darts, we may do it Just for ...
The only thing we've been doing is reading books
and listening to music. We need better music ...
fill a whole spacecraft either ... throughout the
spacecraft where you can have your like - you
know, your home; like in an office where you can
put some music on and don't have to listen to the
same thing. Pick some nice mood music and then the
guys can have their own little music ...

245 00 40 12 CDR In terms of your zero-g living and working experiences

during, this mission, what specific habitability
improvements would you recommend for the next
Skylab crew; for future programs? Well, I recommend
they have a few more socks for one. And I recommend
that they come up with a better a - kind of a
sponge bath or way to take baths. Get a shower
that's connected into the pipes. There's no
reason to have to do this the hard way. We
ought to be able to leap in that shower, take a
shower with hot water and get out.
1838

245 O0 _0 38 CDR Also, the water's not hot enough. It's kind of
lukewarm and you could freeze doing the thing•
And it ... come in here with your - with a towel and
all that• You Just don't need it .... towel•
Essentially, living has been good. We've been
talking about habitability and other ones• I
won't go into any more, but future programs
ought to have a better shower and more socks.
•.. wash the socks up every day. You've got too
many clothes. They don't need that many clothes•

245 0O 41 ll CDR The food's been good. I'd like a little more
variety; I'd like more of a selection. Like today -
I might like spaghetti two or three times today
and I might like - might not like to see it again.
Have chili a couple of times and maybe some steak.
Here where you've got this defined menu, it - it's
difficult. So my suggestion would be to try to
get a regular menu, nothing fancy, where guys
can heat their own food and have a good ... more
spices and, you know, where they can fix up the -
the kind of meals they like. _-.

245 00 41 39 CDR Discuss both the beneficial and the detrimental

effects of zero g on the following types of
activites: individual work activities while
restrained at a special work station. Well it's
better in one g. You don't have to restrain.
You stand there and do it. Handling and transfering
various size items all of them are better in zero g,
except something as little as a nut or a bolt ...
anything that you can - that's big enough so that
when you hold it it sticks out in your fist, works,
better in zero g almost. Anything else that you
got to open your hand and see if it's in there
and it'll float away, then it's a little difficult
in zero - usually not bad, but that's roughly it.

245 00 42 15 CDR Work activites requiring assistance from another

crewman: Much better on Earth. Anything that
you're working on, it seems to me, in the way
of screwing nuts and bolts, turning, lift - anything
but lifting and carrying, it appears to me to be
easier on Earth. Now when you lift something,
try to fit in in, it's much easier up here. When
I'm carrying big objects, it's a lot easier. We
can do work up here we could never do on Earth -
one hand ... couple hundred pounds. The other
 1839
r

day, Jack Lou - I mean 0wen was in the M509,

which weighs a couple hundred pounds. I couldn't
h lift it. He was in it and I _as movinghim
around with one hand. That sort of stuff is
great. Now when I got ready to change out the
bottle, lifting the bottle's ...

245 00 _2 56 CDR But trying to dive under there - By the way,

another thing that's easy here is getting into
small spaces. You can turn around and dive
underneath between and around and among is -
is much easier. But anytime you have to anchor
yourself down ... Now how that helps, I don't
know. Personal hygiene: Easier on Earth. Every-
thing drops all the time instead of having them
floating around. Same thing donning and doffing ...
They're easier up here. You Just kind of float up in
the air and put the things on. Much better.
You stay cooler up here. You don't work too hard.

245 00 43 30 CDR Waste management and cleanup chores: Waste manage-

ment is harder here because systems are evolved for
gravity, you know, and urine drops. That's nice.
Fecal matter drops and that's nice. The cleanup
chores are easier on Earth. But I'll say this
gets dirtier because items don't tend to fall in
the same spot_ they're all around. So things
can - you can spill more things and still it won't
show up, if you know what I mean. They Just dis-
perse over a large area.

245 00 43 59 CDR Locomotion in and through various compartments:

Locomotion is easier for distances in zero g.
Now, if you want to stop and anchor yourself in
zero - either one, but to get anywhere - I can
get anywhere Almost up here faster than I can
anywhere else. Certainly it was easier.

CDR How satisfactory is the frequency in change of

bedding? We're changing too much. Ought to
change them once every couple of weeks. Sheet
doesn't rub you as much. You're clean up here
and you're not laying on any bedspreads to get
them dirty. You're floating between and that
_es a difference.

245 00 44 36 CDR Clothing: No point in changing it too much, ex-

cept for socks. I would recommendthat a change
of Jacket once a month and a pair of pants every
1840

couple of weeks, a shirt every 3 days - that'd be

adequate. Now - shorts every day, probably but
... I don't know, it depends on how fancy you want
to be. I could live with the same clothes for a
week; it ain't going to hurt me. Done it before
on camping trips. Thought it was great, but -
when I'm home I change once a day. So, I don't
know. It depends on - I would change shorts every
other day; socks every day; and pants, once every
2 weeks; Jacket, once a month; shirts, every 2,
3 days.

245 O0 45 16 CDR CDR out. And that goes to the Mh87 folks.

TIME SKIP

245 Ol 22 31 PLT Okay.

PLT Now.

PLT Hey, can we begin?

PLT Can you get - can you get me and the rest of
the place in down there?

SPT ...

PLT Okay. Oh, I Just want to be able to see the

trash airlock clear on through and - and I'll be
here talking.

PLT Okay. And then that and that, that, that, this,
that, and that, and that. Okay, (laughter) you
got all that? Okay.

SPT ... over there?

2h5 01 23 50 PLT No. Thank you.

245 01 24 O0 PLT Hello, space fans. We thought you might enjoy a

brief tour of the Skylab, America's first space
station, with us up here at 275 miles, whirling
around the Earth at 18,000 miles an hour, and hav-
ing a sunrise and a sunset every hour and a half.
At the moment, you're looking to the very base
or the basement of the workshop, where the crew _-_
 1841

quarters level is located. And you're looking

from the very attic or the tunnel through which
we enter the Skylab from the command module. It
looked much like this as you see it when we first
entered it. It looks kind of like a lonely house
that's been put away for a vacation for a while,
and everything is neatly in order. It's waiting
for its occupants to return, much as you would
return to your house, after a vacation. But we
put it in living condition and working order in
pretty short time and now we're living very com-
fortably up here and enjoying zero g and getting
lots of work done. We want to show you a few of
the particular items that are parts of our every-
day life and parts of our work here in Skylab. We
thought that perhaps the first thing you'd enjoy
looking at was the very piece of equipment that
is located to my left here and taking this all
down on tape.

245 01 25 18 PLT This is a video tape recorder. As you may know,

we don't have ground stationsend to end across
the Earth; so we periodically come in contact,
and most of the time, however, we're out of
ground - gown - ground contact. In fact, about
30 percent of the time is all the time we spend
talking to the ground, and we could not send this
picture down to you without - without recording
it on this tape because we're not currently over
ground stations. So everything that is recorded
here is recorded on this tape recorder, and then
the tape - the ground can dump it and plucks
this very telecast. Now let's move on around
here to another interesting piece of equipment,
whill - which gets a lot of work fram us. Take
a cut here.

245 01 26 08 PLT I'll get down here. In fact, let's turn this off
a moment. Find yourself a place where you can
see this and this and the window, kind of. Here,
I'll take it. The VTS and then Just kind of this
area. Okay, where - Oh, here it is. Ready to
go? How's the picture, okay? Okay? All set, 0.?

245 01 27 24 PLT One of our major objectives in Skylab is to look

at Earth and its resources. We want to look at
its forestry and its agriculture, its fresh water
resources, its weather, its pollution, and a num-
ber of oth - other resources that are very impor-
 1842

tant to us on the Earth. And this is some of the

equipment that we use to do that. This is called
our Earth resources experiment package. Consists
of about six experiments with which we look at
the Earth, and we spend a lot of time taking data
here. This particular instrument is a telescope,
and we can see resolution down to a quarter of a
mile square. For example, we can see a city block
with this telescope, and we can home our instru-
ments in on it and take data of Earth resource
nature on that particular object or that field or
that forest or that body of water or that minin_
area or the geologic area that we're interested
in to take data on. It's all recorded on tape
and sent to the ground. We have another battery
of experiments also that are associated with
Earth resources, and they are the cameras that
take actual photographs in different wavelengths
of light. We have six cameras, as you can see
here, and they click away as we pass over the
ground, taking photographs at Just about any
rate that we want to set. And then These pho- -_
tographs then are returned to ground and processed
and evaluated. And the purpose, of course, is to
learn how to use our resources on Earth more
efficiently and more effectively. This battery
of cameras is rotated down to this window, and
when this window is uncovered, you can see the
Earth below going by at 4 miles per second. But
still we can get some very good pictures of the
Earth and its resources. Take a cut here, 0.,
and get up here so we can see this control panel.

245 01 29 16 PLT That's - that's next, after this one. We'll finish
up Earth resources right here. Okay? This is the
control panel frc_ which we control the rest of
the Earth resources experiments. It takes two
men to run this battery of experiments, one working
the telescope and the other working this main
control panel. And from it we operate all of the
experiments that are associated with Earth resources.

245 01 29 54 PLT Okay. Let's make a cut there, O. Now we'll take
some of this. Now let me refresh my memory here.
Yes, I'd like to get the sphere into here somehow.

PLT Let me know when you're ready. Okay, just a sec.

There, that's crystal ... You're not getting me in
 1843

on this, I take it. You're Just getting the

instrument. I'ii be pointing. Okay, let me look
at it here a minute.

PLT Yes, I think so. Okay.

245 01 31 l0 PLT Another set of experiments that we have on Skylab

is to explore the industrial uses of space. Here
before you, you have a - an electron beam welding
gun. Now it doesn't look like a welding gun that
we have on Earth, but it's operated by a high-
intensity or high-energy beam of electrons which
will strike metallic m_erial in this chamber,
which can be evacuated, and it's capable of melting
the metal and of welding two pieces together.
Additionally, with this chamber and the electrean
[sicJ beam gun, we can produce perfect spheres or
ball bearings. We can also grow crystals in here,
as you know. Perhaps much of metallurgy and crys-
tal growth and the information of metals is very
dependent upon gravity. We believe that we can
grow perfect crystals and perfect metal without the
presence of gravity. We're examining that parti-
cular phenomena here in Skylab. We're also doing
flammability experiments where we can put a - a
specimen to be burned inside this chamber and -
and determine how it burns in the absence of gravity.
Fire, of course, and its progagation is dependent
upon gravity on the Earth, and we believe that
perhaps in studying the flammability characteristics
of several types of materials in this environment,
we can determine how to make materials in a better
way to equip our spacecraft in the future such
that we'll have less probability of fire and
catastra - catastrophes of that sort. In addition,
we expect that as time goes on, we'll find addi-
tional industrial uses of - of space. And we -
Knowing the Yankee ingenuity of the - the industrial
complex in our country, I'm sure that they can
come up with m_ny applications of zero g in space
for the production of - of metals and other items
of use for our everyday consumption on an industrial
basis.

2_5 01 33 ii PLT Okay. I'll take a cut here, O.

PLT Okay.
 J
J

1844

PLT Sweeping across our ever-present map of the

United States and the rest of the world - to
determine where we are. I didn't like my words
very well on that.

SPT ...

PLT Yes.

PLT I'm all wrapped up in my cable here. Let me get

it undone.

PLT Now see, can you get me and the panel in? Let me
know when you're ready, O.

2_5 01 B4 17 PLT Okay. Another place of business in the multiple

docking adapter. Okay. Another place where we
spend a lot of time during everyday life is at
the control panel for the solar telescope. We
have eight solar telescopes with which we can
continually look at the Sun while we're on the
sunny side of the Earth. Our orbit takes us about
an hour and a half to completely go around the
Earth. About an hour of this is spent in daylight,
and the other half hour is spent in darkness, of
course. But during that hour of daylight, we have
somebody constantly at this panel during working
hours, looking at the Sun with these eight differ-
ent telescopes. Now we can look at the Sun on
Earth as well, but of course on the Earth, the
atmosphere blocks a good deal of the information
that comes from the Sun. It's a good thing it
does, too, because otherwise we'd be fried to a
crisp. But up above the Earth's atmosphere here,
we can get all of the information that comes from
the Sun and record it on our telescope - through
our telescope on the film and bring it back to
ground for analysis of the Sun. Of course, this
is a very important study as - because, as you
know, the Sun controls our very environment; controls
our weather; controls our very life and our
existence on Earth. So the more we know about it,
the more we know about our own environment.

245 01 B5 45 PLT In addition, there is very little known about the

Sun. And we believe that in studying, perhaps we
can learn something that we can apply in a differ-
 1845

ent way. Maybe there's a new kind of an energy

source or something that will permit us to - let's
cut that. I don't like that at all. Okay. Let's
go on to the next. Okay. This is the - Maybe I
could - Could you give me some good words on
something like this, or would -

SPT Yes .... best we can apply ... laboratories on

Earth ...

PLT Maybe sometime the time will come when we can

relay energy to the ground from the Sun and that
kind of thing?

SPT No, ... I don't think that's so good. By learning

about how the Sun generates energy, we can learn
more about how to generate energy in a similar
fashion in our own laboratories ourselves.

PLT Okay. Okay.

SPT For example,it's all hydrogen ...

PLT Uh-huh. It's a - it's a atomic - an atomic

nuclear reaction.

SPT It's reaction that ...

245 01 37 24 PLT Uh-huh. Okay. Besides, of course, learning more

about our own climate and weather and environment
and its relation to the Sun, we believe that
perhaps there are some energy process - processes
taking place on the Sun which we can reproduce in
our own laboratories and perhaps on Earth to
generate new power sources, which are similar to
those on the Sun, to accomplish the various Jobs
that we face in our modern society. That wasn't
very good, but was it understandable? Huh? Now
let me put this - I guess I can't plug that in
anywhere else, can I? Now let's see: Can you
get this - this part in? I wonder if these lights
are too bright. Those wash out every -

SPT ...

PLT Okay.
SPT ..,
 1846

PLT Okay. How about if I Just kind of lay down by

the thing like this?

SPT Yes, that would be better ....

PLT Both - both up. Okay. Let me get to the VTR

over here.

SPT ...

PLT Well, I'm here; I'll get it. Let me know when
you're ready.

SPT ...

2_5 01 39 17 PLT Okay. How's this? Now we'll take a quick look
at the control panel that we use to control the
electrical power system on board the Skylab. This
is the control panel from which we do the - from
which we do this. The Skylab is run entirely on
solar power. We have solar panels on the outside
of the spacecraft which collect sunlight and
convert it into electricity. And then it's trans-
ferred into the spacecraft here, and we light our
lights and run our equipment or heat our heaters
or run our fans and do everything electrically
with sunlight. Perhaps the day will come when
we do more - use sunlight as an energy source
more than we do now, but this is at least a
beginning. Now you're going to ask me, naturally,
what happens when we go behind the Earth for that
half an hour when it's dark. Well, we have some
batteries which are charged up during the daytime.
So besides running the lights in the spacecraft
during the daytime, the batteries are also charges
up; and when we go into the nighttime, the batteries
take over and supply that electricity that we
need. And then in the daylight again, they're
recharged, and the cycle continues every hour and
a half to recharge the batteries, providing power
for the whole space station. Additionally, we
have a caution and warning system here. In the
event that we have a fire or a rapid pressure
loss or many other malfunctions within the
spacecraft which need immediate attention, we have
a caution and warning system and the - here that
alerts us both day and night to the problem. ._
 1847

For example, I can test the fire warning system

in this manner (siren).

245 01 41 04 PLT You can hear a loud siren. The MASTER ALARM and
some warning lights come on. Or perhaps if we
have a rapid pressure loss, we have another sound
for that (high pitched tone). Or if we have
another warning tone, we have another sound (Klaxon).
Nobody could ignore that. Nobody can sleep through
it, either. And moving around here, of course, we
also - also have to control our - our atmosphere
in here. The Skylab has only 5 pounds of
pressure in it. Of course, on Earth you're used
to 14.7 pounds of pressure. We only have 5 here,
but we made it up in such a way that we have at
least as much oxygen as we breathe on the Earth.
Whereas your atmosphere on the Earth is 80 percent
nitrogen and only 20 percent oxygen, ours is Just
the other way around here. It's about 70 or
80 percent oxygen, depending on - on the variation
of - of the - the sensors which are sensing it,
and it's only 20 percentnitrogen. Of course,
the nitrogen reduces the flammability character-
istics of the atmosphere greatly. But it is
controlled from this panel right here, and these
are the meters that tell us what the pressure is
in various areas of our spacecraft.

2_5 01 42 35 PLT Okay. Let's take a cut and turn that thing off.

PLT Wonder how long we've been going?

SPT ...

PLT Okay. That's going to be about right.

SPT I hope that airlock ...

PLT Yes.

SPT ...

PLT Why don't you find a place where it's good and -
I'd like to get that snake out of here. I think
I' ll hook it up to this box down here.

PLT Okay, O. Now we want to get this hatch with this

blue and goldenblack thinghere in. And we'd
1848

like to get that hatch in the foreground there

too.

SPT ...

245 01 43 42 PLT Maybe you could get down there and turn upside
down or so_thing. And I could turn upside down
with you. That's it. Okay. You'll have to turn
that thing on. I turned it off, O. How can I
best be located, like this?

SPT Just wait until I tell you ...

PLT Like so? Okay. It's on, huh? This is the airlock
compartment of our spacecraft. In a few moments,
I'll tell you why it's called an airlock. Now
right here you see a hatch. This is our extra-
vehicular activity hatch. Periodically, we have
to go outside and replace the film in the cameras
on the solar telescopes. We put up a sail to
help protect the workshop from the heat of the _-_
Sun, and we also went out there and hooked up
the rate gyro package. But we have three EVAs
during our mission. We have already completed
two, and this is the hatch that we use to go
out there. We get our spacesuits on, hook our-
selves up to our umbilicals, which are located in
these boxes, and then we get in this airlock, two
men at a time, with all the extra equipment and
paraphernalia that we have to take out with us.
So now you ask the question, "What happens when
you open this hatch? Doesn't all the air leak
out?" Well, the answer is partially yes and
partially no. And that's why this is called an
airlock -Because_at the forward edge here you
see a big hatch, and behind me there's another
hatch which is similar. These hatches can both
be closed to shut off this little compartment
right here from the rest of the spacecraft. When
we do this, both ends of the spacecraft are isolated,
and the air can't leak out when we open this
hatch. So what we do is, we Just simply open this
valve which allows all the gas and atmosphere to
escape from the small locked compartment until it
becomes a vacuum Just like space, with air on
either side of it. Then we can open the hatch
and go outside and do our work. I/hen we come
back in, it's Just the reverse process. We close
 1849

the hatch, close this valve, and then the other

man who's left inside the spacecraft can open one
of the valves in the hatch from the pressurized
side of the spacecraft and let the air in and
replenish the supply and get it back up to 5 pounds
so that then we can open the hatch and get our -
get our spacesuits off. Now we'll proceed on
further down to the upper area of the orbital
workshop, where we also spend a lot of time doing
a lot of work. Why don't we cut that off, 0.? Let's
turn off the VTR. How we doing mmwise? Is it
time for ATM? Yes, it's about time.

245 01 46 51 PLT Well, the only thing to do is to continue this

after this pass or have A1 come up. You turned
it off, I take it.

SPT I turned the VTR off.

PLT Okay.

/_ SPT ... workshop ...

PLT Yes.

SPT ... channel A off too. Okay?

245 O1 47 07 PLT Yes.

245 01 53 i0 PLT Now here we are again, space fans. We're down
in the lower area of the workshop now. This is
a converted hydrogen tank. This, itself, was a
rocket one day that was used to send men to the
Moon, or the same type. This is a hydrogen tank
that's been converted into working quarters. I'd
like to show you around here briefly as well,
so you'll notice how we get around quite readily
in zero g. We've been here long enough now to
the point where zero g seems as normal as Just
walking down a street, and we Just float anywhere.
Imagine how neat it would be to be able to float
up to the peak of your house to paint it or to
whistle up into a tree to retrieve your kite or
something like that. Well, that's what we do
here. We Just _ant to show you these dome lockers,
so we'll go on up to them and - We have a ring
/_ of dome lockers in the workshop here in which we
store a lot of equipment and extra things that we
1850

need to use. Ne have to resupply the various

things in the workshop frequently, and so this
is where we keep spare parts, extra clothes,
extra towels, extra bags, disposal bags, and all
kinds of extra equipment, extra film, extra tapes.
Here's a whole load of towels in here. If they
don't come out, I'll just show you what that looks
like. So we keep a lot of extra towels right in
there. So whenever - We have a whole ring of
these dome lockers, and sometimes it's fun Just
to run around these dome lockers. We can get
enough centrifugal - centrifugal force going so
that we can stay touching the dome lockers and
Just run around them for a little exercise, a
little fun. Down below the dome lockers, we have
water tanks. These are our water tanks. All the
water that we have on the Skylab was launched in
the Skylab as you see it now, and each mission
uses some of these water tanks.

245 01 55 02 PLT Some of it is used for the wardroom, where we mix

our food and drink it. And other tanks are used _
for - in the waste management compartment for
cleaning and that kind of thing. The water in
these tanks has iodine injected into it periodically
to keep it pure. We have a way of testing this
water much like you test the water in a swimming
pool. And by determin - by looking at its color,
we can determine how much iodine is in it. And
then we have a way of adding some, should we need
to do so. Down over here is the locker where we
keep our film. Of course, in space our film would
all become irradiated if we do not have a good
way to protect it. So we have it in this heavy
vault, stowed in drawers. Whenever we want some
film, we come in here, and we get it. For example,
we pull it out right here. There's a film magazine
for our motion picture camera. Or we have film
down here for Earth resources cameras. These are
all cassettes that are bolted into Earth resources
cameras when we want to take pictures with those
cameras. This whole vault is full of film, and
it's protected by the heavy metal around it from
getting streaks in it or getting cloudy because
of the radiation in space. If we move around this
way, we come to an object that's hanging on the
wall here - what we call an airlock. This airlock
is actually a hole in the spacecraft. It's a
hole where we can mount experiments and put the_
 1851

out of the side of the spacecraft to look at the

stars or to look at various phenomena which is in
the world about us. Basically, what we do is, we
take this experiment - This is a particular exper-
iment that is used for looking at the stars and
analyzing their spectrums; very faint stars, ones
that we can't see with the naked eye, even. And
it has a mirror inside of it which we can extend
out of the spacecraft, and it has a film camera
right here to take pictures with a special kind
of film. Basically, we put this experiment under
the airlock and make sure that it's sealed so our
air won't leak out. Then there's a handle down
here which we can crank to open a door and extend
out into the - into space whatever we _ant to use
to look at the various phenomena out there. We
have one on each side of the spacecraft. One looks
away from the Earth - away from the Sun, I should
say, and one always looks towards the Sun. Now
the one that looks towards the Sun - we have put
a parasol in there and extended it outside the
_ spacecraftto protect our spacecrafttemperature.
I'll get to that later. Okay, let's take a cut
on that, 0., and then you come down over here.
Can you turn off the VTR, O. - A1, please? Right
over here I'm going to go the freezer and that
food locker. Did you turn off the VTR, Al?

245 01 58 25 PLT Hey, A1, did you turn off the VTR? Whew.

CDR ...

SPT Did you turn the VTR off, AI? The VTR turned off?
VTR's off. You sure, Al? Turn off the VTR.'

CDR ...

SC (Music)

245 02 00 45 PLT Hey, can you turn it [_icS down Just a little
bit for about B minutes, Al? I can't hear:

CDR Too loud?

PLT Yes. Just for 3 minutes. Can you turn the VTR
on, please? Can you turn the VTR on for me,
please?

CDR Okay.
1852

PLT Is it on?

CDR It is on for you, Jack baby.

245 02 O1 37 PLT Okay. This side of the spacecraft, we - Okay.

This side of the spacecraft, we have a scientific
airlock. Basically what a scientific airlock is,
is a hole in the spacecraft. What we do is we
take an experiment and seal it up in the scientific
airlock so that our air won't leak out, and then
there's a door in there that we can open up. And
when we open this door, we can extend whatever is
inside this experiment out. For example, in here
is a mirror that we can point different directions
to look at the stars and take a lot of data and -
many very faint stars that we cau't see with the
naked eye. We have other experiments that we
can put in there as well which are all located on
the floor right here. They all do different types
of things and take different types of data. On
the other side of the spacecraft, we also have a _-_
scientific airlock. This particular one looks at
the Sun. The one we're Just at looks opposite
from the Sun. We have an experiment - we - we have
a package installed in here which is a parasol.
Our parasol is extended through this container,
then outside the spacecraft and extended over the
spacecraft to - to make up for the meteoroid shield
which was taken off during launch.

2h5 02 03 02 PLT That parasol has kept us cool all this time, As
we move around this way, we have .some food storage
lockers. Here is extra food. Each one of these
packages contains 6 days' worth of food for three
men. It all comes in these cans. Our menu repeats
itself every 6 days. Every 6th day we come up
here, take our food down to the wardroom, and
restock our pantry. It all comes in cans, big ones
and little ones. Inside the cans are plastic
containers in which we can put water and rehydrate
our food. We also have some frozen food. Our
frozen food is stored in these refrigerators
right over here, these freezers, much as you'd
store your frozen food at home. Now we don't
have as much frozen food as we do regular food.
One of these packages will last three men for _-_
28 days. We have about one frozen food item per
 1853

day. That includes steak, ice cream, roast beef;

very good food. Well, that kind of completes the
tour of the workshop. We hope you've enjoyed it.

245 02 Oh 27 PLT And we hope that you'll be back again sometime to

whirl around the Earth with us at 18,000 miles
an hour, and look over the Skylab. In the
meantime, be watching us because we'll be watching
yOU.

245 02 04 43 PLT Huh?

SPT ...

PLT Hey, AI, can you turn off the VTR and see if it's
still working? We want to know if we got it all
on.

CDR It's still working; I just turned it off.

PLT Okay, and turn up the music, would you please?

CDR Turn it off?

245 02 05 07 PLT No. Turn it up. You're cleared.

245 02 19 54 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, recording

information for Dr. Paul Buchanan and for any
of the biomed community interested in drug storage
on board the spacecraft. Okay, let's see; we're
up to about day 244 now, and I want to talk about
the general message on IMSS drugs, sent up on
day 238, entitled "Procedures for Activation in
Usage of Drugs." I'd like to clarify exactly the
procedure that I went through in following this
message. I first of all went right down,
paragraph by paragraph, doing exactly what was
said in each of these sentences. First of all,
it said to collect all the SL-2 drugs from the
topical drug drawer, middle drug drawer, and lower
drug drawer. So I went to W-707, which I'm looking
at right now. Be sure I got all these things;
yes. Open up W6 - 706 here for a moment, also.
Okay. So I go to W-707; there are the three drawers,
and I went through and cleaned out everything
with the exception of those items which were listed
as exceptions. For example, I cleaned out - well, I
_ found the Ampicillinand left it there. I found
Dal - Dalmane, Erythromycin, Mylanta, the pilocarpine
1854

drops, Sulfamylon, Synalar, tetracycline, chloral

hydrate. I did not find deployed scopolamine drops
or Dexedrine. And so that was the thing that I
was trying to point out in my previous message.
Some of the things you said to exclude, I believe,
in the first place, and those exceptions were
scopolamine and Dexedrine.

2h5 02 21 54 SPT And I did put the collected drugs in empty can 1034,
which I got out of the locker right above.

245 02 22 32 SPT Okay, now the last sentence there says, Tim_a e
together any topical not fitting in can l0 - 1034.
Put in the upper level of W-706." I did not follow
that instruction precisely. I instead put them
into another can, which will turn out to be
canister B. Now I might as well talk about that
for a moment. Canister A and B, as you know, was
brought up in our command module. After I took
the drugs out of that can later on, I had these
two cans available. And so with the stuff that
would not fit in the can i034, I put them in that --
canister B, and I'll talk more about that in a
little bit. Now your second sentence is, "Collect
all the inJectables from the injectable drug-
drug kit, except for several." So there was a
lot of injectable drugs that had been deployed
that I had to collect - dozens of them. However,
I excluded some: epinephrine (10 percent and
1 percent), Decadron - that went in can 1037 if
I could get it there, and if not - if not, into
canister A.

245 02 23 35 SPT I could not find any glucose injectable, so I

did not collect that. Sentence 3 says to collect
the six Lidoeaine dental injectors, which I did,
which was to be added to 1037. Certainly no
room by now. Oh, add to can 1037, excuse me.
The other was in 1034 to begin with in sentence 1.
Now 1037 has been full all along. 1037 was
already full of stuff that Joe Kerwin filled up
before he left, and so that was not available to
me. And so again the overflow from 1034 and all
this stuff had to go into canister A. Now
sentence 4, "Deploy cans A and B," which I had over
in 732 temporarily. I did put the topicals and
so forth where they go and tablets and capsules _-_
and so forth where they go. So my other point
 1855

that I was trying to make was, I did not deploy

from our canisters A and B anything like the number
of things that I had collected from the topicals
and so on that Joe Kerwin had deployed. So we
have substantially fewer now in our rack than we
had before I deployed canisters A and B.

(Music)

245 02 24 50 SPT Now I did also make one note about some stuff in
the dental kit. It - I've forgotten the name on it
right now, but it is for filling - either temporary
fillings or cracked, chipped teeth and so on. And
there's a handful of these to be put into the
dental kit. The dental kit already had an equal
number, and there was no room for the new ones and
old ones together. So as I said on my earlier
message, I took the old ones out and put the new
ones in; transferred the other dental items that
are not mentioned on your message at all. And
fifth sentenceis a statementthat all of these
deployed drugs remain in place for SL-h, which
they did. So I hope that clarifies it. I went
right down your list, item by item, and I tried
to note the exceptions where there was an
exception from what you'd said. If there's any
further question, why please send it up to me
on the teleprinter. End of the message for
Dr. Paul Buchanan and others in the biomed commlluity
interested in the stowage of the onboard drugs.

245 02 26 05 SPT Message completed.

245 02 26 06 CC Skylab, this is Houston through Hawaii for 5 -

245 02 33 16 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack debriefing the

last ATM run, which started at 00:22. We got your
J0P 6. Then we went into observing time at 24,
and the first thing I did was - Well, wait a min-
ute. I got the wrong rev. Let's go on down to
the 01:55 rev. We got the JOP 2 Dog done -

245 02 47 54 PLT Stand by.

TIME SKIP
1856

245 12 31 14 SPT Here come some PRD readings: Fcr the pilot, 303.
Jack has 303 in his sleep compartment.

245 12 31 49 SPT SPT has 152 above the centrifuge; 152 for SPT.

245 12 33 36 SPT 368 for the CDR's above the minus-Z SAL. 368 is
the last PRD reading.

245 12 33 44 SPT End of message on PRDs.

TIME SKIP

245 14 07 13 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A ready

for another installment of the Jack and A1 show
on EREP.

245 14 07 31 PLT Delta 6 is reading 57 percent. And we'll be leaving

the recorder for a while but we'll be back shortly,
so don't go away.

245 14 16 16 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans, ready to go

with the T-minus-10 MONITOR readings. Just going
to read them all off. Alfa 2, 92 percent, which
is too high. Alfa 3, 86 percent is okay. Alfa 4
is 71 percent; okay. Alfa 5 is 65 percent; okay.
Alfa 6 is zero; okay. Bravo 2 is 61 percent; okay.
Bravo 3 is 76 percent; okay. Bravo 4 is 71 percent;
okay. Bravo 5 is 74 percent; that's okay. Bravo 6,
50 percent; okay. Bravo 7, 30 percent; okay.
Bravo 8 is 1 percent; okay. Bravo 9 is 58 percent;
okay. Charlie 2 is 45 percent; okay. Charlie 3
is 88 percent - 87 percent, right on the high end
there. Now it's okay with the atten - attenuator;
that's in good shape.

245 14 18 33 PLT Bravo - Charlie 4 is 89 percent; too high. Okay,

we got Alfa 2, Charlie 4 high. Okay, Charlie 5
is 83 percent, which is okay. Charlie 6 is
46 percent; okay. Charlie 7, 50 percent; okay.
Delta 2 is 86 percent; okay for the tenuator
[sic]. Dog 3 is 85 percent; okay with the atten-
uator. Dog 4 is 72 percent; okay. Dog 3 -
correction; Dog 5 is 13 - 13 percent; okay. Dog
6 is 57 percent; okay. Okay, Bravo 7 - I
already gave you that. Bravo 8 - then I'll
give it to you again. Bravo 7, 30 percent;
Bravo 8, 1 percent; Charlie 7 is 50 percent;
 1857

and Delta 6 is 57 percent. TAPE RECORDER,

Charlie 8 is reading 81 percent. So Alfa 2 and
Charlie 4 are higher than we like to see them.
And we got to press on. Okay, 26 is the GO
time. Charlie 7, not greater any; S191 stays
ON. T minus 5, which is where we're coming up
on right now.

245 14 20 50 PLT We're going to go MODE, READY.

PLT TAPE RECORDER, EREP system, is OFF. MODE to

READY. Stand by; we'll go to CHECK for a
minute.

CDR ... check?

SPT That's it.

245 14 22 04 PLT I got 4.2 east. Okay, I Just checked the S192
package, and we're reading in the VISIBLE, 83
and 65 percent. In THERMAL, we're reading 44
P to 45 percent. Now we want to go on here and
go to READY. Get our DOOR OPEN. Light out.
Okay, S190 HEATER SWITCH light - HEATER SWITCH
light off. It's off and PRESS TO TEST. Both
lights on ll7 WINDOW HEATER panel are working.
Okay, it's a 3-minute fire [sic]. We'll verify
and voice record the preoperate configuration.
READY light not on yet on 192.

245 14 23 17 PLT Let's go on. Preoperate - preoperate configura-

tion: TAPE RECORDER: POWER, ON; READY on.
192, we'll skip for the moment. 191: POWER, ON;
READY light, on; COOLER, ON; and the 191 DOOR is
OPEN. Okay, 192: POWER is ON; READY light is
on; I checked and the DOOR has been OPENED.
Going to CHECK turned the READY light out.

245 14 24 06 PLT Okay, S190. POWER is ON; READY light is out;

we're in STANDBY; and the DOOR is verified to be
OPEN with light coming through the window.
193 RAD: We're in STANDBY; READY light is out.
193 SCAT: POWER is OFF; READY is OUT. 193 ALTIM-
ETER: POWER is OFF; READY is OUT. 194: POWER
is ON, READY light is ON.

245 14 24 42 PLT 0kay, time is 24:40; we're minute and a half ahead
Of schedule. And _ust to doubl@check my ready
1858

verification, 192 is HIGH, LOW, HIGH; 191 is 9

and 2; 190 is SLOW, 14 and i0. You ought to be
hearing from ... CROSS-TRACK CONTIGUOUS ANGLE
is zero; POLARIZATION, i. 193 is - ALTImeTER,
MODE i, RANGES 76. 194 is AUTO B. We're all
set, ready to go. Read Alfa 2. Okay, Alfa 2
now reading within limits at 56 percent, which is
okay, and the other one was Charlie 4, now
reading within limits at 70 percent. So Alfa 2
and Charlie h were a little slow coming down,
but we got them now. And we're standing by to
go to 193 A to STANDBY.

245 14 26 02 PLT MARK; 193 A to STANDBY; 26:57 next.

PLT How you reading down there, Bob?

245 lh 26 ii CC Loud and clear. Got you over the Vanguard for
about ii minutes.

245 14 26 17 PLT Okay, we're off and _mning; everything is normal.

Readings Alfa 2 and Charlie 4 were a little slow
in coming into spec, but they're within range now
and appear to be changing a little bit.

245 14 26 30 CDR Also, I - I noticed - Also, I noticed, Bob, they

want me to track Mount Etna on the third site with
a special pan; and I looked at my chart of Sicily,
and it doesn't tell me which part of Sicily Mount
Etna is unless it's the northeast part because
there seems to be a elevation angle that's high
up there.

CC That's it.

CDR Okay, babe.

PLT Stand by for EREP to START.

245 14 26 58 PLT MARK. EREP, START.

245 14 27 04 PLT MARK; 190 MODE to AUTO; 194 MODE to MANUAL.

CDR We're at attitude, within 0.i on Y.

PLT Okay, we got number 5 and 6 - -

CDR .....
 1859

PLT _ - FILM ADVANCE MALFUNCTION lights on, on 190,

but we presume that it's running okay. And I bet
you after this sequence they won't come on anymore.

245 lh 27 29 CDR Okay, we haven't crossed the coast, Jack. We're

getting ready to right now. We've got what's
known as scattered-to-broken cumulus clouds, nice
and fluffy white ones, probably about 0.6 to 0.7.
We're over the coastline at the moment.

PLT Going to give them a tour?

245 14 27 49 CDR Oh, I don't know if I know that much about it, but
l'd say we're Just at that lower part of Chile,
about halfway between Santiago and Cape Horn, so
things are running along okay, and we're going to
be pursuing a northeasterly course here. It's
becoming more overcast. I would say it's about
0.8 now.

245 14 28 20 CDR Okay, now it's starting to clear up; we're a mere
O.1 now; we just broke out of some sort of front.

PLT Are we over land, Dr. Bean?

245 14 28 27 CDR We are, and if your cameras are running, they're

getting good pictures.

PLT They are running. Wonder if the Big O. is running?

CDR He never tells us.

SPT Yes, I'm running.

CDR We Just hope he opens the door - -

PLT He's running, he says.

CDR That's all we can ask for.

CDR Okay. Even when you're in a space station, you

got to have a weatherman looking ahead for you.

245 lh 28 51 CDR Yes, here comes the front he was talking about.
Altocumulus, it looks to me. Maybe a little
stratocu_ hard to tell. Casting some shadows on
the ground, so they can't be too high. We seem
to be moving over into Argentinaat the moment.
1860

We should break land at - -

245 14 29 21 PLT READY light off at 21.

CDR - - Golfo San Matfas - -

245 14 29 24 PLT MODE to STANDBY on 190.

CDR San Matfas.

PLT S193 RAD's coming OFF.

CDR Okay, now we're over some strata - -

245 14 29 30 PLT MARK. 193 RAD, OFF; 193 ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR - - overcast; no pictures at the moment.

PLT Okay, Robert, would the EREP guys like me to cycle

the S190 POWER switch to see if we get those FILM
ADVANCE MALFUNCTION lights off?

CC Stand by.

245 14 29 47 CDR Okay, we're crossing the shoreline. We Just

crossed - -

CC Cycle it, Jack?

PLT Cycled it.

CDR No, it's Just off of Argentina.

PLT Okay. OFF and then ON. We'll split half of the
next time around the flagpole here.

CDR IMC is working beautifully right now. Don't know

what happened to that other IMC problem we had,
but it's not bothering us at the moment.

245 14 30 21 CDR Okay, we're moving up the coast; it's now becoming
clear.

PLT Someday we're going to have to go back to Earth

and work for a living, A1.

CDR I know it.

PLT Goll! Terrible thought.

 1861

245 14 30 32 CDR Okay, we're starting to move away from the land;
I was hoping to see Montevideo. I did not see it.
I'll move my - -

PLT Sure move across the ground in a hurry, especially

with that VTS. You don't see a whole lot; pretty
small field of view.

CDR There's a nice group of isl -

245 14 30 52 PLT Everything is perking along on another classic

EREP pass. Standing by for 31:15 here.

CDR Okay, let me look over further up the coast. Okay,

we're now on Montevideo. I'm zeroed in on it.
Right across the way from Montevideo, as you will
recall, is the lovely town of Buenos Aires.

PLT Stand by - -

CDR Point right at it, get - -

_ 245 lh 31 15 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE - -

CDR - - some data. Can't do it; it's falling too

far behind.

PLT - - on 190, and I go FRAME 4 - 04, that is.

245 14 31 24 CDR Okay, I'm Just mam_al]y flying up the coast here - -

PLT INTERVAL, 20.

CDR - - seeing if I can see anybody on the beach.

PLT Got the FILM ADVANCE MALFUNCTION light back on

on 5 and 6, apparently they're not completely
despooled.

245 14 31 34 CDR I zoomed in on the beaches now to see if I can

see anything. I don't see people; I don't see
cars; I can see waves down there - not waves but
the surf, the little white surf edge as it comes
close to the beach.

245 14 31 48 PLT Say, I got a comment for the guys who put the
S190 pad together. When you got frames, I'd like
to see you put two numbers,please. If it's Just
' 4, it'd be nice if you made it 04. That w_v we'll
1862

never get a 40 instead of a 4.

CC Okay.

PLT Okay, thank you.

245 14 32 04 PLT Okay, S192 standing by for the tape burner to come
on. And the tape is reading between 75 and
79 percent.

PLT ...

CDR Okay, we're heading for the Intertropical Conver-

gence Zone, and you know how interesting that is.
Okay, let's hang in there; we got a special 01
at 46.

PLT I got one at 46 too.

CDR Well, let 's do them together.

245 14 32 39 PLT Okay,we got 6 seconds. ___

CDR Huh? Maybe you do.

PLT Right here, pal. 32 - -

CDR Oh, you're talking - -

245 14 32 46 PLT MARK. MODE to READY.

CDR I'm talking 46:00.

PLT TAPE MOTION light is off and back on.

CDR Well, you got some clear skies - -

PLT Look at her zip.

CDR - - ocean; you're getting some clear ocean data - -

245 14 32 58 PLT 33:03, MODE to AUTO.

CDR - - EREP weatherman was on the ball. Clear - -

245 14 33 04 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO on 190.

245 14 33 l0 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Reads 71. Oh, 71.

All right, I'll give them 71 Just like they asked.
 1863

CDR Okay, Jack, - -

PLT I give them what they ask for.

CDR In a few more minutes, we will be crossing the

coast of Africa - -

PLT We got the high water coming up there. I guess

the Atlantic must be higher than the Pacific.

CDR We're going to cross a little west of the

Ivory Coast, over Guinea. We're gQing to cross - -

245 14 33 30 PLT MARK. ALTI_TER, ON.

CDR - - over Mall and Nigeria, over Tunisia, and we'll

look down and see if we can see Tunis, home of the
ancient Carthage, and see if we see any ruins; I
doubt we will. And then we'll whistle over
Sicily, Greece, Bulgaria, the Black Sea and right
over Russia.

245 14 33 51 PLT Is that where Columbus threw the half a dollar

across the Delaware?

CDR Let me see; it's not marked on the map.

PLT/CDR (Laughter)

CDR Okay -

PLT Stand by for READY out.

CDR Looks cool out there.

255 14 34 l0 PLT MARK; READY out. Stand by for MODE to CHECK.

245 14 34 16 PLT MARK: MODE to CHECK. Tape burner's off. How

much we got left? Not doing too bad; we got 75
to 80 here. Correction; 65 to 70 is the way it's
oscillating on Charlie 8 at the moment. 34:55,
stand by.

245 14 34 31 CDR 34. Mine's 46. I think I got a few seconds. 32 -

PLT I notice 190 is still in AUTO; they want me to go

to SINGLE?

245 14 34 51 CC At 55, 34:55.

PLT Right.

SPT Keep him honest - -

1864

245 14 34 56 PLT MARK. Bob_ Bingo, we got one! Okay, they want
me to cycle the POWER on 190 again or let her run
a little longer? Still got two ADVANCE MALFUNCTION
lights: number 5 and number 6.

CC ,.. require report, Jack.

PLT Say again?

CC No requirement. No need to cycle.

PLT Okay, I know there isn't amy need; I was Just

wanting to know if they wanted me to try to extin-
guish those lights. See if we're completely
despooled.

CDR Despooled.

245 14 B5 36 PLT 36:50; and standing by.

245 14 35 40 CDR That's the way the Crip looks when he's - when
he's in L.A., you know it? (Laughter)

CDR He's fooled me when he comes in in the morning.

SPT Talking out of school. (Laughter)

CDR He's despooled.

SPT (Laughter)

245 l_ 36 01 CDR I can't see anything out of this thing. Yes,

there it is. It's all blue.

CDR Okay.

PLT Standing by for MODE to STANDBY.

PLT Here, we're going to change our altitude again.

CDR Means our orbit is varying?

PLT What's our real apogee and perigee now, Bob?

 1865

245 14 36 30 CC Just a second. Going to lose you in a mlnute.

Pick you up again in about 3-1/2 minutes.

PLT Okay.

245 lh 36 50 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, STANDBY; RANGE, 66. Must be

coming up on same high ground or getting lower
or something. 37:10. ALTIMETER is going back
ON. We over Africa yet?

245 14 37 l0 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR Jack, I'm still waiting around for 46. I hate

to say this, but you're dragging your heels. I
can't understand why that's 359.8 instead of 359.9
on the Y-axis. It's been that way. Strange.
Let me look at my pad again. No, it's supposed
to be 0.1.

PLT Did you get it?

F CDR I ain't got it. I don't go into my act until 46.

PLT Oh.

CDR See I'm - I'm running up through here. I didn't

do the South American stuff. So I'm going to go
over here and reset the maneuvering time while I
wait.

245 14 38 19 CDR C[.EAR; 52030 ENTER. CLEAR, 50013 ENTER. Itls

done. I'll check - I have to check it when we
get there. Okay.

245 14 38 36 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE on 190. Two mlnutes to cool

it. Whew! Where's the action?

CDR It's a drag for you, huh?

CDR Albania is a country I've never visited.

SPT N_y be a while before you get there too, AI, boy.

CDR Could be.

1866

245 14 39 24 PLT Astronaut Alan Bean locked up in an Albanian

prison. What difference does it make? About the
same as this spacesuit of yours that got stolen.
(Laughter) They found him in a green bag out in
front of the county courthouse in Albania.

CDB (Laughter)

PLT Called a Bean bag.

CDR Lots of clouds over the world - -

PLT Coming up over spaghetti country there, A1.

CDE That's true. (Chuckle)

SPT We'll see if - -

PLT He'll be right at home; find everything there is

there.

CDR Zoom
inonit.

245 14 40 03 PLT _0:30, come on; let's get - -

SPT That's where there're all the spaghetti groves -

where they grow the spaghetti.

PLT Right. (Laughter)

CDR/SPT (Laughter)

CDR I can see them right here on this box.

245 lh 40 15 CC We're back with you again for about 18 minutes.

245 l& 40 21 CC Apogee is 241; perigee is 230. You're going to

hit perigee Just about the time you cross the
coast of the Med.

PLT 241 by 230?

CC Affirm.
 1867

245 14 40 30 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY, RANGE 62. What's

happening to our orbit?

CC What we'd expect from no trim burn.

PLT I see. I thought maybe it was a11 those rockets

they're shooting up these days - messed up the
atmosphere.

245"14 40 51 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. Lots of tricky in the air,

you know; you got to be careful.

PLT I notice 190 isn't using a lot of film today. Got

a few single shots.

PLT I see somebody's got a friend down there. 42:15.

Lot of time to stand around and ponder today.

CDR Takes °.. of time.

PLT Kind of pass that makes your thumb turn blue

F where you've got to hold it under the next line
for the pad.

245 14 41 41 CDR 41:40; we're going into it in a few minutes, Jack,

so hang in there.

245 14 _l 48 CC A1, for your information, your attitude there

looks good, so don't know why you're reading that
0.8 instead of 0.9.

CDR I don't either. The other two are 0.1 off, per
the direction that - now it's 0.9. Now it's 0.8;
so it - 0.9. It must be right on the edge of this
particular sensor. It's kind of flashing back and
forth right now.

PLT Lots of tricky in the air today, A1 boy; that's

what it is.

245 14 42 15 PLT MAHK. MODE to SINGLE on 190. Now I stand around

for another 45 seconds.

CC It was your day off. You can afford to stand

around a little bit.
1868

CDR You let him sleep •late. We don't want to spoil

him. He's a marine; he spoils easily.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on it, Jack. 42:46. There

will be no day off.

PLT Okay, stand by for 43. Now I'm going to reach

right over here under your chin and hit that
green light with m_ big thumb -

245 14 43 01 PLT MARK. There's AUTO CAL. 191 lights up 6 seconds

later, Just like advertised. 190 goes SHUTTER
SPEED to MEDIUM. Now we're going to get some
action. FRAMES, 06. No, six whole frames. 7o
wonder they don't want me to cycle that POWER
switch; we're not taking enough frames to do much
good. 193 SCAT to STANDBY on the minute.

PLT SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM.

CDR 46 - -

PLT FRAMES, 06.

CDR - - 51.

PLT INTERVAL, zero.

CDR Then comes 44; check.

245 14 43 41 CDR Okay, we put in a new m_neuver time, back to SI.

How does it look in the old computer, Bob?

245 14 43 50 CC Good to us, AI; appreciate your putting it in.

CDR Okay.

PLT 43:58 -

245 14 44 01 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY. Glad to have him in

the game. He's been out all day.

245 14 44 ii PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY.

PLT Oh, he's going to go OFF and come right back ON

again; can you imagine that?
 1869

PLT ... to 62 -

245 14 44 33 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

PLT 45:40 ; 1 minute to wait.

CDR Hey, one change we'd like to make on the EREP pad
if you can, Bob, request it. Instead of telling
us which track we're going to run (because that
doesn't help us too much) on the VTS pad or any
of the pads where it says track such and such,
skip that and just put on the sites by number
that they think we're going to hit. That will
allow us to look at them the night before. When
we have a track, we still don't know much.

PLT I think we ought to put both on there.

CDR Well, put them both on there.

PLT Because the track identifies the extent of the

film you use and all that stuff.

CDR Yes, because the real sites don't come up until

the next morning.

PLT Yes, well usually - -

245 14 45 26 CDR 45:26.

PLT - - they may not know until the next day what the
sites are going to be on account of weather.
Stand by for 40.

CDR At 46, I'm going to go film CAMERA, ON. We are

still over the Intertropical Conver - -

245 14 45 41 PLT MARK. READY light on, right on time; you guys
are great !

PLT REF 6. There we go; REF 6.

PLT Stand around and pick my nose for another few

seconds here.

SPT ...
 I

1870

CDR 9 -

245 14 46 00 CDR MARK.

PLT I didn't give them a mark ... but I think it was

derogatory.

CDR Okay, - -

PLT I think it is 07.

CDR - - you're running; camera's making noises.

245 14 46 08 PLT MARK. MODE to READY. MALF light on. TAPE, OFF.
TAPE back on. Good; that's the way we like it.

245 14 46 14 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO.

CDR 46:50 ... That's when we go.

PLT Yes, I know. We got to stand around a while again.

PLT For the spectators down there, Alfa 2 is now

reading 51 percent; Charlie 4 is 71 percent.

CDR How're your MALF lights 5 and 6, huh?

PLT Yes, well, they might or might not be valid anymore.

We don't know because we didn't cycle the POWER
switch recently.

PLT I'm confident they're working though; they've

never failed to work.

245 14 46 58 PLT Okay. Stand by for a MODE to CHECK, 47:10.

55 percent on the tape. You open her steady when
you've got this tape burner on.

245 14 47 ii PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. TAPE MOTION light's back on.

PLT 47:50 is A to STANDBY. Sounds like ... trying to

squeal at us down there.
 1871

2h5 14 47 32 SPT Say, Bob, I was Just noticing on my next ETC pad
if their notes indicate - now requires a filter
change. Yet I've got filter 5 in on this pass
and on the next one. Can you clarify that for
me?

245 14 47 44 CC Wilco.

245 14 47 50 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, STANDBY. MODE 2, he says. There

it is. MODE 2 is set and ready to go. Who's
next?

CDR 190 READY light out at 48. Let's watch 190.

245 14 48 01 PLT MARK. It's out right on time. Look at there!

Those guys don't miss.

CDR We got to - -

PLT RAD to STANDBY.

_- 245 14 48 07 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY.

CDR What time is it now? 48:13 - -

PLT 15.

245 14 48 15 PLT MARK. SCAT's ON. BAD, ON. 190, MODE to STANDBY.

CDR We're overcast right now.

245 14 48 22 PLT SHUTTER SPEED's going to FAST. We're going to

really rip them off. Frame 27. I hear it come
up to speed. There it goes - -

CDR Not going to be much in the way of pics.

PLT - - INTERVAL, 10. h9:33's next. Now let's check

all this. We got SCAT, ON; RAD is ON; 190,
STANDBY; FAST; 27; INTERVAL, lO.

CDR Okay, now--

PLT They want me to cycle the 190 POWER switch now

to see if the lights will be off after this next
run?
1872

CDR Huh. Must have handover. Means we're going to

stay in their area.

PLT 49:33 coming - Where in the heck are we, Al?

245 14 49 13 CDR We're not to the coast yet. We're in Ascension's

control and we're coming up towards the coast - -

PLT ...

CDR I think we're over the coast now. It's hard

to tell. We've been over clouds. Yes, I think
we're in Africa now.

CDR 49:27. On 50:10, I've got to come off.

245 14 49 33 PLT MARK. 190, MODE to AUTO. Now I get to stand

around and daydream about it for a while now.
52:40 my next.

CDE Yes.

PLT Three whole minutes to goof off. Got time to get

a lemon drop out here.

CDR Japan is going to be l0 seconds from that. Got

some good clouds here - or lack of clouds, which
is good.

PLT Going over Bulgaria and the Black Sea again, up

over Volgograd, Kapustin Yar, huh?

CDR Okay, now we're going to do the same thing with

No DAC - -

PLT Going over the Gobi.

CDR - - at 51 to 56 min.

PLT Sahara Desert. We're doing it. You don't do

anything. You Just point. You still there, Bob?
No, he's not.

CC SPT, Houston.

SPT Go ahead.
 1873

245 14 50 48 CC Roger. The - You're on filter 5 right now. You've

got a Paraguay pass on SOLAR INERTIAL that requires
filter l, and then for the next EREP pass, you use
filter 5 once more. Okay, three - -

SPT ... supposed to have a pad for the pass which

requires filter l?

CC That's affirmative; it's 3731 Charlie.

245 14 51 18 SPT I'll have to look it up but you better send it

up again the first opportunity, to m_ke sure I've
got it - -

CC Wilco.

SPT I know where it is right now and I'll look it up.

But appreciate it if you'd send it up anyway.

CC ...

_ PLT Today Sundaydown there, Bob?

CC All day.

PLT Why don't you have somebody call over to the

Harris County Youth Village and tell my Sunday
school class of boys over there that I'm thinking
about them today, if you would, please.

CC We'll do that.

PLT Thank you.

245 14 51 53 CDR You might mention to Dave Kelley, Wayne Comer,

Ernie Lay and Bruce Schraufnagel that we're
thinking about them, too. We'll dedicate this
day to them up here. We'll call it EREP Day
since we got a couple of good EREPs. And Dave and
Wayne, Ernie and Bruce did one heck of a good Job
about - And the people that work with them, of
course, but we tend to work with them more closely,
pulling this whole ERE package together. It seems
to run real smoothly. Jack was mentioning last
night that all of a sudden you get a pad to change
film and you change it and that's the end of it,
 1874

and pretty soon you're using it. Everything runs

along real smooth and we - we'll be thinking about
them today during these EREP passes.

PLT I second that; those guys all did a great Job.

CC Thank you. And I'm sure they appreciate the word.

PLT - - Martin Marietta. Appreciate it if you'd

touch base with them, too. And the NASA guys
that work with them also did a good Job.

CDR ... - -

PLT Okay. We got POLAR, 4 here at h0 like you wanted.

Now we're going SCAT to STANDBY.

245 14 52 57 PLT MARK. And RAD to STANDBY, 2 seconds later.

93 RAD's OFF.

245 14 53 ll PLT ALTIMETER is ON. 93 - 190 - -

CDR Little puffy clouds - -

PLT - - READY, STANDBY.

CDR - - over Africa, over the Sahara.

CDR Running to 56:10. We've got plenty of time. I'll

look at my charts right now. There it is. Looking
good. Not drifting.

245 14 54 00 PLT Okay, 190, I got my eyes on you. You're mine,

baby. READY was out early on 190. Went out at
03. MODE to STANDBY. I let her go to 10, though,
and go MODE to STANDBY. FRAMES to 06. INTERVAL
to 20. 06, 20.

245 14 54 24 CDR I'd sure hate to walk across this place we're
taking pictures of right now.

245 lh 54 30 PLT Okay, that was MODE to STANDBY, FRAME 6. Sounds

like Marine country to me.

CDR Yes, that's - -

 1875

PLT Okay, how about now? Do the 190 guys, after that
ripping off those frames, want me to try POWER,
OFF and then POWER back ON to see if we've
respooled the film, Bob? Can't wait to get
those lights out.

CC Go ahead, Jack.

CDR Okay.

PLT (Laughter) Did I get him then?

CDR 55:03 - -

PLT They're probably saying, "Oh, my goodness. That

guy doing that again?"

CDR 55:10 coming up.

2h5 14 55 ll CDR Well, we are coming to Marine country. We're

going to pass right over Tunisia. To the right
will be Tripoli,and we'll look down at the
shore - -

PLT Shores of Tripoli.

CDR See if we can see any marines still there.

PLT Get those ... Okay, we're standing by for MODE

to rip - READY.

CDR Okay, now we're coming along some linear sand

dunes. It's been fairly flat, perhaps rocky and
perhaps sandy area. Now we're coming into the
large-dunes region. Time is 55:39. I want
to stop this at 56:10.

PLT Getting the tape burner on here again. Stand

by -

245 lh 55 57 PLT MARK. READY. MALF light. TAPE MOTION light

on. MALF light off. Get to ... -

2_5 14 56 04 PLT MARK. 190 is in AUTO. Oh, boy, look at that.

1876

CDR That
'
s it.

PLT No MALF light this time, you - Oops, there, we

got number 6 on. Well, at least 5 is respooled.
Number 6 to go.

PLT That's 12.7, and I'm going to 57.'42. It's almost

there, 57:42. If you want the beginning portion - -

CDR ...

PLT - - ... down there, let the dnm,V have his way.
Doesn't matter nothing, but let him have his
way.

CDR 57 - -

PLT 92 MDDE to STANDBY in a moment.

CDR Got news for somebody.

PLT VISIBLE channel was 85 and 65 this morning ....

CDR ... 42.

PLT - - and THERMAL was 45.

245 14 57 01 PLT MARK. MODE to STANDBY on 192. TAPE MOTION light

is back on, and you want S190 POWER, OFF. 192 POWER,
OFF at the moment, and that's what we'll do.

CDR ... 42.

PLT A to STANDBY and R to STANDBY. A, STANDBY;

R's up at the STANDBY; SCAT's ON; RAD, ON.

CDR 57:42. That looks like it right there. We a little

early: " Let's Just keep going. Let's play it smart.

CC - 0S, 1 minute. Guam at 15:24 and we'll be doing

a data voice tape recorder dump there.

245 14 57 40 CDR Okay, Crip, I guess everybody decided not to do

anything about 192. Decided it's okay the Way
it is, huh? And we got it - -
 1877

245 14 57 51 PLT MARK. Right on - right on time that time, on

190. STANDBY on the MODE - -

CDR - - taking data, but we're not sure exactly where

the mountain is because there's a bunch of clouds.
I'll Just shoot down right between it. We shoot
to minus l0 right in that little hole.

CC Right off the tip of the boot of - of Italy.

CDR Okay, let's move up there and take some data up

there. Say, there's several mountains here, and
it's hard to tell which is which. There's one
it's not under clouds; we'll use it. Essentially,
we're getting a couple here.

PLT I was going to AUTO CALyour VTS today, pal.

CDR Okay. We're getting a good lockon. Everything

is running Just right. Going to let you run it
out before I do - I've got to go to SI at some
time. 15:00,I'llmake that.

245 14 59 01 CDR A delay on your AUTO CAL for your dump tracking
there. Okay. At minus 10, we got it all. Get
a little bit more at 59:09. We want to go right
on the hour, 14 - We want to go right on 15:00.
We'll make it.

CDR That's it; let me go do it. Okay - -

PLT Okay, I'll do an AUTO CAL - -

CDR ...

245 14 59 30 PLT MARK. AUTO CAL to 30 because AL was still track-

ing it on the - on the minute. So we'll be
30 seconds late on all that. Now we're standing
by for 40.

CDR ...

245 14 59 41 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

245 14 59 43 PLT MARK. 2 seconds, RAD TO STANDBY. 194, MODE to

MANUAL. We could do that. That SI maneuver on
the minute, A1 baby.
1878

CDR Okay.

PLT 8, 9 -

245 15 00 01 PLT MARK. Go to SI - says SI. Fired 1 mib, 2 mibs,

3 mibs, 4 mibs - h mibs on minus-Y and that's
it. Only, thruster 1 that's firing. See, we're
headed back.

PLT Okay. We're standing by for 02:10 on the -

245 15 00 39 PLT READY on on 191. Okay we're coming up over

Greece, I think.

PLT Okay, standing by for 191 READY light on.

245 15 02 09 PLT MARK. There it is at 09 and we're at EREP, STOP -

2h5 15 02 12 PLT MARK. Okay, TAPE MOTION light is out. Now the
post.

PLT Voice record Bravo 7. Bravo 7 is reading 30 per- _-_

cent and Charlie 8, for those who are interested_
is sitting right around 33 percent. It was bomb-
ing right around 40 when it was running. 192,
DOOR CLOSED. Wait 1 minute. CLOSE and LATCH 190.

245 15 OB 15 PLT Okay, 190, CLOSED and LATCHED.

PLT And we're standing by for the DOOR to be CLOSED

on 192.

245 15 03 56 PLT Yes, we don't have the POWER, ON. Maybe the
light won't come on. And we're going off of -

CDR I'm in the dark, Jack.

PLT RECORD now. This ends the number 1 EREP pass on

day 245, and we'll be checkeding in with you in a
few hours to do some more.

245 15 04 19 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP
 1879

245 16 47 30 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM run which began at 15:57.
I ran two JOP 6's Just as you requested. I ran
the JOP - two JOP - two Foxtrots as you requested,
using the pointing and roll as in JOP 2 Dog. I
picked a - a linear bright spot, active region 9
which would fill the slit to the greatest extent
possible provided the region in that was the one
I selected, kind of on the south side of the spot -
south side of the neutral line there. And I got
the MIRROR AUTO RASTER at GRATING 28. The second
JOB 2 Foxtrot, I used the same pointing. And this
is the one where I set the GRATING at 20, at slit
center, and STEP the GRATING, maximized D_TECTOR 3;
and it turned out that it got up to around 6200.
I continued to STEP the GRATING until it was re-
duced in half and I got 3100 at a GRATING POSITION
of 40.

245 16 48 52 PLT And I ran MIRROR LINE SCAN there. There was a
little conDasion as to - later on as I was doing
/-_ that - as to whether or not I should be in slit
center or line 25. But looking back at JOP 2 Dog,
step 6, it appears to me I should have been in
slit center, although I gave you about four scans
at line 25 and Jumped back up to slit center. Now
most - most of it's in that region. If you see a
little disparity in your data, it's because I
went down to 25 momentarily and then returned
back. I let it run on through effective sunset.
And also, at the same time as we were going over
the hill, I noticed that active region 15 was
doing its thing again as it was off doing its
thing at the beginning of the orbit. I elected
to stay where it was, just kind of watch it a
little bit, and see if it got up to a PMEC of
about 575 and went down again.

245 16 49 56 PLT At the end of the orbit, it did the same thing
again. It got up there, and I noticed that it
was fairly high but not climbing. It's around
the same numbers, 550 or so. The only thing
different that I noticed there was that it
dropped off very rapidly. It did not have a
nice, smooth, slow return to quieter conditions.
And it happened fast - dropped down very rapidly

on the PMEC. And I Just happenedat the time

1880

q
to have finished up the MIRROR LINE SCAN on
active region 9.

245 16 50 31 PLT I think I - I played you a little there earlier.

I did not carry the MIRROR LINE SCAN on active
region 9 clear though ESS. It was about a minute
and a half to go and I pointed it up at active
region 15 when I noticed that it was very bright.
And I discontinued MIRROR LINE SCAN at GRATING
POSITION 40 through active region 15, as it reduced
very rapidly from about 500 down to about 250 -
to 300. So that was during ESS, and that might
not be very good data but it's possibly better
than nothing.

245 16 51 07 PLT The only thing that I noticed other - otherwise

was my daily sketch of the corona shows me that
there's not a whole lot of change visually. How-
ever, it looks like the streamers and the coronal
activity on the western - off the western limb -
correction, off the eastern - eastern limb is a
little more intense than it was yesterday, a little -_
more - streamers a little more well defined.
There's less - It's - Just sort of a shaped area
and more well-defined streamers over in that area.
Other than that, I think they don't apparently look
to be a whole lot different. So that concludes
the debriefing on the run. We're going into EREP
now, we'll be back with you later.

245 16 51 57 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

245 17 26 46 CDR Okay, this is the CDR voice recording on

channel A, and you need to know D-6. D-6 is
57 percent; 57 percent.

245 17 26 56 CDR CDR out. That's pre-EREP.

245 17 40 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and I'm getting ready to
record everything on these monitor decals. Every-
thing is in position. We're ready to make the
run. Ready verification is complete.

245 17 41 21 CDR Okay, here we go on this record business. Let

me make sure I'm coming up. How do you hear?
 1881

Good. Okay, here we go. A first: 2, it's

59 percent; 3, 86 percent; 4, 71 percent; 5,
66 percent; 6, 0. And that's the end of that
one. Okay, let's go for B-2, 56 percent; S is
76 percent; h is 71 percent, 5 is 7h percent;
6 is 48 percent; 7 is 31 percent; 8, 1 percent;
and 9 is 59 percent.

245 17 42 12 CDR So that's good. Let's now take C. C-2,

44 oercent; C-3, 88 percent; C-4, 71 percent;
C-5, 83 percent; C-6, 46 percent; C?, 42 percent;
C-8, it doesn't count, but I'll read it to you
anyway, 48 percent. Now let's go back to this
one. D-2, 86 percent; D-B, 85 percent; D-4,
72 percent; D-5, lh percent; D-6, 58 percent;
D-7, 51 percent. Now let's read the special
ones again. B-7, B0 percent; 30 to 31. B-8,
about 1 percent. C-V, about h0 - correction,
54 percent. D-6, 57 percent. And C-7 is less
than 80. So everything's good there. 192 MODE
to - STANDBY; READY; DOOR, OPEN. Okay. I'll
F verifythe light is out when it is.

245 17 43 52 CDR I'll check the PRESS TO TEMP [sic] here, gentle-
men; they both work - PRESS TO TEST and DELTA
TEMP.

245 17 44 06 CDR 190 heater power switch is off; light is off -

HEATER SWITCH OFF. 190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light,
off ; okay?

245 17 44 19 CDR You there, Crip?

245 17 44 31 CDR Okay. 192, DOOR is OPEN and the green light is
on. It says now to verify and voice record pre-op
config. Let's do it. Okay, TAPE RECORDER, ON:
READY light, on.

245 17 4h 42 CDR 92 is ON; READY light's on. We are in READY;

DOOR is OPEN. That's an unusual config, but
let's Just see there.

2h5 17 4h 52 CDR 91 is ON; READY, on; COOLER, ON; and DOOR, OPEN.

2h5 17 44 58 CDR 90, ON; READY, out; STANDBY; DOOR, OPEN; STANDBY,
DOOR 's OPEN.

2h5 17 h5 Oh CDR 93 R to STANDBY; READY, out. 93 S, OFF; READY,

out. 93 A, 0FF; READY, out.
1882

245 17 45 19 CDE 94, ON; READY, on. Okay?

245 17 45 24 CDR Pre-op configuration is checked. Standing by for

17:51. We're going to run 192 here for 4 minutes.
Okay? It's okay with me. Know what they're doing.

PLT Okay, stand by to go to Z-LV here. No biases

in this time.

CDR No biases, huh?

PLT No.

CDR Okay.

PLT An unbiased spacecraft. There we go.

245 17 46 00 PLT MARK. Z-LV.

245 17 47 36 PLT Okay, we're coming over land. A little clouds

over the coast, but inland a little ways it's
clear. And crossing Peru at this time across --
the coast Just south of Lima. And we're crossing
the Andes; it's Just to the east of Peru.

CDR Set up down there. Stand by to set up comm.

PLT Yes.

PLT Crossing lots of rivers down here. Heading for

Rio - and Just crossing over into Brazil.

245 17 50 08 CDR *** how that floated out.

245 17 50 ll CDR Use the - good, gentlemen. A good one. Just

floats out.

2h5 17 50 23 PLT Crossing the Amazon.

CDR Good. 17:51 I'm going 93 S to STANDBY.

245 17 51 01 CDR 93 S to STANDBY.

245 17 51 06 PLT Coming up on scattered clouds.

CDR Okay. We don't go EREP, START until 53:5_, which

is 2-1/2 minutes from now.
 1883

245 17 51 49 PLT And we're crossing into Venezuela.

CDR (Yawning) Is that so?

PLT Unbroken clouds over Venezuela. Passing over

los llanos, the plains of Venezuela. Good Jaguar
hunting down there; good fishing too.
PLT You there, Sob ?

CDR Must be too far from the Vanguard.

245 17 52 31 PLT Well, we should be coming up on Bermuda pretty

soon. Be a while. Yaah: Cloudy.

CDR EREP START at 53:54; that's a minute from now,

roughly.

245 17 52 50 PLT Hey, we ought to - we ought to be in the Z-LV

now.

CDR Let me check it. You bet ; all zips. Next.

PLT Ain't going to get much of the storm; be too

far off course.

PLT Looks - it's solid overcast over Venezuela.

PLT What're you running, Al?

245 17 53 54 CDR 53:54. Just started to run it, Jack.

PLT Okay. All those clouds ; it 's solid overcast.

CDR Okay.

245 17 53 59 PLT MARK. DAC, ON.

245 17 54 02 CDR S, ON; R, ON; 194 MODE, MANUAL. Okay, we're

standing by for a 55:30, when I go MODE, SINGLE.

245 17 54 20 CDR Every 30 seconds I'll do a - -

PLT I think the clouds are starting to go away now.

CDR Okay. Good.

245 17 54 29 PLT Still over the land. Now we're crossing over the
water; now we're crossing the coast of northeast
 _k

1884

Venezuela. I think we came right out in the delta

of the Orinoco.

CDR Where do you think we are on that map?

PLT We're right there_ I think we're right over

Trinidad, Port of Spain, south - -

CDR Apparently all we're taking pictures of is water

he re.

245 17 55 ll PLT Yes, you're taking pictures of the clouds right

nOW °

SPT °.°

CDR Yes.

PLT That 's where we figure we 're at.

CDR What did he say?

PLT That we were over the Orinoco, at the Orinoco

Delto - Delta, where it butts out in the ocean.
Okay, we're in scattered clouds along the water.

CDR ...

SPT Okay.

PLT Ah, we must be passing Tobago - Barbados.

CC ...

PLT Okay, they want to know if you can see the eye
of the hurricane, or if it's under clouds, O.
They -

245 17 56 26 CC Got you for about 5 minutes through Bermuda.

PLT Okay°

CDR Huh?

PLT Well, we got the VTS all - as far UP as it'll

go, and it looks likes it's going to pass to
the southeast edge of this hurricane. And we're
over clouds now° And I did pick up some of the
circular streamers that appeared to be heading
 1885

into the center of the hurricane, although we're

passing southeast of it.

245 17 57 07 PLT You concur with that, O?

SPT Say again.

PLT Passing southeast of the hurricane?

SPT ...

PLT Yes. Over solid clouds now.

245 17 57 28 PLT We're going to let the DAC run a little longer.
Move LEFT to the max. Okay, the clouds are
starting to break up a little bit.

CDR 191, REFERENCE 2. Okay. 58:30, I want to go

MODE, SINGLE again.

245 17 58 25 PLT Okay, starting to see some water now. See some
-_ of the circularpatternsthat the clouds make
as they go on into the center of the hurricane.
Kind of like crossing over to bite his legs, I
guess you might say.

245 17 59 02 CDR SI mRneuver. Start SI maneuver, Jack.

PLT Okay.

245 17 59 09 PLT DAC is OFF. Here we go into SI.

CDR Okay.

PLT 1 mib, 2 mibs, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ll.

CDR Mibbing it up'

PLT Eleven mibs on number 1.

SPT ...

PLT Yes. (Chuckle) I thought it sounded like some-

body banging on a water pipe, sound of things.

245 17 59 54 PLT The only reason we fired all those mibs is

because I didn't load it another time.

CDR Okay.
1886

CDR What time was it? It was 6. What you - should

you have loaded?

245 18 O0 15 PLT 16.

CDR We mibbed it.

PLT Yes. If this mib was in the usual - you

normally - I remember, don't load a new maneuver
time then.

245 18 00 35 CC Win a few; lose a few.

PLT Yes.

SPT Still with us for a few minutes, Bob?

CC Yes, I've still got you for a minute and a half.

SPT Okay, I have a fair view of Christine out the

wardroom window here, and it looks as if it is _--
moving in a southeasterly direction, based upon
the following information. The south edge of
the storm, which was say, 50 to i00 miles to the
left of our trajectory, was very well defined.
And it had a number of sort of thin, streaky, -
long, streaky clouds forming a eonterelockwise
circulation pattern visible to the southeast
quadrant. And to the - to the - I should have
been saying to the south - excuse me, southwest
quadrant. And I also think it was moving towards
the southwest. Towards the northeast, the clouds
were somewhat more diffused and it covered a solid
pattern, whereas, where I could see the circula-
tion, it seemed to be focused on nearly the lead-
ing edge of the cloud formation. So it's as
if the clouds were moving in this southwesterly
direction, more or less antiparallel to our
course. And the eye of the storm would have
been very near the edge of this large, dense
layer of clouds. Is that fairly clear? Over.

245 18 01 55 CC Okay, but could - could you visibly see an eye?

SPT It's questionable, because if the eye was there,

it was right at the edge of the dense cloud layer. ___
And it's possible that we could see a little bit
 1887

of an eye right at the edge of this dense layer,

but it - it's not a sort of classical hurricane
where the eye is at the center of a large cloud
mass.

245 18 02 16 SPT Instead, if I was looking at the eye, it was

right at the edge of this large cloud mass.

245 18 02 21 CC Okay, we're going to drop out, and I'll see you
again in about a minute and 15 seconds.

245 18 02 27 CDR Voice record B-7. Okay, B-7 is 31 percent.

31 percent.

TIME SKIP

245 18 28 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and this information goes
to the EREP officer. Essentially we took the old
tape and put it back in its proper can. Put it
_- over in command module locker A-9. And we loaded
the new tape; so everything's ready as far as tapes
concerned on EREP.

245 18 29 07 CDR CDR out. That goes to the EREP officer.

TIME SKIP

245 19 00 07 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and riF_ht now I Just finished
an inventory of the food we have here in overage.
This information goes to Malcolm Smith, Rita Rapp,
anybody that is interested in food stowage on Skylab.
Let me tell you the ground rules that I used so
that we'll understand. This does not include any
overage that might be integrated within the food
in lockers 558 through 563. Now some of that we've
pulled out of there, the overage., and I'll talk
about that later. But it does not include any of
that overage. Okay? Next. It includes all other
overage. It includes that from SL-2, -3, and from
the top of the lockers. And last, it does not
include our last day's food with the exception of
when I talk of - about the frozen items. I - I
can't remember right now, but it seems to me we
_-_ have several frozen items the last day that we
1888

pull out of overage. Let me glance right now at

the book, and I can - can tell.

245 19 01 32 CDR Well, I can't tell without doing a little calcula-

tion. So let me not do the calculations. Let me
merely say that the food that we're going to use
for the last few days - the ones we got out of
overage - obviously, I didn't take the - we got in
a big bag. We got that food in a big bag on top
of the lockers, except for the frozen food; the
frozen food will be included in what I'm saying.
So I don't really know what frozen food we have.
You told us to get out the overage, but whatever
it is, you must subtract it then from the frozen
food items that I give you.

245 19 02 14 CDR One other set of items I did not have on this list
but will put in on the end is, we had some command
module food - CSM food left over, and I've got
that listed. So after I give you this reading, I
will then wander up there and get that and call it
back also. So now here we go. And then what I've .4
done is gone to page 14-8 in the SWS Systems Check-
list and Just marked them on here saying this is
what's either in SL-3 overage, SL-2 overage, or
up on top of the food lockers. So here it goes.
Pudding: butterscotch, 18; lemon, 10. Beverages -
if I don't say anything, that means we ain't got
none, as the expression goes: Cocoa, 6; coffee,
black, 5; coffee with sugar, 26; grape drink, 2;
instant breakfast, l; grapefruit drink, l; lemonade,
8; orange drink, l; tea, 10. Frozen: filet, 6;
ice cream, 5; pork loin, 3; prime rib, 1. Meals:
ambrosia, 14; applesauce, 6; apricot, 14; asparagus,
21; beef hash, 7; biscuits, 9; bread, 22; butter
cookies, 16; chicken and gravy, 2; corn, 35; corn
flakes, 2; eggs, 2; chili, 5; dried beef, 2; green
beans, 8; hard candy, ll; Jam, l; macaroni and
cheese, l; mints, 26; peaches, 9; peanut butter,
8; peanuts, ll; pears, 2; peas, 17; pineapple, l;
pork and potatoes, 19; potato salad, 4; potato soup,
3; mashed potatoes, 19; salmon salad, 3; sausage
patties, 6; shrimp cocktail, 7; spaghetti and meat
sauce, 4; strawberries, 24; tuna salad, 22; turkey
rice soup, 17; vanilla wafers, 2; veal and barbeque
sauce, 10.
f-

1889

245 19 04 57 CDR Now I'll go up in a minute and get that - the CSM
food. Let me give you now a thought on how we'll
continue to report, so it may - If we get auything
out of the overage that I Just discussed, you'll
see that we ate it on our evening status food report,
but we won't say anything about where we got it.
And you'll know it came from some of that overage.
And before we leave, I'll give you another inventory
of the overage and you'll have everything Just
right. Okay? Now if we do get something out of
places that's integrated within other people's
food, we will list that on our unscheduled stowage
item sheet. Okay, so there's two classes. One is
all this overage I Just mentioned. If we eat
anything out of there, we'll Just tell you we ate
it, but not from where. And I'll give you another
inventory.
245 19 05 45 CDR Integrated: If we get it out of any place like
that, we'll note it. Now I'll go do the CSM food,
but there's one other square you need filled. You
need to know what we got out of integratedfood
right now.

245 19 05 56 CDR Let me get out the book and I'ii tell you.

PLT ...

245 19 06 40 CDR Good. Okay, let me give you a revised estimate on

hard candy. The revised estimate on hard candy
is 19. Let me also give you a revised estimate on
tuna. The new number for tuna is 25. Okay, now
let's look through here and see what we have.

245 19 07 45 CDR Okay. In this case, my technique is to go look at

the overage table page l&-ll through some other
numbers. I'll Just wander through there and tell
you which we'ver got out. Okay, on F-559 front:
butter cookies - that was butter cookies, F-559
front. We've taken 12 out of there. Butterscotch,
nothing there; chicken and gravy, one out of 563
front; chicken and rice, one out of 559 front;
eggs, one out of 562 front.

2_5 19 09 04 CDR Grape drink, three out of 563 rear, grapefruit

drink, one out of 560 front; one out of 560 rear.
We notice that there was no grapefruit drink in
561 front; there's a grape one there.
189Q

245 19 09 35 CDR Okay, lemonade: We took four out of 560 front,

five out of 561 front, one out of 563 front, seven
out of 563 rear. Continued: three out of 562
front. Pears, three out of 559 front. Pea soup,
one out of 557 rear. Pineapple, four out of 599
front. Pork and potatoes, one out of 599 front.

245 19 l0 41 CDR Strawberry drink: We got them all. Vanilla wafers:

two out of 599 front. Now these last quantities
I've given you probably aren't as accurate as -
as of this date as the others, because I know that
we've taken some things out and Just forgotten to
mention them. So if I were you, I'd compare those
with the information you've been getting back on
the nightly report. And if you find out that we've
actually taken more out of somewhere than I've
mentioned, consider that accurate. If you find
I've said here that we've taken more, consider
it - it accurate. So somewhere between them, I
don't think we're too far wrong; certainly not
enough to be significant, I don't think. I'm now
going to go up and look at the command module food
that I mentioned that we saved and give you a
reading on it.

245 19 ll 32 CDR CDR out for the moment. Now all that information
goes to the food interested people: Malcolm gm_th,
Deanna Sandf0rd, Rita Rapp, and probably severai
others, but let me now go get the other and I'll
call you back.

245 19 15 45 CDR Okay, this is the CDR to continue the message for
the food folks - Rita Rapp, Malcolm Smith, Deanna
Sanford. Now what I've done is put the CSM food
in with the listing of the - the other food. Let
me give you a couple of revised ones, and then
all the food that I gave you initially would be
correct for the total. Then I'll tell you what's
in the CSM food, and then you'll know what percent
of what I gave you is CSM food in those plastic
packages, if it makes any difference. Let me re-
vise green beans. Green beans should be 9, salmon
salad should be 4; and potatoes should be 20.
That - If you take those numbers and put them in
with all the numbers that I gave you of the food
on pages 14-8 and 14-9 of the quantities in overage,
then that's all the overage including the CSM.
Now let me mention the ones that are the CSM, which
 • 1891

I are part of this. Okay? One potato,one green

bean, one salmon salad, one asparagus, two spa-
ghetti, three peas, one egg, one salmon, one peach
ambrosia, one veal and barb.ecue, two potato salad,
two sausage, one macaroni and cheese. That means
there's a total of l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 - 12,
13, 14, 15, 16, 17. There's 18 items of CSM food,
All the rest that's included in there - all the
rest are Skylab food. Now if you've got any ques-
tions, please call. But my plan would be then
as I discussed; we'll all - If we get anything
out of overage that's not part
of lockers 558 through 563, we're Just going to
put it on our food, and you'll know where it came.
If we get anything out of 558 through 563, we'll
put it down and call it down to you. And give
me a call for s4nything else.

245 19 17 56 CDR CDB out.

• TIME SKIP

245 20 i0 32 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and I've got some information
here that's probably of interest to the EP_
officer. Just a minute; let me go to a different
corm set.

245 30 ii 24 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with some information for
the EREP officer. I'd llke you all also to send
this to the CAP COMM - all of the CAP COMMs for
our mission -StoryMusgrave, Dick Truly, Bob
Crippen, Bill Thornton, Hank Hartsfield, Bruce
McCandless, any - and the subject is this EREP
business that we're getting up, not the main EREP
sites, but the R_otographic site and the comet
site, ones that were listed as a part of general
messages 020 and 021. Owen, Jack, and I have been
thinking about this problem for a week or two, as
you well know, because we've commented about it
several times. We Just have not been able to
fulfill - none of us at any time has been able to
fulfill the requirements of any of these sites
except to photograph them. The questions that
have been asked have been questions that - Some
we thought we might be able to answer, and maybe
_-- we did; some we thought we could not answer and
_ we looked out and we couldn't . Some we thought
1892

we couldn't and we cou/Id. Some we could answer

T
and we said, "Who needs it? It's Just an exercise."

2h5 20 12 50 CDR The first thing, I guess, we need to understand

about this work we're doing - all of us - maybe
you ought to send this to the flight directors
too, by the way - is why are we doing it? We're
not in favor of knocking it off. We Just want to
try to determine why we're doing it, and then once
we decide why we're doing it, then try to see if
what we're doing is really satisfyiDg the "why" -
the "how" is satisfying the "why." Let's see if
that's true. Now let me Just go through some of
these. I'll start out with one, which is the
very first one you sent us, which is the Straits
of Magellan. Number i: Photograph landmass of
southern Chile and Argentina center; we can do
that and do a good job. And that's what I think
we could do up here real well. If we had a TV,
we could do it for you on TV - that was - might
be better, if we had - we could use some good
strong lenses, and Polaroids would be even better.
If we had a TV with a tape playback, it would be
better.

245 20 13 _9 CDR But let's talk about what we have and then what
maybe Jerry might use.

2_5 20 13 53 CDR Photograph cities; they name some. ! think we

can do that if the city's large enough. If the
city's small, we have a very difficult time find-
ing it. Naked eyeball? .Generally we don't see
it. Try binoculars? Unless youknow it's a Junc-
tion of roads where you think you could pull it
in closer and see it or it's on the beach, you
can't find the thing. And first - and - and since
you're only over the target a little while and -
and the map that you're using are the scales that
are where the whole country of Spain is 2 inches
wide, you can see it's not exactly like looking
out of your airplane with a 1:500,000 scale map.
We're - that's why it's difficult to find these
little places. You know how hard it is to find
small places, even with aeronautical maps.

245 20 14 45 CDR And anyhow I think that describes it. Describe

north/south depression east of the Andes. We
think we can describe it, maybe, if there's _'_
r_
1893

mountains on either side or something and - and

you're looking at it obliquely. What is - what
have we said? What've we said when we describe
it that's useful to anybody on Earth? We can't
figure it out. It looks like Just an exercise.
We're not - not - we're not disgruntled about an
exer ise, but let's make sure that we understand
it's an exercise. Owen brought up a good point
here; he says, "Look, if we're trying to describe
things and see what we can see from orbit, which
is worthwhile, let's take some things that are
definable that we know about, like areas around
Houston, or areas around New York City, or areas
around Los Angeles, or San Francisco, or some
places - Salt Lake City - places that we know and
have seen."

245 20 15 4i CDR And like E1 Paso; we've seen that area from an
airplane; we sort of know it. And the Jetties
in Galveston or something. We ought to be able
to determine from those sorts of approaches what
--_ man can do, actually - how useful he can be.
Trying to do the same thing to Rio when we don't
any of us know Rio and we don't have anything but
the large, large-scale maps of Rio, it - it makes
it difficult. Now once again we could give it a
go. But it's Just - I don't think we're accom-
plishing anything. Probably our first and fore-
most thing we could do up here is learn to find
the target. And we're able to do that except for
the ones that are - are - are lost in - in the
middle of a country or don't have anything defin-
able about them. And one of the requests that I
asked was to come up with some way we could mount
a universal mount in the window, set angles, and
at a certain time, we'd look out over the top of
it. Maybe the ring sight is mounted in there.

2_5 20 16 41 CDR And that points right at the city, and then we
take our binoculars and look at that spot and
then see if we can see it. Now those to me are
worthwhile investigations. It's worthwhile to
start thinking about what we have on board that
we can use. We can have our naked eyeball; we
can try. We have the binoculars that are very
crude - the little ones, and we ought to maybe
use them. We ought to then use the big ones.
_ And we ought to then, perhaps,try our little
18_4

Polaroid picture, which I don't think is going

to be too good, but we ought to try it. And of
course, we know what the photographs will do.
And we should take photographs when they're neces-
sary. So when we come over these sites, we should
say - we should understand to ourselves, do they
want photographs? If they do, say to ourselves,
"Now look, have we ever taken one of here, or was
it taken for the last 5 days and have roughly l0
good ones and we're going to repeat?" Because
that's in some cases what's happening on some of
the pictures in South America and over some of
these swamps. In Africa, we've taken a picture
or two every single time we've gone over, and
we're wondering, why keep doing it? If - If it's a
an investigation of what we can see, let's work
on that. If it's one to photograph certain sites,
let's do it, and then we'll report them. I notice
that EREP sites we don't hit day after day after
day. We get the data and then we move on to the
next one. It seems to me that that's what we
should do right here.

245 20 18 02 CDR Let me mention some more on one. Describe -

Number 5: Describe cloud patterns and their re-
lationship to the terrain. I think we can do
that. And I think we can do a pretty good Job of
it, and it might be helpful because it's current;
it's what's happening then. And we might be able
to describe it in areas remote to man that might
be useful for him. Or we might be able to des-
cribe unusual features like hurricanes and any-
thing else that we see along those lines. But once
once again, we need some extra information up here
that'll allow us to correlate somehow as we look
at it whether the diameter of the clouds are a
hundred miles, or a 125 miles, or a hundred miles.
Right now we're saying, "oh, it's a coupl of
hundred miles in diameter." We don't know whether
it's 300, 100, or 200. And we need to - to get some
equipment up here where we can do that reasonably,
and in so doing we can add data to the weatherman's
book of knowledge, instead of Just kind of talking
about it.

245 20 19 07 CDR Okay, let's move on to number 2, which happens

to be the site 02 SW, Pata - Pataguena mountains
or something like that. Patagonia Mountain -
/

1895

Desert - Patagonia Desert. Okay. Let me read

you a few.

245 20 19 24 CDR Detect volcanos, rift zones, glaciers, mountain

lakes, marinal features; describe any visual signs
of activity. Maybe we could try one of them on
a pass. What we maybe ought to do is have a list
that says, "Okay, the first time you're going
over, we want you to concentrate on volcanos.

245 20 19 44 CDR We want you to see them as best you can. Don't
take any photographs. Try to remember what you
see and record it. We've got some photographs
here on the ground, and then we'll relate them
one to you - one to what you said; then we'll know
what you can do." Or maybe next time we can talk
about glaciers or marinal zones, anything like
that; but this whole big ball game is - is out of
control. One at a time; if you want pictures,
we'll give them. But then if we're continuing to
look, as I said, let's go on to the next one and
tryto go oneat a time.

245 20 20 06 CDR In addition on this pass, we're supposed to identify

land characteristics - agricultural, forestry,
deserts. We don't know how helpful that'll be.
People there know already what it is. But we can
do it to see if it can be done, but it all ought
to be laid up in a - in plans. In other words,
the plan today ought to be: Look at item 3.
Describe such and such. Try to tell the dis -
distance between the volcanos.

245 20 20 39 CDR Try to determine if any of the volcanos have water

in their hollow craters. Determine what the dia-
meter of that water is, to give them a feel for - -

245 20 28 4B CDR CDR again. Now we had a dump there, a voice

recorded dump and I'm not sure how much you
missed. Let me go back and Just mention a few
things. I - I kept going on and I kept talking
about what we could see and what we couldn't see
and what we might be able to do. One of the
suggestions I had, and I think would be very
useful for Jerry, is for them to take along a
number of photographs for each photograph that
we've taken of these areas that have pretty
_ good - good weather and then ask them when
 189_

they go over sites, instead of photographing

them, to describe the differences between the
photograph and what they see. What can they
add to the photograph that they can see with the
naked eyeball that we couldn't see in the
photograph? How can they relate what they see
in the photograph to maybe some features in the
distance? How could they relate, say, some vol-
canic fields or glaciers to something that's out
of the photograph? It might be helpful to the
man who has the photograph.

245 20 29 44 CDR Next, it is - -

245 20 29 45 CC Skylab, we're back with you for about 3-1/2 minutes.
And, A1, you dropped out there on your LOS.

CDR Okay, I was recording some -

245 20 33 49 CDR We did a little real-time talking with Bob there,

but now let's go ahead and work on the tape again.
Let me mention a couple of things. Describe the
currents of surface water and drainage systems.
Even if we could do it, I - we don't know what
- we don't know what's old or what's new. Now
if somebody wanted me to describe surface water
at Nassau Bay, I think I could say, "It looks
about the same as it always does." or "Have you
guys had a a flood down there? It looks like it's
enlarged. It's getting ready to spill here; not
only that, it's inundating here and watch it over
there; looks like it's going to break through."
Things of that nature. If we had photographs,
we could do it. Jerry certainly should take the
photographs or maybe a book of them - of photo-
graphs that we've taken recently and should look
out and talk about the differences. He could have
some differences because he can see better than
.... the photographs - say if that's true. We ought
to try to check that out, by the way. Another
thing he can do, incidentally, is perhaps deter-
mine vegetation differences, because he's up at
a different time of the year.

245 20 34 55 CDR Show cover - If he's going to do any useful obser-

vation of snow cover, he's got to know and be able
to estimate distances from peaks anddiameters of
snow cover, and snow cover from last ... He's
got to start from somewhere. Just s%ving I see
/_ 1897

a mountain that's got snow on it is absolutely no

good to anybody. But if somehow you can relate
it - We need to come up for our flight even, some
techniques where we use our thumbs, our pencils,
our ring sights. We're going to start using that.
All these other things could aid us in predicting
diameters or calibrating diameters of slopes or
colors or something like that Just to aid. Just
words are - are not too useful. Now I gave - I've
given some examples.

245 20 35 41 CDR So let's go back to the beginning. Let me mention

a few general notes that - that we think might
apply. The main thing we don't want to do is dis-
continue the effort. We think you've got some-
thing good here. We - All we want to do is try
to channel it somewhere so that we can get some
real good out of it. Okay, one of the best things
we think is to pick out the sites that we know
we have good weather on maybe, or have frequently
passed over or similar sites, maybe. And then
say, "On this site we want you to look at it bare
eyeballedand - and - and see if you can see a
tree here." Now this may be repeating. We were
off the comm for a while. If it's repeating,
throw it out. But essentially, bare eye-balled
can you see trees and grass? No? Okay, pick up
the small binoculars. Now can you see them? No.
Okay, put them down. Pick up the - the stabilized
binoculars. Now can you see it? No. Okay, same
thing. We ought to do it on shorelines for beaches,
for boats. I was looking near Spain today with
the stabilized binoculars to see a boat moving in
the water. I have no idea what size the boat was.
Maybe if we knew what was going on in Galveston,
you could all know.

245 20 36 51 CDR If, when we came over there, you'd say, "Look
down in Galveston today and there's a big tank -
tanker such-and-such and such-and-such. See if
you can see it." We'd try with the naked eyeball;
we try it with the - Let's take the Jetties; see if
if we see them. How wide does a Jetty have to be
to see it? Can we see the oil rigs out in the -
in the bay? I doubt it. But could we? How about
ships in the channel? Are there any tied up agains -
against the Esso dock? And things like that.
Okay. The equipment we've talked about. We need
_ you to tell us some more thingswe got on board
18_8

we can use for measuring. We've got a rather

untrained eyeball for this. We had tried to
learn some geology. It - It doesn't help us
that much because we're starting from scratch.
You've got to start from somewhere.

245 20 37 37 CDR We don't have a geological map we can look at and

then look out there and say, "That's a correct
one, and here's some additional dope." When you're
trying to describe the world. It's like walking
into the zoo and trying to describe the animals.
You can't do it. You got somebody who says, "Now
look, go over to cage A and there used to be a
zebra in there. How about looking at it and see
what you think." Then maybe we've got a fighting
chance. But the whole world, looking out through
this window, is tough. We think we should take "
photos, not as many - we should - You should tell
us how many total photos you want of the swamps.
We've got millions of them nowadays.

245 20 38 13 CDR We've got 15 photos of the sudd swamp. Maybe we

ought to stop and just work ot_er problems. How
many photos do you want of any of these other
places? That ought to be part of the plan. Get
a total of five, let's say. Get five over the
next 2 weeks. That ought to let us say to our-
selves. That's not good today. We'll take them
tomorrow. Because we know they're good 50 percent
of the time. So we're wasting film doing this, by
the way. We should try to pick only one or two
things each pass to do. If we're going to take
photos, let's take them. If not, let's say, "This
one's the one where you look at it with the eyeball
and then with the binoculars and then with the
bias - the 300-millimeter lens." Or, "This one,
we Just want you to look at binoculars. We want
you to look at the shore. We want you to see
what you can see.

245 20 38 54 CDR "We want you to see -" You know, that sort of
thing. We'd like to try familiar areas, if we
can. Seems to me, for this test, we ought to
pick out some places, Rio and some places like
Galveston, or Houston, or such places like Denver.
We ought to try to work Denver a lot if we can.
San Francisco. Down in Baja California is a good
one. Try to pick out some of these places that
 1899

have good weather a lot, where we go over them

frequently and then try to do different things
on the same exact place.

245 20 39 37 CDR That's all I've got to say. I know I repeated

myself a number of times in there and I know a
lot of it probably isn't fact. It's fact as we
think we see it up here, and we know that we're -
we don't know for sure, but enough said. Send us
back whatever you got and we'll try to work on it.
Meanwhile, we'll start trying to work on some of
our own. For example, next time I do it, l'm
taking no photographs, l'm going to take some
binoculars up there; and l'm going to look down,
then look into the binoculars, look down, look
into the binoculars. Try to get a difference of
what I can see. I tried that scene today. Here's
my opinion. The binoculars - stabilized binocu-
lars allowed me to see things I could already see,
better, but it didn't allow me to see too many
things that I had not seen before. Now maybe
that's a little ambiguous, but that's the feeling.
_ Now I know that'sprobably not true. Probably
tomorrow when I try the same thing or later today,
I'll say, "No; before, I could see the cities;
now I can really see the streets, if I can concen-
trate on it." So this is what we need to do to
narrow it in. We need to study cities and see
what we can see with all these different things.

245 20 40 44 CDR We need to study the beaches with all these dif-
ferent things in photos we know about. Okay? CDR
out. That should get to all the CAP COMMs, should
get to all the EREP, get to all the flight direc-
tors, should get to Jerry Carr's crew completely
and the advance crew.

245 20 41 01 CDR CDR out.

245 20 43 55 CDR This is CDR again. This goes to EREP, the flight
directors and CAP COMMs. Let's talk about these
handheld photos again. I think maybe Jerry ought
to take, in a couple of places, some of the real
good maps too, in addition to photos. And I'd
like to say Baja California, around Houston,
possibly, some of the places that don't have so
much fog. Those maps ought to be of several dif-
ferent scales. Make a book up for it, sort of
i_00 ---_

like the EREP book. And then you can look down
and find those area. Now maybe - maybe we've got
that on board and I don't even know it. See, we
got EREP pictures; we've got maps. I guess - I
guess if we're up over the U.S. and have handheld
photos of EREP sites, that we ought to look at
those sites. We're familiar with them.

245 20 44 43 CDR In fact, that's probably a good idea. Think the

thing to do is any time we're passing over the
U.S. and an EREP site's in view, and we're not
running a EREP, how about sending us up a handheld
photo on that site and call it out as EREP site
with a number. We'll go to the window and then
we'll try to do some evaluations there. We're -
using those maps and those - those pictures and
everything and our binoculars, like to see what
we can see that'll im - See if we can improve
the maps or improve the photos. Do anything that
would add some - some knowledge in those areas.
Okay, those -

24520 45 20 CDR CDRout.

TIME SKIP

245 21 25 38 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with information

for ATM sci - science room and planners, debriefing
the last ATM pass. It was essentially an unsched-
uled. Now the one preceding this, I think we've
talked about on the real time fairly well, but it
was fairly well, but it was basically taken up by
that reasonable flare in active region 15. Had a
good X-ray signature, exceeded the PMEC threshold,
and approached the BERYLLIUM APERTURE i, 4000
mark and they're in threshold for a FLARE
THRESHOLD.

245 21 26 43 SPT And also exceeded the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT of

60 to 70. Now I didn't go into the standard flare
programs. I tried to essentially perform similar
sorts of things on the individual instruments
without taking up quite so muchf_]m.
 1901

245 21 27 02 SPT Stand by.

245 21 28 17 CC And we're a minute from LOS. We'll see you over
Honeysuckle in 40minutes at about 22:08.

245 21 28 26 SPT Okay, SPT picking up on the debriefing where I

left off a minute ago. There was a flare in active
region 15 with a reasonably good X-ray signature
and there is data for most of the instruments that
you oresnmably already observed on the down-link.
S056 may have hung up in AUTO 1. I would appre-
ciate a comment back from the backroom about
whether or not it was. Manual exposures for 82B,
plus the MIRROR LINE SCAN for 55 and so on. On
this last run, we were not so fortunate to have
any flares. However, more or less did the
following: There's a new active region at about
2601 radius. No name given to it as yet, hut
it's very near or right off the limb. And adjacent
to it, sticking almost radially out into the
corona are a couple of large - probably uh -
peaks of prominences; almost like very large
spicules. And so I ran the shopping list item 10,
which is basicallyintendedfor spicules. But
it was such a large, vertical, bright foot sticking
out into the corona, that seemed to be appropriate
configuration for the instruments. So there were
two adjacent ones. I ran the same set of item l0
work on each of these two rays seen in H-alpha.

245 21 30 09 SPT And after that I took a quick look at a couple of

the large sunspots, 15 and 9, and took data on
the sunspot in active region 9 for instrumentation
UV, 56 and 55. There was an indication sometime
shortly thereafter that active region 15 was
getting a little hotter; so I more or less sat
over there for a while in a central flare wave
program, collecting data for 55, a little bit
for 82B and 56. And no flare developed, although
there were several brightenings and some increase
in the X-ray intensity; both seen on the beryllium
monitor and seen on the XUVmonitor. I then checked
Sun center again. I had checked the Sun - the
corona at the beginning of the orbit as well. I
went back to Sun center and gave 3 or h minutes
of CONTINUOUS MODES for S052.

245 21 31 i0 SPT And they got a little bit of extinction data for
the 55 group at the end of the orbit. And that's
1902

the way the unscheduled orbit ran. I personally

thought it was a pretty fruitful activity, especially
the first orbit, of course, because we were
fortunate enough to have a reasonable flare. And
even the second orbit, without the flare, I
thought was very usefully occupied and I wouldn't
mind seeing one of these come along every day or
so.

245 21 31 39 SPT End of the message for the PIs and planners, ATM
group, from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

245 22 31 21 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A, and

the subject is M487-2 Charlie crew debriefing.
We don't have the opportunity to get together
much for roundtahle discussion. But we think we
can save time doing it individually. So here
goes.

PLT Which is preferable, the floorceiling orientation

or the open cylindrical arrangement of the MDA/STS?
How do the tasks to be performed influence your
preference of orientation? The floor-to-ceiling
arrangement of the OWS is much preferable to that of
the MDA. Everything is arranged much better_ and I
think you're able to make more efficient use of
space. You don't have all those nooks and crannies
to - and weird orientations in the workshop that you
do in the _A. One sensation I noticed when going
into the MDA is that if I don't enter in the same
attitude every time, that I don't know where
anything is. As soon as I get 90 degrees off
on my entry orientation, I have to hunt around
for things. So, it's very disadvantageous from
that standpoint. It's - it's not a - it's not
a - a vertigo-type feeling or a sensation such
as that. It's Just a - a matter of not knowing
where the things are that you want to get to.

245 22 32 49 PLT So if you enter the MDA from the wrong - or

from an unusual attitude, either from the command
module end, or from the airloek end, you have
to really hunt around to find out where things
 1903

are. The general layout of things in the MDA,

also because of its critical layout, has to be
improved also. For example, the STS area is - or
the STS panels are a real crowded place to work
in when there's a guy up there working on the
ATM. And when you want to get in one of those
windows to look out, why, it's very difficult to
do that. You - There - there are things in the
way everywhere in the ATM, although there doesn't
seem to be anything to grab onto. The orientation
of the MDA - that style of orientation is one I'd
stay away from in the future. I prefer to m_ke it
modular, as you have it in the workshop where,
although there is no up and down gravitywise,
there is an up and down visualwise. It's the -
the way you're accustomed to working in training.
Also in training, the MDA layout is a very
difficult layout to train in. You have to be
rolled around, and you can't reach things. And
you have to wslk all over experiments and things
that shouldn't be stepped on and so forth. And
trainingwise, it's also much inferior to the
layout - The layout like the MDA is much inferior
to one like the workshop where everything is
oriented to one gravity.

245 22 34 27 PLT And although - And moving around the workshop,

you don't necessarily retain the vertical
orientation that you would in one gravity. Still
and all, things are arranged more neatly. You
know where things are so that when you do get in
the one-gravity orientation, you don't have to
hunt around for things, and - and all the writing is
in the proper orientation and so forth. So the
workshop orientation is much preferable to that
of the MDA. 0bviously the tasks to be performed
do influence your preference of orientation
because you won't want to look at the ATM panel
upside down. You got to look at it the way the
writing is. Same way with all the other panels.
You got to face them the way you did in training.
And it's - it's - it's - not vertigo producing
sensation to - to operate in different orientations
in the MDA, but it's simply less desirable than
the way we operate in the workshop.

245 22 35 31 PLT How adequate are the restraints and mobility aids
in the orbital assembly? We discussed this many
1904 _-_

times. It's a repeated question. And - Basically,

there aren't enough mobility aids in the MDA.
The restraints in front of - the foot restraints
with a grid in front of the ATM control panel
and the - also in front of the EREP C&D are good.
We also needed one like that in front of the EREP
VTS in my opinion, because there are times when
you want to take your hands off that panel and -
and shuffle your papers and - and that kind of
thing and you'd like to be restrained, but you're
not. I think we needed some sort of foot restraints
on that VTS to make it better. But the mobility
aids are zero as far as I'm concerned on the MDA,
that's an oversight. I like the built-in rails
inside the orbital workshop right around the dome
because we often whistle up there and if we pushed
off at an odd - odd attitude, and we - you need
something to grab onto. The ones around the hatch
are great. The ones leading down the dome from
the hatch aren't really too necessary; we use
them once in a while. The - There are - There's
also a deficiency of - of restraints - or mobility
aids near the film vault and food lockers. I've
discussed that before. There's Just nothing to
grab onto there and there needs to be something.

245 22 37 04 PLT The - There's also a deficiency in the - in the

waste management compartment. We've discussed
that before as well.

245 22 37 14 PLT How often have environmental factors and so forth

interfered with your ability to perform a task?
Environmental - mental factors have never interfered
with my ability to perform a task. I guess maybe
the closest - Noise has not been a problem except
on the speaker intercom. Their - their noise is too
much feedback. You have to go somewhere to turn
down the volume so that it doesn't interfere. It
is a nuisance and it's - it's also very annoying.
Illl_m_nation, I guess, noise, temperature, airflow -
The temperature is good. The airflow is - is
about right. Noise, except for so far what I've
discussed about the intercom boxes, none of those
three have interfered w-ithmy ability to perform
a task. Illumination is the closest one that has
been an interference. That - Sometimes you just
need more illumination and frequently - Particularly
 1905

for close work, I'll take out my penlight and do

that. Or there is - Where the - there is not
much illllm_nation or where your head shadows what
illl,m_nation there is, then you tend to go down
there and get a penlight out.

245 22 38 25 PLT Have any of these factors interfered with your

ability to sleep? The answer is no. Illumination,
temperature, airflow, noise; no, none of them.
The workshop is comparatively quiet compared to
we - what we thought it might have been a year or
two ago.

245 22 38 40 PLT And I'll take time out now to take some Earth photos.
Stand by.

245 22 58 20 PLT - - your entertainment kit. The only - only -

the only thing I've used out of the entertain-
ment kit is the music, and I think that's very
good addition. And we had 18 tapes all together,
ten in the command module and eight in the work-
shop, and I've used every one of them. And I
think music is one of our betterpastimes. We
never get to sit down and listen to music, but
we do like to have it on when we're doing
other things.

245 22 58 45 PLT I've cracked one of the books. They're - a

couple of the books a little bit. Never had
time to just - to just sit down and read, but
sometimes when I'm in the LBNP, why, I'll - read
while I'm having an experiment performed on me.

245 22 59 01 PLT So - My recommendations for improving recrea-

tional facilities and equipment for future pro-
grams and other unique off - off-duty activities:
I think looking out the window is probably one
of the best off-duty and on-duty ob - activi-
ties there is. And I hope that on future space-
crafts they make the windows bigger and then
maybe space them in such a manner that you can
see all over. So we got those STS windows up
there, but they're so dern small and so crowded
whenever you get in there that lots of times
you can't get a camera in there and - and half
the time, part of the structure of the spacecraft
is obstructing them. So they're very - really
not that useful.
1906 _-_

245 22 59 51 PLT What we need is more windows like the wardroom

window, only bigger. And if they had a protruding
bubble, it would be even better yet because, of
course, you can't see straight down in the -
into the windowpanes. There's a thickness of
the window obstructing a good deal of your vision.
So one of the major additions we can make is
better out-the-winder - out-the-window capability.

245 23 00 21 PLT I remember when - I remember way back one time

early in the program when they thought of having
no windows at all because you really didn't have
a need to look out, but that's wrong. We've
got lots of out-the-window photography to do,
we've got lots of out-the-window viewing to do,
and we got the stars to look at with various
instru - instruments ... and so forth. And - -

CDR ...

245 23 00 45 PLT I don't hear him. When he calls, I'll be ready_

245 23 00 51 CDR He called. But he's got his comm - volume

down ...

245 23 00 56 SPT How are you, George? Are you with him yet?

CT Can you read me okay?

SPT Loud and clear, George ....

TIME SKIP

245 23 32 52 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A continuing the

M487-2 Charlie debriefing. And we were dis-
cussing question 4 about unique off-duty acti-
vities. Oh, something else that we've had fun
doing, of course, is acrobatics in zero g.
We've all practiced that to some degree, but -
quite a lot of fun. And I carry that little
rubber ball around with me quite a bit. I kind
of play with it; throw it around. It's fun to
watch it do different things; so that would be
a good thing to have. Haven't used the earphones
in the entertainment kit at all because they're
 1907

such a crllm_ outfit. And they don't stay on

your head good or on your ears very well, and
it's very flimsy. And also when I plug it into
the Sony, why, it didn't cut out the speaker.
The speaker Just kept playing away, and so you
really defeat your purpose.

245 23 33 54 PLT The purpose should be to cut out the speaker and
play in your ears so you don't bother your friends
with your music but sometimes before I go to
sleep at night I like to play that music and the
earphones don't do any good. And they're a
piece of junk. They shouldn't have even been
up on Skylab, I don't think.

245 23 34 14 PLT I think you've got to make sure that you have
plenty of exercise equipment. We need to have
more variety than what we have now. Something
that permits you to do - exercise all the same
muscles usually exercised in a - say, in a
gymnasium. So that's really not off-duty; that's
part of our regular, planned duties: But still
and all, there's something a little different
_ than running the ATM and other experiments. SO
you spend quite a bit of time exercising, and
we need to make sure we've got adequate exer-
cise equipment for future spacecrafts.

245 23 34 57 PLT Are such items an important consideration for a

mission the length of ours? Well, I guess I
could live with almost or without almost anything,
but I'd say that the music is highly desirable.
And, of course, the exercise equipment is man-
datory; but there again, it's not really recrea -
recreation.

245 23 35 22 PLT I don't like to exercise, to be honest with you,

very much, and I do it because I need to, Just
like I do on the Earth. But exercise is a lot
like a lot of other things in life. The things
that do you the most good are the things that
hurt the most, too. So there you are.

245 23 35 44 PLT In terms of zero-g living, question 5, and work-

ing experiences during this mission, what specific
habitability improvements would you recommend
for the next Skylab crew, for future programs?
Well, I gave this question some thought yesterday,
1908

but I can't remember what I thought about it.

Let me think about that a little bit.

245 23 36 16 PLT I think we've - for the next Skylab crew, there
isn't a heck of a lot of things that we can do
to improve the habitability. Habitability to
me is the floor plan and the other things like
cooling and airflow, temperature, illumination,
and that sort of thing. And I think we are
pretty well tied down in what we have right now,
habitability-wise, for the next Skylab crew.

245 23 36 42 PLT For future programs, why l'd recommend that you
keep the noise makers away from the sleeping
area like - that's one item of noise that's been
an interference. The noise of the urine separa-
tor's - blowers coming on during the night when
somebody gets up to use the bathroom, being right
on the adjoining wall wakes everybody up. So
that's a bad deal and you won't want to have that
again.

245 23 37 ii PLT I think maybe you'd like to take some of the extra
uses out of the - of the wardroom - out of the
wardroom. Frequently, there's something going
on in here that prevents a guy's eating on time:
Or if we have to darken it to look at the stars
or something, why a guy can't come in here and
eat. Or if he's running an experiment on the
wardroom table, why, he can't come in here and eat.
So I think maybe we ought to - have out-the-
_indow viewing in a different place. And also
some of the experiments, perhaps the medical tasks
that are performed in the wardroom, could better
be formed - performed somewhere else. So at the
moment, habitability-wise, I guess - I've got no
more to add, although I'm sure I'll be able to
think of something in the future.

245 23 38 ii PLT Question numY_er 6: Discuss both the beneficial

and the detrimental effects of zero g on the
following types of activities. Well, for the
preface, my general remark is Just that, by and
large, zero g is very comfortable to work in,
and it becomes very natural after a while. And
I think after about i0 days, why, we began to
feel that zero g was as natural as walking down
the street. And occasionally it poses a nuisance,
/_-. 1909

particularly in the MDA where you don't have a

place to fasten yourself down the way you'd like
to. But if you have a place to fasten yourself
down when you want to, there's no - I don't see
detrimental effects to zero g. In fact, I think
it's all an ad - an advantage because you don't
have to fool along - around with labbers - ladders.

245 23 38 57 PLT And if somebody's in your way, you just whistle

..... over the top of them instead of having to-wait
for them to get out of the way. So zero g's
got lots of things going for it.

245 23 39 12 PLT Individual work activities while restrained at

a specific work location. Well, one thing I
might add is that - I no longer use the leg
restraints at the wardroom table. I Just
simply use the foot restraints. So it seems to
me that that's pretty much adequate. Wherever
you want to fasten yourself down, if there's
a place to put your feet, that's all you really
need. And those work activities that require
foot re - restraints, like the ... or the ATM,
the EREP, PT, or the wardroomtable or any
place where experiments are, I think you can
perform your work very adequately if you have
the foot restraints.

245 23 39 52 PLT Where they are not provided, it's annoying to -

occasionally to be looking around and searching
for one and not have one. Doesn't happen pri-
marily in the MDA, as I said, and also the war -
the waste management compartment.

245 23 40 08 PLT Handling and transferring various sized equip-

ment items. Zero g's got it all over one g as
far that goes. We struggled around with this
big fan housing in the filter over the waste
management compartment in one g, and here we
Just unfasten it and sort of move it over.
And it's like that with everything that's large.
It's no problem at all. Frequently, I carry
things between my legs in transferring from
one place to another, like cameras, for example.
I carry a couple of cameras between my legs or a
checklist or anything that's such like. We don't
have to mess around with that darn, big, old,
1910 _

gray ladder fixture that we got in the one-g

trainer either. You just waltz up the ladder -
locker or wherever you want to go and - and t

there you are. You are ready to go to work.

One thing that we do need and we do have and -
which was a good idea, was to put triangles in
the blue rimg below the water tanks so that
you could get in the dome lockers; have your-
self fastened down in there.

245 23 41 09 PLT So handling and transferring various items in -

is very simple in zero g. And also, if you got
lots of parts and you find - find a place -
trying to find a place to set them, you don't
have to. You can Just sort of bend them, and
if you don't let them out of sight for too long,
they will still be there when you get back.
Although I've noticed that we lose things
fairly readily in zero g. Set something off
in midair and plan to come back to it, and
suddenly it'd be gone and you can't find it.
It turns up a few minutes later or a few hours
or a couple of days or something. It may be __
up on the screens or something like that. That's
another thing that was a really smart idea; was
to put those ventilation screens in various
places so that you can have a place to collect
all the Junk and dirt and residue and - and
crumbs and dust and what not so it doesn't go
into the ventilation system. And also it's a
good place to look for things you lost.

245 23 42 13 PLT I think that most of the stuff that we lost

that we found, we found up there on that section
chamber screen in the upper workshop. We tend
not to worry too much anymore about things
that get adrift, like the little pieces of
paper and crumbs or water or whatnot, because
it sort of finds its way around and you don't
seem to inhale it or get it in anything because
we got those screens. We know that it - we
can rest easy because it's not going to get in
the equipment - the fans, the pumps, and what
not. It's going to be stuck in the screens; so
we just kind of tend to let things go.
_- 1911

245 23 42 54 PLT Work - Let's see. Work activities requiring

assistance from another crewman. Really, you
very seldom need another crewman to move any-
thing around. You can usually do it by your-
self. Handling equipment, heavy loads like
S073 is no problem here. Just one guy can do
that with no problem at all. Or S183 - any of
those things that we used two crewmen for in
one g, and it called on the checklist to use
two guys here, are unnecessary. If we got one
guy working on another one to, say, suit him up
or something like that, you got to get him in
his suit restraints - the foot restraint, and
the other guy will have his legs wrapped around
him somewhere, zipping him up. And so activities
involving two crewmen are less of a pain in
the neck than they are in one g.

245 23 43 48 PLT Personal main - maintenance activities: personal

hygiene, donning/doffing garments, and so forth.
We found that it's easy to get your legs in a
suit and that you can get it over your head,
but that it's very difficult to get it zipped
"_ up comparedto one g. That's one thing that's
tougher, is to get your suit zipped up. Donning
outer garments. I guess this is one of the few
places in the world, and some of the few person-
nel in the world that are able to say with a
straight face that this is the only environment
in which you can put your pants on two legs at
a time. And that's different than anybody else.
So we're not like everybody else. We don't put
our trousers on one leg at a time. We put them
on two at a time. And it's quick!

245 23 44 41 PLT Okay, doffing garments. It's easy to get out of

your suit - out of your - your spacesuits. Lot
easier than in one g. But there are other things,
like personal hygiene, that are no problem at
all. The - You have trouble cleaning your razor,
but I guess that's not so much a function of
zero g as that you don't have a lot of water to
blast over it, but you can get that done, too.
I use the shaver - the safety razor once a week
and the little shaver, the - the mechanical
shaver the rest of the time; so personal hygiene
is not a big deal.
1912 "-_

245 23 h5 16 CC Skylab .... and that will be continued over

the solar...

245 23 45 20 PLT And I'll be back later.

245 23 54 52 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with information to ATM

PIs and planners, and in particular to Dr.
George Withbroe. George, we are just now talking
more about this business of scheduling on the
ATM activities. Now A1 would like to have a
little bit of time to look around on his sched-
ule, but basically he likes to have the ground-
thought-out plans as carefully made as possible.
Now the present schedule, if we really hustle,
normally has about 5 minutes or so free time
in it. And so what A1 was asking for is pretty
close to the way you're scheduling right now.
Maybe a little bit of more time in it so he'd
have a chance to - say, if something's interest-
ing, go pick up an extra building block or - or
shopping list item. But pretty close to the way
you're schedulingnow for A1....

245 23 55 40 SPT Now for myself, I wouldn't mind having 20 minutes

on each orbit more or less free to look around
and do whatever appears to be the most desirable
or opportune target at the moment. Now particu-
larly the next few weeks, it looks to me like
this is especially true because it would appear
that we've got two weeks of pretty good activity
ahead of us on the Sun right now. Now I think
that shopping list it_m_ can be used without an
expensive expenditure of film. We'll of course,
have to watch that carefully, particularly on
82B_ I think, because we Just can't touch off
AUTOs very often. There are only 200 AUTOs in
that camera and half of them are gone now. So
we'll probably be relying more on - 82B single-
frame exposures. And if it's a bright region,
I'm normally thinking of l0 or 20-second expo-
sures. So I'd like 20 minutes or so on each of
my orbits to do that sort of thing.

245 23 56 33 SPT Now Jack is more or less intermediate. He likes

to do shopping list items as well as scheduled
items. He also likes to see some sort of rec-
ommendation on the pad, the way you've been doing,
 1913

about, say, next 20 minutes is observing time,

and the ground recommends shopping list 13 at
Sun center or a study of active region 9 with
shopping list 3 or something like that. And
then Jack will take a look at what you've sug-
gested. If it looks good, he'll do it, and if
not - if something looks better, he'll do that.
So his "druthers," his preference, is more or
less intermediate between the view I expressed
and that for A1.

245 23 57 09 SPT Now we all realize you cannot tailor everything

exactly the way we've just described, but our
hope is that this can at least be kept in mind
in your flight planning - in your sn-_ary plan
ning. And if so, why - the Flight Plans will
be tailored about the way we'd prefer, and
hopefully, we'll get the best data as a result
of it. End of message to the ATM PIs and
planners, and especially to Dr. George Withbroe.

2h5 23 57 h0 SPT SPT out.

###
_ DAY 246 (AM) 1915

246 00 35 l0 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A, continuing the

debriefing on M487-2 Charlie. We're in the
question 6, - step E, waste management and
cleanup chores. Cleanup is a little more diffi-
cult, washing and so forth because we don't have
a shower to stand in. The shower that we have,
of course is - is better than nothing, but is
not quite like what you have at home and you've
got to go to lots of trouble to take one and
you haven't got much water and the shower suc-
tion device doesn't work as well as we had hoped
it might. I don't like the soap in the shower
and that's one reason I don't take more of them
because it stings, and it stays on you for a day
or 2 after you've taken a shower and therefore
it's - it's uncomfortable for - It's better to
take sponge baths with a wet rag and soap and
wash yourself off and then rinse and then wipe.

246 00 36 16 PLT And you don't worry too much about the water
splattering around because it Just hangs on the
wall and dries up later, and it is no bother.
Waste managementis a very clean system. It -
it works well and is quite a tribute to engi-
neering design and ingenuity. And I haven't
had any spills at all. I had one, and I think
a bag broke a little bit, but it didn't let much
urine out. I plugged it in one place and I was
able Just to soak it up with a few tiss - wipes.
So the waste management chores are no problem.

246 00 36 43 PLT The whole system works very well. I thought

that you were talking about personal cleanup
there, and I mentioned that.

246 00 36 53 PLT I got to go. I go to - Stand by on channel A

for a minute. Stand by 1.

TIME SKIP

246 00 49 45 PLT Okay, here's the continuation of M487-2 Charlie -

by Jack on channel A. This goes to Bob Bond. And
hopefully we will be able to - complete it this
time, without having to break it up in pieces
anymore. Got cut off by a dump there last time.
_-_ So, we were talking about question6 on page 2-6
1916

and - we are now in paragraph E there. Waste

management and cleanup chores: decided that - with
the - air systems that we - blower systems that
we've got in - the fecal collector and urine -
drawer that - waste management is - much improved.
And so - it's that item right there, the - the
air-entrainment idea that - has taken a lot of the
mess and a lot of the work and time out of waste
management. So I think that that's a real plus
and something we ought to - continue to have in -
in - future systems. Cleaning up - after a waste
management - exercise is - no problem. There's
essentially no cleanup at all. General cleanup
chores - are - a nuisance. We - we - we - I don't
- think much of the idea of this biocide wipe -
procedure. I think it's good to biocide wipe.
But the idea of going around beforehand and first -
washing with soap and water and then rinsing and
letting it d_" and then biocide wiping it and then
going back and washing it off is too much Mickey
Mouse for a biocide wipe. You ought to just waltz
up to this place and biocide-wipe it off, come
back later and clean it - clean it off. And just
forget about all of the preliminary - scrubbing
chores. We've - said enough, I think, in the past
couple of weeks about - systems housekeeping, and
what needs cleaning and what doesn't to - to - take
care of the rest of this question.

246 00 51 47 PLT But - generally there's not too much to clean up.
I think the place that gets the messiest is the -
wardroom, because - food gets loose and - sad -
when you're shaking up your - drinks, sometimes
little drops get out and - go here and there. And
when you're cutting the membrane off the - meat
dishes after you've - heated them up, why they're
all pressurized inside and they go squirting out and
gravy or meat juice or whatever. And - then when
you - when you roll that little membrane off, why
a lot of the juice gets caught up in it and -
there's no way to take that - little membrane off
without - at sometime or another snapping it a
little bit and then the Juice flies off. So, the
way we've been cleaning up the - wardroom is Just
to - take a wet rag and go around wiping out all
the walls and the lockers and then - and scrub
all the spots off. And so that's the best way to
do, it looks like to me. The garbage area there
is the place that needs - constant attention, be-
 1917

cause it's continually messy and gets emptied

every night. But - it's - probably is the dirt-
iest place in the whole spacecraft. And if any
place needs a biocide wipe, that's the place.
And - I think that that's probably the place for -
most bacteria to grow right there, even as opposed
to the head. I think that the head is a real clean
operation compared to the garbage - operation in
the - in the food compartment. Well, the rest of
the area doesn't require much cleanup.

246 00 53 l0 PLT In fact, I don't remember ever cleaning up, say,

the upper dome or the experiment area or - anything
like that because there's never anything that gets
out there and makes them messy. And - so, it's
no problem. To - The cleanup is not a real big
problem - The only places that need it are - the
head a little bit and - and the wardroom need a
little bit more. Particularly the garbage area.
Okay, let's talk about locomotion. Paragraph F
there - either through the various compartments -
you - you can - We locomote - without the fireman's
pole.

246 00 53 _5 PLT That's a good way to go. We don't need that any
more. And - you kind of push off and - pretty
much go where you want to go. Now, when - we're -
sort of instinctively able now to push off and
wind up where we want to, in the attitude we want.
If we find that we're not going in the attitude
we want, why we can just tuck up and roll a little
bit. Or if we're rolling too fast - why we can -
extend our arms or legs or whatever to slow our
rotation rate down. And it's kind - kind of come
to being a natural thing. As far as going in and
and out of compartments is concerned, sometimes
you go in an upright position in the crew quarters
area and sometimes you go on a - on a horizontal
way, and if somebody's in the way you Just kind of
go over them. Or if there's people sitting at the
wardroom table, you Just -waltz over the table
and - and over the top and - hang on to the ceiling
or whatever you want to do. So - locomotion is -
very fun and simple. Locomotion - through the MDA
is more of a pain because - there's nothing to
grab onto in there. And - you can't hardly go
straight through because there's usually a guy
sitting at the ATM panel or the - little table by
the ATM panel stick out and - they'reright on
1918

the center llne between the - workshop - the air-

lock and the - and the - command module, so you've
got to divert around them. And like I said,
there's Just nothing to hang on to.

246 00 55 07 PLT So, locomotion in the MDA is - is - is - not worth

much. Or it's - Locomotion is bad - if you can once
you get moving and there's nobody in the way, loco-
motion is no problem at all. But as far as -
getting around - by hand - hand over hand, in the
MDA, you might as well forget it. It's - It's -
a hodgepodge of - things that you can't grab onto.
Question number 7.

246 O0 55 36 PLT How satisfactory is the frequency of change of

bedding and clothing? Frequency of ch_ige of
bedding is about right. Frequency of change of
clothing is - for the trousers and the - jackets
is about right. The T-shirts I don't wear; I think
you ought to have - one of those a day, if you're
going to wear them. I've got a lot of them left
over and - and - don't plan to use them. I - just
wear the jacket over my bare skin. And - it's ._
cool that way. It's - There's nothing tight.
When I want to exercise, I don't have a lot of
clothes to take off. I've got fire protection
and - I've - I've got places - pockets to carry
all the stuff I want to carry around. So that's
the best way to go. You do need one change of
skivvies a day. And - we brought up extra underwear
and - I'm glad we did, because - I think one a day
is a good idea. The - most - short-supply item
is the socks. This is - We should have one of
those a day. And we don't have it and - I think
we need it. So I'd recommend to Jerry that he
bring up - enough socks that he can make it one
a day. I don't use the long handles of any sort.
So - I didn't need them. Thought it might he chilly
up here sometime, really didn't know but now we're
here - it turns out it's - warmed up. The - tem-
perature's right - so long handles are not required.

246 O0 58 Ol PLT I don't use them. The shoes are the other item.
We put the - put the toe caps on. We certainly need
them. For some reason, we all seem to be - rubbing
off spots on the heels two spots - either side of
the - the vertical - reinforcing strip. It's
about an inch and a half off the sole. They're
wearing through for some reason. My - additionally, _"
i_ 1919

my right shoe is - The stitching is coming loose

along the bottom sole - about - midway along the
foot - opposite the arch. And - the stitching
is about an inch and a half there, where it - the
canvas is ripped up. And - so, the shoes - by
the time we get through the mission, are going to
be pretty well worn. And they might even be
marginal; I'm not sure - as to whether or not we
can make it with them or not. But - we might have
to just be a little careftul with them. But -
shoewise - the triangles do the job. The - outside
of the shoes are wearing out though. So - that
kind of takes care of - M47-2 Charlie. I've got
to run to the ATM. And I wish you'd pass that
information along to Bob Bond and other interested
parties.

246 O0 58 18 PLT And this does finally end this debriefing. Thank
you.

TIME SKIP

246 01 lO 37 SPT Okay, comment - from the SPT, channel A, for the
EREP Officer. The number of frames used on the
third pass of the day with the prime ma - this was
the second pass with the prime magazine; third ETC
pass of the day - was 27 frames. So - that's
these - on the prime magazine, 83 on the first
pass, 27 on the second pass, is a total of
ll0 frames used out of the ETC 04. And the spare
magazine, black and white something or other -
used 24 frames, as I already reported on the
real-time down-link. So that should bring you up
to date on how many frames we used today and you
can compute how many we've got left. End of
message for the EREP Officer from the SPT.

246 O1 ll 39 SPT Okay, here's the SPY on channel A, with a message

for the ATM PIs and planners. Over the course of
the last couple of days, we've had a chance to
observe quite a few isolated - quite a few initial
phases of subflares and flares, at least small
flares. And - it's been my general observation
that the XUV and H-alpha rise in intensity very
closely together. And that - for example at the
moment, we have about eight active regions on the
_-_ disk of the Sun, all of which can be seen on the
1920

XUV MONITOR without integration. In the - in the

position number 7 - all of these regions stand out.
Now when any of - when a flare begins, even a
subflare - in the active region in which it starts,
there'll be a very small pinpoint of light right
at the limit of resolution, which normally begins -
to increase in brightness. And even if that active
region has been below the level of visibility on
the XUV MON, that bright pinpoint would stand out
very quickly; very very noticeably. And the same
thing is true on H-alpha. Except in this case,
I do not get the impression that the pinpoint is
quite as small. Now, I need to qualify that a
little bit, because normally we're looking at a
much expanded view on H-alpha. H-alpha l, of
course, having only a - roughly 5 arc-minute field,
and the XUV MON having - well, let's see, more
like - 60 arc-minute total field, I guess.

246 Ol 13 22 SPT So, there's a factor of i0 and that could account

for the principal difference so that the impression
that you get that it's a smaller pinpoint in XUV.
But at any rate, it's a very small pinpoint, ev@n
in H-alpha. And it rises, more or less, at the
same time as does the XUV MON. And - we can see
those, increasing in brightness, even before the
X-ray flux begins to increase as measured on the
beryllium or the image intensity count. Now, I've
not placed too much reliance on the increase in
the PMEC, although it does still appear to be true
that once we get around 650 or so, it does look
like it's does look like it's measuring X-ray flux
rather than some sort of a random - flux. But the
X-ray flux on the beryllium counter, as I'm sure
all of your telemetry shows, will go up and down,
and - many of the ups and downs are unrelated to
anything you can see visually or at least in general
impression. The principal increases, the major in-
creases, are very definitely related. But I think
that normally, you could see an increase in the
XUV MON and in H-alpha before it gets too high on
the - X-ray flux monitors. So, if we were willing
to spend, s_y - two or three orbits a day for the
next week, with nothing to do excePt look for these
bright spots beginning, I'm confident that we
could - very quickly, be on - the initial increase
of - of - these flares and subflares even earlier
than we have been in the past. As a matter of
fact, that's what I intend to do with - this part _-_
 1921

of my - observing time over the course of the next

i week. While we have this activeSun, I'ii simply
go to the most likely location, and wait there for
a brightening to occur. And then you can get
there very quickly before the X-ray flux is in-
creased much at all.

246 01 15 21 SPT Now, there's other - another - thing that is - seems

sort of interesting. I'd already commented on the
real-time down-link about the - appearent appearance
of the active regions. Almost every 35 or 40 degrees,
there's another pair of active regions across the
Sun's disk right now. And - after that suggestion
from the ground that - active regions 9 and 13 -
9 and 15 may be connected, then you can see that
connection on the XUV MON and between other active
regions - with appropriate integration. I don't
know whether that - well, that's one subject.

246 Ol 15 57 SPT Another subject, perhaps related, perhaps unrelated,

is the fact that there appear to be very few of
the bright spots that we were looking at, say,
3 weeks ago, now visible on the XUV MONITOR. There's
a lot of plage activity, of course, associated in the
action regions. But even aside from that, in
between these active regions, I see very few of the
small bright spots that we found in coronal holes
and at the - in the polar regions and Just scattered
across the Sun's disk, that we were looking at
3 weeks ago. Now - I don't know whether their
disappearance is related to the fact that we have
so many active regions now on the Sun. Perhaps -
the fields have been concentrated in the active
regions now and they're not - collecting or congre-
gating at - other locations, the way they were, I
presume, where these bright spots had been located
3 weeks ago. But, that - did seem to me a general
impression, that - might be worth - checking a little
more detail on from the ground.

246 O1 16 59 SPT End of message to ATM PIs and planners from the
SPT.

246 Ol 21 49 CDR Hello. This is the CDR, and this information goes
to Dr. Bill Thornton and biomed. They requested
that we do some measurements today, girth measure-
ments and we've done so. I'd like to repeat them
to you.
 1922

CDR Another man that might be interested in these is

Mr. Mike - Dr. Mike Whittle or Mr. Mike Whittle. J
I'm not sure which. Dr. Mike Whittle. Okay, here
we go. First, I'll run through - Bean and then
Gariott and then Lousma. And then I'll try to
tell you what you - Okay, knee to hipbone - knee
to top of - hip area to the big - that bone that's -
that's the high point of your bone that's up around
your waist; 54.5 for CDR. For - Garriott, 52.3;
and for Lousma, 57.2. Now, let's take some dis-
tances from the knee Joint, up the leg, and those
distances are in - roughly one-third of the dis-
tance from the knee to the hip. Here they go.
Correction - Let me give you a correction on that.
What we've done here is, we didn't know which hip
Joint you wanted, so we took the top of the hipbone
and divided it by 3 and got measurements. And then
we took the hip Joint itself and divided it by 3
and got measurements. So, here's the one for the
top of the hipbone up around your waist, sort of.
Here it comes. I'm going to repeat myself now.
Bean 50 -

246 Ol 51 31 CDR Knee - knee - knee to knee Joint to - hip is 54.5;

Garriott, 52.3; Lousma, 57.2. Okay, we divided
those by 3, and here comes - here comes for Bean,
17.5 centimeters up from the knee joint; his girth
is 44.8; 35.8 up and 50.6. Garriott; 17.4 centimeters
up and 41.2; 35.8 centimeters up and 48.8. Lousma:
19 centimeters up and 49.8, 38 centimeters and
56.3. Now - that was the left leg, by the way. I
gave you information on the left leg. Let me give
some information on the right leg. Okay, once
again, - knee Joint up to the top of hipbone.
Bean, 54.3; Garriott, 52.6; Lousma 57. Okay,
one-third of the way up, which on Bean would be
one-third of the 54.3 which would be I - i - 8.1,
18.1 would be 47.6; Garriott, 17.5 centimeters up
which would be 43.7; and Lousma, 19 centimeters
up would be 50.0. Bean again, another one-third
up, 52.0; Garriott, 36.0, which would be 50.3;
Lousma 38 up, which is 56.8. Now around that point -
No, omit that. The waist at the navel: on
Bean, 76.3; Garriott, 71.1; Lousma, 84.0. Chest,
inhale - Okay, we got this backwards. Chest exhale:
Bean, 88.9; Garriott, 81.0; Lousma, 94.4. Inhale:
Bean, 92.6; Garriott, 87.0; and Lousma, 142. Neck:
Bean, 37.1; Garriott, 37.1; Lousma, 41. Biceps,
relaxed but sort at their max girth, left arm: _"
 1923

Bean, 28.1: Garriott, 26.1; Lousma, 31.7. Right

! biceps: 28.8, Bean; 27.6, Garriott; and 32.8, Lousma.

246 Ol 54 28 CDR Now - we give you the information at the knee Joint
to hip joint, which we think is some information
that you want, but we're not positive. We think
that's what you've really asked for. Here it comes.
Bean, hl; Garriott, 49; Lousma, 43.

CDR One-third of the way up from the knee Joint which

would be 13.6 centimeters for Bean, and 41.5;
Garriott is 13 centimeters up, 37; Lousma,
14.3 centimeters up, 45. Upper one-third:
27.2 centimeters for Bean, 49.0 centimeters;
26 centimeters up for Garriott, 46.h; 28.6 centimeters
for Lousma, 54.5. The dimension at that point,
which we will call the butt dimension: Bean, 90.5;
Garriott, 86.5; Lousma, 97.8. Now let's go to the
right knee again. Incidentally, did I mention the
first one was left I gave you. So here we go. Right
knee to hip: Bean, 40; Garriott, 39.5; Lousma, 4h.
The lower one-third girth which is 13.3 centimeters
up for Bean, 44.5; 13.2 centimeters up for Garriott,
f- 38; 14.6 centimetersup for Lousma, 46.1. Upper
one-third, which is 26.4 centimeters up for Bean,
50.0; Garriott, 26.4 centimeters up, 48.3; Lousma,
29.2 centimeters up, 54.5. Now we made those measure-
ments; I'll retain the piece of paper for several
days. If you have any question, please call and I -
I can give you the added information. CDR out.
This goes to Mike Whittle, Dr. Bill Thornton, biomed,
Dr. Paul Buchanan, and others interested in -
girth measurements.

246 O1 56 32 CDR CDR out.

246 O1 59 46 SPT Comment for - George Withbroe - Dr. George Withbroe

in the ATM Science Room, from the SPT. George,
during our discussion today, you mentioned that -
stand by.

246 02 O1 02 SPT Go back to t_at message to Dr. George Withbroe in

ATM Science Room, from the SPT. George, you
mentioned today - that you had a - GRATING AUTO
SCAN on a bright region that peaked as high as -
60,000 cal on oxygen 6. Today, there have been
several of those. These were in these regions
Just beginning their flare activity and - On - two
_ or three occasions,I noticed - countsthat were
 19_24 _-_

that high and, rather than doing a GRATING AUTO

SCAN, I normally went to MIRROR LINE SCAN, so you !
get better time resolution. Now - I might Just
throw in a GRATING AUTO SCAN occasionally with
DETECTOR 2 now, of course; that's a good suggestion
of yours today. And - occasionally - not very often
but occasionally I'd try to take the 3 minutes to
give you your GRATING AUTO SCAN in addition and -
if this stuff keeps going like it has today and
yesterday, why - I'm convinced that we'll see a
number of other occasions with - activity or
counts that are that high.

246 02 01 58 SPT End of message to - Dr. George Withbroe from the

SPT.

246 02 05 20 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A,

debriefing the last ATM run which began at 01:12.
I ran off a J0P 6, building blocks 1 Alfa and
1 Bravo as advertised. I gave you the TV down-link -
and took you on a little tour of the Sun. Also,
did the shopping list item suggested, number 13, with
56, FILTER 3 and - 52; MODE, CONTINUOUS. Now -
I had a little time left over after that, so I looked
for the hottest spot on the Sun and that turned out
to be in active region ll. So I went down there
and - I gave 55 a GRATING AUTO SCAN on
DETECTORS 1 and 2 this time. Part of the suggestion -
from the science conference with Dr. Withbroe
this evening. And also gave - 56 a - SINGLE
FRAME 2, 3, and 4 SHORT at the same pointing. And
that concludes the - run; the last run of the day.
The ATM is in a powerdown condition, ready for
your operations.

246 02 20 33 PLT Thank you very much. Enjoyed working with you,
look forward to doing so again tomorrow.

TIME SKIP

2h6 12 17 29 CDR Here's some information from the CDR to Dr. Bill
Thornton. It concerns his friendly little BMMD.
It's a repeatability test. In addition to that,
it probably ought to go to biomed interested in-
dividuals. (Music) Dr. Whittle would be a good
one. Let me read it to you; from the CDR. I'll
 _ 1925

read them in groups of - three groups of five.

I 6.25713,6.25535, 6.25604,6.26236,6.25309.
That's one group. Next group, 6.25657, 6.26112,
6.25703, 6.25698, 6.25404. That's the second
group. 6.25642, 6.26004, 6.26227, 6.26130,
6.26379. Okay, now that's the three groups of
three. If you have any problems, call me up.

246 12 18 47 CDR CDR out. Goes to Dr. Whittle and Dr. Bill
Thornton.

TIME SKIP

246 12 57 36 PLT Good morning, space fans. This is Jack on chan-

nel A debriefing the last ATM run which began at
12:03. I gave you some television of the Sun
picking out two of the active regions and a little
XUV M0N and a little S052. Now after that, I
did the JOP 6, building blocks 1 Alfa and Bravo.
They came off just as advertised. And here's
/_-_ one other note in there is that on the last S054
sequence in M, 6, 0, S, 256, it ripped off a
double and I let it go on down to about 17 and
then I truncated it. In other words, I got about
six exposures on the second time around and I
truncated it. After that I had a little observer
time left over and I took note of your information
regarding the Delta configuration of active re-
gion 15 and I'm not sure that I saw what you were
pointing out, but I looked over in the area that
you suggested and I noted that on the leading
edge of active region 15 that we had two spots.
And I thought it might be interesting, in view
of the fact that this was a sort of a specially
interesting series, to run a shopping list item
number 5 on it. So I ran a modified shopping
list item number 5. I pointed at the inboard
spot. That is, the second one from the right,
if north was at the top, or the scond one from
the west - whatever you want to call it.

246 12 59 33 PLT And tried to minimize the DETECTOR 3. And at that

point I ran a GRATING AUTO SCAN on DETECTOR 1.
I also took a SINGLE FRAME in FILTER 4 for S056
and that was 5 minutes long. After that I moved
just a few arc seconds in a westerly direction
to a spot - to a point betweentwo black spots.
1926

In - at that point I maximized DETECTOR 3, and

I ran off another GRATINGAUTO SCAN on I
DETECTORS 1 and 2. And I got a SINGLE FRAME,
LONG, for S056, in FILTER number 4 that time.

246 13 00 25 PLT So that completes the debriefing for - Well, it

doesn't either. Wait one moment.

246 13 00 51 PLT I did my daily sketch of the corona and it appears

to me that the east limb is about the same except
for the streamers in the west-southwest area.
It seems to be a little less intense - a little
less pronounced today than it was yesterday.
And that was east. I don't - if I said it right -
east-southeast. And then in the west - the
western llmb of the corona it appears to be
pretty much the same as it was yesterday. So
not a whole lot of coronal changes as I see it
from up here in the past, oh, roughly 24 hours -
not quite - about 20 hours. So I thought that
the active region 15 study there, in view of the
fact that you pointed out that the Delta config-
uration might be something of interest and that's
what I picked as being extra. And we'll check
it with you next orbit.

246 13 02 l0 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

246 14 24 42 CDR Okay. This is the CDR debriefing ATM run at 13:36.
Went nominal; We got all the information for the
pad. We had a little time left over and here's
what we did. I went to active region 15. There
I did a part of a MIRROR AUTO RASTER. I had the
82B pointed low and the 80 - correction, 82B pointed
at the - the brightest spot there on UV on DETECTOR i.
And I got DETECTOR - DETECTOR i, yes. And then ran
the first pass of a MIRROR AUTO RASTER, which I
felt possibly covered the active region, since it
was a little bit above - 80 arc seconds above the -
the - the 82A and B crosshairs. The - Once the
first half of that was done, I went over and now
I'm doing a - a GRATING AUTO SCAN on the hot point.
 1927

I did two exposures for 82B; a h0-second exposure

i and a 2-second exposure.

2h6 lh 25 48 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

246 l_ 59 4l CDR Okay. This is the CDR. I've just finished my time
out. I'm going to now record a few numbers for you.
No, I'm not, either. I'm going to perform ready
verification. And I did it a little while ago,
but I'll do it again, Just to show you my heart's
in the right place.

CDR CALIBRATE, HIGH, LOW, HIGH. Where it always is.

CALIBRATE at 92, REFERENCE 2, got it? FRAMES PER
SEQUENCE, it should Just be medium FRAMES PER
SEQUENCE at 46; and intervalometer, 20; CROSS-TRACK
CONTIG, ANGLE ..., 30; POLARITY, l; MODE, 3;
RANGE, 60; and AUTO B. All we lack now is pre-op
configand recordthe readingsand I do that at
l0 minutes, as you recall. Ten minutes from now
would be 15:10.

2h6 15 00 33 CDR Going off the comm, and this is CDR, that's EREP
information.

246 15 l0 03 CDR - - to record.

2h6 15 l0 18 CDR Okay. I'm going to check all the readings for you,
Houston, on EREP, so here we go. Everybody's Just
working along real fine. Here we go on A. 2, 92;
3, 86; h, 92; 5, 96; 6, 23; 7 is zero, and that's
the end of that one. Okay, let's go for B. B-2,
92; B-3, 83: _ is 91; 5 is 91; 6, 50; 7, ll; 8, l;
9, 58. C-2, 100 percent plus. Now that's a little
bit high. I don't know why that C-2 is that high.
Huh! But it nevertheless is. What is C-27
DETECTOR 3 - -

PLT All your readings are down.

CDR Huh!
i_28

PLT You have any notion of what ...

CDR Three. Yes. They' re around. Haven 't we - Where

did it go?

PLT ...

246 15 ii 53 CDR Three, 88 percent; 4, 94 percent; 5, 48 percent;

6, 46 percent; 7 - make that 47 percent; 7, 50 per-
cent; 8, over a hundred; 9, forget it. C-2, 86;
3, 84; 4, 84; 5, 16; 6, 49; 7, 9; and that's it.
Now let me read you again the most critical ones.
Voice record B-7; B-7 is 31, B-8 is about l, B-7 - -

246 15 12 42 (Tone)

CDR What's that?

SC ...

246 15 13 07 CDR UV sensors got a dose right then.

CDR B-7, how about 51 percent; B-6, 49 percent; B-7

wasn't greater than 80. 192, MODE to - -

PLT They're all yellow on here.

246 15 13 31 CDR Had to be somewhere. Okay, let's go ahead and open

the door.

246 15 13 37 CDR 192, MODE to READY, the door coming open.

246 15 1B 52 CDR Check the lights. They're working. And, of course

the DOOR, HEATER 1 - HEATER SWITCH light's off.

CREW ...

CDR But this time we made this run 21, so we're still
7 seconds ahead. Seven minutes ahead. We're okay.

SPT Test, l, 2. I guess I'm on the line with you

fellows ?

CDR Yes, you are.

SPT Good. Thank you.

CDR You are on there with us, or we are on there with

you. We're not sure which. _-_
 1929

246 15 14 38 CDR Okay. The READY light is on, indicating that the
i DOOR is OPEN. I'ii now go to CHECK-92,CHECK.
Now it says verify and voice record preop config.
So here we go.

246 15 14 53 CDR TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY, ON; it is.

246 15 14 56 CDR 92, POWER, ON; READY, on - No, no. POWER, ON;
READY, out ; MODE, CHECK; DOOR OPEN, that's good.

246 15 15 05 CDR 91; ON; READY, on; COOLER, ON. We'd be in tough
shape if it weren't. DOOR OPEN.

246 15 15 13 CDR 90, ON; READY out; stand by as door opens. You
bet it's open.

246 15 15 22 CDR 93 R, STANDBY; READY, out. 93 S, OFF; READY, out.

93 A, OFF; READY, out.

246 15 15 29 CDR 94, ON; READY, on. Now let's take a look at a
couple of these quantities again that are a little
bit strange. Let's look at C-2; C-2 at the moment
is a - C-2 at the moment is 42 percent, which looks
good;C'3,89 percent.

PLT ... down. That's out of limits.

CDR Still out of limits - -

PLT No, no. That's okay. It's got the attenuator

thing.

CDR Oh, yes. Attenuator, limit - No. It - it can only

go up to 87.

PLT Uh-uh.

246 15 16 09 CDR Okay, you're right. I'm sorry, that's for the
high/low, huh? Okay, 4 is 72, 5 is 83. Okay.
(Yawn) Everything is okay now.

246 15 16 40 CDR Near as I can tell, we're properly configured.

PLT (Whistling)

246 15 18 16 PLT Going to hit the coast at 23, roughly; 5 minutes -

5 minutes to the coast. I hear them trying to
lockup over Vanguard. Is the fire alarm off?
Nope, we better turn it off because it's going to
whistle.
1930

246 15 19 30 SPT See how we're doing on Z-LV, Jack. We're almost
there. We're there for practical purposes.

PLT Oh, a 22-minute maneuver. We ought to be there -

just about there is right. We needed a foot re-
straint by the VTS.

SPT I know it. Just saying we could hold on there by

our hands was not a good thought.

246 15 19 59 PLT Well, when you got too msny other things you want
to do with your hands - you want to grab stuff,
shuffle your papers, all that kind of thing.

SPT I'm suppose to go ERE? start in about 40 seconds,

Jack.

PLT Okay, old buddy. You'll be there and I'll be there.

Another classic pass.

CC Absolutely, guys, we're looking forward to it.

9-1/2 minutes through the Vanguard.

CDR And they' re listening.

PLT Let me - -

CDR There they are.

246 15 20 29 PLT - - Give you a little tour of where we' re going

here today. We're coming up across South America
from the South Atlantic. We're going to cross the
coast at Santiago, Chile, go up over Asuncion,
Paraguay, up over the capital city of Brazil, which
is Brasilia, and then we'll leave the coast of
South America at Fortaleza, Brazil. Up over the
Cape Verde Islands, off the northwest coast of Africa,
across Gibralter, northern Italy, and the EREP pass
will be over.

246 15 21 00 SPT MARK. EREP, START ; in MODE, MANUAL.

PLT And then from there, we go over Budapest, Volgograd,

down over the Takla Makan Desert, China, and leaving
the China coast around Canton over Gobi.

SPT At the moment, we - -

CC Do a lot of traveling.

PLT Yes, well, it's the Big 0. you know. He always

wanted to go places fast.

246 15 21 34 PLT Okay, we're approaching the coast of South

America.
 "_ 1931

CC Going to be cloudy, initially; should clear up over

t the coast and get cloudy again by the time you get
to theeastcoast.

2_6 15 21 53 PLT Okay, the clouds start right at the coast. Right
at the coast.

246 15 22 01 SPT 22:06, MODE to READY on 192. That's - -

PLT Okay ... - -

SPT - - right now, MODE is READY. 22:32; MODE, AUTO.

That was there.

PLT I've got l0 minutes to look. Okay, everything's

running. Okay, we should be about over Santiago.

SPT 22:50 and 1R2, MODE, CHECK.

PLT There's the Andes coming into view. I'm looking

downstream 45 degrees, so we're not quite there
yet, really.

_ 246 15 22 41 SPT 40 right there. Okay, MODE to CHECK. VTS CAL at

24. A few little 192's there.

246 15 23 06 PLT Okay, we're crossing the Andes now and they're
snow-covered, very beautiful as usual. There's
sort of desert terrain on the east side of the
Andes. See what appear to be - it's either patches
of forested area or - -

246 15 23 26 SPT MARK. UV photo.

PLT - - areas of volcanic activity.

CDR O., your volume's not very high. You my want to

check it. Or maybe ought to get your comm close
to your mouth; you're not going to get on tape.

246 15 23 40 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

PLT That ahoy, O.

SPT That was a 3200, coming up on a 2700 angstrom.

SPT 24 minutes, VTS to AUTO CAL. I'll get it for you,

Jack, so Just float right where you are.
 1932 _-_

PLT All right. Passing over some huge salt flats.

J
246 15 24 00 SPT Okay. AUTO CALing right now.

PLT See a few salt flats.

246 15 24 05 SPT 93 S to STANDBY; 94 too.

PLT I doubt we have a glacier there. Got to be a ... - -

SPT Okay, to STANDBY - -

PLT ... huge salt flats.

246 15 24 14 SPT READY, on, 191 at 26:40. Okay, we'll watch for it.

PLT See the roads and highways.

246 15 24 23 SPT MARK. UV photo.

246 15 24 39 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

PLT O. gives you the word, does he? Far away, I don't
know where he is. Motion in the VISIBLE camera _--_
is not triggering. So we'll have to go on the
location by the voice comment but that's close -
ought to be close enough.

CC Copy.

SPT 21 - 26:40.

PLT A little hazy down there.

SPT Comes another 3200 angstrcm. 16- second exposure.

PLT The kid is standing by for 32:01.

SPT ... - -

PLT Okay, among other things today, we're going to

obtain some _ata for the Brazilian Government for
the use of the overall understanding con - and
control of the national resources in the Amazon
Basinarea. -

246 15 25 48 CC They Just found a new river down there. We're

going to tell you about later.
_ 1933

PLT What's the name of it?

SPT Amazon. (Laughter)

CC (Laughter) Haven't named it yet.

PLT We're crossing a big river at the moment.

SPT 26:40.

246 15 26 13 SPT MARK. Beginning kqYq - or UV.

PLT See the fires down there? The farmers must have
burned off some of their crops. See the smoke?
It parallels our line of course and it goes past.
Therefore - -

246 15 26 30 SPT MARK - -

PLT Wind must be - -

SPT End of 3200.

_ PLT - - Wind must be in the northeast- -

SPT Everything goes fast.

PLT - - on the ground.

SPT Okay, 26:h0 -

246 15 26 40 SPT MARK. Light on and the REF, 6.

PLT Lots of fires.

SPT Intervalemeter to l0 on 27:10.

PLT Monday must be fire-lighting day down there. Boy,

look at all of them. I bet I can spot at least
30 to 40 fires - VTS.

246 15 27 lO SPT MARK. 27:1Q. We Just went to intervalometer, 10.

Stand by.

PLT Be somewhere around Campo Grande. Right over

Campo Grande one of these days.

CC Jack, Europe should be good and clear for your

special
zeroI.
1934

PLT Special zero i? Okay.

CC That's for Spain - -

246 15 27 h6 SPT MARK.

PLT Right. Thank you. Very good.

SPT Stand by for S, ON and R, ON.

PLT Glad to hear that.

246 15 27 51 SPT S, ON; R, ON.

PLT Getting hazier by the mile down there right now.

Don't like that much.

246 15 28 Ol SPT MARK. End of exposure 2700.

PLT Attaboy, O.

SPT 28:24 is going to be MODE, READY, on 192. Getting

some good scat - good working of our RADIOMETER - - _.

PLT Oh, boy.

SPT - - and SCATTEROMETER. 28:24, stand by. And -

246 15 28 24 SPT MARK. We're in MODE, READY. Tape motion looks

good; 28:55 and 190 intervalameter, 20.

PLT All sorts of cities down there on this pass. More

habitation areas than we've seen over this part
of the world.

SPT Intervalometer to 20 at 28:55.

PLT You're doing all right for a rookie, 0. ; attaboy.

Keep her up.

SPT (Laughter) I'll show you. I will teach you.

PLT There he is.

246 15 28 59 CC LOS in a minute, Canary at 15:40.

PLT Roger, Bob. Hitting clouds now, doggone it.

246 15 29 0h SPT 29:24,192 to MODE, CHECK. _

 1935

246 15 29 24 SPT Yes, MODE is in CHECK for 192. 30:34 is going to

be MODE, READY, again.

246 15 29 41 SPT On that VISIBLE camera, Bob, I can trigger it from

down at the camera hut this remote triggering is
not functioning. Close the microswitch up here
by hand and it doesn't trigger.

SPT 32 :37. 30 :34.

PLT You can see Brasilia now. We're close to it.

SPT 30 :34, MODE to READY. Stand by -

246 15 30 27 SPT MARK, UV.

246 15 30 35 CDR MARK. 190 to MODE, BEADY.

246 15 30 36 SPT MARK. End of UV exposure.

246 15 30 42 CDE Okay, S and R are STANDBY. 193 S, OFF; R, OFF.

Standing by for 131 with 93A to STANDBY.

246 15 31 00 CDR MARK; 93A to STANDBY.

SPT Stand by.

246 15 31 23 SPT MARK. Beginning.

PLT Oh, we got good weather now.

SPT Good.

246 15 31 32 SPT MARK. End of the UV. That was a 2700.

246 15 32 17 CDR 32:38, MODE to CHECK.

246 15 32 40 CDE Okay, MODE is in CHECK, gentlemen. 34:40, 193A,

ON. All right.

PLT Oh, boy; there is the river now. I see the river
now. They've got good Sun on the river. You can
tell about where we are. We're Just about in the
right place. If that's the right river.

CDR 32:38 - -

PLT Okay, we have to get off that one and get to the
/ nextone.
1936 _-_

246 15 33 20 CDR 34:40; A, ON.

SPT I never learned that before ....

SPT Stand by for a couple of UV's.

246 15 34 24 SPT MARK.

246 15 34 36 SPT MARK. The second one. Doggone it. I'ii do that
again. I'm going to take an extra photo in there.

CDR Okay, A is on. l'm standing by for 35:40. When -

READY, out, on 190.

SPT Stand by.

STP Stand by again.

246 15 35 19 SPT MARK.

•246 15 35 22 CDR MARK.

CDR READY
's out- -

246 15 35 42 SPT MARK.

CDR - - going for 19.

246 15 35 4h SPT MARK.

CDR And intervalometer to l0 - -

SPT Okay the next one with an extra - -

CDR - - ..° where we are now. At 38:50, I'm going to

go 193A to STANDBY.

PLT Got both on them, prime and alternate.

CDR Good.

SPT What were they?

CDR 0kay, you want ...

PLT A couple of forested areas in Brazil.

SPT Excellent.
_ 1937

SPT Okay, here we go. Stand by - want 2700 ...

SPT Stand by.

SPT Okay, old buddy, 41:46, get that one, too. It's
going to be a little different. Okay, now that
one's in trigger. We'll try it again.

PLT Okay, stand by.

CDR 38 :50, Jack.

246 15 37 04 PLT MARK. All right, baby, we got them. Got to mark
the end.

PLT Stand by.

246 15 37 24 PLT MARK.

246 15 37 32 PLT MARK. The end. Stand by -

/-_- TIME SKIP

246 15 37 47 PLT MARK.

246 15 38 03 PLT MARK, the final.

CDR Okay, at 38:50, we're going to go 93 A to STANDBY.

PLT Okay, there were the 48 16 exposures, all at

2700 angstroms.

CDR Ow! You got it all plotted, Jack?

PLT Yes, sir.

246 15 38 51 CDR 38:50, we Just went STANDBY on A and then we're

going to go ON at 39:05 again.

246 15 39 06 CDR 39:05 it is. Now let's take a look at 190 MODE,
SINGLE at 40:05. 40:05, l'm going SINGLE.

246 15 40 06 CDR Okay, there's a single frame at 40:05; l'm going

to take another at 40:30.

PLT Okay, here come the Cape Verde Islands.

 j_

1938

CDR The which one?

PLT Cape Verde.

CDR That's what we're taking single frames of,

apparently.

246 15 40 19 CC Back with you for i0 minutes.

PLT All righty.

PLT 146 runs into the clouds.

246 15 40 30 CDR MARK. 40:30, that's another. We'll go a single

again at 41:30.

PLT Got them both in Brazil, there, Bob. Prime and

alternate.

CC Great.

PLT That'll be - 703 and 704. 704 I had to slide

northwest a few miles. Say about - 25 miles,
trying to get it through a hole in the clouds. _-_
But we took it over a uniform -what appeared to
be a forested area - in both cases. The first
one appeared to me to be right on. I got the .
right Sun angle. I believe I got the - Rio Parnaiba
River. And we're right in the bend of it where
we wanted to be. Best I could make out from my
maps up here, 146.

246 15 41 31 CDR MARK. We Just took another single. Go MODE,

AUTO.

PLT No coloration yet. It's going to be into clear

water. No clouds.
J

246 15 41 &6 CDR MARK.

PLT Well, Bob, at the moment I don't see any water-

color boundary. Maybe I will as the Sun angle
changes, but if I don't I'm going to put her
off-Sun high at zero zero and - push the data
pushbutton and Just let her swath across.

CC Roger, Jack. That sounds okay.

 19
39

PLT It's a little hazy down there. You can't _ee

I the clear deep blue of the water I would like to.
There's zero zero.

CDR 42:54; MODE, AUTO.

246 15 42 54 CDR MARK. MODE, AUTO, on 190.

PLT Okay.

CDR Going to STANDBY. 43:30 we're going to - -

PLT ... 46:29, anyway. We're not there yet.

CDR That's the reason. 28, 29, 30, okay -

246 15 43 31 CDR MARK. We're there. MODE, READY. A ON at 43:_0.

PLT Okay, now, Bob, l'm taking data and l'm at zero
zero and I - -

246 15 43 40 CDR MARK. 43:40.

PLT - - haven't reached zero zero time yet, so maybe

that's why I haven't reached the water-coloration
boundary.

CDR 45:54 is 192 to - -

PLT Five minutes from there.

CDR Okay. 45:54 is 192 MODE to ...

PLT Keep looking. Was the data pushbutton depressed

all this time?

CC Roger, Jack. It should start clearing up right

around Gib for your special 01 across Spain.

246 15 44 18 PLT Okay, the - the water's clear down there; I got
blue water all the way, a little bi_ hazy but -
you can't see the water-coloration boundary at
the moment. But - I've got 5 minutes to look for
it, looks like to me, from 45 down to zero and -
So I just got the data pushbutton depressed and
I'm taking DAC pictures at the midmagnification.
But I'm looking around for difference in coloration.
And if I get it, I'll glom onto it, both sides of
_ theboundary.
 19hQ -_--.

PLT Try to get it as we get clear of - closer to the

coast, I would think. At any rate, I'm set for I
the nadir swath and whenever it comes up, I'll use it.

246 15 45 38 PLT Right over Canariesl Right over, got them right
under the pipper.

CDR 45:54, we're going to go MODE, CHECK.

£LT Hello, down there, Canaries, you're doing a

great Job, babe.

246 15 45 57 CDR Okay, READY out at _6, maybe. READY out at h6;
we're in STANDBY per the special instructions; and
on the SHUTTER SPEED, FAST; FRAME 2B ; intervalom-
eter 20. 47:13 we go 190 MODE, AUTO.

PLT Okay, we're coming up on 46:29, which is where I

should really see this boundary at zero zero. So
far, no boundary.

246 15 46 31 PLT MARK it. That's where it was.

CC Got a handover coming up in about 30 seconds to

Madrid, and I might lose you for a little while.

PLT Okay, Bob. We'll be here when you get back.

CC Hope so.

PLT Okay. Okay, coming up on the northwest coast to

Africa now. Wish I could find a boundary there.

246 15 47 0_ SPT Okay, Bob, I'm doing a little troubleshooting on

this visible trigger and - Closure of this
microswitch on the UV MON simply does not actuate
the visible camera down in the window below. And
I verified all the other connections, and so -
it looks like it would have to be a multimeter
troubleshooting job or something like that.

CC Copy that, 0wen. We locked on with you again

through Madrid.

PLT Okay, we're right over the west coast of - northwest

coast of Africa, where the coastline is split
in our viewfinder. See the white sand along the
beach. The rest of it's kind of brown with a
little bit of darker areas, probably some kind of _-_
vegetation.
 1941

CDR Let's see, take this one off. STANDBY with A, and
I nowgo OFFat 48.

246 15 48 00 CDR A is OFF.

PLT Okay, now we're crossing back down on the coast

again. Going to head inland a little ways. Up
over Morocco, over Casablanca. Good. Rabat.

CDR Should have 190 running. Nice pictures.

PLT Okay, there she is, coming to - Gibraltar. There's

Gibraltar.

CDR The pillars of Hercules are visible at the moment,

huh? ...

PLT 49 :lO, Gibraltar.

PLT There we are, locked on to the Straits of Gibraltar.

And now we got to go back to work.

CDR Have any trouble identifyingthem? 49:10.

246 15 49 03 PLT Okay, we're crossing the southern coast of Spain.

mountainous area down there. You can see the
erosion of the mountains - -

CDR Okay. The intervalometer 's at l0.

PLT - - draining down into the river.

CDR At 50:05, it's going back to 20.

CDR Right on time, I guess.

PLT Brown and dark colors. Yes. Mountains with

vegetation on them and some kind of volcanic ma-
terial, I guess. Okay -

246 15 49 35 PLT MARK, got to go.

CDR See Don Quixote down there? 50:05, we go to 20.

246 15 49 51 PLT Now we're nadir swathing.

CDR Swathing it, huh? 50:05.

PLT Okay, we just left the coast. Camera off.

1942 _-_

CDR Okay, intervalometer is now 20. 50:30, we're going

to SHUTTER SPEED,SLOW. I

PLT Okay, we Just crossed a little island down there.

The Balearic Islands.

CC You'll be coming up on Majorca.

PLT Right. Just up ahead.

246 15 50 30 CDR Okay, there it is; 50:30. SHUTTEI_ SPEED, SLOW.

PLT You're right, O. - Crip.

CC Get liberty.

PLT Over Palma.

CDR There he goes, again.

PLT We don't have any of that up here.

CDR 51:30. --_

PLT Confiscated our liberty cards.

CDR Not until they get a better attitude.

246 15 50 53 PLT I'm going to home in on Minorca for 0.

CDR 51:34, 192 MODE, READY.

PLT By golly, there it is. Got some DAC pictures of

Minorca. That'll be enough to remind him.

CDR 51:34, MODE to READY.

PLT Open it a little further, see what else is on the

horizon. There's more land.

CDR 2, 3, 4 -

246 15 51 34 CDR MODE to READY.

PLT Corsica. 01d Corsica in the - in the field of

view.

246 15 51 38 CDR It's there. 51:40, 190 ...

 1943

PLT Put the DAC on Corsica. Little bit of snow on

[ the mountains downthere.

CDR 52 even, we're ready to go to intervalometer ±u.

PLT Very rugged terrain.

CDR Where are we over Switzerland or over Italy or

what ?

PLT Over Corsica.

SPT The Alps are just off to the left.

CDR Say again?

SPT The Alps are Just off to the left.

CDR Okay. I'm on intervalometer l0 ; we may be getting

some good pictures of them.

PLT And we'll slew over to Sardinia, here.

F 246 15 52 i0 CDR Getting some good 192 data on the old dumpee [?].

PLT Very high ridge running through the whole island

of Corsica. Puts down to either side of the sea.
Very rugged terrain.

PLT Can you roll your ...? ...

PLT That 's it.

CDR 52:50, we're standing by.

PLT Crossing over Italy.

246 15 52 51 CDR MARK. Stand by. l'm going to put 190 to STANDBY
in a minute. See any spaghetti bushes down there?

PLT I see spaghetti's growing all over down there.

CDR Ah, there it is. Okay, 53:02 VTS, AUTO CAL. Do

you think -

PLT There's a water boundary. I'ii take a little data

on either side of it.

246 15 53 17 CDR 54 - start SI maneuver - 15:54, SI maneuver.

That's exactly 40 seconds from now.
19h4 _-_

PLT Okay, that's Just about the right time.

CDR All right.

PLT Took a little data off the - northeast coast of

Italy on the water boundary there, Crip.

CDR How's the time? As far as what's loaded?

PLT Oh, that's good - -

CC Maneuver time looks good.

PLT How about that! Now that's the way to operate,

by golly!

246 15 53 45 CC Okay, Owen, you might check the visible counter -

visible camera countdown timer - correction
countdown counter to see if it's at zero. All
that Palma liberty got to me.

SPT Yes.

CDR Yes.

SPT It is counting down properly, it's sitting on 26

now and it is counting - -

246 15 54 O0 PLT MARK. SI right on the money. No mibs; 1 mib,

2 mibs, 3, 3 mibs on number 1 there. We got no
mibs going into Z-LV, by the way.

246 15 54 13 CC Copy. See you at Honeysuckle at 16:29, 16:29.

PLT Okeydoke, okay, see you at Australia.

CC No problem on the mibs.

CDR All right.

PLT (Whistle)

246 15 54 46 CDR MODE, MANUAL. Okay, READY on at 55:42. Are we

in it - Well, I guess. Yes. What'd we come up?
 1945

246 15 54 59 PLT Well, we're coming up over - the Black Sea.

Carp - Carp - Carpathian Mountains, over Romania,
we're going - no we're not crossing the Black Sea.
We're crossing the mountains over there. Kharkov,
just south of Kiev, Russia.

CDR Okay.

PLT North of Rostov, north of Volgograd and Kapustin

Yar.

CDR Okay.

PLT Be dark there. Getting dark, dark on the ground.

246 15 55 26 CDR READY on at 55:_2. Actually it'll be a little bit

later, I guess, about 4 seconds late on this cal.
I couldn't - couldn't get there from here.

PLT How come my little dinger didn't go off?

CDR I don't know.

PLT Remind me.

CDR That's why I had to put it on here.

PLT It is on; I just couldn't hear it. Thank you for

reminding me .... lO. Okay, that's what we're -
the power's - -

246 15 55 52 CDR And the name of the game is EREP, STOP; that's it.
Okay, power down this little bird.

PLT Started the 5 minutes for - inhibit TACS.

CDR Okay, let's check it -

PLT Little bit long, but it is.

CDR Okay, let's check the prep and see if the post -
I'll voice record B-7 if nobody minds. Okay, B-7,
31 percent, 31 percent; 192 door coming closed.
I'll close and latch 190 window. If you don't mind,
I'll do that.
1946

PLT How about doing that?

CDR Okay.

246 15 56 36 PLT We got some more VTS sites. Next thing on the
ops pad is - What's next? That's the EREP
number 1B, space fans.

TIME SKIP

246 16 38 05 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A debriefing the

S063 run Just completed. Information goes to the
S063 PIs, Wally Teague and Jack Lew. Now we had
a problem with that visible camera, which I talked
about on the real-time down-link. The visible
camera would not trigger. But it turned out that
we had a piece of tape on the battery in order to
prevent inadvertent triggering when we've had it
down at the window. And I didn't get that piece
of tape off. So that's the reason that that didn't
work, and I'll have - put in the checklist an item
to check that earlier in the run. I could have
found it this morning, I think, if there had been
more time on the Flight Plan.

246 16 38 42 SPT As it turned out, I managed to get down to the

point where I picked that one extra frame before
the run, Just about 3 or 4 minutes prior to the
run. And there was Just no opportunity for me
to psy - psych the problem out and figure the
difficulty in time to get it fixed. Checked the
microswitches and checked the coc - lever cocked,
all that. But I - I didn't get the problem figured
out until after the run. In general, I like to get
these things set up ahead of the operation and if
you get that worked into the Flight Plan, I'd much
appreciate it, because I don't like to have a prep
which completes and _mmediately go into the opera-
tion. If there's any way to separate those with
another activity, I'd prefer to do it that way.

246 16 39 28 SPT Now about the run itself. I started with a UV

frames remaining on 26, and ended with the UV
frames r_maining on 15. That is - to get that
Bravo Victor 15. Did I say 157 I didn't mean
that. I started with the frames remaining 26,
 1947

and ended with frames remaining ll, ii. That's a

total of 15 frames used. Now on the pad, there
are ii frames scheduled for data.

246 16 40 Ol SPT In addition, I took one extra frame at the begin-

ning to make sure that the setup was working.
That's one UV frame; the VISIBLE of course did not
trigger. That's where I found out I had a problem.
That still leaves three frames unaccounted, ii
data plus 1 at the beginning. One extra UV frame
was taken between frames 7 and 8 on your pad.

246 16 40 32 SPT That's the one that requires two photographs of

the same target. Now the reason that an extra UV
photograph was made there is because I did not
drive the lever far enough to lift that cam above
the point where it would retrip the UV camera as
I returned the drive mechanism to the starting
point. It's the same thing that happened last time,
and I think it's going to happen every time. You're
in a big hurry at that point to move your drive
mechanism back to its initial position so you can
get back on the target. As I said on the preceding
run, there simply is not time to do that. I'm even
more convinced now that it is not possible to get
a mark in the center of your field with the UV
camera, then drive beyond that cam, raise the cam -
the lever with that cam, bring it back below that
point, reengage the drive mechanism, reset your cam,
and change the filters. And then drive up and track
the same target.

246 16 41 20 SPT That's simply an unreasonable task. We never prac-

ticed that in simulation because we had no accurate
simulator. We only sort of walked through the
operation. We didn't really realize how fast the -
the ground target was moving. And if you'll set
up that simulator and really time it from the point
where it crosses the middle of the field of view,
where UV camera trips, then go through all the steps
beyond that, I think you'll find that it's an unrea-
sonable task. And I think there's no point in try-
ing to schedule two photographs with two filters on
the same ground target. There is simply not time
to do it. Now one way to perhaps get around to it
would be to alterthe procedureand allow a _nual
exposure down low in the field as soon as the target
comes into field of view.

a _
1948

l
246 16 42 32 SPT And Just press the timer once with your left hand.
Then stay on the target and perhaps with the same
left hand, switch your filters and then press it
again. Now that might work. That would be a change
in the procedures and it would be worth a try. But
this business of tracking up through the normal
place where the UV triggers, and then going through
the full steps to bring it back to the original
Position, is Just not a practical scheme. So that
was where the second UV frame went. Now in addi-
tion to that, in step 8 I was supposed to switch
filters to 3200. I believe in the hurry to do that,
I did not - from 32 to 27, excuse me -

246 16 43 18 SPT I think I left it at 3200, so you probably had two

3200 act - photographs with a 2-second exposure.
Now obviously it's not of the same ground target,
although there was an attempt to do that. Now that
leaves two others outstanding, and I don't know
where those two UV frames went. It's quite possible
that on another of the UV photographs I did not
drive beyond the point where the cam raised that
trip lever. So they could have disappeared in that
direction. So I can account for 13 of the 15 and
I don't know where the other two went. That leaves
us with ll frames on Bravo Victor 15, and in terms
of the visible photography, we started on 34, took
about two manually, and that's all that we should
chalk up to S063. There were some more frames taken
with that camera, but those were all hand exposures
and not S063 ones.

246 16 44 27 SPT And all of the marks for the UV photography are on
channel A. And I'm very hopeful that will pinpoint
precisely the ground location at which the UV photo-
graphs were made. They were obviously taken near
the center of the travel of the tracking arcs be-
cause that's where the UV photographs are automati-
cally triggered. So it looks to me as if no data
was lost because of the fact that we do not have
visible photography. And just the fact that you'll
not have a record of it - you'll actually know pre-
cisely where it was, but you'll not have a ground
picture to relate those UV photographs to.

246 16 45 l0 SPT So I'd appreciate your co_nents on whether or not

that is correct or whether or not - most of it was
over water, and of course if you were looking for
 1949

I
a correlation with clouds or something, you'll not
have that except from the EREP data.

246 16 45 27 SPT It's possible that some of the EREP data was being
taken during that interval, and that can be used
for correlating or for substituting the visible
photography.

246 16 h5 39 SPT End of message from the SPT to S063 PIs, Wally
Teague and Jack Lew.

246 16 46 44 SPT SPT is back on channel A with information for the

S063 PIs, Wally Teague and Jack Lew. I Just checked
with Jack Lousma to verify that, and it does look
like there is DAC photography all during that same
swatch, looking straight down to the mlnus-Z
axis. So it looks like that should be equally good,
or at least a comparable substitute for the visible
camera. And we do have all the times on channel A
to get it from.

246 16 47 12 SPT End of message from the SPT.

246 16 47 57 SPT Testing l, 2, 3 - -

PLT ...

246 16 48 43 SPT SPT is back on channel A with another comment for

S063 PIs, Wally Teague, Jack Lew. I Just put on
the tape recorder here, I think, a few minutes ago
a fairly lengthy explanation of the UV frame coun-
ter, how the - how the frames were accounted for
and ,a discussion of - of substituting the EREP DAC
photographs for the visible photography which was
missing. Also some discussion of what I believe
to be an im_easonable task of getting two UV photo-
graphs, different wavelengths, of the same ground
target. Now if that stuff did not get on channel A,
I would appreciate a voice call up from the ground
via the CAP COMM to let me know that that informa-
tion should be repeated.

246 16 49 35 SPT So this request needs to be handled as rapidly as

possible to get that request over to the CAP COMM
so I can get the information down promptly.

246 16 49 48 SPT End of message from the SPT.

1950

I
246 16 50 04 SPT One more comment to add to that. The PLT has
noticed the fact that all across the Atlantic where
this ozone photography was being done, the weather
was essentially cloudfree. Obviously no landmarks,
and essentially, very few clouds were seen. So I
think the ground, or the surface terrain is apt to
be very uniform for the whole pass.

246 16 50 30 SPT End of postscript.

246 16 52 20 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with information for the

Mll0 PIs and Dr. Paul Buchanan and anyone interested
in hematology/urlnalysis. The blood draw went very
nicely this morning. The ASPs 11._ _U mission day 38
are CDR, serial 185; SPT, serial 167; PLT,
serial 154. Now I also took specific gravity this
morning - -

246 16 53 20 SPT The specific gravity of the first urine samples

are as follows: Commander had 1.0245, that was for
Alan Bean; Jack had 1.033; Owen had 1.028. A _-
recheck of the refractometer after these measurer
ments showed sterile water with a reading of 1.0035.
And the modifications - the attempt to recalibrate
the refractometer was discussed last night on the
ground loop. Essentially, the screw could be backed
out all the way above the surface, and the reading
will not drop below 1.0035. I therefore put the
screw back in until the reading started up and then
sealed it at that point. So I assume the refracto-
meter is down in the linear range at this point,
and you can get some good measurements from it.

246 16 54 30 SPT If there's any question, I would suggest that you

take a similar refractometer on the ground, simply
drive the screw until it measures 1.0035, and then
see how much it changes other measurements in the
vicinity of 0020 and 0030, where ours are running.
And it also looks like a new refractometer for SL-4
would be in order. Okay, the next thing was the
campil - the hemoglobin measurement using capillary
blood from a finger prick.

246 16 55 09 SPT First measurement on Al, using my right eye, numbers

are 14.2, 13.7, 13.9, lb.0, 13.7, 13.7. Using my
left eye they're 1_.2, lb.0, lh.O, 14.1, 14.1, lb.1.
On Jack's blood, we Just took a prick; my right eye,
 1951

17.0, 17.5, 17.4, 17.4, 17.3, 17.1; with my left

eye, 17.6, 17.6, 17.5, 17.6, 17.4, 17.4. On my own
blood, Owen, right eye, 15.3, 15.2, 15.&, 15.4,
15._, 15.2; with my left eye: 15.7, 15.6, 15.6,
15.5, 15.5, 15.5. So that completes the hemoglobin
measurements. They all look pretty consistent; I
hope they are accurate. My left eye as - as is the
case usually, shows a couple of tenths higher than
my right eye. Maybe a little bit smaller scatter
also. And thattakes care of ll0, hemoglobin and
specific gravities, for mission day - what are we
up to - 38. Right.

2_6 16 56 h9 SPT End of message to - to MIIO PIs, Steve Kimsey,

Paul Buchanan and any others interested in hema-
tology/urinalysi s.

TIME SKIP

246 17 32 56 CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the run that
occurred at 16:45. I made some comments about it
previously; let me mention a couple of more. The
pad went Just as planned. At the completion of the
pad, I went over to active region 12 because it
didn't look like you were giving it a lot of atten-
tion today, and thought it might be a good shopping
list item. Did shopping list item 13 because I
noticed you'd given a lot of those to other active
regions; thought you were interested. FILTER B got
a 7-minute exposure there. Meantime I did a MIRROR
AUTO RASTER on the site, and then started a GRATING
AUTO SCAN. GRATING AUTO SCAN is still in progress,
about 4000 frames with 245 to go, so I'm expecting,
you know, pretty good data on that. Certainly more
than nothing. And looks like we got a lot of active
regions at the moment, but there's none of them that
are particularly standing out relative to any other
right now.

246 17 36 02 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with some information for the
hand_held photography. I did look down and take
three pictureswith the 500-millimeterlens and
300-millimeter Nikon on the plains of Nasca. It
was right there. I'm pretty sure that I completely
covered that area. I looked then with the binocu-
1952

J
lars to try to see if I could see anything oi" in-
terest. It was good and clear down there. Near
the mountains towards the south part of that area
I could see some marks on the dirt - the plains.
I was not able to tell whether they represented a
spider or a landing field or anything else, but
there was certainly a lot of hor - lot of straight
lines kind of crisscross.

246 17 B6 46 CDR Now next time I go over I'ii try to have the binoc-
ulars a little better adjusted; I'S1 use the gyro
stabilized binoculars, which are the best ones we
have, and see if there's anything else I can see.
I think we ought to quit taking pictures of it maybe
because we've got plenty. But think we ought to try
to keep track of the scenes - the - drawing. And
appreciate it if you would send up some information
and tell us what we're looking for exactly. The
words describing exactly where it is relative to
me finding that little mountain down there.

246 17 37 14 CDR CDR out.

246 17 44 40 SPT Okay, here come some PRD readings: For the CDR,
B85, 385 for the last three digits. For Owen, the
highest three digits are 160, 160. For Jack, the
last three digits are B19, B19.

246 17 45 02 SPT End of message on PRD, radiation dosimeters.

246 17 45 53 SPT Okay, information goes to Dr. Steve Kimsey and

Mll0 PIs. A note here on my med status report today
indicates that the ASP serial numbers for the third
and fourth runs have not been found. Please record
these numbers. I do not have records of those
serial numbers, and if I should go into the urine
trays to find out - to try to establish which the
third and fourth runs were, I run the possibility
of getting them mixed up. Now they' re already
color coded with the red, white, and blue colors
for each man, and they are, particularly for these
early runs, in exactly the correct slots that the
original Flight Plan and any other alterations that
have been up-linked from the ground required. So
all of the blood is in the proper slot, particularly
on these early runs. I'm sure that there's been no _
deviation there.
 1953

2h6 17 46 58 SPT The only possibility for an error, it seems to me,

is that since we take three samples each time and
that leaves one left in the extra container, there's
a possibility that the same man may have been the
solo contributor to the sa - to that one container.
In other words, he got into that container on the
first run, and then also on the second run, he was
the one odd man out and also contributed to the same
container.

246 17 47 27 SPT Now if that should be true, at this point I have

no way to establish whether it was the first sample
or the second sample in - in my example. So it's
no - it's of no value for me to try to pull the
urine trays out and establish that now. I think
the best thing to do, as soon as these urine trays
come out, is to very carefully observe Just what
comes out of every slot. And then you can estab-
lish, with this one possible source of error,
exactly who is in what container. And so I'm doing
_ nothing else on this request for serial numbers
because I've given you all the information I have,
and if I try to get into the urine container, it's
apt to get it mixed up. And I think that it's bet-
ter to leave it Just as it is and let it all get
logged very carefully on removal on the ground.

2h6 17 48 12 SPT End of this message from the SPT to Dr. Steve
Kimsey, and MII0 PIs.

TIME SKIP

246 18 53 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with some information that
goes to Dr. Bill Thornton and other biomedical
personnel interested in weight. I Just did 172
PR-1; wanted to tell you what I was wearing. I
was wearing a watch - Just had lunch - wearing -
carrying a pencil, had on my shorts, T-shirt, socks,
and had my ring on. Here they go. Zero weight:
6.28280, 6.38335, 6.28176, 6.27909, 6.28704. Now
that's with no weight. Now I put the 50-gram
weight in my sock. Here's what I read: 6.283h9,
6.28125, 6.28418, 6.28852, 6.28306. Okay, then I
put - took the 50-gram weight out again and here's
what I read: 6.28810, 6.28533, 6.28471, 6.28406,
6.28079. Then I put in a 150-gram weight, the both
1954
I
of them together, in other words. And I read this:
6.29636, 6.29233, 6.28598, 6.29003, 6.28822. That's
the information for Dr. Bill Thornton and others
interested in the biomed area of weight, or M172.

246 18 54 41 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

246 18 59 12 PLT This is BMMD. I did three BMMD tests 2 or 3 days

ago. I don't remember which day it was, but there's
some question as to whether or not you have the
data. I have it here, and I will repeat it. And
you can compare it with that which you already have,
and if it is the same data, then throw it away.
If not, why, then you can use it. The first test
I did was the BMMD repeatability test, and I got
the following numbers: for the first time in, I
got 6.973, 6_971, 6.971, 6.974, 6.976. And I did _
it one more time, and I got 6.971, 6.972, 6.974,
6.974, 6.975. I then did the BMMD subject stability
test. And referencing the cue card, step number 5
was as follows: 6.991, 6.991, 6.995, 6.993, 6.994.
And if I didn't do enough steps for the repeat-
ability test, then you can Just take that step 5
there and add it to the repeatability test minus
the weight of the extra strap.

246 19 01 01 PLT Step 6 of the stability test was this: 6.986,

6.986, 6.989, 6.991, 6.990; step 7: 6.983,
6.991, 6.982, 6.990, 6.985. Step 8 was 6.986,
6.984, 6.988, 6.993, 6.991. Step 9 was 6.998,
6.995, 6.990, 6.991, 7.002. The next thing that
I did was the - same day - M172 PR-1. And I got
the following five readings with no extra weight:
6.969, 6.974, 6.970, 6.971, 6.973.

246 19 02 19 PLT Then I put the 50-gramweight on me and I got

6.972, 6.981, 6.976, 6.976, 6.973. I put the
100-gram weight on me and I got - this is 100
total; not 150, but 100 by itself. I got 6.972,
6.974, 6.969, 6.973, 6.972; so an additional
50 grams didn't do much.

246 19 02 54 PLT And then I put both of those together, and I got
150 grams tucked away in my - along with me. And
 1955

I weighed the following: 6.976, 6.974, 6.970,

6.975, and 6.973. Again there was no appreciable
change. So that is the total set of data for the
last BMMD repeatability test, subject stability
test, and PR-1 which I did 2 or 3 days ago. If
there's any questions Just give me a call.

246 19 03 31 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

246 19 09 18 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject is S019. This information goes to Dr. Karl
Henize. We're starting with the 19:ll run on
day 2h6. This will be a 900-second unwidened
exposure on field 107. ROTATION 62.1 is double-
checked and TILT of 19.5 is doublechecked. The

Nu Z on the pad is minus 2.2; the NuZ in the space-

_ craft is a minus 2.2 also. No correction required.
The prism is verified to be in, and we are working
film canister serial number 003. In a moment we'll
start this exposure. FILM HATCH is OPEN. And we
got about a minute to go before we can start the
exposure; 900 seconds works out to be 15 minutes
flat. It'll be 15 minutes on my watch.

246 19 l0 37 SPT Jack, can I have a couple of minutes on that -

channel A here, or are you about ready to go?

PLT I'm going to start an exposure here in about

30 seconds. I'd like to get a mark in. And then
after that, it's yours for 15 minutes, 0.

SPT Okay, fine. I'll Just stand by.

PLT Okay, thank you.

2h6 19 ll 15 PLT Okay, stand by to open the shutter. I had to go

and pick a slide. SLIDE RETRACTED. Back to CLOSED.
And getting my watch off so I can punch it right
at the same time.

246 19 ll 28 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED; the watch is started; frame

number 128, field 107, a 15-minute exposure. And
we'll be going off the air now and checking in with
you later and turning over the recorder to my
friend Dr. Garriott. It's yours, 0wen.
1956
I

246 19 ii 47 SPT Okay, thank you there, Jackson. And I wanted to

debrief the last ATM pass with information to the
ATM Pls and planners. We had word at the beginning
of the orbit that there might have been a filament
lifting off from the west limb over about ii0/i.
I took a look there and the filament was clear.
At least the foot of the filament was obvious in
H-alpha. It did not appear to be moving, however.
I did take data for S055 and 56.

246 19 12 18 SPT Then went back to Sun center did two building
block 2's at two different rolls as requested on
the ATM schedule; no obvious transient underway
in the corona, particularly near the west limb.

246 19 12 33 SPT Looked very carefully. Your one notable feature

of the corona at this point is the very thin, narrow
bright spikes that extend out the east limb. It's
been there for a couple of days and I assumed was
related to active region 15. I may be mistaken.
But it's still there today. It may have been
narrower and brighter than it was before. Surveyed
the active regions quickly without taking any data
because they all seem to have clear potential, but
none has the beginnings of any flare activity. I
went back to the prominence on the west limb and
a couple of MIRROR AUTO RASTERS, 55 at different
GRATING SCANS; 756 and 1153, I believe, for differ-
ent oxygen ionization levels. And also worked in
a couple of long exposures for S056. And of course,
the S05_ exposures that were requested in the
Sun-centered position. And that about filled out
the last orbit.

246 19 13 39 SPT This goes to the ATM PIs and planners from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

246 19 26 i0 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are back again with S019.
We're getting ready to close the shutter on
frame 128, field 107, the 15-minute ex - unwidened
exposure. Stand by.

246 19 26 27 PLT MARK. Precisely 15 minutes. Next one is 960-second

unwidened exposure; we'll have time to run that
one. And we start here at 158.8. I will in a
minute, AI; I'm cranking this around; 158.8 - is
 1957

set in ROTATION and the TILT 27.4. Okay, double-

check those now: 158.8, 27.4. This is 960 seconds
unwldened, which is precisely 16 minutes. And
the time is now 27-1/2 so at 43-1/2 we got to
quit. Sunrise is not until 45, so we're in fat
city. That means we're going to make it. So we
go to SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by to open the shutter.

246 19 27 41 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Clock started. The frame

number is 129. This is a 960-second exposure on
field Lima Mike Charlie, LMC, wherever he may be.
And since this takes quite awhile, why I'll Just
set my little timer here, and we'll go off the air,
but don't go away, little lady; we'll be back.

TIME SKIP

246 19 43 31 PLT Okay, here we are with SO19 again, folks. We're
about to terminate exposure number 129 on field LMC,
Lima, Mike, Charlie, 16 minutes.

246 19 43 41 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. And that's the end of this
pass. And sunrise doesn't come for a whole minute
yet. So we're well ahead of the schedule, and
we completed the desired objective for this pass.
And this information on SO19 goes to Dr. Karl Henize.

246 19 44 03 PLT That's the end of the message.

TIME SKIP

246 20 00 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I Just completed the atten-
uator adjustment on 192. It went well except for
one minor item. After I got finished with
192 attenuator adjustment; I was looking down at
the bottom of the page, and it says, if you lose
reference, you can go clockwise a certain number
of turns. I tried that Just for fun, even though
I hadn't lost reference. And on screw 4 didn't go
5-1/8 turns. I went l0 complete turns; that's
20 half turns clockwise, and I hadn't hit the stop
yet. So I _mmediately backed out to 20 turns -
20 half turns or l0 turns, and left it there at
that same count. If ... goes l0 turns without
hitting the stop and you think it only goes 5-1/8,
1958

you have a problem _]] right. But I think the

thing to do is after each run check it, instead of
have them fool with it because that could be your
main problem.

246 20 01 51 CDR CDR out.

246 20 02 00 CDR By the way, that information goes to EREP. And the
EEEF officers I think will be interested in S192
adjustment.

246 20 02 09 CDR CDR, out.

TIME SKIP

246 22 25 40 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A _e-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 21:23.
I ran off a JOP 6, and the J0P 2 Alfa, both of _
them with no problems. Got the data you wanted
there and observed your roll so that 82A would
be happy. And then went down and ran that JOPs -
three JOP 2 Deltas. And we made the 82Bs come
out for 54 seconds in AUTO. We used the timer.
And it cuts it off in AUTO Just fine. What I did
there was to find the neutral line, which was
pretty evident in active region 9. My first
JOP 2 Delta was taken Just east of the neutral line.
The second JOP 2 Delta was taken right on the
neutral line; and the third was taken west of
the neutral line.

246 22 26 38 PLT So that pretty much wraps up the debriefing on

that rev, and we'll pick you up on the next one.

246 22 26 47 PLT Thank you.

246 22 26 51 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We've Just started 92

on the SPT, Dr. Owen K. Garriott. He measures
a 12-1/2 inches on his right calf, and 12-5/8 inches
on his left. All the rest of the equipment
is standard equipment we use for Dr. Garriott.

246 22 27 i0 CDR CDR out. I will be back on from time to time.

The less you hear from me, the more you know that
the run is going nominally.
 1959

2_6 22 33 42 ODR Okay, this im the 0DR again. When we got down
to about a little before 18 minutes - about 18:30,
we discovered that the irises were not tight
enough around Owen's stomach, so we elected -
rather than adjust them with vacuum on, I dropped
the vacuum to zero, adjusted them quickly, and
then I got 30 on by 18 minutes. So I don't be-
lieve that this will affect any of your data.
Maybe I should rephrase that and say that I hope
that it doesn't. I don't believe it - it affects
the validity of the test, in my own opinion, so
I don't plan to run it again, unless told otherwise.

246 22 34 21 CDR CDR out.

###

F-
 1961
DAY 247 (_)

247 00 17 46 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A. And I want

to talk about M07 - or MI71. That goes to their
Pls, in particular, John R11mmel and Ed Michel,
and anyone else interested in the metabolic an-
alyzer. Now following our M171 normal run in
MODE II we took the 5-minute rest and then set
up for the MODE I run exactly as on the cue card
on the back of the M093 observer cue card. In
particular, we followed down after the Ml71 com-
plete until we got to the point where the tape
recorders should have been turned off. And we
did not turn them off. And we then attached the
extra inhalation hose and picked up at the start
of MI71 run, on the observer cue card, and went
right on down the line. The title where we picked
uo was "M171 run." So I was then going to run
option A, do it all in MODE I.

247 00 18 55 SPT But during the first 5 minutes of MODE I - and

.-_- I noticed that the 02 dots were not reasonable.
They generally were running from 20 to 50 percent
higher than the MACO 2. The C02 dot was running
about as expected, just about like the M171 run
prior to this. The MACO 2 dot was substantially
too high. Now it wasn't as much too high as it
was the last time Jack and A1 ran. Their error
was a factor of about 6. I've forgotten whether
it was high or low, but it was about a factor
of 6 in error. But still the 02 dot was 20 to
50 percent too high, it appeared. So after
5 minutes in MODE I, A1 switched to MODE II
for 5 minutes. And we Just compared the numbers
there to make sure they were reasonable, and
they looked Just like they had for the preced-
ing 171 run in MODE II. So it looked as if
everything was still working correctly. All
the setup was accurate and so, moved to MODE II.

247 00 19 56 SPT So at the end of l0 minutes when I increased the

workload, we again switched back to MODE I and
completed the last l0 minutes at work-level B,
all in MODE I. And the dot - 02 dot numbers ap-
peared quite erratic. Our number 1 minuteread-
out looks fairly reasonable. But after that, they
were as high as 50 percent above the C02 dot.
1962

So I think there must be either something wrong

still with MODE I, or you have an unusually large
calibration error that you know about and I don't - -

247 00 20 27 CDR Owen, the checklist says continue down the back
and enter checklist at those points, so it doesn't
really set you up right.

SPT Okay, and A1 just mentioned another alternative

and that is that the cue card checklist might be
in error so that we don't enter the right place.
And so I will repeat again Just what we did. We
followed right down through the 171 run until
we got to "experiment recorder turn off" and we
did not; we stopped there, short of turning off
the recorders. We then _icked uD at _he title
"M171 run," except that we selected MODE II. So
You might verify that's the correct procedure
and also let us know what you think of the data
on thisMODEI attempt. _

247 00 21 05 SPT That's the end of the message from the SPT for
Ed Michel, John R1,mmel, and others interested in
metabolic analyzer performance.

247 00 21 48 CDR This is the CDR now, still continuing on 171.

I'm going to give you the CABIN AIR. PERCENT
02, 62.3; PERCENT H20 , 3.74.

247 00 22 13 CDR PERCENT C02, 2.20.

TIME SKIP

247 01 40 hh PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject tonight is S073/T025. We're about to begin
our first exposure. Stand by for a mark on exposure
1. It's going to be 2 minutes long. We're coming
up on 01:hl.

247 01 41 01 PLT MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Our first exposure -

247 01 42 36 PLT Okay, we're still working on our first exposure

for T025/S073.
 1963

PLT And we're about to terminate it. I'ii give you a

mark, then we'll go right into the next one. That's
going to be 4 minutes long. Stand by -

247 01 43 01 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Stand by for SHUTTER OPENED.

247 01 43 06 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED.

247 O1 44 03 PLT One minute.

247 01 44 18 PLT I'm going to go off the recorder while we're waiting
and I'll be back shortly. Stand by, don't go away.

247 01 47 56 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans. We're going
to secure the second exposure. Stand by -

247 01 48 06 PLT MARK, SHUTTER CLOSED. We'll go to the next one now.
Stand by -

247 01 48 13 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. I think we've got them

_ switchedaround here a little bit. I think - that
was a 5-minute exposure. Kind of lost track here
working my watch the way I did. So I tell you what
we'll do, we'll make this a 4-minute exposure. Just
make sure it's right on the record that the first
one is 2 minutes; the second one is 5 minutes; the
third one is 4 minutes. And I'll do a better Job
in keeping track. I started exactly at 1 plus 41.
Took a 2-minute exposure, that would have been 43,
and I started _mmedlately on the next one. It was
48 when I terminated it; so that must have been
5 minutes. Now we're going to go up to 52, and I
got my second hand restarted here, so Just remember
the order that they're in, and it shouldn't be any
problem at all. It'll be 2 minutes, 5 minutes,
4 minutes, and 6 minutes. And we're 1 minute into
the 4-minute exposure at this time.

247 Ol 49 17 PLT I'ii go off the air for a little longer and be
back in a little while.

247 01 52 13 PLT Stand by to close.

247 O1 52 14 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. And we'll start a new one
here. Stand by -

247 01 52 26 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPEN. Okay, the shutter is open on

our last frame and that's supposed to be 6 minutes,
but it's only going to be about 5-1/2. Got to get
1964

the 178 before the time is up. And in between this

third and fourth exposure here, I touched the button
just very lightly once or twice and ripped off a
couple of very quick frames that won't have anything
on them. But we're starting successfully now on
our last frame, and so there'll be a couple of frames
gone from practice in there. Practice in operating
the SHUTTER button.

247 01 53 25 PLT And while this is timing out until 2 minutes to

02:00, why, we'll go off the air and be back in a
little while.

247 01 57 38 PLT Okay, we're getting ready to terminate this last

exposure on S073/T027. My friend A1 Bean's going
to give me a mark when the mission clock says 58.
I notice you didn't leave me any time in between
exposures here_ so you can't expect to get a full
6-minute exposure in the last one. That's 2, 4,
not 6, that's 6, ll - -

CDR Stand by -

PLT Stand by -

247 01 57 59 CDR MARK.

247 01 58 00 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. And that turned out to he

a 5-minute and 33-second exposure. Now, as I was
saying, let's see, you added up 6, ll, 17 minutes
worth of exposure - from 1 plus 41 to 1 plus 58.
Yes, you can turn them all on. What I'm saying is
you gave me 17 minutes for this 17 minutes worth
of exposure, so if you want to have your numbers
in - precise, you're going to have to - lengthen
the time that we can work, or shorten the exposure
by 30 seconds or so, so that we can have time to
stop our watch, reset it to zero, and start it over
again, and trip the SHUTTER, and so forth. That's
the reason the last exposure wasn't the _21]
6 minutes. Now, we've got to record the frames
on the back of here. And it's reading 4. We
started at ll, so we ended up with 4. So I guess
I took three for practice in there somewhere.

247 01 59 22 CDR Light up there?

247 01 59 24 PLT Yes, you can turn the light on. And that - and
that occurred between the third and fourth exposure.
 1965

When I was trying to set my watch, my finger inadver-

tently touched the button. But I nev - I never did
take it off once the exposure was started. So we
got three real short ones, but the ones that I gave
you are exact of length of 2, 3, 4, and about
5-1/2 minutes in length. So that concludes S073
and T027 for this evening. And if you wanted to -
to get some time lines this - don't be afraid to
call and ask us. That's all for this evening.

247 02 00 19 PLT End of message. Thank you.

247 02 00 34 PLT Oh, by the way, I don't know exactly who this
information is going to go to. I imagine ultimately
it's going to wind up in Dr. Dunkelman's hands, hut
in interim time you can probably start with our
friend Wally Teague over there. He's the guy that
wrote the procedures and Jack Lew from Martin,
L-i-u [sic]. Those guys will probably have a good
idea where to - where to send it. If there's any
questions, Just have them let us know. Thank you.

247 02 02 15 SPT SPT on channel A with a note to the ATM PI's and
planners and also, in particular, to Paul Patterson
and A1 Holt. It has to do with the way we are
running the XUV MON and the electronic crosshairs.

247 02 03 04 SPT We found it convenient to leave the electronic

crosshairs on monitor number 2 coaligned with
H-alpha 1 pointing_ This is fairly easy to do
by simply pointing at any bright features, either
a small bright spot on the disk, which shows up
well in both H-alpha and XUV, - or the limb of the
Sun. Either one is satisfactory, although we
usually use bright points. And the coalign the
electronic crosshairs with that and - I think this
would be a convenient way to fly to either a bright
spot on the monitor or to see where we are pointing
and what the XUV signature at that point looks like.

247 02 07 23 SPT And I suggest that we may want to get that thing
cranked into a trainer over there at the building 5
and let Ed, and Jerry, and Bill try them a little
bit and see if they like to shoot it that way. But
they're res]]y convenient for finding bright points
in the network,especiallywhen the H-alpha
signature is not particularly evident.

247 02 07 47 SPT End of message from the SPT.

1966

247 02 i0 42 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack on the channel A.

The subject this evening is NL photography and
out-the-window observations. And this goes to the
Earth resources folks.

TIME SKIP

247 02 32 48 PLT I had the opportunity to look at a couple of sights

the past day or two. One of them was the earthquake
scene at Mexico, which I reported over real time.
But I photographed the Chihuahua, Mexico site Just
south of the border yesterday.

247 02 33 i0 PLT I had no difficulty in locating it because it's

located Just south of big - dry lake bed, whose
shape is an outline on our map about the way it is
on the ground. I photographed that area. Around
the salt flat was mostly - sort of a desert-type
area, except of the west side there were some very
- what appeared to be very low hills - or very low
rugged peaks - not very high, but somewhat Jagged,
enough to view from the - from our position.

247 02 33 52 PLT Other than that, it appeared on the south side

there was some sort of a - kind of a valleylike,
as I remember. At least - perhaps there was enough
water there to support some agriculture.

247 02 34 07 PLT But I think the area that you're interested in is

south of there just a few miles. And that area
was a little bit under clouds. But, as I remember,
it looked like it was sort of hilly - but not rugged
h_lls, more rolling hills; and that there are
erosional features in the area. It looked like
the ground was poor, but that it supported some
vegetation - spotty vegetation.

247 02 34 39 PLT I did look further south, and I could not connnent
on the value of that area as a mining area, however,
although I was able to locate it and was able to
see the point that I discussed already.

247 02 3h 55 PLT I also looked at the site just west of White Sands.
On my map it shows that it's right on the - _-_

247 02 35 05 PLT Stand by 1.

 1967

247 02 35 22 PLT Okay, I got my map out. The - you know what site
that I was talking about, we labeled number lb.
And the point that I'm going to talk about now is
one we label number 13, Just west of White Sands,
Alamogordo, and the Rio Grande Valley.

247 02 35 43 PLT The point that I have on my map is - from your

latitude and longitude and it is right in the valley.

247 02 35 53 PLT I need to make another observation there, but I

have to look right in the valley if that's where
the point is. But I noticed - primarily in the
mountains west of White Sands, but into the Rio
Grande Valley, that there was a ridge there which
is probably well known to everybody that drives
along that highway along the Rio Grande. That kind
of runs north and south from west of White Sands up
toward Albuquerque.

247 02 36 28 PLT And one thing about that ridge that I noticed is -
is this. It appeared that it had some tier-type
faults in it, where the land had shifted sort of
northwest-southeast. Because if you were to think
of that as a solid ridge, it appears as though
somebody had taken a big cleaver in about three
places and chopped down through it, sort of at an
east-west location.

247 02 36 51 PLT And then that - the ends that were left over after
the cleaver went through kind of got rotated around
towards White Sands. So that at one time, it appears
that that was a ridge that was continuous, but
somehow the ridge got broken up so that parts
of it shifted and turned toward White Sands leaving
a gully - or canyon between the Rio Grande Valley
and White Sands.

247 02 37 22 PLT So that's one possible explanation for what I saw

and that is a shear fault in that area.

247 02 37 29 PLT Now, I'll also look a little more closely at the
point that i've got on my map, which is just west
of that, but I'm thinking that perhaps that was the -
the feature that was of interest in the area.

247 02 37 45 PLT Other than that there was - it was obviously -

there was obviously lots of agriculture along the
Rio Grande Valley in that area. Could see that
there was a fair amount of population, because it
1968

was a fertile looking area. White Sands obviously

is no problem to pick up and - nor the hills on
either side of the Rio Grande Valley.

247 02 38 09 PLT That's the only geologic information that I can

come up with at the time, but a few other general
comments I might mA_e are these. The Sun angle
is very important in noticing alt - terrain
elevation. And if you're going to look for a fault,
you're going to look for ridges and canyons and -
try to - to distinguish some sort of depth
perceptually.

247 02 38 37 PLT It's necessary to have some kind of a lower Sun

angle, rather than a high Sun angle. I think that
fairly shallow depressions or canyons can be
detected if the Sun angle is right.

247 02 38 54 PLT This is not a new story. We learned this in mak-

ing landings on the Moon; that we couldn't land
in a zero phase and that - nor can you see a whole _--_
lot from up here depthwise, nor from zero phase
either.

247 02 39 05 PLT You've got to have some kind of Sun angle. So

this is something that we're - we've thought about
before in relation to the Moon. I noticed the
other day in looking at the Patagonian Desert that -
I was asked to look for a canyon and a few other
things that required depth perception.

247 02 39 30 PLT However, the Sun angle was very high, and I had
a very tough time seeing any of that. So I feel
I've got to mR_e some more observations of the
Patagonian Desert.

247 02 39 38 PLT Another observation I might make is this. If you

want to m_ke real close - if you want to m_ke real
close observations of details, you've got to have
maps that are consistent with those details. It's
not good enough to take a map up which is the old
sea variety.

247 02 39 58 PLT If you want to look for a place where there's a

bend in the road or crook in the river, you've
got to have a map that shows that bend in the
road or crook in the river. And some of the maps
that we have are not ade - the maps that we have
are not adequate for some of the sites you want us
 1969

to look at, but in other cases they are. It

depends on the level of detail.

247 02 40 22 PLT I had another point I was going to make. I can't

remember what it was right at the moment, but I'iI
probably come up with it at a later time and I'll
pass it along to you. So that's the status of our
moving observations at this point, and we'll continue
to - to see what we can see from - from the air.
I - I notice that today with the naked eye, I could
see some airfields. I've been able to pick out
Forbes Air Force base, Cherry Point, North Carolina-
the air - the Marine Corps Air Station in Cherry
Point. I've been able to pick out a few other
airfields with the unaided eye. And I've been able
to see roads, provided they provide a high contrast.
And I think that this is something that we had
discovered long - long ago in EREP looking for sites
in the VTS. We realized that the major requirement
was at the - these sites that have high contrast.

247 02 41 20 PLT For example, one site that I had this morning was
in Brazil and the site selected, Madeiva River.
Now, when I homed in on that site, I couldn't tell
that it was the right place.

247 02 41 33 PLT But as I kept tracking it and we suddenly came to

the place where the Sun reflected off the river
and glinted in my eye, and it became very clear
at that point that we were in the right place
because I could see the river. And later on in
my pass a little further, I could no longer see
the river.

247 02 41 49 PLT And so when you're thinking about using water as

a checkpoint, you ought to consider - where water
is being used - a river say, or a lake - is being
used as a - an IP to select other areas _ you might
try to achadule those around the Sun angle such
that sometime or other that the Sun will glint off
of them and will show their shape.

247 02 42 16 PLT Otherwise, water is really not a very good check-

point unless it's like on a coastline. There are
some lakes that would seem like they're very easy
to see, but they blend in so well with the back-
ground that there's no contrast, unless the Sun
shines off them, and then you can't see them. If
the Sun shines off them, then you know where you
197o

are and you can see their outlines completely. So

the optimal situation in - -

247 02 42 42 SC Help!

247 02 42 43 PLT - - in - in using water bodies as checkpoints or

IPs for other areas is to schedule them sometime
when the Sun is going to be reflecting off of them
and into your eye. So the Sun angle is also
important in locating bodies of water.

247 02 43 02 PLT The same way with roads. If the road is the same
color as the surrounding terrain, you're not going
to see it. Or, if it's blacktopped, you're not
going to see it. But if it is a contrast such as
a superhighway in the middle of the main belt,
why you're probably going - you're probably going
to pick it out with the unaided eye.

247 02 43 25 PLT I - i wanted - yes, I think the other thing I was

going to mention is this. In lots of the sites .....
that we look at, you ask us to look for many
different things. And we go over these sites so
fast that it's impossible to see all those different
things in one - one crack. So, I think the smart
thing to do is to - if you're going to go over
places real fast, I think you can make an
evaluation on - on many of the items which you
request evaluation on, but you can't make them
all in one pass. You're going to have to pick
one item and concentrate on it, and then another
item on the next pass and concentrate on it.

247 02 44 00 PLT For example, one time you might concentrate on -

on vertical features and the - and the volcanic
activity or something like that. Then the next
time around, you might com- comment on - concen-
trate on the water bodies in the area. The next
time around concentrate on the agriculture in the
area. But to pick them all up in on fell swoop is -
at 4 miles a second over the ground with as cr_m._¥
windows as we've got to look out of, it's a small
wonder.

247 02 44 28 PLT And they're always using the wrong orientation

and - about half the time the spacecraft structure _-_
is in the way of them. It's l_o_ealistic to try
to see them at - to look for all features in one
pass over the target.
 1971

247 02 44 42 PLT So, those are Just a few comments that I've got.
Will probably come up with more, and we'll continue
to work on the out-the-window sightings. I think
there's a lot that we can do, particularly on a
macroscopic scale which is what we're really here
to do.

247 02 44 56 PLT If you really want to look at it close, you can

do that with photographs; and we can do some of
that too, but we got to have the maps that - that
are consistent with the detail that we're looking
for.

247 02 _5 09 PLT And I think you ought to tell Jerry Carr that if
he's got some observations to do in specific areas
which are fairly detailed, he better get some real
good maps and photographs of that area, much like
we have for our EREP sites, to - to make sure that
he is able to find all the checkpoints he needs to
loc - first locate the area and then to locate it
-- precisely, and then to discussthe detail that's
represented in that area.

247 02 45 34 PLT That's the end of the message° It's for the EREP
folks.

TIME SKIP

247 04 21 45 SPT This is the SPT debriefing what Just - we've Just
done on the last run here. First of all, the frame
count on the H-alpha is 7330, 2598, 104, 652,
5061 and then 38, 220. When the orbit first started
there was a very bright point in active region 12.
I believe there was as high as 60,000 on 6; in
other words, DETECTOR 3, GRATING zero. So I
ran a GRATING AUTO SCAN, and by the time the gas
had finished, the intensity of oxygen VI at that
same point had diminished to , in the vicinity
of 6 thou. And I moved over to another point
and it - it peaked up to about 16,000 count, drop-
ping to about 6,000 in only 2 minutes. After
watchingthis for a littlewhile I went Sun cen-
tered and did 43 seconds of FAST SCAN for S052.
I also picked up the last position MIRROR AUTO
1972

RASTER, for S055 out toward the northwest limb

that had been omitted from the previous run.

247 04 22 53 SPT Incidentally, I assume all these mirror auto rasters

out in the northwest, s_m_lar intensity, cover
this large ... of brightness seen in the XUV
wavelength. On the XUV MONITOR, all of the two
or three active regions toward the northwest limb
were all connected by bright clouds in the XUV
MON. And the relationship, I presume, is one of
those things you're studying there with all of
those mirror auto raster. It should be interesting
on the 8P_A, a photograph, I would thinkwould be
the relationship between these active regions.
I suppose that could be picked up on your synoptic
.°.

247 04 23 29 SPT Back to what we were doing on the last orbit.

Then went to a new active region over on the east
limb around 260.95 and watched a bright point for
some i0 minutes or so, operating between about _
20,000 counts, down to 5 and up to 20, mostly in
MIRROR LINE SCAN. I gave 56 several SINGLE FRAMES
during this interval and during some of the other
intervals we took ... in SINGLE FRAMES and ended
up with a GRATING AUTO SCAN on active region 12
again. And that about takes care of the last
orbit. It wasn't as exciting as it might have
been, but it was worth staying up a while for.

247 04 24 i0 SPT That message goes to the PIs - ATM PIs and plan-
ners from the SPT. Message complete.

TIME SKIP

247 12 08 36 CDR Okay, this is CDR debriefing the 11:23 ATM run.
We began rare - rather typically. Got down through
JOP 2A, step 4, building block 36A completely.
It Just - it came off okay. Then went to B - By
the way, in A I began filter 50 ... and wasn't
supposed to be, and I turned it off. We then went
went over and began - started out doing B and
Just as we did, we noticed there was a flare over
in active region - active region 19, a subflare.
It was bright on XUV at two bright points, sig-
 1973

nificantly brighter than anything else on the UV.

It was also brighter in H-alpha, so I went over
there and the angstrom - the reading when I got
there was about 3600 on DETECTOR 3, BERYLLIUM,
so I rotated the LINE to three points that we're
now showing; two UV and one on H-alpha. Vertically,
they can sit under the V SLIT. Began taking data,
gave 54-second AUTOs to 82B, did a - On 54 we gave
them a M, l, 0, S, 64 and an M, 3, 0, S, 64. We
gave PATROL, SHORT, and then a SINGLE FRAME, SHORT,
1 and 3 to 56. Did MIRROR LINE SCANs, obviously,
on 55. Stayed there for ab - my guess would be
about 15 minutes. Energy went up to 4000 on
BERYLLIUM 3 a couple of times - 3950. It dropped
back. Finally when it dropped down to the 3000
range, I discontinued taking data there and went
were back to the JOP 36B.

247 12 l0 50 CDR By the way, by - by that time, the two points in

the UV had gone down to about the same intensity
as the rest of the points on the scope. H-alpha
was still a little bright but not getting signif-
icantly bright. Went over and started on 36B,
completed it, then went down and began on active
region 9, J0P 2D, step 6, building block 10. Got
through the first two, did not get through the
GRATING 26,651, ... Everything came off okay on
it. On that flare, it appeared in the UV MON,
as I said, in two bright points. But it appeared
on a - H-alpha as three in sort of a chain. My
opinion would be that the two bright ones were
the - at the roll I was at, which was negative
ROLL on 96, ... I forget, were the two upper ones.
So we ended up getting a DETECTOR 3 count of
around 12 - no, no, no - around 7000. And so we
felt that that bright bot - I went down and checked
the bottom bright point and it couldn't produce
quite that much. It Just produced down in the
3000 area, so that's why we like you to give a point
as the MIRROR LINE SCAN point. I began the MIRROR
LINE SCAN at 25 and then moved it up as I could.

247 12 12 35 CDR I assume that this is the treatment that you want
us to give these. Somewhere - in other words,
head over there and start working on them in the
F buildingblock way. If they ever go above the
flare mode, then give it the full flare treatment.
And that way we'll have some good preflare data
and also if a flare occurs, then we _-ill be right
there ready to get good flare data.
1974

247 12 12 50 CDR So we'll continue to use that technique unless we

hear otherwise from you. Incidentally, the flare
that I had last night in building blo - correction,
in active region 12 seemed to have quite a bit
more energy and particularly in the H-alpha. The
UV was bright but the H-alpha was even brighter,
and it - I mean relative to the other active regions
that we have on the disk. It went as high as
3800 in step 2. I used the same technique there
although I didn't give a single frame to - to 56,
which we'll do next time because I think we can
save a frame and still give them what they want
there. If those SINGLE FRAME, SHORT on 1 and 3
aren't the proper thing, well I think that the
thing to do would be - let us know and we'll put
down whatever you think are the best. I was
tempted to give 82B a 20-second exposure of time
but decided not to. It might be an interesting
thingif you sent up some information on that,
whether that's desirable.

247 12 lh 08 CDR Another point is, 2 days ago when we had our
science debriefing, George mentioned that - some
desires on the part of the film saving. How the
position was. What each experimenter would like
to do with his remaining. In other words, I've
spent 52. Rather than taking shots of events very
much, he wants to do some o - Overall studies of
certain areas. Could you send that information
up on a pad so that we could put it up here and then
better understand it? We'd sure appreciate it.
Any questions you have on flares or anything else
we're doing, please give us a call.

247 12 15 50 CDR CDR out. Now that goes to the AM - ATM science
room. CDR out.

247 12 16 07 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A. The

subject today is TO02-1. That is star-to-star
sightings. This information goes to our friend,
Bob Randle, Ames Research Center, and I think
Robert Nute might like to see some of it. And the
two stars that we've got in mind today are Fomalhaut
and Peacock, both of which I've been able to locate
out the window. And the Sun has just gone off the
antenna, so it's about time for us to start. And
_e'll start by getting some zero-bias sightings
here and going through the other calibration motions
that are necessary, namely that the temperature
 1975

of the sextant is 70 degrees and the diopters are

a minus 0.5. Okay.

247 12 17 28 PLT Okay, I got Fomalhaut over there. We'll give you
some zero-bias sightings.

247 12 17 58 PLT Okay, number 1 is 0.006.

PLT Number 2 is 0.006.

PLT Number 3 is 0.005.

PLT Number 4 is 0.003.

247 12 19 21 PLT And number 5 is 0.005 again. So there's Fomalhaut,

and let me make sure I got Peacock. Yes. He's a
likely subject out there, but let me just stop
and check this here star chart. Sorry to make you
eat in the dark here, A1. N_?

_ CDR ...

247 12 20 32 PLT Okay, we've correctly identified Peacock there and

we'll go to work now. Your suggested angle is
38 degrees. That's probably something that's fairly
good for as much time in the past as - the future
as it has been in the past. So we won't attempt
to change that too much.

PLT Pretty bright Moon we're getting. It's way off in

a corner, though, at the moment - corner of a window,
that is. Okay, there's about 38 degrees. Now let's
hunt for these stars. Kind of got to lay the sex-
tant on its side for this. Turn out the reticle
light.
247 12 23 09 PLT Well, there's the old ... Now I'll go down this
way.

PLT There's a pretty bright star right there. Wonder

if that's it. Yes, that's it. Okay, I got Peacock
in the lower.optical path. I might check the field
around it. There's none below it. There's a tri-
angle of stars - tall, narrow triangle. It's a
good idea to get some checkpoints around this star
when you got it so that you know next time you go
f- to find it. If you see some around it, you'll know
what to look for. Now we'll try to land Fomalhaut
in here. Okay, there's Fomalhaut. There's Peacock.
1976

Okay. You're right. It was close to 38 degrees.

Giving me too much help here.

PLT Okay, here we go. Got a little light in the ret-

icle here. No, we don't want that.

247 12 26 50 PLT MARK. 37.901. Now I know that these marks are not
time critical, but I'd rather read them down on
the voice tape than to copy them down each time.

247 12 27 25 PLT MARK. 37.904.

247 12 28 38 PLT MARK. 37.905.

247 12 29 29 PLT MARK. 37.900.

247 12 29 56 PLT MARK. 30.901.

247 12 30 16 PLT MARK. 30.901. Each time, we're cranking the cranks
off of the setting which is read for the mark,
rotating it back in the same direction each time. f
As you face the dial it would be counterclockwise
with the sextant held in the upright position.

247 12 31 06 PLT MARK. 30.902.

247 12 31 36 PLT MARK. 30.906.

247 12 32 12 PLT MARK. 30.912. Let me see if we got the right

stars. Yes.

247 12 33 00 PLT MARK. 30.901. I don't know what happened on that

one there that we got thrown out. I might have
put the wrong stars together. I got the right ones
now though.

247 12 33 43 PLT MARK. 30.900.

247 12 34 28 PLT MARK. 30.899.

247 12 34 57 PLT MARK. 30.901 - correction, 37.901.

247 12 36 20 PLT MARK. 37.899.

247 12 37 13 PLT MARK. 37.900. Looks like they're coming up pretty

consistent to me.

247 12 37 54 PLT MARK. 37.904. That must be i0 or 12. I figure

that's one set, at least, right there.
 1977

247 12 38 49 PLT MARK. 37.900.

247 12 39 37 PLT This is a good eye test.

247 12 40 03 PLT MARK. 37.901.

2h7 12 42 38 PLT MARK. Man! that was way off. 34 - 37.916. I'm
getting a queer angle off is the major problem at
the moment. Spacecraft attitude is bugging me at
the moment too. I've got an odd angle in the window.
Got to see if I can find my stars again here.

247 12 44 22 PLT MARK. 37.895. I don't know what happened to the

mark before that. It wasn't watching good.

247 12 44 49 PLT MARK. 37.906.

247 12 45 25 PLT MARK. 30.903.

247 12 45 51 PLT MARK. 30. - correction - 37.895. I don't know if

_ I've been saying30. or 37., but they are all
37 degrees Flus something.

247 12 46 24 PLT MARK. 37.901. Check my diopter setting a minute.

It looked like it wasn't moving. No it's not ....

247 12 47 51 PLT MARK. 37.904.

247 12 48 20 PLT MARK. 37.905. I don't know the reason for those
two readings that were left out in left field there.
I may have bumped the knob as I was going for the
little light switch.

247 12 48 58 PLT MARK. 30 - 37.902. I've got that bad habit of

saying 30 all the time when I mean 37, so if you
get a bunch of them, throw them out.

247 12 49 50 PLT MARK. 37.899.

247 12 50 17 PLT MARK. 37.900.

247 12 50 46 PLT MARK. 37.998.

247 12 51 26 PLT MARK. 37.98 -correction, 99 - 37.895 is what that

is.

PLT Ah - it's starting to get too light to do any more.

Losing our stars. Light on the window. Although
I - can still see the major stars, which are the
1978

ones we're looking for. Might be able to get a

couple more.

247 12 52 47 PLT MARK. 37.899.

247 12 53 16 PLT MARK. 37.900.

247 12 53 46 PLT MARK. 37.906.

247 12 54 15 PLT MARK. 37.9 - correction, 37.899.

247 12 55 19 PLT MARK. 37.905 - h - 37.904.

247 12 55 47 PLT MARK. 37.901.

247 12 56 08 PLT MARK. 37.901. It's getting to be twilight now.

247 12 56 39 PLT MARK. 37.901.

247 12 57 08 PLT MARK. 37.896.

247 12 57 44 PLT MARK. 37.899.

PLT And with that I guess we're - I'm going to have to

crank it off. That's the last one I can see. It's
light now. The Earth is lit. The only thing I
can see is Jupiter out there now. That was the
very last mark I could possibly make, so it might
be worthwhile to mark that time with relation to
sunrise so you can see Just how much time you do
have, and the way it works up here is that about
l0 minutes beforeyou get to this point, we get
light on the solar panels and on the discone an-
tenna, which kind of lights up the window a little
bit and doesn't permit you to see the stars. But
it doesn't get any lighter until the Sun really
comes over - actually comes over the horizon. So
that's a lot of marks right there. I don't know
how many it was, but it was more than 20. It might
even be more than 30. So I figure that knocks off
two sessions of star-to-star, and it looks to me
like we've already got four star-to-star sessions.
We only need six, so according to my tabulations,
we are complete on star-to-star and won't need to
do any more of those. You'll want to let me know
if that's true or not, but according to my records ___
we got all fixed star-to-star series. And I figure
that we've completed two of them on this pass. And
the temperature of the sextant is 78 degrees, and
 1979

that completes the series of marks star-to-star on

Peacock and Fomalhaut. Information goes to Bob
Randle, Ames Research - Ames Research Center and
Bob Nute in building 4 at NASA. That's the end
of mess - message.

247 12 59 53 PLT Thank you.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're at -

247 13 09 39 PLT Okay, here we go. This is T double - T013. We're

going to calibrate FMU number 1 now. Remove the
caging pin. Perform: CAL HANDLE to the STOP
position for 5 seconds and back for 5 seconds,
twice. Okay, there's one.

247 13 09 57 PLT MARK. There's number 2 - calibration on FMU number 1.

That's fine, A1. I'll get this one. Okay.

__ 247 13 i0 13 PLT MARK. I gave you three calibrations on FMU number i.

247 13 i0 16 PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okay, here's calibration

on FMU number 2.

2_7 13 10 21 PLT MARK. 1001, 1002, 1003, 100_, 1005.

247 13 l0 26 PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okay, stand by.

247 13 i0 33 PLT MARK. Calibration again on FMU number 2.

247 13 l0 38 PLT MARK. Calibration complete. And we're going to

just leave everything on. We're in 1-E. Circuit
breaker is ON. EDS POWER is doublechecked to be
on.

CREW ...

PLT I did already. And we're in 1-H. The light is on.

We got the camera set up. We're going to do test
number 3 - Worst Case Inputs. And we're standing
by here for Houston to come up.

247 13 ii 18 PLT So we're going off the air for a minute.

247 13 i_ 33 CC ... tape recorders this site.

t_

CDR You better be careful at dumping the tape recorders.

That's the ones we're putting this TO13 data on,
1980

isn't it? Or you're going to take it real time

somehow?

CC We've got another recorder rn_ning for you.

247 13 14 51 CDR Okay. Good idea. And let me tell you what we've
done. We've got the TO13 circuit breaker ON. We've
got the switch in H. We've got the EXPERIMENT 1
TAPE RECORDER, ON. We've got the EDS POWER, ON,
and we're ready to go. Can you think of anything
else that would make this data come out funny?

CC We're checking.

PLT Let us know when you're ready to go, Hank.

CDR ...

247 13 15 57 CC We're ready to go, and Just a reminder to get the

DAC running.

CDR Okays got it rnnuing right now.

PLT Okay, the tape recorder won't go on.

CDR Yes, the voice tape is not running because you

dumped it, but we'll talk to you real time.

247 13 16 03 CC We're showing an EXPERIMENT 1 RECORDER in motion,

A1.

CDR Yes, we got to give marks for this thing. Will

come over on B and give marks real time.

247 13 16 30 PLT Okay, Hank. We're getting ready to do Worst Case

Inputs, T double-TO13, and you verified even though
we dumped your recorders, we're going to get data,
right?

247 13 16 4_ CC That's - that's affirmative.

247 13 16 47 PLT Okay, here _e go. He's going to rapidly move both
arms up and dowu. i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, i0.
Okay, that's i0 of them. Now he's going to crouch
and quickly straighten the body and then push off
five or six times. Okay, then do I0 more bird
flapping - wings flapping, i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9, 10. Okay, now he's going to crouch and
straighten bodyquickly and then a pushoff; l, 2,
 1981

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, i0. Now he's going to disen-

gage his feet from FMU number 1 and soar. Force-
fully push off, grab with your hands on number 2.
There he goes.

247 13 18 03 PLT MARK. He's off.

247 13 18 Oh PLT MARK. He's on 2.

247 13 18 07 PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 08 PLT MARK; on i.

247 13 18 13 PLT MARK; on 2.

247 13 18 lh PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 16 PLT MARK; on I.

247 13 18 19 PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 20 PLT MARK; on 2,

2h7 13 18 22 PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 24 PLT MARK; on i.

247 13 18 29 PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 30 PLT MARK; on 2.

247 13 18 33 PLT MARK. Off.

247 13 18 34 PLT MARK; on i,

247 13 18 39 PLT Okay, now he's going to give you some normal push-
UpS •

247 13 18 41 PLT MARK.

247 13 18 42 PLT MARK. 2. These are slower; not as forceful.

247 13 18 46 PLT MARK; off 2.

247 13 18 48 PLT MARK; on I,

247 13 18 51 PLT MARK; off 2,

247 13 18 58 PLT MARK; on i.

3.982

247 13 19 02 PLT MARK; off i.

247 13 19 04 PLT MARK; on 2 - with his feet.

247 13 19 06 PLT MARK; off 2.

247 13 19 07 PLT MARK; on i - feet first.

PLT Okay, now we're going to both soar between both

FMUs and we need O. down here to give ms,_ks. Ready,
0.?

CC Skylab, Houston. Break. We'd like to verify that

the ZPN switch is OFF on panel 204. That does
have something to do with our data recorder.

SPT Stand by.

247 13 19 49 SPT Okay. The Z_N switch is OFF on 204.

247 13 19 52 CC Okay, we copy. We Just had to verify that.

SPT Okay, you're reading me down there now, aren't you?

CC That's affirmative. You - you can proceed.

SPT Okay, they're ready. Stand by.

247 13 21 27 PLT MARK. They're ... on the other side.

247 13 21 29 CC Skylab, your "marks" are very weak.

247 13 21 57 CC Skylab, Houston. No need to acknowledge. One

minute until LOS. Guam at 56.

247 13 24 40 CDR Okay, we're on RECORD for -

SPT ...

247 13 24 50 CDR We're - Just finished our TO13. We were over a

station so the data may not have come down - the
voice. So we went off to - okay. Go ahead before
we start. Okay, so what we did was make the run;
then I calibrated FMU-1 about four times and FMU-2
about four or five times with the EDS POWER, ON.

247 13 25 13 CDR And we Just turned EDS POWER, OFF right then. _-_
We're going to turn OFF the circuit breaker. We
turned OFF the TAPE RECORDER, too, just a few
 1983

seconds ago. We're putting in the pins and closing

the tent up here. That's for TO13 individuals.
We think ve did it right; hope we did it right.

247 13 25 27 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

247 13 51 38 SPT The SPT on channel A debriefing the last run. Did
everything on the schedule. There was a fair
amount of observing time. I spent part of that
over on the west limb. Believe it's closer to
active region 03, in which there was a lot of
XUV activity, as seen on the monitor, connecting
all those regions on the northwest and west part
of the Sun with brightness extending out into the
corona. So I took some data - 56, one manual
exposure on 82B, a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER, over on
active region 3. Also I noted what I believe was
a rather strong RADIO BURST at 13:31 Zulu. I
checked the corona and could see no transient
underway in the corona, but it's certainly a
possibility that one has been initiated. It's a
shame we could not watch it a little longer.

247 13 52 38 SPT And also ended up with a JOP 7, building block 15.
Used the information off of a later run. In other
words, a ROLL of 400, went to Sun center, and did
run 52 and 55 on JOP 7 at end of this orbit because
we do have EDS uninhibited. Okay, that about
(whistling) summarizes the activity for the last
orbit, for the ATM PIs and planners.

247 13 53 04 SPT SPT out.

247 14 17 51 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject is Earth resources.

247 14 18 50 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject this'morning is Earth resources, first
pass of the day. Just turned 192 MODE to CHECK.
And Delta 6 is reading 57 percent, 57 percent.

f-- 247 14 19 ii PLT And we'll go off the air for a little while now,
but don't go away because we'll be back.
1984

247 14 31 05 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans. It's T

minus l0 on EREP and we're getting ready to go.
We're going to check all the MONITOR readings
here. Alfa 2 is 60 percent; that's good. Alfa 3,
86 percent; okay. Alfa 4, 71 percent; okay.
Alfa 5, 65 percent; okay. Alfa 6, zero; okay.
Bravo 2, 56 percent; okay. Bravo B is 76; okay.
Bravo 4 is 71; okay. Bravo 5 is 73; okay. Bravo 6
is 50 percent; okay. Can't miss on that one.
Bravo 7 is 30; okay. Bravo 8 is O1 percent,
1 percent; okay. Bravo 9 is 58 percent; okay.
Charlie 2 is 44 percent ; okay. Charlie 3 is
88 percent ; okay. Charlie 4 is 70 percent; okay.
Charlie 5 is 82 percent; okay. Charlie 6,
46 percent; okay. Charlie 7 is 51 percent; okay.
Delta 2 is 86 percent ; okay. Delta 3 is 85 percent ;
okay. Delta _ is 72 percent; okay. Delta 5 is
14 percent ; okay. Delta 6 is 57 percent ; okay.
Charlie 8 is reading tape recorder quantity 74
percent. And it says here if Charlie 7 is greater
than 80, which it is not, read Bravo 7. Bravo 7,
30 percent; Bravo 8, 1 percent; Charlie 7 was
51 percent; Delta 6 was 57 percent. Okay, S192 •
MODE (yawn) to READY; READY it is. We'll get
the door open here in about a minute.

2_7 14 34 40 PLT Okay, while we're waiting for that door to come
open, we'll verify that the HEATER SWITCH light
is off on 190 and we'll PRESS TO TEST the lights
on panel ll7 and they both work.

247 14 35 26 PLT Start with the preoperate configuration. TAPE

RECORDER POWER, ON; READY light is on; S191 POWER
is ON; READY light is on; COOLER is ON; DOOR is
OPEN, as always. Sl90, the POWER is ON; the READY
light is out. We are in STANDBY. The door is
verified to be opened because light's coming in
around it. And I'll doublecheck to m_e sure it's
all the way open. Okay, 193 R is in STANDBY;
READY light is out; 193 S is OFF; the READY light
is out. 193 Alfa is in OFF. The READY light is
out. 194, POWER is ON and the READY light is on.
192, the POWER is ON; READY light is out. We're
in CHECK and the DOOR is OPEN.

247 i_ 36 33 CC Skylab, Houston. We're copying you for the next

l0 minutes ; Vanguard.
 1985

SPT Say, Hank, I noticed the - what appeared to be a

rather large RADIO NOISE BURST before leaving the
ATM panel at 13:31 Zulu. Could you ask Jeff Smith
or Joe Harriman frc_ NOAA back there if they
happened to have any record of that? And I did
check for a coronal transient and apparently there
was none at that time. Over.

CC Copy. We'll check.

247 14 37 21 PLT Okay, everything is set up and ready. The pre-

operate configuration is complete. I'll double-
check 192. Go to READY. The READY light eomes
on; therefore, the door is open. Go back to CHECK.
192 POWER is ON; READY light as out. We are in
CHECK and the DOOR is OPEN. Ready to begin at
14:41, A1. Standing around with our hands an our
pockets; all dressed up but no place to go. Good
picture on your monitor there. Lots of clouds
anyway. Good picture of clouds. What day is it
/__ down there, today, Hank?

CC Tuesday.

PLT Tuesday, huh? Okay. Okay, getting any rain from

that storm, yet?

CC Not yet. I haven't checked an the last hour or

so, but it Just looks a little angry outside.
Not much wind nor rain.

CDR ***23 ... - -

PLT 0keydoke. Everything is EREP nominal.

CDB You bet. Looks like we Just crossed the coast

of Chile.

247 14 38 _4 PLT Shall we give them a tour?

CDR Oh, we could give them a tour. We've crossed the

coast of Chile and we're Just about 200 miles
south of Santiago. We're going to move up right
through Argentina. Looks to be about 100 miles
west of Buenos Aires and up into Paraguay, up into
Brazil and off the coast a little bit north of
Recife- Recife- or Salvador.

PLT ...
1986

247 14 B9 i0 CDR Now the question is, we're supposed to shoot a -

Let's see. Wait a minute. B9:14. I've got to
pick up a target at 40:23. Hank, we've been
wondering where - where this volcanic field is on
Sardinia. We've got - We know where Sardinia is,
but we don't know where that volcanic field is.
Could you give us a feel for it after this pass
over South America?

PLT You know, EREP isn't even going to be on when you're

doing that. I don't have 14 - 14:41 until START.

CDR 40:23.

247 lh 39 _l PLT How about that, EREP? He's got a VTS that starts
at 40:23, and I got the START switch doesn't go
on until 41. You want me to start when he does,
or what?

CC Set it up.

PLT Say again.

CC Checking.

PLT Okay, the problem is the EREP START doesn't come

until after the - first VTS track time.

CDR Looks like we're going to have good weather.

40:23 we're looking for.

247 14 40 19 CC Skylab, Houston. We'd like for you to stick with

the pads.

PLT Stick with the pads. Wilco.

247 14 40 23 CDR 2, B. Okay, IMC, ON; CAMERA, ON. Let's zoom in

because we got haze, boing. Now we're going to
look for some pampas here if we can find some we
think is good. This looks like cultivated area
here. It's awful hazy. See if our haze filter'll
help. Not much. Okay, now there's some cultivated
areas. I'll look around a little bit more until
I find some grassland because that's what I thought
pampas was. You know what pampas is?

PLT Tall grass - pampas is very tall grass. _

CDR Okay. Well, we're ... - -

 1987

PLT Stand by -

CDR Wait a minute.

247 lh 40 59 PLT MARK. EREP, START.

CDR ... - -

247 14 41 00 PLT 194 to MANUAL. 41:13 next, AI. 190 ... - -

CDR - - ... looks like that could conceivably be tall

grass but it looks cultivated. We'll go ahead
and take it though, because I don't see any other
choice.

247 14 41 12 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO; 190.

CDR Okay, we're in - I'm not sure we're at the right

place. What does EREP say, Big Jack?

PLT Stand by for MODE to READY on 192. Stand by.

247 14 41 29 PLT MARK. MODE, READY on 192. There goes the tape
burner, off and running - -

CDR That was the end of that one.

PLT - - for i whole minute.

CDR Let me move back ... - -

PLT Looks like to me we got to turn this FLARE ALARM

off.

CDR Let's see if I can find anything that looks like

pampas. There's some rangeland looking stuff - -

PLT South Atlantic anomaly.

CDR Let's zoom in on it and we'll take a little data

there. There you go, Houston. That could be some.

PLT I thought pampas was paper diapers.

CDR Maybe it is. Give them a little of this, whatever

it is.

PLT 42:30. Standing by. Good Charlie 8. Looks like

we got around 72 percent on the Charlie 8 tape
 1988

recorder supply reading. Standing by for a MODE

to CHECK.

247 14 42 30 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. 43:10 next. Hey, standing

around waiting.

CDR *** look and see. What - See what our attitude
is, will you, Jack?

PLT It's darn close to all balls with a 0.2 - -

CDR ... I'm on a field here. I'm not sure why we

didn't have pampas awhile ago.

PLT Still looking for the pampas or something differ-

ent ? Okay.

247 14 43 ii PLT MARK. INTERVAL's to i0 on 190 .... - -

CDR ... here.

PLT ...

CDR ... There's some nice pampas over there - -

247 14 43 21 PLT MARK. REFERENCE, 2 on 191.

CDR - - ... for a while. Work on this one for you.

Somewhere in all this there's got to be pampas.
Move out ahead and see if we can find some more
of it. Okay, now here's - might be some. Long
as we're just doing TV, I'll give you some of this.

PLT Okay, I'm going to reach under here and give you
an AUTO CAL momentarily.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by.

247 lh 44 20 PLT MARK. AUTO CAL on 191. Light's out. Understand

you want the 'VTR to RECORD here, right?

CDR Yes, whenever it says.

247 14 44 28 PLT Okay, here we are. VTR is running. ___

CDR Okay, that means ... - -

 F

1989

PLT Stand by - INTERVAL's 20.

247 lh 44 35 PLT MARK. INTERVAL's to 20 on 190. Stand by for

READY out - -

CDR ... Back a little bit and see what we see. And
we're back. Let's go over to the coast and see
if we can see it.

247 14 45 01 PLT Boing' There goes another 190 frame.

CDR Can't get to the coast.

247 l_ 45 50 CC Skylab, Houston; 1 minute to LOS. Coming up on

Canaries at 57.

PLT Okay, we'll see you later, Hank.

247 I_ 46 00 PLT MARK. READY, out. Right on time. You guys are
great. Right on time for 190. MODE to STANDBY,
FRAMES to 12. Okay, we got the FRAMES in i and
2, and INTERVAL's to i0. There we are. We're
all ready to go. Standing by for that 191 light.
That ought to be cut and dried.

247 i4 46 25 PLT 191 right out on the second.

CDR Nice lake there.

FLT And the READY light is on on 191. 47:10, A to

STANDBY.

2_7 14 47 20 PLT MARK. A to STANDBY. 93, MODE to AUTO.

247 lh 47 23 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO. 190 and 192 coming up.

PLT Stand by -

247 lh 47 44 PLT MARK. MODE to READY, RECORDER MALF light, TAPE

MOTION light is off and back on. Okay, 48 ...

247 14 48 00 PLT MARK. REF, 6 on 191. 49, MODE to CHECK, standing

by.

2_7 i_ 49 00 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. TAPE MOTION light off,

___ back on. Standingby for READY out on 190.

2_7 lh 49 23 PLT MARK. READY out on 190. Okay. MODE to STANDBY.

FRAMES are 08. They got the zeros in there this
1990

time. Good deal, 08; 193 R, OFF. Never did work

then - apparently, I don't think. 93 A, ON.
Standing by for that.

CDR Picture of a dam here.

PLT Where we is - over Africa?

CDR No, we're still over South America.

PLT Oh!

PLT 53:h5. I've got to give them a nadir swath.

247 14 50 46 CDR Maybe we aren't. Maybe we crossed the ocean and

I never saw it. Can't believe it though, but
maybe so.

SPT I'm Just coming up on the northeast corner of

Brazil.

CDR They want to get the coastline here.

PLT Stand by for ALTIMETER, ON.

247 lh 51 2h PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

CDR That was it, right there.

PLT What's more, we're going to get a SINGLE frame

over something. Where are we getting over right
now?

CDR Well, we Just crossed right here.

SPT We're in between Recife Bay and Fortaleza - -

2h7 lh 51 h0 PLT MARK. SINGLE, 190. What did you say, 0.?

SPT This is the corner - northeast corner of Brazil,

between Fortaleza and Recife.

PLT I guess that's what they wanted a picture of.

SPT Very interesting agricultural areas down there.

PLT Standby for MODE to SINGLE. r_

 1991

247 14 52 38 PLT MARK. We got a SINGLE on 190. Stand by for

another one. Got i minute yet.

PLT Don't have to turn on the DAC here. There is no

DAC. So all you do is just keep pressing on.

CDR Yes.

PLT Yes, got to be centered. Okay, we're going to

give another MODE to SINGLE here on 190. Stand
by. 1,2, 3 -

247 14 53 50 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE on 190.

CDR Okay, we're getting it straight down - a nadir

swath.

CDR Upwelling.

247 14 54 45 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Standing by for

MODEto AUTOon 190.

247 14 54 52 PLT MARK. MODE, AUTO on 190.

247 14 55 Ol PLT MARK - -

SPT I think something's wrong with these EREP ...

modes - -

247 14 55 03 PLT ALTIMETER, ON.

SPT Did they give usa correction?

247 14 55 08 PLT ALTIMETER is ON .... - -

CDR What'd you ask, Jack - 0wen?

SPT I think something's wrong with these EREP ...

PLT Ours is okay, isn't it?

CDR Ours is okay. You should be - -

PLT 9.8 west, I think.

CDR Yes, 9.8 west.

SPT ...
 1992

CDR You'll suddenly appear on the second line when

you flip around, is what may be a little bit
confusing. You're on the first line over South
America and the second line over Europe.

SPT ...

CDR Maybe we're not. We didn't end up in the pampas.

I'll give you a clue.

SPT ...

PLT That's where we're supposed to cross.

SPT ...

247 lh 56 ll PLT MARK. 190, READY light out.

247 14 56 14 PLT We go to STANDBY. FRAMES are set to 10. Ours

shows us crossing right there between Recife and
Fortaleza, O. _

SPT ...

CDR Okay, now when you flip over to the European side,
are you passing at the north end of Sardinia?
Just north of Rome. Next ... - -

CC Skylah, Houston, we have you for 13 minutes.

PLT Okay.

CDR Got centered on 9 - 9.8 west.

SPT ...

CDR Okay.

CC ...

CDR You - you're cutting out down there, Hank.

CC How do you read now?

CDR Much better. Much better.

PLT Standby for MODE to SINGLE- - _-_

CDR Okay - -
 1993

CC ... got a question about the volcano.

247 14 57 26 PLT MARK.

CDR Yes.

CC It's located at 4020 north, 850 east and that's

Just south of your groundtrack. And it's a
ridge that's parallel to your flight path, Just
above the center part of Sardinia. And that
volcano should be in the left-hand side of the
island or the west side.

CDR Okay, now I'm approaching the island from southwest.

And I - according to my little chart, we're going
to go right across almost the western tip of it -
northwestern tip of it. So you're saying I'll
have to look slightly right of course to find the
volcano?

247 lh 58 06 CC That's affirmative. There's a ridge there that

parallels your course and it's on that ridge and
about a third of the way across the island.

247 lh 58 13 CDR All right. So I'll be setting up with a - with

a right ... - -

247 lh 58 17 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. ALTIMETER, OFF.

CDR - - ... and hit the time and then look for -
being about a third of the way across the island.
Okay, will do. Thank you. It's not on our chart.
You need to send up those sorts of pieces of
information when they are not on our chart. Then
we can kind of get ready for them. Okay - -

247 lh 58 41 CC It's not on your regular chart, but it is on your

big map book.

CDR No, I looked in there and couldn't find it. Maybe

it's listed under some other name or I Just can't
read, which is possible.

CC Okay, the volcano itself is not marked off. What

I meant was that the map of Sardinia is there and
_-- you could see the ridge on the map.
CDR That 's true.

-- L L
1994

PLT By -

247 14 59 04 PLT MARK on READY for 192.

CDR Okay, I'm ready for -

PLT Yes, it might be on that other set of maps.

CDR Uh-huh.

CDE Good luck on the water upwelling. There's no -

nothing down there.

247 14 59 21 PLT TAPE MOTION light is on. Going to SHUTTER SPEED,

FAST here momentarily - -

CDE ... and I'm just going to scan around here - -

247 14 59 30 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to FAST - -

CDE - - ... Camera out. Maybe I can find it that

way - -

PLT •.• 53 •••

CDR No, that's a good lO miles offshore somewhere.

Pretty hazy down there. I - I don't see any
upwelling.

CDR Yes, there's -

CDR I'll tell you - -

247 lh 59 53 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO on 190 - -

CDR - - ... sparkles down there on the water. I'll

take some data on it. I don't have any confidence
in that being any upwelling, but - The problem
with taking upwelling, it looks like is - it's
difficult to tell subtle color changes through
this - the optics here.

PLT That 's it.

CDR Okay, I - I don't have any confidence in that one

being anything. Just - doesn't have it. You
can't. I'm looking all around and some of the _-_
ocean looks light blue near the shore but very
gray, and then some of it looks kind of another
 1995

•.. It's - subtle color changes are not obvious

through this - -

PLT Maybe that's what you're looking for.

CDR - - kind of a sight. We're looking for subtle

color changes.

PLT Well, maybe that's ... - -

2_7 15 00 52 CDR No, the color was next to shore.

PLT Oh - -

CDR You know how when it gets shallow - You can see
that, but you can't see anything else. Also, it
looks like it's a little bit - hard to discern
mass from - from just cloud changes or cloud shadows.

PLT Yes.

CDR It's a bit different than you might think.

2h7 15 01 17 PLT ... difficult when it's hazy. I don't know if

it's hazy down there or not. I think it's ...

CDR ... right 3.6 is what they want ......

2h7 15 01 30 PLT MARK. READY light on right on time. MODE to

STANDBY for 190. Standing by to turn off the
tape burner•

CDR Think I'll zoom in and see what's there .... - -

2h7 15 01 50 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK on 190 - 2, that is. READY

light - TAPE MOTION light is back on. And - Oh,
that's great ! ... standing around here for
5-1/2 minutes.

CDR 02 - 06:56 is the number we're looking for, Jack.

PLT Hey, you want me to run down and - Want me to run

down and get that other map?

CDR If you want. No need - I looked on it and saw

the ridge but you Just can't tell which - -

PLT ...
1996

247 15 02 21 CDR No, no, no. We haven't come to it yet but there's
- you know, the little map doesn't show the volcano.
Look a there. Hey, we're over - we're approaching -
We're over Spanish Sahara. We're approaching
Morocco and the Atlas Mountains. Let me see if
I got them in sight. Not yet. We're still in the
Spanish Sahara. Going to pass near Algiers. How
you doing down there, O.? He's doing okay, I
guess.

PLT No, you got to be on channel A.

SPT How do you read me now?

PLT Better.

CDR Good.

247 15 03 08 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, we're still over the desert, ... multiple

sand piles.

PLT The rookie says he's doing okay.

2h7 15 03 30 CDR I'll start the maneuver to SI after this, right

after this. Time has set in. How do you like
the time, Hank? Not answering.

PLT Ooh, ... start?

CDR Okay.

247 15 04 01 CDR Hey, I think we're approaching the Atlas Mountains.

I see slight color changes, but I'm starting to
see patches, and that gives me a feeling there
may be some -

PLT Across the north coast of Africa to Algiers, huh?

CDR Yes. Okay, I can see the coast of Africa now.

I'm waiting for time 06:56, time now - -

PLT See the French Foreign Legion down there anywhere?

247 15 04 22 CDR Let me look and see.

CDR They ought to be here. It's Morocco ....

 1997

PLT Charging across the desert with their rifles

blazing, bugle blowing. Ta-dah!

247 15 04 47 CDR Today I'm probably looking down at the area that
could be considered Casablanca. Let's see, I
do not see 45, 3. Off of the coast a little bit
different than I had imagined. Algiers is probably
to my right. There's a little point of land; it's
hard to tell from these charts. It could be
Algiers. Okay, I want to stand by for 06:56.
And that's 45 UP_ 3.6 RIGHT. I don't see Algiers
down there anywhere. 06:56. 56.

247 15 05 57 CDR A minute from now. Okay, we should be crossing

the Mediterranean. I don't see any of the
Balearic Islands, although it indicates we might
pass one within the field of the view.

PLT They're coming up right out ahead of you on the

left.

CDR Okay. It looks like one of them might be right

beneath me on this chart.

247 15 06 12 PLT And Sardinia is up ahead of you.

CDR Okay.

PLT Nice and clear.

CDR Good. See any volcanos?

247 15 06 21 PLT Yes. Probably see a couple out there.

247 15 06 23 CDR Okay, we're coming in; we're looking for 06:56.
06:29, now. Okay, there's Sardinia. I'm going
to zoom in a little bit so we can get a better
*** hot down of this volcano. 06:56. It's off
a little further inland, than I imagined. 06:56.
Okay, we've got Sardinia right, but - where we
want her.

PLT Hey, that's it.

CDR Now, let's zoom in and find that volcano.

247 15 07 00 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED to MEDIUM.

 1998

CDR Okay. l'm going to stay WIDE here and see if I

can find one - -

PLT And that's what I got, 0wen, ...

CDR Ah, there's a nice one with a caldera, it looks

like. There's another one.

SPT Right down the stove pipe, you got him.

247 15 07 13 CDR ... may be it. I got it. Got a little cluster
of clouds around it. Hope that's it. The only
one I've seen that looks like it could have a
caldera - a lake _mmediately to the lower right
of it - yes, that's it.

SPT Att aboy:

CDR We got you.

PLT Got him right down the smokestack there, Hank. _.

CDR I don't see any water in it or anything like

that. I'm going to integrate around just a little
bit. See, we've got to 19. I'll take a little
bit more, then I'll back out and look for
anything else.

247 15 07 53 PLT MARK. 190 to AUTO.

CDR Taking data for another 5 seconds, then I'm going

to back up and look around.

247 15 08 07 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK - READY, I mean - -

CDR Okay, I'm backing up - -

PLT - - the TAPE MOTION light is off and back on.

CDR ... we can see any other volcanos around. Look

for them. Going over it - It might - There
might - There's one right there. We'll try to
get it.

247 15 08 27 PLT Two minutes for the maneuver.

CDR Okay. Okay, couldn't get in on it. Ran out of _-_

time. Okay, we got the data for them. Okay,
that's ... the end of that one. I'll get ready
 1999

for the maneuver. Time is loaded and we go back

at 15:10:30. Time now 15:09.

247 15 09 00 PLT MARK. REF 2 on 191.

CDR ... 09:30, we can turn the VTR off.

247 05 09 06 PLT MARK. MODE to STANDBY on 192. 192 POWER, OFF.

CDR Hey, Hank, those VTR operations ought to be on

the CaD pad. He's next to it and he's watching
the time, as opposed to the VTR pad.

PLT I don't know if he's there.

CDR May not be.

SPT 09:30, Jack; 2 seconds, TV, OFF.

247 15 09 30 PLT MARK. READY light out on 190, right on time.

MODE to STANDBY. VTR, OFF.

CDR Okay.

PLT 09:40 - stand by.

247 15 09 43 PLT MARK. On -

CDR What's your 190 doing?

247 15 09 51 CC Skylab, Houston. Sounds like a good run. We're

about 20 seconds from LOS. We'll be coming up on
Guam at 56 - 36.

CDR Okay. All right.

247 15 09 58 PLT Tell you, Hank, the Mediterranean's clear all

the way from Sardinia to the eastern Med. You
can see the whole thing.

CDR 10:30 is the time we ... - -

CC You got some good data in, I hope.

PLT Should be.

CDR ...30.
 2000

PLT And we've got a MODE, MANUAL, there at h0 on the

19h, so we've got everything done.

PLT Okay, you've got l0 seconds.

CDR Thank you, Jack.

247 15 l0 29 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, there's SI right there. No mibs; good news.

PLT Good calculations.

CDR All we lack then is to inhibit at about 15:35.

CDR Finished taking pictures?

2h7 15 ll 00 PLT Yes, I got - 190 POWER isn't on yet though.

CDR But nothing's being snapped?

PLT No, uh-huh.

SPT Put that up. You want it up?

PLT There we are - is mountains.

247 15 Ii 33 CDR It looks great when you sail like this, doesn't
it?

PLT Yes.

PLT Where are we? Over Hungary and so forth?

2h7 15 ll h5 CDR Maybe past it. Doesn't take but a flash to go

past these little countries.

PLT I saw Lake Balkhash this morning. We went right

over it.

CDR ... Here you go. Romania, Yugoslavia - Romania

those may be the crests of - Crespathians [sic] -
Carpanians [sic] - -

PLT Carpathian Mountains?

CDR Carpathian Mountains, yes.

PLT That's a ridge that we ought to see.

 2001

247 15 12 07 CDR There's the Black Sea. See it?

PLT Yes.

CDR We are - we're right - right in here.

PLT Okay. We crossed the Carpathians back there.

PLT Stand by for 12:40. Tape recorder's reading right

around 30 percent, somewhere.

247 15 12 41 PLT MARK. 199 - 1 READY light on and EREP, STOP.

CDR I've got to ...

PLT Okay.

247 15 12 47 PLT Okay, space fans. That ends the EREP 14 data
take. And we're going off the air and we'll be
back later with another EREP pass. See you later.

247 15 14 00 SPT Okay, for the EREP officer. My frames remaining

at the end of this last portion of the run is 52_
I actually let it run on beyond 9 minutes for a
little ways because the pad shows me to run it
to film depletion, although the end of the run
was normally scheduled at 9 minutes. So I still
haven't used up quite all. the film. I'ii run it
out as - as on the cue card, but you should expect
to get some exposed frames somewhat beyond the
time that's listed on the pad.

CDR Way to go, Big O.

247 15 14 36 PLT Okay, here's another comment for the EREP world.
Bravo 7 at the end of this pass is reading
30 percent. And I don't see any reason to stay
on the headset, so we're going to turn off record
now, long as my friend, 0., is done with it.

SPT I'ii tell you one thing down there, Jack. I Just
came up to record this a minute ago, and the
record light was not on.

PLT I know. I had just turned it off.

F SPT Okay.

CDR It's back on again.

 2002

PLT So we're all okay.

247 15 15 04 CDR Comes and g***

247 15 22 26 SPT Okay, comment for the EREP officer. I shot up

the end of this film in the following manner on
this prime magazine. Depressed the FILM ADVANCE
button until the END-OF-FILM light appeared on,
then went to SINGLE FRAME and pressed or depressed
SINGLE FRAME three times. The counter had ap-
parently moved back from 53 to 52, and then with
three more SINGLE FRAME it advanced up to 55.
Now it's my estimate that I held the FILM ADVANCE
button down long enough, more or less trying to
count the number of frames as they were going by.
Course they don't read on the counter. But it
sounded like about 20 frames went by. So I don't
know whether your count was off, or what, or how
it happened that we had that many frames left,
but it did seem that there were something like
20 frames cycled through before the END-OF-FILM
light came on.

247 15 2B 23 SPr End of message for the EREP officer from the SPT.

247 15 27 37 SPY Here's a comment for the flight planners from

the SPT. You'll note that I Just finished using
the prime magazine, completed all the film that
was stowed in it. You did not have me reloading
that. I hope you rescheduled me to reload that
magazine at some time prior to the next ops. In
other words, do not put the film load immediately
preceding the operation, because if - if there's
any problem with it, or if it takes longer; I
want to make sure I get that magazine loaded on
time.

247 15 28 04 SPT Flight planners from the SPY. Message out.

TIME SKIP

247 16 32 53 CDR This is the CDR with information for the EREP
officer. I went up there to - to look at the
targets that you scheduled me for at 16:16,
handheld photos of Bolivia. I checked our books
and noted that we have already taken several
 2OO3

pictures of that, so I did not take the camera

with me. I took the gyro-stabilized binoculars,
spent the entire pass on that across South America
trying to adjust those binoculars to fit my eyes.
I have found that it seems to vary from time to
time, and I don't think it's my eyes. l'm going
to keep working on it and keeping a record, l'm
suspicious that maybe something's wrong with the
ob - op - optics and something's loose. Here's
the - here's the results l've had before. At one
time my left was a minus 1.5 and the right a
minus 2.5. Diopters was correct. And I did it
with the max magnification with the button in to
stabilize it and finger off the lever.

247 16 33 54 CDR I then did it later on next day and I got plus i
left and minus 1.5 right. Today I tried it, and
I got full counterclockwise, both eyeballs, and it
focused in pretty good. There's something a little
amiss then. I think maybe that's one of the
reasons we're having some trouble with these
binoculars is they're - they're - they're not
holding their focus correctly. Now if I take the
little binoculars I can focus them from day to
day. In fact, I think I better try that. Maybe
it'll show something about our eyes. I don't know.
I'ii give it a check. Anyhow I'ii keep you in-
formed. This goes to the EREP officer.

247 16 34 32 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

247 17 51 08 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are again on channel A

with KREP pass number 15. And l'm going to read
you the meters, right now. Starting with Alfa 2,
59 percent; okay. Alfa 3 is 86 percent; okay.
Alfa 4 is 71 percent; okay. Alfa 5 is 65 percent;
okay. Alfa 6 is zero; okay. Bravo 2 is 56 per-
cent; okay. Bravo 3 is 76 percent; okay. Bravo
4 is 70 percent; okay. Bravo 5 is 73 percent;
okay. Bravo 6 is 48 percent; okay. Bravo 7
is 30 percent;okay. Bravo 8 is i percent;
okay. Bravo 9 is 58 percent; okay. Charlie 2
is 44 percent; okay. Charlie 3 is 87 percent;
okay. Charlie 4 is 70 percent; okay. Charlie 5
2004

is 82 percent; that's okay. Charlie 6 is 46 per-

cent; okay, Charlie 7 is 52 percent; okay.
Delta 2 is 86 percent; okay. Delta 3 is 85 percent;
okay; Delta 4 is 72 percent; okay. Delta 5 is
13 percent; okay. Delta 6 is 57 percent; okay.

247 17 53 08 PLT And the other ones you asked for are Bravo 7,
Bravo 8. I'll Just do them again to keep every-
thing in order; 30 percent for Bravo 7. Bravo 8
is 1 percent; Charlie 7 is 53 percent, which
is not greater than 80; and Delta 6 is 57 percent.
Okay, that takes care of the readings. T minus
5, S192 MODE to READY. DOOR going to OPEN.
Wait a minute. And in the meantime we verify
the SI90 HEATER SWITCH is off.

247 17 54 03 PLT PRESS TO TEST, panel i17. PRESS TO TEST is okay.

Okay, we're going to go on to the operation - pre-
operate configuration pad right now.

247 17 54 13 PLT TAPE RECORDER POWER, ON; READY light is on. _-_
Skip 192. 191 is POWER, ON; READY light is on;
COOLER, ON; the DOOR is always OPEN. S190 POWER
is ON; READY light is out. We're in STANDBY.
The DOOR is OPEN because light's coming through
it. 193 R is in STANDBY, The READY light is off.
193 S, SCAT is OFF. READY light is out. 193
ALTLMETER is OFF. READY light is out.

247 17 54 46 PLT 19h is POWER, ON and READY light on. And now
S192 POWER, ON; READY light is on, but we'll
go to CHECK. I was in the midst of a door
opening sequence there. READY light on, MODE
to CHECK. Okay, now we're back in the
configuration; the POWER is ON; READY light
is out. We're in CHECK, and the door is OPEN -
that is, the DOOR CLOSED light is not on. Okay,
so that's the preoperate configuration. Ready
to go with the pad. I waltz down here and get
the V - TVlS numbers, 133, ON.

247 17 55 28 CDR 330 to 18.

SPT Okay, ...

247 17 55 44 PLT How many? Essentially somebody overdone it.

CDR ..., O.
 2005

PLT ... does he say?

SPT ...

247 17 56 12 CDR That's the old boy ...

247 17 56 17 PLT Okay, here we are again. We got the TV, POWER
switch ON on panel 133. We got the 132 selector
in TV. We got the power plugged into the
down-link box, and we are in switch position
number i, connected up to the red dot, J-2.
And so we're all ready on that. l'm standing
by for 59 here, which is just about 2 whole
minutes away. My tape recorder which we're
going to deplete this time, is staying - it's
running around the 36 percent, which ain't much,
the way this recorder runs since it runs out
of tape well above zero. Okay, we got all
doors and windows open.

_- 247 17 57 28 CDR The mag's RIGHT.

247 17 57 32 PLT RECORDER is ON.

CDR In MAG, special 01. Nadir swath.

247 17 57 49 PLT You ready to get them there, AI, boy?

247 17 57 51 CDR Yes, I hope I can handle it.

247 17 57 52 PLT Can you get that nadir swath?

247 17 57 55 CDR We'll check and see, afterwards.

247 17 _58 00 PLT Are we there? Are we there yet?

247 17 58 03 CDR The answer to that one is a simple no.

257 17 58 06 PLT The answer is no, but we're getting there. Oh,
the speed that our control system can drive us!

257 17 58 18 CDR Looks a lot like Central America. If I didn't

know better, I'd think we were coming over
Guatemala.

247 17 58 28 PLT Better hope we're coming up over Bolivia.

247 17 58 36 CDR It's in our map. This map isn't set.

 2O06

247 17 58 38 PLT Yes, it is.

247 17 58 39 CDR It is set, huh?

247 17 58 41 PLT Yes, it's set with this right here, except I
reset with these, which is the same difference.

2_7 17 58 47 CDR Okay, if you say so. Isn't here.

247 17 58 52 PLT Coming up on 59. 193 SCAT is going to STANDBY

at 59.

CDR Three point - -

247 17 59 00 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

247 17 59 12 CDR Must be a storm I hadn't heard of. Delia again.

Don't take Christine, baby. This is it!

247 17 59 26 PLT Yes and now they want to know about Delia here.

247 17 59 29 CDR You better start talking about Christine; Delia

we're not shooting.

247 17 59 32 PLT I know it, but I'm going to be, shortly.

247 17 59 36 CDR How?

247 17 59 38 PLT With the television, it says here.

247 17 59 39 CDR Delia is over here. Oh, you mean the next rev.

247 17 59 42 PLT Somewhere in here I've got to do something to

Delia.

247 17 59 45 CDR Well look, here's where we are.

247 17 59 46 PLT 19:35; that's one hour and a half away.

247 17 59 49 CDR That's right. I thought we were here, but

we weren't. We're doing Christine.

247 17 59 52 PLT I wish they had put that on my pad.

247 17 59 55 CDR They wouldn't dare. *** That TV there, it'd

be dangerous for you to know too much.

247 18 00 0B PLT A little learning is a dangerous thing, my boy.

F _

J,

2007

247 18 00 07 CDR 330 to 8. Okay.

247 18 00 08 PLT Now let me tell you the story about the lemon
tree. Get Delia.

247 18 00 17 CDR I don't know that one myself. I'ii zoom and
see if I can spot anything. Not a lot going
on down there.

247 18 00 28 PLT Is it clearing any over Venezuela?

247 18 00 30 CDR Venice; I see Venice.

CDR Incredible. Christine. Big 0., you know that

we're commenting and photographing Christine
and not Delia don't you?

247 18 01 05 SPT No. I thought it was Delia.

247 18 01 08 CDR So did I. But Delia we won't hit until the

next rev and we don't take any pictures except
handheld TV - Big Jack.

247 18 01 14 SPT Thank you.

PLT (Whistling)

247 18 01 40 CDR 01:40.

247 18 01 43 PLT l'm standing by to start.

247 18 01 44 CDR Point tracker angle, RIGHT, MAX. That's where

it is.

247 18 01 48 PLT What are you going to get? Nadir swath?

247 18 01 52 CDR Nadir swath.

247 18 Ol 52 PLT Stand by to EREP, START.

247 18 01 53 CDR *** to 8. CAMERA, ON at 03:30. Time i - -

247 18 02 00 PLT MARK. EREP, START. MALF light - MALF light

off. TAPE MOTION light on. Just the way we
planned it. Okay, it's SCAT, ON; RAD, ON.

247 18 02 12 PLT MARK. SCAT, ON.

247 18 02 14 PLT MARK. RAD, ON. 94 to MANUAL -

 2008

247 18 02 17 PLT MARK. Okay.

247 18 02 25 CDR Time 02:24.

PLT (W-hi
stling )

247 18 02 42 PLT RAD/SCAT GIMBAL light on and off. 194 MALF

light on and off.

247 18 02 52 PLT Beta angle's really dropping fast. About

6 degrees a day, looks like to me.

247 18 02 56 CDR Uh-huh.

247 18 02 57 PLT Sure cold. Going to be a cold bugger.

247 18 03 O0 CDR Yeah! Sho' is.

247 18 03 08 CDR Okay. It's 03:30 coming up, Jack.

247 18 03 ii PLT What the kid is looking for is 03:33.

247 18 03 16 CDR 03:30, on the button. We're still over land.

Ah! We're approaching the coast again.

247 18 03 22 PLT Standing by here for MODE to AUTO.

247 18 03 27 CDR 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. Okay, it's running.

247 18 03 32 PLT MARK. 90 MODE to AUTO.

247 18 03 46 CC And Skylab, we're reading you for the next

i0 minutes through Bermuda.

247 18 03 50 CDR Okay. We're taking our pictures. Maracaibo,

I just had. Took a picture of the bridge. We
may hit some of the Netherlands Antilles if
we're fortunate. Maybe a little too far right,
hard to tell. Aruba, I Just got a picture
of Aruba.

247 18 04 26 CDR Whistle over San Juan in a little while. Run

it out.

247 18 04 41 CDR 03:30 to 8. Nadir swath.

247 18 04 58 CDR We don't see no storm, as the expression goes. _

 2009

247 18 05 01 PLT And we're getting an intermittent RAD/SCAT

GIMBAL light, is about the way we'd expect.
Okay, at 05:12_ it's S193 MODE to READY. Stand
by -

247 18 05 12 PLT MARK. MODE to READY. Tape burner is going;

TAPE MOTION light is off and back on.

247 18 05 21 CDR Don't suppose over here right - -

247 18 05 22 PLT 30 percent reading on Charlie 8.

247 18 05 25 CDR Say, Owen, do you see any storm down there?
I see something to the left. That storm's
liable to be to our left. Look out this window - -

247 18 05 36 PLT Look out the window down there. We got the ... - -

247 18 05 38 CDE l'm trying to. No, that's Just a big cloud.
Nothing in the way of storms below at the moment.

247 18 05 46 CC Skylab, Houston. An update on that. The latest

weather we got on that thing was that it's become
highly disorganized and has been now downgraded
to a tropical wave.

247 18 05 56 CDR I think I'd go for that. We're over some clouds
now, but certainly no centralized, large-diameter
clouds.

247 18 06 05 PLT Scared them away.

247 18 06 09 CDR Skylab scares the storms away. I don't see it.

247 18 06 14 CC Here's another over here we'd like you to

scare away.

2h7 18 06 18 CDR Okay, we'll be on there in a few minutes.

We'll scare it off. Be there in an hour and
a half.

247 18 06 22 PLT Is the other one picking up, Hank?

247 18 06 25 CC It - it appears to be. The - the rig down in

the Gulf there is reporting 6G-mile-an hour
winds now.

247 18 06 32 PLT I see. Where is it headed now?

2010

247 18 06 34 CC We wish we knew. We're not quite sure. The

indications now are it looks that it may be a
little further west than we originally thought.
Kind of towards Galveston.

247 18 06 52 PLT Well, that's a lady for you. Can't m_ke up

her mind. Wait until that hits the front page.
(Laughter) Some guys do anything to keep their
mail coming in. (Laughter)

247 18 07 00 CDR Highly disorganized storm.

247 18 07 05 PLT Standing by to get the tape burner off here.

We got to get it off. We're down to 25 percent
which is darn close to zero with this thing.

247 18 07 12 PLT MARK. Tape burner is checked.

CDR ... empty anyhow.

247 18 07 16 CDR Reload after this ; after my exercise period.

Things are going slow at the moment.

247 18 07 26 PLT How much tape do the EREP boys estimate is on

the tape after the run is over with, Hank?

2_7 18 07 34 CC Get an answer for you, Jack.

247 18 07 36 PLT It's not really important. Give them a chance

to sharpen up their pencils.

247 18 07 44 CC Okay, we'd say there's about 250 feet.

247 18 07 46 PLT 250 feet. All right I'm going to time it,
just for the heck of it. Last time, as I
remember, they hit it right on the money.
Okay, come on, 190.

247 18 07 56 CDR Okay, I'm turning the CAMERA, OFF in a few

seconds. Like right now. Okay, that's it.
Nadir swaths; we got a lot of pictures of
scattered clouds - a few altocumulus, a few
cirrus. And that's about it.

247 18 08 20 PLT MARK. READY light out on 190. MODE to STANDBY.

Boy, that was right on time!

247 18 08 28 PLT Getting used to perfection from these EREP guys.

 2011

247 18 08 34 CDR I got to perform a maneuver to somewhere soon.

247 18 08 40 PLT At 18:10.

247 18 08 42 CDR l've loaded the time.

247 18 08 44 PLT Okay.

247 18 08 45 CDR 18:10. What - what is the time?

247 18 08 46 PLT 94 standing by for MODE to MANUAL.

247 18 08 48 CDR 18:08:47. l'm go - I went - How do you like

the time loaded in, Hank? Or should I do it
again ?

247 18 08 54 CC Just a second.

247 18 08 55 CDR Okay.

247 18 08 56 CC That time looks good to us, AI.

247 18 08 58 CDR Okay; 15 minutes.

247 18 08 59 PLT We got a lot to do today.

247 18 09 00 PLT MARK. MODE to MANUAL. 91 -

247 18 09 05 CDR Okay, l'm going to do - -

247 18 09 06 PLT MARK. REF 2 on 191 - -

247 18 09 07 CDR ..... 5 seconds.

247 18 _9 12 PLT MARK. MODE to READY on 192. 09:21, position 3

on the down-link box.

247 18 09 21 PLT MARK. Position 3 on the down-link box; 28 next.

247 18 09 28 CDR We'll be back for solar inertial - -

247 18 09 29 PLT MARK. Position 5 on the dowm-link box; 34, I'm

going to watch this at 34.

247 18 09 31 CDR - - in about 15 minutes from now.

247 18 09 34 PLT MARK. Position 7 on the down-link box. SCAT

to STANDBY.
2012

CDR ... 3 there.

2h7 18 09 41 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY; 2 seconds.

247 18 09 43 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY. Down-link box_ position 9.

247 18 09 48 CDR Give it a SI in a second.

247 18 09 50 PLT MARK. Position 9. On the dowu-link box.

247 18 09 53 CDR Would give you an experiment if you didn't

have that.

247 18 09 54 PLT Yes, neither do I. Zero zero on the down-link

box. And it's going off, gang.

247 18 09 59 CDR Gang, it better go off because we Just went so - -

247 18 i0 01 PLT MARK. It's OFF.

247 18 i0 02 CDR - - lar inert- no mibs.

247 18 l0 0h PLT Do an SI maneuver. It says here.

247 18 l0 06 CDR We just did.

247 18 l0 08 PLT That a boy .... 6, MODE to STANDBY.

247 18 l0 13 CDR We got 17 - -

247 18 i0 15 PLT 40S AUTO CAL.

2h7 18 i0 17 CDR 42 degrees in Y.

247 18 ID 18 PLT MARK. AUTO CAL. 250 feet, eh? Is that what
you said$ Hank? 250?

247 18 i0 27 CC That's affirmative. That's what we calculate.

247 18 i0 30 PLT Okay.

247 18 i0 33 CC Be about 15 seconds worth. Is that right?

247 18 I0 38 PLT Looking it up. I got a little section full

of tech data here, thoughtfully supplied by
your EREP checklist men. Full of all the hot ....
skinnies and latest data on EREP.
 2013

247 18 ii 15 PLT Fast forward. It's moving 120 inches per

second which is like i0 feet per second. Right?

247 18 ii 21 CC I - I should have said 25 seconds, shouldn't I?

247 18 ii 24 PLT Twenty-five seconds, yes sir. Keep that number

firmly in your mind; 25 seconds. I can't do
that, so I got to write it down, Hank.

247 18 ii 35 CC Same here. I divided i0 into 20 - 250 and

got 15.

PLT (Laughter)

247 18 ii 54 PLT Standing by for 12:58. That's i minute off. My

gosh, we got a lot of standing around this morning.

247 18 12 ii CC EREP now says there's 228 feet remaining.

247 18 12 15 PLT Okay, that's 22.8 seconds. Right?

247 18 12 18 CC Right.

247 18 12 23 PLT Would you like me to shoot it up over something

down here? They're sharpening up their pencils;
22.8. I wonder if they can get that into the two-
decimal figures?

PLT Nobody up here can time it that close. 12:58 is

the number we're looking for. Then we'll go right
to stop, so they won't he disappointed.

247 18 12 58 PLT MARK. READY light on. And EREP, OFF. Okay, we
got that. Now, do tape recorder depletion.

247 18 13 07 CC Okay, we're about 40 seconds from LOS. We'll he

coming up on Madrid at 17.

247 18 13 ii PLT Okay, we'll see you. We'll power this thing down
here and be on with it. In the meantime l'm going
to voice record B-7 to be 30 percent. 192 DOOR's
CLOSED. Light on in 60 seconds. That's at 14:27.
Close the 190 window. Let there be darkness on 190.

247 18 13 43 PLT Closed and there was darkness; in latch. RECORD

f- switch OFF, so you won't have to listen to me
anymore. This is the end of EREP 15. Does this
short pass count as an EREP pass there, Hank?
2014

247 18 13 59 CC Affirmative.

247 18 14 01 PLT That's two shorties. See you later.

TIME SKIP

247 20 00 55 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with info for the ATM Pls
and planners; debriefing the last run that ended
here at 20:00 Zulu. Went just about as scheduled.
I did have some information - building block 15
just for S055 on the end of that rev.

247 20 01 24 SPT End of the message.

247 20 07 50 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans. This is

Jack on channel A. Subject is T002-2, sextant
sightings, s_ar-to-Moon. And we'll get some zero-
bias sightings first. Temperature of the sextant
is 69 degrees. And the diopter setting is a
minus 0.5.

247 20 08 36 PLT Just brought her down to zero. Star is Nunki on

the far limb of the Moon. I have located Nunki
with no problem. Up there in the teapot - handle
of the teapot; pouring tail on - pouring water on
the tail of Scorpion. Right now the Moon's too
far off to one side of the window to see it.
We'll have to wait a while to see what it does.

247 20 09 20 PLT Well, we'll get some zero-bias sightings anyway.

Window cover is out. There's our old buddy
Fomalhaut over there.

247 20 09 44 PLT Zero bias sighting number i. Don't like the

focus, for some reason. Fool around with diopters.
Maybe my eyes are going bad.

247 20 i0 2h PLT Try to bring the star into focus.

247 20 ii i0 PLT Okay, there's a better focus. I got the diopter

to zero now. I don't know what's wrong with 0.5
because I had it. Let me try it again.

247 20 ll 41 PLT I think I get a better pinpoint of light with the

diopter about zero or so. Try again.
 2015

247 20 12 06 PLT Well, that looks - Now I'll set it to zero.

Diopter is zero. Zow we'll get our zero-bias
sightings.

247 20 12 43 PLT Turn that little light in the reticle to give us

a good idea what the parallel and horizontal and
all that is. 0.003, first one. Second one is
0.001.

247 20 13 37 PLT Third one is 0.003.

247 20 13 53 PLT Fourth one is 0.003.

247 20 14 12 PLT And the fifth one, 0.004. Why don't you guys
just go ahead and turn off those lights out there.
Looks like I'm going to be able to see okay with
a little bit of light on.

PLT Huh?

"_ 247 20 14 44 PLT I'm using the hood here. I've used it just about
on everything except Moon-to-Moon, which requires
turning out most of the lights. You suggest the
1.6 filter, and so I put that in. And ... the
Moon is still over in the corner of the window.
I don't know if we're going to get it or not.
We're going to sort of wait around and see, but
we're going to go off the air for a while because
we just can't - see any way to get the Moon in the
sextant. No way to get your head in the corner
here and look around the edge of the window and
still get it. The sextant just ain't built for
that.

247 20_15 39 PLT I can just barely see it myself by putting my

head up in the corner of the window. Just barely
see it with both eyes. Almost with only just
one when I get as close to the window as I possi-
bly can. So I'm going to have to wait around.

247 20 27 ll CREW ...

PLT (Laughter)

247 20 27 13 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with some PRD
readingsfor the day. Al's PRD is 394. Owen's
PRD is 163. Jack's PRD is 318. And I believe
that last digit might have been in error yester-
day because it gets covered up sometimes and you
2016

can't tell just what the number is. So this

might be a smaller number than Jack had yesterday,
in which case yesterday's was in error, so Jack's
should be 318.

247 20 27 41 SPT End of message on PRDs from the SPT.

247 20 27 57 SPT Another brief message from the SPT to the blood
and urinalysis - Let's change that, just urinaly-
sis - medical people - biomedical people interested
in urinalysis. On my urine volume for day 7 - 37,
which is reported on the evening of day 38, I
have - I had reported 1800 milliliters, 1800 milli-
liters. Now day 36 was also 1800milliliters and
when I went down to log my next morning's volume,
I noted that l'd not filled in day 37. So I'm
a little suspicious that day ]7, as reported in
the status report on the evening of day ]8, may
be in error. So once you get the samples back, I
would tend to believe the tracer volume rather
than the volume I reported last night. I hope --_
they're in agreement, but I'm not sure that they
will be. And I wanted to draw your attention to
the fact that I'm suspicious of the one that I
had reported last night.

247 20 29 14 SPT End of message to the urinalysis folks at biomed.

247 20 29 37 SPT This is a message to Ed Gibson in the astronaut

office from the SPT. Hello, Ed. Our science
briefings I think have gone pretty well with Bob
MacQueen and George Withbroe, the last couple of
weeks. I think you got them off to a good start,
and they're performing a useful function up here.
" One other question, we can really charge through
this film, as I assume you have noticed. And I
think it's more and more essential that you folks
bring up extra ATM fi]_. I'm wondering what the
status of that is at this point and how things
are looking. Maybe you can get the word up to
me on the teleprinter or via the CAP COMM. What-
ever is - -

CC Stand by ... biomed.

CREW Allright.

2_7 20 30 45 $PT End of message from the SPT to Ed Gibson.

 2017

247 20 35 56 PLT Okay, this is Jack back again on channel A. The

subject is the TO02 star-to-Moon sightings, and I
think we're going to have to hold off for a few
days on star-to-Moon or anything to do with Moon
sightings because the Moon stays too far in the
right side of the window as you're facing the
window in the one-g position, and you can't get
the sextant around there and your head in there
in order to get it in the field of view. So
until the Moon gets to a better angle, more
directly out from the wardroom window, we're going
to have to hold off and - And perhaps I could give
you a call when it looks like it's a good time to
do it. It was clearly visible, as far as being
a half-Moon is concerned, but it stayed in the
right window - or the right side - right corner
window all the time, and it just now set in the
right corner of the window. So there's just no
way to get it yet, and I'm sure we'll be able to
do it later.

247 20 37 02 PLT That's the end of the message for TO02. Goes to
Bob Randle, Ames Research Center, and Bob Nute
over in building 4. Thank you.

TIME SKIP

247 21 30 19 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm getting ready to

perform a 92/171 on Jack Lousma. His right leg
measures i - 14-1/2. His left leg measures
14-1/8. 14-1/2, right; 14-1/8, left.

247 21 30 37 CDB CDR out.

TIME SKIP

247 22 04 ii CDR Okay, this is CDR. I'm recording the CAL GAS
PRESSURE. N2, 02, CO2 is 1397 and the N 2, H20
is 1354. Obviously, that's for - obviously,
_ that'sforbiomed.
2018

247 22 19 58 Okay, this is the CDR again. I've recorded

CABIN AIR. PERCENT 02, 64.98; PERCENT H20 , 2.33;

PERCENT C02, 1.95.

TIME SKIP

247 23 21 58 CDR Houston, I'll now record a little - This is for

biomed, by the way; the end of the 151 run plus
the extra work that Jack did. And he'll debrief
it and also report it on the night report, so you'll
be able to understand exactly what he did.

247 23 22 12 CDR PERCENT 02, 62.98; PERCENT H20 , 4.51; PERCENT C02,
1.97.

###
 DAY248 (AM) 2019

248 00 40 13 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. And l'm getting ready to
do a little S019. We've checked the windows.
They're closed. We've got the instrument out.
We note that at 345.6, ROTATION; reason being, had
a Nu z of minus 1.7 on pad; the actual Nu Z was
plus 0.4. I, therefore, minused the 0.4 from the
minus 1.7 and got a minus 2.1. I then subtracted
2.1 from every number. I hope it's right. One
time I missed it. We're going to be doing field
L-3. It's going to be a 270-second unwidened
exposure. That means that I got to use my watch.
FILM HATCH is OPEN. I just picked up a frame.
I'm standing by for time 42. Time is now - almost
41. About 41 right now, so we got 1 minute to
wait. It's going to be frame number 130 when we
get after it.

248 00 41 50 CDR Okay, back on the comm. Roughly l0 to 15 seconds

to go. I like to give it a little pad. As you
know, the focuses are prisming in, and we have the
_ prism in. Field L-3; it's going to be exposure
130. Time is 00:42 right now. Let's go on this
game.

248 00 42 ii CDR MARK. We just started the exposure. It's going

to be a 270 unwidened. I'ii be off the comm for
a while.

248 00 46 22 CDR Okay, CDR again, and we're getting ready to put the
shutdown on this 270-second exposure, S019. By
the way, this information goes to Dr. Karl Henize,
expert in S019 ultraviolet stars, and Wally Teague,
his confidant. Here we go.

PLT Hello, COMM TECH; Skylab.

CDR Stand by.

PLT Hi, ... there?

248 O0 46 43 CDR MARK. That's it. Now we'll get a new one in
a minute, but at the moment we're going to go to
69.4. ROTATION, 69 - -

PLT Yes, I heard that the winds weren't too bad. How
_ aboutthewater?
2020

CDR 69.4 and TILT, 25.8 - -

248 00 47 05 PLT ... new problem or what?

CDR 20 - 69.4, 25.8. 69.4, 25.8. Okay, it's going

to be a 600-second one. This is going to be the
big one. Stand by for a mark.

PLT Uh.huh.

248 O0 47 24 CDR MARK. We've just begun a 600. I'll call you
back in 9-1/2 minutes or so.

248 00 57 00 PLT Yes, I guess.

248 00 57 01 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. We're getting ready
to end this 60G-second - -

PLT Yes, okay, I - -

CDR - - S019. So stand by for a mark.

PLT Thanks a lot, COMM TECH.

CDR And we'll go for a 270, okay?

PLT Okay, we'll get - ... gets better eomm here ...

CDR This has been Hydra i - Hyd i. Let's say 131.

Stand by.

248 00 57 23 CDR MARK. That's 600 happy seconds. We're going to

go for the next one. We're going to go to 207.0 - -

PLT ... So all I can think is to take the - the drawers

out of the ... - -

CDR 207.0, 25.1.

PLT - - ... say, Bob.

CC ...

PLT ... I don't - I don't think it's going ... - -

o

CDR Okay, 207.0 and 25.1. We're going for a 270. L-I.
Stand by fora mA_k.
 2021

248 00 57 57 CDR MARK. Beginning 270-second unwidened, L-I. 207.0,

25.1. Be off the comm for a while.

248 01 02 19 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, standing by. I'm
cutting off a 720-second [sic] exposure - 7 -
Yes, that's right. Standby.

248 01 02 27 CDR MARK. We just shut it off, as the expression goes.

That was a 270-second. I'm going to give you 720
in a minute, as soon as I can recrank this thing
to a number like 47.6. 47.6, and then in the other,
I'm going to put a 23.0, which isn't far away.
And that's done. Now stand by for a 720. This
is known as the long number. Okay, stand by.

248 01 03 00 CDR MARK. That's 720 seconds. It's longer than you
think. That's - that's 12 minutes. One goes in
there and 12 - 12 minutes. I'll give you a
12-minute. I'm going off the comm. By the way,
that is obviously field CLN, whatever that is, and
/- frame 133. CDR out for a minute.

PLT ...

248 01 14 36 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again, talking S019. We're
nearing the end of a classic 720 unwidened. I
will CLOSE the SHUTTER in approximately 12 seconds.
It will be the end of frame 133. It will be the
end of field CLN, whatever that means.

248 01 14 59 CDR MARK. That's the end of the game. I'm going to
STOWAGE. I'm not doing anything else except pull
this machine in because I know that we've got
another run at 02:15, and wherein I give you
some 960-second ones to nrove that this one was
not a accident - an accident. Okay, that information
goes to Dr. Karl Henize - the venerable Dr. Karl
Henize and the alert and imaginative Wally Teague.

248 01 15 35 CDR Okay, CDR out. S019 information.

TIME SKIP

248 02 i0 18 PLT - - channel A. The subject is BMMD mass stability

test. I got the followingreadings on - Referring
to the MMD diagnostics cue cards, under the subject
 2O22

headin_ of BMMD STB - B_4D Ca& Mass Stability

Test, I got for the following step 7 - i0 numbers.
I'll read only the - After the first number, I'll
only last - read the last three on each reading,
because the first three are always the same. So
here's number one: 4.42761, 947, 929, 890, 750,
774, 731, 799, 867, 877.

248 02 ii 25 PLT Now I dec_ded there was a lot of scatter in that

data; so I did it over again. I got the following
readings again for 77. 4.42918, 859, 840, 834, 810,
740, 938, 671, 795, 746. Then I decided there _s -
still was too much scatter in the data; so I did it
all over again. The third time, step 7_ I got
4.42980, 904, 814, 830, 823, 838, 791, 821, 851,
and 793. And each of the last steps - two steps,
I was very careful to release the unlock handle
for the test bang, end stops, and all that. And
that's the best that I could come up _rith, Bill.

248 02 12 27 PLT So after that, I went on to step 9. There was one -_

point of confusion on step 9 that I'm going to try
and clarify now. Step 8 is to _amove the C-clamps
and place over the springs on the cal mass adapter.
Well, I didn't know what the springs on the cal
mass adapter were because I didn't see any. But
I figured that the best thing to do was to - -

CDR ... again?

248 02 12 52 PLT - - was to use the crossbrace and call that the
springs. And so I tightened the chair to the
crossbrace using the C-clamos. Now maybe the spring
that you meant was the little clip on the end - fits
over the top of the chair. Now I don't know, but
I figured what you wanted to do was to make that
cal mass adapter fit as securely as possible to
the seat. So I - I did that by - -

CDR You didn't take the pressure, did you, Jack?

PLT - - tightening the C-clamp over the - over the brace -

the crossbrace, top crossbrace, of the cal mass
adapter.

248 02 13 44 PLT Okay. Now I guess that I should also say that .....
in reading your procedure, it said to place the
first food tray fourth from the bottom, which meant
 2023

to me the third from the top, so that the fifth

tray - -

228 02 14 06 CC Skylab, AOS Bermuda for l0 minutes.

PLT - - was second from the top and the top pans were
open. Okay, so that was the configuration. With
that configuration I did stop - step 9. Here's
what I got: 4.42761, 778, 732, 725, 699, 795,
635, 706, 591, 692. I then proceeded on to
step 13. I got the following i0 readings - -

248 02 12 _8 CDR ... interrupt you ...

PLT It's 2.42712 - Just a minute; I'm almost done.

CDR Okay .... off, I'll give you ...

PLT 736_ 710, ... 3, 705, 739, 630, 725, 784, 785.

248 02 15 06 PLT End of message.

248 02 15 08 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on S019. Time is now

Just after the normal start time. I'll give you
a mark.

248 02 15 15 CDR MARK. That's the beginning of N-3 field, 960-second

unwidened, frame 132. ROTATION, 321.9; TILT,
17.7. I'll be back on the air in 16 minutes or
so to do the rest. This S019 information is going
to Wally Teague, Dr. Karl Henize .... I'll
announce S019 again when I come up because it's
going to be quite a while before the 16 minutes is
up.

248 02 15 47 CDR CDR out.

248 02 16 42 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I Just noticed that the
window downstairs was open. So I'm going to ter-
minate this exposure and start another one so that
we get a good 960. I'll tell you what I'll do. I'll
leave this one on for - No, let's get a good -
Let's get what you asked for.

248 02 17 05 CC The panel looks good, Owen.

CDR No, I'll tell you what we ought to do.

 2024

SPT Thank you.

248 02 17 l0 CDR Let's see; ROTATION, 341.9. ROTATION of 341.9

means I would have rotated around and been facing -
be 2 sev - 341.9 is almost facing the opposite
way of the window; so we're going to go ahead
and let this run 960. I hope that it doesn't
bother it. The window was open for about 30 secpnds.

248 02 17 37 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

248 02 47 45 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. We're getting ready to

finish off our 16-minute exposure. We're going
to be about 1 minute ahead of sunrise; so we're
in excellent shape. Standby and I'll CLOSE the
SHUTTER in just a few seconds. -_

248 02 48 03 CDR Stand by.

248 02 48 04 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is CLOSED. We're going over to

CARRIAGE RETRACT position, FILM HATCH, CLOSED.
We are retracting the machine soon as we center
the number, and this is all S019 information.
Should be brought to Dr. Karl Henize's attention,
also Wally Teague's. I-might mention that was
frame 135 and field 104.

248 02 48 30 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

248 12 24 35 CDR Okay, this is CDR again on the VTR.

248 12 24 38 CC ... minute and a half to LOS here at the Vanguard.

Next station contact in 4 minutes - -

248 12 24 43 CDR I just gave some white light coronagraph rotations.

Now you're looking at XU - correction: H-alpha 2.

CC - - that it covered the first step leading up to

the slab on which your garage is located. Did
 2025

not get in the garage, did not get in the house,

and is presently going down. Over.

PLT ... l'm glad to hear that. I was concerned ....

Thanks a lot, ... appreciate your checking on ...

248 12 25 07 CDR l'm going to give you some - a little H-alpha i

and go to different targets.

248 12 26 24 CDR That completes the VTR on ATM i.

TLME SKIP

248 13 08 20 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channe± A. The

subject this morning is S019, and we're about to
OPEN the SHUTTER. Making a slight adjustment to
the ROTATION.

PLT Okay, we're going to make a long exposure; so

stand by to OPEN the SHUTTER. Time is 13:09,
which is i minute after our starting time; so
we're in good shape. I go to SLIDE RETRACTED and
unwidened. SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by -

248 13 09 16 PLT MARK. SHUTTER is OPENED; clock has started.

We're on frame 136; field Mike 7 Charlie; a 960-
second unwidened exposure, which turns out to be
pretty dern close to 16 minute. Now this
morning, Nu Z on the pad is a minus 1.5. NuZ on
the spacecraft is minus 1.9. No correction would
be required, although to put it right on the
money, it's no trouble to make a small one; so
the correction is as follows: Minus 1.5 minus
a minus 1.9 leaves us a plus 0.4, which I added
to the ROTATION and I got 232.4; so we're at the
ROTATION of 232.4, a TILT of 14.2. The prism is
in and cassette is 003. Focus is verified to
be prism in. Field Mike 7 Charlie, 16 minutes,
unwidened, frame 136. And all this information
for S019 goes to Dr. Karl Henize.

248 13 i0 48 PLT So we're going to be off the air for a while here
until this exposuretime'sup, and we'll be
checking with you later. But don't go away;
we'll be right back.
2O26

248 13 24 58 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans, on SO19.

We're getting ready to terminate exposure number 136
on frame Mike 7 Charlie, 16 minute-unwidened
exposure. So if you'll stand by, I'll give you
a mark.

248 13 25 18 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED at 16 minutes on my watch.

Okay, sunrise is _ 13:42; we've got another 16-
minute one to go. We can just make it. So let's
do the ROTATION and TILT. I add a plus 4 to the
0.4 of ROTATION and get 242.7. 42.7 and 11.6.
Okay, we go to SLIDE RETRACTION. Stand by for my
mark. 242.7 is checked, and 11.6 is checked.
Stand by.

248 13 26 17 PLT MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. Frame 137. Field Mike

8 Alfa. A 16-minute unwidened exposure which
began precisely at 26 will terminate at 42 at
the very latest and probably a little before.
But we'll - we'll see.

248 13 26 56 PLT And that's all we're going to talk about for
now for a little while. We'll be back when the
exposure is terminated.

248 13 42 00 PLT Okay, space fans, here we go with the S019.

Stand by to CLOSE the SHUTTER.

248 13 42 05 PLT MARK. SHUTTER CLOSED. Frame 137 on field Mike

8 Alfa. A 960 seconds supposedly, but we had to
cut that short a little bit, Karl. We had to cut
that short by 15 seconds. So that was a 15-minute
and 45-second exposure.

PLT We had to cut it short because of sunrise at

13:42, hut we got all but 15 seconds. So that
terminates that frame, and we'll now go about
our business of getting the mirror in and so
forth.

248 13 42 53 PLT So that ends the message on S019, pad number 4017,
which began at 13:08. And we got both exposures
in, except that the last one was shortened by
15 seconds. And this goes to Karl Henize. Thank
you, everybody.

248 14 01 12 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the ATM run at 12:16. _-_
Went entirely nominal. We used up the entire
time performing the assigned experiments. I got
 2027

in the video tape recorder to begin with. The

Sun looked active like it has been, but there
was no outstanding active regions as far as in-
tensity go - on the H-alpha or on the XUV MON.
We are presently in the midst of the second run,
13:48 run, and the same thing occurred. Apparent-
ly a - active region 9, the one I'm working on
now - During the night, - our night - there was a
sub ... flare. Right now there is not a lot going
on there. It's bright but not any brighter than
the other i, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 that I can see on
the Sun. The only thing that's a little bit
brighter than most is over the area of active
region 7 on the limb. It looks just slightest
bit brighter. Too bad we don't go over there and
do some work on the corona in that neighborhood
because I can see we could get a little action
there.

CC ... 1 minute from LOS ...

248 14 02 28 CDR End of ATM; CDR out.

TIME SKIP

248 14 27 21 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. This goes to the ATM room.
l've just finished all the assigned tasks on the
13:48 run with the exception of the atmosphere
extinction, which I can't do until about 6 min-
utes. At the moment, l'm in the middle of a
shopping list item 16, LIMB POINTING. l'm going
for a 7-minute exposure, SHORT, on 82B. l'm
giving a GRATING at 3 SCAN to 55, but it won't
finish all three scans, obviously. And 56, l'm
going to try for a 5-minute exposure on it. When
that's complete, then I'll go back and do the JOP
7, step 2, atmosphere extinction. The rest of
the effort's been nominal. The Sun is not pro-
ducing any unusual ... bright in XUV or H-alpha
at this time. Things are active but nothing
unusual.

248 14 28 19 CDR CDR out.

248 i4 38 35 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, debriefing the ATM run
(13:48), which is obviously for the ATM science
room. It went okay, the first part. I went over,
 2028

and when I gave a LIMB SCAN above active region

7 (30 arc seconds above the limb), gave a 8-minute
exposure to 82B and an 8-minute exposure to 56, I
whistled back over the center of the Sun. I
arrived there on time, but my GRATING AUTO -
GRATING 3 SCAN didn't stop at 3; it went right
on through zero. I don't know why; I'm still
trying to figure that one out.

248 14 39 06 CDR Maybe it's because it started above zero. I'm

not sure. But it had 3 on the meter. But anyhow,
got in position, started everything on time ex-
cept the GRATING 3 SCAN, which I started about
2 minutes to go at line - GRATING POSITION 200 -
not the GRATING 3 SCAN, the MIRROR LINE SCAN.
What I plan to do is, next time I will try to
finish up early and go over and do that one again.
I'm not real happy with the way it came out.
Otherwise everything's okay. The reason I picked
active region 7 - the corona above that - was be-
cause it looks like it's the brightest thing I'm
going to see right now. I thought there might be
some good picture taking for 82B and 56.

248 14 39 52 CDR CDR out.

24_ 14 40 30 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A. The

subject this time is again S019. We're preparing
to run the second pass on pad 4017, starting at
14:41. I'ii give you a mark at SHUTTER, OPENED.

248 14 40 52 PLT And 14:41 comes up in i0 seconds. I go to SLIDE

RETRACTED, which is where I am now. Okay, there's
14:41; stand by for my mark. l'm OPENING now, 0.

SPT Okay.

PLT Stand by -

248 14 41 08 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Watch has been started.

And this is field November 9, frame 138, a 16-
minute exposure on my watch. And the ROTATION
this time was corrected again. Our spacecraft
Nu Z is a minus 1.9. The pad is a minus 1.5.
Therefore, according to our little algebraic for-
mula, minus 1.5 minus a minus 1.9 is a plus 0.4,
which we add to the ROTATION of 302.8 to get 303.2,
which is what I have in the ROTATION now. And
TILT is 9.9. So we're off and running on frame
 2O29

number 138, and I'ii give you a call back when

we're terminating this exposure at the end of
this 16-minute duration. So don't go away. We're
going to turn the RECORDER OFF, but we'll be back.

248 14 42 25 PLT See you later.

248 14 56 48 CDR ... the first ...

248 14 56 57 PLT Okay, this is S019 again, and we're about to CLOSE
the SHUTTER after 16 minuteshere. Stand by -

248 14 57 08 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED on frame 138, November 9

field. Now we'll go to the next field, which is
November 7. And that's going to be 100.6 plus 0.4
is a lll.0.

CDR Hey, Jack, ...

PLT I'm busy; just a minute.

F
CDR ... question. Is this remote cable just like the
other cables except it's ... feet long, and it's
in a white ... bag ... thermal bag?

248 14 58 O0 PLT Okay, the ROTATION is lll. O. The TILT is 18.2.

And we're about to do another exposure; so I
reset my watch. We'll go to SLIDE RETRACTED.
Stand by to OPEN the SHUTTER.

248 14 58 20 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, OPEN. Clock started. Frame 139,

field November 7, a 16-minute exposure, and we're
set at lll.0 and 18.2. And for now, we'll go
off the recorder.

248 14 "58 46 PLT It appears that we ought to be able to get this

exposure in before sunrise time.

2h8 15 02 i_ CDR This is information concerning the CSM - correc-

tion - commsnd module RCS thruster temps read on
the SYSTEMS TEST meter. I'll give you the name
and number of the meter and then the reading.
4-B is 1.7; 5-B, 1.9; 6-B, 1.5; 7-B, 2.1; 8-B,
2.0; and 9-B, - correction - yes, 9-B, l.h. So
those are the quad temps on the CM per your re-
quest. That should go to EGIL and anyone else
/- interested in the CSM temps.

2_8 15 02 52 CDR CDR out.

203O

248 15 13 54 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans, on channel

A with S019. We're concluding the second pass
on day 248, 4017 pad. About to terminate expo-
sure number 139, field November 7, 16-minute ex-
posure. Stand by.

248 15 14 20 PLT MARK. SHUTTER, CLOSED. And we're about 40 seconds

ahead of the 15:15 sunrise time; so we go over
here to CARRIAGE RETRACTED and leave it there
and go about the rest of our business of getting
the mirror back in and securing the experiment.
So S019 information all goes to Dr. Karl Henize,
and that's the end of the message for today.

248 15 14 45 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

248 16 08 17 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A, de-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 15:20.
We got pointed on the sunspot umbra, ROLL as
specified, and proceeded as requested in the pad.
We got three 15-minute exposures and FILTERS 3,
4, 5, LONG, for Jim Milligan and got the rest
of the exposures for 82A, as requested and a
MIRROR AUTO RASTER and a bunch of MIRROR LINE
SCANS and GRATING, all balls, for 55, as you re-
quested. The first few sets of MIRROR LINE SCANS
were at slit center, although we shortly there-
after put the mirror down to line 25, and the
rest of them were right near the center of the
sunspot. Initiated MIRROR AUTO RASTER near the
end of the rev and got about one and a half
rasters in and decided we'd better go back and
pick up the atmospheric extinction request that
we had on the rev before, and we got started on
that at 05:30. And we're in the midst of that
right Dow getting ready to turn on - getting
ready to go put Bob MacQueen on at 01:25 in CONTI-
GUOUS, and the LINE SCAN's running at 9200 at this
time with all detectors. And that completes the -
All detectors except for 5 right now.
 2031

248 16 09 55 PLT That completes the debriefing for 15:20 run, and
we'll be back with you next rev. Thank you.

TIME SKIP

248 17 29 38 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is Jack on channel

A. The subject is M092/171 for the biomed troops.
We're putting our friend A1 Bean in the can here.
And his left leg measures 13-3/4 inches, and his
right leg is 12-1/4 inches. And that's the end
of message for a long time. You've got all the
other information on the legbands and the blood
pressure cuff. Nothing's changed.

248 17 30 04 PLT We - we'll be checking it with you later; so don't

go away.

_- TIME SKIP

248 18 02 58 PLT Okay, this is Jack back again on channel A, pro-

ceeding with M092/171. The N2, 02, CO 2 bottle
is reading 1390.

248 18 18 24 PLT Okay, space fans, I just had a tape dump. This is
Jack back in on channel A. We're right in the
middle of Ml71; so we'll continue at this point by
reading the bottle pressure on the CALIBRATE N2
and WATER bottle, and it's 1349. The ambient
cabin pressure is 5.382. PERCENT WAT - correction:
PERCENT 02 is 64.15. PERCENT WATER is 2.73, and

the PERCENT C02 is 2.00.

248 18 19 01 PLT And this is all l'm going to talk to you about
right now. We'll be back later; so don't go away.

TIME SKIP

_ 248 19 21 05 SPT Okay, this is SPT on channel A with information

for the ATM PIs and planners debriefing the last
run, which was predominately concerned with the
flare which occurred in active region 12. I had
2032

just gone to Sun center to set up the building

block 2 - in fact, it had been running for a few
minutes - when the first cue was the XUV MON bright
spot. I'd been monitoring H-ALPHA 2 on left scope
and the XUV MON on the right scope, which was the
image field.

248 19 21 39 SPT And it was very clear that the XUV signature was
becoming very bright; a small - relatively small
area in active region 12. I checked the IMAGE
INTENSITY COUNT, which was beginning to rise as
was the PMEC, and decided to terminate the
building block and move over there. So it took a
few seconds to get S052 vidicon turned off and the
the DOOR CLOSED. And then slid over there and
pointed at the brightest spot, which was to the
south of the sunspot.

248 19 22 23 SPT This was to the right-hand edge, since we had to

roll a plus 5400 slightly to the right of the
sunspot on my scope. As quickly as possible then, -
and this would be approximately 18:30; it might
have been a minute or so earlier than that - I got
into the flare observations - and it was either
AUTO or ACTIVE l, SHORT, on 56 and the M, 3, I,
P, 16 on S054 - and got them initiated. Shortly
thereafter, I did check the FRAMES REMAINING
counter to make sure that they were both working.
And I believe 56 was continuing to work, although
I would like to have some word back from you to see
whether or not it hung up on that first initiation
of AUTO, SHORT. A little bit later I did stop it
and start it again just to make sure. And got 55
showing in MIRROR LINE SCAN. It was already at
GRATING zero; so it turned out to be a very con-
venient thing to get set bias going.

248 19 23 41 SPT Now 82A and B, I did mot go into the FLARE mode.
Perhaps I should have. 82A is down to 80 frames -
81 right now, and I was afraid that would wipe out
the rest of our opportunity for an optic measure-
ment and so on, had I done that. 82B, there's
probably a better case for having gone to FLARE
mode, even though I did not, and what I ended up
doing on 82B was giving it several AUTO SEQUENCES
and several manual short frames, 5 and i0 seconds _
in length, on 82B SHORT.
 2033

248 19 24 24 SPT Now the flare continued to develop and the X-ray
intensity to increase for some time after these
observations were started, peaking at about 770
or in that vicinity on the PMEC, as I recollect.
The highest number that I recall, I believe, had
something greater than 150 on the IMAGE INTENSITY
COUNTER. Didn't get a good beryllium number but
except down to, I believe, window i, although I
again did not catch a good - I took the count
number on the BERYLLIUM COUNTER.

248 19 25 04 SPT It also ended rather abruptly. By the time 8 minutes

had gone by, - that put us at about 18:48 - it was
clearly decreasing in intensity. And I also a
couple of times stopped the MIRROR LINE SCAN to
check the intensity of oxygen 6, which I had set
on DETECTOR 3. And whereas it had originally been
at about 30,000 counts, by 18:38 it had dropped
down, as I recall, to somewhere around 10,000 -
18 - 8 to 12 - somewhere around 10. And I also
.... could see that the brightest point in the flare was
now somewhat above the crosshairs of my H-ALPHA
scope. Now very fortunately, the alignment of thm -
of the flaring part - the flaring region, which was
parallel to the neutral line right through there,
was more or less up and down on my scope. That
would make it ease/west in terms of solar coor-
dinates.

248 19 26 13 SPT Now, the slit was therefore essentially fully filled
by this flaring material even though the majority
of the flaring act - the brightest region was
above the crosshairs. But it did not extend as
much as 30 arc seconds above the crosshairs, and
so the slit was well filled. The lower half of the
slit was not filled. And inasmuch as the S055
was no longer doing a MIRROR LINE SCAN on the
brightest part, I didn't, obviously, want to change
it around too many times; but I thought it did
warrant at least one change.

248 19 26 58 SPT And so I stepped the light up from 9 to 5 Just

continued the MIRROR LINE SCAN there. The numbers
are - are a little bit hazy in my mind, but I have
the impression that it again jumped from something
like the 10,000. But it has been up to perhaps
_- 20,000 to 25,000. But your telemetry will verify
what those correct numbers are.
 2034 _

248 19 27 28 SPT Then I continued with the MIRROR LINE SCAN. Now
the - by, let's say, 18:40 - excuse me; I made that
change at 18:38. I don't think I said 48, hut 18:38
was when I changed to MIRROR LINE SCAN line. By
about 18:40, the X-ray signatures had all dropped
back nearly to their normal levels. The - Both
the PMEC and the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT, BERYLLIUM
COUNTERS were all dropping back to normal very
quickly, although there was still an XUV signature.
And so I continued to run the X-ray flare program
and several more exposures with 82B until, by 18:45,
the XUV M0N showed essentially a - a normal appear-
ance for active region 12. It was no brighter than
any of the other active regions. The H-ALPHA had
essentially returned to near normal, although there
were extra features associated with the dark
filamentlike structures which extend out from the
sunspot.

248 19 28 38 SPT And l'm sure your own X - H-alpha photographs

will show those dark clouds. _

248 19 28 48 SPT So aside from them, the X-ray - or the H-ALPHA

configuration was back to nearly normal. And so
I terminated the flare observations and went back
to Sun center. Although it was remarkably near
the center of the disk, it seems possible there
was no coronal signature still visible in the
white light coronagraph. And I did pick up with
building block 2 again. It also, of course, did
have a radio - a substantial radio burst associated
with it. The trigger levels for this flare -
Incidentally, it did trigger the RADIO NOISE BURST
MONITOR, oh, a matter of a few seconds ahead of
the PMEC; so I assume that it's essentially just
a question of the high threshold level. I perhaps
had the RADIO NOISE THRESHOLD set a little bit
closer than the X-RAY THRESHOLD had been set. They
were essentially contemporary - simultaneous.

248 19 29 51 SPT And so I went back to Sun center at about - little

after 18:45, picked up building block 2. We picked
up ground contact a little after 18:50, and 54 wanted
us to go into that flare - postflare program. I
(laughter) gave them flare fall for a little while,
l'm afraid. And then after ground reminder, went
on to the postflare. And that's about it for the
last orbit. I will do two building block 2's on
f_

2035

the next orbit. And that's the end of the debriefing

for the ATM pass that ended at about 19:20 Zulu.

248 19 30 37 SPT SPT out.

248 19 31 14 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A and

the subject is the conclusion of the M092/171 run.
Subject went right into an exercise period after
running 171. We didn't get the final readings
on PERCENT 02, C02 , and WATER. And we attempted
to continue on with the metabolic analyzer during
the exercise period, but somehow we got goofed up
in trying to restir CABIN AIR and follow the check-
list, but we'd already got EXPERIMENT ACTIVATE and
a couple of those switches off, and I thinkwe lost
the whole calibration. So all the metabolic ana-
lyzer data after the M171 run is - appeared to be
no good for the readings we had on board, and
attempts to restore it were to no avail. And like
I say, at the end of the M1 - M171 run - at the end
_ of it, we didn't get the percent constituentsin
the cabin.

248 19 32 20 PLT So that's the end of the message for the MO92/M171
biomed people, and see you tomorrow.

248 19 33 49 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again on channel

A, and the subject this time is T002. This goes
to Bob Randle, Ames Research Center, and Bob Nute
over in building 4. And I got news for somebody
down there. As it turns out, I was supposed to do
a star-to-Earth horizon, but being's as the Beta
angle's what it is, there ain't no horizon out
there. And there won't be for a while. So I'll
wait until later in the night here to see what
we can get. But since we're getting off to such
a late start, - it takes a whole orbit to get our
horizons - we might be out of luck. In which case,
I may have to revert to star-to-Moon, which I can
just barely see enough out of the right window
to - right side of the window to perhaps get some
readings.

248 19 34 39 PLT But let me get some zero bias first and see what
happens. Temperature of the sextant is 69 degrees,
_ and the dioptersettingis zero. So with that
information, we'll press on and get - get whatever
we can - long as we're here. We're all dressed up
and no place to go anyway; so why not get the work?
 2036

And there's Fomalhaut out there, and we'll see if

we can get some zero bias settings on our old
buddy.

248 19 35 43 PLT Messing around with diopters again to get - You go

on one side of the diopter - zero, it looks like
the star gets dispersed vertically, whereas you
go on the other side, my diopter gets dispersed
horizontally. Now I've got a minus 1.25; so let's
run with it at minus one and a quarter for a while
and see how we like that.

248 19 36 34 PLT MARK. First zero bias is 0.005.

248 19 36 25 PLT Second zero bias is 0.005. Third zero bias is

O.OO5

248 19 37 25 PLT Fourth zero bias is 0.005. How about that? We're
getting them in there.

248 19 37 41 PLT And the fifth zero bias is the same, right on the
money. I used the ... to reticle it just a little
bit, and it helped. Okay, now for the horizon.

248 19 37 54 PLT You see, at this Beta angle, which is getting close
to zero, we're pointing directly away from the
Earth at night. And we might get it a little bit
in the side of - right side of the window or - or
one side of the window for sunrise and the other
side of the window for sunset. So there ain't no
horizon. There won't be until the Beta angle gets
bigger. And so we're going to go for star-to-Moon.
And we'll put the 1.6 filter in like you suggested.
See - and see if I can find our friend Nunki up t
there and what's - Stick in about 15 degrees here
to begin with. We're going to go from - You sug-
gested yesterday I use Nunki; so that's what l'm
going to use today. Dear old buddy Nunki. I be-
lieve that's what you suggested. I can't remember
for sure.

248 19 38 58 PLT We tried to use Peacock for something once. That

was star-to-star; we've already used that. So
Nunki's the bird that we're after, and l'm going
to try to get him. I'ii orient about that manner
right there. I'ii probably just barely get it out
the window here. We'll put the lower line of site
on the Moon. There it is; there's the Moon. We
got the - we got the Moon. We are going to get
the Moon. And I think we're going to get Nunki.
 2O37

248 19 39 34 PLT If I can only search him out now.

248 19 40 30 PLT Hey, there's the tail of the Scorpion. There's the
base of the tea pot. There's the base and handle
together, and there is Nunki. Got him wired. Now
I'm going to rotate the sextant around.

248 19 41 55 PLT Okay, we're using both filters now. Moon is a

little too bright and blotted out Nunki. We don't
want that to happen; so I got the 1.O and the 1.6
in there. Really got to crowd your head up against
the side of the window here.

248 19 42 52 PLT MARK. 17.501.

248 19 43 42 PLT MARK. 17.485.

248 19 44 40 PLT MARK. 17.465.

248 19 45 28 PLT MARK. 17.439. Guess that goes to show you the
f- Moon is moving Just a littlebit with respect to
the stars. What we'd expect.

248 19 45 55 CC Skylabl, Houston through Carnarvon for 5-1/2 minutes.

248 19 46 00 PLT MARK. 17.428.

PLT Yes.

SPT ...

PLT Yes, go ahead.

SPT ...

PLT Okay. Thank you, O.

248 19 46 40 PLT MARK; 17.412.

SPT ... were you calling? Say again, please.

248 19 47 06 PLT MARK.

CC Just checking in. We've got 4 minutes left on this

pass.

PLT 17.391.

SPT ... Jack?

 2O38

PLT I'm just talking to the recorder. Now you can just
barely see a little horizon coming in now out there.
We're going to keep doing what we're doing. We
need to get a better horizon than that. Need a
full-night pass to work star-to-Earth, I think,
but - Guess we're going to lose the Moon in a min-
ute, too.

248 19 48 03 PLT MARK. 17.357. The Moon's going to go over the

hill in a minute itself. That wasn't a bad angle.
l'm getting better.

f: : _, 4 44 P:T ?_RK. _._7.j,

,_o_. _Tow,this is a _hn:ki to the far
side of Voon, as you recall.

- -: i ; i ':2 PLT "_.ARK

. . . . _,,
.!.r ooo
. J P_.

248 19 50 05 PLT MARK. 17.273.

--. _,_" _ ",,b PLT _AR,K .... _, .

248 19 51 04 CC SPT, Houston. We Just noted in active region 9 a

subfaint flare - it was at 19:2_ - and followup
plage southeast of the main spot. A_d an interest'n_
th_ne about it is that the surge we ha_ _n active
re_ion 12 pointed right towards it. Ve _iso ha4
a radio burst, type 3, in active region 12. And we're
about i0 seconds fro_ LOS - -

2L'!. b_ 51 ,=_'__°LT _[&RK.

CC - - we'll be ... on Fonevs'_ckle at 5_.

£LT 17.2O6.

rm
oPL ... information on r,he classification of the one
at 18:30?

PLT That was 17.2_6. We only Ket a ccu,_le _ore he"ore

it goes down. I have to Fet my head in here now.

2h8 19 51 58 PLT _9_RK. 17.]77.

_ 19 52 2& PLT !t_K. 17.150.

 2039

f,_8 io 52 52 PLT HARK. 17.125.

248 19 53 29 PLT MARK. 17.096. Hey, 0wen, there's an aurora; come

here. Fey, O., there's a bi_ aurora here. Fey,
O., looks like we've _,ot a bi_ aurora or so,_thin_
out here.

SPT Say, amazing; I think I 'ii be right there.

PLT I don't think that's the Sun coming up, because

it's the wronF directiou. Look at right here.

; :-_ Oh, yes, that's aurora.

PLT Isn't that a beauty?

CDR Oh, it's pretty. You _et shy pictures cF it with

_hat . ..

P_
Tm Take a look out there, qiFht out here • _icbt
.

where- -

SPT _ gosh: Look at that aurora - -

PI,T Isn't that pretty?

CDR That's a winner, isn't it? That's a beauty, Jack.

Oksy, let me - Gosh, that is rea]]y good.

248 19 56 52 PLT Okay, here we are with that TO02 again, space fans.
We Just had to take time out for a beautiful aurora
there - tryinF to catch for a lon_ time.

2h8 19 57 ii PLT ._RK. !_.3gd.

2h8 19 57 33 PLT HARK. ]6.8ho.

2h8 i0 57 5_ PLT !,_JiR,

K. ]F.322.

CC ... Honeysuckle; in fact, we're about a minute from

LOS now. We'll be coming up on Texas at ...

248 19 58 20 PLT MARK. 16.7oO.

CDR ... Jack Just spotted a very pretty aurora down

here near Australia, southern auroral zone. We'll
try to get some handheld photographs of that Just
before sunrise here, a couple minutes, and active
region 9 looks pretty interesting, too ....
2040

248 19 58 43 PLT MARK. 16.767. Well, I guess we better quit now

It's getting too late to do any more, but I think
we got about two sessions' worth there of star-to-
Earth's limb. It was Nunki to the far limb of the Sun
or Moon rather, and stand by l, please.

248 20 00 ll PLT Okay, space fans, on T002 now. I don't think we

ought to try this star-to-Earth horizon for a few
more days, until our Beta angle gets to be something
such that we can have a horizon in the window all
night long. It came in towards the later part of
the night, but not enough time to do even l0
sightings on two stars; so - Plus it was close to
twilight when - when we did see it, and that's not
a real good time to get the Earth hbrizon. So
the Moon looks like it's getting in a more favorable
position than it was the last time we worked on it,
and maybe we can whip off on star-to-Moon in the
next few days here and wait a while for the Earth's
horizon. But that time I think we got 20 to 30
marks, and I'm going to count that down for a -_
couple of star-to-Moon sessions.

248 20 01 09 PLT So that completes the message on TO02 now. And

be checking with us. And we won!t do the stadio-
metry because the stadiometry has to go with the -
the sextant sightings in this case because its an
operational mode, and therefore we're going to
omit them. And that's the end - end of the mes-
sage, and we'll pick up the rest of the operational
sightings in a few days.

248 20 01 36 PLT Thank you.

248 20 01 59 PLT Oh, by the way, the sextant temperature at the end
of the session is 76 degrees, and that's the final
note now for TO02.

TIME SKIP

248 21 00 17 SPT Is there somebody using the tape recorder?

248 21 00 27 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, debriefing the

last ATM revolution. And just on my - This in-
 2041

formation goes to the ATM Pls and planners. Just

as on the last orbit, the principal activity re-
lated to a flare - in active region 9 this time.
Now fortunately, as soom as we came up, it was
pretty clear that active region 9 looked inter-
esting. It had flare potential; could be ready
to take off. So I did do several MIRROR LINE SCANs,
hunted around for the brightest points and that
sort of thing, and was pretty well waiting for a
flare at the time it occurred. As a matter of
fact, S056 should have a PATROL, SHORT, if I re-
member right, preceding the flare; 55 should have
some MIRROR LINE SCAN. And we were pretty much
sitting there waiting for it to happen when it
really did.

248 21 01 19 SPT As a matter of fact, I - I even made that comment

on the down - real-time voice link, if you remem-
ber. And so when it finally occurred, we began
getting data right, coincident with the rise phase.
_- And I didn't get a time on that; it shouldhave
been around 20:00 - 20:05 - 20:05, but your timing,
I'm sure, will be more accurate than that.

248 21 01 42 SPT The ROLL was optimized for 82B at 55 and was un-
fortunately very poor for 82A. I did take a
couple of manual exposures for 82A: one of about
3 seconds, a little later one of about 4 seconds.
82B, I had time for a couple of manual exposures
during the rise phase, and when it went over the
PMEC flare threshold, I did give it a short inter-
val of - of flare operation.

248 21 02 17 SPT A FLARE mode for 82B only. And then I went back
after, oh, 5 - 5 or l0 minutes to the manual ex-
posures on 82B. 55 was sitting there in MIRROR
LINE SCAN from before anything happened, all the
way through.

248 21 02 35 SPT Now, again, after the flare had peaked and some-
what beyond the peak, it was clear that I was a
few arc seconds away from the optimum location for
55, although it still looks real good for 82B; so
I again stepped up from line 9 to line 8, Just one
line away, and continued the MIRROR LINE SCAN.

_- 248 21 03 00 SPT So do look for a one-line change in the S055 data.

56 had gone to AUTO, SHORT before it peaked - well
before it peaked - and should get good data all
2042

the way through if we didn't get it hung up in

FILTER 3 too often. So I'm sure you got some ex-
posures, Jim, but there may be a few gaps in
there when you get hung up on those AUTO and
ACTIVE i modes. I'm still inclined to think
there is a propensity for hanging up in ACTIVE 1
and AUTO. 54, I think, you got just about what
you were looking for, except, of course, it
could have been a bigger flare.

248 21 03 44 SPT It did peak at about 715 on the PMEC. The IIC
was reading about 70 or so - 70. So it wasn't
quite as big as the one before, but it was above
your threshold and did have a very substantial
X-ray signature. That just about takes care of
all of the flare instruments, and this time
XUV MON and X-ray signatures did have a fairly
long tail-off. The - the flare was very clisi-
ble [sic] - very clearly visible on the X-ray
image scope. It all - The IIC also had a very
long tail-off. It was very slow in coming back;
in fact, slower than the PMEC. And the difference
relates to their spectral differences.

248 21 04 31 SPT But the PMEC dropped below 700. It continued to

decrease slowly, whereas the IIC remained up about
70 for substantially longer and fluctuated around
a little bit before coming on down towards the end
of the orbit. The BERYLLIUM stepped as far as
APERTURE 2. I do not recall just what the reading
would have been in BERYLLIUM i, but I think that
it would have been below 4150. So another point
you might want to consider at this time is recali-
brating the PMEC and BERYLLIUM COUNT. It does
appear that the BERYLLIUM COUNT is more conserva-
tive; that is, for a given ... level, it will, at
least for the two flares, - will trigger the PMEC
before it triggers the BERYLLIUM COUNTER, whereas
we would have assumed - we have assumed that as
nearly as possible they were intended to be col_
lected at levels. At the last 6 minutes of the
orbit, I - I did that slew away from the flare,
which is pretty well decreased in intensity in
both XUV and X-ray by the end of the orbit, and
got a 6-minute STANDARD MODE in for S052.

248 21 05 54 SPT I also had about - No, no, I was going to take a _-_
look at it in the - with my monitor. As it turned
out, I only had 30 seconds left, and by the time
 2043

I could see it on TV, apparently the earthshine -

Earth's limb had come in - scattered in through the
vidicon and was a very bright glow off to one
side. And I had not noticed that before, but I
had always looked at a different Beta angle than
we have now. Beta is going through zero. And so
it does appear that if we monitor the TV as it gets
close to equal zero - TIME REMAINING, zero - it does
appear that the Earth's limb will scatter in consi-
derable light. And I'll remember to take a closer
look at that later on.

248 21 06 43 SPT So we're set for postflare activities on the next

orbit. And did scrub the EREP for that. I'll
probably take a quick look at the WLC for a transi-
ent and then get on with the postflare activities
for the other instruments.

248 21 07 00 SPT End of message from the SPT for the ATM PIs and
planners.

248 21 07 ll CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and this is S019 information
we're getting out late because we just canceled
EREP. We didn't even have S019 in the airlock.
We now got it in there, and we started about a
minute, 15 seconds ago the first exposure. The
Nu z is plus 0.3; so I added that to minus 1.4.
Get a minus 1.7, which I subtracted from 250.7;
got 249.0. I got 249.0 ROTATION, 8.9 TILT. We're
going to go for a 960-second unw_dened exposure.
I'm going to give you a mark at 2 minutes; that's
the best I can do for you. We've already been
exposed about a minute and &5 seconds. It's
frame 140 on field N-6. Couldn't interrupt a de-
briefing by the SPT on a flare that's occurred.
So stand by here now, and I'll give you a mark -

248 21 08 08 CDR MARK. Now that's a 2-minute mark, okay? I'll be

off the comm for a while. We'll also be sharing
this with Jack Lousma and T002.

248 21 08 18 CDR So CDR out for a while.

248 21 09 27 PLT You won't want to shine your light on the window
down here.

2h8 21 09 35 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A now.

We're going to share this with S019, and we had to
 2O44

back out of EREP. And so now we're doing T002

again, and my no-EREP plan is to do a dash 2, which
is star-to-Moon sightings - star being Nunki, and
we're getting the window cover off. It's all dark
here, and we don't have any light going through
here because we don't want to disturb S019. And
I - I'll give you a few specs here to begin with.
Temperature on the sectant is 73 degrees, and the
diopter's a minus 1.25. And I see the Moon. That's
the beginning; a place to start. If I can get my
feet anchored down, that's another place to commence
to begin, to commence to start. Okay.

248 21 l0 49 PLT Okay, here we are. We'll get the zero bias sight-
ings after the run becuase the thing is all set up.
We got to hustle. Besides, what's a few zero biases
among friends, when I can get them later? Pretty
well set up from the last session is one reason we're
not cranking it around. It kills time. Okay, so
you want the 1.6 filters. I'll try that again,
like I did last time. It wasn't too bright last -_-
time. Washed Nunki out of the picture. Last time
I had both filters in, 1.0 and 1.6. I'll try it "
with 1.6 for a while here. Okay, stand by here;
we'll go into action. Wish I could lean this on
something. Screwy on angle, leaning on the window.
I'm going to have to lean my head against the bulk-
head and the sextant against my head. That's the
best I can do.

248 21 12 36 PLT MARK. And that mark is 16.795, space fans.

248 21 13 08 PLT MARK. 16.795. Now Nunki's just getting washed

out by the Moon; so I'm going to go with the
other filter also. It's going to give us better
marks if I do that.

248 21 13 42 PLT MARK. Number 3 is 16.796. Both filters in now.

Got a little glow around the Moon. I don't know
if that's dirt on our window or what. Uniform,
anyway. Wherever you put your hand, it's still
there.

248 21 14 44 PLT MARK. 16.783.

248 21 15 12 PLT MARK. 16.772.

248 21 15 40 PLT MARK. 16.767.

 2O45

248 21 16 01 PLT MARK. 16. 762.

248 21 16 27 PLT MARK. 17.755.

248 21 17 Ol PLT MARK. 16.746.

248 21 17 27 PLT You're causing the auroras there, O.

SPT You think that's it? All the flares causing the
auroras? Huh?

PLT Seems reasonable.

248 21 17 50 PLT MARK. 16.724.

PLT What?

248 21 18 00 PLT No, we're not going to use them because we got to
keep the lights out for SO19. No. Then we ought to
have aurora for the next few days, huh? Some better
ones, even. Yes, we can't have any light out this
window with SO19 going. The only way to do them both
is keep all the lights out. Let's look for that
aurora, though. You know we might get it again
right here.

PLT Yes.

PLT I'm kind of over on the left side of the window.

Sort of cattyvampus to it.

SPT ... can't reach it?

PLT No, it's up in the - I put it back in the door.

PLT Good idea.

248 21 18 55 PLT MARK. 16.700. Maybe we ought to have some of that

BB film in there, O. Do we have a camera with
BB film in it? We do, don't we?

SPT Yes, but ...

PLT Oh, we're limited on that.

248 21 19 23 PLT MARK. 16.68_. There's old Nun. There's old Nunki
up there. The handle on a teapot, which pours tail
on the - pours water on the tail of the Scorpion.
 2O46

248 21 19 48 PLT MARK. On Nunki. 16.672. Not keeping it placed

on it. The far side of the Moon, away from Nunki.
The other side of the Moon is Just now visible.
Got a nice half Moon up there right now.

248 21 20 32 PLT MARK. 16.651. You might have heard me chewing

on m_ lemon drops there; that's not my teeth
breaking.

248 21 20 55 PLT MARK. 16.634. One of the luxuries of life in

working for Skylab is lemon drops.

248 21 21 16 PLT MARK. Okay. 16.622. I'm going to go off the air
for a minute and give this to my friend, A1 Bean,
who is going to CLOSE the SHUTTER on SO19.

PLT You ready?

248 21 21 31 CDR ... recording, this is the CDR. I'm getting ready
to shut off a 16-minute exposure on S019. It's
been field N-6; it's in frame 140. It's going ....
to be approximately 25 seconds from now that I
shut it off. And closing my shutters in 16 minutes,
known in every circle as 960 seconds, unwidened.
Okay, stand by.

248 21 22 09 CDR MARK. That's it. I'll be off the comm for a
while. Here you are, Jack.

248 21 22 22 PLT Okay, here's Jack back again for TO02. We're
going to do some more marks on that. Okay, we've
got our Owen Garriott standing by here with the
camera to look at the aurora, if we get one.
The horizon is off the edge of the discone antenna
now, Owen. There's no aurora at the moment. As
I recall, I saw it when the Moon was going down,
and of course we were doing it from a little
different position; but we're not quite to the
point where I saw it yet.

SPT You've got a good view there ...

PLT I do now. I Just came into view.

CDR Hey, Jack, tell them to stand by for a mark on

S019.

PLT Stand by for a mark for S019.

 2047

248 21 23 02 PLT MARK. S019 mark. Okay, that was not a T002 mark.

PLT Yes, I got to get over in this corner here, O.

I'll keep looking out here.

PLT Let's see; I got to get right up so I can -

PLT Okay, let me get in position again.

PLT Well, let me see here. Okay, I got to get around

this way a little more. I got disorganized here
for a moment, which is rare. I'm usually disor-
ganized for long periods of time, not Just a moment.
I'm where I have to be right here, Owen. Whate_er
you need - I'm taking Nunki and I'm sweeping -

PLT Yes, it'll be better to cross a little and move it

back and forth to m_ke sure it doesn't ... we have
it at the pitch point.

248 21 24 15 PLT MARK.

PLT Yes. Star-to-Moon. What happened to that little

light? The light burned out.

PLT Yes, 16.495. That's my little cottonpicking light.

PLT Got to go to work. Yes, now the Earth's horizon

is much - for T002 - is much easier to see now for
star-to-limb with that bright Moon than it was
without a Moon. Another little interesting turn
of events - the curves, how celestial bodies rotate.

248 21 25 28 PLT MARK.

PLT Yes, 16.434. Got to keep my eye open here for

a while. I come out of this any time, and now
I'll check it. I also want to get an aurora
if we can.

248 21 26 02 PLT MARK. 0oops, I rolled off too much.

248 21 26 09 PLT MARK. Not a bad mark. 16.395. I don't see

anything yet, O.

248 21 26 29 CDR This is CDR discussing S019. I'm in the middle of

the final exposure here. I'm not going to be able
 20_8

to get the 960 seconds. I'll give you 270 seconds -

h-l/2 minutes. That'll cut this off about 15 sec-
onds before sunrise. That's the best we can do. By
the way, that's going to be frame lhl, field FMC.

248 21 27 04 PLT MARK. T002, 16.3_h. We're starting to get one, 0.

Come on in here now.

PLT Just by the edge of the solar panel. See it there?

We're going to see it. We're going to - -

PLT Yes, I think so.

CDR Stand by for a mark,

248 21 27 31 CDR MARK. That's the completion of S019 exposure.

That was 4-1/2 minutes - 270 seconds. That's the
last exposure for this run.

PLT Okay, this is T002 again.

248 21 27 49 PLT MARK. T002, 16.299. Not going to be as good

this time, 0.

PLT Well, it's Just not as widespread. Maybe it's

our angle or position or something; I don't know.

248 21 28 23 PLT MARK. 16.277. Over there. There wasn't very

much of it. See if I can see it again.

PLT You can see the glow; see the glow there below
the Moon.

248 21 28 38 PLT Maybe that's the moonglow on the Earth; I don't

know. We had this much light last time; we saw
it real good. It figures, see, since we moved -
we moved to the west. And so it's getting
• further and further away from the window,

248 21 29 18 PLT MARK. T002, 16.212. Still see stars although

we got lights on the solar panel. See the brighter
stars, anyway - not all of them.

248 21 29 43 PLT MARK. 16.182.

248 21 29 59 PLT Saw a light flash go through my eye.

2482130 08 PLT MARK.16.156. _

 2049

248 21 30 36 PLT _RK. 16.133.

248 21 31 00 PLT MARK. 16.100.

248 21 31 B3 PLT MARK. 16.067.

248 21 31 53 PLT MARK. 16.043.

248 21 B2 27 PLT MARK. 16.005.

248 21 32 48 PLT MARK. 16 - correction: 15 - 15.979.

248 21 33 14 PLT MARK. 15 - 15.949. Kind of light out now, but

I can still see Nunki.

248 21 33 42 PLT _,_[RK. 15.917. Still see it.

248 21 34 ii PLT _&_RK. 15.882. I can't see Nunki with my naked

eye anymore. See if I can see it with the sextant.
I see Jupiter; see that with the naked eye, too.
Still seeing Nunki. l'm not going to take any more
_ marks. It's gettinga little obscure,but I can
still see Nunki with the sextant. I cannot see
with the naked eye. Still see it. Still see it.
It's getting real cloudy in the sextant, but I
can still see the Moon and Nunki. Flight might
want to have this information Just to see what
the light-gathering qualities of the sextant are.

248 21 35 09 PLT Still see it very faintly. See the Moon and Nunki
right near it. Take a book at the zero bias.

248 21 35 24 CC Skylab, AOS through Honeysuckle, 2 minutes.

248 21"35 28 PLT l'm sure this next one is 80 degrees.

248 21 35 35 CC Skylab, are you through with TV-II?

248 21 35 41 PLT Get lost, brother; l'm busy.

248 21 35 47 SPT I don't think they did it, Story. You'll have to
talk to them about it.

248 21 35 52 CC Okay.

248 21 35 56 CDR I haven't looked at the schedule. Jack took most

of the VTR on the transferof C&D. I think that's
it.
 2050

248 21 36 05 CC Okay, AI, if you're not using it, we'll rewind it.

248 21 36 09 CDR Okay, rewind, l've got one and a half exposure
of S019. Jack's doing T002.

248 21 36 18 CC Okay. And since you're not running FAREP, you

looking for something to do?

248 21 36 24 CDR That's not a bad idea. What do you have in mind?

248 21 36 28 CC Okay, the unsuited run on T020. We'd like to

look at the pressures on the various SOPs to see
which one is the best one to use.

248 21 36 36 PLT Can't give them a zero bias.

248 21 36 37 CC - - numbers and the location - -

248 21 36 40 PLT Can't seem to get a zero bias in for some reason.
Can't find the other - I can't find the stars. I
got it set right at 00; 000. Because I got the
filters in,dummy, r_

248 21 36 59 CC Okay, we're i0 seconds to LOS, and we'll see you

over Goldstone at 22:03.

248 21 37 15 PLT Okay, zero bias, 0.003. Whoops! Guess that's

the only one we're going to get because ... just
went over the hill. Well, we don't get any zero
bias this time around, hut I don't imagine they're
too much different than they ever have been; so
let's not say we did.

248 21 38 01 PLT So the temperature of the sextant is 80 degrees.

We only got one zero bias setting there, although
it wasn't - wasn't significantly different than
anything else we get. So l'm going to call that -
We must have had 20 to 30 marks there; so I'ii
call that two more runs on T002-2, star-to,Moon -
Nunki-to-the-Moon, the furtherest away - the
furtherest from Nunki. And with that, we'll call
it a day.

248 21 38 29 PLT This is the end of message. It goes to - S019 stuff

goes to Karl Henize. My T002 goes to Bob Randle
at Ames and Robert Nute

248 21 38 44 PLT End of message.

F _

2051

TIME SKIP

248 22 20 59 PLT Hello again there, space fans, This is Jack on

channel A, and we're going to do some more T002-2,
star-to-Moon sightings using Nunki. Temperature
of the sextant is 75 degrees; diopter is minus 1.25.
Do a little bit of zero bias sighting here. Infor-
mation goes to Bob Randle, Ames Research Center,
and Bob Nute over in building 4.

248 22 22 12 PLT MARK. That one is first zero bias sighting; 0.006.

248 22 22 33 PLT Second one is 0.005. Third one is 0.004. Fourth

is 0.004, and the fifth and final one is 0.005.
Okay, now starting to see Nunki and the Moon; so
I'ii Just put both filters in on the lower optical
path, and we'll crank around 14 degrees in there.

248 22 24 01 PLT There is no question about it. There's the Moon.

Getting pretty good at recognizing the Moon. Got
P some stars out there, but it's still a littlebit
of daylight. Not daylight but scattered light off
the solar panel from the discone antenna.

248 22 24 41 PLT But I got Nunki there anyway. Now she's coming in
a lot better; better. Revolution - going to
run her out past the plane of the Moon, which is
the furtherest away from her, and say -

248 22 25 111 PLT MARK. 15.378.

248 22 25 45 PLT MARK. 15.405.

248 22 26 07 CC Skylab, AOS Madrid, 9 minutes.

248 22 26 59 PLT MARK.

248 22 27 01 SPT Hey, Story, what's the situation on the TV - the

VTR at this point?

248 22 27 04 PLT 15.473. 15.473.

248 22 27 33 PLT MARK. 15.501.

SPT ... little later in the evening ...

 2052

248 22 28 03 PLT MARK. 15.532.

SPT ... that information was not passed along to you.

248 22 28 29 CC Okay, I'll get that one for you, too.

248 22 28 30 PLT MARK. 15.556.

248 22 28 59 PLT MARK. 15.584. Numbers getting bigger now. They

were getting smaller last time.

CC Owen, if you can wait until after the next Goldstone

pass, which is 23:42, you can have the entire - -

248 22 29 29 PLT MARK. 15.611.

248 22 29 49 CC Okay, we'll be finishing the dump now, and we'll

let you know when it's complete.

248 22 30 0O PLT MARK. 15.64 - correction - 15.638.

SPT ... I did get $052 FAST SCAN a couple of runs ... _--

248 22 30 33 PLT MARK. 15.661.

248 22 30 41 CC Okay.

248 22 31 03 FLT MARK. 15.684.

248 22 31 37 PLT MARK. 15.714.

248 22 32 03 PLT MARK. 15.738.

248 22 32 28 PLT MARK. 15.757.

248 22 33 00 PLT MARK. 15.778.

248 22 33 21 PLT MARK, 15.789,

248 22 33 39 PLT MARK. 15.802.

248 22 34 04 PLT MARK. 15.823.

248 22 34 09 CC - - LOS. See you over Honeysuckle in 35 minutes.

Be dumping the tape recorders there. And, Owen,
the only pad you have on board today is the prep
pad. And tomorrow we'll be sending you an operate _
pad.
 2053

248 22 34 48 PLT MARK. 15.850.

248 22 35 16 PLT MARK. 15.867.

248 22 35 35 PLT MARK. 15.878.

248 22 36 08 PLT MARK. 15.901.

248 22 36 28 PLT MARK. 15.905.

248 22 37 05 PLT MARK. 15.934.

248 22 37 31 PLT MARK. 15.938.

248 22 38 01 PLT MARK. 15.955.

248 22 38 31 PLT Yes, with glasses? Yes, he always sits around

quietly and listens.

248 22 38 46 PLT MARK. 15.977.

_ 248 22 39 05 PLT MARK. 15.983.

248 22 39 26 PLT MARK. 15.994.

248 22 39 52 PLT MARK. 16.001.

248 22 40 24 PLT MARK. 16.014.

248 22 40 51 PLT MARK. 16.017. We're going to knock off for a

few minutes and come back later.

248 22 53 59 PLT Okay, here we are again, space fans, on T002. We're
going to take some more m_ks between Nunki and the
Moon. Thought we'd take a little break there and
let the angle grow a little or something. All
the marks were so close together. Oops, they're
getting wide again.

248 22 54 32 PLT MARK. 15.884.

248 22 54 44 PLT Now Nunki's getting closer to the Moon again.

248 22 54 51 PLT MARK. 15.874.

248 22 55 07 PLT MARK. 15.863.

f 248 22 55 35 PLT MARK. 15.845.

 2054

248 22 56 06 PLT MARK. 15.817.

248 22 56 38 PLT MARK. 15.799.

248 22 56 51 PLT What didthey do with the VTR, 0.? Did they
rewind it or what?

248 22 56 54 SPT Y_s, ...

248 22 57 Ol PLT }lARK. 15,783, Well, they told me to go to T002_

and I can't do both at the same time.

248 22 57 17 PLT MARK. Well, over lO0 was good. 15.768. Throw
the rest in some other time.

248 22 57 36 PLT Okay.

248 22 57 43 PLT MARK. 15.749.

248 22 57 58 PLT MARK. 15.738.

248 22 58 i0 PLT I don't know where to put that, 0.

248 22 58 19 PLT MARK. 15.722

248 22 58 33 PLT MARK. 15.706

248 22 58 51 PLT MARK. 15.694

248 22 59 07 PLT MARK. 15.682

248 22 59 38 PLT MARK. 15.651

248 23 00 06 PLT MARK. 15.624

248 23 00 26 PTL MARK. 15.606 606, that was.

248 23 00 43 PTL You don't need to hunt for this operation, by the
my.

248 23 01 05 PLT MARK. 15.574.

248 23 Ol 14 PLT Wonder what your orbit does to these readings?

For a while they increase, and then they decrease.
One orbit they're big, and another orbit they're
not. They look smaller. Not using the light on the
solar panel.
 2055

248 23 01 41 PLT MARK. 15.538. I'Ii take a couple more, and we'll
call it a night. Don't know what we got, but we
got a heck of a lot more than we expected to get.

248 23 02 02 PLT _kRK. 15.517.

248 23 02 27 PLT MARK. That's the last one; 15.489. l've got to
leave so I can make my next appointment, but the
temperature of the sextant is 78 degrees. I did
our zero biases already, and the diopter was
minus 1.25, as reported earlier. And we got at
least enough marks there for two sessions, if not
more, and you can count them whenever you want to.
But that winds up this day's work on T002. Infor-
mation goes to Mr. Bob Randle and to Bob Nute,
and that's all for today.

248 23 03 16 PLT End of message. Thank you and so long.

TIME SKIP

248 23 53 01 CDR This is the CDR, and I'm debriefing the last ATM
run, which was the 23:07 run. It went nominal
up to about the time I was finishing step 4D -
chip 4D of step l, JOP 2A. Then I noticed that
active region 9 was getting a little bright in
H-alpha relative to the others. I also noticed
that the BERYLLIUM COUNTER had gone to 3, about
3900, and I know this wasn't enough for a flare,
but it looked like a great - a break point. I
went down, took a MIRROR AUTO RASTER - correction -
GRATING AUTO SCAN on the brightest point of active
region 9. When I finished, I went back up, did
step 4E of JOP 2A on active region 12. And then
I came back down for 9 because it still looked like
the ... It looked like it was pepping up again.
I did the GRATING Ab'20 SCAN on the hottest part.
Then I moved up and am doing a MIRROR AUTO RASTER.
Some of it may be going to sunset here. I'm on -
I'm on line 21. I'll probably be about halfway
through by 343. Then we'll get the other part.
It never did really materialize, but it sure bears
watching the rest of the - for the next few hours.
 2o56

Looks like it's brightening all along the western

side of the filament -

248 23 54 53 CDR - and -

###
 DAY249 (AM) 2057

249 01 29 07 CDR This is for the ATM science room. CDR debriefing.

PLT Hello, AI.

CDR I got all the mandatory things done on - -

PLT Hello, AIE

CDR - - the - -

PLT Hey, AI !

CDR - - 00:39 pass. However, I did not - -

249 01 29 19 PLT Hello, AI: l'm on channel A.

TIME SKIP

249 03 02 28 PLT - - GRATING and also gave a GRATING AUTO SCAN on

_ DETECTORS i and 2. I ran a 10-second SHORT
WAVELENGTH exposure for 82B, and I got SINGLE
FRAME, LONG - correction - SINGLE FRAME, SHORT
in FILTERS i, 3, 5 for 56. Then I went over to
Sun center, and I did item number 2 with 52 MODE,
STANDARD; ROLL 5400. And in the same place I got
a shopping list item number 13, FILTER 4 for S056,
8 minutes long. I went back to that ... region
in active region 19 and noticed that the only
thing you could see back there is - also the time
before that I was back there - that it varied
quite a lot during the time that I was looking at
it. So I thought what l'd do is, Just for the
heck of it, run the GRATING on run 55 and stop,
all detectors at 0000 for a little while, and I
did that ... any changes in the pad ... region.
Normally, looking at ... area that I picked up on
the XUV MONITOR, located between active regions i0
and 19 - i0 and 9, thinking that perhaps there
were some things in there that you might term
worthy of a little "look see". And so I found it
on the XUV MONITOR. I was able to locate it also
in H-ALPHA, and I was able to get it peaked up on
DETECTOR 3 and the GRATING, all balls ; so it
looked like it might have been an interesting
little sidelight to study. So I'm running a
/_ MIRROR AUTO RASTER on it right now and also a -
2Q58

I took a SINGLE FRAME 4, LONG on that. And we're

running out of daylight; so what we're going to
secure now, and I'll see you again tomorrow.

249 03 04 40 PLT Thank'you.

TIME SKIP

249 II 53 47 SPT Okay, here we are set up for S063 ops. We're about
30 seconds away. Frame remaining is number 4 on
the UV, and on the visible it _as on 46. And I
took one exposure Just to make sure it was working
well. Put me down on 45 when I give you your frame
count at the end. So we're getting set up here.
We want about 45 seconds - 13 - 15 seconds to
start the tracking. So stand by for your first
mark. Okay, l'm set up to track you right now.
Stand by.

249 ll 54 39 SPT MARK. UV. Mark closed, ... photo. Thank you,
Jack. Okay, that was the first photo. Seems to
have worked well. Disengage. Driving back to
the end. Reengage. Set my ... - cock my levers.
Adjusting the time down. Now leaving it at
2 seconds and switching to 3200. That's 2700, and
we're ready to do it again. Okay, I'm tracking
nOW.

249 Ii 55 47 SPT MARK.

249 ll 55 49 SPT MARK. First photograph - or the sec3nd photograph

at 3200. Okay, disengage, back to tlhe drive posi-
tion, relock, reset levers, and set timer for
1 second. Okay, visible - both are readjusted to
1 second. Switching filters down to 2700. Okay,
it's time to start this one at 56:30. Okay, start-
ing my drive. Now I'm tracking.

2h9 ii 56 44 SPT MARK.

249 ll 56 46 SPT MARK. Okay, that should have been i_ .... that
time, Jack, or could you hear it? Okay, another
visible ... be looking right. Disengaged, moved
to the bottom, reset the cocking levers. There's
one; there's the other. Leaving them on 1 second,
changing filters. Last one here is going to be a
 2059

3200 angstrom, and we are down to one frame. Okay,

we're going to reengage, and it's starting to
track - time track.

249 ll 57 39 SPT MARK.

249 ii 57 40 $PT MARK. That was UV open and closed. We should have
got a visible photo. That's the end of this pass.
Okay, disengaged, driving down to the bottom. And
l'm not going to change my cocking levers this
time since I don't want any more trips or anything
like that. I'ii leave them open for the moment,
and l'm turning my timer off. Okay, I'ii go
through my settings and everything here to make
sure that they're all as we wanted them. On my
UV camera I am set on f/2. There is no focus ad-
justment on the UV lens. And the twin - the twin
UV filter was on, of course, and I moved it back
and forth according to the pad. Timer; you heard
all that. That was ... right. The camera started
at 4, and it's cranked to zero, as it should've.

249 ll 58 36 SPT The visible camera frames remaining, I'll - That's

down here. Just a moment. Doublecheck that one.
The one on the back now reads 41, which is what
it ought to read. That's five photos there since
I took one extra to verify its operation was nor-
mal. Okay, so I'll not do anything to the adjust-
ments now except take out the UV camera and change
the film cassette. Now one other thing about the
stability. I got it working a little better this
time. At - The optic sight is the thing that you
got to be most careful of because that's the thing
your eye rests against, or if it doesn't rest, it
leans and touches it every now and then. And up
on the top of the sight, the optical sight, there's
a little decal that says to change the battery
and so on.

249 ll 59 32 SPT I've run a piece of gray tape about 8 - 6 or

8 inches long from that battery housing over to
the top of the frame and then another one from
the bottom of the battery housing down to the
bottom of this little rectangular frame. And
that holds the optical sight in there very firmly.
And your eye can be up against it and touch it,
and it Just doesn't Jiggle around. And it makes
a very significant improvement on the stability
 with which you can track objects. Now I put some
gray tape on the camera foot as well, but it is
probably less critical because there's nothing
touching the UV camera at this point, with the
exception of when we tried to take those two
rapid exposures.

But it looks like that pass went off as planned,

and I'll be securing here, changing the film, and
getting set up for the next pass. This message
goes to - There's one more thing I wanted to talk
about. And this could go to the same people. This
message goes to the S063 PIs, the ..., Wally Teague,
Jack Lew, and any others interested in S063.

249 12 00 43 SPT And I wanted to comment on this aurora that we

saw last night. Right after sunset I took a look
out the STS window towards the north at 00 -
0305 - 0305 and saw a very extensive aurora to
the north. We were all prepared with Nikon 03,
35-millimeter lens, f/1.h, with the CI film that
we have been using. And very fortunately, the --_
horizon was nearly perpendicular to the STS
window.

So I took a couple of 1-second exposures and

then switched to Bravo on the timer and took a
couple of manual h-second exposures, even though
that wasn't included on the pad, just to make
sure we were getting plenty of exposure and also,
perhaps, to catch some of the higher altitude
aurora, which was much more dim. And so we have
- I think it was a total of six or seven frames
of either 1-second and h-second exposures. Now
the aurora itself - what - You could see the
auroral arc to begin with. It showed an arc
across the Earth's terrain beneath it. It was
for the most part - or a good part of it was
even below the horizon airglow. And so part of
the aurora was closer to us than the horizon -
the majority of it. It was greenish in color.
I couldn't see any red, and toward the end of
the period - we could see it for a full 5 min-
utes there - the arc extended out away from the
spacecraft toward the horizon, and the aurora
tended to blend in with the 80-kilometer airglow.
 2060

249 12 02 26 SPT Now above it, very faintly, you could see streamers,
very thin striations in the aurora extending to much
higher altitudes. And again my guess is from, oh,
100 on up to 200 - 250 kilometers. Very thin rays,
very dim but thin rays more - more or less vertical
and pre - apparently aligned with the magnetic
field could be seen. And so that was one of the
purposes of the 4-second exposures - was an at-
tempt to get some of the photography of this higher
altitude raylike structure.

249 12 03 04 SlY9 So that's a general description of it, and these

particular frames are noted on the film load -
CI film load. And I hope that the developers take
special pains to print this film to the higher
ASA ratings so as not to develop it along with
the rest, so that we can get some photography of
the auroras. It was probably the most extensive
auroral display we've seen and perhaps the most
interesting. It's higher altitude stuff,
150 to - 100 to 250. It didn't seem quite as
_ bright as that which we saw near the South Pole
on mission day 6. We were also not quite as close
as we were to the aurora as - as we were on mis-
sion day 6, but still it was a very good one and
probably the most extensive one that we've seen.

249 12 03 59 SPT Incidentally, about 3 hours previous to this, right

after sunset, we noticed that we'd seen the aurora
australis, if I've got the pronunciation right.
And so we saw both the northern and southern au-
roral lights within a few hours of each other.
Presumably they're related to the same - not a
disturbance - the magnetic field, and I hope that
we're in good - we're in for a few more days of
this since we've been having a lot of flaring.

249 12 04 32 SPT Okay, now this is the end of the message to the
S063 PIs, Wally Teague and Jack Lew, and I'll be
securing the comm until the next pass in an hour
and a quarter or so.

249 12 24 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR debriefing. By the way,

this is for the ATM science room, and I'm debrief-
ing the run at ll:30. Things went well, nominal
as can be up until I finished building chip hD
of J0P 2A, step l, at which time I got a call
from the ground to go over and look at a possible
 2061

coronal transient, 090. So I went over to Sun

center and looked at that for a few minutes, didn't
think I saw anything, looked at it some more -
Wait - No, I didn't. I didn't think I saw any-
thing; so I gave it a ... - a STANDARD. After I
finished with the STANDARD, I went back and looked
at it some more, and it looked to me like - at
090, instead of having distortion in the corona,
which we've seen as transients before, it looked
like the streamer right there had unusual bright-
ening, the lower - about three-quarters of the
radius of it. In other words, it was train-
gular shaped, not exactly a good triangle. It
was same as a helmet streamer, except the real
helmet part, the dome part, was exceptionally
bright. It had a little dome on it.

249 12 25 48 CDR So I called up our visiting expert, one Dr. Owen

Garriott, who looked at it, and we both agreed that
it looked like it was something different and it
was probably a transient. So we went to building
block 8B, and we looked at it pretty hard. And
we decided EXTENDED STANDARD was appropriate, so
we gave it EXTENDED STANDARD.

CDR We gave it a MIRROR AUTO RASTER at zero. We

looked at the X-ray SPECT where it said X - M, 3,
0, L, 64. We had something like 8 or 9 minutes
left; so we decided to give it an M, 3, 0, S, 256.
We thought that would be the best thing that could
happen with the time available.

249 12 26 27 CDR We started off on a PATROL, LONG, and we felt then

after a while that that wasn't going to do the
Job; so we went back to a PATROL, NORMAL on 56.
And we gave no other instruments anything else.
Just about a minute before the end, I went back
and looked at it again and found that it was
still the same length, but it was still a brighten-
ing there. We'll have to look at it the next
rev and see what we think. NOw Just about
2 minutes before sunset, we got a BERYLLIUM 2
with a indication of about 3900, which isn't enough
for a flare. We did have a kickoff on the X-ray,
but it went down Just a little tap.

f- 249 12 27 07 CDR So I was ready to go down - What it was, was active

region 12. I could see it down there faintly
 2062

flaring. It was bright but not really bright.

UV monitor, it was not standing out particularly.
On the H-alpha it was a little bit bright. So
I'd have to class that as a pre-flare event, maybe
a brightening. Maybe it was a small ... I'm not
sure. But it never got up above the limits that
we've set here through your notes that said don't
go do anything unless you knew it was such and
such. So that's the end of the briefing.

249 12 27 43 CDR CDR out. That's for the ATM science room.

TIME SKIP

249 13 23 43 SPT Okay, here we are back.

SPT 0kay, we're 30 seconds away. We've checked all

the camera settings. 24:30 is our - is our first
exposure, 2700 angstroms.

CC ... 12:18 Zulu. The present time is ...

249 13 24 18 SPT Okay, 24:30 is essentially now; so stand by for

the timer. Okay, engaged, and we're tracking.

249 13 24 42 SPT MARK. Okay, okay. Something wrong with this

timer. We took about four or five exposures in
rapid succession. I'm having to secure these
operations. Okay, I see - No, I've got to
correct it, my drive - motor drive switches, and
they're all positioned. Okay, 3200 angstroms is
my next exposure, and we have now counted down
to 31 - 31 before I got it stopped. In time,
31 - 3200 angstroms is my next exposure. Okay,
I read - Gone to the bottom. I'm tracking up
again. Stopping that, make sure I've - Okay,
standby for the 3200.

249 13 26 00 SPT MARK. UV exposure, visible.

249 13 26 08 SPT MARK. The end of the UV exposure. Okay, we're

tracking it back. Okay, the next one is coming
at 27:30, which is a minute away. I want
2 seconds. Timer is being reduced to 2. And my
time set thing for the vis - for the setting is
coming down to 2 seconds. That's reset to 2,
 2063

and I am moving to 2700 angstrom. Cottonpickin!

It blew about i0 UV frames again - or i0 ba -
black and white frame_. Okay, we're getting set
up for 27:30, which is 30 seconds away. I have
2700 selected, and this is to be a pair - second
picture initiated man_]ly, if I can manage that.
We got 2 seconds each. Okay, we're starting to
track. 2 seconds; 2 seconds is set, and I'm
tracking.

SPT Okay, I'm going to have to reset that .... were

not engaged. Tape retrack. I'm tracking again.
Stand by.

249 13 28 19 SPT MARK. UV, visible, and that's the end. Changing
my filters. Standing by for the manual. See if
I can find that spot again. It's way down there.

249 13 28 33 SPT _. End of mark. Okay, I got them in on the

same target, Just barely. Just barely made that
one in. Come back to the end, recock the two
/-_ levers. My next pair is also a double, at 3229.
It's coming up right now. Wants 2700 first, and
that's what I've got in right now. I have it in
3200; I'm switching it to 27. Okay, now we're
ready to track again. Still is at - This is
1 second. Timer is switched to 1 second. Here
we go. Got our track.

249 13 29 24 SPT MARK. UV. That's the end of the UV. There's
the visible; switching filters.

2h9 13 29 40 SPT MARK. That's the end of the ride. At the end
again. Okay, got two pic - pictures in it that
time. I am pulled back, triggers are - reset my
two levers, reengaged the Vernier DRIVE. Next
time I'm waiting for is 13:30:30, which is 30 sec-
onds away. Want 2700 first. Okay, we're moving
it down to 2700. 30:30 is my time. I want 8 sec-
onds; 8 seconds set there and 8 seconds up there.
Starting to track. Okay, I'm tracking. Very
bright.

2h9 13 30 _7 SPT MARK. UV exposure, visible; end of the UV. I

don't know why it's so bright out there. Cloud
cover. Boy, is that albedo high! Yes, in fact
F it must be right at zero angle,and, boy, is it
bright! :.. really hurts your eyes. Trying to
 2064

squint. Next one is at 33:30, and it's a 2700.

Okay, the last one was made at 2700. So on the
8-second exposure, I ran out of time. I didn't
get the filters switched; so we have a - It looks
like two 2700-angstrom exposures at 8 seconds.
249 13 31 43 SPT So my first 16-second is going to be 2700. Set-
ting that to 16. Setting this one to 16. Wait
for 33:30, which is a minute and a half. Boy,
that's awful bright out there! Okay, I took
the visible camera frames remaining between
passes. It was - Counted down to 41, as it should
have. One which we don't need to worry about,
frames right on schedule. Okay, at this point
our UV camera is sitting on a frame of 25 ; should
be that next frame, 25. Coming up on 33; 30
seconds to go until frame number 9.

249 13 33 14 SPT Okay, I got the right filter; 16 seconds and

set in both places. Both are cocked. Verify
that again. It's cocked. That one' s cocked.
We're starting to drive Just a little bit late.
Okay, we're driving. Stand by.

249 13 33 54 SPT MARK. UV.

249 13 34 04 SPT MARK. VISIBLE.

249 13 34 ii SPT MARK. UV. Okay, move it back. Recock one

lever. And the second lever is recocked. Also
at 16 seconds at 3200, switching filters. We
now have 3200. Engaged and driving. Tracking.
Stand by.

249 13 34 49 sPT MARK. UV.

249 13 35 01 SPT MARK. VISIBLE.

249 13 35 06 SPT MARK. The end of the UV exposure. Okay, we're

turning to normal. Reengage the drive, recocked
one lever, recocked the second lever. Coming up
on 35:30. The next set is at 36:30. Got about
a minute, and we want a 2700-angstrom exposure.
Switching the filter now to 2700. So we got
2700. We have 16 seconds set in twice. And we
want 27 and 32. I'll get a 27 and a 32 as
quickly as we can here at a reasonable speed.
And we're ready to start tracking right now. _
Stand by. We're tracking.
 2065

249 13 36 38 SPT MARK. UV.

249 13 36 52 SPT MARK. VISIBLE.

249 13 36 55 SPT MARK. The UV closed. Okay, we're tracking it.

Okay, apparently the visible ... had an extra
picture in there. I Just heard it go off. Re-
set the visible. Reset the UV. And angstroms
over to 32 - 3200. 27, here we go. Okay, we
want another one. Tracking.

249 13 37 33 SPT MARK. UV.

249 13 37 47 SPT MARK. The VISIBLE.

249 13 37 50 SPT MARK. The close of the UV. It's not quite
centered, but it may be Just a retract. Okay,
I want a 2700 at 47 - 37:30. Little bit past
2700. Says it wants me to track the Earth hori-
zon and initiate the exposure manually. I don't
even see the horizon yet; so we can't quite do
that until I can see the - There went the visible
again. Got to get that thing back. And that
UV is already back.

249 13 38 28 SPT Okay, I got to be able to see the horizon. I

can't see the horizon. From our pad there's -
Oh, 47:30; excuse me. We got lO minutes. Got
a long time to wait. Okay, there are a couple of
extra visible things floating - There, I heard
it go. And expect you can account for those on
the data telemetry, but I've given the proper
marks on all the others. Okay, we're waiting
for about another 8 or 9 minutes here until we
can see the horizon.

249 13 39 06 SPT Got the site all the way up to the top. It's
going to be a manual exposure, 32 seconds. Set-
ting that for 32. The other set doesn't really
make any difference, because I'm not going to be
triggering with that anyway. Okay, I'll hold it
to 32 to begin with. Might as well be a manual
exposure. And I'll get a visible - I'll recock
the VISIBLE lever. I'm going to leave the UV lever
uncocked so it will not trigger. My UV frames
s remainingat this point is 21. Okay, sorry to be
so plagued with operator errors. Looks like _]most
2o66

every run there's either one or two minor or more

major, depending upon how it looks at the time,
problem. I see the boot of Italy, and Sicily's
right out through the UV mirror righs now. Isn't
that something down there, AI?
• Notice all that smoke or dust or something coming
off that little island off of - north of Sicily.

249 13 40 58 SPT I don't know what that is. Maybe that's unrelated
to that little island. Maybe it's a cloud, but
it's a beautiful, clear day. The whole boot of
Italy just stands out, spurs and everything,
all the way over through Greece. Fantastic!
Islands into Turkey ... - the whole shooting match.

249 13 41 20 SPT Son of a gun! Okay, as I was saying, sorry t_.be

plagued with these operator errors. I just blew
about i0 frames here, maybe - not sure of quite
the number - by not having that motor drive switch
set. I moved it out of T when I was changing -
changing the f_]m, and although I thought I'd
checked all settings, that was one that I missed. _
As far as I know, that's about the only - No, I
missed one filter on this last sequence, also.

249 13 41 51 SPT I noticed one other funny that you ought to look
for on the last film load, BV15. This is now
BV16 that I've got in here. When you take the
[IV camera out, of course, it is cocked. I then
had the twin filter on there, and I didn't want to
get any fingerprints or do any damage to it; so
I carefully took the filters and lens off the
Nikou 02. And then I went to unload the cassette.
Now as you return - as you go to rewind it, you
must switch the lever from off - from A for ad-
vance to R for retract. When you switch that
little knob from A to R, it puts the mirror up
and back. I don't know exactly how long the
mirror is flipped out of position, but it leaves
me with the impression that that exposes whatever
film at that point is behind the mirror to ambient
light.

229 13 42 29 SPT So that was a point I was unaware of, but I didn't
notice it as I prepared for the removal of BVI5.
And if that's the case, it's possible that the
first of the calibration frames may have been
exposed and light may have leaked a little bit on
 2067

either side of it. I don't know, but that may be -

may have been the implication of that. So that
was one funny I noticed on the unloading of BV15.

249 13 h_ 15 SPT Okay, we're now coming up to where I can see the
horizon through the window, at any rate. I'll
be able to track it here shortly.

2_9 13 _h 31 SPT This exposure should begin at approximately h7:30,

which is still 3 minutes away. Should be for
32 seconds. Oh, it's already over the Crimea.
Are we? Okay, just looking out at the Crimea
here, and rather interesting. Over here on the
thick side of it, and there's this long, thin bar.
It looks s]most like a dike, but it's really Just
a long, thin strip. Beautiful view. Lots of
cultivation in the Crimea, obviously. Couple of
great big trap [?] lakes where there - a red
hue, pres_nably of either iodine or some micro-
biological growth. I don't know. A lot of it
is pretty salty, I expect. _5:30; 2 more minutes.
_-- Horizon is clearly visible at the top.

2_9 13 _5 h_ SPT Okay, our VISIBLE lever is cocked; our UV lever

is not.

SPT In order to track the horizon at this time, I

may be beyond the point where the visible will
trigger. I will have already triggered it, per-
haps. So I've recocked my VISIBLE lever right
now, and it may trigger a little bit early. I
don't know that the visible picture's important
to you here. You got 1 minute to go. It's sitting
on 32, and I'm going to give you a manual exposure
on the horizon. _he horizon is tipped Just a
little bit with respect to the reticle here;
looks like about l0 or 15 degrees. I'll track
the horizon right on the center of the crosshairs.

2h9 13 h7 l0 SPT _7:30 coming up in about 20 seconds. Okay, the

horizon is fairly distinct down there, I believe.
Looks like I'll be able to see it all right.
Okay, I'm going to track down and pick it up now;
so we get a visible trigger here a little early.
Yes, there went the visible trigger. Okay, I'm
_--_ on the horizon.
 2068

249 13 47 41 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure. Very slowly.

Clear distinction between it - cloud-covered hori-
zon and the sky; differing shades of white.

249 13 48 14 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. That should have

been a good one. It wasn't off more than a
fraction of a degree for that whole exposure.
Okay, that completes this sequence, and m_ frames
remaining at this point reads exactly 20 - 20 on
the Nikon 02. That looks like it's almost exactly
9 or lO frames. Should have been exactly lO frames
extra, I did not take a sample photo at the end -
at the beginning - test photo at the beginning.
It says I took lO test photos. Okay, my timer
is being turned off. And I'll go down and double-
check the frames remaining on the visible.

249 13 49 37 SPT Okay, the visible camera is reading 30 frames

remaining; 30 frames remaining on the visible.
I lost those first in my billfold pocket.

49 13 50 02 SPT Yes, AI. If you want to take it out. It's

cocked still, so I'll - It'll be a moment before
I can get it out.

249 13 50 32 SPT Okay. Okay, okay, it's connected to the cable

there and everything so -

2h9 13 51 15 SPT Okay, coming off the headset. That's the end
of the information relative to S063. Goes to
S063 PIs Jack Lew and Wally Teague. It's under-
neath those little levers. Yes.

249 13 58 08 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A,

debriefing the last A_4 run, which began at 13:07.
Before I did the VTR, I went ahead - I wanted to
make sure that I got the right roll for S052; so
I delayed on the VTR until the proper orientation
waS taken. So the first thing I did was to start
off with JOP 6, and did the 1 Alfa and the 1 Bravo.
At the end of 1 Bravo, when the ROLL was plus 5400,
the optimum for 52, I did the VTR. I gave you
some S052, and I gave you two XUV MON's integrated
sequences. And then I took in a tour of the active
region of the Sun.
 2069

2_9 13 59 07 PLT And then I took you on a tour of the limb. And
I noticed on the limb that we have a couple of
prominences that you didn't send up on the solar
activity pad - pad. One very nice one appeared
to be 8200 arc seconds in length and probably
about 50 arc seconds - 60 arc seconds in height
from the resolution we could get on it. It was
located at about 300, and the other prominence
that I noted was of reasonable size, ... was
located at 250.

249 13 59 48 PLT You might want to take a look at those. Then I

went on and did the JOP 12 Dog and had about 7
or 8 minutes left, and so what I did was go back
to Sun center plus 5400 ROLL and gave 52 an
EXTENDED STANDARD. And I did run it into - right
down to actual sunset. And I did the same thing
with the MIRROR AUTO RASTER, all detectors at the
GRATING , all balls.

•249 14 O0 15 PLT In view of the fact that we have a possibie coro-

nal transientin progress,I did look at that.
It looked a little more bright on the streamer
in question that - than typical, although I'm
not sure that I could identify it as a transient.
Although I thought that if you thought it was one
or there was some suggestion of one, that you might
want to have a little more S052; and that's the
reason for going back to Sun center and giving
you some EXTENDED STANDARD. So that c_npletes
the debriefing for this rev, and we'll pick you
up again at 14:41.

249 14 00 51 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP

249 14 55 57 CDR CDR, answering the questions on 131-10GI. The -

By the way, the ga - the nitrogen's 1200 pounds.
Questions are: Did you have a sense of rotating
or otherwise moving during test? I sure did,
and I noticed I've got tremendous right bias. For
example, I can look out and see that I'm not moving,
look in, and in just a few seconds, I can see the
_- line moving to the right. So my data shows, I sus-
pect, a real huge right bias. If it's small left, I
 2O7O

see this right; if it's still, I see this right. I

guess - Sometimes I could even hear the thing run a
little bit slightly, l'd hear it go - start up, and
I'd see myself going right. And then l'd hear it
slow down, and l'd see myself going right. But I
Just called it like I saw it.

259 14 56 45 CDR Did the last target ever move in a direction other
than expected? Yes, it did. Sometimes when I'd
open my eyes before I'd focus, the line would
actually be kind of catty-corner. The vertical
line would be vertical, but the little horizontal
line would be kind of tipped. It was always the •
left one was slightly above the right one. So I
took my right - My left eye had drifted down
relative to my right eye. Then when I'd look at
it, it looked tipped up. And it would lock in
real quick. It kind of give me a - a start.

249 14 57 16 CDR Additional comments: None other than I've got -

feel that I'm a lot less sensitive to turning than
I was prior to flying. And for some reason, I've
got this right turn. So it'll be interesting when
we get back to Earth to see what it's like. It's
also going to be interesting to feel it during
engine burn in entry because it might cause me to
think that I'm turning or tipping. It's going to
be interesting to see. CDR out. That goes to
biomed,a 131 comment.

TIME SKIP

249 15 28 50 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I just finished the - the
chair. This goes to biomed - 131-1. Something l'd
like to mention is, I haven't been doing as much
tumbling and spinning in the workshop the last week
or so. Just been doing other things. And I noticed
that (music) I was much dizzier on the run, although
I didn't have any feeling of sickness. I did pass
a little more gas. I ran at 30 rpm also, instead
of 25_ but mostly I think it was the fact I have
not been spinning much in workshop; so my spinning
sensors are not as desensitized as they normally
are. Everything went well. I think what you need
to do for the next crew is come up with same little _
adapters to fit on these little sensors because I
 2071

move my head Just like I do on Earth, but you're

sitting so far out of the chair here in zero that
you don't touch them. Same thing for the backrest.
I'd recommend that what you do is get a little pad
for the backrest that raises it and get some little
adapters that you could put on these feelers so that
they could move them up and out. And the guys can
have more ability to adjust them and then get the
little caps with their heads as you would like.
We tried, but they just don't reach.

249 15 30 16 CDR CDR out.

249 15 31 ll PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again on channel A,

debriefing the last ATM run. Switched again at
14:41. We did - we did a JOP 2 Alfa on active
region 12. And that was just a matter of getting
the bright area inside the auto raster somewhere.
And so we centered that up and went to work on it,
and 56 was going for two PATROL, SHORTS on the
first chip there. I only gave them one to save a
little film. And I picked up his PATROL, NORMAL
on the next chip. Went on and did 5 Bravo and
5 Charlie and 5 Delta as advertised. Then we got
down to JOP 6, and I ran that off. And the thing
I did different there - I also checked this with
you in real time - was to omit 56 PATROL, NORMAL -
PATROL, SHORT this region since we Just got one up
there in JOP 2 Alfa. And the rest of that went as
planned. I had a little time left over, and so,
of course, I viewed the corona with S052 and found
that the region we were looking at this morning,
in regard to being a transient, appeared about the
same as it was this morning. And did give the ap-
pearance on my monitor of being an outstanding tran-
sient, but it didn't really look a little bit
brighter, although it did not appear to change from
earlier today.

249 15 33 00 PLT Therefore, we left that after having performed

our STANDARD MODE and went down to active
region 19 - noticing that it's probably the one
that's going to be with us longest now. It's -
it's a fairly bright area. So I picked the
brightest spot I could find and picked it up on a
set and did ... detectors and ran off a GRATING
AUTO SCAN on DETECTORS 1 and 2. I gave 82 B a -
one 10-second exposure, WAVELENGTH, SHORT. And
56 got a l, 3, 5 - SINGLE FRAME, SHORT. So that
 2072

takes care of this run, and we'll be back in about

a half hour.

249 15 33 42 PLT Thank you.

249 15 42 08 CDR Okay, this is the CDR; M092. CDR; M092 on the SPT.
Right leg, 12-1/4; left leg, 12-3/8.

TIME SKIP

249 16 i0 16 CDR - - but all the rest were pegged high. We had
Owen's touch bare metal, and they were all as
yellow; so we pressed on per the checklist. Now
we had an erratic - Last time we ran, it was for
me. And to begin with, the numbers were - the
needle was moving all over the place, as if it
had a short in it. We shook the ends of the
connectors and all that - didn't have any luck.
My guess is that we - we've somehow lost an SIB
or this cable. And we got a short in it, maybe
to ground or somewhere, but - I guess we're looking
for advice on what to do and the time to do it.
As for the next person's run, we can get him in
there - schedule it early enough, schedule the
run plus troubleshooting. We'll get him in there.
If it doesn't work, we'll disconnect the SIB and
stick on a new one and try. If that doesn't work,
we'll put the old SIB on and put on the - a new
cable. But anyhow, we've - this has taken up time.
We've missed our vent window; and, as I say, the
symptoms are that it won't pass the isolation. It
passes the impedance. And if you hold on to the
metal, then it will pass the isolation. And I
don't know about the impedance setting [?]. I
mean, pass the impedance. I don't know about the
... PWon't pass impedance; will pass ...

249 16 ll 44 CDR CDR out for a while.

249 16 12 00 CDR This is the CDR again. Also, I got to talking and
I left - I didn't put the 30 millimeters of
DELTA-P on him for 17 minutes instead ef 18 minutes.
So I assume that's okay, too. There's two ways -
I could Just go ahead and let him do 3 minutes of
30 and then 5 and 5, or I could go ahead and just
 2073

run him 2 minutes of 30. And I think that's what

I'ii do, mainly because we haven't been having
any trouble with any of this anyhow.

249 16 12 26 CDR CDR out.

249 16 16 43 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, debriefing the

M092-93 run Just completed with myself as the
subject. 93- 92 went - has already been debriefed
by AI. And 92-93 all went normally except that
we got a voice conference which started right at
about 12 minutes. I was still getting started
on the pedaling; I didn't get started until
about 11:30, 30 seconds late, and so I pedaled
30 seconds late until 9:30. And then I Just
stayed at rest until 30 seconds beyond the normal
stop time. So I Just shifted everything by
30 seconds that way. The data will all look normal
to you. Maybe you've already ... the .... normal
that message goes to ... PIs.

TIME SKIP

249 16 5h 43 SPT End of message.

249 16 56 34 PLT Delta at that pointing. 82B got 40-second and

240-second short exposures all the way down the
line. Whenever we had a S056 in there, instead
of giving them ACTIVE i, LONG, we gave them a
SINGLE FRAME I, 3, 5, SHORT, in order to save
some film. And so if we're getting a little too
stingywith your film and compromising data, we
wish you'd let us know. MIRROR AUTO RASTER came
off as published, and so did S05h. I had a little
time at the end of the orbit, and you reported a
small flare was on its way in active region 19.
I went over in that area, and I did find that
bright point in active region 19 with-the detect -
detectors. And I ran a GRATING AUTO SCAN on it
in DETECTOR 1 and 2. And also gave you a SINGLE
FRAME l, 3, 5, SHORT, for S056. And the GRATING
AUTO SCAN ran a little bit into effective sunset.
So that completes this orbit. And one other point
I mentioned was that we're starting to grow a
F filamentthere - on the southwestside of active
region 19. And had I had more time, I'd of -
 2074

would liked to have gone over and done a little

filament work on that, but maybe we'll have to
save that for the next rev because I didn't - I
felt that the data would be compromised because
of effective sunset if I was to take that. I Just
didn't have enough time to set up for it, whereas
the bright point came a lot easier.

PLT And so that concludes the debriefing for this rev,

and we'll pick you up again in about a half hour.

249 17 03 l0 PLT Thank you.

249 17 05 33 SPT Okay, comment from the SPT for Wally Teague and
Jack Lew relative to S063 operation. First of
all, I wanted to talk about the loss of those
i0 frames this morning, Wally and Jack. This
happened similar to the way I lost those i0 the
other day - several weeks ago, except the first -
the first time I lost it, it was definitely not
in T. The motor function ring was just barely out
of T. I took a careful look at it, and it was
Just slight@y rotated away. But the - the func-
tioning of the camera was essentially the same
as if it was Just cycling continuous. Makes me
think that perhaps 2 weeks ago or whenever that
was, it might have last been in C and then rotated
nearly to T. And that would of come out - left the
function still in C because it had been there last.
That's the only thing I can think of that might
partially explain what happened a couple of weeks
ago.

2h9 17 13 27 SPT I've also noticed that when you pull the camera
out of its clip over there in the film vault,
that there is - sometimes that changes that
function rate setting. I've had it on T and
pulled it out, and it'll be slightly rotated out
of T, like I found 2 or 3 weeks ago. And of
course, that - you know that might explain it,
but it doesn't explain why I haven't got it
checked right. So no need to change procedures
or anything; I Just didn't do the check. And
today I don't know how I happened to have over,
looked that too. I, of course, changed the film
in the camera but thought I rechecked it very
carefully a couple of times; I just did not. So
that's about 20 frames altogether I've blown that
 2075

way and - Glad we had that one extra Bravo Victor

cassette available. I guess that'll give S063
approximately the correct number of frames alto-
gether. Incidentally, you might make sure that
we're getting extra Bravo Victor film on the next
flight. There's no reason to be running this close
to empty. We should take up 35-millimeter film
Just any place. We have perfect storage for it
here in the film vault, and there's Just no reason
to be pinched this tightly for that 2485 film. So
make sure, if you will. I got a strong recom-
mendation that we take two or three or four extra
cassettes of fast film. It can also be used in a
handheld camera for nighttime photography so we
don't have to use the CI film. (Music) And I
would reiterate again to - Let's see, who would
be the best person -

249 17 15 20 SPT I'd reiterate that message to John McKee and

Helm1_ Kuehnel both, that a strong recommendation
from me is to take up another Nikon camera body.
_--- We don't really have quite enough right now. We
could have used a fourth for this black-and-white
fast film. And we could have had it set, avail-
able for things like aurora and airglow. And as
it is, we have to use the CI film, which is not
a very good substitute. We essentially have no
film afaiv - film available now for things like
night photography of cities and so on. We're
having to use CI.

249 17 16 00 SPT And now back to S063: The operations of two fil-
ters on the same target can be done, once I do
the procedure right. And I'm glad you called
that up to me the other day so I quit making that
mistake of trying to get the auto exposures both
times. I would like to suggest one other way to
make it even better, and that is, both frames
should be manual. And the way that that would be
done would be that you would start tracking at
the bottom of the ring, press off the first UV
photo, and then switch filters, keep tracking the
same target, and at some point during the middle,
the visible camera will trigger. And whenever
you're ready, trigger the second UV. As it is,
we only have about half the travel to get the
_ secondUV photo in becausewe got to wait until
the first one goes at about midscale, whereas if
2076

we could trigger them both manually, starting at

the lower end, it'd give us at least 50 percent
more time. And I'd like your comment back up as
soon as possible, certainly before the next run,
as to whether this modified procedure would be
satisfactory for making the two wavelength ex-
posures on the same target. I think it can be
done essentially more easily if both of these UV
photographs are done many,ally. End of S063 com-
ments to Walley Teague and Jack Lew, and might as
well send them also to the S063 PIs.

249 17 17 34 SPT End of message from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

249 17 53 20 SPT Testing: i, 2, 3, 4; 4, 3, 2, i.

SPT Okay, the clock time - -

SPT Okay, the clock time here is 18:22:!35 coming up.

249 17 54 14 SPT MARK. 18:22:35. I'ii give you a ms_k at

18:22:45. Stand by.

249 17 54 24 SPT MARK.

SPT That was a clock time for the ETC PIs. It goes
to the EREP officer and gives them a time hack
on the internal clock.

249 17 54 39 SPT End of message to the EREP officer and the ETC
personnel from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

249 18 37 15 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack again on channel A,

debriefing the last ATM run, which started at
17:h6. I found a region that was likely to flare
inactive region 12. This pointing was a little
bit different than the pointing previously on the
JOP 2 Deltas from the previous rev. Although it
was in the same area, it was covering a different
port of the bright area along the neutral line.
 2077

And they ran off six JOP 2 Alfas. And wherever

I came to ACTIVE i, LONG, for S056, I substituted
a SINGLE FRAME, FILTERS l, 3, 5, all SHORT. And
so we got six of those. Had a little time down
near the end ... bright spot reported in active
region 15, which I also saw on the monitor.

249 18 38 23 PLT And with the time that I had, why I went down to
it and m_ximized detectors on it and ran a
GRATING AUTO SCAN on DETECTORS 1 and 2 and also
another set of SINGLE FRAMEs, FILTERS l, 3_ 5,
SHORT. I then did the atmospheric extinction, start-
ing it about 15 to 20 seconds late because I
wanted to finish the GRATING AUTO SCAN on the
bright spot in active region 15. But started the
atmospheric extinction for the MIRROR LINE SCAN,
detectors all balls, at about 145. And got the
S052 out on time, and that completed the rev.

249 18 39 13 PLT So that completes my debriefing, and be seeing you

in another half hour or so. Thank you.

249 18 40 23 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

The subject this time is 487-1 Alfa. This
information probably ought to be fired over there
to my friend Robert Bond, program office. This
concerns the readings I took with the sound level
meter and the frequency analyzer. The positions
that I took these readings at are outlined in
the message 4032 Delta, positions A through H.
And you can find the message and find out what
those positions are, but I'll read a position
starting with the ambient noise level and going
on through theeight frequencies; so there will
be nine readings for each location. Location
Alfa: ambient was 49; then 46, 47.5, 47, 41, 35,
24, 21, and 10. Position Bravo: 50.5, 48, 46.5,
49.5, 43, 34, 25, 20.5, 10. Position Charlle:
56, 51, 50.5, 57.5, 48, 41, 27, 20.5, and 9.

249 18 42 01 PLT Position Delta: 43, 44, 41, 43, 34, 26, 21, 13.5,
and 8. Position Echo: 51 and then 51, 47, 51,
44.5, 38, 29, 26, and 14. Position Fox: 58, 62,
60, 57.5, 52, 48.5, 43, 39.5 and 27. Position
Golf - wiich is where we all want to position
ourselves right now: ambient, 61.5; 61, 56, 55,
f-- 52.5, 51.5, 46.5, 44.5, and 34. Position Hotel:
65, 63, 60.5, 63, 58, 54, 47, 45.5, 37. And those
 2oy8

numbers after position Golf are some pretty darn

good golf scores, aren't they, Bob?

249 18 43 31 PLT Now all that data is also in my log on page 1-5
of the Evaluation Experiment Checklist, and they
should correlate with that. One other note: I
noticed that on two or three occasions, the -
the sound level for some particular frequency
was higher than the ambient noise level. I'm not
sure that's technically possible, but that' s the
way the readings came out. And all the others
are below the ambient noise level. So that's it
for 80 - 487-1A.

249 18 h4 15 PLT And thank you.

TIME SKIP

249 20 17 39 CDR This is CDR debriefing the ATM run that I just
finished; and let me check what time that one was.
It began at 19:18 (cough); went co=pletely nominal.
I kept an eye on H-ALPHA 2 and XUV MON for anything
of interest. The active regions that are present -
found nothing. Towards the end, I finished about
6 minutes early; so I went over the active region 9
and did MIRROR, AUTO RASTER there just as I've
been doing on the other one with a GRATING set of
20 some odd - 2436. Everything went well.

249 20 18 25 CDR CDR out.

249 20 i8 27 CDR It was a well-planned orbit. That's the kind I

like. It takes all - all the orbit to do it. It
went in phases. You just got a few minutes left.

249 20 18 35 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

249 20 50 55 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.

The subject is Earth resources pass number 16
with necessary warmups. And going to CHECK on the _.
192, and Delta 6 is now reading 57.5 percent. We
had warmups at 30; time is now 51.
 2079

249 21 05 00 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are again. This is

Earth resources pass number 16, and we're about
l0 minutes from run time. I'll go through the
checklist here. Got the 190 window open; verified
because light's coming in it. And we already ran
your D-6, and now we're going to check all the
readings on the MONITORs and read them down to
you. Here we go.

249 21 05 42 PLT Are you ready? Okay, here we go. Alfa 2, 92 per-
cent, which is too high. Alfa 3, 86 percent;
okay. Alfa 4, 71 percent; okay. Alfa 5, 65 per-
cent; okay. Alfa 6, zero; okay. Bravo 2, 61 per-
cent; okay. Bravo 3, 76 percent; okay. Bravo 4,
7_ percent; okay. Bravo 5, 74 percent; okay.
Bravo 6, 49 percent; okay. Bravo 7, 30 percent;
okay. Bravo 8, 1 percent; okay. Bravo 9,
58 percent; okay. Charlie 2, 45 percent; okay.
Charlie 3, 88 percent; okay. Charlie 4, 91 per-
cent: too high.
i-- Charlie 5, 83 percent; okay. Charlie 6, 47 percent;
okay. Charlie 7, 51 percent; okay. Delta 2,
86 percent; okay. Delta 3, 85 percent; okay.
Delta 4, 71 percent; okay. Delta 5, 14 percent;
okay. Delta 6, 57 percent_ okay.

249 21 07 43 PLT Now let's read these extra here that you got on
the card. Bravo 7 was 30 percent. Bravo 8 was
1 percent. Charlie 7 was 51 percent, which is
less than 80; so COOI.ER stays ON. Charlie 8, the
tape recorder, is off-scale high, and we Just
loaded it. And Delta 6 again is 57 percent. Alfa 2
and Charlie 4 are the culprits at the moment.
Alfa 2, detector I; Charlie 4, detector ii, auto-
matic gain. Okay, that's got to come down a little
bit. Charlie 4 needs to come down, and Alfa 2
needs to come down. Seems like to me they were
the same problem the other day but they came
around okay. All right.

249 21 09 02 PLT Standing by for T minus 5.

249 21 09 29 CDR Okay. This thing's put to bed. That's it.

Standing by for 14 for a Z-LV, and then enter the
other, Jack. I've had a 3-minute time; I hope
that's correct, because if it isn't, it's going
to be one heck of a mess.
 _k

2O8O

CDR (Whistling)

249 21 i0 04 CDR Okay, here is a message for ATM now. I just ran
the first two assignments in the 20:52 EREP alter-
nate assignment. I did J0P 6, step 2, J0P 2 and
step 1. Those are complete and went according to
plan. We'll have to knock it off and power down
for EREP, because EREP comes up in about 3 minutes.
Sorry we can't squeeze in some more.

249 21 l0 35 CDR Okay, we're 192 in READY and OPENing the DOOR. Hello,
Houston. Are you down there? Think we would be
coming into their areas. 249:21:14; that's about
3 minutes from now, any way you slice it.

CDR Get those targets ready. See how my site looks -

perfect.

CDR 45 and left - -

249 21 ll 27 PLT Okay, there's the READY light on 192. So we go

MODE to CHECK; that means the DOOR is OPEN.

PLT S190 HEATER SWITCH light is off, verified, and we

PRESS TO TEST, panel ll7; both lights work.

CDR ... 0.4, it says.

PLT Okay, verify and voice record the pre-op config-

uration pad. Pre-op configuration pad, here we are.

249 21 ll 56 PLT TAPE RECORDER POWER, ON; READY light is on.

CDR Are you there, Houston?

PLT S192 - -

CDR I want them to verify this ... - -

249 21 12 03 PLT POWER's ON; READY is out. We're in CHECK; the

DOOR is OPEN.

249 21 12 08 PLT 191 READY light is on - on, and the POWER is ON.
The COOLER is ON, and the DOOR is a_ays OPEN.

249 21 12 18 PLT S190 POWER, ON; READY light is out. We're in

STANDBY, and the DOOR is OPEN because light's
coming in the window.
 2081

249 21 12 28 PLT 193 RAD to STANDBY; READY light is out. 193 SCAT,
OFF; the READY light is out. 193 ALTIMETER is
POWER, OFF; READY light out.

249 21 12 43 PLT 194 POWER, ON; READY light on; and doublecheck
that ready verification. We CALIBRATE, HIGH, LOW,
HIGH.

249 21 12 54 PLT 191 is CALIBRATE, 9; REFERENCE, 2.

249 21 12 58 PLT 190 is SHUTTER SPEED, FAST; FRAMES are 2 and 9;

INTERVALS are i0. 193 is CROSS-TRACK CONTIGUOUS;
ANGLE is zero; POLARIZATION, i.

249 21 13 13 PLT 193 A is - -

2h9 21 13 14 CDR Hey, Jack, we maneuver in h5 seconds.

249 21 13 15 PLT - - MODE, 5; RANGE, 6 and 0. 194 is an AUTO B.

Okay, we are ready.

CDR It never came.

PLT Is S-band on?

CDR Yes. That shouldn't interfere with this. We don't

hear them on either of them. Are you there,
Houston?

PLT Oh, it's too early for them, A1.

CDR Still a little early, huh?

PLT Yes, l, 2, - -

CDE Okay, Z-LV is Just - -

PLT - - 3, h, 5, 6 minutes - -

CDE - - a minute, Jack.

PLT - - 21:19, we get them.

CDR Eight, 9 - -

PLT Z-LV it is. We get them at 19.

CDR - - ENTER. Okay, all the stuff's in. We didn't

fire a mib in sight.
 2082

PLT Nice going. You're the mibless - -

CDR Mibless kid.

PLT - - operator.

249 21 14 14 CDR CLEAR; 52030 ENTER; CLEAR; 50031; CI/EAR; 50031

ENTER; CLEAR. Okay, that's that one. Now what I
want to do is be sure to SIS [sic] 21:33. Do you
have that time on your pad?

249 21 14 39 PLT 21:33, begin SI.

CDR That's what I want to know; don't let me slip it

by. Work together .... knew there was a ...
The guy that invented this handhold should have
had to handhold it.

PLT Yes.

CDH Keep my foot in there. That'll - Restraint.

I'm showing remarkable restraint. 15; my mark ....
is 23; 8 minutes 40 seconds to go, Jack.

PLT Come on, Phoenix; be clear, baby. Thrill you.

Just be clear; we'll get you. Don't worry about
a thing, Phoenix.

CDH Yes, we're not - -

249 21 15 31 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON. STANDBY that was. I

stand corrected. I put it in STANDBY. 19:18
next, when we start.

CDH Still over the ocean. Let me give you a check,

Jack. We're almost to SOLAR INERTIAL. MODE is
SI, is the field. Here I'll put the Z-LV.
Almost both of them simultaneously. It may
have been both simultaneously. We don't know.
We have no way to know.

CREW ...

PLT Got any more sites besides Phoenix? Oh, yes.

Got that sand dune - -

CDR Bring in the sand dune. The dunes.

 2083

249 21 17 18 PLT 17:17. Get those dunes; 23:_0, get the dunes.

CDR Alamosa, Colorado. Jack, we got it made.

PLT Yes.

CDR If the weather will just be good. Even if it

won't, I got a few alternates sites planned. If
I could Just see the area, I'll zap a few.

PLT Well, the ground doesn't look much like that

picture. (Laughter)

CDR I know it. Unfortunately, that's all we've got

though.

PLT Yes.

CDR At least it's a map, though.

PLT Looks more like that one right over there.

CDR Yes. Well, it looks like that one, if you cut

the contrast.

PLT Yes.

CDR All these are high contrast.

249 21 18 15 CDR Going to cut right over the land. We're going
to go over Baja, and then we're going to be
right at Phoenix. So it's going to be no time
at all.

PLT I'll be bingo and we're there.

CDR How you doing, 0.?

249 21 18 28 SPT Mighty good; all set and ready to roll down here - -

PLT ...

CDR Hello there, O.

SPT - - ... Looks good all the way. Good pass all the
way across the U.S. here with ETC camera running
essentially all theway.
 2084

CDR Hey, great. They going over our Enid?

SPT Going to miss it a little ways.

CDR Well, forget it; who needs it?

PLT Oh, change the spacecraft attitude - -

CDR We can get them to change it.

PLT What I was going to say, if you guys are doing

about a 5-degree roll up there, I chink we can
make it.

CDR Okay, we'll tip it.

PLT All right - -

CDH Everybody lean to the left.

249 21 18 52 PLT - - still don't like Alfa 2 and Charlie 4. Alfa 2,

highreading - - --_

CDH Phoenix - -

PLT - - 92 percent. Should be 45 and 75. Charlie 4 - -

CDR - - cloud bank - -

PLT - - reading, 97 percent. I don't like that. It

should be reading 55 to 85. We're HIGH, LOW, HIGH.

CDR Have you got your thing turned on doom here and
have forgotten it? No, you don't.

PLT Not supposed to have that on.

CDR ... - -

249 21 19 24 PLT EREP is in S_ART, space fans.

CDH All right. I got a 20 - -

249 21 19 28 PLT HAD is OFF. ALTIMETER is ON - -

CDR Bound to have Goldstone or somebody.

PLT - - MODEto MANUAL. _

 2085

CDR 23:40 is my middle name here; 4 minutes from now.

249 21 19 50 PLT MARK. 191 to AUTO CAL.

CDR How does Phoenix look to you, Big 0.?

SPT I can't see Phoenix yet, but it - the aoast that

I can see looks pretty clear.

CDR Excellent, exe-llent. We've got our own weatherman.

He's at the bow of the ship. (Laughter)

SPT Houston, this is Skylab. AOS stateside, 17 minutes.

Reading you loud and clear. The maneuver looks good.

249 21 20 13 CDR Okay, we didn't fire a mib, and we're going to

really zing off these targets. So watch out,
Phoenix. We got them. We got these sites under
complete control.

PLT Okay, Story, I got two readings out of tolerance.

f_ Alfa 2 is reading 92 percent; shouldbe 45 to 75.
Charlie 4 is reading 97 percent; should be 55 to
85. All others were in tolerance last time I
checked. Those two didn't come in.

CC Thanks, Jack.

CDR How's the weather in Phoenix?

PLT Alfa 2 ... - -

CDR ... one question we got for you, Houston, was, we

got to use DAC on the pad, yet Jack seems to
remember a voice update saying not to use the DAC.

249 21 21 14 CC A1, that was Just a comment that at times, if we

didn't want the DAC, we'd say, "No DAC" on the pad.

CDR Okay, but we've got the DAC today, right?

CC That's affirm.

CDR Okay. We're planning that. Want to make sure.

Can't have a perfect pass unless it's all perfect.
Okay, 21:30. Hmm. There's a hole in the clouds.

249 21 21 43 CDR Tell ATM we took the first two assignments on the
ATM - EREP alternate and got them done.
 2Q86

PLT Okay, stand by for 190 MODE to SINGLE.

CDR 23"40 - -

249 21 21 56 PLT MARK. SINGLE.

CDR Still cloudy. How does Phoenix look, 0wen?

PLT Can't get down by the window, maybe.

SPT We're coming okay still; I can't see Phoenix.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by for another 190 MODE to SINGLE.

249 21 22 l0 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE. I heard it go. Oh, we got

three in a row; really knocking him off today.

CDR Looks clear over the coast here.

PLT AnotherSINGLE
on 190. _-

249 21 22 26 PLT MAP_. There we got her again. Okay, I want to

mark READY on - -

CDR We're crossing BaJa at the moment - -

PLT - - at 29 for 191. We go to REF 6; we're in

REF 6 - -

CDR You cross the BaJa, and in 1 minute you're in

Phoenix. That's not bad traveling.

PLT We could see the Gulf of Mexico from over BaJa

the other day.

CDR ...

249 21 22 53 PLT Okay, we're standing by for ALTIMETER to STANDBY

and MODE l, ALTIMETER UNLOCK.

CDR 40 seconds to go, Jack.

249 21 23 00 PLT MARK. STANDBY - -

CDR Weather looks good at the moment.

 2O87

PLT - - MODE i. Okay, we're going to SCAT to STANDBY

next.

CDR Weather looks excellent.

PLT Weather's always good down there.

CDR Could be.

PLT Stand by -

CDR 23:13.

249 21 23 15 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY.

CDR 23:20. That's Phoenix, I believe. That's Phoenix.

We're going to get this baby.

2h9 21 23 34 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, ON.

249 21 23 40 PLT MARK. 192 to READY.

CDR Okay, we got the first one in sight. Let's zoom

in on it.

2h9 21 23 hh PLT Okay, we got TAPE MOTION light.

CDR We got the first one, Story. We're taking data

on it already.

PLT That's the way there, Eagle Eye.

CDR Okay, I'm watching this thing until it gets to

1G, and then I'm going to go to the next one. That's
going to be tough. Right on.

PLT Remember to bring this down once so you can get

it faster.

CDR Okay, I will. Number 28 degrees, taking all sorts

of data.

PLT Standing by for MODE to AUTO.

CDR Looks good; good clear area right now, Story.

CC Okay.
 2Q88

CDR Okay, let's go - -

249 21 24 2h PLT MARK. 190 to AUTO.

CDR - - ... 15, because we're going to miss it if we

don't.

PLT Now we are going to get the tape burner off next.

CDR Okay, that's it. Go high, zoom out.

PLT Alfa 2 and Charlie 4 are still out of spec.

CDR Go up here. There's the next one, Stoz_; we got

it. Zoom in on that little baby. That's it. We're
on it. We're taking data on number 2. We're down
at zero degreesin Just a mlnute,and I'll quit ."
taking data here. Okay, that's it. I got to zoom
back out again. Go down to this other one. It's
supposed to be right over here by this canal.
There's the place. Check.

249 21 25 03 PLT TAPE MOTION light on.

CDR Here's the site. We got her. We got _dl three of them.

PLT Thataway to hit them there, A1.

CDR We'll throw in a fourth one here in a rainute. Okay,

we've got this one. At minus 17, it's going to
start moving. We'll try to get that airfield if
we can. Okay, let's zoom out and get us that
airfield. (Whistle) Williams Air Force Base,
where are you? Couldn't make it.

PLT Okay, we're going INTERVAL, 20 here.

CDR Okay, we got those - -

249 21 25 36 PLT MARK. INTERVAL to 20 on 190. Standing by - -

CDR 45 ... - -

PLT ... 45

CDR _5, UP; LEgT, 1.5. Okay. And at 25:37, I go

on this one. That - I missed it already.
 2089

CDR Okay. Let's back up. 26 - No, no, 26:h4 is

zero. Zero and LEFT, 0.2. Zero and LE_'2, 0.2.

249 21 26 i0 PLT MARK. MODE to READY. MALF light on, off, and
TAPE MOTION light on _ Just the way we like it.
• o. B

CDR Okay, where's the next - -

PLT We'll get it. You'll get that one there. You
know Alamosa like the back of your hand.

CDR Here we go. 26:_4 is when I want to go.

249 21 26 31 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, MEDIUM on 190 - -

CDR 26 :44.

PLT - - 27 next.

CDR 37 - Okay, that's it. I don't got it. Up ahead.

At 44, zero; LEFt, 0.2.

249 21 27 00 PLT MARK. REF, 2 on 191; 27, A and R to STANDBY.

249 21 27 ii PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. BAD to STANDBY.

Going to get the SCAT ON here and RAD ON in a
minute.

249 21 27 22 PLT MARK. SCAT, ON; RAD, ON. 29 next. Well, we got
to stand around with our hands in our pockets
now. Yes, never saw that. Never saw that one.

CDR Okay, SI maneuver, 21 :33 ; we 're okay.

PLT 5 minutes yet, A1.

CDR Okay.

CDR We got three, but we didn't ever see the last one.

CC Copy.

PLT That's Just dirty beach sand anyway. Couldn't

find it.

"_ PLT Standingby for 29 here, gang.

2O9O

CDR Okay.

PLT Going to POLAR, 4.

249 21 28 24 CDR We maneuver at 21:33, okay?

PLT This pass today brings us up over the north part

of the Gulf of California, BaJa, right over Phoenix,
north Albuquerque, south of Denver, south of
Minneapolis, up over the upper peninsula of
Michigan, and then up over Canada and Newfoundland.
29'11 be POLAR, 4. It's there before me.

249 21 29 00 PLT MARK. POLAR, 4. Alfa 2 and Charlie 4 are still

out of spec. Alfa 2 is 192, detector l; Charlie 4
is 192, detector ll. Let me see; we're in HIGH,
LOW, HIGH, where we're supposed to be.

249 21 29 29 PLT Those are the two that were out the other day, and
they came in just before the pass. I think they
were the ones anyway. They didn't do it today.
Going down there and check that alignment. Checked -_
out real good before the - I gave the 192 alignment.
I glanced and the numbers were right up where they
were supposed to be.

249 21 30 00 PLT MARK. SHUTTER SPEED, SLOW on 190. 192 going to

STANDBY next.

249 21 30 i0 PLT MARK. 192 to STANDBY. SCAT and RAD to STANDBY

next. A few seconds' delay. There they go.
Looks like Houston left us.

249 21 30 31 PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY; 2 seconds.

249 21 30 34 PLT MARK. RAD to STANDBY. 30:40, AUTO CAL.

249 21 30 40 PLT MARK. AUTO CAL; MODE to _hNUAL.

249 21 30 45 PLT MARK. 19h. 191 READY is out, as you'd expect.

190 going READY out at 32:40.

2h9 21 30 5h CC Skylab, we'll be dropping out a minute here while

we handover to Bermuda.

PLT Okay, Story. We'll see you in sunny Bermuda.

249 21 31 57 CC Back with you for 5 minutes. _"

 2091

PLT How do you like the maneuver.time?

CC We like it.

PLT Okay.
249 21 32 40
PLT MARK. Right on the money. 190, READY light out.
MODE to STANDBY; SI maneuver - -

CDR Coming up.

PLT - - 12 seconds.

CDR Coming up.

249 21 33 01 PLT We're going SI right now. No blips - not even a

mib. (Whistling)

CDR Okay, 22:05, they want that done. I'll set my

timer. Looks like 32 minutes from now. Get that
done.

249 21 33 22 PLT MARK. READY, on, 191. And I go to STOP.

249 21 33 26 PLT MARK where it STOPPED at 25.

CDR I want to squeeze in a time hack here on my data

camera. It doesn't have anything to do with
real GMT. Coming up 22:01:15 on this data timer_
stand by.

249 21 33 43 CDR MARK. 22:01:15 on the mark.

PLT Okay, and the kid is on the post, voice recording

Bravo 7 to be 30 percent. And 192 DOOR, CLOSED.
How much time remaining until sunset, Al?

CDR Just a minute. Let me check it for you; 9 minutes.

PLT Thank you, sir.

CDR Okay.

2h9 21 3h 04 PLT Close the window.

CDR I'll latch it when you get it closed.

PLT Thank you.

 2092

249 21 34 13 CDR - closed to me.

PLT Just a minute. There we go.

249 21 34 16 CDR Okay. Coming the latch.

PLT All the way.

CDR Okay.

2h9 21 34 22 PLT Done.

CDR Okay.

249 21 34 23 PLT Okay, this is the end of EREP number 116 pass.
So we're going to sign off for now. All this
information goes to our friends in the - to the
EREP world. Thank you for listening ;_nd goodby.

•249 21 35 05 PLT Before we all shut down, the frames u_ed on the
ETC camera - frames used is 51; 51 frames.

TIME SKIP

249 22 42 50 SPT Personal dosimeters, PRD readings. The radiation

dosimeters - Jack's is reading 334; 334 for Jack.

249 22 43 28 SPT 174 is the PRD for 0wen; 174.

249 22 45 32 SPT 421 is the PRD for A_I;421 for AI.

End of PRD message.

TIME SKIP

249 23 i0 40 CDR This is the CDB debriefing the run at 22:30. Went
nominally; I finished early. I decided during
this period to give - while I was still on the
last sighting on work on 19 - I'd give S056
6-minute exposure with the FILTER 5, which I did.
I'm now off a limb of the Sun Just above - Let
me tell you what the coordinates are: ROLL is
14; PITCH is 5 minus. I'm down in zero, and I'm
20 arc seconds off the Sun. And I'm doing a
 2093

building block - correction - a shopping list

item 16. Now on 56_ I'm running on a 5-minute
exposure. That's a little bit less than they like,
but that's the most we can get for them. And
the same thing for 82B. I'm doing a GRATING 1
SCAN for 55A.

249 23 14 36 CDR For the ATM Science Room, I made an error, and I
did not get you a LONG EXPOSURE on 3 right at
the end off the limb of the Sun. I forgot to
turn the camera power off, and so I just gave
you a SINGLE FRAME 3, LONG.

2_9 23 i_ 54 CDR CDR out.

###
 DAY 250 (AM) 2095

250 00 34 51 CDR Okay.

250 00 34 55 CDR Okay, Houston, this is the CDR. l'm over in the
co_nand module with the same configuration I normal-
ly am in to t_]k to the ground on private comm.
Let me go through the switch so you'll know that
we have ... data.

250 00 35 ii CDR On panel 6, got the inter - the MODE switch INTER-
COM, PUSH-TO-TALK; PAD COMM, key on; S-BAND, OFF -
S-BAND's OFF, by the way, S-BAND's OFF; POWER is
AUDIO; INTERCOM is OFF; VHF is OFF; and SUIT POWER
is on, although I don't know why.

250 00 36 09 SPT I only hear you very, very faintly. Can you read
me? Can you hear me now?

CDR Yes, I hear you louder now.

SPT Very faintly.

250 00 37 46 SPT Okay, we've been running the check on the VHF
connection into our channel A intercom. And
perhaps you heard the CDR up in the command module
speaking. I could hear him on channel A very -
rather faintly at first. We did find SUIT POWER
switchwas on on the panel 6. Turned that OFF.
And the - the volume dropped probably 6 dB or so.
And - standby. And then I could still hear him
very faintly and he went ahead and did a switch
rundown. But that's the end of the test and it
goes to the - who should that go to, Al? Do you
think ICOM?

CDR EGIL.

SPT EGIL?

250 00 38 25 SPT Goes to EGIL in the MOCR, control center. That's

the end of the test on the VHF, channel A squawk
box.

250 00 51 19 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A,

debriefing the last ATM run, starting at 23:58.
I got your JOP 12 Foxtrot with no problem. We ran
through a building time. I did your shopping list
item 13 in a ROLL of plus 5400. Both FILTERS3
and 4 on the 56 and then I started on 52. Now
we ran a few minutes behind getting pointed for
 2o96

our viewing time at 25. And I'd selected active

region iB, because it was provided on the XUV
MONITOR as the subject for this little study. And
I started to perform shopping list item 16. I got
the - -

CDR Hey, Jack.

PLT - - of FILTER 3 for S056. And I got 82B - -

CDR Hello, Jack.

PLT - - 8 seconds above the limb - -

CDR Hello, Jack.

PLT - - 8 seconds above the limb on active region iB.

And--

CDR (Whistling)

PLT - - I only got part of it. I got the 56 FILTER 4. --

I got in about 7 minutes. And 82B WAVE, SHORT - -

CDR ... interrupt to give a mark.

250 00 52 44 PLT I got his 5-minute full exposure, and it went into
effective sunset partially and I only had about a
minute and a half left. I decided not to get the
WAVE, LONG. So the only thing I'm missing was the
XUV WAVE, LONG on exposure 5. That ends the
debriefing.

250 00 53 O0 CDR Okay, SO19, I'm getting ready to give you a mark.
Stand by; this will be an opening.

250 O0 53 lO CDR MARK. You got an opening on field N-8; it's

going to be frame 142.

250 00 53 44 CDR This is the CDR back again. I gave you a mark
without a lot of introduction but that was $019.
Its location is 000.7 inasmuch as the Nu z is minus -

minus 1.3. The old NuZ was minus 0.9. I took the
difference you got, 0.4, and added up. The ROTA-
TION, 000.7; TILT, 19.6; field N-8; frame 142;
cassette B; prism, in; and this is a 16-minute __
exposure, unwidened. I'll be back. I didn't start
my watch very accurately so I'll shut it all - what
 2097

I think is the right time, but you're going to

have to take the mark on these tapes very accurately,
as opposed to Just accepting the 16 minutes. I
don't know whether you do that every time or not,
but be sure to do it in this case.

250 O0 54 36 CDR CDR, power off for a while.

250 01 09 02 CDR Okay, CDR again. We're getting ready to stop

this 16-minute exposure. Recall that I mentioned
earlier that I didn't get a good time hack. I'm
giving you my best estimate, which may be as much
as 5 seconds or so in error. You got to check
your timing against this exposure. Stand by.
S019.

250 01 09 23 CDR MARK. Okay, that was the end of field N-8, frame
number 142. I'm going to the next one now.

250 01 09 49 CDR 1710, 9.1. Okay. I'm picking up a new frame.

Stand by for the next one. I'll try to get a
better hack on this one for you. Stand by -

250 01 l0 01 CDR MARK. I Just started the frame 143, field SMC;
SMC. This information on SO19 goes to Wally Teague
and Dr. Karl Henize. I'll be back in another
16 minutes.

250 01 24 27 CDR Okay, CDR back on again. We're getting ready to

approach sunrise. Now we're not going to be able
to make a 16-minute exposure as we hoped. It looks
like the best we can do is for a 15 minute, because
we don't want to take any chances on sunrise. So
I'm going to give a mark at 15 minutes. Remember
that it is difficult to start your watch, open
this, and give a mark at the same time. So it's
important to doublecheck your times on here
against mine. This is going to be a 15-minute
mark.

250 O1 25 O1 CDR MARK. 15-minute exposure on field SMC, frame

number lh3, and that's it for right now. That
information on SO19 which has been spread out over
the last 32 minutes goes to Dr. Karl Henize and
Wally Teague.

250 01 25 23 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP
2098

250 03 05 18 SPT SPT on channel A with a message for Dr. Paul

Buchanan. Item l: Yes, I found the glucose tubes
in the side pocket of the injectable kit. I had
not been aware that they were - or had not been
aware that there was that side pocket, and I found
it Just as you suggested. Now item 2 relates to
exercise done by the SPT over the last week.
Mission day 41, which was today: 5100 watts de-
livered in 30 minutes. That's 170 watts average,
which you will note is above the maximum level
which I do on 171 for 5 minutes, except I delivered
it 30 minutes straight. This plus 20 minutes of
Mark I, 60 A's, 30 B's, and 30 D's. On mission
day 40, yesterday: 30 minutes, 4900 watts, plus
25 minutes of Mark I and 70 A's, 60 B's, and 60 D's.
On mission day 39: 45 minutes, 5400 watts. The
average is a bit low because I ran three M171
protocols for data purposes as Ed Michels probably
remembers. Mission day 38: 20 minutes, 2900 watts,
plus an MT1 - 171 run. That will put the average
again above 5000 watt-minutes. Mission day 37: _
30 minutes, 4500 watt-minutes, plus 20 minutes of
Mark I, 60 A's, 60 B's, and 60 D's.

250 03 06 51 SPT Mission day 36: 30 minutes, 5000 watts, plus

25 minutes on the Mark I with 90 A's, 60 B's, and
60 D's. Mission day 35 I missed. AzLd then I could
keep going back on to mission day 34 ! and so on.
So it looks like I'm averaging and have been -
5000 watts or so for the last week, _d including
that Mark I. And I'd request to find out whether
or not this agrees with the information on exercise
that you have on the down-link, Paul. All of this
was read down on the evening status reports, and
I believe it was read on time. None of it was
reported late, so it should have been read in
with the normal status report each e_ning. This
message goes to Dr. Paul Buchanan from the SPT.

250 03 07 38 SPT Message out.

250 03 l0 02 SPT One other comment for the data transcriber from
the SPT. Please get that last message to Dr. Bruce
[sic] Buchanan over to him as rapidly as possible
in the medical directorate because I want to talk
about it tomorrow.
 2099

250 03 i0 17 SPT Message over.

TIME SKIP

250 ii 31 48 PLT Hello there, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

This information goes to the EREP officer and the
folks that are interested in handheld photos. I
took a photograph of Lake Chad, Africa, this
morning.

250 ii 32 05 PLT And I noticed that Lake Chad, although it has a fairly
regular coastline, it looks like it's kind of
shallow. It's got lots and lots of sand dunes in
it. And it looks like the - the water's either
receding or - or the sand dunes are - are being
built up in the lake. But it may very well be
shrinking. Partial - part of the area near Lake
Chad was covered by clouds, but the area thgt I saw
had - had no detectable -with the naked eye, that
• is, no detectableagriculturein the area - nothing
regular and - and - well planned, as it appeared
to me. And I couldn't see any particular use being
made of the - of the land in the area. It Just looked
like a lake out in the middle of nowhere, and the
surrounding terrain appeared to be very inhospitable.
It was just like a lake out in the desert. Now
there's part of it that I could not see because of
clouds. And there is some part of the map - some
area of population to the south of Lake Chad and
that is the area that I could not see. So there
may be some area there that I was unable to
evaluate, but what I saw is as I have reported and
I also got one photo.

250 ll 33 42 PLT So that takes care of Lake Chad and thank you very
much.

TIME SKIP

250 12 02 06 SPT PRD 339; 339 - 339 for the pilot.

250 12 02 39 SPT 177 for the SPT; 177 on the PRD.

TIME SKIP
2100

250 13 21 58 PLT This information goes to Bob Randle of the Ames

Research Center and Robert Nute, bu_idin_ h.
Temperature of the sextant is 69 degrees. Diopter
is a minus 1.25. And we're going to use star Nunki,
and we're going to put it on the limb of the Moon.
It turns out that the Moon is different in relate -
position in relation to Nunki now. It's actually
quite close, and from Nunki we'll be, able to go to
the close limb of the Moon because the limb that
is lit is now on the - Nunki is closest to the limb
that's lit, is what I'm trying to say. So we got
the filters in here. We got the - both filters,
1.6 and the i .... on the lower optical ... that's
the one we're going to shoot the Mocn with. And
Nunki is out there right in the handle of the
teapot. Can't be more than about 5 degrees or so.

250 13 23 07 CC Skylab, Houston through Guam for 9-1/2 minutes.

250 13 23 i0 SPT Okay. Good morning there, Hank. Glad to hear from
you today. Guess you've just received the watch.
And would you confirm from the ATM science room - -

250 13 23 21 PLT I suppose we ought to get some zero bias. Since

we're so close to 5, we'll just go down to zero and
get the zero bias sightings for you. There's a star
out there. I don't know what it is. The one I
want is Fomalhaut. I don't want to use that for
zero bias.

250 13 24 08 PLT Got to get the filters off the lens. Go back and
. o.

TIME SKIP

250 13 27 31 PLT Oh, have I got good ... Made a good guess.

250 13 28 25 PLT Now. That's all right.

PLT Okay, stand by. We got her lined up now.

250 13 29 13 PLT MARK. Okay, the first mark is 5.372. Here we go

again.

250 13 29 52 PLT MARK. 5.396.

 2101

250 13 30 29 PLT MARK. 5._24. Just a minute. I got to get a bite

of my beef hash here. A little late breakfast
this morning because of that flare. Terrible
stuff - it's cold. Beef hash for breakfast. How'd
I ever figure that out anyway? I keep asking
myself every 6 days, "How come I picked beef hash
for breakfast?"

250 13 31 33 PLT MARK. Number 4. We'll call it 5.460.

250 13 31 57 PLT MARK. 5._74.

250 13 32 26 PLT MARK. 5.495.

250 13 33 00 PLT MARK. 5.519.

250 13 33 35 PLT MARK. 5.548. Kill off this beef hash before it
gets cold - colder, I mean.

SPT One of you guys on channel A?

PLT Yes,I am, forT002.

SPT Okay, good enough. Thank you.

PLT I'ii be on there until sunset - sunrise, and want

me to let you know?

SPT All right, no thanks. That - that'll be fine.

PLT Have you got something time critical, 0.? If you

want to put it on there, go ahead, If it's time
critical.

250 13 34 35 PLT MARK. 5.595. No, wait a minute. I might have

done that wrong. No, it was right. When you get
close to a zero like that, sometimes the overlap
of the numbers isn't quite right. You got to be
very careful. Could be 595 or 695 or 495, but
was 595, as I read it.

250 13 35 17 PLT MARK. 5.632.

250 13 35 43 PLT MARK. 5.658.

250 13 36 09 PLT MARK. 5.678. That must be about i0 or so.

_-- 250 13 36 31 PLT MARK. 5.695.

2102

250 13 37 06 PLT Glad of that. No more of that for another week.

I'ii wash it down with a little orange Juice, like
the kids at home. Good old beef hash. Now that
it's gone, I don't mind it a bit. Let's get some
more here. Just sling it across the way, and we'll
try another one.

250 13 37 54 PLT MARK. 5.772.

250 13 38 22 PLT MARK. 5.795.

250 13 38 49 PLT MARK. 5.825. On this star-to-Moon business, if

you think you haven't got the star quite lined
up ... too touchy to even move, you can sometimes
wait a little bit and if you got it in the right
place, it'll - The relative motion between the
star and the Moon will Just put it where you want
if you wait the right amount of time. Just wait
until it gets to be where you want it.

250 13 39 47 PLT MARK. 5.880. One thing about it, when the star
and the Moon are close together like this, the
Moon puts a little bit a - kind of a glare on your
star optics. Your optical train with the stars
seems to - You got to - If you hold it just right
though, it's not a problem.

250 13 40 27 PLT MARK. 5.917.

250 13 40 52 PLT MARK. 5.945.

250 13 41 14 PLT MARK. 5.966. Well, that's - let's call that one
session right there. Let me get a little bit of
cornflakes now, and we'll start in another session.
And according to my tally, one more session is all
we need for star-to-Moon, so l'd like you fellows
to confirm that.

250 13 41 57 PLT Sometime we got to bump off that star-to-horizon

business but there a - Well, there's no horizon
out there. We need to get a high ... angle -
higher than we got now - think what we got now is
close to zero - in order to get those star-to-
horizon sightings. At night the horizon's on the
other side of the spacecraft from where we work
with the sextant. Well, that takes care of the
cornflakes. Looks kind of mushy. I cooked my
breakfast and went up to get that flare and every-
thing sat down here about an hour. If your wife
 2103

ever serves you cold breakfast, you can holler

about it. Cook your own, you don't say too much.
Funny the way that works. Don't believe my wife
ever made me a cold breakfast.

PLT Now starting in here.

250 13 43 48 PLT MARK. 6.113.

250 13 44 22 PLT MARK. 6.153. Of course there's on element in our

society these days that thinks - that says you
hadn't ought to think of wives as Just breakfast
cookers and things like that. Something different.
I think a woman's place is in the home. She ought
to go right home straight after work.

250 13 45 13 PLT MARK. Oops! I goofed that one up. I bumped it

w_th my thumb. It's probably a bad omen after
that crummy joke.

PLT Now there's a -

250 13 45 40 PLT MARK. And that's a good one. That's going to be

6.230.

250 13 46 i0 PLT MARK. 6.257.

250 13 46 46 PLT MARK. 6.291.

250 13 47 12 PLT MARK. 6.317.

250 13 47 _8 PLT MARK. 6.349.

250 13 48 09 PLT MARK. 6.369. No, go ahead and open it, O. I'ii
struggle along, somehow.

250 13 48 39 PLT MARK. 6.439. Getting a little horizon in there

now, hut not enough time to do anything with it.
Going to have to wait. Getting a horizon means we're
getting close to sunrise. I better get with it.

250 13 49 ll PLT MARK. 6.424.

250 13 49 35 PLT MARK. 6.439 - correction - 449, 6.449, that is.

I've always had a hard time with numbers since I
was a kid.

_ 250 13 49 56 PLT MARK. 6.467.

2104

250 13 50 32 PLT MARK. 6.500.

250 13 50 54 PLT MARK. 6.522.

250 13 51 19 PLT MARE. 6.541.

250 13 51 40 PLT MARK. 6.557.

250 13 52 02 PLT MARE. 6.575. Getting awful light out there.

Getting some light on the discone antenna now and
solar panels. Pretty soon the old Sun will be
peeping above the Earth. It's peeping above the
Earth for us right now, but for the people on the
Earth below us, it's still dark and will remain
that way for about l0 minutes.

250 13 52 38 PLT MARK. 6.604. If you're a person who likes sun-

rise and sunsets, like I do, likes to watch mostly
sunsets - I don't watch a whole lot of sunrises
on Earth - If you're that kind of person, this is
a great place to be, because you get 16 of them
every day - of each.

250 13 53 09 PLT MARK. 6.632. Now I'll get a couple more and call
it a night or a day or whatever it is. Session -
call it a session.

250 13 53 34 PLT MARK. 6.65 - 49 - 6.649, that was. Having trouble

with numbers again.

250 13 53 58 PLT MARK. 6.669.

250 13 54 20 PLT Mark. 6.682. Still nobody's told me after all

these marks and whatnot I've taken, what kind of
data we - what kind of orbit we've figured out
we're in from this data.

250 13 54 51 PLT MARK. 6.709. That's going to be it. That's

enough for another session at least and more. So
we're going to call it a night on this T002. Tem-
perature of the sextant is now 74 degrees. We did
our zero biases already, so we're in good shape.
Sun's coming up. I consider that to be enough
marks for two more sessions of star-to-Moon. And,
like I said, in my tally it's all of them we need
to do. So I'll be checking in with you on that
score. And in the meantime, I'd like to say this
information goes to Bob Randle and Bob Nute.
 2105

250 13 55 38 PLT And that's the end of message. Thank you for
tolerating all this.

TIME SKIP

250 14 46 18 CDR This is the CDR. This message goes to the flight
directors, the CAP C0_4, the flight planners. I
think we ought to seriously think about this T002
work that Jack's doing. Jack has probably put in
more work on T002 than anything else he's done in
flight. And that experiment Just doesn't warrant
that sort of work. Now he's hustled like heck both
the scheduled time and the nonscheduled time to
get it finished.

250 14 46 _5 CDR If he gets it finished today, then we get a little

word back frem the CAP COMM that we really aren't -
He really isn't finished - he's only about half
finished. And it Just doesn't make sense to devote
that kind of work up here to something like T002.
He's taken sightings since the day we got here.
He's taken them at Moon-to-star, star-to-star, and
star-to-anything. And coming back and saying, we
want to get it spread over a few days. They got
it spread over a month or more. We can do it, and
I don't want you to think we're not looking for
work to do up here, but I honestly think y'all
ought to take a look at T002. That's like trying
to schedule me to unscrew a bunch of screws and
screw them in tomorrow and screw them in the next
day and unscrew them the next day, just to see if
I can screw them in the next day and unscrew them
the following day. It's - something's out of kilter
with the flight planning down there to keep him
doing that kind of work on T002.

250 i_ 47 39 CDR He spends more time on that than he does anything

but ATM, maybe, or sleeping. He sleeps 8 hours.
The ATM is about 3 or 4, and T002 is about 2 or 3
and EREP's about 1 or something. It's Just - it's
out of phase with the importance of that experiment.
Maybe we ought to repeat some experiments we got
up here. Maybe you ought to do 518 two or three
times. But to do T002 again and again and again,
something's mixed up. Please take a look at it
F again and see what you think. Maybe we don't
understand the problem up here, but we think we do.
2106

We think we knew the priorities before we left, and

if he's just working - he's working all sorts of
flight time at a million bucks an hour on TO02.

250 14 48 23 CDR Okay, that message goes to flight directors, CAP

COMM, and also flight planners. CDR out.

250 14 48 47 PLT Okay, space fans, This is Jack on channel A. The

subject is M487-3 Delta, which turns out to be
M487 Subjective Evaluation Guide number 3. And
that concerns - concerns the tools and the tasks
that we had to perform maintenancewise. Let me
make sure I got the right one. Now wait a vinute.
Let me make sure I got the right one here.

250 14 49 42 SPT Are you off the channel yet, Jack?

PLT Go ahead, Owen. I'm Just starting now, but go

ahead.

250 14 49 49 SPT Okay, this is a short message for the ATM PIs and _-_
planners. We went through the postflare phase
looking at the X flare in active region 9. Every-
thing went Just about as scheduled. I would like
to point out that the pointing in active 9 was
established by peaking up S055 DETECTOR number 3;
GRATING, zero. When you look at the correlation
on the H-alpha photograph, it'll look like we are
slightly off the brightest portion, which is true
for the H-alpha, but the XUV, I believe, is a little
bit higher in altitude and therefore it slightly
shifted toward the limb. And this was the brightest
spot in XUV, now therefore, I think the r - the best
place for the 82B slit. It was also rolled best
for the 82B slit as you should be able to tell
from the H-aXpha down on the television. I did -
I did take a 10-second short time for 82B about
every 5 to 8 minutes. S055, I went through a
MIRROR LINE SCAN, and one GRATING AUTO SCAN on the
bright point there, and then a sequence of partial
MIRROR AUTO RASTERS, at ... of the oxygen hydro-
electronic sequences or various oxygen ionization
levels. And I would like to have gotten up higher
in the coronal lines. I'm afraid I didn't get
that far before I had to go to Sun center.

250 14 51 14 SPT I did go to Sun center at about 15 minutes TIME _

REMAINING and went to EXTENDED STANDARD on S052
Just a couple of ... at the corona by eye and
 2107

some of the streamers between 120 and 150 degrees

clockwise from a pole do appear to have dimin-
ished in intensity. So it could very well be there
is - there is some change occurring in the corona
and this should be visible on your prism, I'm sure.
So that about completes the debriefing of that
postflare phase, and we'll be picking up on the
normal schedule next orbit. End of the debriefing.
Oh, one other comment before I end it up: I put
a couple of segments on the VTR. The last one I
did get time tagged. The first one I did not
time tag. I forgot about putting it on channel A,
but it was right at the beginning of the orbit.

250 14 52 07 SPT It was the first thing up as soon as the Sun came
up for the postflare phase, and whatever time
that was GMT. Let's see if I can establish what
it was here.

250 14 52 22 SPT It should have been about 13:55 to 14:00, in that

time frame. I did get the earlier sequence of the
white light coronagraph on the XUV_MON, et cetera.
Now this is the end of the message to the ATM PIs
and planners from the SPT.

SPT Recorder is yours, Jack.

250 14 53 41 SPT Now one more brief con_ent for ATMPIs and planners.
I did put some J0P 7 extinction info on the end of
that last orbit, and I may have done the same
thing - No, I think that was probably the only
ones this morning. There is one segment of extinc-
tion data there for S055 to take a look at. End
of additional co_nents for the ATM.

250 14 55 38 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack again on channel A.

And now we're going to do M487-3 Delta. This is
a Subjective Evaluation Guide number 3. The infor-
mation goes to primarily, I believe, Bob Bond over
in the ..., and Bob Nute over in building 4 might
have an interest in this also. But the question
today is how do we evaluate, subjectively, our
major tasks and the tools that we've got to do them
with. Tool kit number 1 and tool kit number 2.
Let's talk about those. We've got a wide assort-
ment of tools and they're most of the tools that
we need to do the Job. However, I think it would
_-- be better if we could get off-the-shelftools as
much as possible because the ones we got fit loosely.
2108

And they Just seem like sloppy fits when you put
them together. They're not the kind of tools you'd
buy at Sears and Roebuck, say in the Craftsman
line, which I consider to be very good tools and
which are - which fit together tightly and seem
to be more solid tools than the ones we got. But
so far the ones we've got have done the Job and I
recognize that many of them are specialized for
special uses.

250 lh 57 01 PLT The - Some of the tools don't fit the Mosite very
well. They're loose and we've had to put tape
around them or over them to keep them in the Mosite.
That's particularly true of the Allen head bits.
We need to have, I think, a couple of tools that we
don't have here. We could're used a hacksaw a couple
of times. And we used the Swiss army knife instead.
There were a couple of times we could have used a
drill. We ought to have a hand drill with a couple -
with some bits. I think in that line - Ought to
consider the same kind of tools you got in your _-_
tool bench at home; the ones you use most often.
We have most of those except for a drill and a
hacksaw. And then we also need the specialized
tools that we have.

250 14 57 52 PLT So, basically, the tools have been doing the job,
and it's Just - They're not the kind of tools I'd
buy if I were going to pick some out, because they
Just don't fit together that well. But they do
the Job here.

PLT Repair kit: The items in the repair kit - not all
of them been used. Some have. One item in the
kit that ... is the - the Velero, stickyback
Velcro, Velcro. And this was a complaint we had
before launch on this Velcro. When we did the

C2F 2 on. Somehow it didn't get fixed.

250 14 58 29 PLT The stickyback Velero, the problem is that the -

the glue that holds the Velcro to the stickyback
has less strength than the Velcro to the Velcro.
So when you use one of these pieces of Velcro
and stick one side of it on the wall and the other
side on a card or whatever you want to stick to
the wall and then say, take the card off the Velcro, _
why, instead of the Velcro coming loose, the
stickyback comes loose. What you got is a real
neat piece of backing tape left on the locker and
F
2109

you got all your Velcro on your card or vice versa.

So that stuff doesn't work good.

250 14 59 09 PLT The S190 maintenance kit: Fortunately we haven't

had to use that very much. The items that we have
used have done the Job all right. But it's only
been minor things like - Oh, well, we haven't used
the wrenches. We haven't had to replace much
equipment. The items that came up in the special
kit with S192 work satisfactorily.

250 14 59 45 PLT Just a ... gage and I can't remember what else.

250 14 59 48 PLT Didn't really use much on the S190 maintenance kit;
so it's pretty hard to evaluate that equipment.

PLT M512 tools: We haven't used any of them on this

mission. We don't have much to do with M512 on
this mission.

PLT EMU maintenance kit: You'll have to get somebody

else to eve_uate that because my job during the
_ EVA prep was to do other thingsand the other
two guys do the }_4U maintenance.

PLT Okay, adequacy of work sites: Well, you take what-

ever work site you got. Whether it's good or bad,
you take whatever it is.

250 15 00 22 PLT I guess you recognize that we've been doing a lot
more maintenance up here than anybody expected
we would. And basically as far as doing work
tasks are concerned, I don't see a whole lot of
difference from doing them here than you would at
home. The only thing is you got to hold things
down. You can't lay them down. You got to tape
them to something or - or - One handy thing is
just to lay out a piece of tape, sticky side up,
and stick yourself to it.

250 15 00 51 PLT Nuts and bolts, pieces or tools, sometimes I use

the tool caddy. If I've got lots of parts to
contain and lots of tools, why, I'll take that
out. Otherwise, I'll Just stick them in my pocket,
stick the bolt on a piece of tape or something
like that. The tool caddy - little pockets with
the windows in them come in handy to keep nuts
and bolts in. The - the littlerings on there
are - clips them; and dog clips have been used to
2110

hang onto some of the tools and ... Velcro and

the little pockets with the - in the elastic. So
the tool caddy is kind of useful for when you
want to - to - to retain lots of parts or lots
of tools.

250 15 01 40 PLT And I've never worn it around mywaist. I've

always just stuck it somewhere. So really, the
waist belt hasn't done me much good, although
different guys may use it different ways. Mostly,
for me, a pocket is to carry things to a certain -
location in. And then I'll fasten them to the
wall or stick it up somehow so that it's within
reach but not on my - on my waist. Some of the
work sites we've used, other than those locations
that the work needed to be done at, were - That
is, some of the work sites we've used which are
other than those at which your actual work is
being performed have been on the food lockers,
for example, a nice big flat surface. Put
springs (?) on there and hold things down and
work on them. Stand there on the grid, support
yourself, so found the food lockers been a good
place to work.

250 15 02 37 PLT And I worked on the tape recorders there. Also

at the top of the waste management vent filter
cover is another reasonably good place to work
until we have better ways to hold things down.
But it's a nice flat surface and about desk
height. Fasten yourself down next to it and go
to work there. Other work that we - we've done
has mostly all been done at the site where the
job needed to be done. You just take what you
get when you get there, figure out a way to wrap
your legs around something and go to work on it,
is about the only way to do it. But as far as
performing tasks is concerned, there's not much
difference in being able to do the job than there
would be if you were at home.

250 15 03 17 PLT Adequacy of lighting for work tasks: In some

cases, okay and in most cases, it's not. In most
cases, youwant to inspect something or look at
something closely or find out how the nuts and
bolts come off in the preferential order and all
that sort of thing, you got to get out a flash- _
light to take around.
_ 2111

250 15 03 38 PLT Adequacy of onboard data package, toolwise: I

guess I don't know what that means. As far as
the housekeeping-type items where you replace
components, I think the - the adequacy of onboard
data has been very good. The housekeeping main-
tenance tasks and the systems checklists are -
are very explanatory and - and if - if anything,
they're conservative in telling you too many
things as opposed to not telling you enough. So
I think they're good. It's better to be on that
side than any other way.

250 15 04 18 PLT Preflight prep for maintenance tasks: The tasks

that we've per - been perfor - performing that -
where we were trained preflight for, if preflight
training wasn't very adequate - very good - We
haven't performed all those tasks that we've
trained for. __!_qose
which we have trained for,
why the preflight training was good. We performed
many tasks that we trained for preflight and pro-
cedures ... for the most part have been very
explanatory in - in defining and outlining how to
do those jobs. Trainingwas good and the data
that we've got on board now which we get tele-
printed up is also good.

250 15 05 07 PLT Maintenance tasks - solids traps: Works Just

like the traiher. You got to be careful when you
turn those fans off. Stuff's going to start float-
ing around inside those solids traps. So you got
to get that lid - lid down. And you can't move
it around or bump it too much because the stuff
comes flying out. So you got to be very careful
in taking the solid traps off not to bump them.
You take the little long bolt out of there, with
the handle on it, very carefully and gently and
with some - some ... amount of ... so you catch
all the Junk in there before it gets out.

250 15 05 44 PLT And the mol sieve charcoal cans: I haven't done
one of those yet.

PLT PPCO 2 inlet/outlet cartridges: They're Just as

easy as they're on the ground.

PLT PP02 cartridges, the same way. No problem with

that at all.
2112

PLT EVA/IVA coolant gas separator. I haven't done

that yet but if it's as much a pain in the neck
up here as it is on the ground, it's a bad job.
It's too close a place to work. You can't get the
forces that you need to get exerted on the con-
nectors to do the Job right. It's a lot of strain
and a lot of sweat and grunting and complaining
about that one. Although I haven't done it up
here, I've done it on the ground. And I don't
remember but one out of many times that I was able
to get all the connectors hooked up. And I
understand the one on board works better from

C2F 2 dsta, but I haven't had a chance to pull it

off yet. But if you ever design other places
to work in, that's the kind you don't want to
design.

250 15 06 49 PLT The WMC vent filter: We haven't - I haven't

replaced that yet, although I have removed the
... where a vent filter and cover to clear the
area for flying the maneuvering unit. And you Y-_
just pick that thing up and move it wherever you
want it to. It's a pleasure to get around after
hauling that big blivet around and in one g, it's
a pleasure to move things up here. There's
nothing to it at all. They don't tend to get
away from you. You really don't notice a whole
lot of inertia. You Just loosen them enough,
they float and then just sort of ease them over
to another place and fasten them down with one
little _stropin and there it is. You don't have
to worrj about it anymore. It's a pleasure to
move big items around here because it's just so
darn easy. So much darn easier than it is on
the ground that you Just like to be beating the
game or beating the system, for one thing, I
guess you might say.

250 15 07 42 PLT WMC cha:coal canister: I guess that's the one

I haven't replaced. And that's the one I've
been te/Lking about. Now the WMC vent filter,
replaced that a couple of times and that's no
problem item. You Just want to have everything
clean before you do that because if you turn off
the fan and get the filter away from the blower,
why, the minute the vent starts flying around,
then you want to have a bag ready or something
to put it in right away.
_ 2113

250 15 08 14 PLT Fecal collector filter: I haven't replaced one

of them myself. Somebody else has.

PLT Cleaning items: Air mix - orbital workshop air

mix chamber screens and vent - WMC vent filter,
and AM/OWS circulation filter screens are all
cleaned at the same time. And you don't have to
turn them off or nothing. You just go up there
and pick off the big items that the vacuum cleaner
might not like and throw them in with the trash
and then all the rest of the crumbs and chips and
peanuts and pins and fingernails and hair and -
and all the other stuff that collects on them come
right off. If you want to find anything, you
look on the - the workshop air mixing chamber
screen. It collects the cue cards and pencils
and the - and foam rubber and whatever you're
missing, why that's where it shows up.

250 15 09 09 PLT If it doesn't show up in the next few minutes,

it'll show up in a couple of hours or a couple
days. And - but we haven't lost anything I know
of around here except one of Owen's magnets and
it's probably sticking to some steel ... somewhere.

PLT Unscheduled replacement items: We haven't re-

placed the fans. It doesn't look like it will
be a problem.

PLT Valves: Don't remember replacing any - replacing

any valves or seal meters - lights - The only
lights that we replaced have been the little
light bulbs in the airlock - lights that are in
the blue handholds. And it's like plugging in
any light bulb. They keep it there. They burn
out fairly regularly.

250 15 l0 01 PLT We did a few other unscheduled items. One was

the VTR changeout. And that was just a matter
of time and we got that done with no problem,
Just like you would at home. Replaced the dump
heater probe with no problem. That - that's an
unscheduled repair item as well.

PLT Identify task and evaluate. Well, we've repaired

a few things. We worked some on the S019 and got
it fastened to the deck and looked in it with a
flashlightand got the appropriatetools and
2114

adjuste_ things as we saw necessary. And we had

several opinions on how to do it. And I came up
with th._ best one. We've repaired the bike -
bicycle ergometer. And that's when we could've
used the hacksaw of the drill for - to get out that
busted- _ff screw.

250 15 ll l0 PLT And we replaced that; repaired it with no problem.

The way that was done _ we removed that broken-off
screw which was broken off flush with the pedal,
was to .- the triangle on the pedal ... We started
with the bonesaw but that didn't do much good,
and I finally came up with the idea of using
the - the - my Swiss army knife. And it did the
Job. It made an awful big groove, but it was
still small enough to - And the Swiss army knife
was good enough to cut through that triangle
section on the pedal and also the screw at the
same tilae. And I just used the screwdriver as
a backu]?. You put a - effectively cut & slot in
the - into the screw and the end of the busted-off _-_
screw _d screw it out with a screwdriver. The
same thqng you'd probably do at home, except
you'd probably use a drill at home, which we didn't
have. Had we had a drill, we'd have gone to work
with that first.

250 15 12 17 PLT We may have wound up with the hacksaw idea later,
but the initial idea was to -

TIME SKIP

250 16 20 21 CDR Okay, this is for the ATM science room. I Just
completed - operations beginning at 15:29. It
went nominal. Right at the end with about
4 minutes left before - or about 3 minutes left
before effective sunset or 6 minutes to go, I
noticed that the IMAGE INTENSITY COUNT had come
up to 35 or h0. So I went over, and looked
around and found that, sure enough, active region
19 was putting out a little subflare. Since 82B
seems to be a little tight on film, I didn't roll.
I Just -- peaked up 55, which peaked up around
5 thou, and ran MIRROR LINE SCAN until effective ....
sunset.
_" 2115

250 16 21 02 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

250 17 57 07 CDR CDR debriefing the run that occurred at - 17:03.

Went completely nominal. I did building - I did
54 and - on 2871 both times and 2872. Now one
thing that was a little bit different, - Before
the run I did a 52 STANDARD, and at the end of
the run I did a 52 STANDARD. And then during
B run on 56, I tended to give them SINGLE FRAMES
i, 3, and 5, SINGLE FRA - one time I gave them
SINGLE FRAME - that's at SHORT. One time I gave
them SINGLE FRAME, MEDIUM, every single one but
didn't say anything, hut I just wanted to do it,
and PATROL, SHORT. So I attempted to try to omit
some of the 56 frames to build up some backlog
there. If this is not a good procedure, please
let us know.

250 17 57 59 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

250 18 55 47 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with informa-

tion about S063's run. That's coming up - starting
in about 5 minutes. And I'ii go through all the
camera settings and things. Got the visible
camera mounted down there in the wardroom. Every-
thing is at - on schedule. I have verified that
it is - got the following settings: f/ll, 1/250,
focused at infinity, shutter is cocked, and the
motor fun - motor function ring is on i0. Matter
of fact, I Just tracked the ground target there
with a visible - microswitch which - cocked and
did trigger off the visible camera, as it is
supposed to be. So the visible is working well.
I'm going to doublecheck all of my settings and
everything on the UV camera but not take an extra
exposure. I have it setting on f/2. I have the
UV twin filter on and I've got it in the
2700-angstrom position.
2116

250 18 56 43 SPT Our first photograph here is 4 seconds. I have 4

seconds set on this ring on the side - don't know
what we're going to call that ring - that's set
at 4 and my timer is Nikon zero - my timer number
2 and I am just rotating out of off into the 4-
second position right now. It's set on 4. So
both of those are set on 4.

250 18 57 06 SPT My twin filter is set on 2700, and we've Just

passed 57 minutes past the hour. My first photo-
graph i_ 19:02; that's still 5 minutes. So I'ii
make s_e my levers are not cocked. Incidentally,
rest of the settings on my - UV camera on T on the
con [sick] set at the top and the motor drive on
the back is also set at T. I have the camera
strapped and also the viewfinder strapped, the
sides strapped, so they're both nice and stable
today. I think that's a good way to do it, you
ought to let Ed Gibson - you ought - Wally, you
ought to practice over in the trainer with this
tape. The way you stand in the trainer, the tape _-_
runs up and down to the frame, to the little -
looks like a gimbal ring. And that tape really
holds that optical sight stable.

250 18 58 09 SPT Okay, I'm Just going to try to track a couple here
as we _it. Engage the lever and the big cumulus
looks _etty good. Tracking nice and smoothly.
Can't see many miles of air down there. Couple
miles. Let's see, take about 4 miles to be a
degree -- at this altitude, so couple of miles,
maybe. Oop! There we are at the top. Okay, dis-
engage the DRIVE, move it back to the bottom.
And it does look like we're all set.

250 18 59 02 SPT Now about halfway through here, it does tell me

to take a look for an airplane and contrails
flying _ong at about 95 degrees west, somewhere
near otu" Houston longitude. Expect it'll be not
too far from the coast, although I don't know
exactly where we're passing on this orbit. I
haven't had a chance to check the U.S. slider chart.

250 19 00 05 SPT Looks l_ke it ought to be just south of Houston a

ways. I don't know how far out in the Gulf. Any-
way, we'll keep our eyes open for that.

250 19 O0 26 SPT Okay, we still got a minute and a half to go.

And I'm going to cock my levers now. Visible is
 2117

cocked. And the UV is cocked. Got them both set

at 4 seconds. And we're going to make two h-second
exposures. One at each wavelength.

250 19 00 58 CC Skylab, Houston; stateside for 16 minutes.

CDR Okay, Just as soon as you lock up to this station,

I'll send you down the ATM information. And by
the way, I Just locked on a star, so you might
want to check it.

CC Okay, and we got an answer on your TV-11. And

we'd like to - to do that, if you can work it in.

CDR Okay, we will,

250 19 Ol 23 PLT Hank, do you need the whole thing, or was there
anything of what we did the other day that we
could just add on to and that - that way - -

SPT 30 seconds to go.

PLT - - have to hurry less with the VTR.

SPT Okay, that high cirrus's really hard to pick out

well.

CC - - what's on the Flight Plan ii Bravo, Alfa,

Bravo, Charlie, and Echo.

PLT Okay.

250 19 01 41 SPT The VERNIER DRIVE is engaged, both are cocked; we

do have a filter, lO seconds.

CC CDR, Nu Z update looks good. You can close the

shutter.

250 19 01 53 SPT Okay, start my tracker now. Okay, there's a good

cloud right there; I'm tracking it. Stand by.

CC As you've probably noticed, just for info, we've

had a subnormal flare in active region 9. It
began at 18:58.

250 19 02 ii SPT MARK; UV.

F CDR Roger. It was a littlebitty one.

2118

250 19 02 14 SPT MARK; v_sible.

250 19 02 16 SPT MARK. iEnd of UV. Okay.

CDR The que3tion is, are you locked up yet, and I'ii
give you the down-link.

SPT Okay, that one works fine.

CC We're checking the site.

CDR Okay, I've stayed at Sun center here an extra 3

or 4 minutes - -

250 19 02 31 SPT Engage the DRIVE_ filter to the bottom. Okay, I'm
switching filters, selecting 3200. And we're
ready for another photograph. Reengage the DRIVE.
Reengage that to 10.

CC Okay, CDR, the site's configured- -

SPT Reengag_ that 1u.

CC - - You're cleared for down-link.

CDR - - Rot_te the ... first - -

SPT Both still 4 seconds.

CDR - - then I'll get them back - -

SPT Okay, there's a good target. Tracking.

250 19 03 08 SPT MARK; tr/.

250 19 03 I0 SPT MARK; visible.

250 19 03 ii SPT MARK; t_f. Okay, that's all tracked. Okay, dis-
engage the DRIVE. Return it to the bottom. Reset
UV cam; reset the visible cam. Now this wave-
length -.s going to be back to 2700, which is now
selected. The time we're going to change to 8
seconds We're going to have about three - l, 2,
3 of these. Okay, 8 seconds is being set. That's
set in _md the timer is switched to 8 seconds.
Okay, we want this exposure to start at 04, which
it is r_ght now. We are engaged ....

CDR Okay, I took the XUV MON.

 2119

250 19 04 06 SPT And we're starting to track. Okay, we're tracking.

250 19 04 24 SPT MARK; UV.

250 19 04 28 SPT MARK; visible.

250 19 04 32 SPT MARK; UV. Okay that got a - should have been a
good 8-second one. Disengage the DRIVE. Move
that to the bottom and reengage. Reset the cam.
Reset the UV cam. 45 we want another 27; that
time now.

250 19 04 56 SPT Okay, l'm tracLing.

CDR Okay, that's finished. Here's a little H-ALPHA

so you can see all the active regions at once and
then I'ii depart from Sun center.

_C Okay, we copy.

250 19 05 08 SPT MARK; UV.

250 19 05 14 SPT MARK; visible.

250 19 05 17 SPT MARK; UV. Disengage the DRIVE. Move it at the

bottom, reset the UV cam. Reset the other.
27 - 04:30, that's right now. That's reengaged.
And we are tracking.

250 19 05 50 SPT MARK; UV.

250 19 05 55 SPT MARK; visible.

250 19 05 58 SPT MARK; UV. Okay.

SPT *** Engage the DRIVE. Move it to the bottom.

Reset UV. Reset the visible. At 06:30 we want
a 32. Okay, switching to 32, and we also want a
16-second exposure. Going to need to hurry.
That's reset to 16. That's reselected at 16.
Time to go. Engage the DRIVE. Okay, they're
driving. See the coastline; I'm not seeing any
airplanes. Contrail - tracking.

250 19 06 43 SPT MARK; UV.

250 19 06 54 SPT MARK; visible.

2120

250 19 06 59 SPT MARK; UV. Okay, should be the end of that. Okay,
the DRIVE is disengaged. Moving it all the way
to the bottom. For a change, I think things went
smoothly as planned.

SPT Okay.

250 19 07 41 SPT Close the SAL door, and then l'll give you your
c_mera _ettings here.

CDE We're a little bit ahead of the game so I gimbaled

my GRATING AUTO SCAN right on the little white
dot ...

250 19 08 01 SPT SAL doo'_ is CLOSED and LOCKED. And would you
believe we're sitting on frame number 14 on the
Nikon 02, with the fast film in it, so we have -
as planned, 14 films left remaining.

CDR ... it on H-alpha is about a close as we can go.

SPT And our visible camera, matter of interest has six

frames :remaining. Could be seven, it 's a little
bit in between. Could call it either six or seven.

250 19 08 58 SPT Let's c_ll it six and that would be seven frames
used, I used the six for the observations and
one - w_.s taken as a - as a test to make sure
that it was hooked up correctly. So they both
have ta/_en the correct number of frames. And
let's see if there are any other remarks that
you're f.nterested in. You got the time hacks and
everythi.ng and it's coming up on 09:30 right now,
which should match with the time tag on the tape.
I'll give you a mark to make sure. Stand by.

250 19 09 30 SPT MARK. 09:30. You had all my marks on the tape
as to when the exposure started. They were close
to the times on the pad. And the exposure numbers
have been recorded. Any other pertinent comments
I cannot think of except for the fact that I did
not see that aircraft. Had I had - Just an oppor-
tunity to look for the airplane alone, maybe so.
But the exposures that you have given me there
are very tightly packed in time, as I guess you
can tell. And - there really wasn't much time
other than to get on a target. And if you let
your eyes wander around trying to find an airplane
contrail while you're trying to track a target,
 2121

you'll Just make a mess of the tracking Job; so

I didn't see a contrail but also didn't have much
of a chance to look for it. And there seem to
be no other pertinent comments. And I'll be
shutting off the tape recorder. End of the message
for the S063 PIs, Dr. Packer, Wally Teague, and
Jack Lew.

250 19 i0 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

250 19 28 49 CDR Did GRATING, AUTO SCAN there. Returned to 12,

did the proper thing there, then went down to
the limb; took half of a GRATING, AUTO SCAN; went
back to the center of the limb and continued the
Sun-centered JOP 7. I did not start MIRROR, LINE
SCAN at 2 minutes; started about 01:45, and I started
the white light at about 01:20 instead of 01:25.
Everything else was entirely nominal. Nothing
._-_ specialto report.

250 19 29 16 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

250 20 21 32 CDR Okay, we're not recording. This is the CDR.

We're getting ready to make our EREP run. I'm
going to give you a - check all readings on the
monitor decals, okay? Two is 19 percent, accep-
table; 3 is 86 percent, acceptable; 4, 72 percent,
acceptable. That's all on A, of course. Five is
66 percent and acceptable; 6 is zero to 7 and the
number is zero, so that's acceptable. Let's go
back to 1.

250 20 22 i0 CDR Let's go for B now. B-2 is 62, acceptable; B-3,

76, acceptable; B-4, 72, acceptable; B-5, 7h,
acceptable. Six could be anything, and it's 48.
B-7 is 30 and that's good. Eight is about l, and
9 is about 57; so that's a good one.

250 20 22 50 CDR Let's go for C now. C-2, h4, acceptable; C-3, 89.
That'sclose to the limit,so we won't worry
about it. Four, 76 and that's acceptable; 5, 8h,
 2122

that's good enough. Six is 47, that's acceptable;

7 is 51, acceptable. Have to go back C. C-2 is
86, acceptable. No, C-2 is not acceptable. Should
be 71. That's the way it goes. Three is 85;
that's mot acceptable. Four is 72; that's good
enough. Five is 13; that's good enough. Six is
56; that's good. And so we've had a couple out
of limits, but we won't worry about it. Let me
reread you some numbers though, if I m_y. C-7,
31; C-8, ... l; C-7, 51; C-6, 57. Everything's
okay.

250 20 24 36 CDR MODE to READY on 92. DOOR to OPEN.

CDR Don't wsnt to forget Z-LV in about 5 minutes.

250 20 25 42 CDR Wonder if that showed up on the TV.

CREW (Laughter ) ...

250 20 26 06 CDR Blow their minds, wouldn't it? Okay, 192. Let ___
me read the pre-op configuration check if I may.
TAPE RECORDER, ON; READY, on; 92, ON; READY, on.
Go to CHECK and DOOR, OPEN. 91, ON; COOLER, ON;
DOOR, OPEN. And we know it's always open. 90,
ON; READY, out; STANDBY; DOOR is OPEN. Right?
93 R, STANDBY; READY, out. 93 S, OFF; READY out.
93 A, OEF; READY out; 9_, ON; READY on. Pre-op
config i B verified and accepted as correct.

250 20 27 01 CDR 27; 3 minutes to Z-LV.

PLT Yes, siree; ...

CDR Three minutes to the Big Z.

CDR Where are we coming across today, Jack?

PLT ...

CDR Sky of Phoenix, huh? Okay. Shootl We could

have done an EREP pass on this next pass. We
ought to do three EREPs in a row. If we could
dump at night.

250 20 27 39 CDR They mig)it. We've got that new film now. It
might be a good thing. How much film do we have _-_
of our o_m remaining? That's what I figured. Of
course they could always shoot - shoot it up like
 2123

crazy if they'd get this mind to. Shoot! That's

a piece of cake. That's nothing. How many days
we got? Eighteen days to go? No, we don't really.
Probably got about 12 days - 13 days to go, EREP
days. I don't know. Take 2515 whatever that is.
We're reading 30 - 42. There's the answer.

250 20 28 59 CDR Yes, and you got to go there in i minute. Yes,

Z - Z-LV day 42. We can't do it 50 or 59 or 58;
57 is probably EVA day. So 56; 42 to 56. You
know we're going to get some doubles .... Get
as many as we can. Shoot this stuff up. Okay,
you've got 20 seconds. Got the time loaded in?
It's 3 minutes, no doubt.

PLT ...

CDR You've got the bias standing by.

250 20 29 54 CDR The way - That's the way I want you to check me.
Watch me like a hawk.

250 20 30 00 PLT MARK it....

CDR Okay, getting your mib? Go mib it ; I0 degrees out

in Y and that's it.

PLT ...

CDE I've got to get ready here. I've got to go 193 A

to STANDBY in any moment.

250 20 30 40 CDR I know; I've got you. I got it right here; don't
worry about it.

PLT ... (Laughter) Here we go again.

CDR At 21:31, 193 A.

250 20 31 00 CDR MARK. On 193 A to STANDBY. AttaboyX Pulled

that one off, didn't I? Right on time. If we
do the entry burn that well, we've got it made.

PLT How are you hearing me? Okay?

CDR I hear you so well that it's incredible. Too

well.

PLT Right. I understand.

2124

250 20 31 34 CDR I'm going to EREP, START in 34:48. That's like

about 3 minutes from now.

PLT Nadir swath at 01.

CDR You're _oing to swath it.

PLT 41:00 to 42:40.

CDR Swath it. You're going to swath Mexico or swath

Baja, both of which are Mexico. See what I have
after this. A little ,.. and personal hygiene,
so watch out. Then a little presleep and then a
little ATM. Then a little presleep, then ATM.
That's presleep at a crazy time. Too much pre-
sleep. Ought to get that cut down. Okay, 34:48.
A couple of minutes to go.

250 20 32 52 PLT Hutchins]n, Salina, Milford Reservoir in Tuttle

Creek. l_qat's the one we're after. (Laughter)
We'regoingto getthem. _-_

CDR No problem. Good old Tuttle Creek. Sight for

sore ERK? eyes. Here we are. 270 miles in space,
checking our watches. Coming across the big U.S.

PLT ... 8 minutes.

CDR Good. Got 1 minute to EREP, STARTED.

CDR Oh. Ga-ga-ga-ga-ga ! (Laughter )

250 20 34 48 CDR MARK. _%EP to START. 193 R, OFF. It's OFF.

Mib 34. A, ON and S, STANDBY. A, ON. S, STANDBY.
And 19h MODE, MANUAL complete. 35:20 and VTS,
AUTO CAL AUTO CAL punched. Light out. 38:00;
the light will be on.

PLT Before you power that thing down, we're going to

take a l_ttle more TV. Okay?

CDR Let's ta_e it; whenever you say. 38:00.

PLT ... get _n the path.

250 20 35 40 CDR We've got time to do it.

PLT While the lights - when the lights are still on.
 2125

CDR All right.

PLT Dub in - we'll dub in closing this door and opening

it, and there'll be some land going by or some
water or something.

CDR Okay, sounds good. We'll have to ... it ... it

down. 38:00.

PLT If I can get over there and get Lansing, too.

CDR Do what?

250 20 36 05 PLT Get over there and get Lansing. I don't know.
It's pretty far off course; I guess not.

CDR What have you got when you get them? Nothing.

PLT I've got that site right there.

CDR Oh, there's the site there.

/_ PLT Yes. Can't ... that far, though.

CDR 38:00 is 191. They're getting a lockup.

250 20 37 01 CC Skylab, Houston. We're with you for 16-1/2 minutes

of stateside, and are you through with the VTR?

CDR You bet. But we're going to add the - We're not
finished shooting. We're going to have to take
a few of these one - of these EREP pictures here
right after the run. Then we'll be finished, if
that's okay with you. And then we'll rewind it
for you.

250 20 37 25 CC Okay, good show. And for information, some of

the sites along the last part of your track there,
the weather deteriorated to maybe 8/i0, full coverage.
so you may have a little trouble with those VTS
sites, PLT.

CDR He won't; I know him. He'll get the 0.2. He'll

fill them in.

PLT ...
250 20 37 57 CDR Don't '.Let it get in our way. That's right. 191
READY on. Go to REFERENCE, 6. I'm there. 13:30,
we're going to go A, STANDBY end R, STANDBY.

PLT Where is the weather changing there?

CDR Last few sites.

PLT Last two?

CDR Last few, he said.

PLT Last f_._w?That's all there is, is a few. Is it

the last few or the first few? (Laughter)

250 20 38 36 CDR 38:30 coming up. A to STANDBY and R, STANDBY.

Done. Standing by for 38:h2 when it's S, ON aud
R, ON.

PLT Bad we_..theris good for that first one there.

250 20 38 42 CDR S, ON; R, ON. Okay, now we're looking for 39:03,
which _s 190 MODE to AUTO. 39:03, let's watch
it. 2: 3. Okay, MODE to AUTO. Now we look for
40: 30.

PLT How do you like the maneuver? We're going back

to SI, see?

CDR Okay.

CC Okay, that looks good.

PLT Thank you.

CDR How are we looking, Jack?

PLT Oh, ho! We Just crossed Baja.

CDR If that IMC works for you, you might be able to

get it with those 0.8 coverage.

CC Okay, the weather is at sites 407, special 07,

and 528 are the ones that deteriorated.

PLT Bad new3.

250 20 39 39 CDR Is there anything else?

F _

2127

CC Special 01 might all - be all right.

CDR Gives us some competition. 40:30, we're going

MODE, READY.

250 20 39 58 PLT 41 - 41. I'm waiting for 41. One more minute.

CDR One more minute to go, Jack.

CC Site 528 is thin cirrus. You may be able to get

through that.

PLT We'll give her a whirl, if we can see her, Hank.

CDR Standing by for 40:30.

250 20 40 30 CDR MARK. READY. Tape recorder is up to speed.

PLT No DAC on the first one. Okay.

CDR 41:05. S, STANDBY; R, STANDBY.

PLT Okay, we're coming up on some weather here, which

is what we're looking for for this first nadir
swath, and there will be no DAC on this one.

250 20 40 51 PLT MARK. We got some clouds.

PLT Our pass today, space fans, brings us up over

Baja, Tucson, Albuquerque, Omaha, Green Bay,
Wisconsin; over the Straits of Mackinac, and up
into Canada. Up over Newfoundland.

250 20 41 17 CDR ... Got it 41:30. Everything's going well.

41:30. Light out just like they say. STANDBY.
FRAMES, 3 - 3; INTERVALOMETER, 10. 193 A to MODE, 1.

PLT ... down there, a patch of cumulus clouds.

250 20 41 41 CDR RANGE, 65.

PLT Once in a while we hit a patch of them.

250 20 hl h4 CDR Got it.

PLT There went a patch now.

f 250 20 41 46 PLT MARK.

212B

CDR Standing by for 42:43.

PLT We're out of it.

250 20 41 49 PLT MARK.

CDR ... MODe'.,AUTO.

PLT You do this at 42:40.

CDR ...

PLT Four miles a second.

CDR ... 42:_3.

PLT i001, 1002, 1003, lO0h.

CDR We're looking for it.

PLT That's 4 miles. How about that?

CDR Everything's running along just perfect in the

MODE, ALTO. 42:43. Wonder what the Big O. is
doing ur there.

PLT You on down there, rookie?

SPT ...

PLT He's on. I'm hearing you on channel B there.

Why don't you get on A?

250 20 42 35 CDR AUTO.

PLT Okay, that's right 5.2 at 454. There we are.

That's the end of the cumulus clouds.

CDR MODE AUTO; okay. Next we're looking for 43:15

to POL, 4.

250 20 42 58 PLT Okay, we're set up; waiting. Don't like the
weather at all. It's overcast. It's back to
1/25. That's where it is. Standing by for
43:41.

CDR Standing
by for 43:15,... _

250 20 43 15 CDR That's it. How's the weather in Des Moines?

_ 2129

CDR 45:23.

PLT You got weather in Des Moines, Hank?

CC ...

PLT Say again?

CDR Not talking.

CC ...

250 20 43 28 PLT Okay. So far we got l0 seconds to go, and it's

CC ... they're socked in.

PLT Yes, it's socked in over Topeka, also. Well, that

was the time, to zero. We'll be seeing Des Moines
in - I believe we got a hole in the overcast. 21.

250 20 44 03 CC CDR, Housten. Did we get in an IN-TRACK CONTIG-

UOUS on S193 at 41:077

CDR You better - -

CC We'd like to verify.

CDR You better believe it. It's there. IN-TRACK

CONTIGUOUS.

CC Okay.

CDR Okay. Thanks for checking though.

PLT 44:32, going for backup sites. It was completely

overcast, 407, 408; Hank.

CC Okay, we were afraid of that.

PLT 44:32. That was an easy one, too.

SPT Eastern half of the country looks a little

better.

CDR Good. Back on, huh?

250 20 44 30 PLT Going to get ... in Des Moines, too. Just like
he said.
 2130

SPT It's going to be mostly ... up here ahead of us

about three or four - two or three hundred miles.

PLT If you're down there, Des Moines, I can't see you.

Turn the DAC off and save the film. Few section
lines do_n here. That 's all.

PLT Hey_ you're right about Des Moines, Hank.

CDR 23; OFF.

PLT Can't see it.

250 20 45 24 CDR E, OFF. A, ON. Standing by for 45:45. 190

interval Dmeter, 20.

PLT Got to get on with it.

250 20 45 40 CDR That's it. Intervalometer to 20.

PLT 45 ...zero.

CDR Standing by for _6:h0.

PLT (Coughing) Excuse me. Okay, now Lake Michigan,

I got.

CDR You got it, huh?

PLT Yes.

250 20 46 03 CDR Intervalometer to 10.

PLT Take a look down the coast and see how it is.

CDR (Yawning) ...

PLT Yes, we're going to hit a spot off Chicago first.

Boy! It'_ a nifty ... going from Chicago to
New York.

CDR h6 ...

PLT Okay, gang we're taking some data on Lake Michigan

through some very thin cirrus off the coast at
Chicago. Now I'm going to hack off.

250 20 46 hl CDR Intervaloneter to I0.

 _131

PLT I'm going to head up - upstream.

CDR 47:20 is REFERENCE, 2. 191, REFER_CE, 2.

PLT Okay, this is going to be clouded over.

250 20 47 21 CDR REFERENCE, 2. 192 going to STANDBY at _8:00, Jack.

PLT Okay, we're taking data off the coast of Traverse

City.

PLT That 's about it.

250 20 48 00 CDR 48:00. MODE to STANDBY, 92. 194 was on MODE,

MANUAL at 48:06, which is right now. MODE, MANUAL.
At _8:14 we go to 20 on 190.

PLT 20 it is.

250 20 48 19 CDR Standing by for 48:20. We're AUTO CAL. I missed

it. I got it 3 seconds late.

PLT Okay.

CDR 20:49, I start SI maneuver, Jack.

PLT Just a minute ....

CDR ... from now, babe; like about 30 seconds. Got

your time loaded, so you're ready to SI it. I'll
give you a mark at the time.

CDR 20:49. 3 seconds, 2, 1 -

250 20 49 00 CDR MARK. SI.

PLT SI right away.

CDR Any mibs?

PLT No mibs.

CDR Okay, let's see if we've got a 191 light on. I

mean a 190. 190 READY out. That's good. 190 MODE
to STANDBY. Okay, 49:35, and 193 A to STANDBY.

PLT Yes, all we got was Lake Michigan, Hank; every-

_- thingelse was clobberedin.
 2132

CC Roger. That's about the way the map looked down

here.

PLT Got the tough one. (Laughter)

250 20 49 3_ CDR A to STANDBY. Standing by for READY on at 51:00.

PLT I was going to try to sneak over there and get

Lansing, but I think it's too far out of the way,
plus it was clobbered anyway .... Going to make
this thing up.

CDR All right, good idea.

250 20 50 13 CDR They're going to want me to voice record B-7 and

I'm going to tell them it's 31 percent.

PLT Aw nut._I

CDR Not bad there. Toward Nova Scotia, almost.

SPT Is that wherewe are going? _-_

CDR No, we were above Nova Scotia.

PLT Got any time?

250 20 50 40 CDR 51:00.

PLT ...

CC CDR, Houston. Were Charlie 4 and Able 2 in spec

on this run?

CDR Charlie 4 and Able 2? Yes. Charlie 4 now -

I'll give you a reading - is 98. Sounds like I've
told you wrong.

PLT Gollyl Look at that.

CDR Able 2 _s 92. Sounds like I gave you bum dope.

CC ...

SPT ...

CDR Okay.

PLT What'd _rou say, Big 0.?

 2133

SPT We're right over the Gulf of St. Lawrence here.

It's really a big gulf .... river - ... river.

PLT ... That's a beautiful sight.

CDR It's a big ma-moo. Okay, let's get on with it.

Voice record B-7. Okay, let's do it. It's 31 per-
cent. 192 DOOR to CLOSE; coming closed.

250 20 51 57 CDR I gather you don't want us to do tape recorder

depletion, but you probably want us to do a
manual measurement, right? Right.

CC Affirmative.

CDR Okay .... there.

CC Skylab, Houston. You did give an EREP, STOP,

didn't you?

CDR You bet. Stop occurred on time at time 51:00.

i_ CC We copy and we're 1 minute from LOS. We'll be

coming up on Madrid at 58:00 with a recorder dump.

250 20 52 54 CDB Okay. You know, Hank, you can see a lot of
contrails -

TIME SKIP

250 21 19 54 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with a message

for the MII0 Pls, in particular Dr. Kimsey. The
subject is the BSVs - blood sample vials - for SL-4,
first of all. I have checked in the SL-4 kits and
there is six of the BSVs, Bravo Sugar Victors. They
all look fine with the exception of one. One of the
cellophane plastic wrappers has a brownish deposit
on the inside that looks like it was more or less
touched to the vial itself. However, the vial
still contains the normal amount of clear liquid
and there is no indication that there's been any
escape of the liquid from the inside of the vial.
So where this small amount of brownish deposit has
come from, I don't know. I suspect that the vial
is still perfectly satisfactory, but it wouldn't
_- hurt to send up one or two more on the SL-4 mission
2134

just to make sure they do have the required number

of six.

250 21 21 ll SPT Now while I was at it, I thought I'd better check
our remaining three for SL-3. And it turns out I
can only find two of them. So either only five were
included, but much more likely one of them has gone
adrift. So I assume that you will want me to use
one of the SL-4 BSVs which can then be sent up. So
if you replace that one that I will probably use
from SL-4's kit and then this is one that may be
bad for some reason, you'll probably want to send
up a mLnimum of two on the SL-4 flight.

250 21 21 46 SPT End of message to the Mll0 PIs, particularly

Dr. Steve Kimsey, from SPT.

250 21 22 22 SPT This _ssage is to the M172 PIs, in particular to

Dr. Bill Thornton. Here is the data from the BMMD
repeatability test which I ran, the SPT, today. It
was rtu_ on day 250 at approximately 20:15 Zulu. We _-_
have four digits to be reported. I'm only going
to report the first two, one time. And the fol-
lowing sets will only give the last two digits. So
when I first weighed - and, incidentally, I was
weighed in the normal amount of clothing that I
wear to sleep in and weigh in the morning - that's
shorts, T-shirts, and socks. My weight was 5.963,
6h, 65, 66, 63. I then hopped out of the chair,
wrote clown the first set, hopped back in and got
the following set: 64, 65, 64, 64, 65. Hopped out
of the chair, wrote those down_ went back in, and
made the following set of measurements: 64, 63,
65, 64, 65. And that is the end of the BMMD
repeat:_bi - repeatability test of the SPT. Infor-
mation going to the M172 PIs, in particular,
Dr. Bill Thornton.

250 21 23 53 SPT End of message from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

250 22 35 29 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A de-

briefing the last ATM run, which began at 21:42.
Ran off the JOP 6 with no trouble and also ran off
four J(_ 2 Foxtrots at the ... pointing quadrant.
And raxL it according to the pad. And I gave you,
 2135

however, on S056 - Instead of ACTIVE i, LONG, I

gave you a SINGLE FRAME, i, 3, 5, SHORT - each of
those. Had a little time left over down near the
end of the pass. Went over to active region 19
and picked out the hottest spot I could find. And
it was a good . .. one on the detectors. I peaked
up the detectors and I ran a - a GRATING, AUTO SCAN
on DETECTORs 1 and 2. Got them to about a GRATING
position of about 4000, when the ground called and
says, "We got a prGninence over at 070. We'd like
to do a coronal transient JOP, so stop doing the
GRATING, AUTO SCAN ... minutes. Turn on S052 in
EXTENDED STANDARD and let that run on down. "

250 22 36 46 PLT Got the GRATING down to 028 and ... - -

###

f_
 DAY 251 (AM) 2137

251 00 08 43 CDR Okay, this is CDR debriefing the 23:13 run. I did
the first step, which was namely JOP 6, step 2,
building block 2. Completed that, was notified of
a transient in the corona. Went out, looked for
it. First we looked out in the white light corona-
graph. Saw at 070 a - about a I diameter - i solar
diameter bubble. It wasn't too distinct because
it was - some of the streamers, particularly in the
lower right side, were the ones that were at
8 o'clock was a little bit wider than the one out
towards 7 o'clock. But you still could see the
loop over the top of the distorted streamers. We
went out and looked around with our H-ALPHA and
tried different distances off the limb and also
tried different CONTRAST, BRIGHTNESS and the like;
came up with nothing.

251 00 09 45 CDR Went back to Sun center, got a ROLL that put the -
the transient down at 5 o'clock. And then started
doing EXTENDED STANDARD in front of the pass. We
did a 54 - started 54, and then we realized this
had just run. So I gave them an M, 3, 0, S, 256
_ anyway. I thoughtthey might like it. I gave 56
an ACTIVE l, that was 54, ACTIVE. 56 an ACTIVE l,
LONG but it hung up in 3 and the ground said don't
do anymore, and we shut that off. We ran four
FRAMES per minute in H-ALPHA ... intervals when
first EXTENDED STANDARD was over. Then looked in
white light coronagraph. You could still see it.
Entered another one; in the middle of that one, we
interrupted to get the down-link to Houston. And
by then the component or the coronal brightened
areathat was looping across from a 4 to 5 position
looked to me like down around 5 to 6 solar radii;
but it's difficult to discern out there because of
the way the scope sort of brightens out in that
area. Well, anyhow we got the down-link and then
proceeded on with EXTENDED STANDARD and next pass
we will pick up with our normal - shop work - not
JOP work.

251 00 ll 12 CDR Nothing to say other than it looked like a very

good one. Couldn't see any motion but it's inter-
esting that it did seem to diminish somewhat and
move outward during the 16-minute EXTENDED STANDARD
run. Any other comments, please give me a call.
 2138

251 00 ll 30 CDR CDR out. That goes to the ATM science room.

251 00 28 30 SPT Okay, SPT here on channel A with information on

487.

251 00 29 09 SPT Okay. I'll repeat that; this is information on

487-1 Easy - light intensity measurement, it goes
to the M487 PIs. Okay, now what I've done is to
go - to go around various locations in those - in
the workshop. They are the ones we most frequently
use to work or to - to work at. And I placed the
page as shown, 1-16, on the front face of the panel
number that I will give you. And then the spotmeter
reading was made normal to the paper. In each case,
I turned all the lights on - in the compartments
that I _s making the measurements in. No extra
high-intensity lights or anything. Just all of the
normal illn_nation lights were on. A couple of
lights _ere burned out. I can remember only two
up in tke MDA, but those are the two I did not re-
place. But everything else as near as I can recall,
the lights were burning - normally.

251 00 30 l0 SPT And so _hat I've done is Just give you the location
and it _ill be assumed that this white sheet is flat
on the surface of that panel number. So at the _-_
SPT's table in the wardroom, 3.5. 62h Alfa panel,
2.0; 617, 2.5; 831, 3.5; 820, 4.0; 544, 1.0; TOI3
FMU numker 2, 0.9; 555, 1.2; 510, 0.9; 408, 1.25;
446, 1.2; 317, 3.5; 323, 4.5; 236, 2.5; 207, 1.25;
204, 1.2; 225, 1.8; 131, 2.5; 130, 1.3; 157, 1.25;
122, 1.0; 109, 2.5; ii0, 2.0; 105, 2.5; 912, 0.3;
908, 1.8. End of message for the 487 PIs. This
is information on 487-1E. Performed by the SPT
at about 23:30 on day 250.

251 00 31 35 SPT End of message.

TIME SKIP

251 00 59 49 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, debriefing

the 92/93 run on Jack. The amount of work done
in the 2 minutes of exercise was right at
300 wat_-minutes. No other problems; everything
went ve:_y normally and as scheduled. End of
message to the biomed folks, PIs of M092 and 93.

PLT Legmeasurements? ___

251 01 00 ll SPT No, I d:dn't call down the leg measurements.

Stand by, I'll give you those.

251 01 00 30 SPT Okay, the leg measurements were: Left calf

is 13-3/16 inches in circumference. The right
_ 2139

calf is 13-9/16 inches in circt_nference. The

legbands are the standard ones we've always used;
the same old blood pressure cuff on the - number ll
on the arm - and everything else, saddle, all Just
the same as standard. And that's all the informa-
tion that I believe we owe you for 92/93.

251 01 00 57 SPT End of message to the biomed 92/93 PIs from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

251 01 41 i0 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the run I just per-
formed on the ATM, which was the - the 00:49 run.
I brought it up and ran JOP 6, steps 1 and 2.
And then instead of the observing time, I checked
with the backroom and they indicated they'd like
to have me perhaps do JOP 2F - the ones that I
had not completed the previous ors - orbit
because of the coronal transient. I did that all
the way down until the final one at pointing 402
_ and 534. I askedthe PLT if he could do that
when we come up and he's going to do it. So I
think everything went real well and nothing
remarkable occurred.

251 01 42 02 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIR

251 02 41 03 PLT MARK. Yes.

CDR Be my opinion. For the - for the - He Just didn't

have the data. He can't keep up with all this
baloney we're doing. He didn't know he didn't
have the data. It's like us. He'll get over it.
Both of us will. Okay.

PLT ...

251 02 41 29 CDR I know it. It sounded like you were though. It

sounds like you didn't want to talk about it
after - right at the end. Okay. That's it.
What's next? It doesn't make any difference.
2140

251 02 41 39 CDR Okay. Now this is CDR and I'm getting ready to
do h87-3. This will be my last subjective
evaluation guide. And I'm going to discuss these
items. First I'm standing by the tool kit here.
And one of the things I've noticed in the toolkit
is the pinchbar's missing because it was left
outside on EVA. And I think what we ought to do
is brimg up these tools that are missing. We
took them for a reason and Just leave them out
there, if they break - Not replacing them doesn't
make sense because you can have the failure that
needs the tools on the last mission, the last
3 days, as you can the first.

251 02 42 16 CDR Now one thing I'm looking in this drawer A is

several things about this toolkit that needs work.
One is, the fit in here is too tight with these
dn_ies - things that hold them all. They should
have been a little looser fit and maybe a little
Velcro on them to hold them down in their places.
A little design place to see where it goes but
Velcro holding it in instead of having such a hard
time to get them out. Next, there should be some
special tethers designed for these tools. Maybe
we should look at each tool that we think could
conceivably go outside and drill a little hole in
it somewhere or do something to it so that we can
attach tethers to all of these so when we take them
EVA. And that's going to improve and going to
increase more and more as the years go by. So we
got to get these tools to where we can take them
outside instead of having to spend time here trying
to invent a way to take them outside.

251 02 43 05 CDR Now I'_ looking at the screws, the drivers, and
the bits, and the Alien bit, and all that. Now
there's only one complaint I've got about this.
They're not in order. You get a 3/16 and then
a 1/4, and then there's a 3/16 short. There's
a 7/64. These things should start at the
smallest and run to the big, even if you have to
put in a couple of extra drawers. And then you
can find them in order instead of hunting all over.
We got 1/16 in the back. Here's 5/32 square over
here. Over at this side is something else. And
definitely they ought to be in order of size so
that you can get at them. And they ought to fit
in there looser with more Velcro on them. There's
Velcro on the tools, but there's no Velcro on the
drawer space.
 2141

251 02 4B 47 CDR We ought to have a couple of bigger screwdrivers

than we've had. Next, I'm looking now at the
sockets. The sockets - We ought to have a full
set, and they ought to be in a row. Here we got
them kind of mixed up, and we haven't got one of
each. We got up here and tried to fix our - by
the way - tried to fix our exerciser, Mark I, and
we didn't have the right kind of Allen wrench and
that's a problem. We ought to have a full set of
every one of these things, They Just don't weigh
that much and then you got a full set of tools you
can work with.

251 02 44 16 CDR The wrenches aren't too bad, but once again you
need a full set - mechanical fingers. Now here I'm
looking at the bottom drawer and here's some more
Allen bits.

CREW ...

251 02 53 h7 CDR Okay, this is the CDR back again taJking about
487-3. And another thing that keeps coming up is
the fact that we're always - We're never using our
tool pouches. Those little tool pouches we got
nobody ever uses because they're so much doggone
much trouble to go get. Also Just getting a big
bag and putting them in them tends to let them
float away. We really should have invent - Now
we put them in our pockets. But we really should
have come up with a better tool pouch than what we
have. I think the thing could have been merely
three or four visible pockets with snaps or zippers.
And then you'd have places to put the springs and
the screws that you can see them and a way to get
in there and reach them. Now we got that sort of
a thing on this one, but it just isn't adequate.
It's too small. It doesn't carry the tools. They
fly off. The whole thing is a bomb, and it Just
doesn't hold things correctly. It's not secure
enough. You should tether them, and it Just doesn't
have it. And it's a lot of trouble. You end up
putting them in your pocket, and you can't see in
there, and you open the lid, and five screws fall
out, and you have to go get them. So those sorts
of things are - are bad.

251 02 54 54 CDR Another thing that's bad is it's difficult to re-

_- member which drawer's got which items in it. Not
only do the drawers have the writing near the top
2142

where you can't see it because it's hidden by the

little edge, but the fact's that there's no simple
way to remember what - where everything is. It'd
be muck better if we somehow arranged them
alphabetically or somehow systematically where
they m_e sense. Now I mentioned before, we've
got Allen wrenches in two different drawers. We've
got the ratchet wrench for the Allen wrenches in
another drawer. The whole ball game is - is
kind oi' screwed up. And it'd be better to waste
a little space and then have everything. When
you wazt s_ething with a ratchet, you go to the
ratchet two or three drawers, whatever it takes.
If you want samething to screw drivers with and
things that look like screwdrivers, you go to the
screwdriver place; hammers and tongs, things like
that you go some other place. Lacing twine and
all th_Lt's good. Now the torque wrench is up with
the lacing twine; the scissors is up there. Does
that m_e sense? I doubt it. But that's what I
mean.

251 02 55 53 CDR Now one of the drawers that's pretty good is -

is the pliers drawers. You go in there and you
can find every kind of plier you need. The lubri-
cant - We got more lubricant than you can shake
a stic2 at. Knives - Those are good. We carry
those _ound, but we need a sharpening stone badly.
My mistake of not bringing a sharpening stone was
gross. A thing called experiment handle mixed
in witk the cutter pliers, along with the Phillips
offset and the crescent wrench and a bunch of
snaps - ridiculous. We ought to have supplies in
one dr_.wer and then wrenches in one and special
handles in another. One whole drawer's got some
spare Epace. And we ought to have a lot of spares
of these things that we use a lot. We use
cresce=t wrenches - I mean Allen wrenches. Those
need spares. The vise we got's so-so. Don't
have a workbench. That's one of the bad things.

251 02 56 43 CDR We've _ot to invent for the next space station -
we've got to invent a place that - that you can
do work at to fix your books and all that and then
another place with good lighting and some special
rigs to keep screws and all that stuff; a work-
bench _here we float up and put down this equipment
we work on. Everything's going to - and that -
along that line could be improved. Let's t_Ik
about the repair kit. Repair kit is okay. We
 2143

don't use it much because we Just don't have much

to repair. There's blister patches in there. We
never use them. We never use the flat patches;
the Velcro strips, we use.

251 02 57 15 CDR Now the Velcro in here isn't worth a darn. We

need to get more Velcro like we brought up_rith
us - those little squares and those have been
res]]y superb. The little nuts and bolts we
brought up here fit great, but we ended upbringing
up nonstainless-steel ones. We ought to bring
up the best bolts and nuts we got. I like the
variety that you have and the ability that when-
ever you have something - do it. We need an area
where we could put things that we find floating
by, or loose ones, and put them in an organized
fashion instead of Just throwing them in and
hoping we can find them at some later date. Because
you'll - you'll see a screw float by and you'll
say, I don't know where that comes from but I've
seen it. Okay, you got to put it somewhere -
3 days later you realize it came off some item
-- and you say, that's the one I saw the other day.
Where is it now? How do I get it? It's tough.

251 02 58 00 CDR Universal sealing, we should have used that -

we should get something we could use for these
leaks in the vacuum lines - the pressure lines -
I don't know if that'll do it. Duct tape, that's
a good thing. Essentially, the repair kit is
semipart of the toolkit and should be made so.
I think that - that those should be integrated.

CDR S190 maintenance kit - 190 maintenance kit, I

don't even know what it is. I - wait a minute.
I don't know what it is. I'll check on it and
let you know.

CDR 512 tools. They're okay; redundant. I think

you need some up there. And you need to make
them in the same format that I'm talking about
here. Those are cr_med in little drawers. They
ought to be like a regular toolkit with Velcro
on them and little spaces.

251 02 58 50 CDR EMUmaintenance kit is a good kit. We need much

more in the way of sewing kit provisions here.
f We need more in the way of thread, needles,and
the like. I wanted to sew up my sleeping bag and
2144

ended up using safety pins which worked okay,

but still would have liked to have done it the
other way.

CDR Adequacy of work sites, what work sites? Don't

have one. Every time we get ready to do something,
we hav_ to find someplace else to do it. I
think that's a gross de - oversight on our part.

CDR Adequacy of lighting, poor. You can do the Job,

but it Just isn't right. We ought to have good
bench lighting somewhere where we can sit down
and work on these things, particularly on the
space 3tation.

251 02 59 33 CDR Adequacy of onboard data package. Excellent

onboard data package and if it isn't on board,
they c_m send it up on the teleprinter. I really
do thi_ that that's been one of the best parts.
No complaints.

CDR Adequac_ of preflight prep for maintenance task.

Good. I think we could perhaps get a better -
No, I (_n't think there's anything we could do
better. The maintenance task provisions are good.
I woulc_'t want to do it any other way. That's -
that's a good way.

251 03 00 01 CDR Let's ts]k about schedule replacement items.

Solids trap. Simple to do, easy, no trouble.
It's very simple; that's the way they all ought
to be.

CDR Mol sieve charcoal cans, another easy simple Job.

One of the things I think we have done is every-
thing Js so easy and so optimized that we've spent
a zillion dollars getting it that way. I was
looking at the toolkit. We made the toolkit so
it had universal mounts which fit on the drawers,
and the slides were universal mounts. The box
was universal mounts. We never used that feature.
Now I d_n't know - I don't know where you cut the
cornerE, but one of the things that's driving us
out of business is high cost. We've got to get
more things off the shelf. We got to get more
items Just like they are out of the store and
take them with us. Put some Velcro on them
and drill a hole in them and put a lanyard on
them and take them. And that's the way it ought
 21_5

to be. We shouldn't be inventing everything over

again.

251 03 00 53 CDR Okay, POCO 2 [sic] inlet/outlet cartridges. Pain

in the you know what, but okay to do. Having
them - They ought to be better color coded. They
ought not to have A's, B's, or whatever they are,
P's and A's, the same color that go - I mean the
whole thing allows you to mix them up and they should
be easily marked on instead of running around
putting all of this red tape on them. They just -
It's easy to do, but easy to mix up, too.

CDR PPO 2 cartridge. Same comment.

CDR EVA/IVA cool gas separator - coolant gas separator.

Haven't replaced them. In the trainer, they're
hard; in here, I hear they're not bad. We have
a spare one we brought up; I don't have any idea
_ what we'regoingto do with it.

CDR Waste management compartment vent filter. Easy.

CDR Waste management compartment charcoal canister.

Hard to get unsnapped. All the rest is easy.
Fecal col - by the way, these filters are the -
the ...

251 03 01 47 CDR We should have lots of fans and filters around

the spacecraft because that's where everything
goes. This big fitting up in the top of the
dome, this big strainer that is really great, if
you pick the right mesh screen and everything.
Many, many crumbs get up there. We vacuum that
a couple times a day. That's an outstanding
design feature. The one in the head's good, but
it needs more suction so that when you cut your
hair or something, the things will get in there
and stick better. That - Both of those are good.
Vacuum cleaner needs more suction so we can get
it out of there.

251 03 02 19 CDR Fecal collector filter. Easy to put in, piece

of cake. That's - that's a good one. Just slide
a couple of pieces of rubber over and snap them
F on (yawning).That'sa winner.
2146

CDR Okay, scheduled cleaning items. OWS air mixing

crumb screens - chamber screens, I mean. Call
them crumb screens because the crumbs are always
up there. It's good, well designed. We need a
harder vacuum cleaner to do it. That's a good
thing up there. Yes?

SPT ... and I'm going to have to use this for an S063
run for tomorrow. And if they don't know about
that, I'm afraid ...

CDR That's minor ... Put that and I_ii call for it.
Put that and leave it there and I'll mention it
to them, too. Okay? Okay, next we've got -
So that - that's a good cleaner. I think also,
we're going to have to wash it. I noticed some
strawberry drink or something's up there. We're
going to have to wash that off.

CDR Waste management compartment vent filter needs more

suction, but the filter's good. Having it coarse --_
and fine, I don't really think buys you a thing.
If I were you, I'd just have the fine filters
and you could scrub the coarse off of it. Just
having the two separators doesn't seem to do
anything.

251 03 03 30 CDR I would suggest forgetting the coarse. AM/0WS

circulation - circ fan screens - circ filter
screens. They don't appear to do much for you.
Oh - I know what you mean. Those little screens
on the back of the fans. They work real well.
The trouble is the screen is - is so weak it
stretches and gets concave and hard to vacuum.
Everything else is okay. Once again need a
better vacuum cleaner.

CDR Unscheduled replacement items. Fans, simple to do,

no trouble. Valves, haven't done any, probably
easy. Seals, same thing. Lights, lights are
hard to get out. The reason they're hard to get
out is you got sort of an elliptical shape to
them. And it turns out that when you open the
opening - the little cover - it catches on the
front end of the ellipse; the long axis tends to
rotate the ellipse, which tends to jam the
whole business together. So that's kind of a
bad design. Could be done.
 2147

251 03 04 27 CDR Unscheduled repair items. We've done a lot of

tasks in here. My opinion is you can do Just about
anything except maybe pressurized lines with
fluid in them. With fluid in them, what you need
to do is somehow get a way to turn it off, and
then you can probably work in there. And have a
relief valve ... maybe so that you can drain it
off or some technique developed so that you can
drain off the excess fluid that is pressurized
into a bottle. Then you can do the repair and
then you can put that fluid back in. So that
could be some sort of a test you have before
repair. One thing that we've had difficulty with
is letting anybody fool with anything electrical
here. You're always afraid you're going to shock
yourself. I'd forget it. I'd Just make our work
area have some sort of rubber floor and then
maybe have a rubber workbench. And then you could
do all the work there and then you wouldn't get
much of a shock. And then we could do better
troubleshooting than we're doing now. We're
constantly troubleshooting with the power off trying
to get resistance and things. And as you know,
that Just doesn't quite do the Job. A lot of
things open up when they got voltages on them or
heat or current flow that are great when they
don't.

251 03 05 32 CDR So that's one of the things. I think that main-

tenance tasks in space are going to be much simpler
than I had imagined before coming on this flight.
And it's going to take a new look to see how we
build things for maintenance. We shouldn't build
them too expensively for maintenance because it
seems to me that we ought to be able to fix them
anyhow, particularly with all this ground help.
The problem is going to be having adequate parts.
I don't know whether you try to get comnon parts
or you try to build redundancy in and just hope
for that. I would try to build redundancy in
and then use the maintenance to fix up simple items,
to replace items, to replace - you don't neces-
sarily have to take the redundancy and build it
in. Maybe you can have the redundacy in the
spare part, in the critical items. But, anyhow -
F that'sbeen a nice,bright point of this.
2i48

251 03 06 16 CDR Now that information, 483, goes to Bob Nute and
Jake - Jeff Smith. And you send that to them.
Everybody will be happy.

251 03 06 28 CDR CDR out.

251 03 17 33 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

This is for the ATM world. Debriefing the last
ATM run of the day starting at 22:22 - 02:22,
excuse me. Got off to a little late start because
I went back and picked up something done two revs
before, the 23:13 rev. I went back and got the
MIRROR, AUTO RASTER; GRATING 2436 at 18 minutes
to go. ROLL, ZERO; UP, 402, and RIGHT, 534.
I got that right off the bat, and so that got me
off to a late start. And I did your shopping
list item 16 six times as you requested and
omitted all the ... and through the rest of them
in and so forbh. And followed your times and
whatnot until I got down to the next to the last
one. And it became apparent before that that _-_
I wasn't going to get them all in. And so what
I decided to do was to get the first four, as you
requested, and to modify the length of the
exposures on the second two, building block 13, so
they can come out right.

251 03 18 53 PLT So the next to last building block 13, 82B got a
3-1/2-minute WAVE, SHORT and a 3-1/2-minute WAVE,
LONG ... 5 minutes. And Milligan got about a
7-minute exposure in FILTER 3. On the last
building block 13, I cut them down too, although
I made them a little big longer. I made 82B a
5-minute WAVE, SHORT and cut that in half as you
did. Made it a 2-1/2-minute WAVE, LONG. And
again 56 got about an 8-minute exposure on
FILTER 4, so I hope that doesn't degrade your data
too much. I tried to keep those equal as you had
made equal in time and cut those in half that you
had cut half in time in order to keep the propor-
tions proper, although i did have to cut down
the overall exposure length some. Machine is
powered down now for unattended ops and we've
enjoyed working with you today and feel free to
fly NASA at any time.

251 03 20 06 PLT Thank you.

TIME SKIP
 214_

251 12 27 48 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the first run. It was
the 11:48 run. I completed it. I didn't have the
_rror in the right line when I did a couple of
MIRROR, H/TO RASTERS there, so I went back and
did them with it on line 9 and on active region 9.
Everything turned out well at the end although I
wasted some time. I think I got all the data
that you need. I ran 56, SINGLE FP_}_E several
times to - like I, 3, and 5 in lieu of the PATROL,
SHORT, trying to save a little frames for him, and
other than that, everything just went very nice.
I noticed that active region 19 is cooking up
down there. I got as high a reading on the IIC
as about 25. One time I saw it zing up to
30, but it was - jumped between 13 and 25, is
where it is. Get a little bright glow on the
UV M0N and a bright glow on the H-alpha. And it
may be thinking about cooking off today so we'll
keep an eye on it.

_ 251 12 28 56 CDR CDR out. That information goes to the A - A - ATM

science rocm.

251 12 46 23 SPT SPT with a note to the biomed folks associated

with the therapeutic kit in the IMSS and also to
Dr. Paul Buchanan. I Just used one 20-gage needle
with the 2-1/2 cc syringe to withdraw a small
amount of alcohol for cleaning tape recorder heads.
I wanted to let you know that that was the last
20-gage needle. There are slots for two of them
in the iMSS, and they're now both gone. I don't
know who used or when the first one was used, but
you will probably want to resupply a couple of
20-gage needles on SL-4.

251 12 47 02 SPT End of message to biomedical personnel associated

with the therapeutic kit in the IMSS including
Dr. Paul Buchanan. SPT out.

251 12 49 38 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with a message

to the _172 Pls and, in particular, Drs. Mike Whittle,
Bill Thornton, and Paul Buchanan. Last night and
this morning, I completed another M172, PR-2. I
guess that's protocol number 2 in which the May-day
measurement was made of the insensible water loss
overnight. My B_4D Just prior to going to sleep
was as follows: 5.9087, 8487, 8887. I've obviously
Just repeated the last two digits for the four matter
weights. This morning, immediately after getting
 215Q

up, my weights were 5.979, 7775, 7475. The differ-

ence between these two averages looks to me to be
about 12 units. Considering I had a four-place
number and 12 units, I believe to be about two-thirds
of a pound, that looks like 0.6 to 0.7 of a pound
water loss, which strikes me as being a little too
high. I remember measuring this on the ground
overnight, and as near as I could tell from the
scales we were using, it was more like a quarter
to a third of a pound water loss. l've also done
this PR-2 one time earlier, a week or i0 days ago,
and I believe I only got about four units instead
of 12 units on the BMMD numbers - change. So you
might let me know what you think of these. The
measurements both last night and this morning were
reasonably consistent, _ud I don't know why it was
apparently as large as it was. If you have any
explanation, Ird - or any comment on the insensible
water loss apparently - apparent insensible water
loss, l'd appreciate hearing from you.

251 12 51 54 SPT End of message to the M172 Pls and, in particular,

Drs. Bill Thornton, Mike Whittle, and Paul Buchanan.
Message out.

TIME SKIP

251 13 35 38 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with a note for the EREP
officer and also for Bob Nute. The number of frames
taken on this first pass of the ETC operation over
Paraguay was 76 - correction - 57 frames - 57 frames
on the black-and-white film. And I wanted to just
mention again for Bob Nute that these spare magazines
still show the vibration, all audible vibration,
whenever the vacuum hose is connected. Not bad; not
good. Loud, but it is noticeable. And you ought to
be sure and alert Ed Gibson to that fact in his
training for the last month or so here - that he
will notice that and to not be surprised by it. End
of message to the EREP officer and to Bob Nute.

251 13 36 34 SPT SPT out.

TIME
SKIP
 2151

251 14 07 14 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

Sorry I had to turn off the party there. This
is Jack on channel A debriefing the last ATM run.
It began at ll - correction - It began at 13:13.
I started right off by going into JOP 6,
building blocks 1A and lB. During 1B, S054,
I decided to rip off a double sequence and I
truncated it. After that I got the VTR. I
gave you several minutes. I took you on a tour
of the Sun; all the active regions. I took you
on a tour of the limb. Looked at some of the
filaments and gave you a couple of run throughs
on the XUV and gave you a look at the corona.
And then I went on to JOP 12 - correction -
JOP 2 Alfa on active region 9. Got a nice
plage in that area to lay the slit on, and I
got what you wanted there. And then we went on
to atmospheric extinction and completed that.
So we got all the steps completed on that rev,
and we'll look forward to 14:53.

251 14 08 32 PLT Thank you.

251 14 08 59 PLT One more comment by Jack to the ATM people. I

made my daily sketch of the corona, and it
doesn't look a heck of a lot different than it
did yesterday at this time. Lots of brightening
on the west limb and a couple of fairly bright
streamers. On the east limb, we still got that
big bright streamer at the east-northeast area
and quite a bit of brightening from east to -
east to southeast; but basically, the brightening
hasn't apparently changed a whole lot and no
additional outstanding streamers except for the
one possibly at the east - correction - west-
southwest region.

251 14 09 49 PLT And that completes my debriefing now.

TIME SKIP

251 15 05 40 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with infor-

mation about the 131-1 run. PLT, Jack, is the
subject. He Just finished the 0GI portion. The
F N2 pressureis 1125 - 1125, and there might be
one correction on the final sequence - or step.
2152

At level i_ - i_, the first sequence was clock-

wise and he answered correctly, right and then
left. l'm not sure I punched in correctly that
final LEFT. I may have Just given it as a
RIGHT/RIGHT, when I should have said RIGHT/LEFT,
correctly. So Jack missed nothing on the level 18.
And that's the only other comment that I have
on his OGI run.

251 15 06 06 SPT We'll be going on to the MS next.

251 15 09 01 PLT This is Jack on channel A with regard to the

MI31 OGI run for the hiomed folks, Dr. Jerry Homick.
In addition to Jerry's - or in addition to Owen's
comments, I noticed that when I first came up
here that I had a much more positive indication
of a left rotation than I did a right rotation.
However, I noticed today that the right rotation
was as positive as my left, if not more so; and
I thought this might have something to do with
the fact that I always rotate to the right during
the motion sensitivity part of the test, that is,
clockwise. Thought perhaps I was getting more
sensitive to the right than to the left because
of that or perhaps less sensitive to the left
because of that. But just an observation I made.
As far as the rest of the questions are concerned,
I did not have any other sensations other than
rotation during the test and only during the time
I was rotating. The line target did not appear at
any - appear to move in any other direction than
left or right.

251 15 i0 20 PLT And my additional comments l've already made so

we're going into the motion sensitivity now.
Thank you.

TIME SKIP

251 15 38 29 CDR For the ATM science room, CDR debriefing the run
that occurred at 14:53. It went okay. We did
all the items. I threw in a couple of extra. I
noticed that you were moving down from a minus 205
to a minus 445, which is roughly 205 spaces. So _-_
after I finished the four that you suggested, I
moved up four - 205 spaces, which was plus 35,
 2153

took one at right 1055 and then moved over to

815. So you got a maxi maxiraster, or whatever
you want to call it. Unfortunately, it did not
allow me to get to active region 9 plage, about
minutes. I got there by 2 and did a MIRROR,
LINE SCAN until it finished.

251 15 39 ii CDR CDR out. This goes to the ATM science room.

TIME SKIP

251 16 25 51 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A. The subject,

M131 0GI on Owen for the biomed people, primarily
Dr. Jerry Homick. The nitrogen pressure at the
end of Owen's OGI run is ll50. I might add that
at the end of my motion sensitivity run, at about
the 25th set of head movements, I had a very
slight elevation in temperature and had a little
f gas on my stomach,althoughthe temperaturewas
not enough to give it a temp 1 nor was the -
the gas on the stomach ... gastric awareness.
But I do notice now I just have a very slight
sensation similar to what I had on the ground
of - of having been spun. And it's been about
a half hour since I concluded that run. And
I do not feel bad although I do feel as though
I have been rotated. And I'm sure the symptom
will pass. It's not nearly - The severity is
not what you would feel on the ground after a
motion sensitivity run.

251 16 27 02 PLT And we're beginning a motion sensitivity now

on Owen.

TIME SKIP

251 16 48 35 SPT SPT on channel A recording comments about the

131 motion sensitivity run. Well, I'ii ...
the OGI first; the OGI run. We've mentioned
before, or I've mentioned before, at any rate,
the lack of focus on the test goggles. When
f_ Jack ran today, he said, no, they were pretty
well focused for him. And so I took a closer
look at the focusing on mine. Now when I put
my head into there normally, it still was about
2154

as I tried to describe it before. The vertical

line was a little fuzzy and then it just sort of
shaded out.

251 16 49 18 SPT And then ...

TIME SKIP

251 17 13 14 CDR This is the CDR, debriefing the last ATM run. And
it went rather smoothly. Everything came off just
as planned. I ran the 55 test that was sent up on
the pad in the middle of JOP 2F. It seems that
that was okay. The test came out - I just did the
tes_ ... But it did allow you maybe to determine
what the problem is. I was giving you one of those
things you mentioned last night and since the test
... there was no way to get it in ... So I cut off
the quadrant that was in the upper right-hand corner,
that extra one. In other words, I did the four that _-_
you requested, plus I then did an upper left-hand
one .... both an upper left and upper right. Then
I did the atmosphere extinction - extinction ...

251 17 14 08 CDR CDR out.

251 17 29 48 SPT This is the SPT on channel A with information to

the i_131 Pls, including Dr. Jerry Homick. Okay, I
wanted to debrief that 131 run I just completed,
with myself as the subject. I got started on the
debriefing right as we crossed another station, and
they took the tape recorder away; so you may have
gotten part of that debriefing on the other channel,
and I just don't know how much. So l'm going to
have to repeat the whole thing. First of all, on
the OGI portion, we've talked about the lack of
focus in the goggles. Now when I asked Jack about
it during his run, he said it looked like to him
that it focused pretty well. And so when I - came
time for my turn, I took a look in there, and it
looked like the same as it looked before.

251 17 30 33 SPT There is one bright vertical line fairly wide and
a little bit fuzzy. And then on its left side, a -
just sort of a - diminishes in intensity, but de-
grades on out in decreasing intensity for another _-_
two or three bar widths. So it's just that it's
blurred and hazy and dimmer to the left, which is
 2155

pretty much the way I'd remembered it all along.

Because it looked all right to Jack, I tried exper-
imenting, moving my head around - moving it in and
out and so on.

251 17 B1 06 SPT But I found that I could get it in focus by moving

my head to the right in the goggles - the opposite
point where they normally are accustomed to sitting
or where they sit on the biteboard by Just a couple
of millimeters. And so I really think that's the
problem. It's the fact that the objects are set
up for a little bit wider eyespacing than I
happen to have. And if I do move my eye out to
the right, why then it would get into fairly sharp
focus. Of course, I ... change the biteboard to
do that. So I Just rode it normally, and the lack
of focus from the extra width is not a bother. It
does not apparently affect the perception of the
illusion.

_ 251 17 B1 45 SPT So I think that may explain the lack of focus,

and as far as I'm concerned, there's no problem
in continuing as it is. Now on the motion sen-
sitivity, I thought I'd just give it a try in the
counterclockwise direction. As far as I know, I've
never spun counterclockwise before, either on the
ground or up here. And this time there was no
problem. All the symptoms were Just about like
before, except, if anything, I don't notice that
gyro tumbling that I'd talked about before. And
as I think I've mentioned before, that that
phenomenon seems to have diminished.

251 17 32 22 SPT And I Just hardly noticed it a]] at this stage.

I think, if anything, it's diminished further,
and finally it's gone. The thing that I do feel
when I move around is Just a sort of a tumbling.
I just feel like I'm being tumbled in space, which
I guess my vestibular apparatus is - is doing. So
that's about the only effect; no other symptoms.
Now my body has grown accustomed to the corollary
force for a clockwise rotation. And so for about
the fifth - first 50 head motions, I was clearly
accentuating the deviation of my body from the
normal straight-line trajectory, whereas before
F if - before, I continuedto fight corollaryforces
by - by altering my - or certain muscles - pulling
certain muscles in a certain direction. Now we're
spinning counterclockwise, that same muscle pull
 2156

only accentuates the deviation or the excursion

of my body.

251 17 33 30 SPT So it took about 50 or 75 before my body began

to get a little more accustomed to being sent
around the way it was for this rotation direction.
And then it settled down to more or less normal
for the last 75. But it caused no unusual vesti-
bular symptoms, even though I did have larger body
excursions than I would have normally had at the
clockwise rotation. So that was sort of interest-
ing to do because it sort of surprised your body,
to be pushed around the way it was. There's no
other symptoms of discomfort or anything else.

251 17 3_ 08 SPT End of message from the SPT to the M131 PIs and,
in particular, Dr. Jerry Homick.

TIME SKIP

251 18 47 57 SPT Okay, this is the SPT debriefing the last ATM
pass which just ended about 18:45 Zulu. And the
principal interest was this coronal transient.
As I mentioned on real time, first thing I did
when I came up for this pass, which was largely
sort of my option as to how I set it, before get-
ting started on my alignments, which was about
the only thing scheduled here, I took a quick
scan around the active regions and then went back
to Sun center to take a look at the white light
coronagraph. Upon opening the aperture door and
getting the vidicon operating - It had been set
at roll of zero, and I noticed that the corona,
right up around that little dusk - dust fleck at
2 o'clock, looked a little bit unusual. And I
almost chalked it off to just being the normal
perturbation to the picture that's produced by
that dust particle. And fortunately decided,
"Well, I'll just roll the canister a little ways
and see if there's anything behind that dust
particle that's causing it to look a little un-
usual." So, fortunately, I did ROLL the canister
until the region at about 070 rolled down to
about4 o'clock. _-_

251 18 49 20 SPT And then it became obvious that it was something

unusual and was indeed a different sort of struc-
 2157

ture. I'm looking at three Polaroids that I

took - one taken about 18:00, one 18:50, and one
18:32 Zulu. And there appears to be one band of
brightness that - more or less radial, but still
the edges are parallel; that is constant through-
out all these photographs. So I presume that
that's the coronal signature or the coronal mani-
festation of active region 10. And then behind
it, we see - No, we're not necessarily behind
it, apparently - I assume behind it, is a loop
structure, and where it intersects this other
ring structure, there is a very significant
increase in brightness. And this extends about
1 solar radius above the occulting disk.

251 18 50 22 SPT So I suppose that'd put it about l-l/2 solar

radii. That's the top of the loop, and then addi-
tional brightness extends on in 0.2 or 0.3
of a solar radii. But the top of the loop must
be at about l-l/2 sola_ radii at 18:00. Now - -

251 18 50 48 SPT By 18:15, this has expanded on out - oh, perhaps

0.2 or 0.3 of a solar radii further, and its face
has increased a little bit. And then by 18:32,
it is on out probably to 3 solar radii, the top
of the loop. And you can see the extensions of
the loop now. Where it intersects the occulting
disk is beyond the edges of these original rays
that I mentioned, that I assume are due to ac-
tive region 10.

251 18 51 29 SPT And the top of the loop is Just barely visible
on my Polaroid. Of course, it should be nicely
visible on the S052. So it looks like we caught
the transient fairly early, and I'm not sure what
you want to do the next orbit, although it would
seem likely that you would want to follow this
transient again. And we'll probably have voice
contact with you, and I'ii check the schedule
here to see what's coming up. I don't even remem-
ber at the moment who is on the panel, as to
what the schedule looks like. I'ii check that
next. As far as the other experiments are con-
cerned, I did take one 82A exposure, 80 seconds,
after talking with you folks on the ground.

251 18 52 12 SPT And we've run Jim Milligan's experiment here in

a number of modes - both PATROL, NORMAL; SINGLE
FRAME, LONG. And just towards the end of the
2158

orbit, I gave you a - one approximately 13-minute

exposure, Jim, on FILTER number 3. l'll have to
check the time exactly off the photographic record.
But we had to cut it a little bit short but about
i0 minutes. I forgot - You got about a 13-minute
exposure on FILTER number 3.

251 18 52 46 SPT And I hope that will bring out any coronal signa-
ture and X-rays that there may be. So that's the
debriefing for the last orbit, and l'd be inter-
ested to find out if there is any other ground-
based evidence for this event.

251 18 53 07 SPT End of the debriefing for the ATM Pls and planners
from the SPT.

251 18 53 39 SPT Okay, this is the SPT back on channel A with a

postscript for the message to the ATM Pis and
planners. I see our next orbit is EREP. And
since we already had one EREP scrubbed this morn-
ing and that's - weather scrubs again, I suspect ___
that it will still be EREP. So that's something
that will not be determined up here at any rate.
And we'll just have to wait and see what happens
on that next orbit.

251 18 54 07 SPT SPT out.

251 18 54 29 SPT Okay, another postscript from channel A from the

SPT. This upcoming EREP is the one that was
scrubbed; so Jack will be back at the panel here,
and I'll recommend to him that he continue in this
second rev of the transient event. And so we'll
probably have a voice contact with you to provide
us any further instructions. But that looks to
me the best th_ng at the moment, since we do have
ATM scheduled mow and the EREP's been cancelled.

251 18 55 03 SPT That's the end of this second postscript from the
SPT.

251 19 05 52 SFII Message on channel A from the SPT, which goes to

the MI70, M172 Pls - in particular, Dr. Bill
Thornton. Hello there, Bill. I sent you down
three kinds of BMMD data in the last few days.
One was a PR-2 o_ mission day 39/40. In other
words, overnight insensible water log. I sent _-_
you another one down this morning, a PR-2, mis-
sion day 42/43, insensible water log. And I
 2159

also sent you down a BMMD repeatability test. l

wonder if you could just give me a call on the
voice link. Just say, yes, you have them.

251 19 06 34 SPT Or, if anything, what you've missed, so I can

throw away this data. If you'd give me that, I'd
appreciate it. End of message to Dr. Bill Thorn-
ton.

251 19 06 40 SPT SPT out.

251 19 ii 15 PLT Hello, space fans. This is Jack on channel A

debriefing the ATM run which was an alternate
run. It began at about 19:27, and due to the fact
that we had a coronal transient in progress, or
at least the end of one, we modified the plan
a little bit and here's what you got. You got
EXTENDED STANDARD on the S052 for the whole
orbit and a bunch of MIRROR, AUTO RASTERS at
GRATING, all balls in the center of the Sun.
And 56 got SINGLE FRAME 3 and 4, LONG, i0 minutes
each, and a SINGLE FRAME i, 3, 5, SHORT and a
PATROL, NORMAL. And that pretty much takes care
of it, and we'll pick up a normal schedule at
21:00. Thank you. Oh, by the way, the coronal
transient is no longer visible on our scope up
here, although recognizing that you get photo-
graphic data up to 6 solar radii, why perhaps
there's still something going on out there that
we can't see with our scope.

251 19 12 18 PLT And we will, however, on our next rev pick up on

a normal schedule as you - you have directed,
unless we hear otherwise.

TIME SKIP

251 21 22 33 SPT Okay, this is the SPT recording on channel A;

information about the S063 run. About to get
that underway in about another 7 or 8minutes.

251 21 22 43 CC Skylab, we are AOS through Hawaii for 5 minutes.

SPT Okay. (Music)

SPT Okay. Terrible music, isn't it?

2160

CDR Not really.

251 21 23 17 SPT Okay, the SAL window is OPEN. Voice record

exposure frame number and GMT at start of expo-
sure sequence only - Well, 23:30 coming up right
now.

251 21 23 40 SPT MARK.

CC ...

SPT Everything else will be right on GMT and you also

have that on the tape. The frame number of that
UV camera is still sitting on 14. Still sitting
on 14. Now the visible cassette, we did change
out. We had too few a frames on that. And I'ii
go down and check that frame number again.

CC Our only concern about the TV was trying to figure

out where we were going to be able to dump it and
so forth for tonight and no sweat. If you don't _-_
get it in, we'll try to work it in for tomorrow;
something of that nature.

CDR Well, it looks to me - -

251 21 2h 06 SPT Frame number on that is sitting at - -

CDR - - ... schedule is after I finish M092/93 - -

SPT - - 60.

CDR - - I've already done my HK for today, so I've

got from about 24:45 all the way to 3 - -

SPT 60 frames remaining.

CDR - - and that would be a perfect time to do it, if

it's available ... - -

SPT Nikon 01. And the cassette here is CX31. CX31.

l'm going make a check of that scheme to make
sure it's all hooked up. I haven't done that yet.

CDR We can ... M092/93 until later and then do it some-

time around M092/93 time, either of those. It looks
like the schedule is full until then is the problem.

CC Okay; we copy that ...

 2161

251 21 24 53 SPT Okay. I'm not going to take a UV exposure. I'm

leaving that lever set untripped. And I do want
to get my NADIR LOCK out. Okay, that's out.
My U DRIVE is engaged. The lever is pulled back.
Okay, my first filter is going to be 3200. I'm
set on 3200. And I'm now Just going to drive by
and check my visible trigger. Okay, that's reset.

PLT ... pressure is around 3. And I've got the bulk-

head valve in VENT and the work chamber valve in
OPEN. And another thing, I noticed that the furnace
cool light which was on; it finally went out about
5 minutes ago. But the temperature reads 21 degrees
and I thought it was supposed to stay on until 46.
So that's the ... - -

251 21 25 54 SPT Okay, the visible camera triggered. That's working

all right. Drive well on beyond. ENGAGE the
VERNIER DRIVE, bring it back to bottom. Okay,
l'm not going to engage that one any more and I'm
_ not going to engagethe UV rightnow. So my
filter is at - my first time here.

CC ...

251 21 26 15 SPT Going to have to wait - 3200, 8 seconds. Setting

my timer now, 8 seconds. Putting my little drive
or trigger on the side of - you got a name for
that thing? Also on 8 seconds. It's going to
remain there for the whole run. Okay, now I've
got everything set except my cocking levers. Both
cameras are cocked. I have this UV camera set on
f/2 and the time is set on T; motor function is
set on T, as was the one down on the visible
camera. Everything appears to be in ready. And
we got 3 mlnutes before we start. And we're going
to make an exposure at 30, 30:45, and 31:_5;
i minute later, we're going to m_We four rapid
8-second exposures, 2700 angstroms, about 30 seconds
apart. I understood on the voice link, is satis-
factory. And then we got a long delay until we
get down to our horizon.

251 21 27 29 SPT Okay, I have already noted that we changed out

cassette 29 and we have cassette 31 in there in
the visible camera right now. Chromometer has
been synched. Okay, these are still uncocked-
track here for a moment, ENGAGE
_ I the VERNIER DRIVE.
2162

Okay, we're tracking smoothly .... jitter tapes

well.

251 21 28 22 SPT Okay, all tracking very smoothly, top to bottom.

Disengaged; drive back to the bottom. Okay, got
a minute and a half to go. Doublecheck, l'm set
on my filters, 3200 - l'm going to take one 32,
then a whole sequence of about 5 at 27 and one -
Oh, no. i, 2, 3, 4 at 27, and n_v last one is a
switch to 3200 - and back to 27 on the horizon.
So, I am at 32 and set on 8 and 8, and l'm cocking
my two levers now. UV is cocked and the visible
is cocked. Got a mlnute to go.

251 21 29 31 SPT And my DRIVE is ENGAGED. Okay, I'm going to start

driving about i0 seconds until. Make it 5 seconds
until I'll start driving. Coming up on 21:30:11,
5 seconds from now. Okay, hum - not much for a
target. Here's a little fellow. Okay, I'm
tracking.

251 21 30 ii SPT MARK UV.

251 21 30 16 SPT MARK visible.

251 21 30 19 SPT MARK UV. Okay, disengaged, back to the bottom.

Switching the filters, recocking. UV and visible.
Okay, at 45 seconds, we still have a little bit of
time to go reENGAGED, (Whistling) Okay, start-
ing to track.

CREW ...

251 21 31 01 SPT MARK UV.

251 21 31 I0 SPT MARK visible.

251 21 31 i0 SPT MARK UV. Still seems to be quite steady to me.

Resync to the bottom. VERNIER REENGAGED and the
two levers recocked. Okay, waiting for 31:45,
15 seconds away, and we're going to take four in
rapid succession, 30 seconds or so apart. All
going to be at 2700, except the last one, which
I'ii switch. There's going to be three at 27 and
then I'll switch one. Okay, I am at 2700.
Starting to track. Okay, boy, hardly a thing.
There's one little tiny glint down there in the
water. Tracking.

251 21 32 ii SPT _i&RKUV.

 2163

251 21 32 19 SPT MARK UV. Didn't hear the visible go. Disengaged,
driving to the bottom. No change there, recocking.
Tracking again. Just coming up over the coast
and tracking. Pretty view of San Fransisco. Oh,
stand by.

251 21 32 47 SPT MARK UV.

251 21 32 54 SPT MARK visible.

251 21 32 55 SPT MARK UV.

SPT Okay, we're tracking.

251 21 33 22 SPT MARK UV.

251 21 33 30 SPT MARK visible.

251 21 33 31 SPT MARK UV. Okay, disengaged at the bottom, cocking

lever - cocking levers, switch filters, ENGAGED.
we'retracking.

251 21 34 01 SPT MARK UV.

251 21 3h 09 SPT MARK UV and visible. That visible is certainly

not centered. Okay, end of those marks. Driving
it back to the bottom. Okay; good weather down
there. Very nice weather and - not that that
_skes any difference to the ozone photography;
guess it makes a little difference to the visible
but it sure was a nice pass.

CC ... zero right now. So really - I guess - somehow

you need to sort of keep track of how much time
you're putting on there for us, please...

251 21 34 47 SPT I didn't see any contrails. 21:43, about 8 minutes

away for the horizon. Okay, let me check the
frames remaining, make sure they are what we wanted;
14, we've taken 6. We've got 8. That's what it
reads, 8 frames on the UV camera.

CC ...

251 21 35 33 SPT Okay, the only comments on this last exposure is

to track on Earth horizon and initiate the exposure
_ manually. Okay, I will, therefore, not recock the
UV. I will reeock the visible. And, of course,
no telling exactly when that one will go. And the
2164

filter we want is 2700. Move it back to 2700 from

the last 3200 exposure. And this is also supposed
to be a 32-second exposure. So I'm changing my
timer to 32 seconds. And 21:43 is the time we're
looking for. Still about 6 minutes off. Okay_
we've got this all set. Timer set.

251 21 36 53 SPT Okay, I can see why that visible went off just a
little bit out of the middle of the picture. And
again in this glare that's coming in the window,
I've set my timer on the side at the edge of this
little block, rather than on the white line. The
light line is actually set at about ii seconds
instead of 8 and that would account for the 1/8
of a drill [?] most exactly. The edge of that
little block also looks white. So it does mean
that the visible camera is a little bit out of
the center of the UV photograph, although it would
appear that it did go about 1 second prior to the
end of the ex_osure_ 7 seconds into and 1 sec-
ond prior to the end of the visible photograph. _-_

251 21 38 04 CDR Bob, you still there?

251 21 38 07 CC That's affirm, A1. We got you for about another

45 seconds.

CDR Okay. Well, I gather if this battery gives an

indication ...

251 21 38 15 SPT Okay, I've got 32 seconds on that timer. Get the
visible cocked. VERNIER is ENGAGED. We're all
ready to track.

251 21 38 26 CDR Well, the reason I can't put it on this night

period is I'm standing here watching the battery.
If the battery gets down to 27 volts -

251 21 41 27 SPT Okay, here we are back on again. Waiting for 43,
which is a minute and a half off. Waiting for
21:43:00. 32-second time exposure. It's going
to be initiated manually. I can see the old
horizon coming in now. So lift the VISIBLE trigger
off for a minute. Go up here and find the horizon.
Okay, there's the horizon. Which way - it's
moving down. Okay, we have about 30 seconds to go
here now and don't know whether I'm doing that -
be below the visible trigger or not. It looks
like it probably will. Track down here a little
 2165

ways. It's cocked. Now it's going to track on

up here now, and I'ii let you know when the visible
goes. Time for the exposure now. Stand by.
Tracking. Cloud layer on the horizon. Okay,
that' s in.

251 21 43 22 SPT MARK. The UV.

CC And ... PLT. Jack, your concern ... connected ...

251 21 43 56 SPT MARK the end of the UV. Now trigger that VISIBLE
in case it didn't. Okay, I just gave it a trigger,
manually. That visible was not quite at the same
spot, I don't believe. I couldn't hear - it might
have gone; I just couldn't hear it. Lots of
intercom going on down there. Okay, l'm turning
the timer OFF right off the bat. And now refer
to the checklist as we go to 51.

251 21 44 42 SPT After last exposure, close the SAL DOOR, which
_ I'ii do in a minute. Timer OFF, which I did.
Record last exposure numbers, any pertinent
comments. No other comments other than I think
the run went off just about as scheduled. I've
got all the general essentials out of the site,
and I think I was tracking the targets pretty
accurately, though there's undoubtedly a couple
of kilometers of jitter on the ozone photography
looking down - a couple of kilometers at I00 -
200 - 400 kilometers. That' s only 1/200, which
is like a third of a degree. So l'm pretty sure
I was within plus or minus a third of a degree.
On that order anyway. On the - By order I mean
no more than a factor of two. My guess is it's
like plus or minus a couple - couple, 3 kilometers
on the ground. And on the horizon it was probably
a smaller angular error because the target was
moving - moving very slowly. And other comments
that would be of interest to you - Okay, I can't
think of any, so l'm going to turn the SIA recorder
OFF at this time and these comments go to the
S063 Pls and also to Wally Teague and Jack Lew.

251 21 46 12 SPT SPT, out.

251 21 49 07 SPT Okay, this is the SPT back on channel A with post-
script to the message to S063 PIs, Wally Teague
and Jack Lew. I forgot to give you the frames
remaining. On the ultraviolet camera, there are
2166

7 frames remaining, as it should be. On my visible

camera, I have at this point 57 frames remaining
as indicated on the back of the camera. On the
top of the camera, which really l've taped over,
so we don't use that. I've uncovered the tape
and it reads 4. Now it was reading 60 when I began;
I did not look at the top under the little piece
of tape. So it really looks like it has only
taken 3 or 4 frames on this visible camera. Now
why that is, I don't know. I certainly rechecked
that VISIBLE lever. I also checked it before the
run and I heard the - I heard the motor on the
Nikon 01 visible camera cycling.

251 21 50 32 SPT So what l'm going to do is to go up there and -

and pretend to track a couple of targets and try
to get on the outside and make sure that this visi-
ble camera cycles every time it should. As you'll
remember early - now maybe that is right. No, for
every one of chose 8-second exposures, I reset both
levers. So it should have triggered them both •
times. Okay, I remember there was a time or two
that I stated I didn't hear the visible go. ! sup-
pose those were the times that it did not. As to
which one has the - which one has the visible tar-
get I can't say at this time. l'm sure from the
timing and the terrain you'll be able to establish
which they were, but right now I don't know. l'm
going to go up and cycle it a couple more times to
make sure that microswitch lever is tripping it.

251 21 54 54 SPT Okay, l've tried it out a couple of times. First

of all, I found that despite the fact the visible
camera was cocked and verified before the run, when
I doublechecked it again now, I could cock it man-
ually. So I cocked it manually and ran through the
normal driving mechanism up in the SAL window and
the microswitch tripped it off and it drove from
57 down to 56. Okay.

CDR ...

251 21 55 25 SPT And then I tried it again, and this time when I
drove back up through there, I heard the shutter
switch open and I presume close, but the motor
drive never drove it. And so I came do_-nagain _-_
and found that I had to manually reset it. And
so it looks like the microswitch is - is trig-
gering the camera shutter, but for some reason
 2167

its motor drive is not - not driving the camera

to the next frame.

251 21 56 06 SPT And I have reverified - I haven't seen - so I don't

know what sort of a malfunction that is, but it's
one that I've not encountered before, and I think
I'll just give you a call on the down-link and
see if you can explain it.

251 21 56 24 SPT End of this message to S063 PIs, Wally Teague and
Jack Lew.

251 21 56 30 SPT SPT out.

251 22 06 36 SPT Okay, this is the SPT doing the 487-3, Subjective
Evaluation, guide 3; it goes to 487 Pls. Got a
bunch of tool inventories listed; got a bunch of
maintenance tasks listed.

251 22 06 56 CDR Say, Owen. Hello, Owen.

SPT Most of these I've not had to do.

CDR Hello, hello, Owen. How do you hear?

SPT Stand by.

CDR How do you hear?

SPT What do you say?

CDR Wait -

251 22 07 33 CDR Okay, this is the beginning of what's known on

the schedule as crew inventory, but the whole
point of the thing is it's directed to the
SL-4 prime and backup crew with the idea of
showing them how we're living up here without
cleaning up the place or moving things around
like we sometimes do for other TV or jazzing it
up in any way. You'll find that I haven't prac-
ticed this. I don't have any lighting set par-
ticularly for it ; the lightings are Just exactly
like we use them during the day and sometimes
they change. And whatever way they are now is
the way we are shooting it. So you will notice
_-- that I will be out of focus sometimes. I'll try
to zoom in for you; sometimes I'll brush through
the llght. Please excuse it, but as I say, the
_68

whole object is just to show you how we're living

up here, show you where things are, and maybe
aid you in getting started.

251 22 08 37 CDR I think - I think probably the best bet is to -

I won't be in the picture. I'll just be shining
it on these things and talking about it. I'll -
I'll try to point out the things that I think
are different from the trainer. One of the rec-
ommendations I would have to begin with, Jerry,
is that you try to configure the trainer so that
it is in an operating condition, so that all the
little straps are out and all the bungees are
out. All the comm cables are out in the right
places. Things like that will help you find this
gear. We got up here, and it was all tucked away.
We put it out and we didn't know where to put it.
And then we put it somewhere and moved it 2 days
later because we found we were putting it in
the wrong place so - enough said on that. I
think it - it just behooves you to get all this
gear out, and maybe you have already done it.
If you haven't, please do. And I'Ii give you
some examples here in a few minutes.

251 22 09 40 CDR Okay. Let's start up here at the MDA end. First
of all, there's one of the suits. And I think
it's a good idea to put the fellow who's going
to do the - do the M509 and T20 suit in that
position, which is essentially just standing up
there right next to the fan that goes into the
command module. Just stand him up over there in
the corner leaning - lean him between the drogue
and the probe, and he's easy to get out. And he
doesn't get bent, and he doesn't get bumped into
and it's really a good spot. Since you get that
suit out more than any other, that's a good place
to put it. It's not that important, but that's
what we've ended up doing. Okay, the other suit
is up here over the top of the hatch. And let me
see if I can open the lens a little bit.

251 22 1O 45 CDR Okay, you can see him in there over the hatch.
Now he's a little bit tighter to get in. What we
had to do there is lower the hatch, kind of put
him in position, and then close the hatch sort of
over him. Now you have to pull his arm back behind _--_
that duct as you can see - you can probably see
his watch there. Arm behind the duct, but essen-
 2169

tially you can get him in an out-of-the-way place

if you don't bend the suit. One of the things we
tried to do up here was not bend the suits too
much so that they'd get crevices where they could
gather moisture. You'll notice his hand - it's in
front of his light, sort of, but you can find a
spot. Those are easy to get into.

251 22 ll 21 CDR The third suit we got under the - we got under the -
the table for the ATM. Now it's kind of hard to
see - There's his arm coming out. If I look back
here I can see his legs; they stick out. But no -
there is nothing ever gets down there. The cable
running across it, incidentally, is to the 54 timer.
I will show you where that is in a few mlnutes.
But in order to keep dirt from brushing off our
shoes - which we don't have much of anyhow - we
just laid a plenumtnn [sic] bag over the top of
him - of the suit. So that is why it doesn't look
exactly like a suit but it is and it's found - it's
f- in a good place. Now that's the hardest one to
get in and - but - it essentially slides out right
out here.

251 22 12 l0 CDR If I were you, I'd get the three old suits over
there in the trainer and stick them in those places
and leave them there. Because there's no reason
that they shouldn't be there, and you can learn to
work with them. You will see right in front of
it is the plenum bag that houses the PCU for the
EVA-3 man; we just keep it in there along with his
cables. It's nice; it doesn't bother anybody;
nobody bumps into it ; nobody hits it, and then
it's right there ready for use when EV-3 gets
ready to use it. Normally Jack, in our case, pulls
it out. Let's don't look at the suits anymore;
let's go back to the front, see if there's any-
thing back here at the front that's worth looking
at.

251 22 12 49 CDR Okay, let me show you one other item up here. Oh,
by the way, since we got the - the rate gyros,
they took the place where this tree used to be -
the VS tree. So we've just taken the VS tree and
put it up there and kind of put a spring around
it and held it to the handle as you can see, put
_ some tape. Incidentally,I called down for y'all
to bring some more gray tape. Now you - I think
you got plenty already here, but it never hurts
 2170

to have a - a roll or two. I'd bring a couple of

rolls if I were you and I'd bring one roll of that
what's called neutral, 2-inch wide tape. I think
you have enough up here, but it never hurts.

251 22 13 29 CDR Okay, let's look down here then. Okay, what we
are looking at is the comm box right by the EREP.
One of the things that we found out - you'll notice
that that automatic light control tends to get us -
is when we're doing EREP, we like to have these
little bunny hats on; so we keep one connected to
A right here, just wrapped around and sort of
stuck down there. You can see it; it doesn't go
anywhere; and it doesn't ever get hurt. And then
the man that is running the C&D uses that one.
The one that the man running the VTS uses is just
hanging up here over the vacuum chamber. His cable
runs along - we just got it strung here. Now you
ought to get yours strung like this in the - in
the trainer. Just leave it there. It looks like
heck, but it works. Our aim all the time is - when _-_
we are here, even before we came - was to get this
stuff rigged up and - and use it, and not fool
around with taking it down and wrapping it up and
coiling it and all that business.

251 22 14 29 CDR As long as it was safe and wasn't going to get

damaged, and that's - we just left it in place.
This stuff is safe and hasn't been damaged. Okay,
nothing much more there.

251 22 14 40 CDR As you know, we've got no way to align the 191
any more, so we put tapes around those two align-
ment lock knobs. So they're - they were aligned
and they didn't seem to drift one way or other.
We just don't have any trouble. You'll notice
we've added a few more clamps and clips to the
double clipboard, which incidentally works well.
You'll see the clip there; you'll see the little
rig that - that was invented to hold the pages
down - we don't usually put the book there. You'll
notice right in front of you there is the fire
chart. Right there is the emergency RAPID DELTA-P.
They're perfect places; you'll also see two clips
right in there that we use for - for EREP, also.
Now that little rag in front of that blower is _-_
what we dry out the comm_nd module moisture with,
and we just leave it there so it'll dry out. And
we move it away from there for EREP, and there
 2171

is a clip behind there, the same one that is

holding that one. We put another couple of charts
up there. Also we tend to take some charts out
and put behind where the EREP - where the camera
system is right now. You can't see it, but over
in that area - That's about it up here.

251 22 15 5h CDR Let me show you where we have been keeping the
captain's chair. We haven't been using it much.
We fotmd that we like to just put our feet in the
grid and just kind of swing back forth. The thing
that we found undesirable about the chair was the
fact that it - it locked great to the - to the
flooring, but the flooring itself was loose, and
so it was like sitting on a three - You know, a
chair in a restaurant where one leg is longer or
shorter, and you're rocking all around. So we
just float around. I'll show you that. Let me
show you that right now; then we'll tATk ATM for
a few minutes. Let me set this up and point it
_ that way - I don't know what kind of - no, let
me not do it. Let me suffice to say that you Just
put your feet in it and rock back and forth. Maybe
Jack will come up here in a minute or so, and
we'll ask him to do it. Okay, let me back off
here in the corner away from the - from the panel
here, and see if I can show you what we got.

251 22 16 51 CDR Okay, this is far as I can move back, but let's
talk about the items. First of all - and these
aren't the best places - you can probably get
better ones. We just put them where the Velcro
was. There's the Polaroid camera, just sort of
stuck on that stowage box. Where you got the
timer up there from the command module, forget it.
We'll take it and throw it away; you won't need
it because you got the 54 timer. Then the rest
of the notes up there are notes that have to do
with rate gyro failures and things like that.
We haven't been using the overlays much. Every
once in a while, there's a part general message
about something else. Looks a little messy; we
know where everything is and I think that works
pretty well. It's a nice area to use, and I
know you are familiar with it. Right under there
is the V - is the image intensifier, and it's
,/_ been working real well for us, as you know.
2172

251 22 17 42 CDR Now another place we sometimes put them is on

the door of the - those pieces - those two pieces
of Velcro there on the door of the Flight Data
File. But we found when we opened the door, the
Flight Data File would fly off. But sometimes
we stick them there anyway.

251 22 17 56 CDR Okay, let's look at the corner here. You can
see we've got some Polaroid pictures that we
stuck - that we took of the Sun today. I like
to take one of H-alpha and mark the numbers of the
active regions, if we got a bunch. And 0wen
likes to take them. Here's one he took of - of
what he calls "pro-transient" he had. You can
see the 54 box there. It's taped down; works
real well. We tried putting it under places.
I don't think that's optimum. A couple of
times I've moved the pointing when the 54 was
still running and it was very bad thing to do,
wasted some frames. But I just can't find a
better place. You may have found one. If you _-_
do have a better one, phone it up. We might
retape it. It' s not perfect there, but it' s
the best we can find.

251 22 18 40 CDR Now that far right clip over there, what I've
got down as a note that has to do with anything
we are doing up here that is not ATM, like we've
been running some battery checks, CBRM battery
checks ; that's a note there. We ran some other
things recently and put them there. Right under-
neath that photo there in the corner, you'll
notice is the - the powerdown and powerup from
unattended. We'll bring those home so that you
can see the margin we got on them, because
they're different than what we use in the simu-
lator, and I'm not sure all that information gets
back. Over here now we have just some shopping
lists sticking out. Also under there are our
teleprinter fail ones. In that far right one, I
just got that kind of catty-corner out because
it's easier to see and sometimes we operate it
with it there.

251 22 19 26 CDR Up a little higher now, right there in the middle,

we keep all our star tracker pads or star tracker f-_
information. Right next to it, there under that
coronagraph picture is where we keep the - the
SAP and all that sort of good business. And it
 2173

turns out to be a good place because the lighting

is pretty good there. The lighting isn't that
grand in here, and you got to get things you are
reading fairly close to you and to the side. So
these three spots: here, here, and here are the -
by far the best. If you plant your feet in posi-
tion, you can move back and forth and around and
get a little exercise and work them at the same
time.

251 22 20 04 CDR We've noticed that some of these frames, by the

way, are springing so they don't hold things
down. That's why we got clips sort of attached
in some places. Let me show you. See, there's
a clip behind there. Okay, there's - right in
front of you is the normal JOP Summary Sheets we
use. The ones beneath are the ones we are pulling
in and out all the time including 8. JOP 3 we
keep over here, and we've noticed we've never ever
used our flare card, which is up there. So you
._ might want to think about that.

251 22 20 33 CDR The JOP Summary Sheet is written well enough

now, plus you kind of get a little bit used to
it and so it - That's what we've been using, the
center part of that. You can see the clip there,
and that's where we put our schedule pad. The
way we do it is, we get it folded, and then the
minute we finish that - that day, we unclip it,
refold it, and put down the next day. And that
way you're always working near the top. That's
worked real well. ATM operate pad in there - let
me look - show you around and you can see what we
got in the way of other - things there. There's
nothing special that's different too much from
anything you've been doing. Nothing - nothing
new. We got some scotch tape up here because a
lot of times you'll spend the night up here; it's
a good place to make corrections for your check-
list. Believe me, there's a lot of them. I asked
Ted Guillory - them to tell Ted Guillory to come
up with some sort of rig for downstairs to hold
your gear for a checklist so the book doesn't
float off; the pens, and pencils and things, and
that's up here just to do that sort of thing.

f- 251 22 21 34 CDR Right there is the emergency procedure we have

in case we have attitude control loss. It's not
the world's greatest procedure, but it sure beats
2174

the - what we had before, and it may save you

some time. So that's a good place I think to put
yours, if - you want it. There's a cable that
Owen sometimes used for the headset to debrief or
talk when he wants to talk to the ground with ATM.
Normally our - normally - Excuse me. I had to
turn something off; it's going to wiggle. Normally,
our EREP is plugged in now, but the one you see
plugged in at the moment in that box is the one
I'm uaing, and the EREP is sort of hanging above
it. When I get finished, I'll unplug this an_
go to the EREP one. Let me show you the rate
gyros. Let me show you - you got them in your
simulator now. There they sit, and you will see
that neatly little protective device over there,
which isn't too grand, and we definitely need
something better than that. And l'm hoping
you're bringing it up, because as you whistle
by that area, which is right behind the guy
operating, you can really get him. We haven't
done it, but we've been very careful.

251 22 22 42 CDR Now I might show you something else. We've

gone ahead and covered that switch down there,
that circuit breaker housing. Let me show you
that circuit breaker while we are at it. Not
the circuit breaker house - that's the high
power. Let me find that circuit breaker for you,
and show you what we've done. It needs - it needs
to be improved, too. Okay, there it is - what it
is is that little metal clamp with some gray tape
over it - over the place that it hooks to the
guard so it won't rotate. Now I know you still
don't see that too well s but it may be better than
nothing. We put some bungees up here, because we
found we were doing a lot of photographing up here.
So there's the interior camera snapped down to a
couple of bungees over the guard. And that way
we can get to window 12 which is the window used
most. And sometimes you use 4, but it faces the
Sun a little bit too much. And a lot of times
you'll use window h.

251 22 23 40 CDR So essentially you can come in here, get your

cameras. And as many times as we have the
cameras there, with those bungees, we'll leave _-_
them right in place for you. Even though it'll
look a little messy, we'll leave them there.
We'll clean the place up, but we're going to
 2175

leave the equipment out in the operating position

so that you won't have to - you'll at least start
from where we were. Now down there is the edge
of the plenum bag, as I mentioned, where we've
got our PCU. But you'll also - that's a great
place to stick the orbital map and the maps that
we have for taking pictures. You know, those -
that little set of Earth maps, which incidentally
is good, but you could need something even
better than that with more detail I believe.
Anyhow, that's - we stick them in there sometimes;
it works okay. Forgot to mention there's a tape
recorder sort of hanging there below the comm
box. We keep one of the sets - little messed up
bit of wire as part of it to this TV and The
other part to that tape recorder. We leave it
there, and then when you come up here you play
music. One of the things we found is really
great is to bring your tapes up here, play them
while you do the ATM, and it just really passes
-- the time. It's the only time you really have
sort of - kind of by yourself. And you come up
here and spend 2 or 3 hours, and it's really
pleasant to work the ATM, which is a lot of fun,
a good challenge. And I'll tell you the whole
thing is - build's your humility, though, because
there's no way to go very long on any of this
without E_king mistakes, and you just hope you
don't make any that are too large.

251 22 25 l0 CDR We - I don't think we have made any large ones

yet, but I'll tell you, you're - you're doing
something every minute. You're throwing a
switch, or reading this thing and you - you
think you're good until you get here, and then
you find out you're not as good as you think,
but maybe that's food for you. So anyhow, I
think I've given you a pretty good tour of the
MDA. Let me see if there's anything special
here.

251 22 25 32 CDR Oh, yes, one other thing. This is where we

been stashin6 our - our Polaroid fi]m_. We al -
we always put a - a day/time group on them, then
use them for a couple of days, and then when
they get out of date, we put them over there.
_" We'll leave that bag for you. There'swhere we
stash the - the Earth maps and the U.S. map.
It's their place. When we get ready to use
 2176

them with EREP, we take them down there and we

usually bring the one up from the wardroom.

251 22 26 00 CDR Let me mention something you are going to want

to do, Jerry. You're going to want to get EREP
to mark out these sites he's going to send you
up to do handheld photos. And you may want to
bring up one of these charts with them marked
on there nice with additional notes. And you're
going to want to have them marked by number
on the chart so that you can look - so that
when they send up a new - say, do target I0,
handheld, you don't have to go two or three
places to find out what to do. And, somehow,
you ought to be able to put it on that chart
with a little arrow that says, "On this one_ we
want you to look for this, and look to see if
you see a drought area and all this other;"
because it turned out to be one of the tougher
things. But I think it could be one of the better
things thatyoudo.

251 22 26 46 CDR I don't know. l've got to get back to the ATM.
I'Ii give you some more of this later. Right now
we've got the foot re - restraint there that's
the greatest thing since popcorn. Our biggest
mis - one of our biggest mistakes in EREP was
not having one of those for the VTR. Sure, you
Can hold on by your hands, but then you can't
grab your maps because you're holding on. And -
if you got your feet in something, you can grab
maps, torque around, and grab this map. You'll
find out with your feet in something like this,
it's great. This is in position now to do the 518,
I believe, and normally we keep it - normally we
keep it in the EREP position.

251 22 27 22 CDR By the way, the tape recorder cleaning has been a
piece of cake up here. We've found no dirt to
speak of. We've cleaned them every time, but I
think it's a waste of time in some respects to
bother cleaning them. We do it. We got the clean-
est tape recorders on Earth. We've cleaned them
every day and never get any dirt off, but it's
just a little. One other thing up here at this
high power outlet, up here at the top, this high
power accessory outlet; it's the only one besides
the one at the VTR - it's the only one besides -
 2177

251 22 28 12 CDR Wonder if this VTR is running? Let me do a little

thinking. What they've done is taken the VTR - I
see what Jack's done. Normally, the VTR is plugged
in there, and we only take it out to do the vacuum
cleaning because that's where the vacuum cleaner
has to plug in. But I see what Jack has done; he's
got to run 518 through there. So this is an unusual
configuration. But essentially, you're a little
short of high power outlets. So when you want 518,
you might want to - it doesn't look worth a darn
but it works - you might want to run this cable,
double highpower cable, all the way back through
the airlock down to the dome. Works okay. Okay,
I've got to get off this now. I hope this - I'll
give you some more tonight. We'll go down and talk
about the workshop, some of the other places down
there. And that's the CDR with VTR information to
the backup crew, Jerry Cart, Bill Pogue, Ed Gibson,
Vance Brand, Bill Lenoir, and Don Lind.

251 22 29 27 CDR So you shoot it to them, and I'll turn it off now.

251 22 46 07 SPT *** picking up on that 487-3 evaluation guide

number 3 that I started about 45 minutes ago,
and now I'll finish that up. This message goes
to the 487 PIs. I'm commenting on the adequacy
of these tools - tool kits and maintenance tasks.
Most of these I've not done. For the most part,
these maintenance tasks have been done by A1 and
Jack. And the scheduling has been such that i've
been employed elsewhere, I guess. And I can only
co_nent in general.

251 22 46 56 SPT The toolkit which I have used both - toolkits

from the experiment area, seemed to have things
stowed adequately. There have been a few tools
missing, a few tools that we did not have that
we needed. For example, we needed a tool for
repair of the ergometer pedal. We didn't have
that. We needed a smaller tool for the repair
of the refractometer in the medical kit and had
to modify one of the drivers. So it's not as
complete a kit as might be desired. But the
sockets, drivers, and handles and things, I think
they - they worked pretty well.
2178

251 22 47 37 SPT I've not used any repair kit or 190 maintenance
kit - 510 - M512 tools. The EMU maintenance kit -
we use that of course for our EVAs. That all
seem_ to work reasonably well. We don't use it
too often; I don't know that that little blue box
over there that bangs around on the wall and gets
knocked off and everything - is a clumsy ar-
rangement. I suppose we can put up with that
once a month, but if you're ever going to redesign
it again, I certainly wouldn't want a maintenance
kit designed like that. Sewing kit's in the back
- and supposed to stay on anything that supports
... Seems a pretty poor maintenance kit, but we
only use it once a month.

251 22 48 19 SPT Work sites: I don't know where the work sites are.
You work wherever the job is. You take, for ex-
ample the ATM panel; now the foot restraints at
the ATM are very adequate, and they work well.
Lighting - I say poor, if you're going to do any
reading. The only place to read if you really
wanted to read something or add something new,
well, you can see by the wardroom window - in the
daytime, when you got sunlight coming in. I did
send down the other day all these light measure-
ments. You can tell from those numbers, down
around 2 or 3 foot-candles - or foot-lambert -
that is that they're far too low.

251 22 48 57 SPT Onboard data package appears to be adequate. And

the preflight prep for maintenance tasks - I don't
feel that I want to comment on, because I've not
been doing most of these. And A1 and Jack's com-
ments are going to be a lot more - valuable since
they're the ones who give you specific information
about - these specific items. So with that brief
report, I'll call 487-3 evaluation guide complete.
Give this to the PIs.

251 22 49 29 SPT SPT message out.

TIME SKIP

251 23 21 19 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A. We

got AI Bean in the can. This is for the biomed
people, M092. And AI Bean's left calf measures
 2179

12-3/4 inches; his right calf 12 and - correction,

13-1/4 inches. And I'm not going to give you the
legbands and all that because it's not changed
and you've got it from before.

251 23 21 41 PLT And that's all you'll he hearing from me for a

while.

TIME SKIP

251 23 48 08 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A with a message

to the ATM Pls and planners. Just a final note
about the transient that we first observed this
morning about 18:00 or a little before, and which
we then recorded data on on the S052 for the next
two revs. I took another look at the white light
coronagraph a little while ago, say some, oh,
7-1/2 hours - 7 to 7-1/2 hours after the first
observation. And the corona has the following
sort of appearance in the northeast - correction,
northwest to west sector. There is a group of
more or less parallel rays which appear to be
originating in active region 10.

251 23 48 54 SPT This is just as it was this morning. And then

behind these parallel rays this morning we had
the expanding loop, presumably originating from
active region 7, at about the same latitude, but
rotating behind the limb of the Sun. And by this
period, say 7 hours later, all of the brightness
associated with active region 7, assuming that's
the correct identification, has disappeared, but
the parallel rays from active region l0 are still
there. And so all in all it looks to me like it
was a rather good opportunity for observing a
coronal transient. And I'm quite hopeful that the
52 data will look very good, along with perhaps
the one 82 Alfa exposure and the several S056
exposures.

251 23 50 00 SPT I wouldn't have been able to confirm that transient

I'm sure, had I not had this Polaroid available.
I just took the three snapshots during that first
rev which really confirmed what's going on very
consistently,and they even allow a rough estimate
" of the velocityas computed. So it turnedout
to be a very usefui tool this morning. I do still
218Q

feel a bit fortunate to have been able, too, to

have not stopped when this thing was first observed
behind that - that dust spot on the occulting
disk, and very fortunately did roll enough to
reveal that it truly was an aberra - or a pertur-
bation in the corona, rather than just some abnor-
mal brightness associated with that little dust
particle.

251 23 51 01 SPT So I hope you got a good one there, Bob. And
if you hear any more about it before we get back,
why let us know up here and - Otherwise, we'll
be wanting to see some of the motion picture films
of it when we get back home.

251 23 51 14 SPT End of message for the ATM PIs and planners, par-
ticularly to Bob MacQueen.

251 23 51 19 SPT End of message from the SPT.

###